Upload
others
View
0
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
Installation and main-tenance instructionsENERGY
12s
15s
18s
25s
30s
GB IE
Contents
2 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Contents
1 Safety 4
11 Action-related warnings 4
12 Risk caused by inadequate qualifications 4
13 Intended use 4
14 General safety information 4
15 Regulations (directives laws standards) 6
2 Notes on the documentation 7
21 Observing other applicable documents 7
22 Storing documents 7
23 Validity of the instructions 7
24 Benchmark 7
3 Product description 7
31 Compartment Ventilation 7
32 Information on the identification plate 7
33 Functional elements Pure boiler 8
34 CE label 8
4 Set-up 8
41 Transporting the unit 8
42 Unpacking the product 8
43 Checking the scope of delivery 8
44 Dimensions 9
45 Minimum clearances 9
46 Using the mounting template 9
47 Wall-mounting the product 9
48 Removinginstalling the front casing 10
49 Removinginstalling the side section 10
5 Installation 11
51 Checking the gas meter 11
52 Gas and water connections 11
53 Connecting the drain pipework for theexpansion relief valve 12
54 Connecting the condensate discharge pipe 12
55 Electrical installation 13
6 Operation 15
61 Using diagnostics codes 15
62 Displaying the status codes 15
63 Using check programmes 15
7 Start-up 16
71 Carrying out the initial start-up 16
72 Checking the type of gas 16
73 Checking the factory setting 16
74 Checking and treating the heating waterfillingand supplementary water 16
75 Avoiding danger arising from insufficient waterpressure 17
76 Switching on the product 17
77 Filling and purging the heating installation 17
78 Filling the condensate siphon 18
79 Filling the hot water circuit 18
710 Checking and adjusting the gas settings 18
711 Checking leak-tightness 20
8 Adapting the unit to the heatinginstallation 20
81 Burner anti-cycling time 20
82 Setting the pump output 21
83 Setting the bypass valve 22
84 Setting the hot water temperature 22
9 Handing the product over to the end user 22
10 Inspection and maintenance 22
101 Using original seals 22
102 Observing inspection and maintenanceintervals 22
103 Procuring spare parts 23
104 Checking the CO₂ content 23
105 Setting the CO₂ content 23
106 Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24
107 Cleaning the heat exchanger 24
108 Checking the burner 25
109 Checking the ignition electrode 25
1010 Cleaning the condensate siphon 25
1011 Installing the gas-air mixture unit 25
1012 Draining the product 25
1013 Checking the admission pressure of theexpansion vessel 25
1014 Completing inspection and maintenance work 25
1015 Checking the product for leak-tightness 25
11 Troubleshooting 26
111 Rectifying faults 26
112 Calling up the fault memory 26
113 Deleting the fault memory 26
114 Resetting parameters to factory settings 26
115 Preparing the repair work 26
116 Replacing defective components 26
117 Checking the product for leak-tightness 28
12 Decommissioning the product 28
13 Customer service 28
Appendix 29
A Check programmes ndash Overview 29
B Overview of diagnostics codes 29
C Status codes ndash Overview 33
D Overview of fault codes 34
E Wiring diagram Pure boiler 36
F Connection diagram Pure boiler (30 kW) 37
G Inspection and maintenance work ndashOverview 38
H Position of the opening in the airflue pipe 39
H1 Positioning of the opening of a fan-supportedflue gas pipe 39
H2 Horizontal terminal positioning 40
I Commissioning Checklist 41
J Pipe lengths for the airflue pipe 45
J1 Length of the C13 type airflue pipe 45
J2 Length of the C33 type airflue pipe 45
J3 Length of the C43 type airflue pipe 45
K Technical data 46
Contents
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 3
Index 50
1 Safety
4 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
1 Safety
11 Action-related warnings
Classification of action-related warningsThe action-related warnings are classified inaccordance with the severity of the possibledanger using the following warning signs andsignal words
Warning symbols and signal wordsDangerImminent danger to life or risk ofsevere personal injury
DangerRisk of death from electric shock
WarningRisk of minor personal injury
CautionRisk of material or environmentaldamage
12 Risk caused by inadequatequalifications
ndash Set-upndash Dismantlingndash Installationndash Start-upndash Inspection and maintenancendash Repairndash Decommissioning
Observe all instructions that are includedwith the product
Proceed in accordance with current tech-nology
Observe all applicable directives stand-ards laws and other regulations
13 Intended use
There is a risk of injury or death to the user orothers or of damage to the product and otherproperty in the event of improper use or usefor which it is not intended
The product is intended as a heat generatorfor closed heating installations and for hotwater generation
Depending on the unit type the productsreferred to in these instructions must only beinstalled and operated in conjunction with the
airflue pipe accessories listed in the otherapplicable documents
Intended use includes the following
ndash observance of accompanying operatinginstallation and servicing instructions forthe product and any other system compon-ents
ndash installing and fitting the product in accord-ance with the product and system approval
ndash compliance with all inspection and main-tenance conditions listed in the instruc-tions
Intended use also covers installation in ac-cordance with the IP code
Any other use that is not specified in these in-structions or use beyond that specified in thisdocument shall be considered improper useAny direct use in industrial or commercialprocesses is also deemed to be improper
Caution
Improper use of any kind is prohibited
14 General safety information
141 Risk of death from escaping gas
What to do if you smell gas in the building
Avoid rooms that smell of gas If possible open doors and windows fully
and ensure adequate ventilation Do not use naked flames (eg lighters
matches) Do not smoke Do not use any electrical switches mains
plugs doorbells telephones or other com-munication systems in the building
If it is safe to do so close the emergencycontrol valve or the main isolator
If possible close the gas isolator cock onthe product
Warn other occupants in the building byyelling or banging on doors or walls
Leave the building immediately and ensurethat others do not enter the building
Notify the gas supply company or the Na-tional Grid +44 (0) 800 111999 by tele-phone once you are outside of the build-ing
Safety 1
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 5
142 Risk of death from escaping fluegas
If you operate the product with an empty con-densate trap siphon then flue gas may es-cape into the room air
In order to operate the product ensure thatthe condensate trap siphon is always full
143 Risk of death due to blocked orleaking flue gas routes
Installation errors damage tampering unau-thorised installation sites or similar can causeflue gas to escape and result in a risk of pois-oning
What to do if you smell flue gas in the prop-erty
Open all accessible doors and windowsfully to provide ventilation
Switch off the product Check the flue gas routes in the product
and the flue gas diversions
144 Risk of death due to explosive andflammable materials
Do not use the product in storage roomsthat contain explosive or flammable sub-stances (such as petrol paper or paint)
145 Risk of death from electric shock
There is a risk of death from electric shock ifyou touch live components
Before commencing work on the product
Unplug the mains plug Or disconnect the product from the power
supply by switching off all power supplies(electrical partition with a contact gap of atleast 3 mm eg fuse or circuit breaker)
Secure against being switched back onagain
Wait for at least 3 minutes until the capa-citors have discharged
Check that there is no voltage
146 Risk of death due to lack of safetydevices
The schematic drawings included in this doc-ument do not show all safety devices re-quired for correct installation
Install the necessary safety devices in thesystem
Observe the applicable national and inter-national laws standards and guidelines
147 Risk of poisoning and burns causedby escaping hot flue gases
Only operate the product if the airflue pipehas been completely installed
With the exception of short periods fortesting purposes only operate the productwhen the front casing is installed andclosed
148 Risk of being burned or scalded byhot components
Only carry out work on these componentsonce they have cooled down
149 Risk of injury due to the heavyweight of the product
Make sure that the product is transportedby at least two people
1410 Risk of corrosion damage due tounsuitable combustion and roomair
Sprays solvents chlorinated cleaningagents paint adhesives ammonia com-pounds dust or similar substances may leadto corrosion on the product and in the fluesystem
Ensure that the supply of combustion air isalways free of fluorine chlorine sulphurdust etc
Ensure that no chemical substances arestored at the installation site
If you are installing the product inhairdressing salons painters or joinersworkshops cleaning businesses or similarlocations choose a separate installationroom in which the room air is technicallyfree of chemical substances
1411 Risk of material damage caused byfrost
Do not install the product in rooms proneto frost
1 Safety
6 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
1412 Risk of material damage caused byusing an unsuitable tool
Use the correct tool to tighten or loosenthreaded connections
15 Regulations (directives lawsstandards)
Observe the national regulations stand-ards guidelines and laws
Notes on the documentation 2
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 7
2 Notes on the documentation
21 Observing other applicable documents
You must observe all the operating and installation in-structions included with the system components
22 Storing documents
Pass these instructions and all other applicable docu-ments on to the system operator
23 Validity of the instructions
These instructions apply only to
Product article number
Article number Gas CouncilNumber
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
0010015655 41-019-16
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
0010015656 41-019-17
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
0010015657 41-019-18
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
0010015658 41-019-19
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
0010015659 41-019-20
24 Benchmark
Glow-worm is a licensed member of the BenchmarkScheme
Benchmark places responsibilities on both manufacturersand installers The purpose is to ensure that customers areprovided with the correct equipment for their needs that it isinstalled commissioned and serviced in accordance with themanufacturerrsquos instructions by a competent person approvedat the time by the Health and Safety Executive and that itmeets the requirements of the appropriate Building Regu-lations The Benchmark Checklist can be used to demon-strate compliance with Building Regulations and should beprovided to the customer for future reference
Installers are required to carry out installation commission-ing and servicing work in accordance with the BenchmarkCode of Practice which is available from the Heating andHotwater Industry Council who manage and promote theScheme
Benchmark is managed and promoted by the Heating andHotwater Industry Council
For more information visit wwwcentralheatingcouk
3 Product description
31 Compartment Ventilation
The boilers are very high efficiency appliances
As a consequence the heat loss from the appliance casingduring operation is very low
Compartment ventilation is not required as the products areonly certified and can only be fitted with a concentric fluesystem
32 Information on the identification plate
The identification plate is mounted on the underside of theproduct in the factory
The identification plate keeps record of the country in whichthe product is to be installed
Information on theidentification plate
Meaning
Barcode with serial number
Serial number For quality control purposes 3rd and 4thdigits = year of production
For quality control purposes 5th and 6thdigits = week of production
For identification purposes 7th to 16thdigits = product article number
For quality control purposes 17th to 20thdigits = place of manufacture
ENERGY s Product description
2H G20 ndash 20 kPa(20 mbar)
Factory setting for type of gas and gasconnection pressure
Cat Unit category
Condensing techno-logy
Efficiency class of the boiler in accord-ance with EC Directive 9242EEC
Type Xx3(x) Permissible flue gas connections
PMS Maximum water pressure in heatingmode
PMW Maximum water pressure in hot waterhandling mode
VHz Electric connection
W Max electrical power consumption
IP Level of protection
Heating mode
Pn Nominal heat output range in heatingmode
Pnc Nominal heat output range in heatingmode (condensing technology)
P Nominal heat output range in hot waterhandling mode
Qn Nominal heating load range in heatingmode
Qnw Nominal heating load range in hot waterhandling mode
Tmax Max flow temperature
NOx NOx class for the product
Code (DSN) Specific product code
Read the instructions
4 Set-up
8 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Information on theidentification plate
Meaning
GC no Gas council number
33 Functional elements Pure boiler
14
1110
9
7
8
6
4
5
3
2
1
1617
13
15
12
1 Electronics box
2 Heating circuit expan-sion relief valve
3 Condensate siphon
4 Flue gas pipe
5 Pressure sensor
6 Flue gas analysis point(for rear flue gas con-nection)
7 Ignition transformer
8 Gas valve
9 Air intake pipe
10 Fan
11 Supply air measuringstub pipe (for upper fluegas connection)
12 Flue gas analysis point(for upper flue gasconnection)
13 Primary heat exchanger
14 Heating expansionvessel
15 Purge hose
16 Heating pump
17 Bypass
34 CE label
ensp
The CE label shows that the products comply with the basicrequirements of the applicable directives as stated on theidentification plate
The declaration of conformity can be viewed at the manufac-turers site
4 Set-up
41 Transporting the unit
Important With regard to the regulations of 1992 concern-ing the manual handling of loads the unit exceeds theweight that can be lifted by a single person
411 General
Hold the load as close as possible to your body Avoidrotational movements Instead reposition your feet
If the unit is being lifted by two persons ensure yourmovements are coordinated during lifting
Avoid bending your upper body ndash do not lean forwards orto the side
Wear suitable non-slip protective gloves in order to pro-tect your hands against sharp edges Ensure that you arecarrying the load securely
If required get somebody to assist you in this
412 Unloading the box from the delivery van
It is recommended that two people lift the unit together
Lift the box using the straps provided
Use safe lifting techniques ndash keep your back straight andbend your legs at the knee
Hold the load as close as possible to your body
If the unit is being lifted by two persons ensure yourmovements are coordinated during lifting
If required get somebody to assist you in this
42 Unpacking the product
1 Remove the product from its box
2 Remove the protective film from all of the productscomponents
43 Checking the scope of delivery
Check that the scope of delivery is complete and intact
Number Designation
1 Heat generator
1 Unit mounting bracket
1 Flexible condensate discharge pipe
4 34 seals
3 12 seals
2 Service valve
1 Gas stopcock
2 Connection pipe (heating flow and return)
Set-up 4
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 9
Number Designation
1 Gas pipe
1 Expansion relief valve discharge pipe
1 Mounting template
1 Enclosed documentation
44 Dimensions
96121
34
123185
390
123
170
702
150
1 2 3
5
4
1 Heating flow
2 Gas connection
3 Heating return
4 Connection on the backof the airflue pipe
5 Connection on the topof the airflue pipe
45 Minimum clearances
CC
AB
D
Minimum clearance
A 150 mm (top airflue gas connection)
20 mm (airflue gas connection on the rear)
B 150 mm
C 5 mm
(70 mm if the side panels ought to be removed)
D 600 mm
It is not necessary to maintain a clearance between theproduct and components made of combustible materials thatgo beyond the minimum clearances
46 Using the mounting template
Use the mounting template to ascertain the locations atwhich you need to drill holes
47 Wall-mounting the product
Note
If you are using the rear airflue gas connectioninstall the airflue pipe before you wall-mount theproduct
1 Check whether the wall has sufficient load-bearing ca-pacity to bear the operational weight of the product
2 Check if the supplied fixing material may be used forthe wall
Conditions The load-bearing capacity of the wall is sufficient The fixingmaterial may be used for the wall
Wall-mount the product as described
4 Set-up
10 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Conditions The load-bearing capacity of the wall is not sufficient
Ensure that wall-mounting apparatus on-site has a suf-ficient load-bearing capacity Use individual stands orprimary walling for example
Do not wall-mount the product if you cannot providewall-mounting apparatus with a sufficient load-bearingcapacity
Conditions The fixing material may not be used for the wall
Wall-mount the product as described using the permittedfixing material provided on-site
48 Removinginstalling the front casing
481 Removing the front casing
B
C
A
1
1
1 Undo the two screws (1)
2 Gently press the front casing backwards in the centreso that the latching lug is released
3 Pull the front casing forwards at the bottom edge
4 Lift the front casing upwards from the bracket
482 Installing the front casing
Refit the components in the reverse order
49 Removinginstalling the side section
491 Removing the side section
CautionRisk of material damage caused by mech-anical deformation
Removing both side sections may causemechanical distortion in the product whichmay cause damage to the piping for ex-ample and potentially result in leaks
Always remove only one side section ndashnever both side sections at the same time
Note
If there is sufficient lateral clearance (at least70 mm) you can remove the side section to fa-cilitate maintenance or repair work
2x 1
A
B
C
D
1 Tilt the electronics box forward
2 Hold on to the side section so that it cannot fall andunscrew both screws (1) one from the top and onefrom the bottom
3 Tilt the side section to the outside and move it down-wards and out
492 Installing the side section
Refit the components in the reverse order
Installation 5
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 11
5 Installation
DangerRisk of scalding andor damage due toincorrect installation leading to escapingwater
Mechanical stresses in the connection pipesmay lead to leaks
Ensure that there is no mechanical stresswhen installing the connection pipes
CautionRisk of material damage caused byresidues in the pipelines
Welding remnants sealing residues dirt orother residues in the pipelines may damagethe product
Flush the heating installation thoroughlybefore installing the product
51 Checking the gas meter
Make sure that the existing gas meter is capable ofpassing the rate of gas supply required
52 Gas and water connections
CautionRisk of damage caused by incorrect gasconnection installation
Excess test pressure or operating pressuremay cause damage to the gas valve
Check the leak-tightness of the gas valveusing a maximum pressure of 11 kPa(110 mbar)
CautionRisk of material damage caused by corro-sion
Due to non-diffusion-tight plastic pipes in theheating installation air gets into the heatingwater Air in the heating water causes corro-sion in the heat generator circuit and in theproduct
If you use non-diffusion-tight plastic pipesin the heating installation ensure that noair gets into the heat generator circuit
CautionRisk of material damage due to heat trans-fer during soldering
Only solder connectors if the connectorsare not yet screwed to the service valves
Note
Apply heat insulation to the water pipes to theboiler outlet and to the installation
Preliminary work1 Check that the system volume and the volumetric capa-
city of the expansion vessel are compatible
If the volume of the expansion vessel is insufficientfor the installation
Install an additional expansion vessel in theheating return as close to the product as pos-sible
Install a non-return valve at the products outlet(heating flow)
2 Ensure that the installation has the following compon-ents
ndash A cold water stopcock for the unit
ndash A gas stopcock for the unit
ndash A filling and draining device in the heating installa-tion
1
2
3
1 Heating flow connec-tion G34
2 Gas connection G12
3 Heating return connec-tion G34
1 Connect the water and gas connections in accordancewith the applicable standards
2 Purge the gas pipe before start-up
3 Check whether the connections (rarr Page 20) are leak-tight
5 Installation
12 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
53 Connecting the drain pipework for theexpansion relief valve
1
Ensure that the pipeline is visible
The pipe must have a continuous fall and be routed to aposition so that any discharge of water possibly boilingor steam cannot create any danger to persons damageto property or external electrical components and wiring
◁ The piping must be installed in such a way that youcan see when water drips out
54 Connecting the condensate discharge pipe
1
2
Follow the instructions listed here and observe the legaland local regulations on condensate discharge
Use PVC or any other material that is suitable for drain-ing the non-neutralised condensate
If you cannot guarantee that the materials from which thedrain pipework is made are suitable install a system forneutralising the condensate
Note
The condensate drain pipework must have acontinuous fall (45 mm per metre) and shouldwhenever possible terminate at a suitabledrain point within the heated envelope of thebuilding that will remain frost free under longperiods of low external temperatures
Connect the condensate traps (1) Use the supplied drainhose (2) for this
Connect a condensate discharge pipe (215 mm notincluded in the scope of delivery) to the drain hose (2)
During installation remove all burrs from inside of cut pipework and avoid excessive adhesive which may trap smallpockets of water close to the pipe wall which can freezeand build into a larger ice plug
For any installation the condensate must be free flowingand not be possible for air back-pressure to prevent wa-ter flow
As with other pipe work insulate the condensate dis-charge pipe to minimise any risk of freezing and bewarewhen crossing cavities that the fall is maintained and thepipe sleeved
You can find further information in specification BS 6798for installing and maintaining gas-fired boilers with a nominalheat input below 70 kW
541 Condensate drainage systems
5411 Internal soil and vent pipe
Oslash19mm min
5412 External soil and vent pipe
L = 3m max
Oslash19mm min
Oslash30mm
5413 External termination into a gulley or hopper
L = 3m max
Oslash19mm min
Oslash30mm
Installation 5
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 13
5414 Internal termination into combined sinkwaste
Oslash30mm
Oslash19mm min
5415 Internal termination downstream of sinkwaste
Oslash30mm
Oslash19mm min
5416 External termination into soakaway
400m
m m
in
300m
m m
in25
mm
min
500mm min
Oslash100mm
L = 3m max
Oslash19mm min
Oslash30mm
5417 External termination into rain water downpipe
Oslash19mm min
Oslash30mm
55 Electrical installation
DangerRisk of death from electric shock
The power supply terminals L and N remainlive even if the product is switched off
Switch off the power supply Secure the power supply against being
switched on again
Only qualified electricians may carry out the electrical install-ation
551 Opening the electronics box
A
B
B
Follow the instructions in the specified sequence
5 Installation
14 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
552 Closing the electronics box
Follow the instructions in the reverse order
553 Cable route
1
2
1 24-V eBUS cable route 2 230-V eBUS cable route
554 Carrying out the wiring
30 mm max
1 Shorten the connection cables to the appropriatelengths to prevent them from causing damage insidethe electronics box
2 Screw the plug to the connection cable
3 Plug the plug into the slot provided on the PCB
555 Establishing the power supply
1
1 Observe all valid regulations
2 Ensure that the rated mains voltage is 230 V
3 Set up a fixed connection and install a partition with acontact opening of at least 3 mm (eg fuses or powerswitches)
4 Provide one common electricity supply for the boilerand for the corresponding controller
ndash Power supply Single-phase 230 V 50 Hz
ndash Fuse protection le 3 A
5 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
6 Observe the routing of the power supply cable (1) in theelectronics box in order to guarantee that there is nostrain
le 30
mm
NL X1230V~
RT
7 Carry out the wiring (rarr Page 14)
8 Close the electronics box
9 Make sure that access to the mains connection is al-ways available and is not covered or blocked
556 Connecting controllers to the electronicsystem
X2
X22 X41
ndash +24V=RT BUS
BurneroffX
106
BUS24 V
BU
SR
TB
off
Burner
offR
T24V
=-
+B
US
1
4
32
1 Safety thermostat forfloor-standing heating
2 24 V controller
3 eBUS controller or radioreceiver unit
4 Outside temperaturesensor wired
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
Operation 6
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 15
2 Carry out the wiring (rarr Page 14)
3 Connect the individual components depending on thetype of installation
Conditions If installing a multi-circuit controller
Change the pumps operating mode d18 from Eco (in-termittently operating pump) to Comfort (continuouslyoperating pump)
Conditions When connecting a controller (230 V)
le 30
mm
NL X1230V~
RT
Connect the controller to the main plug
Remove the bridge from the plug 24V=RT
4 Close the electronics box
6 Operation
61 Using diagnostics codes
You can use the parameters marked as adjustable in thetable of diagnostics codes to adapt the product to the systemand customer requirements
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
611 Activating diagnostics codes
1 Press and hold the button for 7 seconds
◁ is shown in the display
2 Press the or button to set the value
◁ The access code (96) is reserved for the competentperson
◁ The access code (35) is reserved for the customerservice
3 Press the button to confirm
◁ is shown in the display
612 Setting a diagnostics code
1 Press the or button to select the diagnosticscode
2 Press the button to confirm
◁ The value andor status of the diagnostics code isshown in the display
3 Press the or button to set the value
4 If you allow the value to flash for three seconds thesetting is automatically confirmed
◁ is shown in the display for 1 second
Note
You can manually confirm the setting at anytime by pressing and holding the buttonfor less than 3 seconds
5 Proceed accordingly for all parameters that need to bechanged
6 Press and hold the button for 3 seconds to finishconfiguring the diagnostics codes
◁ The display switches to the basic display
62 Displaying the status codes
The status codes display the products current operatingstatus
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
621 Activating the status codes display
1 Hold the button down for more than 7 seconds
◁ SXX is shown on the display followed by the heat-ing flow temperature the internal system pressureand the cylinder temperature (depending on the ver-sion)
2 Press the button to exit this menu
◁ The display switches to the basic display
63 Using check programmes
By activating various check programmes you can triggervarious special functions on the product
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
631 Calling up the check programmes
1 Hold the button down for more than 5 seconds
◁ All symbols are shown in the display
◁ is shown in the display
2 Press and hold the button for five seconds
◁ is shown in the display
3 Press the or button to select the checkprogramme
4 Press the button to confirm
◁ on is shown in the display and the programmestarts
5 Press the and buttons at the same time whilstrunning a check programme
◁ The heating water temperature and the filling pres-sure for the heating installation are shown altern-ately in the display
6 Press the button to return to the check programme
◁ The display shows the check programme
7 Press the button to finish the check programme
◁ OFF is shown in the display
8 Press and hold the button for 3 seconds to finishthe check programmes
7 Start-up
16 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
◁ End is shown in the display
◁ The display switches to the basic display
Note
If you do not press any button for 15 minutesthe current programme is automatically can-celled and the basic display is shown
632 Displaying the pressure and temperature ofthe heating during a check programme
1 Press the buttons simultaneously
◁ Display the filling pressure in the heating installation
◁ Display the heating flow temperature
2 Press the button to display the check programmecurrently running
7 Start-up
71 Carrying out the initial start-up
Initial start-up must be carried out by a customer servicetechnician or an authorised competent person using the first-commissioning-checklist The first-commissioning-checklistin the appendix (rarr Page 41) of the installation instructionsmust be filled out and stored carefully along with the unitsdocumentation
Carry out the initial start-up using the first-commission-ing-checklist in the appendix
Fill out and sign the first-commissioning-checklist
72 Checking the type of gas
Make sure that the product is set up correctly by checkingthe type of gas This ensures optimum combustion quality
Check the type of gas as part of routine product mainten-ance work when replacing components or carrying outwork on the gas route
73 Checking the factory setting
The products combustion has been factory tested and ispreset for operation with the gas group indicated on the iden-tification plate
The product is only authorised to be operated with naturalgas
Check the information about the type of gas indicated onthe identification plate and compare this with the type ofgas available at the installation location
Conditions The product design is not compatible with the local gasgroup
Do not start up the product
Conditions The product design is compatible with the local gas group
Proceed as described below
74 Checking and treating the heatingwaterfilling and supplementary water
CautionRisk of material damage due to poor-qual-ity heating water
Ensure that the heating water is of suffi-cient quality
Before filling or topping up the installation check thequality of the heating water
Checking the quality of the heating water Remove a little water from the heating circuit
Check the appearance of the heating water
If you ascertain that it contains sedimentary materialsyou must desludge the installation
Use a magnetic rod to check whether it contains mag-netite (iron oxide)
If you ascertain that it contains magnetite clean the in-stallation and apply suitable corrosion-protection meas-ures or fit a magnetic filter
Check the pH value of the removed water at 25 degC
If the value is below 65 or above 85 clean the systemand treat the heating water
Ensure that oxygen cannot get into the heating water
Checking the filling and supplementary water Before filling the installation measure the hardness of the
filling and supplementary water
Treating the filling and supplementary water Observe all applicable national regulations and technical
standards when treating the filling and supplementarywater
Provided the national regulations and technical standardsdo not stipulate more stringent requirements the followingapplies
You must treat the heating water in the following cases
ndash If the entire filling and supplementary water quantity dur-ing the operating life of the system exceeds three timesthe nominal volume of the heating installation or
ndash If the guideline values listed in the following table are notmet or
ndash if the pH value of the heating water is less than 65 ormore than 85
Totalheatingoutput
Water hardness at specific system volume1)
le 20 lkWgt 20 lkWle 50 lkW
gt 50 lkW
kWppm
CaCO₃molmsup3
ppmCaCO₃
molmsup3
ppmCaCO₃
molmsup3
lt 50 lt 300 lt 3 200 2 2 002
gt 50to le 200
200 2 150 15 2 002
gt 200to le 600
150 15 2 002 2 002
gt 600 2 002 2 002 2 002
1) Nominal capacity in litresheating output in the case of multi-boiler systems the smallest single heating output is to be used
Start-up 7
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 17
CautionThe use of unsuitable heating water maycause aluminium corrosion and a result-ing lack of leak-tightness
In contrast to steel grey cast iron or copperfor example aluminium reacts with alkalineheating water (pH value gt 85) to producesubstantial corrosion
When using aluminium make sure thatthe pH value of the heating water isbetween 65 and a maximum of 85
CautionRisk of material damage if the heatingwater is treated with unsuitable additives
Unsuitable additives may cause changes inthe components noises in heating mode andpossibly subsequent damage
Do not use any unsuitable frost and cor-rosion protection agents biocides or seal-ants
No incompatibility with our products has been detected todate with proper use of the following additives
When using additives follow the manufacturers instruc-tions without exception
We accept no liability for the compatibility of any additive orits effectiveness in the rest of the heating system
Additives for cleaning measures (subsequentflushing required)ndash Adey MC3+
ndash Adey MC5
ndash Fernox F3
ndash Sentinel X 300
ndash Sentinel X 400
Additives intended to remain permanently in theinstallationndash Adey MC1+
ndash Fernox F1
ndash Fernox F2
ndash Sentinel X 100
ndash Sentinel X 200
Additives for frost protection intended to remainpermanently in the installationndash Adey MC ZERO
ndash Fernox Antifreeze Alphi 11
ndash Sentinel X 500
If you have used the above-mentioned additives informthe end user about the measures that are required
Inform the end user about the measures required for frostprotection
75 Avoiding danger arising from insufficientwater pressure
The filling pressure must be between 010 and 015 MPa(10 and 15 bar)
Note
If the heating flow temperature is shown in thedisplay press and hold the and buttonsat the same time for longer than five seconds ortemporarily deactivate heating mode in order todisplay the pressure
If the heating installation extends over several storeyshigher filling pressures may be required to avoid air enteringthe heating installation
If the water pressure falls below 005 MPa (05 bar) thevalue flashes in the display
If the water pressure falls below 003 MPa (03 bar) theproduct switches off The display shows 00 MPa (00 bar)Fault F22 will be stored in the fault list
Top up the water in the heating installation to start up theproduct again
◁ The pressure value flashes in the display until apressure of 005 MPa (05 bar) or higher has beenreached
76 Switching on the product
Switch on the product via the main switch installed on-site
77 Filling and purging the heating installation
Preliminary work Flush the heating installation through
1
1
1 Check the silicone hose connection (1) between thepumps automatic air vent and the hydraulic console
2 Fill with water until the required filling pressure isreached
ndash Recommended filling pressure 1 hellip 15 bar
◁ The heating and hot water functions cannot be activ-ated
◁ The pressure value flashes in the display until apressure of 005 MPa (05 bar) or higher has beenreached
7 Start-up
18 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
◁ An automatic air vent function is activated if thepressure exceeds 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than15 seconds
3 Purge each radiator until the water escapes normallyand then retighten the systems purging valves
4 Check whether all connections are leak-tight
Conditions If the noise persists in the boiler
Purge the product again by activating check programme(P07) and then (P06)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
78 Filling the condensate siphon
C
2
3
1
AB
1 Unclip the lower section of the siphon (1) from the up-per section of the siphon (2)
2 Remove the float (3)
3 Fill the lower section of the siphon with water up to 10mm below the upper edge of the condensate drain pipe-work
4 Re-insert the float (3)
Note
Check that the float is present in the con-densate siphon
5 Clip the lower section of the siphon (1) into the uppersection of the siphon (2)
79 Filling the hot water circuit
1 Open the water tap to fill the hot water circuit
2 Close the water tap once the appropriate volume ofwater has flowed out
◁ The hot water circuit is filled
3 Check all connections and the entire system for leak-tightness
710 Checking and adjusting the gas settings
Only a qualified competent person is authorised to imple-ment the settings on the gas valve assembly
Each destroyed tamper-proof seal must be replaced
The CO₂ adjusting screw must be sealed
Never modify the factory setting of the gas pressure regu-lator of the gas valve assembly
7101 Checking the gas flow rate
The gas flow rate has been set during production and doesnot require adjustment With the front casing fitted check thegas flow rate of the boiler as follows
Start up the product with the check programme P01
In addition ensure that maximum heat can be dissipatedinto the heating system by turning up the room thermo-stat
Wait at least 5 minutes until the boiler has reached itsoperating temperature
Ensure that all other gas appliances in the property areturned off
Measure the gas flow rate at the gas meter
Compare the measured values with the correspondingvalues in the table
Qnw from the dataplate
H gas in msup3h
Nom +5 minus10
153 162 170 146
184 195 205 176
247 261 274 235
257 272 286 245
286 303 318 273
306 324 340 292
357 378 397 340
Conditions Gas flow rate not in the permissible range
Check all of the piping and ensure that the gas flow ratesare correct
Only put the product into operation once the gas flowrates have been corrected
Conditions Gas flow rate in the permissible range
End the check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down by allowing pump overrun tooperate for a minimum of 2 minutes
Record the boiler maximum gas flow rate onto theBenchmark gas boiler commissioning checklist
Start-up 7
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 19
7102 Checking the gas connection pressure (gasflow pressure)
1
2
1 Ensure that the gas inlet working pressure can beobtained with all other gas appliances in the propertyworking
2 Close the gas stopcock (1)
3 Undo the sealing screw on the test nipple (2)
4 Connect a manometer to the test nipple (2)
5 Open the gas stopcock (1)
6 Start up the product with check programme P01 (sys-tem with eBUS control) or P03 (installation withouteBUS control)
7 In addition ensure that maximum heat can be dissip-ated into the heating system by turning up the roomthermostat
8 With the boiler operating at full load check that the gasinlet working pressure at the reference test point (2)complies with the requirements
Permissible connection pressure
Great Bri-tain
Naturalgas
G20 17 hellip 2 kPa
(170hellip 20 mbar)
9 Should the pressure recorded at the reference test pointin the boiler be lower than indicated check if there isany blockage in the pipework or if the pipework is un-dersized
Conditions Gas flow pressure not in the permissible range
CautionRisk of material damage and operatingfaults caused by incorrect gas connec-tion pressureIf the gas connection pressure lies outsidethe permissible range this can cause oper-ating faults in and damage to the product Do not make any adjustments to the
product Do not start up the product
If you cannot correct the failure notify the gas supplycompany and proceed as follows
End check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down by allowing pump overrunto operate for a minimum of two minutes
Close the gas stopcock
Remove the pressure gauge and retighten the sealingscrew (2) for the measuring nipple
Open the gas stopcock (1)
Check the test nipple for gas tightness
Close the gas stopcock (1)
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
Disconnect the product from the electrical installation
You must not start up the boiler
Conditions Gas flow pressure in the permissible range
End the check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down allowing pump overrun tooperate for a minimum of two minutes
Close the gas stopcock (1)
Remove the pressure gauge and retighten the sealingscrew (2) for the measuring nipple
Open the gas stopcock (1)
Check the test nipple for gas tightness
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
Reset boiler controls for normal operation
Record the appliance gas inlet working pressure (kParesp mbar) in the Benchmark gas boiler commissioningchecklist
7103 Checking the leak-tightness of the flue gasinstallation and flue gas recirculation
1 Check the flue gas installation is intact in accordancewith the latest gas safe technical bulletin and informa-tion supplied in the installation instructions
2 For extended flue gas installations check for flue gasrecirculation using the air analysis point
3 Use a flue gas analyser
4 If you discover CO or CO2 in the supply air search forthe leak in the flue gas installation or for signs of fluegas recirculation
5 Eliminate the damage properly
6 Check again whether the supply air contains any CO orCO2
7 If you cannot eliminate the damage do not start up theproduct
7104 Thoroughly flushing the heating installation(hot)
1 Operate the appliance until the boiler and the heatingsystem are up to temperature
2 Check the heating system for leaks
3 Connect a hose to the drain valve located at the lowestposition of the heating system
4 Shut off the boiler open the drain valve and all purgevalves on the radiators and allow the water to flow outof the heating system and the boiler quickly and fully
5 Close the drain valve
6 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
7 Re-fill the system until the system design pressure of01 MPa (10 bar) is attained
8 Adapting the unit to the heating installation
20 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Note
The actual reading on the digital pressuregauge should ideally be 005 MPa (05 bar)plus an additional pressure correspondingto the highest point of the system above thebase of the boiler ndash 10 m head equals an ad-ditional 1 bar reading on the pressure gaugeThe minimum pressure should not be lessthan 01 MPa (1 bar) in any installation Ifthe system is to be treated with an inhibitor itshould be applied at this stage in accordancewith the manufacturerrsquos instructions Furtherinformation can be obtained from SentinelBetz Dearborn Ltd Tel 0151 420 9595 orFernox Alphandash Fry technologies Tel 08708700362
8 Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
7105 Checking the CO₂ content
1 Start up the product with the check programme (P01)and set the value
ndash Setting value for the programme P01 100
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
2 Wait until the value that is read is stable
ndash Waiting period for reading a stable value 5 min
1
3 Unscrew the cover from the flue gas analysis point (1)
4 Measure the CO₂ content at the flue gas analysis point(1)
5 Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Checking the CO₂ content
Great Britain
front casing on front casing off
Natural gas
G20
92 plusmn1
◁ The value is OK
The value is not OK you cannot start up theproduct
Inform Customer Service
711 Checking leak-tightness
Check the gas pipe the heating circuit and the hot watercircuit for leak-tightness
Check that the airflue pipe has been installed correctly
Conditions Room-sealed operation
Check whether the vacuum chamber has been closedtightly
7111 Checking the heating mode
1 Activate the heating mode on the user interface
2 Turn all thermostatic radiator valves on the radiatorsuntil they are fully open
3 Allow the product to operate for at least 15 minutes
4 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
5 Activate the display for the current operating status(rarr Page 15)
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
◁ If the product is working correctly the display showsS04
7112 Checking the hot water generation
1 Activate the hot water handling mode on the userinterface
2 Open a hot water valve completely
3 Activate the display for the current operating status(rarr Page 15)
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
◁ If the product is working correctly the display showsS14
8 Adapting the unit to the heatinginstallation
You can resetchange the system parameters (section Us-ing diagnostics codes)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
81 Burner anti-cycling time
To prevent frequent switching on and off of the burner andthus prevent energy losses an electronic restart lockoutis activated for a specific period each time the burner isswitched off The burner anti-cycling time is only active forthe heating mode Hot water handling mode during a burneranti-cycling time does not affect the time function element
811 Setting the maximum burner anti-cyclingtime
1 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
2 If required adjust the maximum burner anti-cycling timeusing the diagnostics code d02
Adapting the unit to the heating installation 8
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 21
812 Resetting the remaining burner anti-cyclingtime
Hold the button down for more than 3 seconds
◁ is shown in the display
82 Setting the pump output
The product is equipped with a speed-regulated high-effi-ciency pump which adjusts independently to the hydraulicconditions of the heating installation
If you have installed a low loss header in the heating install-ation you should switch off the speed regulation and set thepump output to a fixed value
If required change the setting of the pump speed whichdepends on the operating mode under diagnostics coded14
Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 12 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
0
10
20
30
40
50
0 200 400 600 800 1000
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 15 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
1 2
34
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 18 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
01020304050
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
6070
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 25 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
01020304050
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
6070
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 30 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
01020304050607080
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 A
B 1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
9 Handing the product over to the end user
22 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
83 Setting the bypass valve
CautionRisk of material damage caused by incor-rect setting of the high-efficiency pump
If the pressure at the bypass valve is in-creased (by turning it clockwise) and thepump output is set to less than 100 theproduct may not operate correctly
In this case set the pump output to5 = 100 using diagnostics parameterd14
Conditions d14 is set to 0 = auto
Do not change the factory settings
Conditions d14 is set to 1 - 5
Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
1
Regulate the pressure using the adjusting screw (1)
Position of the adjustingscrew
Notesapplication
Right-hand stop (screwedall the way in)
If the radiators do not heatup sufficiently at the defaultsetting In this case you mustset the pump to the maximumspeed
Mid-position (six anti-clockwise rotations)
Default setting
Five further anti-clockwiserotations starting from themid-position
If noises are produced in theradiators or radiator valves
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
84 Setting the hot water temperature
DangerRisk of death from legionella
Legionella multiply at temperatures below60 degC
Ensure that the end user is familiar withall of the Anti-legionella measures in orderto comply with the applicable regulationsregarding legionella prevention
Set the hot water temperature
Conditions Water hardness gt 357 molmsup3
ndash Hot water temperature le 50
9 Handing the product over to the enduser
When you have finished the installation attach the stickersupplied (in the end users language) to the productcover
Explain to the end user how the safety devices work andwhere they are located
Inform the end user how to handle the product
In particular draw attention to the safety informationwhich the end user must follow
Inform the end user that they must have the productmaintained in accordance with the specified intervals
Instruct the end user about measures taken for routingthe combustion air supply and flue system
10 Inspection and maintenance
101 Using original seals
If you replace components use only the enclosed originalseals additional sealing materials are not required
102 Observing inspection and maintenanceintervals
Adhere to the minimum inspection and maintenance in-tervals The inspection may require maintenance to becarried out earlier depending on the results
Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview(rarr Page 38)
Inspection and maintenance 10
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 23
103 Procuring spare parts
The original components of the product were also certifiedby the manufacturer as part of the declaration of conformityIf you use other non-certified or unauthorised parts duringmaintenance or repair work this may void the conformity ofthe product and it will therefore no longer comply with theapplicable standards
We strongly recommend that you use original spare partsfrom the manufacturer as this guarantees fault-free and safeoperation of the product To receive information about theavailable original spare parts contact the contact addressprovided on the reverse of these instructions
If you require spare parts for maintenance or repairwork use only the spare parts that are permitted for theproduct
104 Checking the CO₂ content
1 Start up the product with the check programme (P01)and set the value
ndash Setting value for the programme P01 100
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
2 Wait until the value that is read is stable
ndash Waiting period for reading a stable value 5 min
1
3 Unscrew the cover from the flue gas analysis point (1)
4 Measure the CO₂ content at the flue gas analysis point(1)
5 Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Checking the CO₂ content
Great Britain
front casing on front casing off
Natural gas
G20
92 plusmn1
◁ The value is OK
The value is not OK you cannot start up theproduct
Set the CO₂ content (rarr Page 23)
105 Setting the CO₂ content
Conditions The CO₂ content must be adjusted
1
A
B
Remove the sticker
Turn the screw (1) to set the CO₂ content (value withfront casing removed)
◁ To increase the CO₂ content Turn anti-clockwise
◁ To decrease the CO₂ content Turn clockwise
Only carry out the adjustment in increments of 18 turnand wait approximately 1 minute after each adjustmentuntil the value has stabilised
Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Setting the CO₂ value
Great Britain
front casing on front casingoff
Natural gas
G20
CO₂ at full load 92 plusmn02
Set for Wobbeindex W₀
1409 kWsdothmsup3
O₂ at full load 45 plusmn18 vol
CO at full load le 250 ppm
COCO₂ le 00027
If the setting is not in the specified adjustment rangeyou must not start up the product
Inform Customer Service
Check whether the air-quality requirements with regardto carbon monoxide are fulfilled
Fit the front panel
10 Inspection and maintenance
24 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
106 Removing the gas-air mixture unit
Note
The gas-air mixture unit consists of three maincomponents
ndash Fan
ndash Gas valve
ndash Burner cover
1 Switch off the product via the main switch
2 Close the gas isolator cock
3 Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
C
AB
1
D
2
4 Remove the screw (1)
5 Push the clip upwards
6 Remove the flue gas pipe (2)
3
4
5
AB
7 Remove the air intake pipe (3)
8 Remove the plugs from the gas valve (4) and from thefan (5)
A
C
D B
6
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (6)
7
7
8
10 Remove the burner seals (7) and the burner (8)
11 Check the burner and the heat exchanger for damageand dirt
12 If necessary clean or replace the components accord-ing to the following sections
13 Install the two new burner seals
107 Cleaning the heat exchanger
1
1 Protect the folded down electronics box against sprayedwater
2 Clean the ribs of the heat exchanger (1) with water
◁ The water runs out into the condensate tray
Inspection and maintenance 10
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 25
108 Checking the burner
1 Search the surface of the burner for possible damage Ifyou see any damage replace the burner
2 Install the two new burner seals
109 Checking the ignition electrode
1
2
3 4 5
1 Disconnect the connection (2) and the earthing cable(1)
2 Remove the fixing screws (3)
3 Carefully remove the electrode from the combustionchamber
4 Check that the electrode ends (4) are undamaged
5 Check the electrode distance
ndash Clearance for the ignition electrodes 35 hellip 45 mm
6 Make sure that the seal (5) is free from damage
If necessary replace the seal
1010 Cleaning the condensate siphon
C
2
3
1
AB
1 Unclip the lower section of the siphon (1) from the up-per section of the siphon (2)
2 Remove the float (3)
3 Flush out the float and lower section of the siphon withwater
4 Fill the lower section of the siphon with water up to 10mm below the upper edge of the condensate drain pipe-work
5 Reinsert the float (3)
Note
Check whether the float is present in thecondensate siphon
6 Clip the lower section of the siphon (1) into the uppersection of the siphon (2)
1011 Installing the gas-air mixture unit
1 Install the burner
2 Install two new burner seals in the burner hood
3 Install the gas-air mixture unit
4 Tighten the screws on the gas-air mixture unit
ndash Ideally to 7 Nm if a torque spanner is available
5 Install the flue pipe
6 Install the air intake pipe
1012 Draining the product
1 Close the service valves of the product
2 Start check programme P05 (rarr Page 15)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
3 Open the drain cock
1013 Checking the admission pressure of theexpansion vessel
1 Measure the pre-charge pressure of the expansion ves-sel at the vessel valve
Conditions Pre-charge pressure lt 0075 MPa (075 bar)
Top up the expansion vessel in accordance with thestatic height of the heating installation ideally with ni-trogen otherwise with air Ensure that the drain valve isopen when topping up
2 If water escapes from the expansion vessels valve youmust replace the expansion vessel (rarr Page 27)
3 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
1014 Completing inspection and maintenancework
1 Check the gas connection pressure (gas flow pressure)(rarr Page 19)
2 Check the CO₂ content
1015 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
11 Troubleshooting
26 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
11 Troubleshooting
111 Rectifying faults
If fault codes (FXX) appear refer to the table in the ap-pendix or use the check programme(s)
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
If several fault codes are generated at the same time theseare displayed alternately followed by the time at which therespective fault occurred
Hold the button down for more than 3 seconds
If you are unable to clear the fault code and it reappearsdespite several fault clearance attempts contact cus-tomer service
112 Calling up the fault memory
The last 10 fault codes are stored in the fault memory (to-gether with the time at which the respective fault occurredand after 24 hours with the number of days)
Hold the button down for more than 7 seconds
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Press the button to exit this menu
113 Deleting the fault memory
1 Delete the fault memory using the diagnostics coded94
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
114 Resetting parameters to factory settings
1 Reset all parameters to the factory settings using thediagnostics code d96
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
115 Preparing the repair work
1 Switch off the product
2 Disconnect the product from the electrical installation
3 Remove the front casing
4 Close the gas stopcock
5 Close the service valves in the heating flow and in theheating return
6 Close the service valve in the cold water pipe
7 Drain the product if you want to replace water-bearingcomponents of the product
8 Ensure that water does not drip on live components(eg the electronics box)
9 Use only new seals and O-rings Do not use any addi-tional sealing materials
116 Replacing defective components
1161 Replacing the burner
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Remove the two burner seals
3 Remove the burner
4 Insert the new burner
5 Insert two new burner seals in the burner cover
6 Install the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 25)
1162 Replacing the gas-air mixture unit
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Install the new gas-air mixture (rarr Page 25)
1163 Replacing the heat exchanger
1 Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
2 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
1 A
B
3 Remove the gas pipe (1)
1
2
3
2 4
A
B
4 Remove the temperature sensor (3)
5 Remove the upper clip (1)
6 Remove the lower clip (4)
7 Remove the supply pipe (2)
Troubleshooting 11
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 27
2
2 3
B
1
A
8 Remove the upper clip (1)
9 Remove the lower clip (3)
10 Remove the return pipe (2)
1
A2
11 Remove the clip underneath the condensate tray (1)
12 Undo the four screws (2)
2
1
B
C
A
13 Remove the ignition electrode (1)
14 Lift the heat exchanger up slightly and remove it to-gether with the condensate tray
15 Remove the ignition transformer (2)
16 Install the new heat exchanger in reverse order
1164 Replacing the pump head
1
2
1 Disconnect the pump cable from the electronics box
2 Undo the four bolts (1)
3 Remove the pump head (2)
4 Replace the O-ring
5 Use four screws to secure the new pump head
6 Connect the pump cable to the electronics box
1165 Replacing the expansion vessel
B
C
1
2
3A
D
1 Undo the nut (3)
2 Remove both screws on the support plate (1)
3 Remove the support plate
4 Pull out the expansion vessel (2) towards the front
5 Insert the new expansion vessel into the product
6 Screw the new expansion vessel to the water connec-tion To do this use a new seal
7 Attach the support plate using both screws
8 Fill and purge the product (rarr Page 17) and if requiredthe heating installation
12 Decommissioning the product
28 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
1166 Replacing the main PCB
C
C
D
B
C
C
D
B
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull all of the plugs out from the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plugs
7 Close the electronics box
1167 Replacing the PCB for the user interface
B
C
C
D
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull the plug out of the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plug
7 Close the electronics box
1168 Replacing the expansion relief valve
1
2
1 Remove the clip (2)
2 Remove the expansion relief valve
3 Fit the new expansion relief valve with a new O-ring
4 Reattach the clip (2)
1169 Replace the pressure sensor
1
2
1 Pull out the plug
2 Remove the clip (1)
3 Remove the pressure sensor (2)
4 Install the new pressure sensor
5 Reattach the clip (1)
117 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
12 Decommissioning the product
Switch off the product
Disconnect the product from the power mains
Close the gas isolator cock
Close the cold water stop cock
13 Customer service
For contact details for our customer service department youcan write to the address that is provided on the back pageor you can visit wwwglow-wormcouk
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 29
Appendix
A Check programmes ndash Overview
Note
Since the programme table is used for various products some programmes may not be visible for the product inquestion
Display Meaning
P01 Burner operation on adjustable heat input
The product operates after ignition with the heat input set between 0 (0 = Pmin) and 100 (100 = Pmax)
The function is active for 15 minutes
P02 Burner operation at ignition load
After ignition the product works at ignition load
The function is active for 15 minutes
P03 The product runs in heating mode with the maximum heat input set using diagnostics code d00
P04 Maximum output function
If there is a hot water request the product runs in hot water handling mode and at maximum heat load
If there is no hot water request the product runs with the heating partial load that is set via diagnostics coded00 and in heating mode
The function is active for 15 minutes
P05 Filling the product
The diverter valve moves to the mid-position The burner and pump switch off (to fill or drain the product)
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is active for 15 minutes
P06 Purging the heating circuit
The diverter valve is moved to the heating position
The function is activated in the heating circuit for 15 minutes
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
P07 Purging the hot water circuit
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
Automatic air ventfunction
Purging the product
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
This function cannot be manually switched off
B Overview of diagnostics codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d00 Heating maximum output ndash ndash kW The maximum heating outputvaries depending on the product
rarr Section Technical data
Automatic Unit automaticallyadjusts the maximum output tothe current system demand
rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d01 Pump overrun in heatingmode
1 60 min 1 5 Adjustable
d02 Maximum burner anti-cycling time in heatingmode
2 60 min 1 20 Adjustable
Appendix
30 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d04 Water temperature in thecylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d05 Determined heating flowset target temperature
Current value ndash ndash Not
adjustable
d06 Hot water set target tem-perature
Current value (Combination unit only) ndash Notadjustable
d07 Set target temperaturefor the domestic hot wa-ter cylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d08 Status of the 230 V ther-mostat
Current value ndash 0 = Room thermostat open (noheat requirement)
1 = Room thermostat closed(heat requirement)
ndash Notadjustable
d09 Heating flow set targettemperature that is seton the eBUS room ther-mostat
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d10 Status of the internalpump in the heating cir-cuit
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d11 Status of the heatingcircuits shunt pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d13 Status of the hot watercircuits circulation pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d14 Operating mode of themodulating pump
0 5 ndash 0 = variable rotational speed(auto)
1 2 3 4 5 = Fixed rotationalspeeds rarr Section Setting thepump output
0 Adjustable
d15 Pump speed Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d16 Status of the 24 V roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Heating off
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d17 Heating control ndash ndash ndash off = Flow temperature
on = Return temperature (ad-justment for underfloor heatingIf you have activated the returntemperature control the auto-matic heating output determina-tion function is not active)
0 Adjustable
d18 Pump overrun operatingmode
1 3 ndash 1 = Continuous (pump runs per-manently)
3 = Eco (intermittent pump modendash for the dissipation of the resid-ual heat after hot water gener-ation at an extremely low heatdemand)
1 Adjustable
d19 Pump operating mode 2stage pump
0 3 ndash 0 = Burner mode stage 2 pumpflowoverrun stage 1
1 = Heating mode and pumpflowoverrun stage 1 hot waterhandling mode stage 2
2 = Automatic heating modepump flowoverrun stage 1 hotwater handling mode stage 2
3 = Stage 2
3 Adjustable
d20 Maximum hot water settarget temperature
50 60 1 60 Adjustable
d21 Status of the warm startfor hot water
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated andavailable
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 31
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d22 Status of the hot waterrequest
Current value ndash off = No current requirement
on = Current requirement
ndash Notadjustable
d23 Status of the heatingdemand
Current value ndash off = Heating off (Summer mode)
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d24 Status of the pressuremonitor
0 1 ndash off = Not switched
on = Switched
ndash Notadjustable
d25 Status of the requirementto reheat the cylinder orfor the hot water warmstart from the eBUS ther-mostat
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
ndash Notadjustable
d27 Function of relay 1(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
1 Adjustable
d28 Function of relay 2(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
2 Adjustable
d31 Automatic filling device 0 2 ndash 0 = Manual
1 = Semi-automatic
2 = Automatic
0 Adjustable
d33 Fan speed target value Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d34 Value for the fan speed Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d35 Position of the divertervalve
Current value ndash 0 = Heating
40 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
100 = Domestic hot water
ndash Notadjustable
d36 Value for the hot waterflow
Current value lmin ndash ndash Notadjustable
d39 Water temperature in thesolar circuit
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d40 Heating flow temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d41 Heating return temperat-ure
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d43 Heating curve 02 4 ndash 01 12 Adjustable
d45 Value for the base pointof the heating curve
15 30 ndash 1 20 Adjustable
d47 Outside temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d50 Correction of the min-imum fan speed
0 3000 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
600 Adjustable
Appendix
32 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d51 Correction of the max-imum fan speed
-2500 0 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
-1000 Adjustable
d58 Solar circuit reheating 0 3 ndash 0 = Boilers Legionella protectionfunction deactivated
3 = Hot water activated (mintarget value 60 degC)
0 Adjustable
d60 Number of blocks by thetemperature limiter
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d61 Number of unsuccessfulignitions
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d62 Night set-back 0 30 ndash 1 0 Adjustable
d64 Average burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d65 Maximum burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d66 Activation of the warmstart function for hot wa-ter
ndash ndash ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
1 Adjustable
d67 Remaining burner anti-cycling time (setting un-der d02)
Current value min ndash ndash Notadjustable
d68 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 1st attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d69 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 2nd attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d70 Operation of the divertervalve
0 2 ndash 0 = Normal operating mode(DHW and heating mode)
1 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
2 = Permanent heating modeposition
0 Adjustable
d71 Maximum heating flowset target temperature
45 80 1 rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d73 Correction of the hot wa-ter warm start temperat-ure
-15 5 K 1 0 Adjustable
d75 Maximum cylinder re-heating time
20 90 min 1 45 Adjustable
d77 Max cylinder reheating ndash ndash kW 1
rarr Section Technical data
ndash Adjustable
d80 Running time in heatingmode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d81 Running time in hot wa-ter handling mode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d82 Number of burner igni-tions in heating mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d83 Number of burner igni-tions in hot water hand-ling mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d84 Maintenance in 0 3000 h Number of hours = Display valuex 10
300 Notadjustable
d85 Increase in the min out-put (heating and hot wa-ter handling mode)
ndash ndash kW 1 ndash Adjustable
d88 Flow rate limit valuefor ignition in hot waterhandling mode
0 1 ndash 0 = 17 lmin (no delay)
1 = 37 lmin (2 s delay)
0 Adjustable
d90 Status of the eBUS roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Not connected
on = Connected
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 33
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d91 Status DCF77 Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d93 Setting the product code 0 99 ndash 1
The Device Specific Number(DSN) can be found on the iden-tification plate
ndash Adjustable
d94 Delete fault list 0 1 ndash off = No
on = Yes
ndash Adjustable
d95 Software versions ndash ndash ndash 1 = Main PCB
2 = Interface PCB
ndash Adjustable
d96 Default setting (reset) ndash ndash ndash 0 = No
1 = Yes
ndash Adjustable
C Status codes ndash Overview
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Status code Meaning
Displays in heating mode
S0 Heating mode No requirement
S01 Heating mode Advance fan operation
S02 Heating mode Pump pre-run
S03 Heating mode Burner ignition
S04 Heating mode Burner on
S05 Heating mode Pumpfan overrun
S06 Heating mode Fan overrun
S07 Heating mode Pump overrun
S08 Heating mode Temporary shutdown after heating procedure
Displays in hot water handling mode
S10 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S11 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S13 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S14 DHW mode Burner on
S15 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S16 DHW mode Fan overrun
S17 DHW mode Pump overrun
Display in Comfort mode with warm start or hot water handling mode with cylinder
S20 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S21 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S22 Hot water handling mode Pump pre-run
S23 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S24 DHW mode Burner on
S25 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S26 DHW mode Fan overrun
S27 DHW mode Pump overrun
S28 Hot water handling mode Temporary shutdown of the burner
Other displays
S30 Room thermostat is blocking heating mode
S31 No heating demand Summer mode eBUS controller waiting period
Appendix
34 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Status code Meaning
S32 Fan waiting time Fan speed outside of the tolerance values
S33 Forced fan operation until the pressure monitor is switched
S34 Frost protection active
S39 Underfloor heating contact open
S41 Water pressure too high
S42 Flue non-return flap closed
S46 Frost protection mode (Comfort) Minimum load
S53 Product in waiting periodoperation block function due to low water pressure (flowreturn spread too large)
S54 Waiting period Low water pressure in the circuit (flowreturn spread too large)
S76 Maintenance message Check the water pressure
S88 Product purging active
S91 Maintenance Demo mode
S96 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S97 Automatic test programme Water pressure sensor heating demands blocked
S98 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S99 Internal automatic test programmes
S108 Purging the combustion chamber fan in operation
S109 Products standby mode activated
D Overview of fault codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F00 Fault Flow temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F01 Fault Return temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F10 Short circuit Flow temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F11 Short circuit Return temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F12 andF91
Short circuit Cylinder temperaturesensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F13 Short circuit Domestic hot water cylindertemperature sensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F20 Safety switch-off Overheating temperat-ure reached
Incorrect earth connection between cable harness and product flow or returnNTC defective (loose connection) stray spark via ignition cable ignition plugor ignition electrode
F22 Safety switch-off Low water pressure inthe boiler
No or insufficient water in the product water pressure sensor de-fective cable to the pump or to the water pressure sensor loosenotconnecteddefective
F23 Safety switch-off Temperature differencetoo great (NTC1NTC2)
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product flow and return NTCsensors connected the wrong way round
F24 Safety switch-off Temperature rise toofast
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product system pressure toolow non-return valve blockedincorrectly installed
F25 Safety switch-off Flue gas temperaturetoo high
Break in plug connection for optional flue gas safety cut-out (STB) break incable harness
F27 Safety switch-off Fault in flame detection Moisture on the electronics electronics (flame monitor) defective gas solen-oid valve leaking
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 35
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F28 Fault Ignition unsuccessful when startingup
Gas meter defective or gas pressure monitor has triggered air in gas gasflow pressure too low thermal isolator device (TAE) has triggered incorrectgas restrictor incorrect spare gas valve fault on the gas valve multiple plugon PCB incorrectly plugged in break in cable harness ignition system (ig-nition transformer ignition cable ignition plug ignition electrode) defectiveionisation current interrupted (cable electrode) incorrect earthing of productelectronics defective
F29 Fault Flame loss Gas supply temporarily stopped flue gas recirculation incorrect earthing ofproduct ignition transformer has spark failure
F32 Fan frost protection function active Fanspeed outside the tolerance values
Plug on fan not correctly plugged in multiple plug on PCB not correctlyplugged in break in cable harness fan blocked Hall sensor defective elec-tronics defective
F49 eBUS fault Voltage too low Short circuit on eBUS eBUS overload or two power supplies with differentpolarities on the eBUS
F61 Fault Gas valve control system Short circuitshort to earth in cable harness for the gas valve gas valvedefective (coils shorted to earth) electronics defective
F62 Fault Gas valve switch-off control Delayed switch-off of gas valve delayed extinguishing of flame signal gasvalve leaking electronics defective
F63 Fault EEPROM Electronics defective
F64 Fault Electronicssensoranalogue-to-digital converter
Flow or return NTC short circuited electronics defective
F65 Fault Electronics temperature too high Electronics overheating due to external influences electronics defective
F67 Value sent back by ASIC is incorrect(flame signal)
Implausible flame signal electronics defective
F68 Fault Unstable flame (analogue input) Air in gas gas flow pressure too low incorrect air ratio incorrect gas re-strictor ionisation flow interruption (cable electrode)
F70 Invalid product code (DSN) Display and PCB replaced at same time and Device Specific Number notreset wrong or missing output range coding resistance
F71 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Flow temperature sensor signalling constant value Flow temperature sensorincorrectly positioned on supply pipe flow temperature sensor defective
F72 Fault Deviation in the water pressuresensorreturn temperature sensor
Flowreturn NTC temperature difference too great rarr flow andor return tem-perature sensor defective
F73 Fault Water pressure sensor not con-nected or has short-circuited
Interruptionshort circuit of water pressure sensor interruptionshort circuitto GND in supply line to water pressure sensor or water pressure sensordefective
F74 Fault Electrical problem in the waterpressure sensor
Line to water pressure sensor has a short circuit to 5 V24 V or internal faultin the water pressure sensor
F75 Fault Pressure sensor Pressure switch defective
F76 The safety cut-out in the primary heatexchanger is defective
Safety cut-out feedback does not match the gas valve feedback
F77 Fault Condensate or smoke No response flue non-return flap defective
F78 Interruption to DHW outlet sensor atexternal controller
UK link box is connected but hot water NTC not bridged
F83 Fault Dry fire When the burner starts the temperature change registered at the flow orreturn temperature sensor is non-existent or too small Insufficient waterin the product the flow or return temperature sensor is not in the correctposition on the pipe
F84 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Values not consistent difference lt -6 K
Flow and return temperature sensors signalling implausible values Flow andreturn temperature sensors have been inverted flow and return temperaturesensors have not been correctly installed
F85 Fault Temperature sensor The flow andor return temperature sensors have been installed on the samepipeincorrect pipe
Temperature sensor not connected or is connected incorrectly
F86 Fault Underfloor heating contact Underfloor heating contact open sensor disconnected or defective
F87 Fault Electrodes Electrodes not connected or they are connected incorrectly short circuit inthe cable harness
F88 Fault Gas valve Gas valve not connected or it is connected incorrectly short circuit in thecable harness
F89 Fault Pump Pump not connected or it is connected incorrectly incorrect pump connec-ted short circuit in the cable harness
Appendix
36 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
Connection No communication between the PCBand the user interface
Electronics defective
E Wiring diagram Pure boiler
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
X21 41
32
eBUS
RT 24V
Burner off
X106
13
41
3
123
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~2
6
7
9
8
1
3
4
5
11
10
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Temperature sensor on the heating flow
4 Temperature sensor on the heating return
5 Fan
6 Gas valve assembly
7 Pressure sensor
8 External ignition transformer
9 Heating pump
10 Ionisation and ignition electrode
11 Main power supply and connection for 230 V control
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 37
F Connection diagram Pure boiler (30 kW)
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
X21LN
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
13
41
3
123
eBUS
Burner off
X106
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~
X12LN
2
7
8
109
1
43
5
6
12 11
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Control system
4 Temperature sensor in the heating flow
5 Temperature sensor in the heating return
6 Fan
7 Gas valve
8 Pressure sensor
9 Ionisation electrode
10 Heating pump
11 Ignition electrode
12 Main power supply
Appendix
38 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
G Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview
The table below lists the manufacturer requirements with respect to minimum inspection and maintenance intervals If na-tional regulations and directives require shorter inspection and maintenance intervals you should observe these instead ofthe intervals listed in the table
No WorkInspection(annual)
Mainten-ance
(must becarried outat regularintervals)
1Check the airflue pipe for leak-tightness and to ensure that it is fastened correctly Make surethat it is not blocked or damaged and has been installed in accordance with the relevant Installa-tion Manual
X X
2Check the general condition of the product Remove dirt from the product and from the vacuumchamber
X X
3Visually inspect the general condition of the heat exchanger In doing so pay particular attentionto signs of corrosion rust and other defects If you notice any damage carry out maintenancework
X X
4Check the gas connection pressure at maximum heat input If the gas connection pressure is notwithin the correct range carry out maintenance work
X X
5Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product and if necessary adjust it Keep a record ofthis
X X
6Disconnect the product from the power mains Check that the electrical plug connections andother connections are seated correctly and correct these if necessary
X X
7 Close the gas isolator cock and the service valves X X
8Drain the product on the water side Check the pre-charge pressure of the expansion vesseland if required top up the expansion vessel (approx 003 MPa03 bar below the system fillingpressure)
X
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit X
10Check the seals in the combustion area If you see any damage replace the seals Replace bothburner seals each time it is opened and accordingly each time maintenance work is carried out
X
11 Clean the heat exchanger X
12 Check the burner for damage and replace it if necessary X
13 Check the condensate siphon in the product clean and fill if necessary X X
14 Install the gas-air mixture unit Caution Replace the seals X
15 Open the gas isolator cock reconnect the product to the power mains and switch the product on X X
16Open the service valves fill the productheating installation to 005-03 MPa05-30 bar (depend-ing on the static height of the heating installation) and start the purging programme PXX
X
17Carry out a test operation of the product and heating installation and if required purge the sys-tem once more
X X
18 Visually inspect the ignition and burner behaviour X X
19 Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product again X
20 Check the product for gas flue gas water and condensate leaks and repair if necessary X X
21 Record the inspectionmaintenance work carried out X X
Note For those appliances which are not part of an annual service agreementpolicy maintenance must be carried out at least every5 years
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 39
H Position of the opening in the airflue pipe
GN
N
MM
A
II
O
H
H
CBLJ
Q Q
Q
Q
Q
K
P
D E
FI
S
R
T
H1 Positioning of the opening of a fan-supported flue gas pipe
Installation siteMinimum dimen-sions
A Directly below an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
B Above an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
C Horizontally to an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
DBelow temperature-sensitive building components eg plastic gutters down pipes or wastewaterpipes
75 mm
E Below eaves 200 mm
F Below balconies or car port roofs 200 mm
G From vertical wastewater pipes or down pipes 150 mm
H From external or internal corners 200 mm
I Above floors roofs or balconies 300 mm
J From a surface facing a terminal 600 mm
K From a terminal facing a terminal 1200 mm
L From an opening in the car port (eg door window) which leads into the dwelling 1200 mm
M Vertical from a terminal on the same wall 1500 mm
N Horizontal from a terminal on the same wall 300 mm
O From the wall on which the terminal has been installed 0 mm
P From a vertical structure on the roof 300 mm
Q Above the roof area 300 mm
R Horizontal from adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
S Above adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
T Below adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 2000 mm
Appendix
40 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
H2 Horizontal terminal positioning
BS 5440-1 recommends that fanned flue chimney terminals should be positioned as follows
a) at least 2 m from an opening in the building directly opposite and
b) so that the products of combustion are not directed to discharge directly across a boundary if the products are likely tocause a nuisance to a neighbour or discharge over a walkway or patio
For IE see current issue of IS 813
For boilers covered within this manual
1) Dimensions D E F and G
These clearances may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler In order to ensure that the con-densate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces the terminal should be extended as shown below
Balconyeaves
Gutter
Adequately secured airflue gas pipe
The flue pipe mustprotrude beyond any overhang
2) Dimension H
This clearance may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler However in order to ensure thatthe condensate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces a clearance of 300 mm is preferred
For 1 and 2 above you can use a flue gas management kit to enable the termination point to be positioned and directed awayfrom the building fabric
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 41
I Commissioning Checklist
copy Heating and Hotwater Industry Council (HHIC)
wwwcentralheatingcouk
Benchmark Commissioning and Servicing SectionIt is a requirement that the boiler is installed and commissioned to the
completed in full
Appendix
42 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
This Commissioning Checklist is to be completed in full by the competent person who commissioned the boiler as a means of demonstrating compliance with the appropriate Building Regulations and then handed to the customer to keep for future reference
GAS BOILER SYSTEM COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST
CONTROLS
Optimum start control
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
ALL SYSTEMS
Yes
Yes
CENTRAL HEATING MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
COMBINATION BOILERS ONLY
Yes
Yes
DOMESTIC HOT WATER MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
Yes Temperature
CONDENSING BOILERS ONLY
Yes
ALL INSTALLATIONS
AND sup2 Ratio
AND sup2 Ratio
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 43
It is recommended that your heating system is serviced regularly and that the appropriate Service Interval Record is completed
Service Provider
SERVICE RECORD
SERVICE 01
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 02
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 03
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 04
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 05
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 06
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 07
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 08
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 09
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 10
AND sup2 AND sup2
Appendix
44 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
PRIOR TO CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO CHECKThe boiler manufacturerrsquos installation instructions should have been followed gas type verified and gas
supply pressurerate checked as required prior to commissioningAs part of the installation process especially where a flue has been fitted by persons other than the boiler installer visually check the integrity of the whole flue system to confirm that all components are correctly assembled fixed and supported Check that manufacturerrsquos max flue lengths have not been
exceeded and all guidance has been followed (eg Gas Safe Technical Bulletin TB008)The flue gas analyser should be of the correct type as specified by BS 7967
Prior to its use the flue gas analyser should have been maintained and calibrated as specified by the manufacturer The installer must have the relevant competence for use of the analyser
Check and zero the analyser IN FRESH AIR as per analyser manufacturerrsquos instructions
NOTETHE AIR GAS RATIO VALVE IS FACTORY
SET AND MUST NOT BE ADJUSTED DURING COMMISSIONING UNLESS THIS ACTION IS RECOMMENDED FOLLOWING CONTACT WITH THE MANUFACTURER
If any such adjustment is recommended and further checking of the boiler is required the
installerservice engineer must be competent to carry out this work and to use the flue gas
analyser accordinglyIf the boiler requires conversion to operate with
a different gas family (eg conversion from natural gas to LPG) separate guidance will be
provided by the boiler manufacturer
CARRY OUT FLUE INTEGRITY CHECK USING ANALYSERInsert analyser probe into air inlet test point and allow readings to stabiliseNOTE - where no air inlet test point is provided then a flue integrity check
with the analyser is not possible The installer should verify that flue integrity has been visually checked in accordance with the ldquoPrior to
CO and combustion ratio checkrdquo box above before proceeding to the ldquoCheck CO and combustion ratio at maximum raterdquo stage below
SET BOILER TO MINIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at minimum rate (to
minimum load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - If manufacturerrsquos instructions do not specify how to set boiler to minimum
rate contact Technical Helpline for advice
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MINIMUM RATEWith boiler still set at minimum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas sampling
point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is not
specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MAX RATEWith boiler still set at maximum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas
sampling point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is
not specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
SET BOILER TO MAXIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at max rate
(full load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - Do not insert analyser probe during this period to avoid
possible ldquofloodingrdquo of sensor
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
BOILER IS OPERATING SATISFACTORILYno further actions required
Ensure test points are capped boiler case is correctly replaced and all other commissioning procedures are completed
Complete Benchmark Checklist recording CO and combustion ratio readings as required
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED
VERIFY FLUE INTEGRITYAnalyser readings indicate that combustion products and inlet air must be mixing Further investigation of
the flue is therefore requiredCheck that flue components are assembled fixed and supported as per boilerflue manufacturerrsquos
instructionsCheck that flue and flue terminal are not obstructed
IsCO less than
335ppmand
COCO2 ratio less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
Check all seals around the appliance burner internal flue seals door and case seals
Rectify where necessary
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED IF
COMMISSIONING CANNOT BE FULLY COMPLETED THE APPLIANCE MUST BE
DISCONNECTED FROM THE GAS SUPPLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GSIUR
NOTE Check and record CO and combustion ratio at both max and min rate before contacting the
manufacturer
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YESYES
YES
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 45
J Pipe lengths for the airflue pipe
J1 Length of the C13 type airflue pipe
Applicability C13 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C13 type airfluepipe
C13 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J2 Length of the C33 type airflue pipe
Applicability C33 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C33 type airfluepipe
C33 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J3 Length of the C43 type airflue pipe
Applicability C43 type airflue pipe
Diameter of theairflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L)
C43 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
Appendix
46 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
K Technical data
Technical data ndash Heating
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 530 lh 655 lh 788 lh 1094 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 353 lh 436 lh 525 lh 729 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
123 lh 153 lh 184 lh 255 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 1102 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 876 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
306 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
Technical data ndash G20 powerloading G20The lowest nominal heat output may be higher than the value in the technical data depending on the design of the systemand the current operating status
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 12 kW 15 kW 18 kW 25 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
48 hellip 130 kW 48 hellip 162 kW 53 hellip 195 kW 65 hellip 270 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
47 hellip 128 kW 47 hellip 159 kW 52 hellip 191 kW 64 hellip 265 kW
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
45 hellip 123 kW 45 hellip 152 kW 50 hellip 183 kW 61 hellip 254 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
44 hellip 150 kW 44 hellip 180 kW 49 hellip 252 kW 60 hellip 300 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
123 kW 153 kW 184 kW 255 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
153 kW 184 kW 257 kW 306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 30 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
76 hellip 324 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
75 hellip 318 kW
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 47
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
72 hellip 305 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
71 hellip 350 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
72 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
357 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
72 kW
Technical data ndash General
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch 34 inch 34 inch 34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h 32 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
13 msup3h 16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0476 msup3h 0480 msup3h 0533 msup3h 0648 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
206 gs 208 gs 231 gs 281 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
55 gs 69 gs 83 gs 115 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
69 gs 83 gs 116 gs 138 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
55 55 60 77
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
55 55 55 55
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
43 48 51 62
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
32 32 34 35
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
71 71 69 68
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
105 105 105 95
Released system types C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996 996 996 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040 1040 1040 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060 1060 1060 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085 1085 1085 1085
NOx class 5 5 5 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm
Appendix
48 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Net weight 31 kg 31 kg 31 kg 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 35 kg 35 kg 35 kg 36 kg
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
38 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
32 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0762 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
330 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
138 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
161 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
82
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
37
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
75
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
104
Released system types C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085
NOx class 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm
Net weight 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 36 kg
Technical data ndash Electrics
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 49
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max electrical power consump-tion
65 W 75 W 66 W 75 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W
Level of protection IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V
Max electrical power consump-tion
60 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W
Level of protection IPX4D
Index
50 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Index
AAirflue pipe installed 5BBurner anti-cycling time 20Bypass valve 22CCE label 8Check programmes 29
Using 15Checking the burner 25Checking the pre-charge pressure of the expansionvessel 25Cleaning the condensate siphon 25Cleaning the heat exchanger 24CO₂ content
Checking 20 23Competent person 4Completing inspection work 25Completing maintenance work 25Condensate discharge pipe 12Condensate siphon
Filling 18Controller 14Corrosion 5DDecommissioning 28Decommissioning the product 28Diagnostics codes
Using 15Documents 7Draining the product 25EElectricity 5Expansion relief valve 28FFault codes 26Fault memory 26Fault messages 26Fault symbol 15Flow rate-pressure curves 21Flue gas route 5Front casing closed 5Frost 5GGas family check 16Gas flow rate 18HHanding over to the end user 22High-efficiency pump 21High-efficiency pump output 21IIdentification plate 7If you smell flue gas 5If you smell gas 4Inspection work 22 38Installation site 5Intended use 4LLeak-tightness 20 25 28
MMains connection 14Maintenance work 22 38Minimum clearance 9PPower supply 14Preparing the repair work 26Preparing repair work 26Pressure sensor 28Pump head 27QQualification 4RRegulations 6Removing the air intake pipe 24Removing the burner 24Removing the flue gas pipe 24Removing the front casing 10Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24Removing the ignition transformer 24Removing the side section 10Replacing the burner 26Replacing the expansion vessel 27Replacing the heat exchanger 26Replacing the main PCB 28Replacing expansion vessel 27Resetting the burner anti-cycling time 21SSafety device 5Schematic drawing 5Setting the burner anti-cycling time 20Spare parts 23Switching on the product 17TTool 6Transport 5Transporting 8Treating the heating water 16UUnloading the box 8Unpacking the product 8User interface replacing the PCB 28Using
Check programmes 15Diagnostics codes 15
VVoltage 5WWall-mounting the product 9Weight 9
0020200964_04
ManufacturerSupplierVaillant Group UK LTD
Nottingham Road ‒ Belper ‒ Derbyshire DE56 1JQ
Telephone 01773 824639 ‒ Technical helpline 0330 100 7679
After sales service 0330 100 3142
wwwglow-wormcouk
0020200964_04 ‒ 16112017
copy These instructions or parts thereof are protected by copyright and may be repro-duced or distributed only with the manufacturers written consent
We reserve the right to make technical changes
Contents
2 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Contents
1 Safety 4
11 Action-related warnings 4
12 Risk caused by inadequate qualifications 4
13 Intended use 4
14 General safety information 4
15 Regulations (directives laws standards) 6
2 Notes on the documentation 7
21 Observing other applicable documents 7
22 Storing documents 7
23 Validity of the instructions 7
24 Benchmark 7
3 Product description 7
31 Compartment Ventilation 7
32 Information on the identification plate 7
33 Functional elements Pure boiler 8
34 CE label 8
4 Set-up 8
41 Transporting the unit 8
42 Unpacking the product 8
43 Checking the scope of delivery 8
44 Dimensions 9
45 Minimum clearances 9
46 Using the mounting template 9
47 Wall-mounting the product 9
48 Removinginstalling the front casing 10
49 Removinginstalling the side section 10
5 Installation 11
51 Checking the gas meter 11
52 Gas and water connections 11
53 Connecting the drain pipework for theexpansion relief valve 12
54 Connecting the condensate discharge pipe 12
55 Electrical installation 13
6 Operation 15
61 Using diagnostics codes 15
62 Displaying the status codes 15
63 Using check programmes 15
7 Start-up 16
71 Carrying out the initial start-up 16
72 Checking the type of gas 16
73 Checking the factory setting 16
74 Checking and treating the heating waterfillingand supplementary water 16
75 Avoiding danger arising from insufficient waterpressure 17
76 Switching on the product 17
77 Filling and purging the heating installation 17
78 Filling the condensate siphon 18
79 Filling the hot water circuit 18
710 Checking and adjusting the gas settings 18
711 Checking leak-tightness 20
8 Adapting the unit to the heatinginstallation 20
81 Burner anti-cycling time 20
82 Setting the pump output 21
83 Setting the bypass valve 22
84 Setting the hot water temperature 22
9 Handing the product over to the end user 22
10 Inspection and maintenance 22
101 Using original seals 22
102 Observing inspection and maintenanceintervals 22
103 Procuring spare parts 23
104 Checking the CO₂ content 23
105 Setting the CO₂ content 23
106 Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24
107 Cleaning the heat exchanger 24
108 Checking the burner 25
109 Checking the ignition electrode 25
1010 Cleaning the condensate siphon 25
1011 Installing the gas-air mixture unit 25
1012 Draining the product 25
1013 Checking the admission pressure of theexpansion vessel 25
1014 Completing inspection and maintenance work 25
1015 Checking the product for leak-tightness 25
11 Troubleshooting 26
111 Rectifying faults 26
112 Calling up the fault memory 26
113 Deleting the fault memory 26
114 Resetting parameters to factory settings 26
115 Preparing the repair work 26
116 Replacing defective components 26
117 Checking the product for leak-tightness 28
12 Decommissioning the product 28
13 Customer service 28
Appendix 29
A Check programmes ndash Overview 29
B Overview of diagnostics codes 29
C Status codes ndash Overview 33
D Overview of fault codes 34
E Wiring diagram Pure boiler 36
F Connection diagram Pure boiler (30 kW) 37
G Inspection and maintenance work ndashOverview 38
H Position of the opening in the airflue pipe 39
H1 Positioning of the opening of a fan-supportedflue gas pipe 39
H2 Horizontal terminal positioning 40
I Commissioning Checklist 41
J Pipe lengths for the airflue pipe 45
J1 Length of the C13 type airflue pipe 45
J2 Length of the C33 type airflue pipe 45
J3 Length of the C43 type airflue pipe 45
K Technical data 46
Contents
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 3
Index 50
1 Safety
4 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
1 Safety
11 Action-related warnings
Classification of action-related warningsThe action-related warnings are classified inaccordance with the severity of the possibledanger using the following warning signs andsignal words
Warning symbols and signal wordsDangerImminent danger to life or risk ofsevere personal injury
DangerRisk of death from electric shock
WarningRisk of minor personal injury
CautionRisk of material or environmentaldamage
12 Risk caused by inadequatequalifications
ndash Set-upndash Dismantlingndash Installationndash Start-upndash Inspection and maintenancendash Repairndash Decommissioning
Observe all instructions that are includedwith the product
Proceed in accordance with current tech-nology
Observe all applicable directives stand-ards laws and other regulations
13 Intended use
There is a risk of injury or death to the user orothers or of damage to the product and otherproperty in the event of improper use or usefor which it is not intended
The product is intended as a heat generatorfor closed heating installations and for hotwater generation
Depending on the unit type the productsreferred to in these instructions must only beinstalled and operated in conjunction with the
airflue pipe accessories listed in the otherapplicable documents
Intended use includes the following
ndash observance of accompanying operatinginstallation and servicing instructions forthe product and any other system compon-ents
ndash installing and fitting the product in accord-ance with the product and system approval
ndash compliance with all inspection and main-tenance conditions listed in the instruc-tions
Intended use also covers installation in ac-cordance with the IP code
Any other use that is not specified in these in-structions or use beyond that specified in thisdocument shall be considered improper useAny direct use in industrial or commercialprocesses is also deemed to be improper
Caution
Improper use of any kind is prohibited
14 General safety information
141 Risk of death from escaping gas
What to do if you smell gas in the building
Avoid rooms that smell of gas If possible open doors and windows fully
and ensure adequate ventilation Do not use naked flames (eg lighters
matches) Do not smoke Do not use any electrical switches mains
plugs doorbells telephones or other com-munication systems in the building
If it is safe to do so close the emergencycontrol valve or the main isolator
If possible close the gas isolator cock onthe product
Warn other occupants in the building byyelling or banging on doors or walls
Leave the building immediately and ensurethat others do not enter the building
Notify the gas supply company or the Na-tional Grid +44 (0) 800 111999 by tele-phone once you are outside of the build-ing
Safety 1
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 5
142 Risk of death from escaping fluegas
If you operate the product with an empty con-densate trap siphon then flue gas may es-cape into the room air
In order to operate the product ensure thatthe condensate trap siphon is always full
143 Risk of death due to blocked orleaking flue gas routes
Installation errors damage tampering unau-thorised installation sites or similar can causeflue gas to escape and result in a risk of pois-oning
What to do if you smell flue gas in the prop-erty
Open all accessible doors and windowsfully to provide ventilation
Switch off the product Check the flue gas routes in the product
and the flue gas diversions
144 Risk of death due to explosive andflammable materials
Do not use the product in storage roomsthat contain explosive or flammable sub-stances (such as petrol paper or paint)
145 Risk of death from electric shock
There is a risk of death from electric shock ifyou touch live components
Before commencing work on the product
Unplug the mains plug Or disconnect the product from the power
supply by switching off all power supplies(electrical partition with a contact gap of atleast 3 mm eg fuse or circuit breaker)
Secure against being switched back onagain
Wait for at least 3 minutes until the capa-citors have discharged
Check that there is no voltage
146 Risk of death due to lack of safetydevices
The schematic drawings included in this doc-ument do not show all safety devices re-quired for correct installation
Install the necessary safety devices in thesystem
Observe the applicable national and inter-national laws standards and guidelines
147 Risk of poisoning and burns causedby escaping hot flue gases
Only operate the product if the airflue pipehas been completely installed
With the exception of short periods fortesting purposes only operate the productwhen the front casing is installed andclosed
148 Risk of being burned or scalded byhot components
Only carry out work on these componentsonce they have cooled down
149 Risk of injury due to the heavyweight of the product
Make sure that the product is transportedby at least two people
1410 Risk of corrosion damage due tounsuitable combustion and roomair
Sprays solvents chlorinated cleaningagents paint adhesives ammonia com-pounds dust or similar substances may leadto corrosion on the product and in the fluesystem
Ensure that the supply of combustion air isalways free of fluorine chlorine sulphurdust etc
Ensure that no chemical substances arestored at the installation site
If you are installing the product inhairdressing salons painters or joinersworkshops cleaning businesses or similarlocations choose a separate installationroom in which the room air is technicallyfree of chemical substances
1411 Risk of material damage caused byfrost
Do not install the product in rooms proneto frost
1 Safety
6 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
1412 Risk of material damage caused byusing an unsuitable tool
Use the correct tool to tighten or loosenthreaded connections
15 Regulations (directives lawsstandards)
Observe the national regulations stand-ards guidelines and laws
Notes on the documentation 2
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 7
2 Notes on the documentation
21 Observing other applicable documents
You must observe all the operating and installation in-structions included with the system components
22 Storing documents
Pass these instructions and all other applicable docu-ments on to the system operator
23 Validity of the instructions
These instructions apply only to
Product article number
Article number Gas CouncilNumber
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
0010015655 41-019-16
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
0010015656 41-019-17
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
0010015657 41-019-18
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
0010015658 41-019-19
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
0010015659 41-019-20
24 Benchmark
Glow-worm is a licensed member of the BenchmarkScheme
Benchmark places responsibilities on both manufacturersand installers The purpose is to ensure that customers areprovided with the correct equipment for their needs that it isinstalled commissioned and serviced in accordance with themanufacturerrsquos instructions by a competent person approvedat the time by the Health and Safety Executive and that itmeets the requirements of the appropriate Building Regu-lations The Benchmark Checklist can be used to demon-strate compliance with Building Regulations and should beprovided to the customer for future reference
Installers are required to carry out installation commission-ing and servicing work in accordance with the BenchmarkCode of Practice which is available from the Heating andHotwater Industry Council who manage and promote theScheme
Benchmark is managed and promoted by the Heating andHotwater Industry Council
For more information visit wwwcentralheatingcouk
3 Product description
31 Compartment Ventilation
The boilers are very high efficiency appliances
As a consequence the heat loss from the appliance casingduring operation is very low
Compartment ventilation is not required as the products areonly certified and can only be fitted with a concentric fluesystem
32 Information on the identification plate
The identification plate is mounted on the underside of theproduct in the factory
The identification plate keeps record of the country in whichthe product is to be installed
Information on theidentification plate
Meaning
Barcode with serial number
Serial number For quality control purposes 3rd and 4thdigits = year of production
For quality control purposes 5th and 6thdigits = week of production
For identification purposes 7th to 16thdigits = product article number
For quality control purposes 17th to 20thdigits = place of manufacture
ENERGY s Product description
2H G20 ndash 20 kPa(20 mbar)
Factory setting for type of gas and gasconnection pressure
Cat Unit category
Condensing techno-logy
Efficiency class of the boiler in accord-ance with EC Directive 9242EEC
Type Xx3(x) Permissible flue gas connections
PMS Maximum water pressure in heatingmode
PMW Maximum water pressure in hot waterhandling mode
VHz Electric connection
W Max electrical power consumption
IP Level of protection
Heating mode
Pn Nominal heat output range in heatingmode
Pnc Nominal heat output range in heatingmode (condensing technology)
P Nominal heat output range in hot waterhandling mode
Qn Nominal heating load range in heatingmode
Qnw Nominal heating load range in hot waterhandling mode
Tmax Max flow temperature
NOx NOx class for the product
Code (DSN) Specific product code
Read the instructions
4 Set-up
8 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Information on theidentification plate
Meaning
GC no Gas council number
33 Functional elements Pure boiler
14
1110
9
7
8
6
4
5
3
2
1
1617
13
15
12
1 Electronics box
2 Heating circuit expan-sion relief valve
3 Condensate siphon
4 Flue gas pipe
5 Pressure sensor
6 Flue gas analysis point(for rear flue gas con-nection)
7 Ignition transformer
8 Gas valve
9 Air intake pipe
10 Fan
11 Supply air measuringstub pipe (for upper fluegas connection)
12 Flue gas analysis point(for upper flue gasconnection)
13 Primary heat exchanger
14 Heating expansionvessel
15 Purge hose
16 Heating pump
17 Bypass
34 CE label
ensp
The CE label shows that the products comply with the basicrequirements of the applicable directives as stated on theidentification plate
The declaration of conformity can be viewed at the manufac-turers site
4 Set-up
41 Transporting the unit
Important With regard to the regulations of 1992 concern-ing the manual handling of loads the unit exceeds theweight that can be lifted by a single person
411 General
Hold the load as close as possible to your body Avoidrotational movements Instead reposition your feet
If the unit is being lifted by two persons ensure yourmovements are coordinated during lifting
Avoid bending your upper body ndash do not lean forwards orto the side
Wear suitable non-slip protective gloves in order to pro-tect your hands against sharp edges Ensure that you arecarrying the load securely
If required get somebody to assist you in this
412 Unloading the box from the delivery van
It is recommended that two people lift the unit together
Lift the box using the straps provided
Use safe lifting techniques ndash keep your back straight andbend your legs at the knee
Hold the load as close as possible to your body
If the unit is being lifted by two persons ensure yourmovements are coordinated during lifting
If required get somebody to assist you in this
42 Unpacking the product
1 Remove the product from its box
2 Remove the protective film from all of the productscomponents
43 Checking the scope of delivery
Check that the scope of delivery is complete and intact
Number Designation
1 Heat generator
1 Unit mounting bracket
1 Flexible condensate discharge pipe
4 34 seals
3 12 seals
2 Service valve
1 Gas stopcock
2 Connection pipe (heating flow and return)
Set-up 4
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 9
Number Designation
1 Gas pipe
1 Expansion relief valve discharge pipe
1 Mounting template
1 Enclosed documentation
44 Dimensions
96121
34
123185
390
123
170
702
150
1 2 3
5
4
1 Heating flow
2 Gas connection
3 Heating return
4 Connection on the backof the airflue pipe
5 Connection on the topof the airflue pipe
45 Minimum clearances
CC
AB
D
Minimum clearance
A 150 mm (top airflue gas connection)
20 mm (airflue gas connection on the rear)
B 150 mm
C 5 mm
(70 mm if the side panels ought to be removed)
D 600 mm
It is not necessary to maintain a clearance between theproduct and components made of combustible materials thatgo beyond the minimum clearances
46 Using the mounting template
Use the mounting template to ascertain the locations atwhich you need to drill holes
47 Wall-mounting the product
Note
If you are using the rear airflue gas connectioninstall the airflue pipe before you wall-mount theproduct
1 Check whether the wall has sufficient load-bearing ca-pacity to bear the operational weight of the product
2 Check if the supplied fixing material may be used forthe wall
Conditions The load-bearing capacity of the wall is sufficient The fixingmaterial may be used for the wall
Wall-mount the product as described
4 Set-up
10 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Conditions The load-bearing capacity of the wall is not sufficient
Ensure that wall-mounting apparatus on-site has a suf-ficient load-bearing capacity Use individual stands orprimary walling for example
Do not wall-mount the product if you cannot providewall-mounting apparatus with a sufficient load-bearingcapacity
Conditions The fixing material may not be used for the wall
Wall-mount the product as described using the permittedfixing material provided on-site
48 Removinginstalling the front casing
481 Removing the front casing
B
C
A
1
1
1 Undo the two screws (1)
2 Gently press the front casing backwards in the centreso that the latching lug is released
3 Pull the front casing forwards at the bottom edge
4 Lift the front casing upwards from the bracket
482 Installing the front casing
Refit the components in the reverse order
49 Removinginstalling the side section
491 Removing the side section
CautionRisk of material damage caused by mech-anical deformation
Removing both side sections may causemechanical distortion in the product whichmay cause damage to the piping for ex-ample and potentially result in leaks
Always remove only one side section ndashnever both side sections at the same time
Note
If there is sufficient lateral clearance (at least70 mm) you can remove the side section to fa-cilitate maintenance or repair work
2x 1
A
B
C
D
1 Tilt the electronics box forward
2 Hold on to the side section so that it cannot fall andunscrew both screws (1) one from the top and onefrom the bottom
3 Tilt the side section to the outside and move it down-wards and out
492 Installing the side section
Refit the components in the reverse order
Installation 5
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 11
5 Installation
DangerRisk of scalding andor damage due toincorrect installation leading to escapingwater
Mechanical stresses in the connection pipesmay lead to leaks
Ensure that there is no mechanical stresswhen installing the connection pipes
CautionRisk of material damage caused byresidues in the pipelines
Welding remnants sealing residues dirt orother residues in the pipelines may damagethe product
Flush the heating installation thoroughlybefore installing the product
51 Checking the gas meter
Make sure that the existing gas meter is capable ofpassing the rate of gas supply required
52 Gas and water connections
CautionRisk of damage caused by incorrect gasconnection installation
Excess test pressure or operating pressuremay cause damage to the gas valve
Check the leak-tightness of the gas valveusing a maximum pressure of 11 kPa(110 mbar)
CautionRisk of material damage caused by corro-sion
Due to non-diffusion-tight plastic pipes in theheating installation air gets into the heatingwater Air in the heating water causes corro-sion in the heat generator circuit and in theproduct
If you use non-diffusion-tight plastic pipesin the heating installation ensure that noair gets into the heat generator circuit
CautionRisk of material damage due to heat trans-fer during soldering
Only solder connectors if the connectorsare not yet screwed to the service valves
Note
Apply heat insulation to the water pipes to theboiler outlet and to the installation
Preliminary work1 Check that the system volume and the volumetric capa-
city of the expansion vessel are compatible
If the volume of the expansion vessel is insufficientfor the installation
Install an additional expansion vessel in theheating return as close to the product as pos-sible
Install a non-return valve at the products outlet(heating flow)
2 Ensure that the installation has the following compon-ents
ndash A cold water stopcock for the unit
ndash A gas stopcock for the unit
ndash A filling and draining device in the heating installa-tion
1
2
3
1 Heating flow connec-tion G34
2 Gas connection G12
3 Heating return connec-tion G34
1 Connect the water and gas connections in accordancewith the applicable standards
2 Purge the gas pipe before start-up
3 Check whether the connections (rarr Page 20) are leak-tight
5 Installation
12 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
53 Connecting the drain pipework for theexpansion relief valve
1
Ensure that the pipeline is visible
The pipe must have a continuous fall and be routed to aposition so that any discharge of water possibly boilingor steam cannot create any danger to persons damageto property or external electrical components and wiring
◁ The piping must be installed in such a way that youcan see when water drips out
54 Connecting the condensate discharge pipe
1
2
Follow the instructions listed here and observe the legaland local regulations on condensate discharge
Use PVC or any other material that is suitable for drain-ing the non-neutralised condensate
If you cannot guarantee that the materials from which thedrain pipework is made are suitable install a system forneutralising the condensate
Note
The condensate drain pipework must have acontinuous fall (45 mm per metre) and shouldwhenever possible terminate at a suitabledrain point within the heated envelope of thebuilding that will remain frost free under longperiods of low external temperatures
Connect the condensate traps (1) Use the supplied drainhose (2) for this
Connect a condensate discharge pipe (215 mm notincluded in the scope of delivery) to the drain hose (2)
During installation remove all burrs from inside of cut pipework and avoid excessive adhesive which may trap smallpockets of water close to the pipe wall which can freezeand build into a larger ice plug
For any installation the condensate must be free flowingand not be possible for air back-pressure to prevent wa-ter flow
As with other pipe work insulate the condensate dis-charge pipe to minimise any risk of freezing and bewarewhen crossing cavities that the fall is maintained and thepipe sleeved
You can find further information in specification BS 6798for installing and maintaining gas-fired boilers with a nominalheat input below 70 kW
541 Condensate drainage systems
5411 Internal soil and vent pipe
Oslash19mm min
5412 External soil and vent pipe
L = 3m max
Oslash19mm min
Oslash30mm
5413 External termination into a gulley or hopper
L = 3m max
Oslash19mm min
Oslash30mm
Installation 5
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 13
5414 Internal termination into combined sinkwaste
Oslash30mm
Oslash19mm min
5415 Internal termination downstream of sinkwaste
Oslash30mm
Oslash19mm min
5416 External termination into soakaway
400m
m m
in
300m
m m
in25
mm
min
500mm min
Oslash100mm
L = 3m max
Oslash19mm min
Oslash30mm
5417 External termination into rain water downpipe
Oslash19mm min
Oslash30mm
55 Electrical installation
DangerRisk of death from electric shock
The power supply terminals L and N remainlive even if the product is switched off
Switch off the power supply Secure the power supply against being
switched on again
Only qualified electricians may carry out the electrical install-ation
551 Opening the electronics box
A
B
B
Follow the instructions in the specified sequence
5 Installation
14 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
552 Closing the electronics box
Follow the instructions in the reverse order
553 Cable route
1
2
1 24-V eBUS cable route 2 230-V eBUS cable route
554 Carrying out the wiring
30 mm max
1 Shorten the connection cables to the appropriatelengths to prevent them from causing damage insidethe electronics box
2 Screw the plug to the connection cable
3 Plug the plug into the slot provided on the PCB
555 Establishing the power supply
1
1 Observe all valid regulations
2 Ensure that the rated mains voltage is 230 V
3 Set up a fixed connection and install a partition with acontact opening of at least 3 mm (eg fuses or powerswitches)
4 Provide one common electricity supply for the boilerand for the corresponding controller
ndash Power supply Single-phase 230 V 50 Hz
ndash Fuse protection le 3 A
5 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
6 Observe the routing of the power supply cable (1) in theelectronics box in order to guarantee that there is nostrain
le 30
mm
NL X1230V~
RT
7 Carry out the wiring (rarr Page 14)
8 Close the electronics box
9 Make sure that access to the mains connection is al-ways available and is not covered or blocked
556 Connecting controllers to the electronicsystem
X2
X22 X41
ndash +24V=RT BUS
BurneroffX
106
BUS24 V
BU
SR
TB
off
Burner
offR
T24V
=-
+B
US
1
4
32
1 Safety thermostat forfloor-standing heating
2 24 V controller
3 eBUS controller or radioreceiver unit
4 Outside temperaturesensor wired
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
Operation 6
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 15
2 Carry out the wiring (rarr Page 14)
3 Connect the individual components depending on thetype of installation
Conditions If installing a multi-circuit controller
Change the pumps operating mode d18 from Eco (in-termittently operating pump) to Comfort (continuouslyoperating pump)
Conditions When connecting a controller (230 V)
le 30
mm
NL X1230V~
RT
Connect the controller to the main plug
Remove the bridge from the plug 24V=RT
4 Close the electronics box
6 Operation
61 Using diagnostics codes
You can use the parameters marked as adjustable in thetable of diagnostics codes to adapt the product to the systemand customer requirements
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
611 Activating diagnostics codes
1 Press and hold the button for 7 seconds
◁ is shown in the display
2 Press the or button to set the value
◁ The access code (96) is reserved for the competentperson
◁ The access code (35) is reserved for the customerservice
3 Press the button to confirm
◁ is shown in the display
612 Setting a diagnostics code
1 Press the or button to select the diagnosticscode
2 Press the button to confirm
◁ The value andor status of the diagnostics code isshown in the display
3 Press the or button to set the value
4 If you allow the value to flash for three seconds thesetting is automatically confirmed
◁ is shown in the display for 1 second
Note
You can manually confirm the setting at anytime by pressing and holding the buttonfor less than 3 seconds
5 Proceed accordingly for all parameters that need to bechanged
6 Press and hold the button for 3 seconds to finishconfiguring the diagnostics codes
◁ The display switches to the basic display
62 Displaying the status codes
The status codes display the products current operatingstatus
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
621 Activating the status codes display
1 Hold the button down for more than 7 seconds
◁ SXX is shown on the display followed by the heat-ing flow temperature the internal system pressureand the cylinder temperature (depending on the ver-sion)
2 Press the button to exit this menu
◁ The display switches to the basic display
63 Using check programmes
By activating various check programmes you can triggervarious special functions on the product
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
631 Calling up the check programmes
1 Hold the button down for more than 5 seconds
◁ All symbols are shown in the display
◁ is shown in the display
2 Press and hold the button for five seconds
◁ is shown in the display
3 Press the or button to select the checkprogramme
4 Press the button to confirm
◁ on is shown in the display and the programmestarts
5 Press the and buttons at the same time whilstrunning a check programme
◁ The heating water temperature and the filling pres-sure for the heating installation are shown altern-ately in the display
6 Press the button to return to the check programme
◁ The display shows the check programme
7 Press the button to finish the check programme
◁ OFF is shown in the display
8 Press and hold the button for 3 seconds to finishthe check programmes
7 Start-up
16 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
◁ End is shown in the display
◁ The display switches to the basic display
Note
If you do not press any button for 15 minutesthe current programme is automatically can-celled and the basic display is shown
632 Displaying the pressure and temperature ofthe heating during a check programme
1 Press the buttons simultaneously
◁ Display the filling pressure in the heating installation
◁ Display the heating flow temperature
2 Press the button to display the check programmecurrently running
7 Start-up
71 Carrying out the initial start-up
Initial start-up must be carried out by a customer servicetechnician or an authorised competent person using the first-commissioning-checklist The first-commissioning-checklistin the appendix (rarr Page 41) of the installation instructionsmust be filled out and stored carefully along with the unitsdocumentation
Carry out the initial start-up using the first-commission-ing-checklist in the appendix
Fill out and sign the first-commissioning-checklist
72 Checking the type of gas
Make sure that the product is set up correctly by checkingthe type of gas This ensures optimum combustion quality
Check the type of gas as part of routine product mainten-ance work when replacing components or carrying outwork on the gas route
73 Checking the factory setting
The products combustion has been factory tested and ispreset for operation with the gas group indicated on the iden-tification plate
The product is only authorised to be operated with naturalgas
Check the information about the type of gas indicated onthe identification plate and compare this with the type ofgas available at the installation location
Conditions The product design is not compatible with the local gasgroup
Do not start up the product
Conditions The product design is compatible with the local gas group
Proceed as described below
74 Checking and treating the heatingwaterfilling and supplementary water
CautionRisk of material damage due to poor-qual-ity heating water
Ensure that the heating water is of suffi-cient quality
Before filling or topping up the installation check thequality of the heating water
Checking the quality of the heating water Remove a little water from the heating circuit
Check the appearance of the heating water
If you ascertain that it contains sedimentary materialsyou must desludge the installation
Use a magnetic rod to check whether it contains mag-netite (iron oxide)
If you ascertain that it contains magnetite clean the in-stallation and apply suitable corrosion-protection meas-ures or fit a magnetic filter
Check the pH value of the removed water at 25 degC
If the value is below 65 or above 85 clean the systemand treat the heating water
Ensure that oxygen cannot get into the heating water
Checking the filling and supplementary water Before filling the installation measure the hardness of the
filling and supplementary water
Treating the filling and supplementary water Observe all applicable national regulations and technical
standards when treating the filling and supplementarywater
Provided the national regulations and technical standardsdo not stipulate more stringent requirements the followingapplies
You must treat the heating water in the following cases
ndash If the entire filling and supplementary water quantity dur-ing the operating life of the system exceeds three timesthe nominal volume of the heating installation or
ndash If the guideline values listed in the following table are notmet or
ndash if the pH value of the heating water is less than 65 ormore than 85
Totalheatingoutput
Water hardness at specific system volume1)
le 20 lkWgt 20 lkWle 50 lkW
gt 50 lkW
kWppm
CaCO₃molmsup3
ppmCaCO₃
molmsup3
ppmCaCO₃
molmsup3
lt 50 lt 300 lt 3 200 2 2 002
gt 50to le 200
200 2 150 15 2 002
gt 200to le 600
150 15 2 002 2 002
gt 600 2 002 2 002 2 002
1) Nominal capacity in litresheating output in the case of multi-boiler systems the smallest single heating output is to be used
Start-up 7
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 17
CautionThe use of unsuitable heating water maycause aluminium corrosion and a result-ing lack of leak-tightness
In contrast to steel grey cast iron or copperfor example aluminium reacts with alkalineheating water (pH value gt 85) to producesubstantial corrosion
When using aluminium make sure thatthe pH value of the heating water isbetween 65 and a maximum of 85
CautionRisk of material damage if the heatingwater is treated with unsuitable additives
Unsuitable additives may cause changes inthe components noises in heating mode andpossibly subsequent damage
Do not use any unsuitable frost and cor-rosion protection agents biocides or seal-ants
No incompatibility with our products has been detected todate with proper use of the following additives
When using additives follow the manufacturers instruc-tions without exception
We accept no liability for the compatibility of any additive orits effectiveness in the rest of the heating system
Additives for cleaning measures (subsequentflushing required)ndash Adey MC3+
ndash Adey MC5
ndash Fernox F3
ndash Sentinel X 300
ndash Sentinel X 400
Additives intended to remain permanently in theinstallationndash Adey MC1+
ndash Fernox F1
ndash Fernox F2
ndash Sentinel X 100
ndash Sentinel X 200
Additives for frost protection intended to remainpermanently in the installationndash Adey MC ZERO
ndash Fernox Antifreeze Alphi 11
ndash Sentinel X 500
If you have used the above-mentioned additives informthe end user about the measures that are required
Inform the end user about the measures required for frostprotection
75 Avoiding danger arising from insufficientwater pressure
The filling pressure must be between 010 and 015 MPa(10 and 15 bar)
Note
If the heating flow temperature is shown in thedisplay press and hold the and buttonsat the same time for longer than five seconds ortemporarily deactivate heating mode in order todisplay the pressure
If the heating installation extends over several storeyshigher filling pressures may be required to avoid air enteringthe heating installation
If the water pressure falls below 005 MPa (05 bar) thevalue flashes in the display
If the water pressure falls below 003 MPa (03 bar) theproduct switches off The display shows 00 MPa (00 bar)Fault F22 will be stored in the fault list
Top up the water in the heating installation to start up theproduct again
◁ The pressure value flashes in the display until apressure of 005 MPa (05 bar) or higher has beenreached
76 Switching on the product
Switch on the product via the main switch installed on-site
77 Filling and purging the heating installation
Preliminary work Flush the heating installation through
1
1
1 Check the silicone hose connection (1) between thepumps automatic air vent and the hydraulic console
2 Fill with water until the required filling pressure isreached
ndash Recommended filling pressure 1 hellip 15 bar
◁ The heating and hot water functions cannot be activ-ated
◁ The pressure value flashes in the display until apressure of 005 MPa (05 bar) or higher has beenreached
7 Start-up
18 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
◁ An automatic air vent function is activated if thepressure exceeds 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than15 seconds
3 Purge each radiator until the water escapes normallyand then retighten the systems purging valves
4 Check whether all connections are leak-tight
Conditions If the noise persists in the boiler
Purge the product again by activating check programme(P07) and then (P06)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
78 Filling the condensate siphon
C
2
3
1
AB
1 Unclip the lower section of the siphon (1) from the up-per section of the siphon (2)
2 Remove the float (3)
3 Fill the lower section of the siphon with water up to 10mm below the upper edge of the condensate drain pipe-work
4 Re-insert the float (3)
Note
Check that the float is present in the con-densate siphon
5 Clip the lower section of the siphon (1) into the uppersection of the siphon (2)
79 Filling the hot water circuit
1 Open the water tap to fill the hot water circuit
2 Close the water tap once the appropriate volume ofwater has flowed out
◁ The hot water circuit is filled
3 Check all connections and the entire system for leak-tightness
710 Checking and adjusting the gas settings
Only a qualified competent person is authorised to imple-ment the settings on the gas valve assembly
Each destroyed tamper-proof seal must be replaced
The CO₂ adjusting screw must be sealed
Never modify the factory setting of the gas pressure regu-lator of the gas valve assembly
7101 Checking the gas flow rate
The gas flow rate has been set during production and doesnot require adjustment With the front casing fitted check thegas flow rate of the boiler as follows
Start up the product with the check programme P01
In addition ensure that maximum heat can be dissipatedinto the heating system by turning up the room thermo-stat
Wait at least 5 minutes until the boiler has reached itsoperating temperature
Ensure that all other gas appliances in the property areturned off
Measure the gas flow rate at the gas meter
Compare the measured values with the correspondingvalues in the table
Qnw from the dataplate
H gas in msup3h
Nom +5 minus10
153 162 170 146
184 195 205 176
247 261 274 235
257 272 286 245
286 303 318 273
306 324 340 292
357 378 397 340
Conditions Gas flow rate not in the permissible range
Check all of the piping and ensure that the gas flow ratesare correct
Only put the product into operation once the gas flowrates have been corrected
Conditions Gas flow rate in the permissible range
End the check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down by allowing pump overrun tooperate for a minimum of 2 minutes
Record the boiler maximum gas flow rate onto theBenchmark gas boiler commissioning checklist
Start-up 7
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 19
7102 Checking the gas connection pressure (gasflow pressure)
1
2
1 Ensure that the gas inlet working pressure can beobtained with all other gas appliances in the propertyworking
2 Close the gas stopcock (1)
3 Undo the sealing screw on the test nipple (2)
4 Connect a manometer to the test nipple (2)
5 Open the gas stopcock (1)
6 Start up the product with check programme P01 (sys-tem with eBUS control) or P03 (installation withouteBUS control)
7 In addition ensure that maximum heat can be dissip-ated into the heating system by turning up the roomthermostat
8 With the boiler operating at full load check that the gasinlet working pressure at the reference test point (2)complies with the requirements
Permissible connection pressure
Great Bri-tain
Naturalgas
G20 17 hellip 2 kPa
(170hellip 20 mbar)
9 Should the pressure recorded at the reference test pointin the boiler be lower than indicated check if there isany blockage in the pipework or if the pipework is un-dersized
Conditions Gas flow pressure not in the permissible range
CautionRisk of material damage and operatingfaults caused by incorrect gas connec-tion pressureIf the gas connection pressure lies outsidethe permissible range this can cause oper-ating faults in and damage to the product Do not make any adjustments to the
product Do not start up the product
If you cannot correct the failure notify the gas supplycompany and proceed as follows
End check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down by allowing pump overrunto operate for a minimum of two minutes
Close the gas stopcock
Remove the pressure gauge and retighten the sealingscrew (2) for the measuring nipple
Open the gas stopcock (1)
Check the test nipple for gas tightness
Close the gas stopcock (1)
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
Disconnect the product from the electrical installation
You must not start up the boiler
Conditions Gas flow pressure in the permissible range
End the check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down allowing pump overrun tooperate for a minimum of two minutes
Close the gas stopcock (1)
Remove the pressure gauge and retighten the sealingscrew (2) for the measuring nipple
Open the gas stopcock (1)
Check the test nipple for gas tightness
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
Reset boiler controls for normal operation
Record the appliance gas inlet working pressure (kParesp mbar) in the Benchmark gas boiler commissioningchecklist
7103 Checking the leak-tightness of the flue gasinstallation and flue gas recirculation
1 Check the flue gas installation is intact in accordancewith the latest gas safe technical bulletin and informa-tion supplied in the installation instructions
2 For extended flue gas installations check for flue gasrecirculation using the air analysis point
3 Use a flue gas analyser
4 If you discover CO or CO2 in the supply air search forthe leak in the flue gas installation or for signs of fluegas recirculation
5 Eliminate the damage properly
6 Check again whether the supply air contains any CO orCO2
7 If you cannot eliminate the damage do not start up theproduct
7104 Thoroughly flushing the heating installation(hot)
1 Operate the appliance until the boiler and the heatingsystem are up to temperature
2 Check the heating system for leaks
3 Connect a hose to the drain valve located at the lowestposition of the heating system
4 Shut off the boiler open the drain valve and all purgevalves on the radiators and allow the water to flow outof the heating system and the boiler quickly and fully
5 Close the drain valve
6 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
7 Re-fill the system until the system design pressure of01 MPa (10 bar) is attained
8 Adapting the unit to the heating installation
20 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Note
The actual reading on the digital pressuregauge should ideally be 005 MPa (05 bar)plus an additional pressure correspondingto the highest point of the system above thebase of the boiler ndash 10 m head equals an ad-ditional 1 bar reading on the pressure gaugeThe minimum pressure should not be lessthan 01 MPa (1 bar) in any installation Ifthe system is to be treated with an inhibitor itshould be applied at this stage in accordancewith the manufacturerrsquos instructions Furtherinformation can be obtained from SentinelBetz Dearborn Ltd Tel 0151 420 9595 orFernox Alphandash Fry technologies Tel 08708700362
8 Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
7105 Checking the CO₂ content
1 Start up the product with the check programme (P01)and set the value
ndash Setting value for the programme P01 100
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
2 Wait until the value that is read is stable
ndash Waiting period for reading a stable value 5 min
1
3 Unscrew the cover from the flue gas analysis point (1)
4 Measure the CO₂ content at the flue gas analysis point(1)
5 Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Checking the CO₂ content
Great Britain
front casing on front casing off
Natural gas
G20
92 plusmn1
◁ The value is OK
The value is not OK you cannot start up theproduct
Inform Customer Service
711 Checking leak-tightness
Check the gas pipe the heating circuit and the hot watercircuit for leak-tightness
Check that the airflue pipe has been installed correctly
Conditions Room-sealed operation
Check whether the vacuum chamber has been closedtightly
7111 Checking the heating mode
1 Activate the heating mode on the user interface
2 Turn all thermostatic radiator valves on the radiatorsuntil they are fully open
3 Allow the product to operate for at least 15 minutes
4 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
5 Activate the display for the current operating status(rarr Page 15)
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
◁ If the product is working correctly the display showsS04
7112 Checking the hot water generation
1 Activate the hot water handling mode on the userinterface
2 Open a hot water valve completely
3 Activate the display for the current operating status(rarr Page 15)
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
◁ If the product is working correctly the display showsS14
8 Adapting the unit to the heatinginstallation
You can resetchange the system parameters (section Us-ing diagnostics codes)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
81 Burner anti-cycling time
To prevent frequent switching on and off of the burner andthus prevent energy losses an electronic restart lockoutis activated for a specific period each time the burner isswitched off The burner anti-cycling time is only active forthe heating mode Hot water handling mode during a burneranti-cycling time does not affect the time function element
811 Setting the maximum burner anti-cyclingtime
1 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
2 If required adjust the maximum burner anti-cycling timeusing the diagnostics code d02
Adapting the unit to the heating installation 8
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 21
812 Resetting the remaining burner anti-cyclingtime
Hold the button down for more than 3 seconds
◁ is shown in the display
82 Setting the pump output
The product is equipped with a speed-regulated high-effi-ciency pump which adjusts independently to the hydraulicconditions of the heating installation
If you have installed a low loss header in the heating install-ation you should switch off the speed regulation and set thepump output to a fixed value
If required change the setting of the pump speed whichdepends on the operating mode under diagnostics coded14
Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 12 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
0
10
20
30
40
50
0 200 400 600 800 1000
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 15 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
1 2
34
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 18 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
01020304050
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
6070
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 25 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
01020304050
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
6070
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 30 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
01020304050607080
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 A
B 1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
9 Handing the product over to the end user
22 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
83 Setting the bypass valve
CautionRisk of material damage caused by incor-rect setting of the high-efficiency pump
If the pressure at the bypass valve is in-creased (by turning it clockwise) and thepump output is set to less than 100 theproduct may not operate correctly
In this case set the pump output to5 = 100 using diagnostics parameterd14
Conditions d14 is set to 0 = auto
Do not change the factory settings
Conditions d14 is set to 1 - 5
Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
1
Regulate the pressure using the adjusting screw (1)
Position of the adjustingscrew
Notesapplication
Right-hand stop (screwedall the way in)
If the radiators do not heatup sufficiently at the defaultsetting In this case you mustset the pump to the maximumspeed
Mid-position (six anti-clockwise rotations)
Default setting
Five further anti-clockwiserotations starting from themid-position
If noises are produced in theradiators or radiator valves
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
84 Setting the hot water temperature
DangerRisk of death from legionella
Legionella multiply at temperatures below60 degC
Ensure that the end user is familiar withall of the Anti-legionella measures in orderto comply with the applicable regulationsregarding legionella prevention
Set the hot water temperature
Conditions Water hardness gt 357 molmsup3
ndash Hot water temperature le 50
9 Handing the product over to the enduser
When you have finished the installation attach the stickersupplied (in the end users language) to the productcover
Explain to the end user how the safety devices work andwhere they are located
Inform the end user how to handle the product
In particular draw attention to the safety informationwhich the end user must follow
Inform the end user that they must have the productmaintained in accordance with the specified intervals
Instruct the end user about measures taken for routingthe combustion air supply and flue system
10 Inspection and maintenance
101 Using original seals
If you replace components use only the enclosed originalseals additional sealing materials are not required
102 Observing inspection and maintenanceintervals
Adhere to the minimum inspection and maintenance in-tervals The inspection may require maintenance to becarried out earlier depending on the results
Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview(rarr Page 38)
Inspection and maintenance 10
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 23
103 Procuring spare parts
The original components of the product were also certifiedby the manufacturer as part of the declaration of conformityIf you use other non-certified or unauthorised parts duringmaintenance or repair work this may void the conformity ofthe product and it will therefore no longer comply with theapplicable standards
We strongly recommend that you use original spare partsfrom the manufacturer as this guarantees fault-free and safeoperation of the product To receive information about theavailable original spare parts contact the contact addressprovided on the reverse of these instructions
If you require spare parts for maintenance or repairwork use only the spare parts that are permitted for theproduct
104 Checking the CO₂ content
1 Start up the product with the check programme (P01)and set the value
ndash Setting value for the programme P01 100
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
2 Wait until the value that is read is stable
ndash Waiting period for reading a stable value 5 min
1
3 Unscrew the cover from the flue gas analysis point (1)
4 Measure the CO₂ content at the flue gas analysis point(1)
5 Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Checking the CO₂ content
Great Britain
front casing on front casing off
Natural gas
G20
92 plusmn1
◁ The value is OK
The value is not OK you cannot start up theproduct
Set the CO₂ content (rarr Page 23)
105 Setting the CO₂ content
Conditions The CO₂ content must be adjusted
1
A
B
Remove the sticker
Turn the screw (1) to set the CO₂ content (value withfront casing removed)
◁ To increase the CO₂ content Turn anti-clockwise
◁ To decrease the CO₂ content Turn clockwise
Only carry out the adjustment in increments of 18 turnand wait approximately 1 minute after each adjustmentuntil the value has stabilised
Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Setting the CO₂ value
Great Britain
front casing on front casingoff
Natural gas
G20
CO₂ at full load 92 plusmn02
Set for Wobbeindex W₀
1409 kWsdothmsup3
O₂ at full load 45 plusmn18 vol
CO at full load le 250 ppm
COCO₂ le 00027
If the setting is not in the specified adjustment rangeyou must not start up the product
Inform Customer Service
Check whether the air-quality requirements with regardto carbon monoxide are fulfilled
Fit the front panel
10 Inspection and maintenance
24 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
106 Removing the gas-air mixture unit
Note
The gas-air mixture unit consists of three maincomponents
ndash Fan
ndash Gas valve
ndash Burner cover
1 Switch off the product via the main switch
2 Close the gas isolator cock
3 Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
C
AB
1
D
2
4 Remove the screw (1)
5 Push the clip upwards
6 Remove the flue gas pipe (2)
3
4
5
AB
7 Remove the air intake pipe (3)
8 Remove the plugs from the gas valve (4) and from thefan (5)
A
C
D B
6
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (6)
7
7
8
10 Remove the burner seals (7) and the burner (8)
11 Check the burner and the heat exchanger for damageand dirt
12 If necessary clean or replace the components accord-ing to the following sections
13 Install the two new burner seals
107 Cleaning the heat exchanger
1
1 Protect the folded down electronics box against sprayedwater
2 Clean the ribs of the heat exchanger (1) with water
◁ The water runs out into the condensate tray
Inspection and maintenance 10
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 25
108 Checking the burner
1 Search the surface of the burner for possible damage Ifyou see any damage replace the burner
2 Install the two new burner seals
109 Checking the ignition electrode
1
2
3 4 5
1 Disconnect the connection (2) and the earthing cable(1)
2 Remove the fixing screws (3)
3 Carefully remove the electrode from the combustionchamber
4 Check that the electrode ends (4) are undamaged
5 Check the electrode distance
ndash Clearance for the ignition electrodes 35 hellip 45 mm
6 Make sure that the seal (5) is free from damage
If necessary replace the seal
1010 Cleaning the condensate siphon
C
2
3
1
AB
1 Unclip the lower section of the siphon (1) from the up-per section of the siphon (2)
2 Remove the float (3)
3 Flush out the float and lower section of the siphon withwater
4 Fill the lower section of the siphon with water up to 10mm below the upper edge of the condensate drain pipe-work
5 Reinsert the float (3)
Note
Check whether the float is present in thecondensate siphon
6 Clip the lower section of the siphon (1) into the uppersection of the siphon (2)
1011 Installing the gas-air mixture unit
1 Install the burner
2 Install two new burner seals in the burner hood
3 Install the gas-air mixture unit
4 Tighten the screws on the gas-air mixture unit
ndash Ideally to 7 Nm if a torque spanner is available
5 Install the flue pipe
6 Install the air intake pipe
1012 Draining the product
1 Close the service valves of the product
2 Start check programme P05 (rarr Page 15)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
3 Open the drain cock
1013 Checking the admission pressure of theexpansion vessel
1 Measure the pre-charge pressure of the expansion ves-sel at the vessel valve
Conditions Pre-charge pressure lt 0075 MPa (075 bar)
Top up the expansion vessel in accordance with thestatic height of the heating installation ideally with ni-trogen otherwise with air Ensure that the drain valve isopen when topping up
2 If water escapes from the expansion vessels valve youmust replace the expansion vessel (rarr Page 27)
3 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
1014 Completing inspection and maintenancework
1 Check the gas connection pressure (gas flow pressure)(rarr Page 19)
2 Check the CO₂ content
1015 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
11 Troubleshooting
26 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
11 Troubleshooting
111 Rectifying faults
If fault codes (FXX) appear refer to the table in the ap-pendix or use the check programme(s)
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
If several fault codes are generated at the same time theseare displayed alternately followed by the time at which therespective fault occurred
Hold the button down for more than 3 seconds
If you are unable to clear the fault code and it reappearsdespite several fault clearance attempts contact cus-tomer service
112 Calling up the fault memory
The last 10 fault codes are stored in the fault memory (to-gether with the time at which the respective fault occurredand after 24 hours with the number of days)
Hold the button down for more than 7 seconds
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Press the button to exit this menu
113 Deleting the fault memory
1 Delete the fault memory using the diagnostics coded94
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
114 Resetting parameters to factory settings
1 Reset all parameters to the factory settings using thediagnostics code d96
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
115 Preparing the repair work
1 Switch off the product
2 Disconnect the product from the electrical installation
3 Remove the front casing
4 Close the gas stopcock
5 Close the service valves in the heating flow and in theheating return
6 Close the service valve in the cold water pipe
7 Drain the product if you want to replace water-bearingcomponents of the product
8 Ensure that water does not drip on live components(eg the electronics box)
9 Use only new seals and O-rings Do not use any addi-tional sealing materials
116 Replacing defective components
1161 Replacing the burner
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Remove the two burner seals
3 Remove the burner
4 Insert the new burner
5 Insert two new burner seals in the burner cover
6 Install the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 25)
1162 Replacing the gas-air mixture unit
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Install the new gas-air mixture (rarr Page 25)
1163 Replacing the heat exchanger
1 Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
2 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
1 A
B
3 Remove the gas pipe (1)
1
2
3
2 4
A
B
4 Remove the temperature sensor (3)
5 Remove the upper clip (1)
6 Remove the lower clip (4)
7 Remove the supply pipe (2)
Troubleshooting 11
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 27
2
2 3
B
1
A
8 Remove the upper clip (1)
9 Remove the lower clip (3)
10 Remove the return pipe (2)
1
A2
11 Remove the clip underneath the condensate tray (1)
12 Undo the four screws (2)
2
1
B
C
A
13 Remove the ignition electrode (1)
14 Lift the heat exchanger up slightly and remove it to-gether with the condensate tray
15 Remove the ignition transformer (2)
16 Install the new heat exchanger in reverse order
1164 Replacing the pump head
1
2
1 Disconnect the pump cable from the electronics box
2 Undo the four bolts (1)
3 Remove the pump head (2)
4 Replace the O-ring
5 Use four screws to secure the new pump head
6 Connect the pump cable to the electronics box
1165 Replacing the expansion vessel
B
C
1
2
3A
D
1 Undo the nut (3)
2 Remove both screws on the support plate (1)
3 Remove the support plate
4 Pull out the expansion vessel (2) towards the front
5 Insert the new expansion vessel into the product
6 Screw the new expansion vessel to the water connec-tion To do this use a new seal
7 Attach the support plate using both screws
8 Fill and purge the product (rarr Page 17) and if requiredthe heating installation
12 Decommissioning the product
28 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
1166 Replacing the main PCB
C
C
D
B
C
C
D
B
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull all of the plugs out from the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plugs
7 Close the electronics box
1167 Replacing the PCB for the user interface
B
C
C
D
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull the plug out of the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plug
7 Close the electronics box
1168 Replacing the expansion relief valve
1
2
1 Remove the clip (2)
2 Remove the expansion relief valve
3 Fit the new expansion relief valve with a new O-ring
4 Reattach the clip (2)
1169 Replace the pressure sensor
1
2
1 Pull out the plug
2 Remove the clip (1)
3 Remove the pressure sensor (2)
4 Install the new pressure sensor
5 Reattach the clip (1)
117 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
12 Decommissioning the product
Switch off the product
Disconnect the product from the power mains
Close the gas isolator cock
Close the cold water stop cock
13 Customer service
For contact details for our customer service department youcan write to the address that is provided on the back pageor you can visit wwwglow-wormcouk
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 29
Appendix
A Check programmes ndash Overview
Note
Since the programme table is used for various products some programmes may not be visible for the product inquestion
Display Meaning
P01 Burner operation on adjustable heat input
The product operates after ignition with the heat input set between 0 (0 = Pmin) and 100 (100 = Pmax)
The function is active for 15 minutes
P02 Burner operation at ignition load
After ignition the product works at ignition load
The function is active for 15 minutes
P03 The product runs in heating mode with the maximum heat input set using diagnostics code d00
P04 Maximum output function
If there is a hot water request the product runs in hot water handling mode and at maximum heat load
If there is no hot water request the product runs with the heating partial load that is set via diagnostics coded00 and in heating mode
The function is active for 15 minutes
P05 Filling the product
The diverter valve moves to the mid-position The burner and pump switch off (to fill or drain the product)
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is active for 15 minutes
P06 Purging the heating circuit
The diverter valve is moved to the heating position
The function is activated in the heating circuit for 15 minutes
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
P07 Purging the hot water circuit
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
Automatic air ventfunction
Purging the product
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
This function cannot be manually switched off
B Overview of diagnostics codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d00 Heating maximum output ndash ndash kW The maximum heating outputvaries depending on the product
rarr Section Technical data
Automatic Unit automaticallyadjusts the maximum output tothe current system demand
rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d01 Pump overrun in heatingmode
1 60 min 1 5 Adjustable
d02 Maximum burner anti-cycling time in heatingmode
2 60 min 1 20 Adjustable
Appendix
30 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d04 Water temperature in thecylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d05 Determined heating flowset target temperature
Current value ndash ndash Not
adjustable
d06 Hot water set target tem-perature
Current value (Combination unit only) ndash Notadjustable
d07 Set target temperaturefor the domestic hot wa-ter cylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d08 Status of the 230 V ther-mostat
Current value ndash 0 = Room thermostat open (noheat requirement)
1 = Room thermostat closed(heat requirement)
ndash Notadjustable
d09 Heating flow set targettemperature that is seton the eBUS room ther-mostat
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d10 Status of the internalpump in the heating cir-cuit
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d11 Status of the heatingcircuits shunt pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d13 Status of the hot watercircuits circulation pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d14 Operating mode of themodulating pump
0 5 ndash 0 = variable rotational speed(auto)
1 2 3 4 5 = Fixed rotationalspeeds rarr Section Setting thepump output
0 Adjustable
d15 Pump speed Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d16 Status of the 24 V roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Heating off
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d17 Heating control ndash ndash ndash off = Flow temperature
on = Return temperature (ad-justment for underfloor heatingIf you have activated the returntemperature control the auto-matic heating output determina-tion function is not active)
0 Adjustable
d18 Pump overrun operatingmode
1 3 ndash 1 = Continuous (pump runs per-manently)
3 = Eco (intermittent pump modendash for the dissipation of the resid-ual heat after hot water gener-ation at an extremely low heatdemand)
1 Adjustable
d19 Pump operating mode 2stage pump
0 3 ndash 0 = Burner mode stage 2 pumpflowoverrun stage 1
1 = Heating mode and pumpflowoverrun stage 1 hot waterhandling mode stage 2
2 = Automatic heating modepump flowoverrun stage 1 hotwater handling mode stage 2
3 = Stage 2
3 Adjustable
d20 Maximum hot water settarget temperature
50 60 1 60 Adjustable
d21 Status of the warm startfor hot water
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated andavailable
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 31
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d22 Status of the hot waterrequest
Current value ndash off = No current requirement
on = Current requirement
ndash Notadjustable
d23 Status of the heatingdemand
Current value ndash off = Heating off (Summer mode)
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d24 Status of the pressuremonitor
0 1 ndash off = Not switched
on = Switched
ndash Notadjustable
d25 Status of the requirementto reheat the cylinder orfor the hot water warmstart from the eBUS ther-mostat
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
ndash Notadjustable
d27 Function of relay 1(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
1 Adjustable
d28 Function of relay 2(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
2 Adjustable
d31 Automatic filling device 0 2 ndash 0 = Manual
1 = Semi-automatic
2 = Automatic
0 Adjustable
d33 Fan speed target value Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d34 Value for the fan speed Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d35 Position of the divertervalve
Current value ndash 0 = Heating
40 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
100 = Domestic hot water
ndash Notadjustable
d36 Value for the hot waterflow
Current value lmin ndash ndash Notadjustable
d39 Water temperature in thesolar circuit
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d40 Heating flow temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d41 Heating return temperat-ure
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d43 Heating curve 02 4 ndash 01 12 Adjustable
d45 Value for the base pointof the heating curve
15 30 ndash 1 20 Adjustable
d47 Outside temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d50 Correction of the min-imum fan speed
0 3000 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
600 Adjustable
Appendix
32 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d51 Correction of the max-imum fan speed
-2500 0 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
-1000 Adjustable
d58 Solar circuit reheating 0 3 ndash 0 = Boilers Legionella protectionfunction deactivated
3 = Hot water activated (mintarget value 60 degC)
0 Adjustable
d60 Number of blocks by thetemperature limiter
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d61 Number of unsuccessfulignitions
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d62 Night set-back 0 30 ndash 1 0 Adjustable
d64 Average burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d65 Maximum burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d66 Activation of the warmstart function for hot wa-ter
ndash ndash ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
1 Adjustable
d67 Remaining burner anti-cycling time (setting un-der d02)
Current value min ndash ndash Notadjustable
d68 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 1st attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d69 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 2nd attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d70 Operation of the divertervalve
0 2 ndash 0 = Normal operating mode(DHW and heating mode)
1 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
2 = Permanent heating modeposition
0 Adjustable
d71 Maximum heating flowset target temperature
45 80 1 rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d73 Correction of the hot wa-ter warm start temperat-ure
-15 5 K 1 0 Adjustable
d75 Maximum cylinder re-heating time
20 90 min 1 45 Adjustable
d77 Max cylinder reheating ndash ndash kW 1
rarr Section Technical data
ndash Adjustable
d80 Running time in heatingmode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d81 Running time in hot wa-ter handling mode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d82 Number of burner igni-tions in heating mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d83 Number of burner igni-tions in hot water hand-ling mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d84 Maintenance in 0 3000 h Number of hours = Display valuex 10
300 Notadjustable
d85 Increase in the min out-put (heating and hot wa-ter handling mode)
ndash ndash kW 1 ndash Adjustable
d88 Flow rate limit valuefor ignition in hot waterhandling mode
0 1 ndash 0 = 17 lmin (no delay)
1 = 37 lmin (2 s delay)
0 Adjustable
d90 Status of the eBUS roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Not connected
on = Connected
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 33
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d91 Status DCF77 Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d93 Setting the product code 0 99 ndash 1
The Device Specific Number(DSN) can be found on the iden-tification plate
ndash Adjustable
d94 Delete fault list 0 1 ndash off = No
on = Yes
ndash Adjustable
d95 Software versions ndash ndash ndash 1 = Main PCB
2 = Interface PCB
ndash Adjustable
d96 Default setting (reset) ndash ndash ndash 0 = No
1 = Yes
ndash Adjustable
C Status codes ndash Overview
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Status code Meaning
Displays in heating mode
S0 Heating mode No requirement
S01 Heating mode Advance fan operation
S02 Heating mode Pump pre-run
S03 Heating mode Burner ignition
S04 Heating mode Burner on
S05 Heating mode Pumpfan overrun
S06 Heating mode Fan overrun
S07 Heating mode Pump overrun
S08 Heating mode Temporary shutdown after heating procedure
Displays in hot water handling mode
S10 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S11 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S13 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S14 DHW mode Burner on
S15 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S16 DHW mode Fan overrun
S17 DHW mode Pump overrun
Display in Comfort mode with warm start or hot water handling mode with cylinder
S20 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S21 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S22 Hot water handling mode Pump pre-run
S23 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S24 DHW mode Burner on
S25 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S26 DHW mode Fan overrun
S27 DHW mode Pump overrun
S28 Hot water handling mode Temporary shutdown of the burner
Other displays
S30 Room thermostat is blocking heating mode
S31 No heating demand Summer mode eBUS controller waiting period
Appendix
34 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Status code Meaning
S32 Fan waiting time Fan speed outside of the tolerance values
S33 Forced fan operation until the pressure monitor is switched
S34 Frost protection active
S39 Underfloor heating contact open
S41 Water pressure too high
S42 Flue non-return flap closed
S46 Frost protection mode (Comfort) Minimum load
S53 Product in waiting periodoperation block function due to low water pressure (flowreturn spread too large)
S54 Waiting period Low water pressure in the circuit (flowreturn spread too large)
S76 Maintenance message Check the water pressure
S88 Product purging active
S91 Maintenance Demo mode
S96 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S97 Automatic test programme Water pressure sensor heating demands blocked
S98 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S99 Internal automatic test programmes
S108 Purging the combustion chamber fan in operation
S109 Products standby mode activated
D Overview of fault codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F00 Fault Flow temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F01 Fault Return temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F10 Short circuit Flow temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F11 Short circuit Return temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F12 andF91
Short circuit Cylinder temperaturesensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F13 Short circuit Domestic hot water cylindertemperature sensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F20 Safety switch-off Overheating temperat-ure reached
Incorrect earth connection between cable harness and product flow or returnNTC defective (loose connection) stray spark via ignition cable ignition plugor ignition electrode
F22 Safety switch-off Low water pressure inthe boiler
No or insufficient water in the product water pressure sensor de-fective cable to the pump or to the water pressure sensor loosenotconnecteddefective
F23 Safety switch-off Temperature differencetoo great (NTC1NTC2)
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product flow and return NTCsensors connected the wrong way round
F24 Safety switch-off Temperature rise toofast
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product system pressure toolow non-return valve blockedincorrectly installed
F25 Safety switch-off Flue gas temperaturetoo high
Break in plug connection for optional flue gas safety cut-out (STB) break incable harness
F27 Safety switch-off Fault in flame detection Moisture on the electronics electronics (flame monitor) defective gas solen-oid valve leaking
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 35
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F28 Fault Ignition unsuccessful when startingup
Gas meter defective or gas pressure monitor has triggered air in gas gasflow pressure too low thermal isolator device (TAE) has triggered incorrectgas restrictor incorrect spare gas valve fault on the gas valve multiple plugon PCB incorrectly plugged in break in cable harness ignition system (ig-nition transformer ignition cable ignition plug ignition electrode) defectiveionisation current interrupted (cable electrode) incorrect earthing of productelectronics defective
F29 Fault Flame loss Gas supply temporarily stopped flue gas recirculation incorrect earthing ofproduct ignition transformer has spark failure
F32 Fan frost protection function active Fanspeed outside the tolerance values
Plug on fan not correctly plugged in multiple plug on PCB not correctlyplugged in break in cable harness fan blocked Hall sensor defective elec-tronics defective
F49 eBUS fault Voltage too low Short circuit on eBUS eBUS overload or two power supplies with differentpolarities on the eBUS
F61 Fault Gas valve control system Short circuitshort to earth in cable harness for the gas valve gas valvedefective (coils shorted to earth) electronics defective
F62 Fault Gas valve switch-off control Delayed switch-off of gas valve delayed extinguishing of flame signal gasvalve leaking electronics defective
F63 Fault EEPROM Electronics defective
F64 Fault Electronicssensoranalogue-to-digital converter
Flow or return NTC short circuited electronics defective
F65 Fault Electronics temperature too high Electronics overheating due to external influences electronics defective
F67 Value sent back by ASIC is incorrect(flame signal)
Implausible flame signal electronics defective
F68 Fault Unstable flame (analogue input) Air in gas gas flow pressure too low incorrect air ratio incorrect gas re-strictor ionisation flow interruption (cable electrode)
F70 Invalid product code (DSN) Display and PCB replaced at same time and Device Specific Number notreset wrong or missing output range coding resistance
F71 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Flow temperature sensor signalling constant value Flow temperature sensorincorrectly positioned on supply pipe flow temperature sensor defective
F72 Fault Deviation in the water pressuresensorreturn temperature sensor
Flowreturn NTC temperature difference too great rarr flow andor return tem-perature sensor defective
F73 Fault Water pressure sensor not con-nected or has short-circuited
Interruptionshort circuit of water pressure sensor interruptionshort circuitto GND in supply line to water pressure sensor or water pressure sensordefective
F74 Fault Electrical problem in the waterpressure sensor
Line to water pressure sensor has a short circuit to 5 V24 V or internal faultin the water pressure sensor
F75 Fault Pressure sensor Pressure switch defective
F76 The safety cut-out in the primary heatexchanger is defective
Safety cut-out feedback does not match the gas valve feedback
F77 Fault Condensate or smoke No response flue non-return flap defective
F78 Interruption to DHW outlet sensor atexternal controller
UK link box is connected but hot water NTC not bridged
F83 Fault Dry fire When the burner starts the temperature change registered at the flow orreturn temperature sensor is non-existent or too small Insufficient waterin the product the flow or return temperature sensor is not in the correctposition on the pipe
F84 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Values not consistent difference lt -6 K
Flow and return temperature sensors signalling implausible values Flow andreturn temperature sensors have been inverted flow and return temperaturesensors have not been correctly installed
F85 Fault Temperature sensor The flow andor return temperature sensors have been installed on the samepipeincorrect pipe
Temperature sensor not connected or is connected incorrectly
F86 Fault Underfloor heating contact Underfloor heating contact open sensor disconnected or defective
F87 Fault Electrodes Electrodes not connected or they are connected incorrectly short circuit inthe cable harness
F88 Fault Gas valve Gas valve not connected or it is connected incorrectly short circuit in thecable harness
F89 Fault Pump Pump not connected or it is connected incorrectly incorrect pump connec-ted short circuit in the cable harness
Appendix
36 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
Connection No communication between the PCBand the user interface
Electronics defective
E Wiring diagram Pure boiler
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
X21 41
32
eBUS
RT 24V
Burner off
X106
13
41
3
123
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~2
6
7
9
8
1
3
4
5
11
10
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Temperature sensor on the heating flow
4 Temperature sensor on the heating return
5 Fan
6 Gas valve assembly
7 Pressure sensor
8 External ignition transformer
9 Heating pump
10 Ionisation and ignition electrode
11 Main power supply and connection for 230 V control
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 37
F Connection diagram Pure boiler (30 kW)
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
X21LN
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
13
41
3
123
eBUS
Burner off
X106
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~
X12LN
2
7
8
109
1
43
5
6
12 11
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Control system
4 Temperature sensor in the heating flow
5 Temperature sensor in the heating return
6 Fan
7 Gas valve
8 Pressure sensor
9 Ionisation electrode
10 Heating pump
11 Ignition electrode
12 Main power supply
Appendix
38 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
G Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview
The table below lists the manufacturer requirements with respect to minimum inspection and maintenance intervals If na-tional regulations and directives require shorter inspection and maintenance intervals you should observe these instead ofthe intervals listed in the table
No WorkInspection(annual)
Mainten-ance
(must becarried outat regularintervals)
1Check the airflue pipe for leak-tightness and to ensure that it is fastened correctly Make surethat it is not blocked or damaged and has been installed in accordance with the relevant Installa-tion Manual
X X
2Check the general condition of the product Remove dirt from the product and from the vacuumchamber
X X
3Visually inspect the general condition of the heat exchanger In doing so pay particular attentionto signs of corrosion rust and other defects If you notice any damage carry out maintenancework
X X
4Check the gas connection pressure at maximum heat input If the gas connection pressure is notwithin the correct range carry out maintenance work
X X
5Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product and if necessary adjust it Keep a record ofthis
X X
6Disconnect the product from the power mains Check that the electrical plug connections andother connections are seated correctly and correct these if necessary
X X
7 Close the gas isolator cock and the service valves X X
8Drain the product on the water side Check the pre-charge pressure of the expansion vesseland if required top up the expansion vessel (approx 003 MPa03 bar below the system fillingpressure)
X
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit X
10Check the seals in the combustion area If you see any damage replace the seals Replace bothburner seals each time it is opened and accordingly each time maintenance work is carried out
X
11 Clean the heat exchanger X
12 Check the burner for damage and replace it if necessary X
13 Check the condensate siphon in the product clean and fill if necessary X X
14 Install the gas-air mixture unit Caution Replace the seals X
15 Open the gas isolator cock reconnect the product to the power mains and switch the product on X X
16Open the service valves fill the productheating installation to 005-03 MPa05-30 bar (depend-ing on the static height of the heating installation) and start the purging programme PXX
X
17Carry out a test operation of the product and heating installation and if required purge the sys-tem once more
X X
18 Visually inspect the ignition and burner behaviour X X
19 Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product again X
20 Check the product for gas flue gas water and condensate leaks and repair if necessary X X
21 Record the inspectionmaintenance work carried out X X
Note For those appliances which are not part of an annual service agreementpolicy maintenance must be carried out at least every5 years
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 39
H Position of the opening in the airflue pipe
GN
N
MM
A
II
O
H
H
CBLJ
Q Q
Q
Q
Q
K
P
D E
FI
S
R
T
H1 Positioning of the opening of a fan-supported flue gas pipe
Installation siteMinimum dimen-sions
A Directly below an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
B Above an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
C Horizontally to an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
DBelow temperature-sensitive building components eg plastic gutters down pipes or wastewaterpipes
75 mm
E Below eaves 200 mm
F Below balconies or car port roofs 200 mm
G From vertical wastewater pipes or down pipes 150 mm
H From external or internal corners 200 mm
I Above floors roofs or balconies 300 mm
J From a surface facing a terminal 600 mm
K From a terminal facing a terminal 1200 mm
L From an opening in the car port (eg door window) which leads into the dwelling 1200 mm
M Vertical from a terminal on the same wall 1500 mm
N Horizontal from a terminal on the same wall 300 mm
O From the wall on which the terminal has been installed 0 mm
P From a vertical structure on the roof 300 mm
Q Above the roof area 300 mm
R Horizontal from adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
S Above adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
T Below adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 2000 mm
Appendix
40 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
H2 Horizontal terminal positioning
BS 5440-1 recommends that fanned flue chimney terminals should be positioned as follows
a) at least 2 m from an opening in the building directly opposite and
b) so that the products of combustion are not directed to discharge directly across a boundary if the products are likely tocause a nuisance to a neighbour or discharge over a walkway or patio
For IE see current issue of IS 813
For boilers covered within this manual
1) Dimensions D E F and G
These clearances may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler In order to ensure that the con-densate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces the terminal should be extended as shown below
Balconyeaves
Gutter
Adequately secured airflue gas pipe
The flue pipe mustprotrude beyond any overhang
2) Dimension H
This clearance may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler However in order to ensure thatthe condensate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces a clearance of 300 mm is preferred
For 1 and 2 above you can use a flue gas management kit to enable the termination point to be positioned and directed awayfrom the building fabric
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 41
I Commissioning Checklist
copy Heating and Hotwater Industry Council (HHIC)
wwwcentralheatingcouk
Benchmark Commissioning and Servicing SectionIt is a requirement that the boiler is installed and commissioned to the
completed in full
Appendix
42 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
This Commissioning Checklist is to be completed in full by the competent person who commissioned the boiler as a means of demonstrating compliance with the appropriate Building Regulations and then handed to the customer to keep for future reference
GAS BOILER SYSTEM COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST
CONTROLS
Optimum start control
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
ALL SYSTEMS
Yes
Yes
CENTRAL HEATING MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
COMBINATION BOILERS ONLY
Yes
Yes
DOMESTIC HOT WATER MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
Yes Temperature
CONDENSING BOILERS ONLY
Yes
ALL INSTALLATIONS
AND sup2 Ratio
AND sup2 Ratio
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 43
It is recommended that your heating system is serviced regularly and that the appropriate Service Interval Record is completed
Service Provider
SERVICE RECORD
SERVICE 01
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 02
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 03
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 04
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 05
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 06
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 07
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 08
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 09
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 10
AND sup2 AND sup2
Appendix
44 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
PRIOR TO CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO CHECKThe boiler manufacturerrsquos installation instructions should have been followed gas type verified and gas
supply pressurerate checked as required prior to commissioningAs part of the installation process especially where a flue has been fitted by persons other than the boiler installer visually check the integrity of the whole flue system to confirm that all components are correctly assembled fixed and supported Check that manufacturerrsquos max flue lengths have not been
exceeded and all guidance has been followed (eg Gas Safe Technical Bulletin TB008)The flue gas analyser should be of the correct type as specified by BS 7967
Prior to its use the flue gas analyser should have been maintained and calibrated as specified by the manufacturer The installer must have the relevant competence for use of the analyser
Check and zero the analyser IN FRESH AIR as per analyser manufacturerrsquos instructions
NOTETHE AIR GAS RATIO VALVE IS FACTORY
SET AND MUST NOT BE ADJUSTED DURING COMMISSIONING UNLESS THIS ACTION IS RECOMMENDED FOLLOWING CONTACT WITH THE MANUFACTURER
If any such adjustment is recommended and further checking of the boiler is required the
installerservice engineer must be competent to carry out this work and to use the flue gas
analyser accordinglyIf the boiler requires conversion to operate with
a different gas family (eg conversion from natural gas to LPG) separate guidance will be
provided by the boiler manufacturer
CARRY OUT FLUE INTEGRITY CHECK USING ANALYSERInsert analyser probe into air inlet test point and allow readings to stabiliseNOTE - where no air inlet test point is provided then a flue integrity check
with the analyser is not possible The installer should verify that flue integrity has been visually checked in accordance with the ldquoPrior to
CO and combustion ratio checkrdquo box above before proceeding to the ldquoCheck CO and combustion ratio at maximum raterdquo stage below
SET BOILER TO MINIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at minimum rate (to
minimum load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - If manufacturerrsquos instructions do not specify how to set boiler to minimum
rate contact Technical Helpline for advice
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MINIMUM RATEWith boiler still set at minimum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas sampling
point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is not
specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MAX RATEWith boiler still set at maximum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas
sampling point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is
not specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
SET BOILER TO MAXIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at max rate
(full load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - Do not insert analyser probe during this period to avoid
possible ldquofloodingrdquo of sensor
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
BOILER IS OPERATING SATISFACTORILYno further actions required
Ensure test points are capped boiler case is correctly replaced and all other commissioning procedures are completed
Complete Benchmark Checklist recording CO and combustion ratio readings as required
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED
VERIFY FLUE INTEGRITYAnalyser readings indicate that combustion products and inlet air must be mixing Further investigation of
the flue is therefore requiredCheck that flue components are assembled fixed and supported as per boilerflue manufacturerrsquos
instructionsCheck that flue and flue terminal are not obstructed
IsCO less than
335ppmand
COCO2 ratio less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
Check all seals around the appliance burner internal flue seals door and case seals
Rectify where necessary
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED IF
COMMISSIONING CANNOT BE FULLY COMPLETED THE APPLIANCE MUST BE
DISCONNECTED FROM THE GAS SUPPLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GSIUR
NOTE Check and record CO and combustion ratio at both max and min rate before contacting the
manufacturer
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YESYES
YES
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 45
J Pipe lengths for the airflue pipe
J1 Length of the C13 type airflue pipe
Applicability C13 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C13 type airfluepipe
C13 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J2 Length of the C33 type airflue pipe
Applicability C33 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C33 type airfluepipe
C33 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J3 Length of the C43 type airflue pipe
Applicability C43 type airflue pipe
Diameter of theairflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L)
C43 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
Appendix
46 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
K Technical data
Technical data ndash Heating
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 530 lh 655 lh 788 lh 1094 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 353 lh 436 lh 525 lh 729 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
123 lh 153 lh 184 lh 255 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 1102 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 876 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
306 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
Technical data ndash G20 powerloading G20The lowest nominal heat output may be higher than the value in the technical data depending on the design of the systemand the current operating status
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 12 kW 15 kW 18 kW 25 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
48 hellip 130 kW 48 hellip 162 kW 53 hellip 195 kW 65 hellip 270 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
47 hellip 128 kW 47 hellip 159 kW 52 hellip 191 kW 64 hellip 265 kW
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
45 hellip 123 kW 45 hellip 152 kW 50 hellip 183 kW 61 hellip 254 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
44 hellip 150 kW 44 hellip 180 kW 49 hellip 252 kW 60 hellip 300 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
123 kW 153 kW 184 kW 255 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
153 kW 184 kW 257 kW 306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 30 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
76 hellip 324 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
75 hellip 318 kW
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 47
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
72 hellip 305 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
71 hellip 350 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
72 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
357 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
72 kW
Technical data ndash General
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch 34 inch 34 inch 34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h 32 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
13 msup3h 16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0476 msup3h 0480 msup3h 0533 msup3h 0648 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
206 gs 208 gs 231 gs 281 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
55 gs 69 gs 83 gs 115 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
69 gs 83 gs 116 gs 138 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
55 55 60 77
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
55 55 55 55
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
43 48 51 62
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
32 32 34 35
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
71 71 69 68
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
105 105 105 95
Released system types C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996 996 996 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040 1040 1040 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060 1060 1060 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085 1085 1085 1085
NOx class 5 5 5 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm
Appendix
48 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Net weight 31 kg 31 kg 31 kg 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 35 kg 35 kg 35 kg 36 kg
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
38 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
32 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0762 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
330 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
138 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
161 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
82
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
37
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
75
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
104
Released system types C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085
NOx class 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm
Net weight 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 36 kg
Technical data ndash Electrics
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 49
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max electrical power consump-tion
65 W 75 W 66 W 75 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W
Level of protection IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V
Max electrical power consump-tion
60 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W
Level of protection IPX4D
Index
50 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Index
AAirflue pipe installed 5BBurner anti-cycling time 20Bypass valve 22CCE label 8Check programmes 29
Using 15Checking the burner 25Checking the pre-charge pressure of the expansionvessel 25Cleaning the condensate siphon 25Cleaning the heat exchanger 24CO₂ content
Checking 20 23Competent person 4Completing inspection work 25Completing maintenance work 25Condensate discharge pipe 12Condensate siphon
Filling 18Controller 14Corrosion 5DDecommissioning 28Decommissioning the product 28Diagnostics codes
Using 15Documents 7Draining the product 25EElectricity 5Expansion relief valve 28FFault codes 26Fault memory 26Fault messages 26Fault symbol 15Flow rate-pressure curves 21Flue gas route 5Front casing closed 5Frost 5GGas family check 16Gas flow rate 18HHanding over to the end user 22High-efficiency pump 21High-efficiency pump output 21IIdentification plate 7If you smell flue gas 5If you smell gas 4Inspection work 22 38Installation site 5Intended use 4LLeak-tightness 20 25 28
MMains connection 14Maintenance work 22 38Minimum clearance 9PPower supply 14Preparing the repair work 26Preparing repair work 26Pressure sensor 28Pump head 27QQualification 4RRegulations 6Removing the air intake pipe 24Removing the burner 24Removing the flue gas pipe 24Removing the front casing 10Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24Removing the ignition transformer 24Removing the side section 10Replacing the burner 26Replacing the expansion vessel 27Replacing the heat exchanger 26Replacing the main PCB 28Replacing expansion vessel 27Resetting the burner anti-cycling time 21SSafety device 5Schematic drawing 5Setting the burner anti-cycling time 20Spare parts 23Switching on the product 17TTool 6Transport 5Transporting 8Treating the heating water 16UUnloading the box 8Unpacking the product 8User interface replacing the PCB 28Using
Check programmes 15Diagnostics codes 15
VVoltage 5WWall-mounting the product 9Weight 9
0020200964_04
ManufacturerSupplierVaillant Group UK LTD
Nottingham Road ‒ Belper ‒ Derbyshire DE56 1JQ
Telephone 01773 824639 ‒ Technical helpline 0330 100 7679
After sales service 0330 100 3142
wwwglow-wormcouk
0020200964_04 ‒ 16112017
copy These instructions or parts thereof are protected by copyright and may be repro-duced or distributed only with the manufacturers written consent
We reserve the right to make technical changes
Contents
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 3
Index 50
1 Safety
4 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
1 Safety
11 Action-related warnings
Classification of action-related warningsThe action-related warnings are classified inaccordance with the severity of the possibledanger using the following warning signs andsignal words
Warning symbols and signal wordsDangerImminent danger to life or risk ofsevere personal injury
DangerRisk of death from electric shock
WarningRisk of minor personal injury
CautionRisk of material or environmentaldamage
12 Risk caused by inadequatequalifications
ndash Set-upndash Dismantlingndash Installationndash Start-upndash Inspection and maintenancendash Repairndash Decommissioning
Observe all instructions that are includedwith the product
Proceed in accordance with current tech-nology
Observe all applicable directives stand-ards laws and other regulations
13 Intended use
There is a risk of injury or death to the user orothers or of damage to the product and otherproperty in the event of improper use or usefor which it is not intended
The product is intended as a heat generatorfor closed heating installations and for hotwater generation
Depending on the unit type the productsreferred to in these instructions must only beinstalled and operated in conjunction with the
airflue pipe accessories listed in the otherapplicable documents
Intended use includes the following
ndash observance of accompanying operatinginstallation and servicing instructions forthe product and any other system compon-ents
ndash installing and fitting the product in accord-ance with the product and system approval
ndash compliance with all inspection and main-tenance conditions listed in the instruc-tions
Intended use also covers installation in ac-cordance with the IP code
Any other use that is not specified in these in-structions or use beyond that specified in thisdocument shall be considered improper useAny direct use in industrial or commercialprocesses is also deemed to be improper
Caution
Improper use of any kind is prohibited
14 General safety information
141 Risk of death from escaping gas
What to do if you smell gas in the building
Avoid rooms that smell of gas If possible open doors and windows fully
and ensure adequate ventilation Do not use naked flames (eg lighters
matches) Do not smoke Do not use any electrical switches mains
plugs doorbells telephones or other com-munication systems in the building
If it is safe to do so close the emergencycontrol valve or the main isolator
If possible close the gas isolator cock onthe product
Warn other occupants in the building byyelling or banging on doors or walls
Leave the building immediately and ensurethat others do not enter the building
Notify the gas supply company or the Na-tional Grid +44 (0) 800 111999 by tele-phone once you are outside of the build-ing
Safety 1
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 5
142 Risk of death from escaping fluegas
If you operate the product with an empty con-densate trap siphon then flue gas may es-cape into the room air
In order to operate the product ensure thatthe condensate trap siphon is always full
143 Risk of death due to blocked orleaking flue gas routes
Installation errors damage tampering unau-thorised installation sites or similar can causeflue gas to escape and result in a risk of pois-oning
What to do if you smell flue gas in the prop-erty
Open all accessible doors and windowsfully to provide ventilation
Switch off the product Check the flue gas routes in the product
and the flue gas diversions
144 Risk of death due to explosive andflammable materials
Do not use the product in storage roomsthat contain explosive or flammable sub-stances (such as petrol paper or paint)
145 Risk of death from electric shock
There is a risk of death from electric shock ifyou touch live components
Before commencing work on the product
Unplug the mains plug Or disconnect the product from the power
supply by switching off all power supplies(electrical partition with a contact gap of atleast 3 mm eg fuse or circuit breaker)
Secure against being switched back onagain
Wait for at least 3 minutes until the capa-citors have discharged
Check that there is no voltage
146 Risk of death due to lack of safetydevices
The schematic drawings included in this doc-ument do not show all safety devices re-quired for correct installation
Install the necessary safety devices in thesystem
Observe the applicable national and inter-national laws standards and guidelines
147 Risk of poisoning and burns causedby escaping hot flue gases
Only operate the product if the airflue pipehas been completely installed
With the exception of short periods fortesting purposes only operate the productwhen the front casing is installed andclosed
148 Risk of being burned or scalded byhot components
Only carry out work on these componentsonce they have cooled down
149 Risk of injury due to the heavyweight of the product
Make sure that the product is transportedby at least two people
1410 Risk of corrosion damage due tounsuitable combustion and roomair
Sprays solvents chlorinated cleaningagents paint adhesives ammonia com-pounds dust or similar substances may leadto corrosion on the product and in the fluesystem
Ensure that the supply of combustion air isalways free of fluorine chlorine sulphurdust etc
Ensure that no chemical substances arestored at the installation site
If you are installing the product inhairdressing salons painters or joinersworkshops cleaning businesses or similarlocations choose a separate installationroom in which the room air is technicallyfree of chemical substances
1411 Risk of material damage caused byfrost
Do not install the product in rooms proneto frost
1 Safety
6 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
1412 Risk of material damage caused byusing an unsuitable tool
Use the correct tool to tighten or loosenthreaded connections
15 Regulations (directives lawsstandards)
Observe the national regulations stand-ards guidelines and laws
Notes on the documentation 2
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 7
2 Notes on the documentation
21 Observing other applicable documents
You must observe all the operating and installation in-structions included with the system components
22 Storing documents
Pass these instructions and all other applicable docu-ments on to the system operator
23 Validity of the instructions
These instructions apply only to
Product article number
Article number Gas CouncilNumber
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
0010015655 41-019-16
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
0010015656 41-019-17
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
0010015657 41-019-18
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
0010015658 41-019-19
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
0010015659 41-019-20
24 Benchmark
Glow-worm is a licensed member of the BenchmarkScheme
Benchmark places responsibilities on both manufacturersand installers The purpose is to ensure that customers areprovided with the correct equipment for their needs that it isinstalled commissioned and serviced in accordance with themanufacturerrsquos instructions by a competent person approvedat the time by the Health and Safety Executive and that itmeets the requirements of the appropriate Building Regu-lations The Benchmark Checklist can be used to demon-strate compliance with Building Regulations and should beprovided to the customer for future reference
Installers are required to carry out installation commission-ing and servicing work in accordance with the BenchmarkCode of Practice which is available from the Heating andHotwater Industry Council who manage and promote theScheme
Benchmark is managed and promoted by the Heating andHotwater Industry Council
For more information visit wwwcentralheatingcouk
3 Product description
31 Compartment Ventilation
The boilers are very high efficiency appliances
As a consequence the heat loss from the appliance casingduring operation is very low
Compartment ventilation is not required as the products areonly certified and can only be fitted with a concentric fluesystem
32 Information on the identification plate
The identification plate is mounted on the underside of theproduct in the factory
The identification plate keeps record of the country in whichthe product is to be installed
Information on theidentification plate
Meaning
Barcode with serial number
Serial number For quality control purposes 3rd and 4thdigits = year of production
For quality control purposes 5th and 6thdigits = week of production
For identification purposes 7th to 16thdigits = product article number
For quality control purposes 17th to 20thdigits = place of manufacture
ENERGY s Product description
2H G20 ndash 20 kPa(20 mbar)
Factory setting for type of gas and gasconnection pressure
Cat Unit category
Condensing techno-logy
Efficiency class of the boiler in accord-ance with EC Directive 9242EEC
Type Xx3(x) Permissible flue gas connections
PMS Maximum water pressure in heatingmode
PMW Maximum water pressure in hot waterhandling mode
VHz Electric connection
W Max electrical power consumption
IP Level of protection
Heating mode
Pn Nominal heat output range in heatingmode
Pnc Nominal heat output range in heatingmode (condensing technology)
P Nominal heat output range in hot waterhandling mode
Qn Nominal heating load range in heatingmode
Qnw Nominal heating load range in hot waterhandling mode
Tmax Max flow temperature
NOx NOx class for the product
Code (DSN) Specific product code
Read the instructions
4 Set-up
8 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Information on theidentification plate
Meaning
GC no Gas council number
33 Functional elements Pure boiler
14
1110
9
7
8
6
4
5
3
2
1
1617
13
15
12
1 Electronics box
2 Heating circuit expan-sion relief valve
3 Condensate siphon
4 Flue gas pipe
5 Pressure sensor
6 Flue gas analysis point(for rear flue gas con-nection)
7 Ignition transformer
8 Gas valve
9 Air intake pipe
10 Fan
11 Supply air measuringstub pipe (for upper fluegas connection)
12 Flue gas analysis point(for upper flue gasconnection)
13 Primary heat exchanger
14 Heating expansionvessel
15 Purge hose
16 Heating pump
17 Bypass
34 CE label
ensp
The CE label shows that the products comply with the basicrequirements of the applicable directives as stated on theidentification plate
The declaration of conformity can be viewed at the manufac-turers site
4 Set-up
41 Transporting the unit
Important With regard to the regulations of 1992 concern-ing the manual handling of loads the unit exceeds theweight that can be lifted by a single person
411 General
Hold the load as close as possible to your body Avoidrotational movements Instead reposition your feet
If the unit is being lifted by two persons ensure yourmovements are coordinated during lifting
Avoid bending your upper body ndash do not lean forwards orto the side
Wear suitable non-slip protective gloves in order to pro-tect your hands against sharp edges Ensure that you arecarrying the load securely
If required get somebody to assist you in this
412 Unloading the box from the delivery van
It is recommended that two people lift the unit together
Lift the box using the straps provided
Use safe lifting techniques ndash keep your back straight andbend your legs at the knee
Hold the load as close as possible to your body
If the unit is being lifted by two persons ensure yourmovements are coordinated during lifting
If required get somebody to assist you in this
42 Unpacking the product
1 Remove the product from its box
2 Remove the protective film from all of the productscomponents
43 Checking the scope of delivery
Check that the scope of delivery is complete and intact
Number Designation
1 Heat generator
1 Unit mounting bracket
1 Flexible condensate discharge pipe
4 34 seals
3 12 seals
2 Service valve
1 Gas stopcock
2 Connection pipe (heating flow and return)
Set-up 4
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 9
Number Designation
1 Gas pipe
1 Expansion relief valve discharge pipe
1 Mounting template
1 Enclosed documentation
44 Dimensions
96121
34
123185
390
123
170
702
150
1 2 3
5
4
1 Heating flow
2 Gas connection
3 Heating return
4 Connection on the backof the airflue pipe
5 Connection on the topof the airflue pipe
45 Minimum clearances
CC
AB
D
Minimum clearance
A 150 mm (top airflue gas connection)
20 mm (airflue gas connection on the rear)
B 150 mm
C 5 mm
(70 mm if the side panels ought to be removed)
D 600 mm
It is not necessary to maintain a clearance between theproduct and components made of combustible materials thatgo beyond the minimum clearances
46 Using the mounting template
Use the mounting template to ascertain the locations atwhich you need to drill holes
47 Wall-mounting the product
Note
If you are using the rear airflue gas connectioninstall the airflue pipe before you wall-mount theproduct
1 Check whether the wall has sufficient load-bearing ca-pacity to bear the operational weight of the product
2 Check if the supplied fixing material may be used forthe wall
Conditions The load-bearing capacity of the wall is sufficient The fixingmaterial may be used for the wall
Wall-mount the product as described
4 Set-up
10 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Conditions The load-bearing capacity of the wall is not sufficient
Ensure that wall-mounting apparatus on-site has a suf-ficient load-bearing capacity Use individual stands orprimary walling for example
Do not wall-mount the product if you cannot providewall-mounting apparatus with a sufficient load-bearingcapacity
Conditions The fixing material may not be used for the wall
Wall-mount the product as described using the permittedfixing material provided on-site
48 Removinginstalling the front casing
481 Removing the front casing
B
C
A
1
1
1 Undo the two screws (1)
2 Gently press the front casing backwards in the centreso that the latching lug is released
3 Pull the front casing forwards at the bottom edge
4 Lift the front casing upwards from the bracket
482 Installing the front casing
Refit the components in the reverse order
49 Removinginstalling the side section
491 Removing the side section
CautionRisk of material damage caused by mech-anical deformation
Removing both side sections may causemechanical distortion in the product whichmay cause damage to the piping for ex-ample and potentially result in leaks
Always remove only one side section ndashnever both side sections at the same time
Note
If there is sufficient lateral clearance (at least70 mm) you can remove the side section to fa-cilitate maintenance or repair work
2x 1
A
B
C
D
1 Tilt the electronics box forward
2 Hold on to the side section so that it cannot fall andunscrew both screws (1) one from the top and onefrom the bottom
3 Tilt the side section to the outside and move it down-wards and out
492 Installing the side section
Refit the components in the reverse order
Installation 5
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 11
5 Installation
DangerRisk of scalding andor damage due toincorrect installation leading to escapingwater
Mechanical stresses in the connection pipesmay lead to leaks
Ensure that there is no mechanical stresswhen installing the connection pipes
CautionRisk of material damage caused byresidues in the pipelines
Welding remnants sealing residues dirt orother residues in the pipelines may damagethe product
Flush the heating installation thoroughlybefore installing the product
51 Checking the gas meter
Make sure that the existing gas meter is capable ofpassing the rate of gas supply required
52 Gas and water connections
CautionRisk of damage caused by incorrect gasconnection installation
Excess test pressure or operating pressuremay cause damage to the gas valve
Check the leak-tightness of the gas valveusing a maximum pressure of 11 kPa(110 mbar)
CautionRisk of material damage caused by corro-sion
Due to non-diffusion-tight plastic pipes in theheating installation air gets into the heatingwater Air in the heating water causes corro-sion in the heat generator circuit and in theproduct
If you use non-diffusion-tight plastic pipesin the heating installation ensure that noair gets into the heat generator circuit
CautionRisk of material damage due to heat trans-fer during soldering
Only solder connectors if the connectorsare not yet screwed to the service valves
Note
Apply heat insulation to the water pipes to theboiler outlet and to the installation
Preliminary work1 Check that the system volume and the volumetric capa-
city of the expansion vessel are compatible
If the volume of the expansion vessel is insufficientfor the installation
Install an additional expansion vessel in theheating return as close to the product as pos-sible
Install a non-return valve at the products outlet(heating flow)
2 Ensure that the installation has the following compon-ents
ndash A cold water stopcock for the unit
ndash A gas stopcock for the unit
ndash A filling and draining device in the heating installa-tion
1
2
3
1 Heating flow connec-tion G34
2 Gas connection G12
3 Heating return connec-tion G34
1 Connect the water and gas connections in accordancewith the applicable standards
2 Purge the gas pipe before start-up
3 Check whether the connections (rarr Page 20) are leak-tight
5 Installation
12 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
53 Connecting the drain pipework for theexpansion relief valve
1
Ensure that the pipeline is visible
The pipe must have a continuous fall and be routed to aposition so that any discharge of water possibly boilingor steam cannot create any danger to persons damageto property or external electrical components and wiring
◁ The piping must be installed in such a way that youcan see when water drips out
54 Connecting the condensate discharge pipe
1
2
Follow the instructions listed here and observe the legaland local regulations on condensate discharge
Use PVC or any other material that is suitable for drain-ing the non-neutralised condensate
If you cannot guarantee that the materials from which thedrain pipework is made are suitable install a system forneutralising the condensate
Note
The condensate drain pipework must have acontinuous fall (45 mm per metre) and shouldwhenever possible terminate at a suitabledrain point within the heated envelope of thebuilding that will remain frost free under longperiods of low external temperatures
Connect the condensate traps (1) Use the supplied drainhose (2) for this
Connect a condensate discharge pipe (215 mm notincluded in the scope of delivery) to the drain hose (2)
During installation remove all burrs from inside of cut pipework and avoid excessive adhesive which may trap smallpockets of water close to the pipe wall which can freezeand build into a larger ice plug
For any installation the condensate must be free flowingand not be possible for air back-pressure to prevent wa-ter flow
As with other pipe work insulate the condensate dis-charge pipe to minimise any risk of freezing and bewarewhen crossing cavities that the fall is maintained and thepipe sleeved
You can find further information in specification BS 6798for installing and maintaining gas-fired boilers with a nominalheat input below 70 kW
541 Condensate drainage systems
5411 Internal soil and vent pipe
Oslash19mm min
5412 External soil and vent pipe
L = 3m max
Oslash19mm min
Oslash30mm
5413 External termination into a gulley or hopper
L = 3m max
Oslash19mm min
Oslash30mm
Installation 5
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 13
5414 Internal termination into combined sinkwaste
Oslash30mm
Oslash19mm min
5415 Internal termination downstream of sinkwaste
Oslash30mm
Oslash19mm min
5416 External termination into soakaway
400m
m m
in
300m
m m
in25
mm
min
500mm min
Oslash100mm
L = 3m max
Oslash19mm min
Oslash30mm
5417 External termination into rain water downpipe
Oslash19mm min
Oslash30mm
55 Electrical installation
DangerRisk of death from electric shock
The power supply terminals L and N remainlive even if the product is switched off
Switch off the power supply Secure the power supply against being
switched on again
Only qualified electricians may carry out the electrical install-ation
551 Opening the electronics box
A
B
B
Follow the instructions in the specified sequence
5 Installation
14 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
552 Closing the electronics box
Follow the instructions in the reverse order
553 Cable route
1
2
1 24-V eBUS cable route 2 230-V eBUS cable route
554 Carrying out the wiring
30 mm max
1 Shorten the connection cables to the appropriatelengths to prevent them from causing damage insidethe electronics box
2 Screw the plug to the connection cable
3 Plug the plug into the slot provided on the PCB
555 Establishing the power supply
1
1 Observe all valid regulations
2 Ensure that the rated mains voltage is 230 V
3 Set up a fixed connection and install a partition with acontact opening of at least 3 mm (eg fuses or powerswitches)
4 Provide one common electricity supply for the boilerand for the corresponding controller
ndash Power supply Single-phase 230 V 50 Hz
ndash Fuse protection le 3 A
5 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
6 Observe the routing of the power supply cable (1) in theelectronics box in order to guarantee that there is nostrain
le 30
mm
NL X1230V~
RT
7 Carry out the wiring (rarr Page 14)
8 Close the electronics box
9 Make sure that access to the mains connection is al-ways available and is not covered or blocked
556 Connecting controllers to the electronicsystem
X2
X22 X41
ndash +24V=RT BUS
BurneroffX
106
BUS24 V
BU
SR
TB
off
Burner
offR
T24V
=-
+B
US
1
4
32
1 Safety thermostat forfloor-standing heating
2 24 V controller
3 eBUS controller or radioreceiver unit
4 Outside temperaturesensor wired
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
Operation 6
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 15
2 Carry out the wiring (rarr Page 14)
3 Connect the individual components depending on thetype of installation
Conditions If installing a multi-circuit controller
Change the pumps operating mode d18 from Eco (in-termittently operating pump) to Comfort (continuouslyoperating pump)
Conditions When connecting a controller (230 V)
le 30
mm
NL X1230V~
RT
Connect the controller to the main plug
Remove the bridge from the plug 24V=RT
4 Close the electronics box
6 Operation
61 Using diagnostics codes
You can use the parameters marked as adjustable in thetable of diagnostics codes to adapt the product to the systemand customer requirements
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
611 Activating diagnostics codes
1 Press and hold the button for 7 seconds
◁ is shown in the display
2 Press the or button to set the value
◁ The access code (96) is reserved for the competentperson
◁ The access code (35) is reserved for the customerservice
3 Press the button to confirm
◁ is shown in the display
612 Setting a diagnostics code
1 Press the or button to select the diagnosticscode
2 Press the button to confirm
◁ The value andor status of the diagnostics code isshown in the display
3 Press the or button to set the value
4 If you allow the value to flash for three seconds thesetting is automatically confirmed
◁ is shown in the display for 1 second
Note
You can manually confirm the setting at anytime by pressing and holding the buttonfor less than 3 seconds
5 Proceed accordingly for all parameters that need to bechanged
6 Press and hold the button for 3 seconds to finishconfiguring the diagnostics codes
◁ The display switches to the basic display
62 Displaying the status codes
The status codes display the products current operatingstatus
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
621 Activating the status codes display
1 Hold the button down for more than 7 seconds
◁ SXX is shown on the display followed by the heat-ing flow temperature the internal system pressureand the cylinder temperature (depending on the ver-sion)
2 Press the button to exit this menu
◁ The display switches to the basic display
63 Using check programmes
By activating various check programmes you can triggervarious special functions on the product
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
631 Calling up the check programmes
1 Hold the button down for more than 5 seconds
◁ All symbols are shown in the display
◁ is shown in the display
2 Press and hold the button for five seconds
◁ is shown in the display
3 Press the or button to select the checkprogramme
4 Press the button to confirm
◁ on is shown in the display and the programmestarts
5 Press the and buttons at the same time whilstrunning a check programme
◁ The heating water temperature and the filling pres-sure for the heating installation are shown altern-ately in the display
6 Press the button to return to the check programme
◁ The display shows the check programme
7 Press the button to finish the check programme
◁ OFF is shown in the display
8 Press and hold the button for 3 seconds to finishthe check programmes
7 Start-up
16 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
◁ End is shown in the display
◁ The display switches to the basic display
Note
If you do not press any button for 15 minutesthe current programme is automatically can-celled and the basic display is shown
632 Displaying the pressure and temperature ofthe heating during a check programme
1 Press the buttons simultaneously
◁ Display the filling pressure in the heating installation
◁ Display the heating flow temperature
2 Press the button to display the check programmecurrently running
7 Start-up
71 Carrying out the initial start-up
Initial start-up must be carried out by a customer servicetechnician or an authorised competent person using the first-commissioning-checklist The first-commissioning-checklistin the appendix (rarr Page 41) of the installation instructionsmust be filled out and stored carefully along with the unitsdocumentation
Carry out the initial start-up using the first-commission-ing-checklist in the appendix
Fill out and sign the first-commissioning-checklist
72 Checking the type of gas
Make sure that the product is set up correctly by checkingthe type of gas This ensures optimum combustion quality
Check the type of gas as part of routine product mainten-ance work when replacing components or carrying outwork on the gas route
73 Checking the factory setting
The products combustion has been factory tested and ispreset for operation with the gas group indicated on the iden-tification plate
The product is only authorised to be operated with naturalgas
Check the information about the type of gas indicated onthe identification plate and compare this with the type ofgas available at the installation location
Conditions The product design is not compatible with the local gasgroup
Do not start up the product
Conditions The product design is compatible with the local gas group
Proceed as described below
74 Checking and treating the heatingwaterfilling and supplementary water
CautionRisk of material damage due to poor-qual-ity heating water
Ensure that the heating water is of suffi-cient quality
Before filling or topping up the installation check thequality of the heating water
Checking the quality of the heating water Remove a little water from the heating circuit
Check the appearance of the heating water
If you ascertain that it contains sedimentary materialsyou must desludge the installation
Use a magnetic rod to check whether it contains mag-netite (iron oxide)
If you ascertain that it contains magnetite clean the in-stallation and apply suitable corrosion-protection meas-ures or fit a magnetic filter
Check the pH value of the removed water at 25 degC
If the value is below 65 or above 85 clean the systemand treat the heating water
Ensure that oxygen cannot get into the heating water
Checking the filling and supplementary water Before filling the installation measure the hardness of the
filling and supplementary water
Treating the filling and supplementary water Observe all applicable national regulations and technical
standards when treating the filling and supplementarywater
Provided the national regulations and technical standardsdo not stipulate more stringent requirements the followingapplies
You must treat the heating water in the following cases
ndash If the entire filling and supplementary water quantity dur-ing the operating life of the system exceeds three timesthe nominal volume of the heating installation or
ndash If the guideline values listed in the following table are notmet or
ndash if the pH value of the heating water is less than 65 ormore than 85
Totalheatingoutput
Water hardness at specific system volume1)
le 20 lkWgt 20 lkWle 50 lkW
gt 50 lkW
kWppm
CaCO₃molmsup3
ppmCaCO₃
molmsup3
ppmCaCO₃
molmsup3
lt 50 lt 300 lt 3 200 2 2 002
gt 50to le 200
200 2 150 15 2 002
gt 200to le 600
150 15 2 002 2 002
gt 600 2 002 2 002 2 002
1) Nominal capacity in litresheating output in the case of multi-boiler systems the smallest single heating output is to be used
Start-up 7
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 17
CautionThe use of unsuitable heating water maycause aluminium corrosion and a result-ing lack of leak-tightness
In contrast to steel grey cast iron or copperfor example aluminium reacts with alkalineheating water (pH value gt 85) to producesubstantial corrosion
When using aluminium make sure thatthe pH value of the heating water isbetween 65 and a maximum of 85
CautionRisk of material damage if the heatingwater is treated with unsuitable additives
Unsuitable additives may cause changes inthe components noises in heating mode andpossibly subsequent damage
Do not use any unsuitable frost and cor-rosion protection agents biocides or seal-ants
No incompatibility with our products has been detected todate with proper use of the following additives
When using additives follow the manufacturers instruc-tions without exception
We accept no liability for the compatibility of any additive orits effectiveness in the rest of the heating system
Additives for cleaning measures (subsequentflushing required)ndash Adey MC3+
ndash Adey MC5
ndash Fernox F3
ndash Sentinel X 300
ndash Sentinel X 400
Additives intended to remain permanently in theinstallationndash Adey MC1+
ndash Fernox F1
ndash Fernox F2
ndash Sentinel X 100
ndash Sentinel X 200
Additives for frost protection intended to remainpermanently in the installationndash Adey MC ZERO
ndash Fernox Antifreeze Alphi 11
ndash Sentinel X 500
If you have used the above-mentioned additives informthe end user about the measures that are required
Inform the end user about the measures required for frostprotection
75 Avoiding danger arising from insufficientwater pressure
The filling pressure must be between 010 and 015 MPa(10 and 15 bar)
Note
If the heating flow temperature is shown in thedisplay press and hold the and buttonsat the same time for longer than five seconds ortemporarily deactivate heating mode in order todisplay the pressure
If the heating installation extends over several storeyshigher filling pressures may be required to avoid air enteringthe heating installation
If the water pressure falls below 005 MPa (05 bar) thevalue flashes in the display
If the water pressure falls below 003 MPa (03 bar) theproduct switches off The display shows 00 MPa (00 bar)Fault F22 will be stored in the fault list
Top up the water in the heating installation to start up theproduct again
◁ The pressure value flashes in the display until apressure of 005 MPa (05 bar) or higher has beenreached
76 Switching on the product
Switch on the product via the main switch installed on-site
77 Filling and purging the heating installation
Preliminary work Flush the heating installation through
1
1
1 Check the silicone hose connection (1) between thepumps automatic air vent and the hydraulic console
2 Fill with water until the required filling pressure isreached
ndash Recommended filling pressure 1 hellip 15 bar
◁ The heating and hot water functions cannot be activ-ated
◁ The pressure value flashes in the display until apressure of 005 MPa (05 bar) or higher has beenreached
7 Start-up
18 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
◁ An automatic air vent function is activated if thepressure exceeds 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than15 seconds
3 Purge each radiator until the water escapes normallyand then retighten the systems purging valves
4 Check whether all connections are leak-tight
Conditions If the noise persists in the boiler
Purge the product again by activating check programme(P07) and then (P06)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
78 Filling the condensate siphon
C
2
3
1
AB
1 Unclip the lower section of the siphon (1) from the up-per section of the siphon (2)
2 Remove the float (3)
3 Fill the lower section of the siphon with water up to 10mm below the upper edge of the condensate drain pipe-work
4 Re-insert the float (3)
Note
Check that the float is present in the con-densate siphon
5 Clip the lower section of the siphon (1) into the uppersection of the siphon (2)
79 Filling the hot water circuit
1 Open the water tap to fill the hot water circuit
2 Close the water tap once the appropriate volume ofwater has flowed out
◁ The hot water circuit is filled
3 Check all connections and the entire system for leak-tightness
710 Checking and adjusting the gas settings
Only a qualified competent person is authorised to imple-ment the settings on the gas valve assembly
Each destroyed tamper-proof seal must be replaced
The CO₂ adjusting screw must be sealed
Never modify the factory setting of the gas pressure regu-lator of the gas valve assembly
7101 Checking the gas flow rate
The gas flow rate has been set during production and doesnot require adjustment With the front casing fitted check thegas flow rate of the boiler as follows
Start up the product with the check programme P01
In addition ensure that maximum heat can be dissipatedinto the heating system by turning up the room thermo-stat
Wait at least 5 minutes until the boiler has reached itsoperating temperature
Ensure that all other gas appliances in the property areturned off
Measure the gas flow rate at the gas meter
Compare the measured values with the correspondingvalues in the table
Qnw from the dataplate
H gas in msup3h
Nom +5 minus10
153 162 170 146
184 195 205 176
247 261 274 235
257 272 286 245
286 303 318 273
306 324 340 292
357 378 397 340
Conditions Gas flow rate not in the permissible range
Check all of the piping and ensure that the gas flow ratesare correct
Only put the product into operation once the gas flowrates have been corrected
Conditions Gas flow rate in the permissible range
End the check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down by allowing pump overrun tooperate for a minimum of 2 minutes
Record the boiler maximum gas flow rate onto theBenchmark gas boiler commissioning checklist
Start-up 7
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 19
7102 Checking the gas connection pressure (gasflow pressure)
1
2
1 Ensure that the gas inlet working pressure can beobtained with all other gas appliances in the propertyworking
2 Close the gas stopcock (1)
3 Undo the sealing screw on the test nipple (2)
4 Connect a manometer to the test nipple (2)
5 Open the gas stopcock (1)
6 Start up the product with check programme P01 (sys-tem with eBUS control) or P03 (installation withouteBUS control)
7 In addition ensure that maximum heat can be dissip-ated into the heating system by turning up the roomthermostat
8 With the boiler operating at full load check that the gasinlet working pressure at the reference test point (2)complies with the requirements
Permissible connection pressure
Great Bri-tain
Naturalgas
G20 17 hellip 2 kPa
(170hellip 20 mbar)
9 Should the pressure recorded at the reference test pointin the boiler be lower than indicated check if there isany blockage in the pipework or if the pipework is un-dersized
Conditions Gas flow pressure not in the permissible range
CautionRisk of material damage and operatingfaults caused by incorrect gas connec-tion pressureIf the gas connection pressure lies outsidethe permissible range this can cause oper-ating faults in and damage to the product Do not make any adjustments to the
product Do not start up the product
If you cannot correct the failure notify the gas supplycompany and proceed as follows
End check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down by allowing pump overrunto operate for a minimum of two minutes
Close the gas stopcock
Remove the pressure gauge and retighten the sealingscrew (2) for the measuring nipple
Open the gas stopcock (1)
Check the test nipple for gas tightness
Close the gas stopcock (1)
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
Disconnect the product from the electrical installation
You must not start up the boiler
Conditions Gas flow pressure in the permissible range
End the check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down allowing pump overrun tooperate for a minimum of two minutes
Close the gas stopcock (1)
Remove the pressure gauge and retighten the sealingscrew (2) for the measuring nipple
Open the gas stopcock (1)
Check the test nipple for gas tightness
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
Reset boiler controls for normal operation
Record the appliance gas inlet working pressure (kParesp mbar) in the Benchmark gas boiler commissioningchecklist
7103 Checking the leak-tightness of the flue gasinstallation and flue gas recirculation
1 Check the flue gas installation is intact in accordancewith the latest gas safe technical bulletin and informa-tion supplied in the installation instructions
2 For extended flue gas installations check for flue gasrecirculation using the air analysis point
3 Use a flue gas analyser
4 If you discover CO or CO2 in the supply air search forthe leak in the flue gas installation or for signs of fluegas recirculation
5 Eliminate the damage properly
6 Check again whether the supply air contains any CO orCO2
7 If you cannot eliminate the damage do not start up theproduct
7104 Thoroughly flushing the heating installation(hot)
1 Operate the appliance until the boiler and the heatingsystem are up to temperature
2 Check the heating system for leaks
3 Connect a hose to the drain valve located at the lowestposition of the heating system
4 Shut off the boiler open the drain valve and all purgevalves on the radiators and allow the water to flow outof the heating system and the boiler quickly and fully
5 Close the drain valve
6 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
7 Re-fill the system until the system design pressure of01 MPa (10 bar) is attained
8 Adapting the unit to the heating installation
20 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Note
The actual reading on the digital pressuregauge should ideally be 005 MPa (05 bar)plus an additional pressure correspondingto the highest point of the system above thebase of the boiler ndash 10 m head equals an ad-ditional 1 bar reading on the pressure gaugeThe minimum pressure should not be lessthan 01 MPa (1 bar) in any installation Ifthe system is to be treated with an inhibitor itshould be applied at this stage in accordancewith the manufacturerrsquos instructions Furtherinformation can be obtained from SentinelBetz Dearborn Ltd Tel 0151 420 9595 orFernox Alphandash Fry technologies Tel 08708700362
8 Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
7105 Checking the CO₂ content
1 Start up the product with the check programme (P01)and set the value
ndash Setting value for the programme P01 100
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
2 Wait until the value that is read is stable
ndash Waiting period for reading a stable value 5 min
1
3 Unscrew the cover from the flue gas analysis point (1)
4 Measure the CO₂ content at the flue gas analysis point(1)
5 Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Checking the CO₂ content
Great Britain
front casing on front casing off
Natural gas
G20
92 plusmn1
◁ The value is OK
The value is not OK you cannot start up theproduct
Inform Customer Service
711 Checking leak-tightness
Check the gas pipe the heating circuit and the hot watercircuit for leak-tightness
Check that the airflue pipe has been installed correctly
Conditions Room-sealed operation
Check whether the vacuum chamber has been closedtightly
7111 Checking the heating mode
1 Activate the heating mode on the user interface
2 Turn all thermostatic radiator valves on the radiatorsuntil they are fully open
3 Allow the product to operate for at least 15 minutes
4 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
5 Activate the display for the current operating status(rarr Page 15)
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
◁ If the product is working correctly the display showsS04
7112 Checking the hot water generation
1 Activate the hot water handling mode on the userinterface
2 Open a hot water valve completely
3 Activate the display for the current operating status(rarr Page 15)
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
◁ If the product is working correctly the display showsS14
8 Adapting the unit to the heatinginstallation
You can resetchange the system parameters (section Us-ing diagnostics codes)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
81 Burner anti-cycling time
To prevent frequent switching on and off of the burner andthus prevent energy losses an electronic restart lockoutis activated for a specific period each time the burner isswitched off The burner anti-cycling time is only active forthe heating mode Hot water handling mode during a burneranti-cycling time does not affect the time function element
811 Setting the maximum burner anti-cyclingtime
1 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
2 If required adjust the maximum burner anti-cycling timeusing the diagnostics code d02
Adapting the unit to the heating installation 8
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 21
812 Resetting the remaining burner anti-cyclingtime
Hold the button down for more than 3 seconds
◁ is shown in the display
82 Setting the pump output
The product is equipped with a speed-regulated high-effi-ciency pump which adjusts independently to the hydraulicconditions of the heating installation
If you have installed a low loss header in the heating install-ation you should switch off the speed regulation and set thepump output to a fixed value
If required change the setting of the pump speed whichdepends on the operating mode under diagnostics coded14
Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 12 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
0
10
20
30
40
50
0 200 400 600 800 1000
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 15 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
1 2
34
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 18 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
01020304050
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
6070
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 25 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
01020304050
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
6070
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 30 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
01020304050607080
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 A
B 1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
9 Handing the product over to the end user
22 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
83 Setting the bypass valve
CautionRisk of material damage caused by incor-rect setting of the high-efficiency pump
If the pressure at the bypass valve is in-creased (by turning it clockwise) and thepump output is set to less than 100 theproduct may not operate correctly
In this case set the pump output to5 = 100 using diagnostics parameterd14
Conditions d14 is set to 0 = auto
Do not change the factory settings
Conditions d14 is set to 1 - 5
Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
1
Regulate the pressure using the adjusting screw (1)
Position of the adjustingscrew
Notesapplication
Right-hand stop (screwedall the way in)
If the radiators do not heatup sufficiently at the defaultsetting In this case you mustset the pump to the maximumspeed
Mid-position (six anti-clockwise rotations)
Default setting
Five further anti-clockwiserotations starting from themid-position
If noises are produced in theradiators or radiator valves
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
84 Setting the hot water temperature
DangerRisk of death from legionella
Legionella multiply at temperatures below60 degC
Ensure that the end user is familiar withall of the Anti-legionella measures in orderto comply with the applicable regulationsregarding legionella prevention
Set the hot water temperature
Conditions Water hardness gt 357 molmsup3
ndash Hot water temperature le 50
9 Handing the product over to the enduser
When you have finished the installation attach the stickersupplied (in the end users language) to the productcover
Explain to the end user how the safety devices work andwhere they are located
Inform the end user how to handle the product
In particular draw attention to the safety informationwhich the end user must follow
Inform the end user that they must have the productmaintained in accordance with the specified intervals
Instruct the end user about measures taken for routingthe combustion air supply and flue system
10 Inspection and maintenance
101 Using original seals
If you replace components use only the enclosed originalseals additional sealing materials are not required
102 Observing inspection and maintenanceintervals
Adhere to the minimum inspection and maintenance in-tervals The inspection may require maintenance to becarried out earlier depending on the results
Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview(rarr Page 38)
Inspection and maintenance 10
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 23
103 Procuring spare parts
The original components of the product were also certifiedby the manufacturer as part of the declaration of conformityIf you use other non-certified or unauthorised parts duringmaintenance or repair work this may void the conformity ofthe product and it will therefore no longer comply with theapplicable standards
We strongly recommend that you use original spare partsfrom the manufacturer as this guarantees fault-free and safeoperation of the product To receive information about theavailable original spare parts contact the contact addressprovided on the reverse of these instructions
If you require spare parts for maintenance or repairwork use only the spare parts that are permitted for theproduct
104 Checking the CO₂ content
1 Start up the product with the check programme (P01)and set the value
ndash Setting value for the programme P01 100
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
2 Wait until the value that is read is stable
ndash Waiting period for reading a stable value 5 min
1
3 Unscrew the cover from the flue gas analysis point (1)
4 Measure the CO₂ content at the flue gas analysis point(1)
5 Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Checking the CO₂ content
Great Britain
front casing on front casing off
Natural gas
G20
92 plusmn1
◁ The value is OK
The value is not OK you cannot start up theproduct
Set the CO₂ content (rarr Page 23)
105 Setting the CO₂ content
Conditions The CO₂ content must be adjusted
1
A
B
Remove the sticker
Turn the screw (1) to set the CO₂ content (value withfront casing removed)
◁ To increase the CO₂ content Turn anti-clockwise
◁ To decrease the CO₂ content Turn clockwise
Only carry out the adjustment in increments of 18 turnand wait approximately 1 minute after each adjustmentuntil the value has stabilised
Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Setting the CO₂ value
Great Britain
front casing on front casingoff
Natural gas
G20
CO₂ at full load 92 plusmn02
Set for Wobbeindex W₀
1409 kWsdothmsup3
O₂ at full load 45 plusmn18 vol
CO at full load le 250 ppm
COCO₂ le 00027
If the setting is not in the specified adjustment rangeyou must not start up the product
Inform Customer Service
Check whether the air-quality requirements with regardto carbon monoxide are fulfilled
Fit the front panel
10 Inspection and maintenance
24 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
106 Removing the gas-air mixture unit
Note
The gas-air mixture unit consists of three maincomponents
ndash Fan
ndash Gas valve
ndash Burner cover
1 Switch off the product via the main switch
2 Close the gas isolator cock
3 Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
C
AB
1
D
2
4 Remove the screw (1)
5 Push the clip upwards
6 Remove the flue gas pipe (2)
3
4
5
AB
7 Remove the air intake pipe (3)
8 Remove the plugs from the gas valve (4) and from thefan (5)
A
C
D B
6
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (6)
7
7
8
10 Remove the burner seals (7) and the burner (8)
11 Check the burner and the heat exchanger for damageand dirt
12 If necessary clean or replace the components accord-ing to the following sections
13 Install the two new burner seals
107 Cleaning the heat exchanger
1
1 Protect the folded down electronics box against sprayedwater
2 Clean the ribs of the heat exchanger (1) with water
◁ The water runs out into the condensate tray
Inspection and maintenance 10
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 25
108 Checking the burner
1 Search the surface of the burner for possible damage Ifyou see any damage replace the burner
2 Install the two new burner seals
109 Checking the ignition electrode
1
2
3 4 5
1 Disconnect the connection (2) and the earthing cable(1)
2 Remove the fixing screws (3)
3 Carefully remove the electrode from the combustionchamber
4 Check that the electrode ends (4) are undamaged
5 Check the electrode distance
ndash Clearance for the ignition electrodes 35 hellip 45 mm
6 Make sure that the seal (5) is free from damage
If necessary replace the seal
1010 Cleaning the condensate siphon
C
2
3
1
AB
1 Unclip the lower section of the siphon (1) from the up-per section of the siphon (2)
2 Remove the float (3)
3 Flush out the float and lower section of the siphon withwater
4 Fill the lower section of the siphon with water up to 10mm below the upper edge of the condensate drain pipe-work
5 Reinsert the float (3)
Note
Check whether the float is present in thecondensate siphon
6 Clip the lower section of the siphon (1) into the uppersection of the siphon (2)
1011 Installing the gas-air mixture unit
1 Install the burner
2 Install two new burner seals in the burner hood
3 Install the gas-air mixture unit
4 Tighten the screws on the gas-air mixture unit
ndash Ideally to 7 Nm if a torque spanner is available
5 Install the flue pipe
6 Install the air intake pipe
1012 Draining the product
1 Close the service valves of the product
2 Start check programme P05 (rarr Page 15)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
3 Open the drain cock
1013 Checking the admission pressure of theexpansion vessel
1 Measure the pre-charge pressure of the expansion ves-sel at the vessel valve
Conditions Pre-charge pressure lt 0075 MPa (075 bar)
Top up the expansion vessel in accordance with thestatic height of the heating installation ideally with ni-trogen otherwise with air Ensure that the drain valve isopen when topping up
2 If water escapes from the expansion vessels valve youmust replace the expansion vessel (rarr Page 27)
3 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
1014 Completing inspection and maintenancework
1 Check the gas connection pressure (gas flow pressure)(rarr Page 19)
2 Check the CO₂ content
1015 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
11 Troubleshooting
26 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
11 Troubleshooting
111 Rectifying faults
If fault codes (FXX) appear refer to the table in the ap-pendix or use the check programme(s)
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
If several fault codes are generated at the same time theseare displayed alternately followed by the time at which therespective fault occurred
Hold the button down for more than 3 seconds
If you are unable to clear the fault code and it reappearsdespite several fault clearance attempts contact cus-tomer service
112 Calling up the fault memory
The last 10 fault codes are stored in the fault memory (to-gether with the time at which the respective fault occurredand after 24 hours with the number of days)
Hold the button down for more than 7 seconds
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Press the button to exit this menu
113 Deleting the fault memory
1 Delete the fault memory using the diagnostics coded94
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
114 Resetting parameters to factory settings
1 Reset all parameters to the factory settings using thediagnostics code d96
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
115 Preparing the repair work
1 Switch off the product
2 Disconnect the product from the electrical installation
3 Remove the front casing
4 Close the gas stopcock
5 Close the service valves in the heating flow and in theheating return
6 Close the service valve in the cold water pipe
7 Drain the product if you want to replace water-bearingcomponents of the product
8 Ensure that water does not drip on live components(eg the electronics box)
9 Use only new seals and O-rings Do not use any addi-tional sealing materials
116 Replacing defective components
1161 Replacing the burner
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Remove the two burner seals
3 Remove the burner
4 Insert the new burner
5 Insert two new burner seals in the burner cover
6 Install the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 25)
1162 Replacing the gas-air mixture unit
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Install the new gas-air mixture (rarr Page 25)
1163 Replacing the heat exchanger
1 Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
2 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
1 A
B
3 Remove the gas pipe (1)
1
2
3
2 4
A
B
4 Remove the temperature sensor (3)
5 Remove the upper clip (1)
6 Remove the lower clip (4)
7 Remove the supply pipe (2)
Troubleshooting 11
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 27
2
2 3
B
1
A
8 Remove the upper clip (1)
9 Remove the lower clip (3)
10 Remove the return pipe (2)
1
A2
11 Remove the clip underneath the condensate tray (1)
12 Undo the four screws (2)
2
1
B
C
A
13 Remove the ignition electrode (1)
14 Lift the heat exchanger up slightly and remove it to-gether with the condensate tray
15 Remove the ignition transformer (2)
16 Install the new heat exchanger in reverse order
1164 Replacing the pump head
1
2
1 Disconnect the pump cable from the electronics box
2 Undo the four bolts (1)
3 Remove the pump head (2)
4 Replace the O-ring
5 Use four screws to secure the new pump head
6 Connect the pump cable to the electronics box
1165 Replacing the expansion vessel
B
C
1
2
3A
D
1 Undo the nut (3)
2 Remove both screws on the support plate (1)
3 Remove the support plate
4 Pull out the expansion vessel (2) towards the front
5 Insert the new expansion vessel into the product
6 Screw the new expansion vessel to the water connec-tion To do this use a new seal
7 Attach the support plate using both screws
8 Fill and purge the product (rarr Page 17) and if requiredthe heating installation
12 Decommissioning the product
28 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
1166 Replacing the main PCB
C
C
D
B
C
C
D
B
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull all of the plugs out from the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plugs
7 Close the electronics box
1167 Replacing the PCB for the user interface
B
C
C
D
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull the plug out of the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plug
7 Close the electronics box
1168 Replacing the expansion relief valve
1
2
1 Remove the clip (2)
2 Remove the expansion relief valve
3 Fit the new expansion relief valve with a new O-ring
4 Reattach the clip (2)
1169 Replace the pressure sensor
1
2
1 Pull out the plug
2 Remove the clip (1)
3 Remove the pressure sensor (2)
4 Install the new pressure sensor
5 Reattach the clip (1)
117 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
12 Decommissioning the product
Switch off the product
Disconnect the product from the power mains
Close the gas isolator cock
Close the cold water stop cock
13 Customer service
For contact details for our customer service department youcan write to the address that is provided on the back pageor you can visit wwwglow-wormcouk
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 29
Appendix
A Check programmes ndash Overview
Note
Since the programme table is used for various products some programmes may not be visible for the product inquestion
Display Meaning
P01 Burner operation on adjustable heat input
The product operates after ignition with the heat input set between 0 (0 = Pmin) and 100 (100 = Pmax)
The function is active for 15 minutes
P02 Burner operation at ignition load
After ignition the product works at ignition load
The function is active for 15 minutes
P03 The product runs in heating mode with the maximum heat input set using diagnostics code d00
P04 Maximum output function
If there is a hot water request the product runs in hot water handling mode and at maximum heat load
If there is no hot water request the product runs with the heating partial load that is set via diagnostics coded00 and in heating mode
The function is active for 15 minutes
P05 Filling the product
The diverter valve moves to the mid-position The burner and pump switch off (to fill or drain the product)
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is active for 15 minutes
P06 Purging the heating circuit
The diverter valve is moved to the heating position
The function is activated in the heating circuit for 15 minutes
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
P07 Purging the hot water circuit
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
Automatic air ventfunction
Purging the product
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
This function cannot be manually switched off
B Overview of diagnostics codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d00 Heating maximum output ndash ndash kW The maximum heating outputvaries depending on the product
rarr Section Technical data
Automatic Unit automaticallyadjusts the maximum output tothe current system demand
rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d01 Pump overrun in heatingmode
1 60 min 1 5 Adjustable
d02 Maximum burner anti-cycling time in heatingmode
2 60 min 1 20 Adjustable
Appendix
30 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d04 Water temperature in thecylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d05 Determined heating flowset target temperature
Current value ndash ndash Not
adjustable
d06 Hot water set target tem-perature
Current value (Combination unit only) ndash Notadjustable
d07 Set target temperaturefor the domestic hot wa-ter cylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d08 Status of the 230 V ther-mostat
Current value ndash 0 = Room thermostat open (noheat requirement)
1 = Room thermostat closed(heat requirement)
ndash Notadjustable
d09 Heating flow set targettemperature that is seton the eBUS room ther-mostat
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d10 Status of the internalpump in the heating cir-cuit
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d11 Status of the heatingcircuits shunt pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d13 Status of the hot watercircuits circulation pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d14 Operating mode of themodulating pump
0 5 ndash 0 = variable rotational speed(auto)
1 2 3 4 5 = Fixed rotationalspeeds rarr Section Setting thepump output
0 Adjustable
d15 Pump speed Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d16 Status of the 24 V roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Heating off
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d17 Heating control ndash ndash ndash off = Flow temperature
on = Return temperature (ad-justment for underfloor heatingIf you have activated the returntemperature control the auto-matic heating output determina-tion function is not active)
0 Adjustable
d18 Pump overrun operatingmode
1 3 ndash 1 = Continuous (pump runs per-manently)
3 = Eco (intermittent pump modendash for the dissipation of the resid-ual heat after hot water gener-ation at an extremely low heatdemand)
1 Adjustable
d19 Pump operating mode 2stage pump
0 3 ndash 0 = Burner mode stage 2 pumpflowoverrun stage 1
1 = Heating mode and pumpflowoverrun stage 1 hot waterhandling mode stage 2
2 = Automatic heating modepump flowoverrun stage 1 hotwater handling mode stage 2
3 = Stage 2
3 Adjustable
d20 Maximum hot water settarget temperature
50 60 1 60 Adjustable
d21 Status of the warm startfor hot water
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated andavailable
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 31
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d22 Status of the hot waterrequest
Current value ndash off = No current requirement
on = Current requirement
ndash Notadjustable
d23 Status of the heatingdemand
Current value ndash off = Heating off (Summer mode)
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d24 Status of the pressuremonitor
0 1 ndash off = Not switched
on = Switched
ndash Notadjustable
d25 Status of the requirementto reheat the cylinder orfor the hot water warmstart from the eBUS ther-mostat
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
ndash Notadjustable
d27 Function of relay 1(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
1 Adjustable
d28 Function of relay 2(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
2 Adjustable
d31 Automatic filling device 0 2 ndash 0 = Manual
1 = Semi-automatic
2 = Automatic
0 Adjustable
d33 Fan speed target value Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d34 Value for the fan speed Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d35 Position of the divertervalve
Current value ndash 0 = Heating
40 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
100 = Domestic hot water
ndash Notadjustable
d36 Value for the hot waterflow
Current value lmin ndash ndash Notadjustable
d39 Water temperature in thesolar circuit
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d40 Heating flow temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d41 Heating return temperat-ure
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d43 Heating curve 02 4 ndash 01 12 Adjustable
d45 Value for the base pointof the heating curve
15 30 ndash 1 20 Adjustable
d47 Outside temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d50 Correction of the min-imum fan speed
0 3000 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
600 Adjustable
Appendix
32 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d51 Correction of the max-imum fan speed
-2500 0 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
-1000 Adjustable
d58 Solar circuit reheating 0 3 ndash 0 = Boilers Legionella protectionfunction deactivated
3 = Hot water activated (mintarget value 60 degC)
0 Adjustable
d60 Number of blocks by thetemperature limiter
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d61 Number of unsuccessfulignitions
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d62 Night set-back 0 30 ndash 1 0 Adjustable
d64 Average burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d65 Maximum burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d66 Activation of the warmstart function for hot wa-ter
ndash ndash ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
1 Adjustable
d67 Remaining burner anti-cycling time (setting un-der d02)
Current value min ndash ndash Notadjustable
d68 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 1st attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d69 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 2nd attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d70 Operation of the divertervalve
0 2 ndash 0 = Normal operating mode(DHW and heating mode)
1 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
2 = Permanent heating modeposition
0 Adjustable
d71 Maximum heating flowset target temperature
45 80 1 rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d73 Correction of the hot wa-ter warm start temperat-ure
-15 5 K 1 0 Adjustable
d75 Maximum cylinder re-heating time
20 90 min 1 45 Adjustable
d77 Max cylinder reheating ndash ndash kW 1
rarr Section Technical data
ndash Adjustable
d80 Running time in heatingmode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d81 Running time in hot wa-ter handling mode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d82 Number of burner igni-tions in heating mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d83 Number of burner igni-tions in hot water hand-ling mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d84 Maintenance in 0 3000 h Number of hours = Display valuex 10
300 Notadjustable
d85 Increase in the min out-put (heating and hot wa-ter handling mode)
ndash ndash kW 1 ndash Adjustable
d88 Flow rate limit valuefor ignition in hot waterhandling mode
0 1 ndash 0 = 17 lmin (no delay)
1 = 37 lmin (2 s delay)
0 Adjustable
d90 Status of the eBUS roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Not connected
on = Connected
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 33
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d91 Status DCF77 Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d93 Setting the product code 0 99 ndash 1
The Device Specific Number(DSN) can be found on the iden-tification plate
ndash Adjustable
d94 Delete fault list 0 1 ndash off = No
on = Yes
ndash Adjustable
d95 Software versions ndash ndash ndash 1 = Main PCB
2 = Interface PCB
ndash Adjustable
d96 Default setting (reset) ndash ndash ndash 0 = No
1 = Yes
ndash Adjustable
C Status codes ndash Overview
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Status code Meaning
Displays in heating mode
S0 Heating mode No requirement
S01 Heating mode Advance fan operation
S02 Heating mode Pump pre-run
S03 Heating mode Burner ignition
S04 Heating mode Burner on
S05 Heating mode Pumpfan overrun
S06 Heating mode Fan overrun
S07 Heating mode Pump overrun
S08 Heating mode Temporary shutdown after heating procedure
Displays in hot water handling mode
S10 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S11 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S13 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S14 DHW mode Burner on
S15 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S16 DHW mode Fan overrun
S17 DHW mode Pump overrun
Display in Comfort mode with warm start or hot water handling mode with cylinder
S20 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S21 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S22 Hot water handling mode Pump pre-run
S23 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S24 DHW mode Burner on
S25 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S26 DHW mode Fan overrun
S27 DHW mode Pump overrun
S28 Hot water handling mode Temporary shutdown of the burner
Other displays
S30 Room thermostat is blocking heating mode
S31 No heating demand Summer mode eBUS controller waiting period
Appendix
34 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Status code Meaning
S32 Fan waiting time Fan speed outside of the tolerance values
S33 Forced fan operation until the pressure monitor is switched
S34 Frost protection active
S39 Underfloor heating contact open
S41 Water pressure too high
S42 Flue non-return flap closed
S46 Frost protection mode (Comfort) Minimum load
S53 Product in waiting periodoperation block function due to low water pressure (flowreturn spread too large)
S54 Waiting period Low water pressure in the circuit (flowreturn spread too large)
S76 Maintenance message Check the water pressure
S88 Product purging active
S91 Maintenance Demo mode
S96 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S97 Automatic test programme Water pressure sensor heating demands blocked
S98 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S99 Internal automatic test programmes
S108 Purging the combustion chamber fan in operation
S109 Products standby mode activated
D Overview of fault codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F00 Fault Flow temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F01 Fault Return temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F10 Short circuit Flow temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F11 Short circuit Return temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F12 andF91
Short circuit Cylinder temperaturesensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F13 Short circuit Domestic hot water cylindertemperature sensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F20 Safety switch-off Overheating temperat-ure reached
Incorrect earth connection between cable harness and product flow or returnNTC defective (loose connection) stray spark via ignition cable ignition plugor ignition electrode
F22 Safety switch-off Low water pressure inthe boiler
No or insufficient water in the product water pressure sensor de-fective cable to the pump or to the water pressure sensor loosenotconnecteddefective
F23 Safety switch-off Temperature differencetoo great (NTC1NTC2)
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product flow and return NTCsensors connected the wrong way round
F24 Safety switch-off Temperature rise toofast
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product system pressure toolow non-return valve blockedincorrectly installed
F25 Safety switch-off Flue gas temperaturetoo high
Break in plug connection for optional flue gas safety cut-out (STB) break incable harness
F27 Safety switch-off Fault in flame detection Moisture on the electronics electronics (flame monitor) defective gas solen-oid valve leaking
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 35
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F28 Fault Ignition unsuccessful when startingup
Gas meter defective or gas pressure monitor has triggered air in gas gasflow pressure too low thermal isolator device (TAE) has triggered incorrectgas restrictor incorrect spare gas valve fault on the gas valve multiple plugon PCB incorrectly plugged in break in cable harness ignition system (ig-nition transformer ignition cable ignition plug ignition electrode) defectiveionisation current interrupted (cable electrode) incorrect earthing of productelectronics defective
F29 Fault Flame loss Gas supply temporarily stopped flue gas recirculation incorrect earthing ofproduct ignition transformer has spark failure
F32 Fan frost protection function active Fanspeed outside the tolerance values
Plug on fan not correctly plugged in multiple plug on PCB not correctlyplugged in break in cable harness fan blocked Hall sensor defective elec-tronics defective
F49 eBUS fault Voltage too low Short circuit on eBUS eBUS overload or two power supplies with differentpolarities on the eBUS
F61 Fault Gas valve control system Short circuitshort to earth in cable harness for the gas valve gas valvedefective (coils shorted to earth) electronics defective
F62 Fault Gas valve switch-off control Delayed switch-off of gas valve delayed extinguishing of flame signal gasvalve leaking electronics defective
F63 Fault EEPROM Electronics defective
F64 Fault Electronicssensoranalogue-to-digital converter
Flow or return NTC short circuited electronics defective
F65 Fault Electronics temperature too high Electronics overheating due to external influences electronics defective
F67 Value sent back by ASIC is incorrect(flame signal)
Implausible flame signal electronics defective
F68 Fault Unstable flame (analogue input) Air in gas gas flow pressure too low incorrect air ratio incorrect gas re-strictor ionisation flow interruption (cable electrode)
F70 Invalid product code (DSN) Display and PCB replaced at same time and Device Specific Number notreset wrong or missing output range coding resistance
F71 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Flow temperature sensor signalling constant value Flow temperature sensorincorrectly positioned on supply pipe flow temperature sensor defective
F72 Fault Deviation in the water pressuresensorreturn temperature sensor
Flowreturn NTC temperature difference too great rarr flow andor return tem-perature sensor defective
F73 Fault Water pressure sensor not con-nected or has short-circuited
Interruptionshort circuit of water pressure sensor interruptionshort circuitto GND in supply line to water pressure sensor or water pressure sensordefective
F74 Fault Electrical problem in the waterpressure sensor
Line to water pressure sensor has a short circuit to 5 V24 V or internal faultin the water pressure sensor
F75 Fault Pressure sensor Pressure switch defective
F76 The safety cut-out in the primary heatexchanger is defective
Safety cut-out feedback does not match the gas valve feedback
F77 Fault Condensate or smoke No response flue non-return flap defective
F78 Interruption to DHW outlet sensor atexternal controller
UK link box is connected but hot water NTC not bridged
F83 Fault Dry fire When the burner starts the temperature change registered at the flow orreturn temperature sensor is non-existent or too small Insufficient waterin the product the flow or return temperature sensor is not in the correctposition on the pipe
F84 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Values not consistent difference lt -6 K
Flow and return temperature sensors signalling implausible values Flow andreturn temperature sensors have been inverted flow and return temperaturesensors have not been correctly installed
F85 Fault Temperature sensor The flow andor return temperature sensors have been installed on the samepipeincorrect pipe
Temperature sensor not connected or is connected incorrectly
F86 Fault Underfloor heating contact Underfloor heating contact open sensor disconnected or defective
F87 Fault Electrodes Electrodes not connected or they are connected incorrectly short circuit inthe cable harness
F88 Fault Gas valve Gas valve not connected or it is connected incorrectly short circuit in thecable harness
F89 Fault Pump Pump not connected or it is connected incorrectly incorrect pump connec-ted short circuit in the cable harness
Appendix
36 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
Connection No communication between the PCBand the user interface
Electronics defective
E Wiring diagram Pure boiler
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
X21 41
32
eBUS
RT 24V
Burner off
X106
13
41
3
123
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~2
6
7
9
8
1
3
4
5
11
10
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Temperature sensor on the heating flow
4 Temperature sensor on the heating return
5 Fan
6 Gas valve assembly
7 Pressure sensor
8 External ignition transformer
9 Heating pump
10 Ionisation and ignition electrode
11 Main power supply and connection for 230 V control
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 37
F Connection diagram Pure boiler (30 kW)
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
X21LN
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
13
41
3
123
eBUS
Burner off
X106
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~
X12LN
2
7
8
109
1
43
5
6
12 11
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Control system
4 Temperature sensor in the heating flow
5 Temperature sensor in the heating return
6 Fan
7 Gas valve
8 Pressure sensor
9 Ionisation electrode
10 Heating pump
11 Ignition electrode
12 Main power supply
Appendix
38 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
G Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview
The table below lists the manufacturer requirements with respect to minimum inspection and maintenance intervals If na-tional regulations and directives require shorter inspection and maintenance intervals you should observe these instead ofthe intervals listed in the table
No WorkInspection(annual)
Mainten-ance
(must becarried outat regularintervals)
1Check the airflue pipe for leak-tightness and to ensure that it is fastened correctly Make surethat it is not blocked or damaged and has been installed in accordance with the relevant Installa-tion Manual
X X
2Check the general condition of the product Remove dirt from the product and from the vacuumchamber
X X
3Visually inspect the general condition of the heat exchanger In doing so pay particular attentionto signs of corrosion rust and other defects If you notice any damage carry out maintenancework
X X
4Check the gas connection pressure at maximum heat input If the gas connection pressure is notwithin the correct range carry out maintenance work
X X
5Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product and if necessary adjust it Keep a record ofthis
X X
6Disconnect the product from the power mains Check that the electrical plug connections andother connections are seated correctly and correct these if necessary
X X
7 Close the gas isolator cock and the service valves X X
8Drain the product on the water side Check the pre-charge pressure of the expansion vesseland if required top up the expansion vessel (approx 003 MPa03 bar below the system fillingpressure)
X
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit X
10Check the seals in the combustion area If you see any damage replace the seals Replace bothburner seals each time it is opened and accordingly each time maintenance work is carried out
X
11 Clean the heat exchanger X
12 Check the burner for damage and replace it if necessary X
13 Check the condensate siphon in the product clean and fill if necessary X X
14 Install the gas-air mixture unit Caution Replace the seals X
15 Open the gas isolator cock reconnect the product to the power mains and switch the product on X X
16Open the service valves fill the productheating installation to 005-03 MPa05-30 bar (depend-ing on the static height of the heating installation) and start the purging programme PXX
X
17Carry out a test operation of the product and heating installation and if required purge the sys-tem once more
X X
18 Visually inspect the ignition and burner behaviour X X
19 Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product again X
20 Check the product for gas flue gas water and condensate leaks and repair if necessary X X
21 Record the inspectionmaintenance work carried out X X
Note For those appliances which are not part of an annual service agreementpolicy maintenance must be carried out at least every5 years
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 39
H Position of the opening in the airflue pipe
GN
N
MM
A
II
O
H
H
CBLJ
Q Q
Q
Q
Q
K
P
D E
FI
S
R
T
H1 Positioning of the opening of a fan-supported flue gas pipe
Installation siteMinimum dimen-sions
A Directly below an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
B Above an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
C Horizontally to an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
DBelow temperature-sensitive building components eg plastic gutters down pipes or wastewaterpipes
75 mm
E Below eaves 200 mm
F Below balconies or car port roofs 200 mm
G From vertical wastewater pipes or down pipes 150 mm
H From external or internal corners 200 mm
I Above floors roofs or balconies 300 mm
J From a surface facing a terminal 600 mm
K From a terminal facing a terminal 1200 mm
L From an opening in the car port (eg door window) which leads into the dwelling 1200 mm
M Vertical from a terminal on the same wall 1500 mm
N Horizontal from a terminal on the same wall 300 mm
O From the wall on which the terminal has been installed 0 mm
P From a vertical structure on the roof 300 mm
Q Above the roof area 300 mm
R Horizontal from adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
S Above adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
T Below adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 2000 mm
Appendix
40 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
H2 Horizontal terminal positioning
BS 5440-1 recommends that fanned flue chimney terminals should be positioned as follows
a) at least 2 m from an opening in the building directly opposite and
b) so that the products of combustion are not directed to discharge directly across a boundary if the products are likely tocause a nuisance to a neighbour or discharge over a walkway or patio
For IE see current issue of IS 813
For boilers covered within this manual
1) Dimensions D E F and G
These clearances may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler In order to ensure that the con-densate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces the terminal should be extended as shown below
Balconyeaves
Gutter
Adequately secured airflue gas pipe
The flue pipe mustprotrude beyond any overhang
2) Dimension H
This clearance may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler However in order to ensure thatthe condensate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces a clearance of 300 mm is preferred
For 1 and 2 above you can use a flue gas management kit to enable the termination point to be positioned and directed awayfrom the building fabric
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 41
I Commissioning Checklist
copy Heating and Hotwater Industry Council (HHIC)
wwwcentralheatingcouk
Benchmark Commissioning and Servicing SectionIt is a requirement that the boiler is installed and commissioned to the
completed in full
Appendix
42 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
This Commissioning Checklist is to be completed in full by the competent person who commissioned the boiler as a means of demonstrating compliance with the appropriate Building Regulations and then handed to the customer to keep for future reference
GAS BOILER SYSTEM COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST
CONTROLS
Optimum start control
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
ALL SYSTEMS
Yes
Yes
CENTRAL HEATING MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
COMBINATION BOILERS ONLY
Yes
Yes
DOMESTIC HOT WATER MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
Yes Temperature
CONDENSING BOILERS ONLY
Yes
ALL INSTALLATIONS
AND sup2 Ratio
AND sup2 Ratio
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 43
It is recommended that your heating system is serviced regularly and that the appropriate Service Interval Record is completed
Service Provider
SERVICE RECORD
SERVICE 01
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 02
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 03
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 04
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 05
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 06
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 07
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 08
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 09
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 10
AND sup2 AND sup2
Appendix
44 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
PRIOR TO CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO CHECKThe boiler manufacturerrsquos installation instructions should have been followed gas type verified and gas
supply pressurerate checked as required prior to commissioningAs part of the installation process especially where a flue has been fitted by persons other than the boiler installer visually check the integrity of the whole flue system to confirm that all components are correctly assembled fixed and supported Check that manufacturerrsquos max flue lengths have not been
exceeded and all guidance has been followed (eg Gas Safe Technical Bulletin TB008)The flue gas analyser should be of the correct type as specified by BS 7967
Prior to its use the flue gas analyser should have been maintained and calibrated as specified by the manufacturer The installer must have the relevant competence for use of the analyser
Check and zero the analyser IN FRESH AIR as per analyser manufacturerrsquos instructions
NOTETHE AIR GAS RATIO VALVE IS FACTORY
SET AND MUST NOT BE ADJUSTED DURING COMMISSIONING UNLESS THIS ACTION IS RECOMMENDED FOLLOWING CONTACT WITH THE MANUFACTURER
If any such adjustment is recommended and further checking of the boiler is required the
installerservice engineer must be competent to carry out this work and to use the flue gas
analyser accordinglyIf the boiler requires conversion to operate with
a different gas family (eg conversion from natural gas to LPG) separate guidance will be
provided by the boiler manufacturer
CARRY OUT FLUE INTEGRITY CHECK USING ANALYSERInsert analyser probe into air inlet test point and allow readings to stabiliseNOTE - where no air inlet test point is provided then a flue integrity check
with the analyser is not possible The installer should verify that flue integrity has been visually checked in accordance with the ldquoPrior to
CO and combustion ratio checkrdquo box above before proceeding to the ldquoCheck CO and combustion ratio at maximum raterdquo stage below
SET BOILER TO MINIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at minimum rate (to
minimum load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - If manufacturerrsquos instructions do not specify how to set boiler to minimum
rate contact Technical Helpline for advice
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MINIMUM RATEWith boiler still set at minimum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas sampling
point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is not
specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MAX RATEWith boiler still set at maximum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas
sampling point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is
not specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
SET BOILER TO MAXIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at max rate
(full load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - Do not insert analyser probe during this period to avoid
possible ldquofloodingrdquo of sensor
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
BOILER IS OPERATING SATISFACTORILYno further actions required
Ensure test points are capped boiler case is correctly replaced and all other commissioning procedures are completed
Complete Benchmark Checklist recording CO and combustion ratio readings as required
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED
VERIFY FLUE INTEGRITYAnalyser readings indicate that combustion products and inlet air must be mixing Further investigation of
the flue is therefore requiredCheck that flue components are assembled fixed and supported as per boilerflue manufacturerrsquos
instructionsCheck that flue and flue terminal are not obstructed
IsCO less than
335ppmand
COCO2 ratio less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
Check all seals around the appliance burner internal flue seals door and case seals
Rectify where necessary
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED IF
COMMISSIONING CANNOT BE FULLY COMPLETED THE APPLIANCE MUST BE
DISCONNECTED FROM THE GAS SUPPLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GSIUR
NOTE Check and record CO and combustion ratio at both max and min rate before contacting the
manufacturer
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YESYES
YES
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 45
J Pipe lengths for the airflue pipe
J1 Length of the C13 type airflue pipe
Applicability C13 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C13 type airfluepipe
C13 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J2 Length of the C33 type airflue pipe
Applicability C33 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C33 type airfluepipe
C33 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J3 Length of the C43 type airflue pipe
Applicability C43 type airflue pipe
Diameter of theairflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L)
C43 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
Appendix
46 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
K Technical data
Technical data ndash Heating
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 530 lh 655 lh 788 lh 1094 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 353 lh 436 lh 525 lh 729 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
123 lh 153 lh 184 lh 255 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 1102 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 876 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
306 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
Technical data ndash G20 powerloading G20The lowest nominal heat output may be higher than the value in the technical data depending on the design of the systemand the current operating status
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 12 kW 15 kW 18 kW 25 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
48 hellip 130 kW 48 hellip 162 kW 53 hellip 195 kW 65 hellip 270 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
47 hellip 128 kW 47 hellip 159 kW 52 hellip 191 kW 64 hellip 265 kW
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
45 hellip 123 kW 45 hellip 152 kW 50 hellip 183 kW 61 hellip 254 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
44 hellip 150 kW 44 hellip 180 kW 49 hellip 252 kW 60 hellip 300 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
123 kW 153 kW 184 kW 255 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
153 kW 184 kW 257 kW 306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 30 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
76 hellip 324 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
75 hellip 318 kW
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 47
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
72 hellip 305 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
71 hellip 350 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
72 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
357 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
72 kW
Technical data ndash General
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch 34 inch 34 inch 34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h 32 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
13 msup3h 16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0476 msup3h 0480 msup3h 0533 msup3h 0648 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
206 gs 208 gs 231 gs 281 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
55 gs 69 gs 83 gs 115 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
69 gs 83 gs 116 gs 138 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
55 55 60 77
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
55 55 55 55
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
43 48 51 62
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
32 32 34 35
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
71 71 69 68
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
105 105 105 95
Released system types C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996 996 996 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040 1040 1040 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060 1060 1060 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085 1085 1085 1085
NOx class 5 5 5 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm
Appendix
48 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Net weight 31 kg 31 kg 31 kg 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 35 kg 35 kg 35 kg 36 kg
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
38 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
32 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0762 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
330 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
138 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
161 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
82
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
37
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
75
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
104
Released system types C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085
NOx class 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm
Net weight 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 36 kg
Technical data ndash Electrics
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 49
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max electrical power consump-tion
65 W 75 W 66 W 75 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W
Level of protection IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V
Max electrical power consump-tion
60 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W
Level of protection IPX4D
Index
50 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Index
AAirflue pipe installed 5BBurner anti-cycling time 20Bypass valve 22CCE label 8Check programmes 29
Using 15Checking the burner 25Checking the pre-charge pressure of the expansionvessel 25Cleaning the condensate siphon 25Cleaning the heat exchanger 24CO₂ content
Checking 20 23Competent person 4Completing inspection work 25Completing maintenance work 25Condensate discharge pipe 12Condensate siphon
Filling 18Controller 14Corrosion 5DDecommissioning 28Decommissioning the product 28Diagnostics codes
Using 15Documents 7Draining the product 25EElectricity 5Expansion relief valve 28FFault codes 26Fault memory 26Fault messages 26Fault symbol 15Flow rate-pressure curves 21Flue gas route 5Front casing closed 5Frost 5GGas family check 16Gas flow rate 18HHanding over to the end user 22High-efficiency pump 21High-efficiency pump output 21IIdentification plate 7If you smell flue gas 5If you smell gas 4Inspection work 22 38Installation site 5Intended use 4LLeak-tightness 20 25 28
MMains connection 14Maintenance work 22 38Minimum clearance 9PPower supply 14Preparing the repair work 26Preparing repair work 26Pressure sensor 28Pump head 27QQualification 4RRegulations 6Removing the air intake pipe 24Removing the burner 24Removing the flue gas pipe 24Removing the front casing 10Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24Removing the ignition transformer 24Removing the side section 10Replacing the burner 26Replacing the expansion vessel 27Replacing the heat exchanger 26Replacing the main PCB 28Replacing expansion vessel 27Resetting the burner anti-cycling time 21SSafety device 5Schematic drawing 5Setting the burner anti-cycling time 20Spare parts 23Switching on the product 17TTool 6Transport 5Transporting 8Treating the heating water 16UUnloading the box 8Unpacking the product 8User interface replacing the PCB 28Using
Check programmes 15Diagnostics codes 15
VVoltage 5WWall-mounting the product 9Weight 9
0020200964_04
ManufacturerSupplierVaillant Group UK LTD
Nottingham Road ‒ Belper ‒ Derbyshire DE56 1JQ
Telephone 01773 824639 ‒ Technical helpline 0330 100 7679
After sales service 0330 100 3142
wwwglow-wormcouk
0020200964_04 ‒ 16112017
copy These instructions or parts thereof are protected by copyright and may be repro-duced or distributed only with the manufacturers written consent
We reserve the right to make technical changes
1 Safety
4 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
1 Safety
11 Action-related warnings
Classification of action-related warningsThe action-related warnings are classified inaccordance with the severity of the possibledanger using the following warning signs andsignal words
Warning symbols and signal wordsDangerImminent danger to life or risk ofsevere personal injury
DangerRisk of death from electric shock
WarningRisk of minor personal injury
CautionRisk of material or environmentaldamage
12 Risk caused by inadequatequalifications
ndash Set-upndash Dismantlingndash Installationndash Start-upndash Inspection and maintenancendash Repairndash Decommissioning
Observe all instructions that are includedwith the product
Proceed in accordance with current tech-nology
Observe all applicable directives stand-ards laws and other regulations
13 Intended use
There is a risk of injury or death to the user orothers or of damage to the product and otherproperty in the event of improper use or usefor which it is not intended
The product is intended as a heat generatorfor closed heating installations and for hotwater generation
Depending on the unit type the productsreferred to in these instructions must only beinstalled and operated in conjunction with the
airflue pipe accessories listed in the otherapplicable documents
Intended use includes the following
ndash observance of accompanying operatinginstallation and servicing instructions forthe product and any other system compon-ents
ndash installing and fitting the product in accord-ance with the product and system approval
ndash compliance with all inspection and main-tenance conditions listed in the instruc-tions
Intended use also covers installation in ac-cordance with the IP code
Any other use that is not specified in these in-structions or use beyond that specified in thisdocument shall be considered improper useAny direct use in industrial or commercialprocesses is also deemed to be improper
Caution
Improper use of any kind is prohibited
14 General safety information
141 Risk of death from escaping gas
What to do if you smell gas in the building
Avoid rooms that smell of gas If possible open doors and windows fully
and ensure adequate ventilation Do not use naked flames (eg lighters
matches) Do not smoke Do not use any electrical switches mains
plugs doorbells telephones or other com-munication systems in the building
If it is safe to do so close the emergencycontrol valve or the main isolator
If possible close the gas isolator cock onthe product
Warn other occupants in the building byyelling or banging on doors or walls
Leave the building immediately and ensurethat others do not enter the building
Notify the gas supply company or the Na-tional Grid +44 (0) 800 111999 by tele-phone once you are outside of the build-ing
Safety 1
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 5
142 Risk of death from escaping fluegas
If you operate the product with an empty con-densate trap siphon then flue gas may es-cape into the room air
In order to operate the product ensure thatthe condensate trap siphon is always full
143 Risk of death due to blocked orleaking flue gas routes
Installation errors damage tampering unau-thorised installation sites or similar can causeflue gas to escape and result in a risk of pois-oning
What to do if you smell flue gas in the prop-erty
Open all accessible doors and windowsfully to provide ventilation
Switch off the product Check the flue gas routes in the product
and the flue gas diversions
144 Risk of death due to explosive andflammable materials
Do not use the product in storage roomsthat contain explosive or flammable sub-stances (such as petrol paper or paint)
145 Risk of death from electric shock
There is a risk of death from electric shock ifyou touch live components
Before commencing work on the product
Unplug the mains plug Or disconnect the product from the power
supply by switching off all power supplies(electrical partition with a contact gap of atleast 3 mm eg fuse or circuit breaker)
Secure against being switched back onagain
Wait for at least 3 minutes until the capa-citors have discharged
Check that there is no voltage
146 Risk of death due to lack of safetydevices
The schematic drawings included in this doc-ument do not show all safety devices re-quired for correct installation
Install the necessary safety devices in thesystem
Observe the applicable national and inter-national laws standards and guidelines
147 Risk of poisoning and burns causedby escaping hot flue gases
Only operate the product if the airflue pipehas been completely installed
With the exception of short periods fortesting purposes only operate the productwhen the front casing is installed andclosed
148 Risk of being burned or scalded byhot components
Only carry out work on these componentsonce they have cooled down
149 Risk of injury due to the heavyweight of the product
Make sure that the product is transportedby at least two people
1410 Risk of corrosion damage due tounsuitable combustion and roomair
Sprays solvents chlorinated cleaningagents paint adhesives ammonia com-pounds dust or similar substances may leadto corrosion on the product and in the fluesystem
Ensure that the supply of combustion air isalways free of fluorine chlorine sulphurdust etc
Ensure that no chemical substances arestored at the installation site
If you are installing the product inhairdressing salons painters or joinersworkshops cleaning businesses or similarlocations choose a separate installationroom in which the room air is technicallyfree of chemical substances
1411 Risk of material damage caused byfrost
Do not install the product in rooms proneto frost
1 Safety
6 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
1412 Risk of material damage caused byusing an unsuitable tool
Use the correct tool to tighten or loosenthreaded connections
15 Regulations (directives lawsstandards)
Observe the national regulations stand-ards guidelines and laws
Notes on the documentation 2
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 7
2 Notes on the documentation
21 Observing other applicable documents
You must observe all the operating and installation in-structions included with the system components
22 Storing documents
Pass these instructions and all other applicable docu-ments on to the system operator
23 Validity of the instructions
These instructions apply only to
Product article number
Article number Gas CouncilNumber
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
0010015655 41-019-16
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
0010015656 41-019-17
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
0010015657 41-019-18
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
0010015658 41-019-19
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
0010015659 41-019-20
24 Benchmark
Glow-worm is a licensed member of the BenchmarkScheme
Benchmark places responsibilities on both manufacturersand installers The purpose is to ensure that customers areprovided with the correct equipment for their needs that it isinstalled commissioned and serviced in accordance with themanufacturerrsquos instructions by a competent person approvedat the time by the Health and Safety Executive and that itmeets the requirements of the appropriate Building Regu-lations The Benchmark Checklist can be used to demon-strate compliance with Building Regulations and should beprovided to the customer for future reference
Installers are required to carry out installation commission-ing and servicing work in accordance with the BenchmarkCode of Practice which is available from the Heating andHotwater Industry Council who manage and promote theScheme
Benchmark is managed and promoted by the Heating andHotwater Industry Council
For more information visit wwwcentralheatingcouk
3 Product description
31 Compartment Ventilation
The boilers are very high efficiency appliances
As a consequence the heat loss from the appliance casingduring operation is very low
Compartment ventilation is not required as the products areonly certified and can only be fitted with a concentric fluesystem
32 Information on the identification plate
The identification plate is mounted on the underside of theproduct in the factory
The identification plate keeps record of the country in whichthe product is to be installed
Information on theidentification plate
Meaning
Barcode with serial number
Serial number For quality control purposes 3rd and 4thdigits = year of production
For quality control purposes 5th and 6thdigits = week of production
For identification purposes 7th to 16thdigits = product article number
For quality control purposes 17th to 20thdigits = place of manufacture
ENERGY s Product description
2H G20 ndash 20 kPa(20 mbar)
Factory setting for type of gas and gasconnection pressure
Cat Unit category
Condensing techno-logy
Efficiency class of the boiler in accord-ance with EC Directive 9242EEC
Type Xx3(x) Permissible flue gas connections
PMS Maximum water pressure in heatingmode
PMW Maximum water pressure in hot waterhandling mode
VHz Electric connection
W Max electrical power consumption
IP Level of protection
Heating mode
Pn Nominal heat output range in heatingmode
Pnc Nominal heat output range in heatingmode (condensing technology)
P Nominal heat output range in hot waterhandling mode
Qn Nominal heating load range in heatingmode
Qnw Nominal heating load range in hot waterhandling mode
Tmax Max flow temperature
NOx NOx class for the product
Code (DSN) Specific product code
Read the instructions
4 Set-up
8 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Information on theidentification plate
Meaning
GC no Gas council number
33 Functional elements Pure boiler
14
1110
9
7
8
6
4
5
3
2
1
1617
13
15
12
1 Electronics box
2 Heating circuit expan-sion relief valve
3 Condensate siphon
4 Flue gas pipe
5 Pressure sensor
6 Flue gas analysis point(for rear flue gas con-nection)
7 Ignition transformer
8 Gas valve
9 Air intake pipe
10 Fan
11 Supply air measuringstub pipe (for upper fluegas connection)
12 Flue gas analysis point(for upper flue gasconnection)
13 Primary heat exchanger
14 Heating expansionvessel
15 Purge hose
16 Heating pump
17 Bypass
34 CE label
ensp
The CE label shows that the products comply with the basicrequirements of the applicable directives as stated on theidentification plate
The declaration of conformity can be viewed at the manufac-turers site
4 Set-up
41 Transporting the unit
Important With regard to the regulations of 1992 concern-ing the manual handling of loads the unit exceeds theweight that can be lifted by a single person
411 General
Hold the load as close as possible to your body Avoidrotational movements Instead reposition your feet
If the unit is being lifted by two persons ensure yourmovements are coordinated during lifting
Avoid bending your upper body ndash do not lean forwards orto the side
Wear suitable non-slip protective gloves in order to pro-tect your hands against sharp edges Ensure that you arecarrying the load securely
If required get somebody to assist you in this
412 Unloading the box from the delivery van
It is recommended that two people lift the unit together
Lift the box using the straps provided
Use safe lifting techniques ndash keep your back straight andbend your legs at the knee
Hold the load as close as possible to your body
If the unit is being lifted by two persons ensure yourmovements are coordinated during lifting
If required get somebody to assist you in this
42 Unpacking the product
1 Remove the product from its box
2 Remove the protective film from all of the productscomponents
43 Checking the scope of delivery
Check that the scope of delivery is complete and intact
Number Designation
1 Heat generator
1 Unit mounting bracket
1 Flexible condensate discharge pipe
4 34 seals
3 12 seals
2 Service valve
1 Gas stopcock
2 Connection pipe (heating flow and return)
Set-up 4
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 9
Number Designation
1 Gas pipe
1 Expansion relief valve discharge pipe
1 Mounting template
1 Enclosed documentation
44 Dimensions
96121
34
123185
390
123
170
702
150
1 2 3
5
4
1 Heating flow
2 Gas connection
3 Heating return
4 Connection on the backof the airflue pipe
5 Connection on the topof the airflue pipe
45 Minimum clearances
CC
AB
D
Minimum clearance
A 150 mm (top airflue gas connection)
20 mm (airflue gas connection on the rear)
B 150 mm
C 5 mm
(70 mm if the side panels ought to be removed)
D 600 mm
It is not necessary to maintain a clearance between theproduct and components made of combustible materials thatgo beyond the minimum clearances
46 Using the mounting template
Use the mounting template to ascertain the locations atwhich you need to drill holes
47 Wall-mounting the product
Note
If you are using the rear airflue gas connectioninstall the airflue pipe before you wall-mount theproduct
1 Check whether the wall has sufficient load-bearing ca-pacity to bear the operational weight of the product
2 Check if the supplied fixing material may be used forthe wall
Conditions The load-bearing capacity of the wall is sufficient The fixingmaterial may be used for the wall
Wall-mount the product as described
4 Set-up
10 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Conditions The load-bearing capacity of the wall is not sufficient
Ensure that wall-mounting apparatus on-site has a suf-ficient load-bearing capacity Use individual stands orprimary walling for example
Do not wall-mount the product if you cannot providewall-mounting apparatus with a sufficient load-bearingcapacity
Conditions The fixing material may not be used for the wall
Wall-mount the product as described using the permittedfixing material provided on-site
48 Removinginstalling the front casing
481 Removing the front casing
B
C
A
1
1
1 Undo the two screws (1)
2 Gently press the front casing backwards in the centreso that the latching lug is released
3 Pull the front casing forwards at the bottom edge
4 Lift the front casing upwards from the bracket
482 Installing the front casing
Refit the components in the reverse order
49 Removinginstalling the side section
491 Removing the side section
CautionRisk of material damage caused by mech-anical deformation
Removing both side sections may causemechanical distortion in the product whichmay cause damage to the piping for ex-ample and potentially result in leaks
Always remove only one side section ndashnever both side sections at the same time
Note
If there is sufficient lateral clearance (at least70 mm) you can remove the side section to fa-cilitate maintenance or repair work
2x 1
A
B
C
D
1 Tilt the electronics box forward
2 Hold on to the side section so that it cannot fall andunscrew both screws (1) one from the top and onefrom the bottom
3 Tilt the side section to the outside and move it down-wards and out
492 Installing the side section
Refit the components in the reverse order
Installation 5
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 11
5 Installation
DangerRisk of scalding andor damage due toincorrect installation leading to escapingwater
Mechanical stresses in the connection pipesmay lead to leaks
Ensure that there is no mechanical stresswhen installing the connection pipes
CautionRisk of material damage caused byresidues in the pipelines
Welding remnants sealing residues dirt orother residues in the pipelines may damagethe product
Flush the heating installation thoroughlybefore installing the product
51 Checking the gas meter
Make sure that the existing gas meter is capable ofpassing the rate of gas supply required
52 Gas and water connections
CautionRisk of damage caused by incorrect gasconnection installation
Excess test pressure or operating pressuremay cause damage to the gas valve
Check the leak-tightness of the gas valveusing a maximum pressure of 11 kPa(110 mbar)
CautionRisk of material damage caused by corro-sion
Due to non-diffusion-tight plastic pipes in theheating installation air gets into the heatingwater Air in the heating water causes corro-sion in the heat generator circuit and in theproduct
If you use non-diffusion-tight plastic pipesin the heating installation ensure that noair gets into the heat generator circuit
CautionRisk of material damage due to heat trans-fer during soldering
Only solder connectors if the connectorsare not yet screwed to the service valves
Note
Apply heat insulation to the water pipes to theboiler outlet and to the installation
Preliminary work1 Check that the system volume and the volumetric capa-
city of the expansion vessel are compatible
If the volume of the expansion vessel is insufficientfor the installation
Install an additional expansion vessel in theheating return as close to the product as pos-sible
Install a non-return valve at the products outlet(heating flow)
2 Ensure that the installation has the following compon-ents
ndash A cold water stopcock for the unit
ndash A gas stopcock for the unit
ndash A filling and draining device in the heating installa-tion
1
2
3
1 Heating flow connec-tion G34
2 Gas connection G12
3 Heating return connec-tion G34
1 Connect the water and gas connections in accordancewith the applicable standards
2 Purge the gas pipe before start-up
3 Check whether the connections (rarr Page 20) are leak-tight
5 Installation
12 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
53 Connecting the drain pipework for theexpansion relief valve
1
Ensure that the pipeline is visible
The pipe must have a continuous fall and be routed to aposition so that any discharge of water possibly boilingor steam cannot create any danger to persons damageto property or external electrical components and wiring
◁ The piping must be installed in such a way that youcan see when water drips out
54 Connecting the condensate discharge pipe
1
2
Follow the instructions listed here and observe the legaland local regulations on condensate discharge
Use PVC or any other material that is suitable for drain-ing the non-neutralised condensate
If you cannot guarantee that the materials from which thedrain pipework is made are suitable install a system forneutralising the condensate
Note
The condensate drain pipework must have acontinuous fall (45 mm per metre) and shouldwhenever possible terminate at a suitabledrain point within the heated envelope of thebuilding that will remain frost free under longperiods of low external temperatures
Connect the condensate traps (1) Use the supplied drainhose (2) for this
Connect a condensate discharge pipe (215 mm notincluded in the scope of delivery) to the drain hose (2)
During installation remove all burrs from inside of cut pipework and avoid excessive adhesive which may trap smallpockets of water close to the pipe wall which can freezeand build into a larger ice plug
For any installation the condensate must be free flowingand not be possible for air back-pressure to prevent wa-ter flow
As with other pipe work insulate the condensate dis-charge pipe to minimise any risk of freezing and bewarewhen crossing cavities that the fall is maintained and thepipe sleeved
You can find further information in specification BS 6798for installing and maintaining gas-fired boilers with a nominalheat input below 70 kW
541 Condensate drainage systems
5411 Internal soil and vent pipe
Oslash19mm min
5412 External soil and vent pipe
L = 3m max
Oslash19mm min
Oslash30mm
5413 External termination into a gulley or hopper
L = 3m max
Oslash19mm min
Oslash30mm
Installation 5
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 13
5414 Internal termination into combined sinkwaste
Oslash30mm
Oslash19mm min
5415 Internal termination downstream of sinkwaste
Oslash30mm
Oslash19mm min
5416 External termination into soakaway
400m
m m
in
300m
m m
in25
mm
min
500mm min
Oslash100mm
L = 3m max
Oslash19mm min
Oslash30mm
5417 External termination into rain water downpipe
Oslash19mm min
Oslash30mm
55 Electrical installation
DangerRisk of death from electric shock
The power supply terminals L and N remainlive even if the product is switched off
Switch off the power supply Secure the power supply against being
switched on again
Only qualified electricians may carry out the electrical install-ation
551 Opening the electronics box
A
B
B
Follow the instructions in the specified sequence
5 Installation
14 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
552 Closing the electronics box
Follow the instructions in the reverse order
553 Cable route
1
2
1 24-V eBUS cable route 2 230-V eBUS cable route
554 Carrying out the wiring
30 mm max
1 Shorten the connection cables to the appropriatelengths to prevent them from causing damage insidethe electronics box
2 Screw the plug to the connection cable
3 Plug the plug into the slot provided on the PCB
555 Establishing the power supply
1
1 Observe all valid regulations
2 Ensure that the rated mains voltage is 230 V
3 Set up a fixed connection and install a partition with acontact opening of at least 3 mm (eg fuses or powerswitches)
4 Provide one common electricity supply for the boilerand for the corresponding controller
ndash Power supply Single-phase 230 V 50 Hz
ndash Fuse protection le 3 A
5 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
6 Observe the routing of the power supply cable (1) in theelectronics box in order to guarantee that there is nostrain
le 30
mm
NL X1230V~
RT
7 Carry out the wiring (rarr Page 14)
8 Close the electronics box
9 Make sure that access to the mains connection is al-ways available and is not covered or blocked
556 Connecting controllers to the electronicsystem
X2
X22 X41
ndash +24V=RT BUS
BurneroffX
106
BUS24 V
BU
SR
TB
off
Burner
offR
T24V
=-
+B
US
1
4
32
1 Safety thermostat forfloor-standing heating
2 24 V controller
3 eBUS controller or radioreceiver unit
4 Outside temperaturesensor wired
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
Operation 6
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 15
2 Carry out the wiring (rarr Page 14)
3 Connect the individual components depending on thetype of installation
Conditions If installing a multi-circuit controller
Change the pumps operating mode d18 from Eco (in-termittently operating pump) to Comfort (continuouslyoperating pump)
Conditions When connecting a controller (230 V)
le 30
mm
NL X1230V~
RT
Connect the controller to the main plug
Remove the bridge from the plug 24V=RT
4 Close the electronics box
6 Operation
61 Using diagnostics codes
You can use the parameters marked as adjustable in thetable of diagnostics codes to adapt the product to the systemand customer requirements
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
611 Activating diagnostics codes
1 Press and hold the button for 7 seconds
◁ is shown in the display
2 Press the or button to set the value
◁ The access code (96) is reserved for the competentperson
◁ The access code (35) is reserved for the customerservice
3 Press the button to confirm
◁ is shown in the display
612 Setting a diagnostics code
1 Press the or button to select the diagnosticscode
2 Press the button to confirm
◁ The value andor status of the diagnostics code isshown in the display
3 Press the or button to set the value
4 If you allow the value to flash for three seconds thesetting is automatically confirmed
◁ is shown in the display for 1 second
Note
You can manually confirm the setting at anytime by pressing and holding the buttonfor less than 3 seconds
5 Proceed accordingly for all parameters that need to bechanged
6 Press and hold the button for 3 seconds to finishconfiguring the diagnostics codes
◁ The display switches to the basic display
62 Displaying the status codes
The status codes display the products current operatingstatus
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
621 Activating the status codes display
1 Hold the button down for more than 7 seconds
◁ SXX is shown on the display followed by the heat-ing flow temperature the internal system pressureand the cylinder temperature (depending on the ver-sion)
2 Press the button to exit this menu
◁ The display switches to the basic display
63 Using check programmes
By activating various check programmes you can triggervarious special functions on the product
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
631 Calling up the check programmes
1 Hold the button down for more than 5 seconds
◁ All symbols are shown in the display
◁ is shown in the display
2 Press and hold the button for five seconds
◁ is shown in the display
3 Press the or button to select the checkprogramme
4 Press the button to confirm
◁ on is shown in the display and the programmestarts
5 Press the and buttons at the same time whilstrunning a check programme
◁ The heating water temperature and the filling pres-sure for the heating installation are shown altern-ately in the display
6 Press the button to return to the check programme
◁ The display shows the check programme
7 Press the button to finish the check programme
◁ OFF is shown in the display
8 Press and hold the button for 3 seconds to finishthe check programmes
7 Start-up
16 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
◁ End is shown in the display
◁ The display switches to the basic display
Note
If you do not press any button for 15 minutesthe current programme is automatically can-celled and the basic display is shown
632 Displaying the pressure and temperature ofthe heating during a check programme
1 Press the buttons simultaneously
◁ Display the filling pressure in the heating installation
◁ Display the heating flow temperature
2 Press the button to display the check programmecurrently running
7 Start-up
71 Carrying out the initial start-up
Initial start-up must be carried out by a customer servicetechnician or an authorised competent person using the first-commissioning-checklist The first-commissioning-checklistin the appendix (rarr Page 41) of the installation instructionsmust be filled out and stored carefully along with the unitsdocumentation
Carry out the initial start-up using the first-commission-ing-checklist in the appendix
Fill out and sign the first-commissioning-checklist
72 Checking the type of gas
Make sure that the product is set up correctly by checkingthe type of gas This ensures optimum combustion quality
Check the type of gas as part of routine product mainten-ance work when replacing components or carrying outwork on the gas route
73 Checking the factory setting
The products combustion has been factory tested and ispreset for operation with the gas group indicated on the iden-tification plate
The product is only authorised to be operated with naturalgas
Check the information about the type of gas indicated onthe identification plate and compare this with the type ofgas available at the installation location
Conditions The product design is not compatible with the local gasgroup
Do not start up the product
Conditions The product design is compatible with the local gas group
Proceed as described below
74 Checking and treating the heatingwaterfilling and supplementary water
CautionRisk of material damage due to poor-qual-ity heating water
Ensure that the heating water is of suffi-cient quality
Before filling or topping up the installation check thequality of the heating water
Checking the quality of the heating water Remove a little water from the heating circuit
Check the appearance of the heating water
If you ascertain that it contains sedimentary materialsyou must desludge the installation
Use a magnetic rod to check whether it contains mag-netite (iron oxide)
If you ascertain that it contains magnetite clean the in-stallation and apply suitable corrosion-protection meas-ures or fit a magnetic filter
Check the pH value of the removed water at 25 degC
If the value is below 65 or above 85 clean the systemand treat the heating water
Ensure that oxygen cannot get into the heating water
Checking the filling and supplementary water Before filling the installation measure the hardness of the
filling and supplementary water
Treating the filling and supplementary water Observe all applicable national regulations and technical
standards when treating the filling and supplementarywater
Provided the national regulations and technical standardsdo not stipulate more stringent requirements the followingapplies
You must treat the heating water in the following cases
ndash If the entire filling and supplementary water quantity dur-ing the operating life of the system exceeds three timesthe nominal volume of the heating installation or
ndash If the guideline values listed in the following table are notmet or
ndash if the pH value of the heating water is less than 65 ormore than 85
Totalheatingoutput
Water hardness at specific system volume1)
le 20 lkWgt 20 lkWle 50 lkW
gt 50 lkW
kWppm
CaCO₃molmsup3
ppmCaCO₃
molmsup3
ppmCaCO₃
molmsup3
lt 50 lt 300 lt 3 200 2 2 002
gt 50to le 200
200 2 150 15 2 002
gt 200to le 600
150 15 2 002 2 002
gt 600 2 002 2 002 2 002
1) Nominal capacity in litresheating output in the case of multi-boiler systems the smallest single heating output is to be used
Start-up 7
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 17
CautionThe use of unsuitable heating water maycause aluminium corrosion and a result-ing lack of leak-tightness
In contrast to steel grey cast iron or copperfor example aluminium reacts with alkalineheating water (pH value gt 85) to producesubstantial corrosion
When using aluminium make sure thatthe pH value of the heating water isbetween 65 and a maximum of 85
CautionRisk of material damage if the heatingwater is treated with unsuitable additives
Unsuitable additives may cause changes inthe components noises in heating mode andpossibly subsequent damage
Do not use any unsuitable frost and cor-rosion protection agents biocides or seal-ants
No incompatibility with our products has been detected todate with proper use of the following additives
When using additives follow the manufacturers instruc-tions without exception
We accept no liability for the compatibility of any additive orits effectiveness in the rest of the heating system
Additives for cleaning measures (subsequentflushing required)ndash Adey MC3+
ndash Adey MC5
ndash Fernox F3
ndash Sentinel X 300
ndash Sentinel X 400
Additives intended to remain permanently in theinstallationndash Adey MC1+
ndash Fernox F1
ndash Fernox F2
ndash Sentinel X 100
ndash Sentinel X 200
Additives for frost protection intended to remainpermanently in the installationndash Adey MC ZERO
ndash Fernox Antifreeze Alphi 11
ndash Sentinel X 500
If you have used the above-mentioned additives informthe end user about the measures that are required
Inform the end user about the measures required for frostprotection
75 Avoiding danger arising from insufficientwater pressure
The filling pressure must be between 010 and 015 MPa(10 and 15 bar)
Note
If the heating flow temperature is shown in thedisplay press and hold the and buttonsat the same time for longer than five seconds ortemporarily deactivate heating mode in order todisplay the pressure
If the heating installation extends over several storeyshigher filling pressures may be required to avoid air enteringthe heating installation
If the water pressure falls below 005 MPa (05 bar) thevalue flashes in the display
If the water pressure falls below 003 MPa (03 bar) theproduct switches off The display shows 00 MPa (00 bar)Fault F22 will be stored in the fault list
Top up the water in the heating installation to start up theproduct again
◁ The pressure value flashes in the display until apressure of 005 MPa (05 bar) or higher has beenreached
76 Switching on the product
Switch on the product via the main switch installed on-site
77 Filling and purging the heating installation
Preliminary work Flush the heating installation through
1
1
1 Check the silicone hose connection (1) between thepumps automatic air vent and the hydraulic console
2 Fill with water until the required filling pressure isreached
ndash Recommended filling pressure 1 hellip 15 bar
◁ The heating and hot water functions cannot be activ-ated
◁ The pressure value flashes in the display until apressure of 005 MPa (05 bar) or higher has beenreached
7 Start-up
18 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
◁ An automatic air vent function is activated if thepressure exceeds 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than15 seconds
3 Purge each radiator until the water escapes normallyand then retighten the systems purging valves
4 Check whether all connections are leak-tight
Conditions If the noise persists in the boiler
Purge the product again by activating check programme(P07) and then (P06)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
78 Filling the condensate siphon
C
2
3
1
AB
1 Unclip the lower section of the siphon (1) from the up-per section of the siphon (2)
2 Remove the float (3)
3 Fill the lower section of the siphon with water up to 10mm below the upper edge of the condensate drain pipe-work
4 Re-insert the float (3)
Note
Check that the float is present in the con-densate siphon
5 Clip the lower section of the siphon (1) into the uppersection of the siphon (2)
79 Filling the hot water circuit
1 Open the water tap to fill the hot water circuit
2 Close the water tap once the appropriate volume ofwater has flowed out
◁ The hot water circuit is filled
3 Check all connections and the entire system for leak-tightness
710 Checking and adjusting the gas settings
Only a qualified competent person is authorised to imple-ment the settings on the gas valve assembly
Each destroyed tamper-proof seal must be replaced
The CO₂ adjusting screw must be sealed
Never modify the factory setting of the gas pressure regu-lator of the gas valve assembly
7101 Checking the gas flow rate
The gas flow rate has been set during production and doesnot require adjustment With the front casing fitted check thegas flow rate of the boiler as follows
Start up the product with the check programme P01
In addition ensure that maximum heat can be dissipatedinto the heating system by turning up the room thermo-stat
Wait at least 5 minutes until the boiler has reached itsoperating temperature
Ensure that all other gas appliances in the property areturned off
Measure the gas flow rate at the gas meter
Compare the measured values with the correspondingvalues in the table
Qnw from the dataplate
H gas in msup3h
Nom +5 minus10
153 162 170 146
184 195 205 176
247 261 274 235
257 272 286 245
286 303 318 273
306 324 340 292
357 378 397 340
Conditions Gas flow rate not in the permissible range
Check all of the piping and ensure that the gas flow ratesare correct
Only put the product into operation once the gas flowrates have been corrected
Conditions Gas flow rate in the permissible range
End the check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down by allowing pump overrun tooperate for a minimum of 2 minutes
Record the boiler maximum gas flow rate onto theBenchmark gas boiler commissioning checklist
Start-up 7
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 19
7102 Checking the gas connection pressure (gasflow pressure)
1
2
1 Ensure that the gas inlet working pressure can beobtained with all other gas appliances in the propertyworking
2 Close the gas stopcock (1)
3 Undo the sealing screw on the test nipple (2)
4 Connect a manometer to the test nipple (2)
5 Open the gas stopcock (1)
6 Start up the product with check programme P01 (sys-tem with eBUS control) or P03 (installation withouteBUS control)
7 In addition ensure that maximum heat can be dissip-ated into the heating system by turning up the roomthermostat
8 With the boiler operating at full load check that the gasinlet working pressure at the reference test point (2)complies with the requirements
Permissible connection pressure
Great Bri-tain
Naturalgas
G20 17 hellip 2 kPa
(170hellip 20 mbar)
9 Should the pressure recorded at the reference test pointin the boiler be lower than indicated check if there isany blockage in the pipework or if the pipework is un-dersized
Conditions Gas flow pressure not in the permissible range
CautionRisk of material damage and operatingfaults caused by incorrect gas connec-tion pressureIf the gas connection pressure lies outsidethe permissible range this can cause oper-ating faults in and damage to the product Do not make any adjustments to the
product Do not start up the product
If you cannot correct the failure notify the gas supplycompany and proceed as follows
End check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down by allowing pump overrunto operate for a minimum of two minutes
Close the gas stopcock
Remove the pressure gauge and retighten the sealingscrew (2) for the measuring nipple
Open the gas stopcock (1)
Check the test nipple for gas tightness
Close the gas stopcock (1)
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
Disconnect the product from the electrical installation
You must not start up the boiler
Conditions Gas flow pressure in the permissible range
End the check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down allowing pump overrun tooperate for a minimum of two minutes
Close the gas stopcock (1)
Remove the pressure gauge and retighten the sealingscrew (2) for the measuring nipple
Open the gas stopcock (1)
Check the test nipple for gas tightness
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
Reset boiler controls for normal operation
Record the appliance gas inlet working pressure (kParesp mbar) in the Benchmark gas boiler commissioningchecklist
7103 Checking the leak-tightness of the flue gasinstallation and flue gas recirculation
1 Check the flue gas installation is intact in accordancewith the latest gas safe technical bulletin and informa-tion supplied in the installation instructions
2 For extended flue gas installations check for flue gasrecirculation using the air analysis point
3 Use a flue gas analyser
4 If you discover CO or CO2 in the supply air search forthe leak in the flue gas installation or for signs of fluegas recirculation
5 Eliminate the damage properly
6 Check again whether the supply air contains any CO orCO2
7 If you cannot eliminate the damage do not start up theproduct
7104 Thoroughly flushing the heating installation(hot)
1 Operate the appliance until the boiler and the heatingsystem are up to temperature
2 Check the heating system for leaks
3 Connect a hose to the drain valve located at the lowestposition of the heating system
4 Shut off the boiler open the drain valve and all purgevalves on the radiators and allow the water to flow outof the heating system and the boiler quickly and fully
5 Close the drain valve
6 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
7 Re-fill the system until the system design pressure of01 MPa (10 bar) is attained
8 Adapting the unit to the heating installation
20 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Note
The actual reading on the digital pressuregauge should ideally be 005 MPa (05 bar)plus an additional pressure correspondingto the highest point of the system above thebase of the boiler ndash 10 m head equals an ad-ditional 1 bar reading on the pressure gaugeThe minimum pressure should not be lessthan 01 MPa (1 bar) in any installation Ifthe system is to be treated with an inhibitor itshould be applied at this stage in accordancewith the manufacturerrsquos instructions Furtherinformation can be obtained from SentinelBetz Dearborn Ltd Tel 0151 420 9595 orFernox Alphandash Fry technologies Tel 08708700362
8 Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
7105 Checking the CO₂ content
1 Start up the product with the check programme (P01)and set the value
ndash Setting value for the programme P01 100
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
2 Wait until the value that is read is stable
ndash Waiting period for reading a stable value 5 min
1
3 Unscrew the cover from the flue gas analysis point (1)
4 Measure the CO₂ content at the flue gas analysis point(1)
5 Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Checking the CO₂ content
Great Britain
front casing on front casing off
Natural gas
G20
92 plusmn1
◁ The value is OK
The value is not OK you cannot start up theproduct
Inform Customer Service
711 Checking leak-tightness
Check the gas pipe the heating circuit and the hot watercircuit for leak-tightness
Check that the airflue pipe has been installed correctly
Conditions Room-sealed operation
Check whether the vacuum chamber has been closedtightly
7111 Checking the heating mode
1 Activate the heating mode on the user interface
2 Turn all thermostatic radiator valves on the radiatorsuntil they are fully open
3 Allow the product to operate for at least 15 minutes
4 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
5 Activate the display for the current operating status(rarr Page 15)
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
◁ If the product is working correctly the display showsS04
7112 Checking the hot water generation
1 Activate the hot water handling mode on the userinterface
2 Open a hot water valve completely
3 Activate the display for the current operating status(rarr Page 15)
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
◁ If the product is working correctly the display showsS14
8 Adapting the unit to the heatinginstallation
You can resetchange the system parameters (section Us-ing diagnostics codes)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
81 Burner anti-cycling time
To prevent frequent switching on and off of the burner andthus prevent energy losses an electronic restart lockoutis activated for a specific period each time the burner isswitched off The burner anti-cycling time is only active forthe heating mode Hot water handling mode during a burneranti-cycling time does not affect the time function element
811 Setting the maximum burner anti-cyclingtime
1 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
2 If required adjust the maximum burner anti-cycling timeusing the diagnostics code d02
Adapting the unit to the heating installation 8
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 21
812 Resetting the remaining burner anti-cyclingtime
Hold the button down for more than 3 seconds
◁ is shown in the display
82 Setting the pump output
The product is equipped with a speed-regulated high-effi-ciency pump which adjusts independently to the hydraulicconditions of the heating installation
If you have installed a low loss header in the heating install-ation you should switch off the speed regulation and set thepump output to a fixed value
If required change the setting of the pump speed whichdepends on the operating mode under diagnostics coded14
Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 12 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
0
10
20
30
40
50
0 200 400 600 800 1000
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 15 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
1 2
34
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 18 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
01020304050
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
6070
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 25 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
01020304050
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
6070
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 30 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
01020304050607080
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 A
B 1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
9 Handing the product over to the end user
22 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
83 Setting the bypass valve
CautionRisk of material damage caused by incor-rect setting of the high-efficiency pump
If the pressure at the bypass valve is in-creased (by turning it clockwise) and thepump output is set to less than 100 theproduct may not operate correctly
In this case set the pump output to5 = 100 using diagnostics parameterd14
Conditions d14 is set to 0 = auto
Do not change the factory settings
Conditions d14 is set to 1 - 5
Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
1
Regulate the pressure using the adjusting screw (1)
Position of the adjustingscrew
Notesapplication
Right-hand stop (screwedall the way in)
If the radiators do not heatup sufficiently at the defaultsetting In this case you mustset the pump to the maximumspeed
Mid-position (six anti-clockwise rotations)
Default setting
Five further anti-clockwiserotations starting from themid-position
If noises are produced in theradiators or radiator valves
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
84 Setting the hot water temperature
DangerRisk of death from legionella
Legionella multiply at temperatures below60 degC
Ensure that the end user is familiar withall of the Anti-legionella measures in orderto comply with the applicable regulationsregarding legionella prevention
Set the hot water temperature
Conditions Water hardness gt 357 molmsup3
ndash Hot water temperature le 50
9 Handing the product over to the enduser
When you have finished the installation attach the stickersupplied (in the end users language) to the productcover
Explain to the end user how the safety devices work andwhere they are located
Inform the end user how to handle the product
In particular draw attention to the safety informationwhich the end user must follow
Inform the end user that they must have the productmaintained in accordance with the specified intervals
Instruct the end user about measures taken for routingthe combustion air supply and flue system
10 Inspection and maintenance
101 Using original seals
If you replace components use only the enclosed originalseals additional sealing materials are not required
102 Observing inspection and maintenanceintervals
Adhere to the minimum inspection and maintenance in-tervals The inspection may require maintenance to becarried out earlier depending on the results
Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview(rarr Page 38)
Inspection and maintenance 10
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 23
103 Procuring spare parts
The original components of the product were also certifiedby the manufacturer as part of the declaration of conformityIf you use other non-certified or unauthorised parts duringmaintenance or repair work this may void the conformity ofthe product and it will therefore no longer comply with theapplicable standards
We strongly recommend that you use original spare partsfrom the manufacturer as this guarantees fault-free and safeoperation of the product To receive information about theavailable original spare parts contact the contact addressprovided on the reverse of these instructions
If you require spare parts for maintenance or repairwork use only the spare parts that are permitted for theproduct
104 Checking the CO₂ content
1 Start up the product with the check programme (P01)and set the value
ndash Setting value for the programme P01 100
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
2 Wait until the value that is read is stable
ndash Waiting period for reading a stable value 5 min
1
3 Unscrew the cover from the flue gas analysis point (1)
4 Measure the CO₂ content at the flue gas analysis point(1)
5 Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Checking the CO₂ content
Great Britain
front casing on front casing off
Natural gas
G20
92 plusmn1
◁ The value is OK
The value is not OK you cannot start up theproduct
Set the CO₂ content (rarr Page 23)
105 Setting the CO₂ content
Conditions The CO₂ content must be adjusted
1
A
B
Remove the sticker
Turn the screw (1) to set the CO₂ content (value withfront casing removed)
◁ To increase the CO₂ content Turn anti-clockwise
◁ To decrease the CO₂ content Turn clockwise
Only carry out the adjustment in increments of 18 turnand wait approximately 1 minute after each adjustmentuntil the value has stabilised
Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Setting the CO₂ value
Great Britain
front casing on front casingoff
Natural gas
G20
CO₂ at full load 92 plusmn02
Set for Wobbeindex W₀
1409 kWsdothmsup3
O₂ at full load 45 plusmn18 vol
CO at full load le 250 ppm
COCO₂ le 00027
If the setting is not in the specified adjustment rangeyou must not start up the product
Inform Customer Service
Check whether the air-quality requirements with regardto carbon monoxide are fulfilled
Fit the front panel
10 Inspection and maintenance
24 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
106 Removing the gas-air mixture unit
Note
The gas-air mixture unit consists of three maincomponents
ndash Fan
ndash Gas valve
ndash Burner cover
1 Switch off the product via the main switch
2 Close the gas isolator cock
3 Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
C
AB
1
D
2
4 Remove the screw (1)
5 Push the clip upwards
6 Remove the flue gas pipe (2)
3
4
5
AB
7 Remove the air intake pipe (3)
8 Remove the plugs from the gas valve (4) and from thefan (5)
A
C
D B
6
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (6)
7
7
8
10 Remove the burner seals (7) and the burner (8)
11 Check the burner and the heat exchanger for damageand dirt
12 If necessary clean or replace the components accord-ing to the following sections
13 Install the two new burner seals
107 Cleaning the heat exchanger
1
1 Protect the folded down electronics box against sprayedwater
2 Clean the ribs of the heat exchanger (1) with water
◁ The water runs out into the condensate tray
Inspection and maintenance 10
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 25
108 Checking the burner
1 Search the surface of the burner for possible damage Ifyou see any damage replace the burner
2 Install the two new burner seals
109 Checking the ignition electrode
1
2
3 4 5
1 Disconnect the connection (2) and the earthing cable(1)
2 Remove the fixing screws (3)
3 Carefully remove the electrode from the combustionchamber
4 Check that the electrode ends (4) are undamaged
5 Check the electrode distance
ndash Clearance for the ignition electrodes 35 hellip 45 mm
6 Make sure that the seal (5) is free from damage
If necessary replace the seal
1010 Cleaning the condensate siphon
C
2
3
1
AB
1 Unclip the lower section of the siphon (1) from the up-per section of the siphon (2)
2 Remove the float (3)
3 Flush out the float and lower section of the siphon withwater
4 Fill the lower section of the siphon with water up to 10mm below the upper edge of the condensate drain pipe-work
5 Reinsert the float (3)
Note
Check whether the float is present in thecondensate siphon
6 Clip the lower section of the siphon (1) into the uppersection of the siphon (2)
1011 Installing the gas-air mixture unit
1 Install the burner
2 Install two new burner seals in the burner hood
3 Install the gas-air mixture unit
4 Tighten the screws on the gas-air mixture unit
ndash Ideally to 7 Nm if a torque spanner is available
5 Install the flue pipe
6 Install the air intake pipe
1012 Draining the product
1 Close the service valves of the product
2 Start check programme P05 (rarr Page 15)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
3 Open the drain cock
1013 Checking the admission pressure of theexpansion vessel
1 Measure the pre-charge pressure of the expansion ves-sel at the vessel valve
Conditions Pre-charge pressure lt 0075 MPa (075 bar)
Top up the expansion vessel in accordance with thestatic height of the heating installation ideally with ni-trogen otherwise with air Ensure that the drain valve isopen when topping up
2 If water escapes from the expansion vessels valve youmust replace the expansion vessel (rarr Page 27)
3 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
1014 Completing inspection and maintenancework
1 Check the gas connection pressure (gas flow pressure)(rarr Page 19)
2 Check the CO₂ content
1015 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
11 Troubleshooting
26 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
11 Troubleshooting
111 Rectifying faults
If fault codes (FXX) appear refer to the table in the ap-pendix or use the check programme(s)
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
If several fault codes are generated at the same time theseare displayed alternately followed by the time at which therespective fault occurred
Hold the button down for more than 3 seconds
If you are unable to clear the fault code and it reappearsdespite several fault clearance attempts contact cus-tomer service
112 Calling up the fault memory
The last 10 fault codes are stored in the fault memory (to-gether with the time at which the respective fault occurredand after 24 hours with the number of days)
Hold the button down for more than 7 seconds
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Press the button to exit this menu
113 Deleting the fault memory
1 Delete the fault memory using the diagnostics coded94
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
114 Resetting parameters to factory settings
1 Reset all parameters to the factory settings using thediagnostics code d96
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
115 Preparing the repair work
1 Switch off the product
2 Disconnect the product from the electrical installation
3 Remove the front casing
4 Close the gas stopcock
5 Close the service valves in the heating flow and in theheating return
6 Close the service valve in the cold water pipe
7 Drain the product if you want to replace water-bearingcomponents of the product
8 Ensure that water does not drip on live components(eg the electronics box)
9 Use only new seals and O-rings Do not use any addi-tional sealing materials
116 Replacing defective components
1161 Replacing the burner
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Remove the two burner seals
3 Remove the burner
4 Insert the new burner
5 Insert two new burner seals in the burner cover
6 Install the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 25)
1162 Replacing the gas-air mixture unit
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Install the new gas-air mixture (rarr Page 25)
1163 Replacing the heat exchanger
1 Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
2 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
1 A
B
3 Remove the gas pipe (1)
1
2
3
2 4
A
B
4 Remove the temperature sensor (3)
5 Remove the upper clip (1)
6 Remove the lower clip (4)
7 Remove the supply pipe (2)
Troubleshooting 11
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 27
2
2 3
B
1
A
8 Remove the upper clip (1)
9 Remove the lower clip (3)
10 Remove the return pipe (2)
1
A2
11 Remove the clip underneath the condensate tray (1)
12 Undo the four screws (2)
2
1
B
C
A
13 Remove the ignition electrode (1)
14 Lift the heat exchanger up slightly and remove it to-gether with the condensate tray
15 Remove the ignition transformer (2)
16 Install the new heat exchanger in reverse order
1164 Replacing the pump head
1
2
1 Disconnect the pump cable from the electronics box
2 Undo the four bolts (1)
3 Remove the pump head (2)
4 Replace the O-ring
5 Use four screws to secure the new pump head
6 Connect the pump cable to the electronics box
1165 Replacing the expansion vessel
B
C
1
2
3A
D
1 Undo the nut (3)
2 Remove both screws on the support plate (1)
3 Remove the support plate
4 Pull out the expansion vessel (2) towards the front
5 Insert the new expansion vessel into the product
6 Screw the new expansion vessel to the water connec-tion To do this use a new seal
7 Attach the support plate using both screws
8 Fill and purge the product (rarr Page 17) and if requiredthe heating installation
12 Decommissioning the product
28 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
1166 Replacing the main PCB
C
C
D
B
C
C
D
B
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull all of the plugs out from the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plugs
7 Close the electronics box
1167 Replacing the PCB for the user interface
B
C
C
D
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull the plug out of the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plug
7 Close the electronics box
1168 Replacing the expansion relief valve
1
2
1 Remove the clip (2)
2 Remove the expansion relief valve
3 Fit the new expansion relief valve with a new O-ring
4 Reattach the clip (2)
1169 Replace the pressure sensor
1
2
1 Pull out the plug
2 Remove the clip (1)
3 Remove the pressure sensor (2)
4 Install the new pressure sensor
5 Reattach the clip (1)
117 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
12 Decommissioning the product
Switch off the product
Disconnect the product from the power mains
Close the gas isolator cock
Close the cold water stop cock
13 Customer service
For contact details for our customer service department youcan write to the address that is provided on the back pageor you can visit wwwglow-wormcouk
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 29
Appendix
A Check programmes ndash Overview
Note
Since the programme table is used for various products some programmes may not be visible for the product inquestion
Display Meaning
P01 Burner operation on adjustable heat input
The product operates after ignition with the heat input set between 0 (0 = Pmin) and 100 (100 = Pmax)
The function is active for 15 minutes
P02 Burner operation at ignition load
After ignition the product works at ignition load
The function is active for 15 minutes
P03 The product runs in heating mode with the maximum heat input set using diagnostics code d00
P04 Maximum output function
If there is a hot water request the product runs in hot water handling mode and at maximum heat load
If there is no hot water request the product runs with the heating partial load that is set via diagnostics coded00 and in heating mode
The function is active for 15 minutes
P05 Filling the product
The diverter valve moves to the mid-position The burner and pump switch off (to fill or drain the product)
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is active for 15 minutes
P06 Purging the heating circuit
The diverter valve is moved to the heating position
The function is activated in the heating circuit for 15 minutes
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
P07 Purging the hot water circuit
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
Automatic air ventfunction
Purging the product
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
This function cannot be manually switched off
B Overview of diagnostics codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d00 Heating maximum output ndash ndash kW The maximum heating outputvaries depending on the product
rarr Section Technical data
Automatic Unit automaticallyadjusts the maximum output tothe current system demand
rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d01 Pump overrun in heatingmode
1 60 min 1 5 Adjustable
d02 Maximum burner anti-cycling time in heatingmode
2 60 min 1 20 Adjustable
Appendix
30 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d04 Water temperature in thecylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d05 Determined heating flowset target temperature
Current value ndash ndash Not
adjustable
d06 Hot water set target tem-perature
Current value (Combination unit only) ndash Notadjustable
d07 Set target temperaturefor the domestic hot wa-ter cylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d08 Status of the 230 V ther-mostat
Current value ndash 0 = Room thermostat open (noheat requirement)
1 = Room thermostat closed(heat requirement)
ndash Notadjustable
d09 Heating flow set targettemperature that is seton the eBUS room ther-mostat
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d10 Status of the internalpump in the heating cir-cuit
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d11 Status of the heatingcircuits shunt pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d13 Status of the hot watercircuits circulation pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d14 Operating mode of themodulating pump
0 5 ndash 0 = variable rotational speed(auto)
1 2 3 4 5 = Fixed rotationalspeeds rarr Section Setting thepump output
0 Adjustable
d15 Pump speed Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d16 Status of the 24 V roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Heating off
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d17 Heating control ndash ndash ndash off = Flow temperature
on = Return temperature (ad-justment for underfloor heatingIf you have activated the returntemperature control the auto-matic heating output determina-tion function is not active)
0 Adjustable
d18 Pump overrun operatingmode
1 3 ndash 1 = Continuous (pump runs per-manently)
3 = Eco (intermittent pump modendash for the dissipation of the resid-ual heat after hot water gener-ation at an extremely low heatdemand)
1 Adjustable
d19 Pump operating mode 2stage pump
0 3 ndash 0 = Burner mode stage 2 pumpflowoverrun stage 1
1 = Heating mode and pumpflowoverrun stage 1 hot waterhandling mode stage 2
2 = Automatic heating modepump flowoverrun stage 1 hotwater handling mode stage 2
3 = Stage 2
3 Adjustable
d20 Maximum hot water settarget temperature
50 60 1 60 Adjustable
d21 Status of the warm startfor hot water
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated andavailable
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 31
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d22 Status of the hot waterrequest
Current value ndash off = No current requirement
on = Current requirement
ndash Notadjustable
d23 Status of the heatingdemand
Current value ndash off = Heating off (Summer mode)
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d24 Status of the pressuremonitor
0 1 ndash off = Not switched
on = Switched
ndash Notadjustable
d25 Status of the requirementto reheat the cylinder orfor the hot water warmstart from the eBUS ther-mostat
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
ndash Notadjustable
d27 Function of relay 1(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
1 Adjustable
d28 Function of relay 2(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
2 Adjustable
d31 Automatic filling device 0 2 ndash 0 = Manual
1 = Semi-automatic
2 = Automatic
0 Adjustable
d33 Fan speed target value Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d34 Value for the fan speed Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d35 Position of the divertervalve
Current value ndash 0 = Heating
40 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
100 = Domestic hot water
ndash Notadjustable
d36 Value for the hot waterflow
Current value lmin ndash ndash Notadjustable
d39 Water temperature in thesolar circuit
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d40 Heating flow temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d41 Heating return temperat-ure
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d43 Heating curve 02 4 ndash 01 12 Adjustable
d45 Value for the base pointof the heating curve
15 30 ndash 1 20 Adjustable
d47 Outside temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d50 Correction of the min-imum fan speed
0 3000 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
600 Adjustable
Appendix
32 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d51 Correction of the max-imum fan speed
-2500 0 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
-1000 Adjustable
d58 Solar circuit reheating 0 3 ndash 0 = Boilers Legionella protectionfunction deactivated
3 = Hot water activated (mintarget value 60 degC)
0 Adjustable
d60 Number of blocks by thetemperature limiter
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d61 Number of unsuccessfulignitions
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d62 Night set-back 0 30 ndash 1 0 Adjustable
d64 Average burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d65 Maximum burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d66 Activation of the warmstart function for hot wa-ter
ndash ndash ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
1 Adjustable
d67 Remaining burner anti-cycling time (setting un-der d02)
Current value min ndash ndash Notadjustable
d68 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 1st attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d69 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 2nd attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d70 Operation of the divertervalve
0 2 ndash 0 = Normal operating mode(DHW and heating mode)
1 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
2 = Permanent heating modeposition
0 Adjustable
d71 Maximum heating flowset target temperature
45 80 1 rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d73 Correction of the hot wa-ter warm start temperat-ure
-15 5 K 1 0 Adjustable
d75 Maximum cylinder re-heating time
20 90 min 1 45 Adjustable
d77 Max cylinder reheating ndash ndash kW 1
rarr Section Technical data
ndash Adjustable
d80 Running time in heatingmode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d81 Running time in hot wa-ter handling mode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d82 Number of burner igni-tions in heating mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d83 Number of burner igni-tions in hot water hand-ling mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d84 Maintenance in 0 3000 h Number of hours = Display valuex 10
300 Notadjustable
d85 Increase in the min out-put (heating and hot wa-ter handling mode)
ndash ndash kW 1 ndash Adjustable
d88 Flow rate limit valuefor ignition in hot waterhandling mode
0 1 ndash 0 = 17 lmin (no delay)
1 = 37 lmin (2 s delay)
0 Adjustable
d90 Status of the eBUS roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Not connected
on = Connected
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 33
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d91 Status DCF77 Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d93 Setting the product code 0 99 ndash 1
The Device Specific Number(DSN) can be found on the iden-tification plate
ndash Adjustable
d94 Delete fault list 0 1 ndash off = No
on = Yes
ndash Adjustable
d95 Software versions ndash ndash ndash 1 = Main PCB
2 = Interface PCB
ndash Adjustable
d96 Default setting (reset) ndash ndash ndash 0 = No
1 = Yes
ndash Adjustable
C Status codes ndash Overview
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Status code Meaning
Displays in heating mode
S0 Heating mode No requirement
S01 Heating mode Advance fan operation
S02 Heating mode Pump pre-run
S03 Heating mode Burner ignition
S04 Heating mode Burner on
S05 Heating mode Pumpfan overrun
S06 Heating mode Fan overrun
S07 Heating mode Pump overrun
S08 Heating mode Temporary shutdown after heating procedure
Displays in hot water handling mode
S10 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S11 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S13 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S14 DHW mode Burner on
S15 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S16 DHW mode Fan overrun
S17 DHW mode Pump overrun
Display in Comfort mode with warm start or hot water handling mode with cylinder
S20 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S21 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S22 Hot water handling mode Pump pre-run
S23 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S24 DHW mode Burner on
S25 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S26 DHW mode Fan overrun
S27 DHW mode Pump overrun
S28 Hot water handling mode Temporary shutdown of the burner
Other displays
S30 Room thermostat is blocking heating mode
S31 No heating demand Summer mode eBUS controller waiting period
Appendix
34 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Status code Meaning
S32 Fan waiting time Fan speed outside of the tolerance values
S33 Forced fan operation until the pressure monitor is switched
S34 Frost protection active
S39 Underfloor heating contact open
S41 Water pressure too high
S42 Flue non-return flap closed
S46 Frost protection mode (Comfort) Minimum load
S53 Product in waiting periodoperation block function due to low water pressure (flowreturn spread too large)
S54 Waiting period Low water pressure in the circuit (flowreturn spread too large)
S76 Maintenance message Check the water pressure
S88 Product purging active
S91 Maintenance Demo mode
S96 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S97 Automatic test programme Water pressure sensor heating demands blocked
S98 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S99 Internal automatic test programmes
S108 Purging the combustion chamber fan in operation
S109 Products standby mode activated
D Overview of fault codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F00 Fault Flow temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F01 Fault Return temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F10 Short circuit Flow temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F11 Short circuit Return temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F12 andF91
Short circuit Cylinder temperaturesensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F13 Short circuit Domestic hot water cylindertemperature sensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F20 Safety switch-off Overheating temperat-ure reached
Incorrect earth connection between cable harness and product flow or returnNTC defective (loose connection) stray spark via ignition cable ignition plugor ignition electrode
F22 Safety switch-off Low water pressure inthe boiler
No or insufficient water in the product water pressure sensor de-fective cable to the pump or to the water pressure sensor loosenotconnecteddefective
F23 Safety switch-off Temperature differencetoo great (NTC1NTC2)
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product flow and return NTCsensors connected the wrong way round
F24 Safety switch-off Temperature rise toofast
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product system pressure toolow non-return valve blockedincorrectly installed
F25 Safety switch-off Flue gas temperaturetoo high
Break in plug connection for optional flue gas safety cut-out (STB) break incable harness
F27 Safety switch-off Fault in flame detection Moisture on the electronics electronics (flame monitor) defective gas solen-oid valve leaking
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 35
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F28 Fault Ignition unsuccessful when startingup
Gas meter defective or gas pressure monitor has triggered air in gas gasflow pressure too low thermal isolator device (TAE) has triggered incorrectgas restrictor incorrect spare gas valve fault on the gas valve multiple plugon PCB incorrectly plugged in break in cable harness ignition system (ig-nition transformer ignition cable ignition plug ignition electrode) defectiveionisation current interrupted (cable electrode) incorrect earthing of productelectronics defective
F29 Fault Flame loss Gas supply temporarily stopped flue gas recirculation incorrect earthing ofproduct ignition transformer has spark failure
F32 Fan frost protection function active Fanspeed outside the tolerance values
Plug on fan not correctly plugged in multiple plug on PCB not correctlyplugged in break in cable harness fan blocked Hall sensor defective elec-tronics defective
F49 eBUS fault Voltage too low Short circuit on eBUS eBUS overload or two power supplies with differentpolarities on the eBUS
F61 Fault Gas valve control system Short circuitshort to earth in cable harness for the gas valve gas valvedefective (coils shorted to earth) electronics defective
F62 Fault Gas valve switch-off control Delayed switch-off of gas valve delayed extinguishing of flame signal gasvalve leaking electronics defective
F63 Fault EEPROM Electronics defective
F64 Fault Electronicssensoranalogue-to-digital converter
Flow or return NTC short circuited electronics defective
F65 Fault Electronics temperature too high Electronics overheating due to external influences electronics defective
F67 Value sent back by ASIC is incorrect(flame signal)
Implausible flame signal electronics defective
F68 Fault Unstable flame (analogue input) Air in gas gas flow pressure too low incorrect air ratio incorrect gas re-strictor ionisation flow interruption (cable electrode)
F70 Invalid product code (DSN) Display and PCB replaced at same time and Device Specific Number notreset wrong or missing output range coding resistance
F71 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Flow temperature sensor signalling constant value Flow temperature sensorincorrectly positioned on supply pipe flow temperature sensor defective
F72 Fault Deviation in the water pressuresensorreturn temperature sensor
Flowreturn NTC temperature difference too great rarr flow andor return tem-perature sensor defective
F73 Fault Water pressure sensor not con-nected or has short-circuited
Interruptionshort circuit of water pressure sensor interruptionshort circuitto GND in supply line to water pressure sensor or water pressure sensordefective
F74 Fault Electrical problem in the waterpressure sensor
Line to water pressure sensor has a short circuit to 5 V24 V or internal faultin the water pressure sensor
F75 Fault Pressure sensor Pressure switch defective
F76 The safety cut-out in the primary heatexchanger is defective
Safety cut-out feedback does not match the gas valve feedback
F77 Fault Condensate or smoke No response flue non-return flap defective
F78 Interruption to DHW outlet sensor atexternal controller
UK link box is connected but hot water NTC not bridged
F83 Fault Dry fire When the burner starts the temperature change registered at the flow orreturn temperature sensor is non-existent or too small Insufficient waterin the product the flow or return temperature sensor is not in the correctposition on the pipe
F84 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Values not consistent difference lt -6 K
Flow and return temperature sensors signalling implausible values Flow andreturn temperature sensors have been inverted flow and return temperaturesensors have not been correctly installed
F85 Fault Temperature sensor The flow andor return temperature sensors have been installed on the samepipeincorrect pipe
Temperature sensor not connected or is connected incorrectly
F86 Fault Underfloor heating contact Underfloor heating contact open sensor disconnected or defective
F87 Fault Electrodes Electrodes not connected or they are connected incorrectly short circuit inthe cable harness
F88 Fault Gas valve Gas valve not connected or it is connected incorrectly short circuit in thecable harness
F89 Fault Pump Pump not connected or it is connected incorrectly incorrect pump connec-ted short circuit in the cable harness
Appendix
36 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
Connection No communication between the PCBand the user interface
Electronics defective
E Wiring diagram Pure boiler
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
X21 41
32
eBUS
RT 24V
Burner off
X106
13
41
3
123
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~2
6
7
9
8
1
3
4
5
11
10
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Temperature sensor on the heating flow
4 Temperature sensor on the heating return
5 Fan
6 Gas valve assembly
7 Pressure sensor
8 External ignition transformer
9 Heating pump
10 Ionisation and ignition electrode
11 Main power supply and connection for 230 V control
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 37
F Connection diagram Pure boiler (30 kW)
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
X21LN
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
13
41
3
123
eBUS
Burner off
X106
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~
X12LN
2
7
8
109
1
43
5
6
12 11
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Control system
4 Temperature sensor in the heating flow
5 Temperature sensor in the heating return
6 Fan
7 Gas valve
8 Pressure sensor
9 Ionisation electrode
10 Heating pump
11 Ignition electrode
12 Main power supply
Appendix
38 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
G Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview
The table below lists the manufacturer requirements with respect to minimum inspection and maintenance intervals If na-tional regulations and directives require shorter inspection and maintenance intervals you should observe these instead ofthe intervals listed in the table
No WorkInspection(annual)
Mainten-ance
(must becarried outat regularintervals)
1Check the airflue pipe for leak-tightness and to ensure that it is fastened correctly Make surethat it is not blocked or damaged and has been installed in accordance with the relevant Installa-tion Manual
X X
2Check the general condition of the product Remove dirt from the product and from the vacuumchamber
X X
3Visually inspect the general condition of the heat exchanger In doing so pay particular attentionto signs of corrosion rust and other defects If you notice any damage carry out maintenancework
X X
4Check the gas connection pressure at maximum heat input If the gas connection pressure is notwithin the correct range carry out maintenance work
X X
5Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product and if necessary adjust it Keep a record ofthis
X X
6Disconnect the product from the power mains Check that the electrical plug connections andother connections are seated correctly and correct these if necessary
X X
7 Close the gas isolator cock and the service valves X X
8Drain the product on the water side Check the pre-charge pressure of the expansion vesseland if required top up the expansion vessel (approx 003 MPa03 bar below the system fillingpressure)
X
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit X
10Check the seals in the combustion area If you see any damage replace the seals Replace bothburner seals each time it is opened and accordingly each time maintenance work is carried out
X
11 Clean the heat exchanger X
12 Check the burner for damage and replace it if necessary X
13 Check the condensate siphon in the product clean and fill if necessary X X
14 Install the gas-air mixture unit Caution Replace the seals X
15 Open the gas isolator cock reconnect the product to the power mains and switch the product on X X
16Open the service valves fill the productheating installation to 005-03 MPa05-30 bar (depend-ing on the static height of the heating installation) and start the purging programme PXX
X
17Carry out a test operation of the product and heating installation and if required purge the sys-tem once more
X X
18 Visually inspect the ignition and burner behaviour X X
19 Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product again X
20 Check the product for gas flue gas water and condensate leaks and repair if necessary X X
21 Record the inspectionmaintenance work carried out X X
Note For those appliances which are not part of an annual service agreementpolicy maintenance must be carried out at least every5 years
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 39
H Position of the opening in the airflue pipe
GN
N
MM
A
II
O
H
H
CBLJ
Q Q
Q
Q
Q
K
P
D E
FI
S
R
T
H1 Positioning of the opening of a fan-supported flue gas pipe
Installation siteMinimum dimen-sions
A Directly below an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
B Above an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
C Horizontally to an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
DBelow temperature-sensitive building components eg plastic gutters down pipes or wastewaterpipes
75 mm
E Below eaves 200 mm
F Below balconies or car port roofs 200 mm
G From vertical wastewater pipes or down pipes 150 mm
H From external or internal corners 200 mm
I Above floors roofs or balconies 300 mm
J From a surface facing a terminal 600 mm
K From a terminal facing a terminal 1200 mm
L From an opening in the car port (eg door window) which leads into the dwelling 1200 mm
M Vertical from a terminal on the same wall 1500 mm
N Horizontal from a terminal on the same wall 300 mm
O From the wall on which the terminal has been installed 0 mm
P From a vertical structure on the roof 300 mm
Q Above the roof area 300 mm
R Horizontal from adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
S Above adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
T Below adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 2000 mm
Appendix
40 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
H2 Horizontal terminal positioning
BS 5440-1 recommends that fanned flue chimney terminals should be positioned as follows
a) at least 2 m from an opening in the building directly opposite and
b) so that the products of combustion are not directed to discharge directly across a boundary if the products are likely tocause a nuisance to a neighbour or discharge over a walkway or patio
For IE see current issue of IS 813
For boilers covered within this manual
1) Dimensions D E F and G
These clearances may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler In order to ensure that the con-densate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces the terminal should be extended as shown below
Balconyeaves
Gutter
Adequately secured airflue gas pipe
The flue pipe mustprotrude beyond any overhang
2) Dimension H
This clearance may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler However in order to ensure thatthe condensate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces a clearance of 300 mm is preferred
For 1 and 2 above you can use a flue gas management kit to enable the termination point to be positioned and directed awayfrom the building fabric
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 41
I Commissioning Checklist
copy Heating and Hotwater Industry Council (HHIC)
wwwcentralheatingcouk
Benchmark Commissioning and Servicing SectionIt is a requirement that the boiler is installed and commissioned to the
completed in full
Appendix
42 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
This Commissioning Checklist is to be completed in full by the competent person who commissioned the boiler as a means of demonstrating compliance with the appropriate Building Regulations and then handed to the customer to keep for future reference
GAS BOILER SYSTEM COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST
CONTROLS
Optimum start control
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
ALL SYSTEMS
Yes
Yes
CENTRAL HEATING MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
COMBINATION BOILERS ONLY
Yes
Yes
DOMESTIC HOT WATER MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
Yes Temperature
CONDENSING BOILERS ONLY
Yes
ALL INSTALLATIONS
AND sup2 Ratio
AND sup2 Ratio
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 43
It is recommended that your heating system is serviced regularly and that the appropriate Service Interval Record is completed
Service Provider
SERVICE RECORD
SERVICE 01
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 02
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 03
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 04
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 05
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 06
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 07
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 08
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 09
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 10
AND sup2 AND sup2
Appendix
44 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
PRIOR TO CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO CHECKThe boiler manufacturerrsquos installation instructions should have been followed gas type verified and gas
supply pressurerate checked as required prior to commissioningAs part of the installation process especially where a flue has been fitted by persons other than the boiler installer visually check the integrity of the whole flue system to confirm that all components are correctly assembled fixed and supported Check that manufacturerrsquos max flue lengths have not been
exceeded and all guidance has been followed (eg Gas Safe Technical Bulletin TB008)The flue gas analyser should be of the correct type as specified by BS 7967
Prior to its use the flue gas analyser should have been maintained and calibrated as specified by the manufacturer The installer must have the relevant competence for use of the analyser
Check and zero the analyser IN FRESH AIR as per analyser manufacturerrsquos instructions
NOTETHE AIR GAS RATIO VALVE IS FACTORY
SET AND MUST NOT BE ADJUSTED DURING COMMISSIONING UNLESS THIS ACTION IS RECOMMENDED FOLLOWING CONTACT WITH THE MANUFACTURER
If any such adjustment is recommended and further checking of the boiler is required the
installerservice engineer must be competent to carry out this work and to use the flue gas
analyser accordinglyIf the boiler requires conversion to operate with
a different gas family (eg conversion from natural gas to LPG) separate guidance will be
provided by the boiler manufacturer
CARRY OUT FLUE INTEGRITY CHECK USING ANALYSERInsert analyser probe into air inlet test point and allow readings to stabiliseNOTE - where no air inlet test point is provided then a flue integrity check
with the analyser is not possible The installer should verify that flue integrity has been visually checked in accordance with the ldquoPrior to
CO and combustion ratio checkrdquo box above before proceeding to the ldquoCheck CO and combustion ratio at maximum raterdquo stage below
SET BOILER TO MINIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at minimum rate (to
minimum load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - If manufacturerrsquos instructions do not specify how to set boiler to minimum
rate contact Technical Helpline for advice
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MINIMUM RATEWith boiler still set at minimum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas sampling
point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is not
specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MAX RATEWith boiler still set at maximum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas
sampling point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is
not specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
SET BOILER TO MAXIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at max rate
(full load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - Do not insert analyser probe during this period to avoid
possible ldquofloodingrdquo of sensor
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
BOILER IS OPERATING SATISFACTORILYno further actions required
Ensure test points are capped boiler case is correctly replaced and all other commissioning procedures are completed
Complete Benchmark Checklist recording CO and combustion ratio readings as required
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED
VERIFY FLUE INTEGRITYAnalyser readings indicate that combustion products and inlet air must be mixing Further investigation of
the flue is therefore requiredCheck that flue components are assembled fixed and supported as per boilerflue manufacturerrsquos
instructionsCheck that flue and flue terminal are not obstructed
IsCO less than
335ppmand
COCO2 ratio less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
Check all seals around the appliance burner internal flue seals door and case seals
Rectify where necessary
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED IF
COMMISSIONING CANNOT BE FULLY COMPLETED THE APPLIANCE MUST BE
DISCONNECTED FROM THE GAS SUPPLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GSIUR
NOTE Check and record CO and combustion ratio at both max and min rate before contacting the
manufacturer
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YESYES
YES
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 45
J Pipe lengths for the airflue pipe
J1 Length of the C13 type airflue pipe
Applicability C13 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C13 type airfluepipe
C13 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J2 Length of the C33 type airflue pipe
Applicability C33 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C33 type airfluepipe
C33 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J3 Length of the C43 type airflue pipe
Applicability C43 type airflue pipe
Diameter of theairflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L)
C43 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
Appendix
46 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
K Technical data
Technical data ndash Heating
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 530 lh 655 lh 788 lh 1094 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 353 lh 436 lh 525 lh 729 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
123 lh 153 lh 184 lh 255 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 1102 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 876 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
306 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
Technical data ndash G20 powerloading G20The lowest nominal heat output may be higher than the value in the technical data depending on the design of the systemand the current operating status
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 12 kW 15 kW 18 kW 25 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
48 hellip 130 kW 48 hellip 162 kW 53 hellip 195 kW 65 hellip 270 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
47 hellip 128 kW 47 hellip 159 kW 52 hellip 191 kW 64 hellip 265 kW
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
45 hellip 123 kW 45 hellip 152 kW 50 hellip 183 kW 61 hellip 254 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
44 hellip 150 kW 44 hellip 180 kW 49 hellip 252 kW 60 hellip 300 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
123 kW 153 kW 184 kW 255 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
153 kW 184 kW 257 kW 306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 30 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
76 hellip 324 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
75 hellip 318 kW
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 47
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
72 hellip 305 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
71 hellip 350 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
72 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
357 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
72 kW
Technical data ndash General
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch 34 inch 34 inch 34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h 32 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
13 msup3h 16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0476 msup3h 0480 msup3h 0533 msup3h 0648 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
206 gs 208 gs 231 gs 281 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
55 gs 69 gs 83 gs 115 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
69 gs 83 gs 116 gs 138 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
55 55 60 77
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
55 55 55 55
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
43 48 51 62
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
32 32 34 35
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
71 71 69 68
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
105 105 105 95
Released system types C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996 996 996 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040 1040 1040 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060 1060 1060 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085 1085 1085 1085
NOx class 5 5 5 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm
Appendix
48 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Net weight 31 kg 31 kg 31 kg 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 35 kg 35 kg 35 kg 36 kg
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
38 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
32 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0762 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
330 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
138 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
161 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
82
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
37
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
75
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
104
Released system types C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085
NOx class 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm
Net weight 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 36 kg
Technical data ndash Electrics
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 49
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max electrical power consump-tion
65 W 75 W 66 W 75 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W
Level of protection IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V
Max electrical power consump-tion
60 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W
Level of protection IPX4D
Index
50 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Index
AAirflue pipe installed 5BBurner anti-cycling time 20Bypass valve 22CCE label 8Check programmes 29
Using 15Checking the burner 25Checking the pre-charge pressure of the expansionvessel 25Cleaning the condensate siphon 25Cleaning the heat exchanger 24CO₂ content
Checking 20 23Competent person 4Completing inspection work 25Completing maintenance work 25Condensate discharge pipe 12Condensate siphon
Filling 18Controller 14Corrosion 5DDecommissioning 28Decommissioning the product 28Diagnostics codes
Using 15Documents 7Draining the product 25EElectricity 5Expansion relief valve 28FFault codes 26Fault memory 26Fault messages 26Fault symbol 15Flow rate-pressure curves 21Flue gas route 5Front casing closed 5Frost 5GGas family check 16Gas flow rate 18HHanding over to the end user 22High-efficiency pump 21High-efficiency pump output 21IIdentification plate 7If you smell flue gas 5If you smell gas 4Inspection work 22 38Installation site 5Intended use 4LLeak-tightness 20 25 28
MMains connection 14Maintenance work 22 38Minimum clearance 9PPower supply 14Preparing the repair work 26Preparing repair work 26Pressure sensor 28Pump head 27QQualification 4RRegulations 6Removing the air intake pipe 24Removing the burner 24Removing the flue gas pipe 24Removing the front casing 10Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24Removing the ignition transformer 24Removing the side section 10Replacing the burner 26Replacing the expansion vessel 27Replacing the heat exchanger 26Replacing the main PCB 28Replacing expansion vessel 27Resetting the burner anti-cycling time 21SSafety device 5Schematic drawing 5Setting the burner anti-cycling time 20Spare parts 23Switching on the product 17TTool 6Transport 5Transporting 8Treating the heating water 16UUnloading the box 8Unpacking the product 8User interface replacing the PCB 28Using
Check programmes 15Diagnostics codes 15
VVoltage 5WWall-mounting the product 9Weight 9
0020200964_04
ManufacturerSupplierVaillant Group UK LTD
Nottingham Road ‒ Belper ‒ Derbyshire DE56 1JQ
Telephone 01773 824639 ‒ Technical helpline 0330 100 7679
After sales service 0330 100 3142
wwwglow-wormcouk
0020200964_04 ‒ 16112017
copy These instructions or parts thereof are protected by copyright and may be repro-duced or distributed only with the manufacturers written consent
We reserve the right to make technical changes
Safety 1
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 5
142 Risk of death from escaping fluegas
If you operate the product with an empty con-densate trap siphon then flue gas may es-cape into the room air
In order to operate the product ensure thatthe condensate trap siphon is always full
143 Risk of death due to blocked orleaking flue gas routes
Installation errors damage tampering unau-thorised installation sites or similar can causeflue gas to escape and result in a risk of pois-oning
What to do if you smell flue gas in the prop-erty
Open all accessible doors and windowsfully to provide ventilation
Switch off the product Check the flue gas routes in the product
and the flue gas diversions
144 Risk of death due to explosive andflammable materials
Do not use the product in storage roomsthat contain explosive or flammable sub-stances (such as petrol paper or paint)
145 Risk of death from electric shock
There is a risk of death from electric shock ifyou touch live components
Before commencing work on the product
Unplug the mains plug Or disconnect the product from the power
supply by switching off all power supplies(electrical partition with a contact gap of atleast 3 mm eg fuse or circuit breaker)
Secure against being switched back onagain
Wait for at least 3 minutes until the capa-citors have discharged
Check that there is no voltage
146 Risk of death due to lack of safetydevices
The schematic drawings included in this doc-ument do not show all safety devices re-quired for correct installation
Install the necessary safety devices in thesystem
Observe the applicable national and inter-national laws standards and guidelines
147 Risk of poisoning and burns causedby escaping hot flue gases
Only operate the product if the airflue pipehas been completely installed
With the exception of short periods fortesting purposes only operate the productwhen the front casing is installed andclosed
148 Risk of being burned or scalded byhot components
Only carry out work on these componentsonce they have cooled down
149 Risk of injury due to the heavyweight of the product
Make sure that the product is transportedby at least two people
1410 Risk of corrosion damage due tounsuitable combustion and roomair
Sprays solvents chlorinated cleaningagents paint adhesives ammonia com-pounds dust or similar substances may leadto corrosion on the product and in the fluesystem
Ensure that the supply of combustion air isalways free of fluorine chlorine sulphurdust etc
Ensure that no chemical substances arestored at the installation site
If you are installing the product inhairdressing salons painters or joinersworkshops cleaning businesses or similarlocations choose a separate installationroom in which the room air is technicallyfree of chemical substances
1411 Risk of material damage caused byfrost
Do not install the product in rooms proneto frost
1 Safety
6 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
1412 Risk of material damage caused byusing an unsuitable tool
Use the correct tool to tighten or loosenthreaded connections
15 Regulations (directives lawsstandards)
Observe the national regulations stand-ards guidelines and laws
Notes on the documentation 2
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 7
2 Notes on the documentation
21 Observing other applicable documents
You must observe all the operating and installation in-structions included with the system components
22 Storing documents
Pass these instructions and all other applicable docu-ments on to the system operator
23 Validity of the instructions
These instructions apply only to
Product article number
Article number Gas CouncilNumber
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
0010015655 41-019-16
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
0010015656 41-019-17
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
0010015657 41-019-18
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
0010015658 41-019-19
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
0010015659 41-019-20
24 Benchmark
Glow-worm is a licensed member of the BenchmarkScheme
Benchmark places responsibilities on both manufacturersand installers The purpose is to ensure that customers areprovided with the correct equipment for their needs that it isinstalled commissioned and serviced in accordance with themanufacturerrsquos instructions by a competent person approvedat the time by the Health and Safety Executive and that itmeets the requirements of the appropriate Building Regu-lations The Benchmark Checklist can be used to demon-strate compliance with Building Regulations and should beprovided to the customer for future reference
Installers are required to carry out installation commission-ing and servicing work in accordance with the BenchmarkCode of Practice which is available from the Heating andHotwater Industry Council who manage and promote theScheme
Benchmark is managed and promoted by the Heating andHotwater Industry Council
For more information visit wwwcentralheatingcouk
3 Product description
31 Compartment Ventilation
The boilers are very high efficiency appliances
As a consequence the heat loss from the appliance casingduring operation is very low
Compartment ventilation is not required as the products areonly certified and can only be fitted with a concentric fluesystem
32 Information on the identification plate
The identification plate is mounted on the underside of theproduct in the factory
The identification plate keeps record of the country in whichthe product is to be installed
Information on theidentification plate
Meaning
Barcode with serial number
Serial number For quality control purposes 3rd and 4thdigits = year of production
For quality control purposes 5th and 6thdigits = week of production
For identification purposes 7th to 16thdigits = product article number
For quality control purposes 17th to 20thdigits = place of manufacture
ENERGY s Product description
2H G20 ndash 20 kPa(20 mbar)
Factory setting for type of gas and gasconnection pressure
Cat Unit category
Condensing techno-logy
Efficiency class of the boiler in accord-ance with EC Directive 9242EEC
Type Xx3(x) Permissible flue gas connections
PMS Maximum water pressure in heatingmode
PMW Maximum water pressure in hot waterhandling mode
VHz Electric connection
W Max electrical power consumption
IP Level of protection
Heating mode
Pn Nominal heat output range in heatingmode
Pnc Nominal heat output range in heatingmode (condensing technology)
P Nominal heat output range in hot waterhandling mode
Qn Nominal heating load range in heatingmode
Qnw Nominal heating load range in hot waterhandling mode
Tmax Max flow temperature
NOx NOx class for the product
Code (DSN) Specific product code
Read the instructions
4 Set-up
8 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Information on theidentification plate
Meaning
GC no Gas council number
33 Functional elements Pure boiler
14
1110
9
7
8
6
4
5
3
2
1
1617
13
15
12
1 Electronics box
2 Heating circuit expan-sion relief valve
3 Condensate siphon
4 Flue gas pipe
5 Pressure sensor
6 Flue gas analysis point(for rear flue gas con-nection)
7 Ignition transformer
8 Gas valve
9 Air intake pipe
10 Fan
11 Supply air measuringstub pipe (for upper fluegas connection)
12 Flue gas analysis point(for upper flue gasconnection)
13 Primary heat exchanger
14 Heating expansionvessel
15 Purge hose
16 Heating pump
17 Bypass
34 CE label
ensp
The CE label shows that the products comply with the basicrequirements of the applicable directives as stated on theidentification plate
The declaration of conformity can be viewed at the manufac-turers site
4 Set-up
41 Transporting the unit
Important With regard to the regulations of 1992 concern-ing the manual handling of loads the unit exceeds theweight that can be lifted by a single person
411 General
Hold the load as close as possible to your body Avoidrotational movements Instead reposition your feet
If the unit is being lifted by two persons ensure yourmovements are coordinated during lifting
Avoid bending your upper body ndash do not lean forwards orto the side
Wear suitable non-slip protective gloves in order to pro-tect your hands against sharp edges Ensure that you arecarrying the load securely
If required get somebody to assist you in this
412 Unloading the box from the delivery van
It is recommended that two people lift the unit together
Lift the box using the straps provided
Use safe lifting techniques ndash keep your back straight andbend your legs at the knee
Hold the load as close as possible to your body
If the unit is being lifted by two persons ensure yourmovements are coordinated during lifting
If required get somebody to assist you in this
42 Unpacking the product
1 Remove the product from its box
2 Remove the protective film from all of the productscomponents
43 Checking the scope of delivery
Check that the scope of delivery is complete and intact
Number Designation
1 Heat generator
1 Unit mounting bracket
1 Flexible condensate discharge pipe
4 34 seals
3 12 seals
2 Service valve
1 Gas stopcock
2 Connection pipe (heating flow and return)
Set-up 4
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 9
Number Designation
1 Gas pipe
1 Expansion relief valve discharge pipe
1 Mounting template
1 Enclosed documentation
44 Dimensions
96121
34
123185
390
123
170
702
150
1 2 3
5
4
1 Heating flow
2 Gas connection
3 Heating return
4 Connection on the backof the airflue pipe
5 Connection on the topof the airflue pipe
45 Minimum clearances
CC
AB
D
Minimum clearance
A 150 mm (top airflue gas connection)
20 mm (airflue gas connection on the rear)
B 150 mm
C 5 mm
(70 mm if the side panels ought to be removed)
D 600 mm
It is not necessary to maintain a clearance between theproduct and components made of combustible materials thatgo beyond the minimum clearances
46 Using the mounting template
Use the mounting template to ascertain the locations atwhich you need to drill holes
47 Wall-mounting the product
Note
If you are using the rear airflue gas connectioninstall the airflue pipe before you wall-mount theproduct
1 Check whether the wall has sufficient load-bearing ca-pacity to bear the operational weight of the product
2 Check if the supplied fixing material may be used forthe wall
Conditions The load-bearing capacity of the wall is sufficient The fixingmaterial may be used for the wall
Wall-mount the product as described
4 Set-up
10 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Conditions The load-bearing capacity of the wall is not sufficient
Ensure that wall-mounting apparatus on-site has a suf-ficient load-bearing capacity Use individual stands orprimary walling for example
Do not wall-mount the product if you cannot providewall-mounting apparatus with a sufficient load-bearingcapacity
Conditions The fixing material may not be used for the wall
Wall-mount the product as described using the permittedfixing material provided on-site
48 Removinginstalling the front casing
481 Removing the front casing
B
C
A
1
1
1 Undo the two screws (1)
2 Gently press the front casing backwards in the centreso that the latching lug is released
3 Pull the front casing forwards at the bottom edge
4 Lift the front casing upwards from the bracket
482 Installing the front casing
Refit the components in the reverse order
49 Removinginstalling the side section
491 Removing the side section
CautionRisk of material damage caused by mech-anical deformation
Removing both side sections may causemechanical distortion in the product whichmay cause damage to the piping for ex-ample and potentially result in leaks
Always remove only one side section ndashnever both side sections at the same time
Note
If there is sufficient lateral clearance (at least70 mm) you can remove the side section to fa-cilitate maintenance or repair work
2x 1
A
B
C
D
1 Tilt the electronics box forward
2 Hold on to the side section so that it cannot fall andunscrew both screws (1) one from the top and onefrom the bottom
3 Tilt the side section to the outside and move it down-wards and out
492 Installing the side section
Refit the components in the reverse order
Installation 5
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 11
5 Installation
DangerRisk of scalding andor damage due toincorrect installation leading to escapingwater
Mechanical stresses in the connection pipesmay lead to leaks
Ensure that there is no mechanical stresswhen installing the connection pipes
CautionRisk of material damage caused byresidues in the pipelines
Welding remnants sealing residues dirt orother residues in the pipelines may damagethe product
Flush the heating installation thoroughlybefore installing the product
51 Checking the gas meter
Make sure that the existing gas meter is capable ofpassing the rate of gas supply required
52 Gas and water connections
CautionRisk of damage caused by incorrect gasconnection installation
Excess test pressure or operating pressuremay cause damage to the gas valve
Check the leak-tightness of the gas valveusing a maximum pressure of 11 kPa(110 mbar)
CautionRisk of material damage caused by corro-sion
Due to non-diffusion-tight plastic pipes in theheating installation air gets into the heatingwater Air in the heating water causes corro-sion in the heat generator circuit and in theproduct
If you use non-diffusion-tight plastic pipesin the heating installation ensure that noair gets into the heat generator circuit
CautionRisk of material damage due to heat trans-fer during soldering
Only solder connectors if the connectorsare not yet screwed to the service valves
Note
Apply heat insulation to the water pipes to theboiler outlet and to the installation
Preliminary work1 Check that the system volume and the volumetric capa-
city of the expansion vessel are compatible
If the volume of the expansion vessel is insufficientfor the installation
Install an additional expansion vessel in theheating return as close to the product as pos-sible
Install a non-return valve at the products outlet(heating flow)
2 Ensure that the installation has the following compon-ents
ndash A cold water stopcock for the unit
ndash A gas stopcock for the unit
ndash A filling and draining device in the heating installa-tion
1
2
3
1 Heating flow connec-tion G34
2 Gas connection G12
3 Heating return connec-tion G34
1 Connect the water and gas connections in accordancewith the applicable standards
2 Purge the gas pipe before start-up
3 Check whether the connections (rarr Page 20) are leak-tight
5 Installation
12 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
53 Connecting the drain pipework for theexpansion relief valve
1
Ensure that the pipeline is visible
The pipe must have a continuous fall and be routed to aposition so that any discharge of water possibly boilingor steam cannot create any danger to persons damageto property or external electrical components and wiring
◁ The piping must be installed in such a way that youcan see when water drips out
54 Connecting the condensate discharge pipe
1
2
Follow the instructions listed here and observe the legaland local regulations on condensate discharge
Use PVC or any other material that is suitable for drain-ing the non-neutralised condensate
If you cannot guarantee that the materials from which thedrain pipework is made are suitable install a system forneutralising the condensate
Note
The condensate drain pipework must have acontinuous fall (45 mm per metre) and shouldwhenever possible terminate at a suitabledrain point within the heated envelope of thebuilding that will remain frost free under longperiods of low external temperatures
Connect the condensate traps (1) Use the supplied drainhose (2) for this
Connect a condensate discharge pipe (215 mm notincluded in the scope of delivery) to the drain hose (2)
During installation remove all burrs from inside of cut pipework and avoid excessive adhesive which may trap smallpockets of water close to the pipe wall which can freezeand build into a larger ice plug
For any installation the condensate must be free flowingand not be possible for air back-pressure to prevent wa-ter flow
As with other pipe work insulate the condensate dis-charge pipe to minimise any risk of freezing and bewarewhen crossing cavities that the fall is maintained and thepipe sleeved
You can find further information in specification BS 6798for installing and maintaining gas-fired boilers with a nominalheat input below 70 kW
541 Condensate drainage systems
5411 Internal soil and vent pipe
Oslash19mm min
5412 External soil and vent pipe
L = 3m max
Oslash19mm min
Oslash30mm
5413 External termination into a gulley or hopper
L = 3m max
Oslash19mm min
Oslash30mm
Installation 5
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 13
5414 Internal termination into combined sinkwaste
Oslash30mm
Oslash19mm min
5415 Internal termination downstream of sinkwaste
Oslash30mm
Oslash19mm min
5416 External termination into soakaway
400m
m m
in
300m
m m
in25
mm
min
500mm min
Oslash100mm
L = 3m max
Oslash19mm min
Oslash30mm
5417 External termination into rain water downpipe
Oslash19mm min
Oslash30mm
55 Electrical installation
DangerRisk of death from electric shock
The power supply terminals L and N remainlive even if the product is switched off
Switch off the power supply Secure the power supply against being
switched on again
Only qualified electricians may carry out the electrical install-ation
551 Opening the electronics box
A
B
B
Follow the instructions in the specified sequence
5 Installation
14 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
552 Closing the electronics box
Follow the instructions in the reverse order
553 Cable route
1
2
1 24-V eBUS cable route 2 230-V eBUS cable route
554 Carrying out the wiring
30 mm max
1 Shorten the connection cables to the appropriatelengths to prevent them from causing damage insidethe electronics box
2 Screw the plug to the connection cable
3 Plug the plug into the slot provided on the PCB
555 Establishing the power supply
1
1 Observe all valid regulations
2 Ensure that the rated mains voltage is 230 V
3 Set up a fixed connection and install a partition with acontact opening of at least 3 mm (eg fuses or powerswitches)
4 Provide one common electricity supply for the boilerand for the corresponding controller
ndash Power supply Single-phase 230 V 50 Hz
ndash Fuse protection le 3 A
5 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
6 Observe the routing of the power supply cable (1) in theelectronics box in order to guarantee that there is nostrain
le 30
mm
NL X1230V~
RT
7 Carry out the wiring (rarr Page 14)
8 Close the electronics box
9 Make sure that access to the mains connection is al-ways available and is not covered or blocked
556 Connecting controllers to the electronicsystem
X2
X22 X41
ndash +24V=RT BUS
BurneroffX
106
BUS24 V
BU
SR
TB
off
Burner
offR
T24V
=-
+B
US
1
4
32
1 Safety thermostat forfloor-standing heating
2 24 V controller
3 eBUS controller or radioreceiver unit
4 Outside temperaturesensor wired
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
Operation 6
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 15
2 Carry out the wiring (rarr Page 14)
3 Connect the individual components depending on thetype of installation
Conditions If installing a multi-circuit controller
Change the pumps operating mode d18 from Eco (in-termittently operating pump) to Comfort (continuouslyoperating pump)
Conditions When connecting a controller (230 V)
le 30
mm
NL X1230V~
RT
Connect the controller to the main plug
Remove the bridge from the plug 24V=RT
4 Close the electronics box
6 Operation
61 Using diagnostics codes
You can use the parameters marked as adjustable in thetable of diagnostics codes to adapt the product to the systemand customer requirements
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
611 Activating diagnostics codes
1 Press and hold the button for 7 seconds
◁ is shown in the display
2 Press the or button to set the value
◁ The access code (96) is reserved for the competentperson
◁ The access code (35) is reserved for the customerservice
3 Press the button to confirm
◁ is shown in the display
612 Setting a diagnostics code
1 Press the or button to select the diagnosticscode
2 Press the button to confirm
◁ The value andor status of the diagnostics code isshown in the display
3 Press the or button to set the value
4 If you allow the value to flash for three seconds thesetting is automatically confirmed
◁ is shown in the display for 1 second
Note
You can manually confirm the setting at anytime by pressing and holding the buttonfor less than 3 seconds
5 Proceed accordingly for all parameters that need to bechanged
6 Press and hold the button for 3 seconds to finishconfiguring the diagnostics codes
◁ The display switches to the basic display
62 Displaying the status codes
The status codes display the products current operatingstatus
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
621 Activating the status codes display
1 Hold the button down for more than 7 seconds
◁ SXX is shown on the display followed by the heat-ing flow temperature the internal system pressureand the cylinder temperature (depending on the ver-sion)
2 Press the button to exit this menu
◁ The display switches to the basic display
63 Using check programmes
By activating various check programmes you can triggervarious special functions on the product
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
631 Calling up the check programmes
1 Hold the button down for more than 5 seconds
◁ All symbols are shown in the display
◁ is shown in the display
2 Press and hold the button for five seconds
◁ is shown in the display
3 Press the or button to select the checkprogramme
4 Press the button to confirm
◁ on is shown in the display and the programmestarts
5 Press the and buttons at the same time whilstrunning a check programme
◁ The heating water temperature and the filling pres-sure for the heating installation are shown altern-ately in the display
6 Press the button to return to the check programme
◁ The display shows the check programme
7 Press the button to finish the check programme
◁ OFF is shown in the display
8 Press and hold the button for 3 seconds to finishthe check programmes
7 Start-up
16 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
◁ End is shown in the display
◁ The display switches to the basic display
Note
If you do not press any button for 15 minutesthe current programme is automatically can-celled and the basic display is shown
632 Displaying the pressure and temperature ofthe heating during a check programme
1 Press the buttons simultaneously
◁ Display the filling pressure in the heating installation
◁ Display the heating flow temperature
2 Press the button to display the check programmecurrently running
7 Start-up
71 Carrying out the initial start-up
Initial start-up must be carried out by a customer servicetechnician or an authorised competent person using the first-commissioning-checklist The first-commissioning-checklistin the appendix (rarr Page 41) of the installation instructionsmust be filled out and stored carefully along with the unitsdocumentation
Carry out the initial start-up using the first-commission-ing-checklist in the appendix
Fill out and sign the first-commissioning-checklist
72 Checking the type of gas
Make sure that the product is set up correctly by checkingthe type of gas This ensures optimum combustion quality
Check the type of gas as part of routine product mainten-ance work when replacing components or carrying outwork on the gas route
73 Checking the factory setting
The products combustion has been factory tested and ispreset for operation with the gas group indicated on the iden-tification plate
The product is only authorised to be operated with naturalgas
Check the information about the type of gas indicated onthe identification plate and compare this with the type ofgas available at the installation location
Conditions The product design is not compatible with the local gasgroup
Do not start up the product
Conditions The product design is compatible with the local gas group
Proceed as described below
74 Checking and treating the heatingwaterfilling and supplementary water
CautionRisk of material damage due to poor-qual-ity heating water
Ensure that the heating water is of suffi-cient quality
Before filling or topping up the installation check thequality of the heating water
Checking the quality of the heating water Remove a little water from the heating circuit
Check the appearance of the heating water
If you ascertain that it contains sedimentary materialsyou must desludge the installation
Use a magnetic rod to check whether it contains mag-netite (iron oxide)
If you ascertain that it contains magnetite clean the in-stallation and apply suitable corrosion-protection meas-ures or fit a magnetic filter
Check the pH value of the removed water at 25 degC
If the value is below 65 or above 85 clean the systemand treat the heating water
Ensure that oxygen cannot get into the heating water
Checking the filling and supplementary water Before filling the installation measure the hardness of the
filling and supplementary water
Treating the filling and supplementary water Observe all applicable national regulations and technical
standards when treating the filling and supplementarywater
Provided the national regulations and technical standardsdo not stipulate more stringent requirements the followingapplies
You must treat the heating water in the following cases
ndash If the entire filling and supplementary water quantity dur-ing the operating life of the system exceeds three timesthe nominal volume of the heating installation or
ndash If the guideline values listed in the following table are notmet or
ndash if the pH value of the heating water is less than 65 ormore than 85
Totalheatingoutput
Water hardness at specific system volume1)
le 20 lkWgt 20 lkWle 50 lkW
gt 50 lkW
kWppm
CaCO₃molmsup3
ppmCaCO₃
molmsup3
ppmCaCO₃
molmsup3
lt 50 lt 300 lt 3 200 2 2 002
gt 50to le 200
200 2 150 15 2 002
gt 200to le 600
150 15 2 002 2 002
gt 600 2 002 2 002 2 002
1) Nominal capacity in litresheating output in the case of multi-boiler systems the smallest single heating output is to be used
Start-up 7
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 17
CautionThe use of unsuitable heating water maycause aluminium corrosion and a result-ing lack of leak-tightness
In contrast to steel grey cast iron or copperfor example aluminium reacts with alkalineheating water (pH value gt 85) to producesubstantial corrosion
When using aluminium make sure thatthe pH value of the heating water isbetween 65 and a maximum of 85
CautionRisk of material damage if the heatingwater is treated with unsuitable additives
Unsuitable additives may cause changes inthe components noises in heating mode andpossibly subsequent damage
Do not use any unsuitable frost and cor-rosion protection agents biocides or seal-ants
No incompatibility with our products has been detected todate with proper use of the following additives
When using additives follow the manufacturers instruc-tions without exception
We accept no liability for the compatibility of any additive orits effectiveness in the rest of the heating system
Additives for cleaning measures (subsequentflushing required)ndash Adey MC3+
ndash Adey MC5
ndash Fernox F3
ndash Sentinel X 300
ndash Sentinel X 400
Additives intended to remain permanently in theinstallationndash Adey MC1+
ndash Fernox F1
ndash Fernox F2
ndash Sentinel X 100
ndash Sentinel X 200
Additives for frost protection intended to remainpermanently in the installationndash Adey MC ZERO
ndash Fernox Antifreeze Alphi 11
ndash Sentinel X 500
If you have used the above-mentioned additives informthe end user about the measures that are required
Inform the end user about the measures required for frostprotection
75 Avoiding danger arising from insufficientwater pressure
The filling pressure must be between 010 and 015 MPa(10 and 15 bar)
Note
If the heating flow temperature is shown in thedisplay press and hold the and buttonsat the same time for longer than five seconds ortemporarily deactivate heating mode in order todisplay the pressure
If the heating installation extends over several storeyshigher filling pressures may be required to avoid air enteringthe heating installation
If the water pressure falls below 005 MPa (05 bar) thevalue flashes in the display
If the water pressure falls below 003 MPa (03 bar) theproduct switches off The display shows 00 MPa (00 bar)Fault F22 will be stored in the fault list
Top up the water in the heating installation to start up theproduct again
◁ The pressure value flashes in the display until apressure of 005 MPa (05 bar) or higher has beenreached
76 Switching on the product
Switch on the product via the main switch installed on-site
77 Filling and purging the heating installation
Preliminary work Flush the heating installation through
1
1
1 Check the silicone hose connection (1) between thepumps automatic air vent and the hydraulic console
2 Fill with water until the required filling pressure isreached
ndash Recommended filling pressure 1 hellip 15 bar
◁ The heating and hot water functions cannot be activ-ated
◁ The pressure value flashes in the display until apressure of 005 MPa (05 bar) or higher has beenreached
7 Start-up
18 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
◁ An automatic air vent function is activated if thepressure exceeds 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than15 seconds
3 Purge each radiator until the water escapes normallyand then retighten the systems purging valves
4 Check whether all connections are leak-tight
Conditions If the noise persists in the boiler
Purge the product again by activating check programme(P07) and then (P06)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
78 Filling the condensate siphon
C
2
3
1
AB
1 Unclip the lower section of the siphon (1) from the up-per section of the siphon (2)
2 Remove the float (3)
3 Fill the lower section of the siphon with water up to 10mm below the upper edge of the condensate drain pipe-work
4 Re-insert the float (3)
Note
Check that the float is present in the con-densate siphon
5 Clip the lower section of the siphon (1) into the uppersection of the siphon (2)
79 Filling the hot water circuit
1 Open the water tap to fill the hot water circuit
2 Close the water tap once the appropriate volume ofwater has flowed out
◁ The hot water circuit is filled
3 Check all connections and the entire system for leak-tightness
710 Checking and adjusting the gas settings
Only a qualified competent person is authorised to imple-ment the settings on the gas valve assembly
Each destroyed tamper-proof seal must be replaced
The CO₂ adjusting screw must be sealed
Never modify the factory setting of the gas pressure regu-lator of the gas valve assembly
7101 Checking the gas flow rate
The gas flow rate has been set during production and doesnot require adjustment With the front casing fitted check thegas flow rate of the boiler as follows
Start up the product with the check programme P01
In addition ensure that maximum heat can be dissipatedinto the heating system by turning up the room thermo-stat
Wait at least 5 minutes until the boiler has reached itsoperating temperature
Ensure that all other gas appliances in the property areturned off
Measure the gas flow rate at the gas meter
Compare the measured values with the correspondingvalues in the table
Qnw from the dataplate
H gas in msup3h
Nom +5 minus10
153 162 170 146
184 195 205 176
247 261 274 235
257 272 286 245
286 303 318 273
306 324 340 292
357 378 397 340
Conditions Gas flow rate not in the permissible range
Check all of the piping and ensure that the gas flow ratesare correct
Only put the product into operation once the gas flowrates have been corrected
Conditions Gas flow rate in the permissible range
End the check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down by allowing pump overrun tooperate for a minimum of 2 minutes
Record the boiler maximum gas flow rate onto theBenchmark gas boiler commissioning checklist
Start-up 7
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 19
7102 Checking the gas connection pressure (gasflow pressure)
1
2
1 Ensure that the gas inlet working pressure can beobtained with all other gas appliances in the propertyworking
2 Close the gas stopcock (1)
3 Undo the sealing screw on the test nipple (2)
4 Connect a manometer to the test nipple (2)
5 Open the gas stopcock (1)
6 Start up the product with check programme P01 (sys-tem with eBUS control) or P03 (installation withouteBUS control)
7 In addition ensure that maximum heat can be dissip-ated into the heating system by turning up the roomthermostat
8 With the boiler operating at full load check that the gasinlet working pressure at the reference test point (2)complies with the requirements
Permissible connection pressure
Great Bri-tain
Naturalgas
G20 17 hellip 2 kPa
(170hellip 20 mbar)
9 Should the pressure recorded at the reference test pointin the boiler be lower than indicated check if there isany blockage in the pipework or if the pipework is un-dersized
Conditions Gas flow pressure not in the permissible range
CautionRisk of material damage and operatingfaults caused by incorrect gas connec-tion pressureIf the gas connection pressure lies outsidethe permissible range this can cause oper-ating faults in and damage to the product Do not make any adjustments to the
product Do not start up the product
If you cannot correct the failure notify the gas supplycompany and proceed as follows
End check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down by allowing pump overrunto operate for a minimum of two minutes
Close the gas stopcock
Remove the pressure gauge and retighten the sealingscrew (2) for the measuring nipple
Open the gas stopcock (1)
Check the test nipple for gas tightness
Close the gas stopcock (1)
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
Disconnect the product from the electrical installation
You must not start up the boiler
Conditions Gas flow pressure in the permissible range
End the check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down allowing pump overrun tooperate for a minimum of two minutes
Close the gas stopcock (1)
Remove the pressure gauge and retighten the sealingscrew (2) for the measuring nipple
Open the gas stopcock (1)
Check the test nipple for gas tightness
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
Reset boiler controls for normal operation
Record the appliance gas inlet working pressure (kParesp mbar) in the Benchmark gas boiler commissioningchecklist
7103 Checking the leak-tightness of the flue gasinstallation and flue gas recirculation
1 Check the flue gas installation is intact in accordancewith the latest gas safe technical bulletin and informa-tion supplied in the installation instructions
2 For extended flue gas installations check for flue gasrecirculation using the air analysis point
3 Use a flue gas analyser
4 If you discover CO or CO2 in the supply air search forthe leak in the flue gas installation or for signs of fluegas recirculation
5 Eliminate the damage properly
6 Check again whether the supply air contains any CO orCO2
7 If you cannot eliminate the damage do not start up theproduct
7104 Thoroughly flushing the heating installation(hot)
1 Operate the appliance until the boiler and the heatingsystem are up to temperature
2 Check the heating system for leaks
3 Connect a hose to the drain valve located at the lowestposition of the heating system
4 Shut off the boiler open the drain valve and all purgevalves on the radiators and allow the water to flow outof the heating system and the boiler quickly and fully
5 Close the drain valve
6 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
7 Re-fill the system until the system design pressure of01 MPa (10 bar) is attained
8 Adapting the unit to the heating installation
20 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Note
The actual reading on the digital pressuregauge should ideally be 005 MPa (05 bar)plus an additional pressure correspondingto the highest point of the system above thebase of the boiler ndash 10 m head equals an ad-ditional 1 bar reading on the pressure gaugeThe minimum pressure should not be lessthan 01 MPa (1 bar) in any installation Ifthe system is to be treated with an inhibitor itshould be applied at this stage in accordancewith the manufacturerrsquos instructions Furtherinformation can be obtained from SentinelBetz Dearborn Ltd Tel 0151 420 9595 orFernox Alphandash Fry technologies Tel 08708700362
8 Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
7105 Checking the CO₂ content
1 Start up the product with the check programme (P01)and set the value
ndash Setting value for the programme P01 100
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
2 Wait until the value that is read is stable
ndash Waiting period for reading a stable value 5 min
1
3 Unscrew the cover from the flue gas analysis point (1)
4 Measure the CO₂ content at the flue gas analysis point(1)
5 Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Checking the CO₂ content
Great Britain
front casing on front casing off
Natural gas
G20
92 plusmn1
◁ The value is OK
The value is not OK you cannot start up theproduct
Inform Customer Service
711 Checking leak-tightness
Check the gas pipe the heating circuit and the hot watercircuit for leak-tightness
Check that the airflue pipe has been installed correctly
Conditions Room-sealed operation
Check whether the vacuum chamber has been closedtightly
7111 Checking the heating mode
1 Activate the heating mode on the user interface
2 Turn all thermostatic radiator valves on the radiatorsuntil they are fully open
3 Allow the product to operate for at least 15 minutes
4 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
5 Activate the display for the current operating status(rarr Page 15)
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
◁ If the product is working correctly the display showsS04
7112 Checking the hot water generation
1 Activate the hot water handling mode on the userinterface
2 Open a hot water valve completely
3 Activate the display for the current operating status(rarr Page 15)
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
◁ If the product is working correctly the display showsS14
8 Adapting the unit to the heatinginstallation
You can resetchange the system parameters (section Us-ing diagnostics codes)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
81 Burner anti-cycling time
To prevent frequent switching on and off of the burner andthus prevent energy losses an electronic restart lockoutis activated for a specific period each time the burner isswitched off The burner anti-cycling time is only active forthe heating mode Hot water handling mode during a burneranti-cycling time does not affect the time function element
811 Setting the maximum burner anti-cyclingtime
1 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
2 If required adjust the maximum burner anti-cycling timeusing the diagnostics code d02
Adapting the unit to the heating installation 8
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 21
812 Resetting the remaining burner anti-cyclingtime
Hold the button down for more than 3 seconds
◁ is shown in the display
82 Setting the pump output
The product is equipped with a speed-regulated high-effi-ciency pump which adjusts independently to the hydraulicconditions of the heating installation
If you have installed a low loss header in the heating install-ation you should switch off the speed regulation and set thepump output to a fixed value
If required change the setting of the pump speed whichdepends on the operating mode under diagnostics coded14
Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 12 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
0
10
20
30
40
50
0 200 400 600 800 1000
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 15 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
1 2
34
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 18 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
01020304050
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
6070
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 25 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
01020304050
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
6070
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 30 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
01020304050607080
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 A
B 1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
9 Handing the product over to the end user
22 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
83 Setting the bypass valve
CautionRisk of material damage caused by incor-rect setting of the high-efficiency pump
If the pressure at the bypass valve is in-creased (by turning it clockwise) and thepump output is set to less than 100 theproduct may not operate correctly
In this case set the pump output to5 = 100 using diagnostics parameterd14
Conditions d14 is set to 0 = auto
Do not change the factory settings
Conditions d14 is set to 1 - 5
Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
1
Regulate the pressure using the adjusting screw (1)
Position of the adjustingscrew
Notesapplication
Right-hand stop (screwedall the way in)
If the radiators do not heatup sufficiently at the defaultsetting In this case you mustset the pump to the maximumspeed
Mid-position (six anti-clockwise rotations)
Default setting
Five further anti-clockwiserotations starting from themid-position
If noises are produced in theradiators or radiator valves
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
84 Setting the hot water temperature
DangerRisk of death from legionella
Legionella multiply at temperatures below60 degC
Ensure that the end user is familiar withall of the Anti-legionella measures in orderto comply with the applicable regulationsregarding legionella prevention
Set the hot water temperature
Conditions Water hardness gt 357 molmsup3
ndash Hot water temperature le 50
9 Handing the product over to the enduser
When you have finished the installation attach the stickersupplied (in the end users language) to the productcover
Explain to the end user how the safety devices work andwhere they are located
Inform the end user how to handle the product
In particular draw attention to the safety informationwhich the end user must follow
Inform the end user that they must have the productmaintained in accordance with the specified intervals
Instruct the end user about measures taken for routingthe combustion air supply and flue system
10 Inspection and maintenance
101 Using original seals
If you replace components use only the enclosed originalseals additional sealing materials are not required
102 Observing inspection and maintenanceintervals
Adhere to the minimum inspection and maintenance in-tervals The inspection may require maintenance to becarried out earlier depending on the results
Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview(rarr Page 38)
Inspection and maintenance 10
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 23
103 Procuring spare parts
The original components of the product were also certifiedby the manufacturer as part of the declaration of conformityIf you use other non-certified or unauthorised parts duringmaintenance or repair work this may void the conformity ofthe product and it will therefore no longer comply with theapplicable standards
We strongly recommend that you use original spare partsfrom the manufacturer as this guarantees fault-free and safeoperation of the product To receive information about theavailable original spare parts contact the contact addressprovided on the reverse of these instructions
If you require spare parts for maintenance or repairwork use only the spare parts that are permitted for theproduct
104 Checking the CO₂ content
1 Start up the product with the check programme (P01)and set the value
ndash Setting value for the programme P01 100
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
2 Wait until the value that is read is stable
ndash Waiting period for reading a stable value 5 min
1
3 Unscrew the cover from the flue gas analysis point (1)
4 Measure the CO₂ content at the flue gas analysis point(1)
5 Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Checking the CO₂ content
Great Britain
front casing on front casing off
Natural gas
G20
92 plusmn1
◁ The value is OK
The value is not OK you cannot start up theproduct
Set the CO₂ content (rarr Page 23)
105 Setting the CO₂ content
Conditions The CO₂ content must be adjusted
1
A
B
Remove the sticker
Turn the screw (1) to set the CO₂ content (value withfront casing removed)
◁ To increase the CO₂ content Turn anti-clockwise
◁ To decrease the CO₂ content Turn clockwise
Only carry out the adjustment in increments of 18 turnand wait approximately 1 minute after each adjustmentuntil the value has stabilised
Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Setting the CO₂ value
Great Britain
front casing on front casingoff
Natural gas
G20
CO₂ at full load 92 plusmn02
Set for Wobbeindex W₀
1409 kWsdothmsup3
O₂ at full load 45 plusmn18 vol
CO at full load le 250 ppm
COCO₂ le 00027
If the setting is not in the specified adjustment rangeyou must not start up the product
Inform Customer Service
Check whether the air-quality requirements with regardto carbon monoxide are fulfilled
Fit the front panel
10 Inspection and maintenance
24 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
106 Removing the gas-air mixture unit
Note
The gas-air mixture unit consists of three maincomponents
ndash Fan
ndash Gas valve
ndash Burner cover
1 Switch off the product via the main switch
2 Close the gas isolator cock
3 Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
C
AB
1
D
2
4 Remove the screw (1)
5 Push the clip upwards
6 Remove the flue gas pipe (2)
3
4
5
AB
7 Remove the air intake pipe (3)
8 Remove the plugs from the gas valve (4) and from thefan (5)
A
C
D B
6
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (6)
7
7
8
10 Remove the burner seals (7) and the burner (8)
11 Check the burner and the heat exchanger for damageand dirt
12 If necessary clean or replace the components accord-ing to the following sections
13 Install the two new burner seals
107 Cleaning the heat exchanger
1
1 Protect the folded down electronics box against sprayedwater
2 Clean the ribs of the heat exchanger (1) with water
◁ The water runs out into the condensate tray
Inspection and maintenance 10
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 25
108 Checking the burner
1 Search the surface of the burner for possible damage Ifyou see any damage replace the burner
2 Install the two new burner seals
109 Checking the ignition electrode
1
2
3 4 5
1 Disconnect the connection (2) and the earthing cable(1)
2 Remove the fixing screws (3)
3 Carefully remove the electrode from the combustionchamber
4 Check that the electrode ends (4) are undamaged
5 Check the electrode distance
ndash Clearance for the ignition electrodes 35 hellip 45 mm
6 Make sure that the seal (5) is free from damage
If necessary replace the seal
1010 Cleaning the condensate siphon
C
2
3
1
AB
1 Unclip the lower section of the siphon (1) from the up-per section of the siphon (2)
2 Remove the float (3)
3 Flush out the float and lower section of the siphon withwater
4 Fill the lower section of the siphon with water up to 10mm below the upper edge of the condensate drain pipe-work
5 Reinsert the float (3)
Note
Check whether the float is present in thecondensate siphon
6 Clip the lower section of the siphon (1) into the uppersection of the siphon (2)
1011 Installing the gas-air mixture unit
1 Install the burner
2 Install two new burner seals in the burner hood
3 Install the gas-air mixture unit
4 Tighten the screws on the gas-air mixture unit
ndash Ideally to 7 Nm if a torque spanner is available
5 Install the flue pipe
6 Install the air intake pipe
1012 Draining the product
1 Close the service valves of the product
2 Start check programme P05 (rarr Page 15)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
3 Open the drain cock
1013 Checking the admission pressure of theexpansion vessel
1 Measure the pre-charge pressure of the expansion ves-sel at the vessel valve
Conditions Pre-charge pressure lt 0075 MPa (075 bar)
Top up the expansion vessel in accordance with thestatic height of the heating installation ideally with ni-trogen otherwise with air Ensure that the drain valve isopen when topping up
2 If water escapes from the expansion vessels valve youmust replace the expansion vessel (rarr Page 27)
3 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
1014 Completing inspection and maintenancework
1 Check the gas connection pressure (gas flow pressure)(rarr Page 19)
2 Check the CO₂ content
1015 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
11 Troubleshooting
26 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
11 Troubleshooting
111 Rectifying faults
If fault codes (FXX) appear refer to the table in the ap-pendix or use the check programme(s)
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
If several fault codes are generated at the same time theseare displayed alternately followed by the time at which therespective fault occurred
Hold the button down for more than 3 seconds
If you are unable to clear the fault code and it reappearsdespite several fault clearance attempts contact cus-tomer service
112 Calling up the fault memory
The last 10 fault codes are stored in the fault memory (to-gether with the time at which the respective fault occurredand after 24 hours with the number of days)
Hold the button down for more than 7 seconds
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Press the button to exit this menu
113 Deleting the fault memory
1 Delete the fault memory using the diagnostics coded94
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
114 Resetting parameters to factory settings
1 Reset all parameters to the factory settings using thediagnostics code d96
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
115 Preparing the repair work
1 Switch off the product
2 Disconnect the product from the electrical installation
3 Remove the front casing
4 Close the gas stopcock
5 Close the service valves in the heating flow and in theheating return
6 Close the service valve in the cold water pipe
7 Drain the product if you want to replace water-bearingcomponents of the product
8 Ensure that water does not drip on live components(eg the electronics box)
9 Use only new seals and O-rings Do not use any addi-tional sealing materials
116 Replacing defective components
1161 Replacing the burner
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Remove the two burner seals
3 Remove the burner
4 Insert the new burner
5 Insert two new burner seals in the burner cover
6 Install the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 25)
1162 Replacing the gas-air mixture unit
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Install the new gas-air mixture (rarr Page 25)
1163 Replacing the heat exchanger
1 Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
2 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
1 A
B
3 Remove the gas pipe (1)
1
2
3
2 4
A
B
4 Remove the temperature sensor (3)
5 Remove the upper clip (1)
6 Remove the lower clip (4)
7 Remove the supply pipe (2)
Troubleshooting 11
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 27
2
2 3
B
1
A
8 Remove the upper clip (1)
9 Remove the lower clip (3)
10 Remove the return pipe (2)
1
A2
11 Remove the clip underneath the condensate tray (1)
12 Undo the four screws (2)
2
1
B
C
A
13 Remove the ignition electrode (1)
14 Lift the heat exchanger up slightly and remove it to-gether with the condensate tray
15 Remove the ignition transformer (2)
16 Install the new heat exchanger in reverse order
1164 Replacing the pump head
1
2
1 Disconnect the pump cable from the electronics box
2 Undo the four bolts (1)
3 Remove the pump head (2)
4 Replace the O-ring
5 Use four screws to secure the new pump head
6 Connect the pump cable to the electronics box
1165 Replacing the expansion vessel
B
C
1
2
3A
D
1 Undo the nut (3)
2 Remove both screws on the support plate (1)
3 Remove the support plate
4 Pull out the expansion vessel (2) towards the front
5 Insert the new expansion vessel into the product
6 Screw the new expansion vessel to the water connec-tion To do this use a new seal
7 Attach the support plate using both screws
8 Fill and purge the product (rarr Page 17) and if requiredthe heating installation
12 Decommissioning the product
28 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
1166 Replacing the main PCB
C
C
D
B
C
C
D
B
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull all of the plugs out from the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plugs
7 Close the electronics box
1167 Replacing the PCB for the user interface
B
C
C
D
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull the plug out of the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plug
7 Close the electronics box
1168 Replacing the expansion relief valve
1
2
1 Remove the clip (2)
2 Remove the expansion relief valve
3 Fit the new expansion relief valve with a new O-ring
4 Reattach the clip (2)
1169 Replace the pressure sensor
1
2
1 Pull out the plug
2 Remove the clip (1)
3 Remove the pressure sensor (2)
4 Install the new pressure sensor
5 Reattach the clip (1)
117 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
12 Decommissioning the product
Switch off the product
Disconnect the product from the power mains
Close the gas isolator cock
Close the cold water stop cock
13 Customer service
For contact details for our customer service department youcan write to the address that is provided on the back pageor you can visit wwwglow-wormcouk
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 29
Appendix
A Check programmes ndash Overview
Note
Since the programme table is used for various products some programmes may not be visible for the product inquestion
Display Meaning
P01 Burner operation on adjustable heat input
The product operates after ignition with the heat input set between 0 (0 = Pmin) and 100 (100 = Pmax)
The function is active for 15 minutes
P02 Burner operation at ignition load
After ignition the product works at ignition load
The function is active for 15 minutes
P03 The product runs in heating mode with the maximum heat input set using diagnostics code d00
P04 Maximum output function
If there is a hot water request the product runs in hot water handling mode and at maximum heat load
If there is no hot water request the product runs with the heating partial load that is set via diagnostics coded00 and in heating mode
The function is active for 15 minutes
P05 Filling the product
The diverter valve moves to the mid-position The burner and pump switch off (to fill or drain the product)
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is active for 15 minutes
P06 Purging the heating circuit
The diverter valve is moved to the heating position
The function is activated in the heating circuit for 15 minutes
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
P07 Purging the hot water circuit
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
Automatic air ventfunction
Purging the product
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
This function cannot be manually switched off
B Overview of diagnostics codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d00 Heating maximum output ndash ndash kW The maximum heating outputvaries depending on the product
rarr Section Technical data
Automatic Unit automaticallyadjusts the maximum output tothe current system demand
rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d01 Pump overrun in heatingmode
1 60 min 1 5 Adjustable
d02 Maximum burner anti-cycling time in heatingmode
2 60 min 1 20 Adjustable
Appendix
30 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d04 Water temperature in thecylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d05 Determined heating flowset target temperature
Current value ndash ndash Not
adjustable
d06 Hot water set target tem-perature
Current value (Combination unit only) ndash Notadjustable
d07 Set target temperaturefor the domestic hot wa-ter cylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d08 Status of the 230 V ther-mostat
Current value ndash 0 = Room thermostat open (noheat requirement)
1 = Room thermostat closed(heat requirement)
ndash Notadjustable
d09 Heating flow set targettemperature that is seton the eBUS room ther-mostat
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d10 Status of the internalpump in the heating cir-cuit
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d11 Status of the heatingcircuits shunt pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d13 Status of the hot watercircuits circulation pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d14 Operating mode of themodulating pump
0 5 ndash 0 = variable rotational speed(auto)
1 2 3 4 5 = Fixed rotationalspeeds rarr Section Setting thepump output
0 Adjustable
d15 Pump speed Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d16 Status of the 24 V roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Heating off
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d17 Heating control ndash ndash ndash off = Flow temperature
on = Return temperature (ad-justment for underfloor heatingIf you have activated the returntemperature control the auto-matic heating output determina-tion function is not active)
0 Adjustable
d18 Pump overrun operatingmode
1 3 ndash 1 = Continuous (pump runs per-manently)
3 = Eco (intermittent pump modendash for the dissipation of the resid-ual heat after hot water gener-ation at an extremely low heatdemand)
1 Adjustable
d19 Pump operating mode 2stage pump
0 3 ndash 0 = Burner mode stage 2 pumpflowoverrun stage 1
1 = Heating mode and pumpflowoverrun stage 1 hot waterhandling mode stage 2
2 = Automatic heating modepump flowoverrun stage 1 hotwater handling mode stage 2
3 = Stage 2
3 Adjustable
d20 Maximum hot water settarget temperature
50 60 1 60 Adjustable
d21 Status of the warm startfor hot water
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated andavailable
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 31
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d22 Status of the hot waterrequest
Current value ndash off = No current requirement
on = Current requirement
ndash Notadjustable
d23 Status of the heatingdemand
Current value ndash off = Heating off (Summer mode)
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d24 Status of the pressuremonitor
0 1 ndash off = Not switched
on = Switched
ndash Notadjustable
d25 Status of the requirementto reheat the cylinder orfor the hot water warmstart from the eBUS ther-mostat
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
ndash Notadjustable
d27 Function of relay 1(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
1 Adjustable
d28 Function of relay 2(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
2 Adjustable
d31 Automatic filling device 0 2 ndash 0 = Manual
1 = Semi-automatic
2 = Automatic
0 Adjustable
d33 Fan speed target value Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d34 Value for the fan speed Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d35 Position of the divertervalve
Current value ndash 0 = Heating
40 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
100 = Domestic hot water
ndash Notadjustable
d36 Value for the hot waterflow
Current value lmin ndash ndash Notadjustable
d39 Water temperature in thesolar circuit
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d40 Heating flow temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d41 Heating return temperat-ure
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d43 Heating curve 02 4 ndash 01 12 Adjustable
d45 Value for the base pointof the heating curve
15 30 ndash 1 20 Adjustable
d47 Outside temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d50 Correction of the min-imum fan speed
0 3000 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
600 Adjustable
Appendix
32 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d51 Correction of the max-imum fan speed
-2500 0 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
-1000 Adjustable
d58 Solar circuit reheating 0 3 ndash 0 = Boilers Legionella protectionfunction deactivated
3 = Hot water activated (mintarget value 60 degC)
0 Adjustable
d60 Number of blocks by thetemperature limiter
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d61 Number of unsuccessfulignitions
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d62 Night set-back 0 30 ndash 1 0 Adjustable
d64 Average burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d65 Maximum burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d66 Activation of the warmstart function for hot wa-ter
ndash ndash ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
1 Adjustable
d67 Remaining burner anti-cycling time (setting un-der d02)
Current value min ndash ndash Notadjustable
d68 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 1st attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d69 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 2nd attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d70 Operation of the divertervalve
0 2 ndash 0 = Normal operating mode(DHW and heating mode)
1 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
2 = Permanent heating modeposition
0 Adjustable
d71 Maximum heating flowset target temperature
45 80 1 rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d73 Correction of the hot wa-ter warm start temperat-ure
-15 5 K 1 0 Adjustable
d75 Maximum cylinder re-heating time
20 90 min 1 45 Adjustable
d77 Max cylinder reheating ndash ndash kW 1
rarr Section Technical data
ndash Adjustable
d80 Running time in heatingmode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d81 Running time in hot wa-ter handling mode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d82 Number of burner igni-tions in heating mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d83 Number of burner igni-tions in hot water hand-ling mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d84 Maintenance in 0 3000 h Number of hours = Display valuex 10
300 Notadjustable
d85 Increase in the min out-put (heating and hot wa-ter handling mode)
ndash ndash kW 1 ndash Adjustable
d88 Flow rate limit valuefor ignition in hot waterhandling mode
0 1 ndash 0 = 17 lmin (no delay)
1 = 37 lmin (2 s delay)
0 Adjustable
d90 Status of the eBUS roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Not connected
on = Connected
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 33
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d91 Status DCF77 Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d93 Setting the product code 0 99 ndash 1
The Device Specific Number(DSN) can be found on the iden-tification plate
ndash Adjustable
d94 Delete fault list 0 1 ndash off = No
on = Yes
ndash Adjustable
d95 Software versions ndash ndash ndash 1 = Main PCB
2 = Interface PCB
ndash Adjustable
d96 Default setting (reset) ndash ndash ndash 0 = No
1 = Yes
ndash Adjustable
C Status codes ndash Overview
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Status code Meaning
Displays in heating mode
S0 Heating mode No requirement
S01 Heating mode Advance fan operation
S02 Heating mode Pump pre-run
S03 Heating mode Burner ignition
S04 Heating mode Burner on
S05 Heating mode Pumpfan overrun
S06 Heating mode Fan overrun
S07 Heating mode Pump overrun
S08 Heating mode Temporary shutdown after heating procedure
Displays in hot water handling mode
S10 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S11 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S13 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S14 DHW mode Burner on
S15 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S16 DHW mode Fan overrun
S17 DHW mode Pump overrun
Display in Comfort mode with warm start or hot water handling mode with cylinder
S20 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S21 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S22 Hot water handling mode Pump pre-run
S23 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S24 DHW mode Burner on
S25 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S26 DHW mode Fan overrun
S27 DHW mode Pump overrun
S28 Hot water handling mode Temporary shutdown of the burner
Other displays
S30 Room thermostat is blocking heating mode
S31 No heating demand Summer mode eBUS controller waiting period
Appendix
34 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Status code Meaning
S32 Fan waiting time Fan speed outside of the tolerance values
S33 Forced fan operation until the pressure monitor is switched
S34 Frost protection active
S39 Underfloor heating contact open
S41 Water pressure too high
S42 Flue non-return flap closed
S46 Frost protection mode (Comfort) Minimum load
S53 Product in waiting periodoperation block function due to low water pressure (flowreturn spread too large)
S54 Waiting period Low water pressure in the circuit (flowreturn spread too large)
S76 Maintenance message Check the water pressure
S88 Product purging active
S91 Maintenance Demo mode
S96 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S97 Automatic test programme Water pressure sensor heating demands blocked
S98 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S99 Internal automatic test programmes
S108 Purging the combustion chamber fan in operation
S109 Products standby mode activated
D Overview of fault codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F00 Fault Flow temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F01 Fault Return temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F10 Short circuit Flow temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F11 Short circuit Return temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F12 andF91
Short circuit Cylinder temperaturesensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F13 Short circuit Domestic hot water cylindertemperature sensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F20 Safety switch-off Overheating temperat-ure reached
Incorrect earth connection between cable harness and product flow or returnNTC defective (loose connection) stray spark via ignition cable ignition plugor ignition electrode
F22 Safety switch-off Low water pressure inthe boiler
No or insufficient water in the product water pressure sensor de-fective cable to the pump or to the water pressure sensor loosenotconnecteddefective
F23 Safety switch-off Temperature differencetoo great (NTC1NTC2)
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product flow and return NTCsensors connected the wrong way round
F24 Safety switch-off Temperature rise toofast
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product system pressure toolow non-return valve blockedincorrectly installed
F25 Safety switch-off Flue gas temperaturetoo high
Break in plug connection for optional flue gas safety cut-out (STB) break incable harness
F27 Safety switch-off Fault in flame detection Moisture on the electronics electronics (flame monitor) defective gas solen-oid valve leaking
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 35
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F28 Fault Ignition unsuccessful when startingup
Gas meter defective or gas pressure monitor has triggered air in gas gasflow pressure too low thermal isolator device (TAE) has triggered incorrectgas restrictor incorrect spare gas valve fault on the gas valve multiple plugon PCB incorrectly plugged in break in cable harness ignition system (ig-nition transformer ignition cable ignition plug ignition electrode) defectiveionisation current interrupted (cable electrode) incorrect earthing of productelectronics defective
F29 Fault Flame loss Gas supply temporarily stopped flue gas recirculation incorrect earthing ofproduct ignition transformer has spark failure
F32 Fan frost protection function active Fanspeed outside the tolerance values
Plug on fan not correctly plugged in multiple plug on PCB not correctlyplugged in break in cable harness fan blocked Hall sensor defective elec-tronics defective
F49 eBUS fault Voltage too low Short circuit on eBUS eBUS overload or two power supplies with differentpolarities on the eBUS
F61 Fault Gas valve control system Short circuitshort to earth in cable harness for the gas valve gas valvedefective (coils shorted to earth) electronics defective
F62 Fault Gas valve switch-off control Delayed switch-off of gas valve delayed extinguishing of flame signal gasvalve leaking electronics defective
F63 Fault EEPROM Electronics defective
F64 Fault Electronicssensoranalogue-to-digital converter
Flow or return NTC short circuited electronics defective
F65 Fault Electronics temperature too high Electronics overheating due to external influences electronics defective
F67 Value sent back by ASIC is incorrect(flame signal)
Implausible flame signal electronics defective
F68 Fault Unstable flame (analogue input) Air in gas gas flow pressure too low incorrect air ratio incorrect gas re-strictor ionisation flow interruption (cable electrode)
F70 Invalid product code (DSN) Display and PCB replaced at same time and Device Specific Number notreset wrong or missing output range coding resistance
F71 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Flow temperature sensor signalling constant value Flow temperature sensorincorrectly positioned on supply pipe flow temperature sensor defective
F72 Fault Deviation in the water pressuresensorreturn temperature sensor
Flowreturn NTC temperature difference too great rarr flow andor return tem-perature sensor defective
F73 Fault Water pressure sensor not con-nected or has short-circuited
Interruptionshort circuit of water pressure sensor interruptionshort circuitto GND in supply line to water pressure sensor or water pressure sensordefective
F74 Fault Electrical problem in the waterpressure sensor
Line to water pressure sensor has a short circuit to 5 V24 V or internal faultin the water pressure sensor
F75 Fault Pressure sensor Pressure switch defective
F76 The safety cut-out in the primary heatexchanger is defective
Safety cut-out feedback does not match the gas valve feedback
F77 Fault Condensate or smoke No response flue non-return flap defective
F78 Interruption to DHW outlet sensor atexternal controller
UK link box is connected but hot water NTC not bridged
F83 Fault Dry fire When the burner starts the temperature change registered at the flow orreturn temperature sensor is non-existent or too small Insufficient waterin the product the flow or return temperature sensor is not in the correctposition on the pipe
F84 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Values not consistent difference lt -6 K
Flow and return temperature sensors signalling implausible values Flow andreturn temperature sensors have been inverted flow and return temperaturesensors have not been correctly installed
F85 Fault Temperature sensor The flow andor return temperature sensors have been installed on the samepipeincorrect pipe
Temperature sensor not connected or is connected incorrectly
F86 Fault Underfloor heating contact Underfloor heating contact open sensor disconnected or defective
F87 Fault Electrodes Electrodes not connected or they are connected incorrectly short circuit inthe cable harness
F88 Fault Gas valve Gas valve not connected or it is connected incorrectly short circuit in thecable harness
F89 Fault Pump Pump not connected or it is connected incorrectly incorrect pump connec-ted short circuit in the cable harness
Appendix
36 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
Connection No communication between the PCBand the user interface
Electronics defective
E Wiring diagram Pure boiler
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
X21 41
32
eBUS
RT 24V
Burner off
X106
13
41
3
123
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~2
6
7
9
8
1
3
4
5
11
10
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Temperature sensor on the heating flow
4 Temperature sensor on the heating return
5 Fan
6 Gas valve assembly
7 Pressure sensor
8 External ignition transformer
9 Heating pump
10 Ionisation and ignition electrode
11 Main power supply and connection for 230 V control
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 37
F Connection diagram Pure boiler (30 kW)
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
X21LN
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
13
41
3
123
eBUS
Burner off
X106
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~
X12LN
2
7
8
109
1
43
5
6
12 11
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Control system
4 Temperature sensor in the heating flow
5 Temperature sensor in the heating return
6 Fan
7 Gas valve
8 Pressure sensor
9 Ionisation electrode
10 Heating pump
11 Ignition electrode
12 Main power supply
Appendix
38 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
G Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview
The table below lists the manufacturer requirements with respect to minimum inspection and maintenance intervals If na-tional regulations and directives require shorter inspection and maintenance intervals you should observe these instead ofthe intervals listed in the table
No WorkInspection(annual)
Mainten-ance
(must becarried outat regularintervals)
1Check the airflue pipe for leak-tightness and to ensure that it is fastened correctly Make surethat it is not blocked or damaged and has been installed in accordance with the relevant Installa-tion Manual
X X
2Check the general condition of the product Remove dirt from the product and from the vacuumchamber
X X
3Visually inspect the general condition of the heat exchanger In doing so pay particular attentionto signs of corrosion rust and other defects If you notice any damage carry out maintenancework
X X
4Check the gas connection pressure at maximum heat input If the gas connection pressure is notwithin the correct range carry out maintenance work
X X
5Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product and if necessary adjust it Keep a record ofthis
X X
6Disconnect the product from the power mains Check that the electrical plug connections andother connections are seated correctly and correct these if necessary
X X
7 Close the gas isolator cock and the service valves X X
8Drain the product on the water side Check the pre-charge pressure of the expansion vesseland if required top up the expansion vessel (approx 003 MPa03 bar below the system fillingpressure)
X
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit X
10Check the seals in the combustion area If you see any damage replace the seals Replace bothburner seals each time it is opened and accordingly each time maintenance work is carried out
X
11 Clean the heat exchanger X
12 Check the burner for damage and replace it if necessary X
13 Check the condensate siphon in the product clean and fill if necessary X X
14 Install the gas-air mixture unit Caution Replace the seals X
15 Open the gas isolator cock reconnect the product to the power mains and switch the product on X X
16Open the service valves fill the productheating installation to 005-03 MPa05-30 bar (depend-ing on the static height of the heating installation) and start the purging programme PXX
X
17Carry out a test operation of the product and heating installation and if required purge the sys-tem once more
X X
18 Visually inspect the ignition and burner behaviour X X
19 Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product again X
20 Check the product for gas flue gas water and condensate leaks and repair if necessary X X
21 Record the inspectionmaintenance work carried out X X
Note For those appliances which are not part of an annual service agreementpolicy maintenance must be carried out at least every5 years
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 39
H Position of the opening in the airflue pipe
GN
N
MM
A
II
O
H
H
CBLJ
Q Q
Q
Q
Q
K
P
D E
FI
S
R
T
H1 Positioning of the opening of a fan-supported flue gas pipe
Installation siteMinimum dimen-sions
A Directly below an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
B Above an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
C Horizontally to an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
DBelow temperature-sensitive building components eg plastic gutters down pipes or wastewaterpipes
75 mm
E Below eaves 200 mm
F Below balconies or car port roofs 200 mm
G From vertical wastewater pipes or down pipes 150 mm
H From external or internal corners 200 mm
I Above floors roofs or balconies 300 mm
J From a surface facing a terminal 600 mm
K From a terminal facing a terminal 1200 mm
L From an opening in the car port (eg door window) which leads into the dwelling 1200 mm
M Vertical from a terminal on the same wall 1500 mm
N Horizontal from a terminal on the same wall 300 mm
O From the wall on which the terminal has been installed 0 mm
P From a vertical structure on the roof 300 mm
Q Above the roof area 300 mm
R Horizontal from adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
S Above adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
T Below adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 2000 mm
Appendix
40 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
H2 Horizontal terminal positioning
BS 5440-1 recommends that fanned flue chimney terminals should be positioned as follows
a) at least 2 m from an opening in the building directly opposite and
b) so that the products of combustion are not directed to discharge directly across a boundary if the products are likely tocause a nuisance to a neighbour or discharge over a walkway or patio
For IE see current issue of IS 813
For boilers covered within this manual
1) Dimensions D E F and G
These clearances may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler In order to ensure that the con-densate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces the terminal should be extended as shown below
Balconyeaves
Gutter
Adequately secured airflue gas pipe
The flue pipe mustprotrude beyond any overhang
2) Dimension H
This clearance may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler However in order to ensure thatthe condensate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces a clearance of 300 mm is preferred
For 1 and 2 above you can use a flue gas management kit to enable the termination point to be positioned and directed awayfrom the building fabric
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 41
I Commissioning Checklist
copy Heating and Hotwater Industry Council (HHIC)
wwwcentralheatingcouk
Benchmark Commissioning and Servicing SectionIt is a requirement that the boiler is installed and commissioned to the
completed in full
Appendix
42 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
This Commissioning Checklist is to be completed in full by the competent person who commissioned the boiler as a means of demonstrating compliance with the appropriate Building Regulations and then handed to the customer to keep for future reference
GAS BOILER SYSTEM COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST
CONTROLS
Optimum start control
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
ALL SYSTEMS
Yes
Yes
CENTRAL HEATING MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
COMBINATION BOILERS ONLY
Yes
Yes
DOMESTIC HOT WATER MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
Yes Temperature
CONDENSING BOILERS ONLY
Yes
ALL INSTALLATIONS
AND sup2 Ratio
AND sup2 Ratio
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 43
It is recommended that your heating system is serviced regularly and that the appropriate Service Interval Record is completed
Service Provider
SERVICE RECORD
SERVICE 01
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 02
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 03
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 04
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 05
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 06
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 07
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 08
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 09
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 10
AND sup2 AND sup2
Appendix
44 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
PRIOR TO CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO CHECKThe boiler manufacturerrsquos installation instructions should have been followed gas type verified and gas
supply pressurerate checked as required prior to commissioningAs part of the installation process especially where a flue has been fitted by persons other than the boiler installer visually check the integrity of the whole flue system to confirm that all components are correctly assembled fixed and supported Check that manufacturerrsquos max flue lengths have not been
exceeded and all guidance has been followed (eg Gas Safe Technical Bulletin TB008)The flue gas analyser should be of the correct type as specified by BS 7967
Prior to its use the flue gas analyser should have been maintained and calibrated as specified by the manufacturer The installer must have the relevant competence for use of the analyser
Check and zero the analyser IN FRESH AIR as per analyser manufacturerrsquos instructions
NOTETHE AIR GAS RATIO VALVE IS FACTORY
SET AND MUST NOT BE ADJUSTED DURING COMMISSIONING UNLESS THIS ACTION IS RECOMMENDED FOLLOWING CONTACT WITH THE MANUFACTURER
If any such adjustment is recommended and further checking of the boiler is required the
installerservice engineer must be competent to carry out this work and to use the flue gas
analyser accordinglyIf the boiler requires conversion to operate with
a different gas family (eg conversion from natural gas to LPG) separate guidance will be
provided by the boiler manufacturer
CARRY OUT FLUE INTEGRITY CHECK USING ANALYSERInsert analyser probe into air inlet test point and allow readings to stabiliseNOTE - where no air inlet test point is provided then a flue integrity check
with the analyser is not possible The installer should verify that flue integrity has been visually checked in accordance with the ldquoPrior to
CO and combustion ratio checkrdquo box above before proceeding to the ldquoCheck CO and combustion ratio at maximum raterdquo stage below
SET BOILER TO MINIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at minimum rate (to
minimum load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - If manufacturerrsquos instructions do not specify how to set boiler to minimum
rate contact Technical Helpline for advice
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MINIMUM RATEWith boiler still set at minimum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas sampling
point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is not
specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MAX RATEWith boiler still set at maximum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas
sampling point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is
not specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
SET BOILER TO MAXIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at max rate
(full load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - Do not insert analyser probe during this period to avoid
possible ldquofloodingrdquo of sensor
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
BOILER IS OPERATING SATISFACTORILYno further actions required
Ensure test points are capped boiler case is correctly replaced and all other commissioning procedures are completed
Complete Benchmark Checklist recording CO and combustion ratio readings as required
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED
VERIFY FLUE INTEGRITYAnalyser readings indicate that combustion products and inlet air must be mixing Further investigation of
the flue is therefore requiredCheck that flue components are assembled fixed and supported as per boilerflue manufacturerrsquos
instructionsCheck that flue and flue terminal are not obstructed
IsCO less than
335ppmand
COCO2 ratio less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
Check all seals around the appliance burner internal flue seals door and case seals
Rectify where necessary
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED IF
COMMISSIONING CANNOT BE FULLY COMPLETED THE APPLIANCE MUST BE
DISCONNECTED FROM THE GAS SUPPLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GSIUR
NOTE Check and record CO and combustion ratio at both max and min rate before contacting the
manufacturer
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YESYES
YES
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 45
J Pipe lengths for the airflue pipe
J1 Length of the C13 type airflue pipe
Applicability C13 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C13 type airfluepipe
C13 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J2 Length of the C33 type airflue pipe
Applicability C33 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C33 type airfluepipe
C33 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J3 Length of the C43 type airflue pipe
Applicability C43 type airflue pipe
Diameter of theairflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L)
C43 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
Appendix
46 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
K Technical data
Technical data ndash Heating
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 530 lh 655 lh 788 lh 1094 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 353 lh 436 lh 525 lh 729 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
123 lh 153 lh 184 lh 255 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 1102 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 876 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
306 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
Technical data ndash G20 powerloading G20The lowest nominal heat output may be higher than the value in the technical data depending on the design of the systemand the current operating status
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 12 kW 15 kW 18 kW 25 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
48 hellip 130 kW 48 hellip 162 kW 53 hellip 195 kW 65 hellip 270 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
47 hellip 128 kW 47 hellip 159 kW 52 hellip 191 kW 64 hellip 265 kW
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
45 hellip 123 kW 45 hellip 152 kW 50 hellip 183 kW 61 hellip 254 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
44 hellip 150 kW 44 hellip 180 kW 49 hellip 252 kW 60 hellip 300 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
123 kW 153 kW 184 kW 255 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
153 kW 184 kW 257 kW 306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 30 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
76 hellip 324 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
75 hellip 318 kW
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 47
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
72 hellip 305 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
71 hellip 350 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
72 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
357 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
72 kW
Technical data ndash General
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch 34 inch 34 inch 34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h 32 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
13 msup3h 16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0476 msup3h 0480 msup3h 0533 msup3h 0648 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
206 gs 208 gs 231 gs 281 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
55 gs 69 gs 83 gs 115 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
69 gs 83 gs 116 gs 138 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
55 55 60 77
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
55 55 55 55
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
43 48 51 62
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
32 32 34 35
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
71 71 69 68
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
105 105 105 95
Released system types C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996 996 996 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040 1040 1040 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060 1060 1060 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085 1085 1085 1085
NOx class 5 5 5 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm
Appendix
48 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Net weight 31 kg 31 kg 31 kg 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 35 kg 35 kg 35 kg 36 kg
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
38 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
32 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0762 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
330 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
138 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
161 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
82
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
37
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
75
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
104
Released system types C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085
NOx class 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm
Net weight 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 36 kg
Technical data ndash Electrics
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 49
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max electrical power consump-tion
65 W 75 W 66 W 75 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W
Level of protection IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V
Max electrical power consump-tion
60 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W
Level of protection IPX4D
Index
50 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Index
AAirflue pipe installed 5BBurner anti-cycling time 20Bypass valve 22CCE label 8Check programmes 29
Using 15Checking the burner 25Checking the pre-charge pressure of the expansionvessel 25Cleaning the condensate siphon 25Cleaning the heat exchanger 24CO₂ content
Checking 20 23Competent person 4Completing inspection work 25Completing maintenance work 25Condensate discharge pipe 12Condensate siphon
Filling 18Controller 14Corrosion 5DDecommissioning 28Decommissioning the product 28Diagnostics codes
Using 15Documents 7Draining the product 25EElectricity 5Expansion relief valve 28FFault codes 26Fault memory 26Fault messages 26Fault symbol 15Flow rate-pressure curves 21Flue gas route 5Front casing closed 5Frost 5GGas family check 16Gas flow rate 18HHanding over to the end user 22High-efficiency pump 21High-efficiency pump output 21IIdentification plate 7If you smell flue gas 5If you smell gas 4Inspection work 22 38Installation site 5Intended use 4LLeak-tightness 20 25 28
MMains connection 14Maintenance work 22 38Minimum clearance 9PPower supply 14Preparing the repair work 26Preparing repair work 26Pressure sensor 28Pump head 27QQualification 4RRegulations 6Removing the air intake pipe 24Removing the burner 24Removing the flue gas pipe 24Removing the front casing 10Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24Removing the ignition transformer 24Removing the side section 10Replacing the burner 26Replacing the expansion vessel 27Replacing the heat exchanger 26Replacing the main PCB 28Replacing expansion vessel 27Resetting the burner anti-cycling time 21SSafety device 5Schematic drawing 5Setting the burner anti-cycling time 20Spare parts 23Switching on the product 17TTool 6Transport 5Transporting 8Treating the heating water 16UUnloading the box 8Unpacking the product 8User interface replacing the PCB 28Using
Check programmes 15Diagnostics codes 15
VVoltage 5WWall-mounting the product 9Weight 9
0020200964_04
ManufacturerSupplierVaillant Group UK LTD
Nottingham Road ‒ Belper ‒ Derbyshire DE56 1JQ
Telephone 01773 824639 ‒ Technical helpline 0330 100 7679
After sales service 0330 100 3142
wwwglow-wormcouk
0020200964_04 ‒ 16112017
copy These instructions or parts thereof are protected by copyright and may be repro-duced or distributed only with the manufacturers written consent
We reserve the right to make technical changes
1 Safety
6 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
1412 Risk of material damage caused byusing an unsuitable tool
Use the correct tool to tighten or loosenthreaded connections
15 Regulations (directives lawsstandards)
Observe the national regulations stand-ards guidelines and laws
Notes on the documentation 2
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 7
2 Notes on the documentation
21 Observing other applicable documents
You must observe all the operating and installation in-structions included with the system components
22 Storing documents
Pass these instructions and all other applicable docu-ments on to the system operator
23 Validity of the instructions
These instructions apply only to
Product article number
Article number Gas CouncilNumber
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
0010015655 41-019-16
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
0010015656 41-019-17
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
0010015657 41-019-18
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
0010015658 41-019-19
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
0010015659 41-019-20
24 Benchmark
Glow-worm is a licensed member of the BenchmarkScheme
Benchmark places responsibilities on both manufacturersand installers The purpose is to ensure that customers areprovided with the correct equipment for their needs that it isinstalled commissioned and serviced in accordance with themanufacturerrsquos instructions by a competent person approvedat the time by the Health and Safety Executive and that itmeets the requirements of the appropriate Building Regu-lations The Benchmark Checklist can be used to demon-strate compliance with Building Regulations and should beprovided to the customer for future reference
Installers are required to carry out installation commission-ing and servicing work in accordance with the BenchmarkCode of Practice which is available from the Heating andHotwater Industry Council who manage and promote theScheme
Benchmark is managed and promoted by the Heating andHotwater Industry Council
For more information visit wwwcentralheatingcouk
3 Product description
31 Compartment Ventilation
The boilers are very high efficiency appliances
As a consequence the heat loss from the appliance casingduring operation is very low
Compartment ventilation is not required as the products areonly certified and can only be fitted with a concentric fluesystem
32 Information on the identification plate
The identification plate is mounted on the underside of theproduct in the factory
The identification plate keeps record of the country in whichthe product is to be installed
Information on theidentification plate
Meaning
Barcode with serial number
Serial number For quality control purposes 3rd and 4thdigits = year of production
For quality control purposes 5th and 6thdigits = week of production
For identification purposes 7th to 16thdigits = product article number
For quality control purposes 17th to 20thdigits = place of manufacture
ENERGY s Product description
2H G20 ndash 20 kPa(20 mbar)
Factory setting for type of gas and gasconnection pressure
Cat Unit category
Condensing techno-logy
Efficiency class of the boiler in accord-ance with EC Directive 9242EEC
Type Xx3(x) Permissible flue gas connections
PMS Maximum water pressure in heatingmode
PMW Maximum water pressure in hot waterhandling mode
VHz Electric connection
W Max electrical power consumption
IP Level of protection
Heating mode
Pn Nominal heat output range in heatingmode
Pnc Nominal heat output range in heatingmode (condensing technology)
P Nominal heat output range in hot waterhandling mode
Qn Nominal heating load range in heatingmode
Qnw Nominal heating load range in hot waterhandling mode
Tmax Max flow temperature
NOx NOx class for the product
Code (DSN) Specific product code
Read the instructions
4 Set-up
8 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Information on theidentification plate
Meaning
GC no Gas council number
33 Functional elements Pure boiler
14
1110
9
7
8
6
4
5
3
2
1
1617
13
15
12
1 Electronics box
2 Heating circuit expan-sion relief valve
3 Condensate siphon
4 Flue gas pipe
5 Pressure sensor
6 Flue gas analysis point(for rear flue gas con-nection)
7 Ignition transformer
8 Gas valve
9 Air intake pipe
10 Fan
11 Supply air measuringstub pipe (for upper fluegas connection)
12 Flue gas analysis point(for upper flue gasconnection)
13 Primary heat exchanger
14 Heating expansionvessel
15 Purge hose
16 Heating pump
17 Bypass
34 CE label
ensp
The CE label shows that the products comply with the basicrequirements of the applicable directives as stated on theidentification plate
The declaration of conformity can be viewed at the manufac-turers site
4 Set-up
41 Transporting the unit
Important With regard to the regulations of 1992 concern-ing the manual handling of loads the unit exceeds theweight that can be lifted by a single person
411 General
Hold the load as close as possible to your body Avoidrotational movements Instead reposition your feet
If the unit is being lifted by two persons ensure yourmovements are coordinated during lifting
Avoid bending your upper body ndash do not lean forwards orto the side
Wear suitable non-slip protective gloves in order to pro-tect your hands against sharp edges Ensure that you arecarrying the load securely
If required get somebody to assist you in this
412 Unloading the box from the delivery van
It is recommended that two people lift the unit together
Lift the box using the straps provided
Use safe lifting techniques ndash keep your back straight andbend your legs at the knee
Hold the load as close as possible to your body
If the unit is being lifted by two persons ensure yourmovements are coordinated during lifting
If required get somebody to assist you in this
42 Unpacking the product
1 Remove the product from its box
2 Remove the protective film from all of the productscomponents
43 Checking the scope of delivery
Check that the scope of delivery is complete and intact
Number Designation
1 Heat generator
1 Unit mounting bracket
1 Flexible condensate discharge pipe
4 34 seals
3 12 seals
2 Service valve
1 Gas stopcock
2 Connection pipe (heating flow and return)
Set-up 4
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 9
Number Designation
1 Gas pipe
1 Expansion relief valve discharge pipe
1 Mounting template
1 Enclosed documentation
44 Dimensions
96121
34
123185
390
123
170
702
150
1 2 3
5
4
1 Heating flow
2 Gas connection
3 Heating return
4 Connection on the backof the airflue pipe
5 Connection on the topof the airflue pipe
45 Minimum clearances
CC
AB
D
Minimum clearance
A 150 mm (top airflue gas connection)
20 mm (airflue gas connection on the rear)
B 150 mm
C 5 mm
(70 mm if the side panels ought to be removed)
D 600 mm
It is not necessary to maintain a clearance between theproduct and components made of combustible materials thatgo beyond the minimum clearances
46 Using the mounting template
Use the mounting template to ascertain the locations atwhich you need to drill holes
47 Wall-mounting the product
Note
If you are using the rear airflue gas connectioninstall the airflue pipe before you wall-mount theproduct
1 Check whether the wall has sufficient load-bearing ca-pacity to bear the operational weight of the product
2 Check if the supplied fixing material may be used forthe wall
Conditions The load-bearing capacity of the wall is sufficient The fixingmaterial may be used for the wall
Wall-mount the product as described
4 Set-up
10 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Conditions The load-bearing capacity of the wall is not sufficient
Ensure that wall-mounting apparatus on-site has a suf-ficient load-bearing capacity Use individual stands orprimary walling for example
Do not wall-mount the product if you cannot providewall-mounting apparatus with a sufficient load-bearingcapacity
Conditions The fixing material may not be used for the wall
Wall-mount the product as described using the permittedfixing material provided on-site
48 Removinginstalling the front casing
481 Removing the front casing
B
C
A
1
1
1 Undo the two screws (1)
2 Gently press the front casing backwards in the centreso that the latching lug is released
3 Pull the front casing forwards at the bottom edge
4 Lift the front casing upwards from the bracket
482 Installing the front casing
Refit the components in the reverse order
49 Removinginstalling the side section
491 Removing the side section
CautionRisk of material damage caused by mech-anical deformation
Removing both side sections may causemechanical distortion in the product whichmay cause damage to the piping for ex-ample and potentially result in leaks
Always remove only one side section ndashnever both side sections at the same time
Note
If there is sufficient lateral clearance (at least70 mm) you can remove the side section to fa-cilitate maintenance or repair work
2x 1
A
B
C
D
1 Tilt the electronics box forward
2 Hold on to the side section so that it cannot fall andunscrew both screws (1) one from the top and onefrom the bottom
3 Tilt the side section to the outside and move it down-wards and out
492 Installing the side section
Refit the components in the reverse order
Installation 5
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 11
5 Installation
DangerRisk of scalding andor damage due toincorrect installation leading to escapingwater
Mechanical stresses in the connection pipesmay lead to leaks
Ensure that there is no mechanical stresswhen installing the connection pipes
CautionRisk of material damage caused byresidues in the pipelines
Welding remnants sealing residues dirt orother residues in the pipelines may damagethe product
Flush the heating installation thoroughlybefore installing the product
51 Checking the gas meter
Make sure that the existing gas meter is capable ofpassing the rate of gas supply required
52 Gas and water connections
CautionRisk of damage caused by incorrect gasconnection installation
Excess test pressure or operating pressuremay cause damage to the gas valve
Check the leak-tightness of the gas valveusing a maximum pressure of 11 kPa(110 mbar)
CautionRisk of material damage caused by corro-sion
Due to non-diffusion-tight plastic pipes in theheating installation air gets into the heatingwater Air in the heating water causes corro-sion in the heat generator circuit and in theproduct
If you use non-diffusion-tight plastic pipesin the heating installation ensure that noair gets into the heat generator circuit
CautionRisk of material damage due to heat trans-fer during soldering
Only solder connectors if the connectorsare not yet screwed to the service valves
Note
Apply heat insulation to the water pipes to theboiler outlet and to the installation
Preliminary work1 Check that the system volume and the volumetric capa-
city of the expansion vessel are compatible
If the volume of the expansion vessel is insufficientfor the installation
Install an additional expansion vessel in theheating return as close to the product as pos-sible
Install a non-return valve at the products outlet(heating flow)
2 Ensure that the installation has the following compon-ents
ndash A cold water stopcock for the unit
ndash A gas stopcock for the unit
ndash A filling and draining device in the heating installa-tion
1
2
3
1 Heating flow connec-tion G34
2 Gas connection G12
3 Heating return connec-tion G34
1 Connect the water and gas connections in accordancewith the applicable standards
2 Purge the gas pipe before start-up
3 Check whether the connections (rarr Page 20) are leak-tight
5 Installation
12 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
53 Connecting the drain pipework for theexpansion relief valve
1
Ensure that the pipeline is visible
The pipe must have a continuous fall and be routed to aposition so that any discharge of water possibly boilingor steam cannot create any danger to persons damageto property or external electrical components and wiring
◁ The piping must be installed in such a way that youcan see when water drips out
54 Connecting the condensate discharge pipe
1
2
Follow the instructions listed here and observe the legaland local regulations on condensate discharge
Use PVC or any other material that is suitable for drain-ing the non-neutralised condensate
If you cannot guarantee that the materials from which thedrain pipework is made are suitable install a system forneutralising the condensate
Note
The condensate drain pipework must have acontinuous fall (45 mm per metre) and shouldwhenever possible terminate at a suitabledrain point within the heated envelope of thebuilding that will remain frost free under longperiods of low external temperatures
Connect the condensate traps (1) Use the supplied drainhose (2) for this
Connect a condensate discharge pipe (215 mm notincluded in the scope of delivery) to the drain hose (2)
During installation remove all burrs from inside of cut pipework and avoid excessive adhesive which may trap smallpockets of water close to the pipe wall which can freezeand build into a larger ice plug
For any installation the condensate must be free flowingand not be possible for air back-pressure to prevent wa-ter flow
As with other pipe work insulate the condensate dis-charge pipe to minimise any risk of freezing and bewarewhen crossing cavities that the fall is maintained and thepipe sleeved
You can find further information in specification BS 6798for installing and maintaining gas-fired boilers with a nominalheat input below 70 kW
541 Condensate drainage systems
5411 Internal soil and vent pipe
Oslash19mm min
5412 External soil and vent pipe
L = 3m max
Oslash19mm min
Oslash30mm
5413 External termination into a gulley or hopper
L = 3m max
Oslash19mm min
Oslash30mm
Installation 5
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 13
5414 Internal termination into combined sinkwaste
Oslash30mm
Oslash19mm min
5415 Internal termination downstream of sinkwaste
Oslash30mm
Oslash19mm min
5416 External termination into soakaway
400m
m m
in
300m
m m
in25
mm
min
500mm min
Oslash100mm
L = 3m max
Oslash19mm min
Oslash30mm
5417 External termination into rain water downpipe
Oslash19mm min
Oslash30mm
55 Electrical installation
DangerRisk of death from electric shock
The power supply terminals L and N remainlive even if the product is switched off
Switch off the power supply Secure the power supply against being
switched on again
Only qualified electricians may carry out the electrical install-ation
551 Opening the electronics box
A
B
B
Follow the instructions in the specified sequence
5 Installation
14 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
552 Closing the electronics box
Follow the instructions in the reverse order
553 Cable route
1
2
1 24-V eBUS cable route 2 230-V eBUS cable route
554 Carrying out the wiring
30 mm max
1 Shorten the connection cables to the appropriatelengths to prevent them from causing damage insidethe electronics box
2 Screw the plug to the connection cable
3 Plug the plug into the slot provided on the PCB
555 Establishing the power supply
1
1 Observe all valid regulations
2 Ensure that the rated mains voltage is 230 V
3 Set up a fixed connection and install a partition with acontact opening of at least 3 mm (eg fuses or powerswitches)
4 Provide one common electricity supply for the boilerand for the corresponding controller
ndash Power supply Single-phase 230 V 50 Hz
ndash Fuse protection le 3 A
5 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
6 Observe the routing of the power supply cable (1) in theelectronics box in order to guarantee that there is nostrain
le 30
mm
NL X1230V~
RT
7 Carry out the wiring (rarr Page 14)
8 Close the electronics box
9 Make sure that access to the mains connection is al-ways available and is not covered or blocked
556 Connecting controllers to the electronicsystem
X2
X22 X41
ndash +24V=RT BUS
BurneroffX
106
BUS24 V
BU
SR
TB
off
Burner
offR
T24V
=-
+B
US
1
4
32
1 Safety thermostat forfloor-standing heating
2 24 V controller
3 eBUS controller or radioreceiver unit
4 Outside temperaturesensor wired
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
Operation 6
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 15
2 Carry out the wiring (rarr Page 14)
3 Connect the individual components depending on thetype of installation
Conditions If installing a multi-circuit controller
Change the pumps operating mode d18 from Eco (in-termittently operating pump) to Comfort (continuouslyoperating pump)
Conditions When connecting a controller (230 V)
le 30
mm
NL X1230V~
RT
Connect the controller to the main plug
Remove the bridge from the plug 24V=RT
4 Close the electronics box
6 Operation
61 Using diagnostics codes
You can use the parameters marked as adjustable in thetable of diagnostics codes to adapt the product to the systemand customer requirements
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
611 Activating diagnostics codes
1 Press and hold the button for 7 seconds
◁ is shown in the display
2 Press the or button to set the value
◁ The access code (96) is reserved for the competentperson
◁ The access code (35) is reserved for the customerservice
3 Press the button to confirm
◁ is shown in the display
612 Setting a diagnostics code
1 Press the or button to select the diagnosticscode
2 Press the button to confirm
◁ The value andor status of the diagnostics code isshown in the display
3 Press the or button to set the value
4 If you allow the value to flash for three seconds thesetting is automatically confirmed
◁ is shown in the display for 1 second
Note
You can manually confirm the setting at anytime by pressing and holding the buttonfor less than 3 seconds
5 Proceed accordingly for all parameters that need to bechanged
6 Press and hold the button for 3 seconds to finishconfiguring the diagnostics codes
◁ The display switches to the basic display
62 Displaying the status codes
The status codes display the products current operatingstatus
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
621 Activating the status codes display
1 Hold the button down for more than 7 seconds
◁ SXX is shown on the display followed by the heat-ing flow temperature the internal system pressureand the cylinder temperature (depending on the ver-sion)
2 Press the button to exit this menu
◁ The display switches to the basic display
63 Using check programmes
By activating various check programmes you can triggervarious special functions on the product
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
631 Calling up the check programmes
1 Hold the button down for more than 5 seconds
◁ All symbols are shown in the display
◁ is shown in the display
2 Press and hold the button for five seconds
◁ is shown in the display
3 Press the or button to select the checkprogramme
4 Press the button to confirm
◁ on is shown in the display and the programmestarts
5 Press the and buttons at the same time whilstrunning a check programme
◁ The heating water temperature and the filling pres-sure for the heating installation are shown altern-ately in the display
6 Press the button to return to the check programme
◁ The display shows the check programme
7 Press the button to finish the check programme
◁ OFF is shown in the display
8 Press and hold the button for 3 seconds to finishthe check programmes
7 Start-up
16 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
◁ End is shown in the display
◁ The display switches to the basic display
Note
If you do not press any button for 15 minutesthe current programme is automatically can-celled and the basic display is shown
632 Displaying the pressure and temperature ofthe heating during a check programme
1 Press the buttons simultaneously
◁ Display the filling pressure in the heating installation
◁ Display the heating flow temperature
2 Press the button to display the check programmecurrently running
7 Start-up
71 Carrying out the initial start-up
Initial start-up must be carried out by a customer servicetechnician or an authorised competent person using the first-commissioning-checklist The first-commissioning-checklistin the appendix (rarr Page 41) of the installation instructionsmust be filled out and stored carefully along with the unitsdocumentation
Carry out the initial start-up using the first-commission-ing-checklist in the appendix
Fill out and sign the first-commissioning-checklist
72 Checking the type of gas
Make sure that the product is set up correctly by checkingthe type of gas This ensures optimum combustion quality
Check the type of gas as part of routine product mainten-ance work when replacing components or carrying outwork on the gas route
73 Checking the factory setting
The products combustion has been factory tested and ispreset for operation with the gas group indicated on the iden-tification plate
The product is only authorised to be operated with naturalgas
Check the information about the type of gas indicated onthe identification plate and compare this with the type ofgas available at the installation location
Conditions The product design is not compatible with the local gasgroup
Do not start up the product
Conditions The product design is compatible with the local gas group
Proceed as described below
74 Checking and treating the heatingwaterfilling and supplementary water
CautionRisk of material damage due to poor-qual-ity heating water
Ensure that the heating water is of suffi-cient quality
Before filling or topping up the installation check thequality of the heating water
Checking the quality of the heating water Remove a little water from the heating circuit
Check the appearance of the heating water
If you ascertain that it contains sedimentary materialsyou must desludge the installation
Use a magnetic rod to check whether it contains mag-netite (iron oxide)
If you ascertain that it contains magnetite clean the in-stallation and apply suitable corrosion-protection meas-ures or fit a magnetic filter
Check the pH value of the removed water at 25 degC
If the value is below 65 or above 85 clean the systemand treat the heating water
Ensure that oxygen cannot get into the heating water
Checking the filling and supplementary water Before filling the installation measure the hardness of the
filling and supplementary water
Treating the filling and supplementary water Observe all applicable national regulations and technical
standards when treating the filling and supplementarywater
Provided the national regulations and technical standardsdo not stipulate more stringent requirements the followingapplies
You must treat the heating water in the following cases
ndash If the entire filling and supplementary water quantity dur-ing the operating life of the system exceeds three timesthe nominal volume of the heating installation or
ndash If the guideline values listed in the following table are notmet or
ndash if the pH value of the heating water is less than 65 ormore than 85
Totalheatingoutput
Water hardness at specific system volume1)
le 20 lkWgt 20 lkWle 50 lkW
gt 50 lkW
kWppm
CaCO₃molmsup3
ppmCaCO₃
molmsup3
ppmCaCO₃
molmsup3
lt 50 lt 300 lt 3 200 2 2 002
gt 50to le 200
200 2 150 15 2 002
gt 200to le 600
150 15 2 002 2 002
gt 600 2 002 2 002 2 002
1) Nominal capacity in litresheating output in the case of multi-boiler systems the smallest single heating output is to be used
Start-up 7
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 17
CautionThe use of unsuitable heating water maycause aluminium corrosion and a result-ing lack of leak-tightness
In contrast to steel grey cast iron or copperfor example aluminium reacts with alkalineheating water (pH value gt 85) to producesubstantial corrosion
When using aluminium make sure thatthe pH value of the heating water isbetween 65 and a maximum of 85
CautionRisk of material damage if the heatingwater is treated with unsuitable additives
Unsuitable additives may cause changes inthe components noises in heating mode andpossibly subsequent damage
Do not use any unsuitable frost and cor-rosion protection agents biocides or seal-ants
No incompatibility with our products has been detected todate with proper use of the following additives
When using additives follow the manufacturers instruc-tions without exception
We accept no liability for the compatibility of any additive orits effectiveness in the rest of the heating system
Additives for cleaning measures (subsequentflushing required)ndash Adey MC3+
ndash Adey MC5
ndash Fernox F3
ndash Sentinel X 300
ndash Sentinel X 400
Additives intended to remain permanently in theinstallationndash Adey MC1+
ndash Fernox F1
ndash Fernox F2
ndash Sentinel X 100
ndash Sentinel X 200
Additives for frost protection intended to remainpermanently in the installationndash Adey MC ZERO
ndash Fernox Antifreeze Alphi 11
ndash Sentinel X 500
If you have used the above-mentioned additives informthe end user about the measures that are required
Inform the end user about the measures required for frostprotection
75 Avoiding danger arising from insufficientwater pressure
The filling pressure must be between 010 and 015 MPa(10 and 15 bar)
Note
If the heating flow temperature is shown in thedisplay press and hold the and buttonsat the same time for longer than five seconds ortemporarily deactivate heating mode in order todisplay the pressure
If the heating installation extends over several storeyshigher filling pressures may be required to avoid air enteringthe heating installation
If the water pressure falls below 005 MPa (05 bar) thevalue flashes in the display
If the water pressure falls below 003 MPa (03 bar) theproduct switches off The display shows 00 MPa (00 bar)Fault F22 will be stored in the fault list
Top up the water in the heating installation to start up theproduct again
◁ The pressure value flashes in the display until apressure of 005 MPa (05 bar) or higher has beenreached
76 Switching on the product
Switch on the product via the main switch installed on-site
77 Filling and purging the heating installation
Preliminary work Flush the heating installation through
1
1
1 Check the silicone hose connection (1) between thepumps automatic air vent and the hydraulic console
2 Fill with water until the required filling pressure isreached
ndash Recommended filling pressure 1 hellip 15 bar
◁ The heating and hot water functions cannot be activ-ated
◁ The pressure value flashes in the display until apressure of 005 MPa (05 bar) or higher has beenreached
7 Start-up
18 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
◁ An automatic air vent function is activated if thepressure exceeds 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than15 seconds
3 Purge each radiator until the water escapes normallyand then retighten the systems purging valves
4 Check whether all connections are leak-tight
Conditions If the noise persists in the boiler
Purge the product again by activating check programme(P07) and then (P06)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
78 Filling the condensate siphon
C
2
3
1
AB
1 Unclip the lower section of the siphon (1) from the up-per section of the siphon (2)
2 Remove the float (3)
3 Fill the lower section of the siphon with water up to 10mm below the upper edge of the condensate drain pipe-work
4 Re-insert the float (3)
Note
Check that the float is present in the con-densate siphon
5 Clip the lower section of the siphon (1) into the uppersection of the siphon (2)
79 Filling the hot water circuit
1 Open the water tap to fill the hot water circuit
2 Close the water tap once the appropriate volume ofwater has flowed out
◁ The hot water circuit is filled
3 Check all connections and the entire system for leak-tightness
710 Checking and adjusting the gas settings
Only a qualified competent person is authorised to imple-ment the settings on the gas valve assembly
Each destroyed tamper-proof seal must be replaced
The CO₂ adjusting screw must be sealed
Never modify the factory setting of the gas pressure regu-lator of the gas valve assembly
7101 Checking the gas flow rate
The gas flow rate has been set during production and doesnot require adjustment With the front casing fitted check thegas flow rate of the boiler as follows
Start up the product with the check programme P01
In addition ensure that maximum heat can be dissipatedinto the heating system by turning up the room thermo-stat
Wait at least 5 minutes until the boiler has reached itsoperating temperature
Ensure that all other gas appliances in the property areturned off
Measure the gas flow rate at the gas meter
Compare the measured values with the correspondingvalues in the table
Qnw from the dataplate
H gas in msup3h
Nom +5 minus10
153 162 170 146
184 195 205 176
247 261 274 235
257 272 286 245
286 303 318 273
306 324 340 292
357 378 397 340
Conditions Gas flow rate not in the permissible range
Check all of the piping and ensure that the gas flow ratesare correct
Only put the product into operation once the gas flowrates have been corrected
Conditions Gas flow rate in the permissible range
End the check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down by allowing pump overrun tooperate for a minimum of 2 minutes
Record the boiler maximum gas flow rate onto theBenchmark gas boiler commissioning checklist
Start-up 7
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 19
7102 Checking the gas connection pressure (gasflow pressure)
1
2
1 Ensure that the gas inlet working pressure can beobtained with all other gas appliances in the propertyworking
2 Close the gas stopcock (1)
3 Undo the sealing screw on the test nipple (2)
4 Connect a manometer to the test nipple (2)
5 Open the gas stopcock (1)
6 Start up the product with check programme P01 (sys-tem with eBUS control) or P03 (installation withouteBUS control)
7 In addition ensure that maximum heat can be dissip-ated into the heating system by turning up the roomthermostat
8 With the boiler operating at full load check that the gasinlet working pressure at the reference test point (2)complies with the requirements
Permissible connection pressure
Great Bri-tain
Naturalgas
G20 17 hellip 2 kPa
(170hellip 20 mbar)
9 Should the pressure recorded at the reference test pointin the boiler be lower than indicated check if there isany blockage in the pipework or if the pipework is un-dersized
Conditions Gas flow pressure not in the permissible range
CautionRisk of material damage and operatingfaults caused by incorrect gas connec-tion pressureIf the gas connection pressure lies outsidethe permissible range this can cause oper-ating faults in and damage to the product Do not make any adjustments to the
product Do not start up the product
If you cannot correct the failure notify the gas supplycompany and proceed as follows
End check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down by allowing pump overrunto operate for a minimum of two minutes
Close the gas stopcock
Remove the pressure gauge and retighten the sealingscrew (2) for the measuring nipple
Open the gas stopcock (1)
Check the test nipple for gas tightness
Close the gas stopcock (1)
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
Disconnect the product from the electrical installation
You must not start up the boiler
Conditions Gas flow pressure in the permissible range
End the check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down allowing pump overrun tooperate for a minimum of two minutes
Close the gas stopcock (1)
Remove the pressure gauge and retighten the sealingscrew (2) for the measuring nipple
Open the gas stopcock (1)
Check the test nipple for gas tightness
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
Reset boiler controls for normal operation
Record the appliance gas inlet working pressure (kParesp mbar) in the Benchmark gas boiler commissioningchecklist
7103 Checking the leak-tightness of the flue gasinstallation and flue gas recirculation
1 Check the flue gas installation is intact in accordancewith the latest gas safe technical bulletin and informa-tion supplied in the installation instructions
2 For extended flue gas installations check for flue gasrecirculation using the air analysis point
3 Use a flue gas analyser
4 If you discover CO or CO2 in the supply air search forthe leak in the flue gas installation or for signs of fluegas recirculation
5 Eliminate the damage properly
6 Check again whether the supply air contains any CO orCO2
7 If you cannot eliminate the damage do not start up theproduct
7104 Thoroughly flushing the heating installation(hot)
1 Operate the appliance until the boiler and the heatingsystem are up to temperature
2 Check the heating system for leaks
3 Connect a hose to the drain valve located at the lowestposition of the heating system
4 Shut off the boiler open the drain valve and all purgevalves on the radiators and allow the water to flow outof the heating system and the boiler quickly and fully
5 Close the drain valve
6 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
7 Re-fill the system until the system design pressure of01 MPa (10 bar) is attained
8 Adapting the unit to the heating installation
20 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Note
The actual reading on the digital pressuregauge should ideally be 005 MPa (05 bar)plus an additional pressure correspondingto the highest point of the system above thebase of the boiler ndash 10 m head equals an ad-ditional 1 bar reading on the pressure gaugeThe minimum pressure should not be lessthan 01 MPa (1 bar) in any installation Ifthe system is to be treated with an inhibitor itshould be applied at this stage in accordancewith the manufacturerrsquos instructions Furtherinformation can be obtained from SentinelBetz Dearborn Ltd Tel 0151 420 9595 orFernox Alphandash Fry technologies Tel 08708700362
8 Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
7105 Checking the CO₂ content
1 Start up the product with the check programme (P01)and set the value
ndash Setting value for the programme P01 100
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
2 Wait until the value that is read is stable
ndash Waiting period for reading a stable value 5 min
1
3 Unscrew the cover from the flue gas analysis point (1)
4 Measure the CO₂ content at the flue gas analysis point(1)
5 Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Checking the CO₂ content
Great Britain
front casing on front casing off
Natural gas
G20
92 plusmn1
◁ The value is OK
The value is not OK you cannot start up theproduct
Inform Customer Service
711 Checking leak-tightness
Check the gas pipe the heating circuit and the hot watercircuit for leak-tightness
Check that the airflue pipe has been installed correctly
Conditions Room-sealed operation
Check whether the vacuum chamber has been closedtightly
7111 Checking the heating mode
1 Activate the heating mode on the user interface
2 Turn all thermostatic radiator valves on the radiatorsuntil they are fully open
3 Allow the product to operate for at least 15 minutes
4 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
5 Activate the display for the current operating status(rarr Page 15)
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
◁ If the product is working correctly the display showsS04
7112 Checking the hot water generation
1 Activate the hot water handling mode on the userinterface
2 Open a hot water valve completely
3 Activate the display for the current operating status(rarr Page 15)
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
◁ If the product is working correctly the display showsS14
8 Adapting the unit to the heatinginstallation
You can resetchange the system parameters (section Us-ing diagnostics codes)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
81 Burner anti-cycling time
To prevent frequent switching on and off of the burner andthus prevent energy losses an electronic restart lockoutis activated for a specific period each time the burner isswitched off The burner anti-cycling time is only active forthe heating mode Hot water handling mode during a burneranti-cycling time does not affect the time function element
811 Setting the maximum burner anti-cyclingtime
1 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
2 If required adjust the maximum burner anti-cycling timeusing the diagnostics code d02
Adapting the unit to the heating installation 8
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 21
812 Resetting the remaining burner anti-cyclingtime
Hold the button down for more than 3 seconds
◁ is shown in the display
82 Setting the pump output
The product is equipped with a speed-regulated high-effi-ciency pump which adjusts independently to the hydraulicconditions of the heating installation
If you have installed a low loss header in the heating install-ation you should switch off the speed regulation and set thepump output to a fixed value
If required change the setting of the pump speed whichdepends on the operating mode under diagnostics coded14
Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 12 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
0
10
20
30
40
50
0 200 400 600 800 1000
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 15 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
1 2
34
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 18 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
01020304050
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
6070
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 25 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
01020304050
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
6070
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 30 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
01020304050607080
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 A
B 1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
9 Handing the product over to the end user
22 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
83 Setting the bypass valve
CautionRisk of material damage caused by incor-rect setting of the high-efficiency pump
If the pressure at the bypass valve is in-creased (by turning it clockwise) and thepump output is set to less than 100 theproduct may not operate correctly
In this case set the pump output to5 = 100 using diagnostics parameterd14
Conditions d14 is set to 0 = auto
Do not change the factory settings
Conditions d14 is set to 1 - 5
Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
1
Regulate the pressure using the adjusting screw (1)
Position of the adjustingscrew
Notesapplication
Right-hand stop (screwedall the way in)
If the radiators do not heatup sufficiently at the defaultsetting In this case you mustset the pump to the maximumspeed
Mid-position (six anti-clockwise rotations)
Default setting
Five further anti-clockwiserotations starting from themid-position
If noises are produced in theradiators or radiator valves
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
84 Setting the hot water temperature
DangerRisk of death from legionella
Legionella multiply at temperatures below60 degC
Ensure that the end user is familiar withall of the Anti-legionella measures in orderto comply with the applicable regulationsregarding legionella prevention
Set the hot water temperature
Conditions Water hardness gt 357 molmsup3
ndash Hot water temperature le 50
9 Handing the product over to the enduser
When you have finished the installation attach the stickersupplied (in the end users language) to the productcover
Explain to the end user how the safety devices work andwhere they are located
Inform the end user how to handle the product
In particular draw attention to the safety informationwhich the end user must follow
Inform the end user that they must have the productmaintained in accordance with the specified intervals
Instruct the end user about measures taken for routingthe combustion air supply and flue system
10 Inspection and maintenance
101 Using original seals
If you replace components use only the enclosed originalseals additional sealing materials are not required
102 Observing inspection and maintenanceintervals
Adhere to the minimum inspection and maintenance in-tervals The inspection may require maintenance to becarried out earlier depending on the results
Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview(rarr Page 38)
Inspection and maintenance 10
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 23
103 Procuring spare parts
The original components of the product were also certifiedby the manufacturer as part of the declaration of conformityIf you use other non-certified or unauthorised parts duringmaintenance or repair work this may void the conformity ofthe product and it will therefore no longer comply with theapplicable standards
We strongly recommend that you use original spare partsfrom the manufacturer as this guarantees fault-free and safeoperation of the product To receive information about theavailable original spare parts contact the contact addressprovided on the reverse of these instructions
If you require spare parts for maintenance or repairwork use only the spare parts that are permitted for theproduct
104 Checking the CO₂ content
1 Start up the product with the check programme (P01)and set the value
ndash Setting value for the programme P01 100
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
2 Wait until the value that is read is stable
ndash Waiting period for reading a stable value 5 min
1
3 Unscrew the cover from the flue gas analysis point (1)
4 Measure the CO₂ content at the flue gas analysis point(1)
5 Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Checking the CO₂ content
Great Britain
front casing on front casing off
Natural gas
G20
92 plusmn1
◁ The value is OK
The value is not OK you cannot start up theproduct
Set the CO₂ content (rarr Page 23)
105 Setting the CO₂ content
Conditions The CO₂ content must be adjusted
1
A
B
Remove the sticker
Turn the screw (1) to set the CO₂ content (value withfront casing removed)
◁ To increase the CO₂ content Turn anti-clockwise
◁ To decrease the CO₂ content Turn clockwise
Only carry out the adjustment in increments of 18 turnand wait approximately 1 minute after each adjustmentuntil the value has stabilised
Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Setting the CO₂ value
Great Britain
front casing on front casingoff
Natural gas
G20
CO₂ at full load 92 plusmn02
Set for Wobbeindex W₀
1409 kWsdothmsup3
O₂ at full load 45 plusmn18 vol
CO at full load le 250 ppm
COCO₂ le 00027
If the setting is not in the specified adjustment rangeyou must not start up the product
Inform Customer Service
Check whether the air-quality requirements with regardto carbon monoxide are fulfilled
Fit the front panel
10 Inspection and maintenance
24 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
106 Removing the gas-air mixture unit
Note
The gas-air mixture unit consists of three maincomponents
ndash Fan
ndash Gas valve
ndash Burner cover
1 Switch off the product via the main switch
2 Close the gas isolator cock
3 Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
C
AB
1
D
2
4 Remove the screw (1)
5 Push the clip upwards
6 Remove the flue gas pipe (2)
3
4
5
AB
7 Remove the air intake pipe (3)
8 Remove the plugs from the gas valve (4) and from thefan (5)
A
C
D B
6
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (6)
7
7
8
10 Remove the burner seals (7) and the burner (8)
11 Check the burner and the heat exchanger for damageand dirt
12 If necessary clean or replace the components accord-ing to the following sections
13 Install the two new burner seals
107 Cleaning the heat exchanger
1
1 Protect the folded down electronics box against sprayedwater
2 Clean the ribs of the heat exchanger (1) with water
◁ The water runs out into the condensate tray
Inspection and maintenance 10
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 25
108 Checking the burner
1 Search the surface of the burner for possible damage Ifyou see any damage replace the burner
2 Install the two new burner seals
109 Checking the ignition electrode
1
2
3 4 5
1 Disconnect the connection (2) and the earthing cable(1)
2 Remove the fixing screws (3)
3 Carefully remove the electrode from the combustionchamber
4 Check that the electrode ends (4) are undamaged
5 Check the electrode distance
ndash Clearance for the ignition electrodes 35 hellip 45 mm
6 Make sure that the seal (5) is free from damage
If necessary replace the seal
1010 Cleaning the condensate siphon
C
2
3
1
AB
1 Unclip the lower section of the siphon (1) from the up-per section of the siphon (2)
2 Remove the float (3)
3 Flush out the float and lower section of the siphon withwater
4 Fill the lower section of the siphon with water up to 10mm below the upper edge of the condensate drain pipe-work
5 Reinsert the float (3)
Note
Check whether the float is present in thecondensate siphon
6 Clip the lower section of the siphon (1) into the uppersection of the siphon (2)
1011 Installing the gas-air mixture unit
1 Install the burner
2 Install two new burner seals in the burner hood
3 Install the gas-air mixture unit
4 Tighten the screws on the gas-air mixture unit
ndash Ideally to 7 Nm if a torque spanner is available
5 Install the flue pipe
6 Install the air intake pipe
1012 Draining the product
1 Close the service valves of the product
2 Start check programme P05 (rarr Page 15)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
3 Open the drain cock
1013 Checking the admission pressure of theexpansion vessel
1 Measure the pre-charge pressure of the expansion ves-sel at the vessel valve
Conditions Pre-charge pressure lt 0075 MPa (075 bar)
Top up the expansion vessel in accordance with thestatic height of the heating installation ideally with ni-trogen otherwise with air Ensure that the drain valve isopen when topping up
2 If water escapes from the expansion vessels valve youmust replace the expansion vessel (rarr Page 27)
3 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
1014 Completing inspection and maintenancework
1 Check the gas connection pressure (gas flow pressure)(rarr Page 19)
2 Check the CO₂ content
1015 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
11 Troubleshooting
26 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
11 Troubleshooting
111 Rectifying faults
If fault codes (FXX) appear refer to the table in the ap-pendix or use the check programme(s)
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
If several fault codes are generated at the same time theseare displayed alternately followed by the time at which therespective fault occurred
Hold the button down for more than 3 seconds
If you are unable to clear the fault code and it reappearsdespite several fault clearance attempts contact cus-tomer service
112 Calling up the fault memory
The last 10 fault codes are stored in the fault memory (to-gether with the time at which the respective fault occurredand after 24 hours with the number of days)
Hold the button down for more than 7 seconds
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Press the button to exit this menu
113 Deleting the fault memory
1 Delete the fault memory using the diagnostics coded94
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
114 Resetting parameters to factory settings
1 Reset all parameters to the factory settings using thediagnostics code d96
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
115 Preparing the repair work
1 Switch off the product
2 Disconnect the product from the electrical installation
3 Remove the front casing
4 Close the gas stopcock
5 Close the service valves in the heating flow and in theheating return
6 Close the service valve in the cold water pipe
7 Drain the product if you want to replace water-bearingcomponents of the product
8 Ensure that water does not drip on live components(eg the electronics box)
9 Use only new seals and O-rings Do not use any addi-tional sealing materials
116 Replacing defective components
1161 Replacing the burner
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Remove the two burner seals
3 Remove the burner
4 Insert the new burner
5 Insert two new burner seals in the burner cover
6 Install the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 25)
1162 Replacing the gas-air mixture unit
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Install the new gas-air mixture (rarr Page 25)
1163 Replacing the heat exchanger
1 Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
2 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
1 A
B
3 Remove the gas pipe (1)
1
2
3
2 4
A
B
4 Remove the temperature sensor (3)
5 Remove the upper clip (1)
6 Remove the lower clip (4)
7 Remove the supply pipe (2)
Troubleshooting 11
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 27
2
2 3
B
1
A
8 Remove the upper clip (1)
9 Remove the lower clip (3)
10 Remove the return pipe (2)
1
A2
11 Remove the clip underneath the condensate tray (1)
12 Undo the four screws (2)
2
1
B
C
A
13 Remove the ignition electrode (1)
14 Lift the heat exchanger up slightly and remove it to-gether with the condensate tray
15 Remove the ignition transformer (2)
16 Install the new heat exchanger in reverse order
1164 Replacing the pump head
1
2
1 Disconnect the pump cable from the electronics box
2 Undo the four bolts (1)
3 Remove the pump head (2)
4 Replace the O-ring
5 Use four screws to secure the new pump head
6 Connect the pump cable to the electronics box
1165 Replacing the expansion vessel
B
C
1
2
3A
D
1 Undo the nut (3)
2 Remove both screws on the support plate (1)
3 Remove the support plate
4 Pull out the expansion vessel (2) towards the front
5 Insert the new expansion vessel into the product
6 Screw the new expansion vessel to the water connec-tion To do this use a new seal
7 Attach the support plate using both screws
8 Fill and purge the product (rarr Page 17) and if requiredthe heating installation
12 Decommissioning the product
28 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
1166 Replacing the main PCB
C
C
D
B
C
C
D
B
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull all of the plugs out from the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plugs
7 Close the electronics box
1167 Replacing the PCB for the user interface
B
C
C
D
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull the plug out of the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plug
7 Close the electronics box
1168 Replacing the expansion relief valve
1
2
1 Remove the clip (2)
2 Remove the expansion relief valve
3 Fit the new expansion relief valve with a new O-ring
4 Reattach the clip (2)
1169 Replace the pressure sensor
1
2
1 Pull out the plug
2 Remove the clip (1)
3 Remove the pressure sensor (2)
4 Install the new pressure sensor
5 Reattach the clip (1)
117 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
12 Decommissioning the product
Switch off the product
Disconnect the product from the power mains
Close the gas isolator cock
Close the cold water stop cock
13 Customer service
For contact details for our customer service department youcan write to the address that is provided on the back pageor you can visit wwwglow-wormcouk
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 29
Appendix
A Check programmes ndash Overview
Note
Since the programme table is used for various products some programmes may not be visible for the product inquestion
Display Meaning
P01 Burner operation on adjustable heat input
The product operates after ignition with the heat input set between 0 (0 = Pmin) and 100 (100 = Pmax)
The function is active for 15 minutes
P02 Burner operation at ignition load
After ignition the product works at ignition load
The function is active for 15 minutes
P03 The product runs in heating mode with the maximum heat input set using diagnostics code d00
P04 Maximum output function
If there is a hot water request the product runs in hot water handling mode and at maximum heat load
If there is no hot water request the product runs with the heating partial load that is set via diagnostics coded00 and in heating mode
The function is active for 15 minutes
P05 Filling the product
The diverter valve moves to the mid-position The burner and pump switch off (to fill or drain the product)
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is active for 15 minutes
P06 Purging the heating circuit
The diverter valve is moved to the heating position
The function is activated in the heating circuit for 15 minutes
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
P07 Purging the hot water circuit
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
Automatic air ventfunction
Purging the product
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
This function cannot be manually switched off
B Overview of diagnostics codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d00 Heating maximum output ndash ndash kW The maximum heating outputvaries depending on the product
rarr Section Technical data
Automatic Unit automaticallyadjusts the maximum output tothe current system demand
rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d01 Pump overrun in heatingmode
1 60 min 1 5 Adjustable
d02 Maximum burner anti-cycling time in heatingmode
2 60 min 1 20 Adjustable
Appendix
30 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d04 Water temperature in thecylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d05 Determined heating flowset target temperature
Current value ndash ndash Not
adjustable
d06 Hot water set target tem-perature
Current value (Combination unit only) ndash Notadjustable
d07 Set target temperaturefor the domestic hot wa-ter cylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d08 Status of the 230 V ther-mostat
Current value ndash 0 = Room thermostat open (noheat requirement)
1 = Room thermostat closed(heat requirement)
ndash Notadjustable
d09 Heating flow set targettemperature that is seton the eBUS room ther-mostat
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d10 Status of the internalpump in the heating cir-cuit
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d11 Status of the heatingcircuits shunt pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d13 Status of the hot watercircuits circulation pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d14 Operating mode of themodulating pump
0 5 ndash 0 = variable rotational speed(auto)
1 2 3 4 5 = Fixed rotationalspeeds rarr Section Setting thepump output
0 Adjustable
d15 Pump speed Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d16 Status of the 24 V roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Heating off
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d17 Heating control ndash ndash ndash off = Flow temperature
on = Return temperature (ad-justment for underfloor heatingIf you have activated the returntemperature control the auto-matic heating output determina-tion function is not active)
0 Adjustable
d18 Pump overrun operatingmode
1 3 ndash 1 = Continuous (pump runs per-manently)
3 = Eco (intermittent pump modendash for the dissipation of the resid-ual heat after hot water gener-ation at an extremely low heatdemand)
1 Adjustable
d19 Pump operating mode 2stage pump
0 3 ndash 0 = Burner mode stage 2 pumpflowoverrun stage 1
1 = Heating mode and pumpflowoverrun stage 1 hot waterhandling mode stage 2
2 = Automatic heating modepump flowoverrun stage 1 hotwater handling mode stage 2
3 = Stage 2
3 Adjustable
d20 Maximum hot water settarget temperature
50 60 1 60 Adjustable
d21 Status of the warm startfor hot water
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated andavailable
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 31
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d22 Status of the hot waterrequest
Current value ndash off = No current requirement
on = Current requirement
ndash Notadjustable
d23 Status of the heatingdemand
Current value ndash off = Heating off (Summer mode)
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d24 Status of the pressuremonitor
0 1 ndash off = Not switched
on = Switched
ndash Notadjustable
d25 Status of the requirementto reheat the cylinder orfor the hot water warmstart from the eBUS ther-mostat
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
ndash Notadjustable
d27 Function of relay 1(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
1 Adjustable
d28 Function of relay 2(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
2 Adjustable
d31 Automatic filling device 0 2 ndash 0 = Manual
1 = Semi-automatic
2 = Automatic
0 Adjustable
d33 Fan speed target value Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d34 Value for the fan speed Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d35 Position of the divertervalve
Current value ndash 0 = Heating
40 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
100 = Domestic hot water
ndash Notadjustable
d36 Value for the hot waterflow
Current value lmin ndash ndash Notadjustable
d39 Water temperature in thesolar circuit
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d40 Heating flow temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d41 Heating return temperat-ure
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d43 Heating curve 02 4 ndash 01 12 Adjustable
d45 Value for the base pointof the heating curve
15 30 ndash 1 20 Adjustable
d47 Outside temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d50 Correction of the min-imum fan speed
0 3000 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
600 Adjustable
Appendix
32 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d51 Correction of the max-imum fan speed
-2500 0 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
-1000 Adjustable
d58 Solar circuit reheating 0 3 ndash 0 = Boilers Legionella protectionfunction deactivated
3 = Hot water activated (mintarget value 60 degC)
0 Adjustable
d60 Number of blocks by thetemperature limiter
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d61 Number of unsuccessfulignitions
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d62 Night set-back 0 30 ndash 1 0 Adjustable
d64 Average burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d65 Maximum burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d66 Activation of the warmstart function for hot wa-ter
ndash ndash ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
1 Adjustable
d67 Remaining burner anti-cycling time (setting un-der d02)
Current value min ndash ndash Notadjustable
d68 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 1st attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d69 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 2nd attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d70 Operation of the divertervalve
0 2 ndash 0 = Normal operating mode(DHW and heating mode)
1 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
2 = Permanent heating modeposition
0 Adjustable
d71 Maximum heating flowset target temperature
45 80 1 rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d73 Correction of the hot wa-ter warm start temperat-ure
-15 5 K 1 0 Adjustable
d75 Maximum cylinder re-heating time
20 90 min 1 45 Adjustable
d77 Max cylinder reheating ndash ndash kW 1
rarr Section Technical data
ndash Adjustable
d80 Running time in heatingmode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d81 Running time in hot wa-ter handling mode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d82 Number of burner igni-tions in heating mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d83 Number of burner igni-tions in hot water hand-ling mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d84 Maintenance in 0 3000 h Number of hours = Display valuex 10
300 Notadjustable
d85 Increase in the min out-put (heating and hot wa-ter handling mode)
ndash ndash kW 1 ndash Adjustable
d88 Flow rate limit valuefor ignition in hot waterhandling mode
0 1 ndash 0 = 17 lmin (no delay)
1 = 37 lmin (2 s delay)
0 Adjustable
d90 Status of the eBUS roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Not connected
on = Connected
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 33
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d91 Status DCF77 Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d93 Setting the product code 0 99 ndash 1
The Device Specific Number(DSN) can be found on the iden-tification plate
ndash Adjustable
d94 Delete fault list 0 1 ndash off = No
on = Yes
ndash Adjustable
d95 Software versions ndash ndash ndash 1 = Main PCB
2 = Interface PCB
ndash Adjustable
d96 Default setting (reset) ndash ndash ndash 0 = No
1 = Yes
ndash Adjustable
C Status codes ndash Overview
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Status code Meaning
Displays in heating mode
S0 Heating mode No requirement
S01 Heating mode Advance fan operation
S02 Heating mode Pump pre-run
S03 Heating mode Burner ignition
S04 Heating mode Burner on
S05 Heating mode Pumpfan overrun
S06 Heating mode Fan overrun
S07 Heating mode Pump overrun
S08 Heating mode Temporary shutdown after heating procedure
Displays in hot water handling mode
S10 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S11 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S13 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S14 DHW mode Burner on
S15 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S16 DHW mode Fan overrun
S17 DHW mode Pump overrun
Display in Comfort mode with warm start or hot water handling mode with cylinder
S20 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S21 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S22 Hot water handling mode Pump pre-run
S23 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S24 DHW mode Burner on
S25 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S26 DHW mode Fan overrun
S27 DHW mode Pump overrun
S28 Hot water handling mode Temporary shutdown of the burner
Other displays
S30 Room thermostat is blocking heating mode
S31 No heating demand Summer mode eBUS controller waiting period
Appendix
34 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Status code Meaning
S32 Fan waiting time Fan speed outside of the tolerance values
S33 Forced fan operation until the pressure monitor is switched
S34 Frost protection active
S39 Underfloor heating contact open
S41 Water pressure too high
S42 Flue non-return flap closed
S46 Frost protection mode (Comfort) Minimum load
S53 Product in waiting periodoperation block function due to low water pressure (flowreturn spread too large)
S54 Waiting period Low water pressure in the circuit (flowreturn spread too large)
S76 Maintenance message Check the water pressure
S88 Product purging active
S91 Maintenance Demo mode
S96 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S97 Automatic test programme Water pressure sensor heating demands blocked
S98 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S99 Internal automatic test programmes
S108 Purging the combustion chamber fan in operation
S109 Products standby mode activated
D Overview of fault codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F00 Fault Flow temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F01 Fault Return temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F10 Short circuit Flow temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F11 Short circuit Return temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F12 andF91
Short circuit Cylinder temperaturesensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F13 Short circuit Domestic hot water cylindertemperature sensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F20 Safety switch-off Overheating temperat-ure reached
Incorrect earth connection between cable harness and product flow or returnNTC defective (loose connection) stray spark via ignition cable ignition plugor ignition electrode
F22 Safety switch-off Low water pressure inthe boiler
No or insufficient water in the product water pressure sensor de-fective cable to the pump or to the water pressure sensor loosenotconnecteddefective
F23 Safety switch-off Temperature differencetoo great (NTC1NTC2)
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product flow and return NTCsensors connected the wrong way round
F24 Safety switch-off Temperature rise toofast
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product system pressure toolow non-return valve blockedincorrectly installed
F25 Safety switch-off Flue gas temperaturetoo high
Break in plug connection for optional flue gas safety cut-out (STB) break incable harness
F27 Safety switch-off Fault in flame detection Moisture on the electronics electronics (flame monitor) defective gas solen-oid valve leaking
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 35
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F28 Fault Ignition unsuccessful when startingup
Gas meter defective or gas pressure monitor has triggered air in gas gasflow pressure too low thermal isolator device (TAE) has triggered incorrectgas restrictor incorrect spare gas valve fault on the gas valve multiple plugon PCB incorrectly plugged in break in cable harness ignition system (ig-nition transformer ignition cable ignition plug ignition electrode) defectiveionisation current interrupted (cable electrode) incorrect earthing of productelectronics defective
F29 Fault Flame loss Gas supply temporarily stopped flue gas recirculation incorrect earthing ofproduct ignition transformer has spark failure
F32 Fan frost protection function active Fanspeed outside the tolerance values
Plug on fan not correctly plugged in multiple plug on PCB not correctlyplugged in break in cable harness fan blocked Hall sensor defective elec-tronics defective
F49 eBUS fault Voltage too low Short circuit on eBUS eBUS overload or two power supplies with differentpolarities on the eBUS
F61 Fault Gas valve control system Short circuitshort to earth in cable harness for the gas valve gas valvedefective (coils shorted to earth) electronics defective
F62 Fault Gas valve switch-off control Delayed switch-off of gas valve delayed extinguishing of flame signal gasvalve leaking electronics defective
F63 Fault EEPROM Electronics defective
F64 Fault Electronicssensoranalogue-to-digital converter
Flow or return NTC short circuited electronics defective
F65 Fault Electronics temperature too high Electronics overheating due to external influences electronics defective
F67 Value sent back by ASIC is incorrect(flame signal)
Implausible flame signal electronics defective
F68 Fault Unstable flame (analogue input) Air in gas gas flow pressure too low incorrect air ratio incorrect gas re-strictor ionisation flow interruption (cable electrode)
F70 Invalid product code (DSN) Display and PCB replaced at same time and Device Specific Number notreset wrong or missing output range coding resistance
F71 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Flow temperature sensor signalling constant value Flow temperature sensorincorrectly positioned on supply pipe flow temperature sensor defective
F72 Fault Deviation in the water pressuresensorreturn temperature sensor
Flowreturn NTC temperature difference too great rarr flow andor return tem-perature sensor defective
F73 Fault Water pressure sensor not con-nected or has short-circuited
Interruptionshort circuit of water pressure sensor interruptionshort circuitto GND in supply line to water pressure sensor or water pressure sensordefective
F74 Fault Electrical problem in the waterpressure sensor
Line to water pressure sensor has a short circuit to 5 V24 V or internal faultin the water pressure sensor
F75 Fault Pressure sensor Pressure switch defective
F76 The safety cut-out in the primary heatexchanger is defective
Safety cut-out feedback does not match the gas valve feedback
F77 Fault Condensate or smoke No response flue non-return flap defective
F78 Interruption to DHW outlet sensor atexternal controller
UK link box is connected but hot water NTC not bridged
F83 Fault Dry fire When the burner starts the temperature change registered at the flow orreturn temperature sensor is non-existent or too small Insufficient waterin the product the flow or return temperature sensor is not in the correctposition on the pipe
F84 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Values not consistent difference lt -6 K
Flow and return temperature sensors signalling implausible values Flow andreturn temperature sensors have been inverted flow and return temperaturesensors have not been correctly installed
F85 Fault Temperature sensor The flow andor return temperature sensors have been installed on the samepipeincorrect pipe
Temperature sensor not connected or is connected incorrectly
F86 Fault Underfloor heating contact Underfloor heating contact open sensor disconnected or defective
F87 Fault Electrodes Electrodes not connected or they are connected incorrectly short circuit inthe cable harness
F88 Fault Gas valve Gas valve not connected or it is connected incorrectly short circuit in thecable harness
F89 Fault Pump Pump not connected or it is connected incorrectly incorrect pump connec-ted short circuit in the cable harness
Appendix
36 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
Connection No communication between the PCBand the user interface
Electronics defective
E Wiring diagram Pure boiler
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
X21 41
32
eBUS
RT 24V
Burner off
X106
13
41
3
123
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~2
6
7
9
8
1
3
4
5
11
10
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Temperature sensor on the heating flow
4 Temperature sensor on the heating return
5 Fan
6 Gas valve assembly
7 Pressure sensor
8 External ignition transformer
9 Heating pump
10 Ionisation and ignition electrode
11 Main power supply and connection for 230 V control
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 37
F Connection diagram Pure boiler (30 kW)
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
X21LN
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
13
41
3
123
eBUS
Burner off
X106
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~
X12LN
2
7
8
109
1
43
5
6
12 11
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Control system
4 Temperature sensor in the heating flow
5 Temperature sensor in the heating return
6 Fan
7 Gas valve
8 Pressure sensor
9 Ionisation electrode
10 Heating pump
11 Ignition electrode
12 Main power supply
Appendix
38 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
G Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview
The table below lists the manufacturer requirements with respect to minimum inspection and maintenance intervals If na-tional regulations and directives require shorter inspection and maintenance intervals you should observe these instead ofthe intervals listed in the table
No WorkInspection(annual)
Mainten-ance
(must becarried outat regularintervals)
1Check the airflue pipe for leak-tightness and to ensure that it is fastened correctly Make surethat it is not blocked or damaged and has been installed in accordance with the relevant Installa-tion Manual
X X
2Check the general condition of the product Remove dirt from the product and from the vacuumchamber
X X
3Visually inspect the general condition of the heat exchanger In doing so pay particular attentionto signs of corrosion rust and other defects If you notice any damage carry out maintenancework
X X
4Check the gas connection pressure at maximum heat input If the gas connection pressure is notwithin the correct range carry out maintenance work
X X
5Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product and if necessary adjust it Keep a record ofthis
X X
6Disconnect the product from the power mains Check that the electrical plug connections andother connections are seated correctly and correct these if necessary
X X
7 Close the gas isolator cock and the service valves X X
8Drain the product on the water side Check the pre-charge pressure of the expansion vesseland if required top up the expansion vessel (approx 003 MPa03 bar below the system fillingpressure)
X
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit X
10Check the seals in the combustion area If you see any damage replace the seals Replace bothburner seals each time it is opened and accordingly each time maintenance work is carried out
X
11 Clean the heat exchanger X
12 Check the burner for damage and replace it if necessary X
13 Check the condensate siphon in the product clean and fill if necessary X X
14 Install the gas-air mixture unit Caution Replace the seals X
15 Open the gas isolator cock reconnect the product to the power mains and switch the product on X X
16Open the service valves fill the productheating installation to 005-03 MPa05-30 bar (depend-ing on the static height of the heating installation) and start the purging programme PXX
X
17Carry out a test operation of the product and heating installation and if required purge the sys-tem once more
X X
18 Visually inspect the ignition and burner behaviour X X
19 Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product again X
20 Check the product for gas flue gas water and condensate leaks and repair if necessary X X
21 Record the inspectionmaintenance work carried out X X
Note For those appliances which are not part of an annual service agreementpolicy maintenance must be carried out at least every5 years
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 39
H Position of the opening in the airflue pipe
GN
N
MM
A
II
O
H
H
CBLJ
Q Q
Q
Q
Q
K
P
D E
FI
S
R
T
H1 Positioning of the opening of a fan-supported flue gas pipe
Installation siteMinimum dimen-sions
A Directly below an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
B Above an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
C Horizontally to an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
DBelow temperature-sensitive building components eg plastic gutters down pipes or wastewaterpipes
75 mm
E Below eaves 200 mm
F Below balconies or car port roofs 200 mm
G From vertical wastewater pipes or down pipes 150 mm
H From external or internal corners 200 mm
I Above floors roofs or balconies 300 mm
J From a surface facing a terminal 600 mm
K From a terminal facing a terminal 1200 mm
L From an opening in the car port (eg door window) which leads into the dwelling 1200 mm
M Vertical from a terminal on the same wall 1500 mm
N Horizontal from a terminal on the same wall 300 mm
O From the wall on which the terminal has been installed 0 mm
P From a vertical structure on the roof 300 mm
Q Above the roof area 300 mm
R Horizontal from adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
S Above adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
T Below adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 2000 mm
Appendix
40 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
H2 Horizontal terminal positioning
BS 5440-1 recommends that fanned flue chimney terminals should be positioned as follows
a) at least 2 m from an opening in the building directly opposite and
b) so that the products of combustion are not directed to discharge directly across a boundary if the products are likely tocause a nuisance to a neighbour or discharge over a walkway or patio
For IE see current issue of IS 813
For boilers covered within this manual
1) Dimensions D E F and G
These clearances may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler In order to ensure that the con-densate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces the terminal should be extended as shown below
Balconyeaves
Gutter
Adequately secured airflue gas pipe
The flue pipe mustprotrude beyond any overhang
2) Dimension H
This clearance may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler However in order to ensure thatthe condensate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces a clearance of 300 mm is preferred
For 1 and 2 above you can use a flue gas management kit to enable the termination point to be positioned and directed awayfrom the building fabric
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 41
I Commissioning Checklist
copy Heating and Hotwater Industry Council (HHIC)
wwwcentralheatingcouk
Benchmark Commissioning and Servicing SectionIt is a requirement that the boiler is installed and commissioned to the
completed in full
Appendix
42 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
This Commissioning Checklist is to be completed in full by the competent person who commissioned the boiler as a means of demonstrating compliance with the appropriate Building Regulations and then handed to the customer to keep for future reference
GAS BOILER SYSTEM COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST
CONTROLS
Optimum start control
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
ALL SYSTEMS
Yes
Yes
CENTRAL HEATING MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
COMBINATION BOILERS ONLY
Yes
Yes
DOMESTIC HOT WATER MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
Yes Temperature
CONDENSING BOILERS ONLY
Yes
ALL INSTALLATIONS
AND sup2 Ratio
AND sup2 Ratio
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 43
It is recommended that your heating system is serviced regularly and that the appropriate Service Interval Record is completed
Service Provider
SERVICE RECORD
SERVICE 01
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 02
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 03
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 04
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 05
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 06
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 07
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 08
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 09
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 10
AND sup2 AND sup2
Appendix
44 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
PRIOR TO CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO CHECKThe boiler manufacturerrsquos installation instructions should have been followed gas type verified and gas
supply pressurerate checked as required prior to commissioningAs part of the installation process especially where a flue has been fitted by persons other than the boiler installer visually check the integrity of the whole flue system to confirm that all components are correctly assembled fixed and supported Check that manufacturerrsquos max flue lengths have not been
exceeded and all guidance has been followed (eg Gas Safe Technical Bulletin TB008)The flue gas analyser should be of the correct type as specified by BS 7967
Prior to its use the flue gas analyser should have been maintained and calibrated as specified by the manufacturer The installer must have the relevant competence for use of the analyser
Check and zero the analyser IN FRESH AIR as per analyser manufacturerrsquos instructions
NOTETHE AIR GAS RATIO VALVE IS FACTORY
SET AND MUST NOT BE ADJUSTED DURING COMMISSIONING UNLESS THIS ACTION IS RECOMMENDED FOLLOWING CONTACT WITH THE MANUFACTURER
If any such adjustment is recommended and further checking of the boiler is required the
installerservice engineer must be competent to carry out this work and to use the flue gas
analyser accordinglyIf the boiler requires conversion to operate with
a different gas family (eg conversion from natural gas to LPG) separate guidance will be
provided by the boiler manufacturer
CARRY OUT FLUE INTEGRITY CHECK USING ANALYSERInsert analyser probe into air inlet test point and allow readings to stabiliseNOTE - where no air inlet test point is provided then a flue integrity check
with the analyser is not possible The installer should verify that flue integrity has been visually checked in accordance with the ldquoPrior to
CO and combustion ratio checkrdquo box above before proceeding to the ldquoCheck CO and combustion ratio at maximum raterdquo stage below
SET BOILER TO MINIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at minimum rate (to
minimum load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - If manufacturerrsquos instructions do not specify how to set boiler to minimum
rate contact Technical Helpline for advice
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MINIMUM RATEWith boiler still set at minimum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas sampling
point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is not
specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MAX RATEWith boiler still set at maximum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas
sampling point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is
not specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
SET BOILER TO MAXIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at max rate
(full load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - Do not insert analyser probe during this period to avoid
possible ldquofloodingrdquo of sensor
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
BOILER IS OPERATING SATISFACTORILYno further actions required
Ensure test points are capped boiler case is correctly replaced and all other commissioning procedures are completed
Complete Benchmark Checklist recording CO and combustion ratio readings as required
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED
VERIFY FLUE INTEGRITYAnalyser readings indicate that combustion products and inlet air must be mixing Further investigation of
the flue is therefore requiredCheck that flue components are assembled fixed and supported as per boilerflue manufacturerrsquos
instructionsCheck that flue and flue terminal are not obstructed
IsCO less than
335ppmand
COCO2 ratio less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
Check all seals around the appliance burner internal flue seals door and case seals
Rectify where necessary
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED IF
COMMISSIONING CANNOT BE FULLY COMPLETED THE APPLIANCE MUST BE
DISCONNECTED FROM THE GAS SUPPLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GSIUR
NOTE Check and record CO and combustion ratio at both max and min rate before contacting the
manufacturer
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YESYES
YES
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 45
J Pipe lengths for the airflue pipe
J1 Length of the C13 type airflue pipe
Applicability C13 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C13 type airfluepipe
C13 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J2 Length of the C33 type airflue pipe
Applicability C33 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C33 type airfluepipe
C33 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J3 Length of the C43 type airflue pipe
Applicability C43 type airflue pipe
Diameter of theairflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L)
C43 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
Appendix
46 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
K Technical data
Technical data ndash Heating
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 530 lh 655 lh 788 lh 1094 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 353 lh 436 lh 525 lh 729 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
123 lh 153 lh 184 lh 255 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 1102 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 876 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
306 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
Technical data ndash G20 powerloading G20The lowest nominal heat output may be higher than the value in the technical data depending on the design of the systemand the current operating status
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 12 kW 15 kW 18 kW 25 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
48 hellip 130 kW 48 hellip 162 kW 53 hellip 195 kW 65 hellip 270 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
47 hellip 128 kW 47 hellip 159 kW 52 hellip 191 kW 64 hellip 265 kW
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
45 hellip 123 kW 45 hellip 152 kW 50 hellip 183 kW 61 hellip 254 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
44 hellip 150 kW 44 hellip 180 kW 49 hellip 252 kW 60 hellip 300 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
123 kW 153 kW 184 kW 255 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
153 kW 184 kW 257 kW 306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 30 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
76 hellip 324 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
75 hellip 318 kW
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 47
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
72 hellip 305 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
71 hellip 350 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
72 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
357 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
72 kW
Technical data ndash General
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch 34 inch 34 inch 34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h 32 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
13 msup3h 16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0476 msup3h 0480 msup3h 0533 msup3h 0648 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
206 gs 208 gs 231 gs 281 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
55 gs 69 gs 83 gs 115 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
69 gs 83 gs 116 gs 138 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
55 55 60 77
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
55 55 55 55
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
43 48 51 62
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
32 32 34 35
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
71 71 69 68
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
105 105 105 95
Released system types C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996 996 996 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040 1040 1040 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060 1060 1060 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085 1085 1085 1085
NOx class 5 5 5 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm
Appendix
48 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Net weight 31 kg 31 kg 31 kg 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 35 kg 35 kg 35 kg 36 kg
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
38 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
32 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0762 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
330 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
138 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
161 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
82
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
37
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
75
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
104
Released system types C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085
NOx class 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm
Net weight 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 36 kg
Technical data ndash Electrics
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 49
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max electrical power consump-tion
65 W 75 W 66 W 75 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W
Level of protection IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V
Max electrical power consump-tion
60 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W
Level of protection IPX4D
Index
50 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Index
AAirflue pipe installed 5BBurner anti-cycling time 20Bypass valve 22CCE label 8Check programmes 29
Using 15Checking the burner 25Checking the pre-charge pressure of the expansionvessel 25Cleaning the condensate siphon 25Cleaning the heat exchanger 24CO₂ content
Checking 20 23Competent person 4Completing inspection work 25Completing maintenance work 25Condensate discharge pipe 12Condensate siphon
Filling 18Controller 14Corrosion 5DDecommissioning 28Decommissioning the product 28Diagnostics codes
Using 15Documents 7Draining the product 25EElectricity 5Expansion relief valve 28FFault codes 26Fault memory 26Fault messages 26Fault symbol 15Flow rate-pressure curves 21Flue gas route 5Front casing closed 5Frost 5GGas family check 16Gas flow rate 18HHanding over to the end user 22High-efficiency pump 21High-efficiency pump output 21IIdentification plate 7If you smell flue gas 5If you smell gas 4Inspection work 22 38Installation site 5Intended use 4LLeak-tightness 20 25 28
MMains connection 14Maintenance work 22 38Minimum clearance 9PPower supply 14Preparing the repair work 26Preparing repair work 26Pressure sensor 28Pump head 27QQualification 4RRegulations 6Removing the air intake pipe 24Removing the burner 24Removing the flue gas pipe 24Removing the front casing 10Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24Removing the ignition transformer 24Removing the side section 10Replacing the burner 26Replacing the expansion vessel 27Replacing the heat exchanger 26Replacing the main PCB 28Replacing expansion vessel 27Resetting the burner anti-cycling time 21SSafety device 5Schematic drawing 5Setting the burner anti-cycling time 20Spare parts 23Switching on the product 17TTool 6Transport 5Transporting 8Treating the heating water 16UUnloading the box 8Unpacking the product 8User interface replacing the PCB 28Using
Check programmes 15Diagnostics codes 15
VVoltage 5WWall-mounting the product 9Weight 9
0020200964_04
ManufacturerSupplierVaillant Group UK LTD
Nottingham Road ‒ Belper ‒ Derbyshire DE56 1JQ
Telephone 01773 824639 ‒ Technical helpline 0330 100 7679
After sales service 0330 100 3142
wwwglow-wormcouk
0020200964_04 ‒ 16112017
copy These instructions or parts thereof are protected by copyright and may be repro-duced or distributed only with the manufacturers written consent
We reserve the right to make technical changes
Notes on the documentation 2
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 7
2 Notes on the documentation
21 Observing other applicable documents
You must observe all the operating and installation in-structions included with the system components
22 Storing documents
Pass these instructions and all other applicable docu-ments on to the system operator
23 Validity of the instructions
These instructions apply only to
Product article number
Article number Gas CouncilNumber
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
0010015655 41-019-16
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
0010015656 41-019-17
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
0010015657 41-019-18
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
0010015658 41-019-19
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
0010015659 41-019-20
24 Benchmark
Glow-worm is a licensed member of the BenchmarkScheme
Benchmark places responsibilities on both manufacturersand installers The purpose is to ensure that customers areprovided with the correct equipment for their needs that it isinstalled commissioned and serviced in accordance with themanufacturerrsquos instructions by a competent person approvedat the time by the Health and Safety Executive and that itmeets the requirements of the appropriate Building Regu-lations The Benchmark Checklist can be used to demon-strate compliance with Building Regulations and should beprovided to the customer for future reference
Installers are required to carry out installation commission-ing and servicing work in accordance with the BenchmarkCode of Practice which is available from the Heating andHotwater Industry Council who manage and promote theScheme
Benchmark is managed and promoted by the Heating andHotwater Industry Council
For more information visit wwwcentralheatingcouk
3 Product description
31 Compartment Ventilation
The boilers are very high efficiency appliances
As a consequence the heat loss from the appliance casingduring operation is very low
Compartment ventilation is not required as the products areonly certified and can only be fitted with a concentric fluesystem
32 Information on the identification plate
The identification plate is mounted on the underside of theproduct in the factory
The identification plate keeps record of the country in whichthe product is to be installed
Information on theidentification plate
Meaning
Barcode with serial number
Serial number For quality control purposes 3rd and 4thdigits = year of production
For quality control purposes 5th and 6thdigits = week of production
For identification purposes 7th to 16thdigits = product article number
For quality control purposes 17th to 20thdigits = place of manufacture
ENERGY s Product description
2H G20 ndash 20 kPa(20 mbar)
Factory setting for type of gas and gasconnection pressure
Cat Unit category
Condensing techno-logy
Efficiency class of the boiler in accord-ance with EC Directive 9242EEC
Type Xx3(x) Permissible flue gas connections
PMS Maximum water pressure in heatingmode
PMW Maximum water pressure in hot waterhandling mode
VHz Electric connection
W Max electrical power consumption
IP Level of protection
Heating mode
Pn Nominal heat output range in heatingmode
Pnc Nominal heat output range in heatingmode (condensing technology)
P Nominal heat output range in hot waterhandling mode
Qn Nominal heating load range in heatingmode
Qnw Nominal heating load range in hot waterhandling mode
Tmax Max flow temperature
NOx NOx class for the product
Code (DSN) Specific product code
Read the instructions
4 Set-up
8 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Information on theidentification plate
Meaning
GC no Gas council number
33 Functional elements Pure boiler
14
1110
9
7
8
6
4
5
3
2
1
1617
13
15
12
1 Electronics box
2 Heating circuit expan-sion relief valve
3 Condensate siphon
4 Flue gas pipe
5 Pressure sensor
6 Flue gas analysis point(for rear flue gas con-nection)
7 Ignition transformer
8 Gas valve
9 Air intake pipe
10 Fan
11 Supply air measuringstub pipe (for upper fluegas connection)
12 Flue gas analysis point(for upper flue gasconnection)
13 Primary heat exchanger
14 Heating expansionvessel
15 Purge hose
16 Heating pump
17 Bypass
34 CE label
ensp
The CE label shows that the products comply with the basicrequirements of the applicable directives as stated on theidentification plate
The declaration of conformity can be viewed at the manufac-turers site
4 Set-up
41 Transporting the unit
Important With regard to the regulations of 1992 concern-ing the manual handling of loads the unit exceeds theweight that can be lifted by a single person
411 General
Hold the load as close as possible to your body Avoidrotational movements Instead reposition your feet
If the unit is being lifted by two persons ensure yourmovements are coordinated during lifting
Avoid bending your upper body ndash do not lean forwards orto the side
Wear suitable non-slip protective gloves in order to pro-tect your hands against sharp edges Ensure that you arecarrying the load securely
If required get somebody to assist you in this
412 Unloading the box from the delivery van
It is recommended that two people lift the unit together
Lift the box using the straps provided
Use safe lifting techniques ndash keep your back straight andbend your legs at the knee
Hold the load as close as possible to your body
If the unit is being lifted by two persons ensure yourmovements are coordinated during lifting
If required get somebody to assist you in this
42 Unpacking the product
1 Remove the product from its box
2 Remove the protective film from all of the productscomponents
43 Checking the scope of delivery
Check that the scope of delivery is complete and intact
Number Designation
1 Heat generator
1 Unit mounting bracket
1 Flexible condensate discharge pipe
4 34 seals
3 12 seals
2 Service valve
1 Gas stopcock
2 Connection pipe (heating flow and return)
Set-up 4
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 9
Number Designation
1 Gas pipe
1 Expansion relief valve discharge pipe
1 Mounting template
1 Enclosed documentation
44 Dimensions
96121
34
123185
390
123
170
702
150
1 2 3
5
4
1 Heating flow
2 Gas connection
3 Heating return
4 Connection on the backof the airflue pipe
5 Connection on the topof the airflue pipe
45 Minimum clearances
CC
AB
D
Minimum clearance
A 150 mm (top airflue gas connection)
20 mm (airflue gas connection on the rear)
B 150 mm
C 5 mm
(70 mm if the side panels ought to be removed)
D 600 mm
It is not necessary to maintain a clearance between theproduct and components made of combustible materials thatgo beyond the minimum clearances
46 Using the mounting template
Use the mounting template to ascertain the locations atwhich you need to drill holes
47 Wall-mounting the product
Note
If you are using the rear airflue gas connectioninstall the airflue pipe before you wall-mount theproduct
1 Check whether the wall has sufficient load-bearing ca-pacity to bear the operational weight of the product
2 Check if the supplied fixing material may be used forthe wall
Conditions The load-bearing capacity of the wall is sufficient The fixingmaterial may be used for the wall
Wall-mount the product as described
4 Set-up
10 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Conditions The load-bearing capacity of the wall is not sufficient
Ensure that wall-mounting apparatus on-site has a suf-ficient load-bearing capacity Use individual stands orprimary walling for example
Do not wall-mount the product if you cannot providewall-mounting apparatus with a sufficient load-bearingcapacity
Conditions The fixing material may not be used for the wall
Wall-mount the product as described using the permittedfixing material provided on-site
48 Removinginstalling the front casing
481 Removing the front casing
B
C
A
1
1
1 Undo the two screws (1)
2 Gently press the front casing backwards in the centreso that the latching lug is released
3 Pull the front casing forwards at the bottom edge
4 Lift the front casing upwards from the bracket
482 Installing the front casing
Refit the components in the reverse order
49 Removinginstalling the side section
491 Removing the side section
CautionRisk of material damage caused by mech-anical deformation
Removing both side sections may causemechanical distortion in the product whichmay cause damage to the piping for ex-ample and potentially result in leaks
Always remove only one side section ndashnever both side sections at the same time
Note
If there is sufficient lateral clearance (at least70 mm) you can remove the side section to fa-cilitate maintenance or repair work
2x 1
A
B
C
D
1 Tilt the electronics box forward
2 Hold on to the side section so that it cannot fall andunscrew both screws (1) one from the top and onefrom the bottom
3 Tilt the side section to the outside and move it down-wards and out
492 Installing the side section
Refit the components in the reverse order
Installation 5
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 11
5 Installation
DangerRisk of scalding andor damage due toincorrect installation leading to escapingwater
Mechanical stresses in the connection pipesmay lead to leaks
Ensure that there is no mechanical stresswhen installing the connection pipes
CautionRisk of material damage caused byresidues in the pipelines
Welding remnants sealing residues dirt orother residues in the pipelines may damagethe product
Flush the heating installation thoroughlybefore installing the product
51 Checking the gas meter
Make sure that the existing gas meter is capable ofpassing the rate of gas supply required
52 Gas and water connections
CautionRisk of damage caused by incorrect gasconnection installation
Excess test pressure or operating pressuremay cause damage to the gas valve
Check the leak-tightness of the gas valveusing a maximum pressure of 11 kPa(110 mbar)
CautionRisk of material damage caused by corro-sion
Due to non-diffusion-tight plastic pipes in theheating installation air gets into the heatingwater Air in the heating water causes corro-sion in the heat generator circuit and in theproduct
If you use non-diffusion-tight plastic pipesin the heating installation ensure that noair gets into the heat generator circuit
CautionRisk of material damage due to heat trans-fer during soldering
Only solder connectors if the connectorsare not yet screwed to the service valves
Note
Apply heat insulation to the water pipes to theboiler outlet and to the installation
Preliminary work1 Check that the system volume and the volumetric capa-
city of the expansion vessel are compatible
If the volume of the expansion vessel is insufficientfor the installation
Install an additional expansion vessel in theheating return as close to the product as pos-sible
Install a non-return valve at the products outlet(heating flow)
2 Ensure that the installation has the following compon-ents
ndash A cold water stopcock for the unit
ndash A gas stopcock for the unit
ndash A filling and draining device in the heating installa-tion
1
2
3
1 Heating flow connec-tion G34
2 Gas connection G12
3 Heating return connec-tion G34
1 Connect the water and gas connections in accordancewith the applicable standards
2 Purge the gas pipe before start-up
3 Check whether the connections (rarr Page 20) are leak-tight
5 Installation
12 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
53 Connecting the drain pipework for theexpansion relief valve
1
Ensure that the pipeline is visible
The pipe must have a continuous fall and be routed to aposition so that any discharge of water possibly boilingor steam cannot create any danger to persons damageto property or external electrical components and wiring
◁ The piping must be installed in such a way that youcan see when water drips out
54 Connecting the condensate discharge pipe
1
2
Follow the instructions listed here and observe the legaland local regulations on condensate discharge
Use PVC or any other material that is suitable for drain-ing the non-neutralised condensate
If you cannot guarantee that the materials from which thedrain pipework is made are suitable install a system forneutralising the condensate
Note
The condensate drain pipework must have acontinuous fall (45 mm per metre) and shouldwhenever possible terminate at a suitabledrain point within the heated envelope of thebuilding that will remain frost free under longperiods of low external temperatures
Connect the condensate traps (1) Use the supplied drainhose (2) for this
Connect a condensate discharge pipe (215 mm notincluded in the scope of delivery) to the drain hose (2)
During installation remove all burrs from inside of cut pipework and avoid excessive adhesive which may trap smallpockets of water close to the pipe wall which can freezeand build into a larger ice plug
For any installation the condensate must be free flowingand not be possible for air back-pressure to prevent wa-ter flow
As with other pipe work insulate the condensate dis-charge pipe to minimise any risk of freezing and bewarewhen crossing cavities that the fall is maintained and thepipe sleeved
You can find further information in specification BS 6798for installing and maintaining gas-fired boilers with a nominalheat input below 70 kW
541 Condensate drainage systems
5411 Internal soil and vent pipe
Oslash19mm min
5412 External soil and vent pipe
L = 3m max
Oslash19mm min
Oslash30mm
5413 External termination into a gulley or hopper
L = 3m max
Oslash19mm min
Oslash30mm
Installation 5
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 13
5414 Internal termination into combined sinkwaste
Oslash30mm
Oslash19mm min
5415 Internal termination downstream of sinkwaste
Oslash30mm
Oslash19mm min
5416 External termination into soakaway
400m
m m
in
300m
m m
in25
mm
min
500mm min
Oslash100mm
L = 3m max
Oslash19mm min
Oslash30mm
5417 External termination into rain water downpipe
Oslash19mm min
Oslash30mm
55 Electrical installation
DangerRisk of death from electric shock
The power supply terminals L and N remainlive even if the product is switched off
Switch off the power supply Secure the power supply against being
switched on again
Only qualified electricians may carry out the electrical install-ation
551 Opening the electronics box
A
B
B
Follow the instructions in the specified sequence
5 Installation
14 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
552 Closing the electronics box
Follow the instructions in the reverse order
553 Cable route
1
2
1 24-V eBUS cable route 2 230-V eBUS cable route
554 Carrying out the wiring
30 mm max
1 Shorten the connection cables to the appropriatelengths to prevent them from causing damage insidethe electronics box
2 Screw the plug to the connection cable
3 Plug the plug into the slot provided on the PCB
555 Establishing the power supply
1
1 Observe all valid regulations
2 Ensure that the rated mains voltage is 230 V
3 Set up a fixed connection and install a partition with acontact opening of at least 3 mm (eg fuses or powerswitches)
4 Provide one common electricity supply for the boilerand for the corresponding controller
ndash Power supply Single-phase 230 V 50 Hz
ndash Fuse protection le 3 A
5 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
6 Observe the routing of the power supply cable (1) in theelectronics box in order to guarantee that there is nostrain
le 30
mm
NL X1230V~
RT
7 Carry out the wiring (rarr Page 14)
8 Close the electronics box
9 Make sure that access to the mains connection is al-ways available and is not covered or blocked
556 Connecting controllers to the electronicsystem
X2
X22 X41
ndash +24V=RT BUS
BurneroffX
106
BUS24 V
BU
SR
TB
off
Burner
offR
T24V
=-
+B
US
1
4
32
1 Safety thermostat forfloor-standing heating
2 24 V controller
3 eBUS controller or radioreceiver unit
4 Outside temperaturesensor wired
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
Operation 6
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 15
2 Carry out the wiring (rarr Page 14)
3 Connect the individual components depending on thetype of installation
Conditions If installing a multi-circuit controller
Change the pumps operating mode d18 from Eco (in-termittently operating pump) to Comfort (continuouslyoperating pump)
Conditions When connecting a controller (230 V)
le 30
mm
NL X1230V~
RT
Connect the controller to the main plug
Remove the bridge from the plug 24V=RT
4 Close the electronics box
6 Operation
61 Using diagnostics codes
You can use the parameters marked as adjustable in thetable of diagnostics codes to adapt the product to the systemand customer requirements
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
611 Activating diagnostics codes
1 Press and hold the button for 7 seconds
◁ is shown in the display
2 Press the or button to set the value
◁ The access code (96) is reserved for the competentperson
◁ The access code (35) is reserved for the customerservice
3 Press the button to confirm
◁ is shown in the display
612 Setting a diagnostics code
1 Press the or button to select the diagnosticscode
2 Press the button to confirm
◁ The value andor status of the diagnostics code isshown in the display
3 Press the or button to set the value
4 If you allow the value to flash for three seconds thesetting is automatically confirmed
◁ is shown in the display for 1 second
Note
You can manually confirm the setting at anytime by pressing and holding the buttonfor less than 3 seconds
5 Proceed accordingly for all parameters that need to bechanged
6 Press and hold the button for 3 seconds to finishconfiguring the diagnostics codes
◁ The display switches to the basic display
62 Displaying the status codes
The status codes display the products current operatingstatus
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
621 Activating the status codes display
1 Hold the button down for more than 7 seconds
◁ SXX is shown on the display followed by the heat-ing flow temperature the internal system pressureand the cylinder temperature (depending on the ver-sion)
2 Press the button to exit this menu
◁ The display switches to the basic display
63 Using check programmes
By activating various check programmes you can triggervarious special functions on the product
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
631 Calling up the check programmes
1 Hold the button down for more than 5 seconds
◁ All symbols are shown in the display
◁ is shown in the display
2 Press and hold the button for five seconds
◁ is shown in the display
3 Press the or button to select the checkprogramme
4 Press the button to confirm
◁ on is shown in the display and the programmestarts
5 Press the and buttons at the same time whilstrunning a check programme
◁ The heating water temperature and the filling pres-sure for the heating installation are shown altern-ately in the display
6 Press the button to return to the check programme
◁ The display shows the check programme
7 Press the button to finish the check programme
◁ OFF is shown in the display
8 Press and hold the button for 3 seconds to finishthe check programmes
7 Start-up
16 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
◁ End is shown in the display
◁ The display switches to the basic display
Note
If you do not press any button for 15 minutesthe current programme is automatically can-celled and the basic display is shown
632 Displaying the pressure and temperature ofthe heating during a check programme
1 Press the buttons simultaneously
◁ Display the filling pressure in the heating installation
◁ Display the heating flow temperature
2 Press the button to display the check programmecurrently running
7 Start-up
71 Carrying out the initial start-up
Initial start-up must be carried out by a customer servicetechnician or an authorised competent person using the first-commissioning-checklist The first-commissioning-checklistin the appendix (rarr Page 41) of the installation instructionsmust be filled out and stored carefully along with the unitsdocumentation
Carry out the initial start-up using the first-commission-ing-checklist in the appendix
Fill out and sign the first-commissioning-checklist
72 Checking the type of gas
Make sure that the product is set up correctly by checkingthe type of gas This ensures optimum combustion quality
Check the type of gas as part of routine product mainten-ance work when replacing components or carrying outwork on the gas route
73 Checking the factory setting
The products combustion has been factory tested and ispreset for operation with the gas group indicated on the iden-tification plate
The product is only authorised to be operated with naturalgas
Check the information about the type of gas indicated onthe identification plate and compare this with the type ofgas available at the installation location
Conditions The product design is not compatible with the local gasgroup
Do not start up the product
Conditions The product design is compatible with the local gas group
Proceed as described below
74 Checking and treating the heatingwaterfilling and supplementary water
CautionRisk of material damage due to poor-qual-ity heating water
Ensure that the heating water is of suffi-cient quality
Before filling or topping up the installation check thequality of the heating water
Checking the quality of the heating water Remove a little water from the heating circuit
Check the appearance of the heating water
If you ascertain that it contains sedimentary materialsyou must desludge the installation
Use a magnetic rod to check whether it contains mag-netite (iron oxide)
If you ascertain that it contains magnetite clean the in-stallation and apply suitable corrosion-protection meas-ures or fit a magnetic filter
Check the pH value of the removed water at 25 degC
If the value is below 65 or above 85 clean the systemand treat the heating water
Ensure that oxygen cannot get into the heating water
Checking the filling and supplementary water Before filling the installation measure the hardness of the
filling and supplementary water
Treating the filling and supplementary water Observe all applicable national regulations and technical
standards when treating the filling and supplementarywater
Provided the national regulations and technical standardsdo not stipulate more stringent requirements the followingapplies
You must treat the heating water in the following cases
ndash If the entire filling and supplementary water quantity dur-ing the operating life of the system exceeds three timesthe nominal volume of the heating installation or
ndash If the guideline values listed in the following table are notmet or
ndash if the pH value of the heating water is less than 65 ormore than 85
Totalheatingoutput
Water hardness at specific system volume1)
le 20 lkWgt 20 lkWle 50 lkW
gt 50 lkW
kWppm
CaCO₃molmsup3
ppmCaCO₃
molmsup3
ppmCaCO₃
molmsup3
lt 50 lt 300 lt 3 200 2 2 002
gt 50to le 200
200 2 150 15 2 002
gt 200to le 600
150 15 2 002 2 002
gt 600 2 002 2 002 2 002
1) Nominal capacity in litresheating output in the case of multi-boiler systems the smallest single heating output is to be used
Start-up 7
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 17
CautionThe use of unsuitable heating water maycause aluminium corrosion and a result-ing lack of leak-tightness
In contrast to steel grey cast iron or copperfor example aluminium reacts with alkalineheating water (pH value gt 85) to producesubstantial corrosion
When using aluminium make sure thatthe pH value of the heating water isbetween 65 and a maximum of 85
CautionRisk of material damage if the heatingwater is treated with unsuitable additives
Unsuitable additives may cause changes inthe components noises in heating mode andpossibly subsequent damage
Do not use any unsuitable frost and cor-rosion protection agents biocides or seal-ants
No incompatibility with our products has been detected todate with proper use of the following additives
When using additives follow the manufacturers instruc-tions without exception
We accept no liability for the compatibility of any additive orits effectiveness in the rest of the heating system
Additives for cleaning measures (subsequentflushing required)ndash Adey MC3+
ndash Adey MC5
ndash Fernox F3
ndash Sentinel X 300
ndash Sentinel X 400
Additives intended to remain permanently in theinstallationndash Adey MC1+
ndash Fernox F1
ndash Fernox F2
ndash Sentinel X 100
ndash Sentinel X 200
Additives for frost protection intended to remainpermanently in the installationndash Adey MC ZERO
ndash Fernox Antifreeze Alphi 11
ndash Sentinel X 500
If you have used the above-mentioned additives informthe end user about the measures that are required
Inform the end user about the measures required for frostprotection
75 Avoiding danger arising from insufficientwater pressure
The filling pressure must be between 010 and 015 MPa(10 and 15 bar)
Note
If the heating flow temperature is shown in thedisplay press and hold the and buttonsat the same time for longer than five seconds ortemporarily deactivate heating mode in order todisplay the pressure
If the heating installation extends over several storeyshigher filling pressures may be required to avoid air enteringthe heating installation
If the water pressure falls below 005 MPa (05 bar) thevalue flashes in the display
If the water pressure falls below 003 MPa (03 bar) theproduct switches off The display shows 00 MPa (00 bar)Fault F22 will be stored in the fault list
Top up the water in the heating installation to start up theproduct again
◁ The pressure value flashes in the display until apressure of 005 MPa (05 bar) or higher has beenreached
76 Switching on the product
Switch on the product via the main switch installed on-site
77 Filling and purging the heating installation
Preliminary work Flush the heating installation through
1
1
1 Check the silicone hose connection (1) between thepumps automatic air vent and the hydraulic console
2 Fill with water until the required filling pressure isreached
ndash Recommended filling pressure 1 hellip 15 bar
◁ The heating and hot water functions cannot be activ-ated
◁ The pressure value flashes in the display until apressure of 005 MPa (05 bar) or higher has beenreached
7 Start-up
18 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
◁ An automatic air vent function is activated if thepressure exceeds 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than15 seconds
3 Purge each radiator until the water escapes normallyand then retighten the systems purging valves
4 Check whether all connections are leak-tight
Conditions If the noise persists in the boiler
Purge the product again by activating check programme(P07) and then (P06)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
78 Filling the condensate siphon
C
2
3
1
AB
1 Unclip the lower section of the siphon (1) from the up-per section of the siphon (2)
2 Remove the float (3)
3 Fill the lower section of the siphon with water up to 10mm below the upper edge of the condensate drain pipe-work
4 Re-insert the float (3)
Note
Check that the float is present in the con-densate siphon
5 Clip the lower section of the siphon (1) into the uppersection of the siphon (2)
79 Filling the hot water circuit
1 Open the water tap to fill the hot water circuit
2 Close the water tap once the appropriate volume ofwater has flowed out
◁ The hot water circuit is filled
3 Check all connections and the entire system for leak-tightness
710 Checking and adjusting the gas settings
Only a qualified competent person is authorised to imple-ment the settings on the gas valve assembly
Each destroyed tamper-proof seal must be replaced
The CO₂ adjusting screw must be sealed
Never modify the factory setting of the gas pressure regu-lator of the gas valve assembly
7101 Checking the gas flow rate
The gas flow rate has been set during production and doesnot require adjustment With the front casing fitted check thegas flow rate of the boiler as follows
Start up the product with the check programme P01
In addition ensure that maximum heat can be dissipatedinto the heating system by turning up the room thermo-stat
Wait at least 5 minutes until the boiler has reached itsoperating temperature
Ensure that all other gas appliances in the property areturned off
Measure the gas flow rate at the gas meter
Compare the measured values with the correspondingvalues in the table
Qnw from the dataplate
H gas in msup3h
Nom +5 minus10
153 162 170 146
184 195 205 176
247 261 274 235
257 272 286 245
286 303 318 273
306 324 340 292
357 378 397 340
Conditions Gas flow rate not in the permissible range
Check all of the piping and ensure that the gas flow ratesare correct
Only put the product into operation once the gas flowrates have been corrected
Conditions Gas flow rate in the permissible range
End the check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down by allowing pump overrun tooperate for a minimum of 2 minutes
Record the boiler maximum gas flow rate onto theBenchmark gas boiler commissioning checklist
Start-up 7
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 19
7102 Checking the gas connection pressure (gasflow pressure)
1
2
1 Ensure that the gas inlet working pressure can beobtained with all other gas appliances in the propertyworking
2 Close the gas stopcock (1)
3 Undo the sealing screw on the test nipple (2)
4 Connect a manometer to the test nipple (2)
5 Open the gas stopcock (1)
6 Start up the product with check programme P01 (sys-tem with eBUS control) or P03 (installation withouteBUS control)
7 In addition ensure that maximum heat can be dissip-ated into the heating system by turning up the roomthermostat
8 With the boiler operating at full load check that the gasinlet working pressure at the reference test point (2)complies with the requirements
Permissible connection pressure
Great Bri-tain
Naturalgas
G20 17 hellip 2 kPa
(170hellip 20 mbar)
9 Should the pressure recorded at the reference test pointin the boiler be lower than indicated check if there isany blockage in the pipework or if the pipework is un-dersized
Conditions Gas flow pressure not in the permissible range
CautionRisk of material damage and operatingfaults caused by incorrect gas connec-tion pressureIf the gas connection pressure lies outsidethe permissible range this can cause oper-ating faults in and damage to the product Do not make any adjustments to the
product Do not start up the product
If you cannot correct the failure notify the gas supplycompany and proceed as follows
End check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down by allowing pump overrunto operate for a minimum of two minutes
Close the gas stopcock
Remove the pressure gauge and retighten the sealingscrew (2) for the measuring nipple
Open the gas stopcock (1)
Check the test nipple for gas tightness
Close the gas stopcock (1)
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
Disconnect the product from the electrical installation
You must not start up the boiler
Conditions Gas flow pressure in the permissible range
End the check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down allowing pump overrun tooperate for a minimum of two minutes
Close the gas stopcock (1)
Remove the pressure gauge and retighten the sealingscrew (2) for the measuring nipple
Open the gas stopcock (1)
Check the test nipple for gas tightness
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
Reset boiler controls for normal operation
Record the appliance gas inlet working pressure (kParesp mbar) in the Benchmark gas boiler commissioningchecklist
7103 Checking the leak-tightness of the flue gasinstallation and flue gas recirculation
1 Check the flue gas installation is intact in accordancewith the latest gas safe technical bulletin and informa-tion supplied in the installation instructions
2 For extended flue gas installations check for flue gasrecirculation using the air analysis point
3 Use a flue gas analyser
4 If you discover CO or CO2 in the supply air search forthe leak in the flue gas installation or for signs of fluegas recirculation
5 Eliminate the damage properly
6 Check again whether the supply air contains any CO orCO2
7 If you cannot eliminate the damage do not start up theproduct
7104 Thoroughly flushing the heating installation(hot)
1 Operate the appliance until the boiler and the heatingsystem are up to temperature
2 Check the heating system for leaks
3 Connect a hose to the drain valve located at the lowestposition of the heating system
4 Shut off the boiler open the drain valve and all purgevalves on the radiators and allow the water to flow outof the heating system and the boiler quickly and fully
5 Close the drain valve
6 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
7 Re-fill the system until the system design pressure of01 MPa (10 bar) is attained
8 Adapting the unit to the heating installation
20 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Note
The actual reading on the digital pressuregauge should ideally be 005 MPa (05 bar)plus an additional pressure correspondingto the highest point of the system above thebase of the boiler ndash 10 m head equals an ad-ditional 1 bar reading on the pressure gaugeThe minimum pressure should not be lessthan 01 MPa (1 bar) in any installation Ifthe system is to be treated with an inhibitor itshould be applied at this stage in accordancewith the manufacturerrsquos instructions Furtherinformation can be obtained from SentinelBetz Dearborn Ltd Tel 0151 420 9595 orFernox Alphandash Fry technologies Tel 08708700362
8 Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
7105 Checking the CO₂ content
1 Start up the product with the check programme (P01)and set the value
ndash Setting value for the programme P01 100
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
2 Wait until the value that is read is stable
ndash Waiting period for reading a stable value 5 min
1
3 Unscrew the cover from the flue gas analysis point (1)
4 Measure the CO₂ content at the flue gas analysis point(1)
5 Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Checking the CO₂ content
Great Britain
front casing on front casing off
Natural gas
G20
92 plusmn1
◁ The value is OK
The value is not OK you cannot start up theproduct
Inform Customer Service
711 Checking leak-tightness
Check the gas pipe the heating circuit and the hot watercircuit for leak-tightness
Check that the airflue pipe has been installed correctly
Conditions Room-sealed operation
Check whether the vacuum chamber has been closedtightly
7111 Checking the heating mode
1 Activate the heating mode on the user interface
2 Turn all thermostatic radiator valves on the radiatorsuntil they are fully open
3 Allow the product to operate for at least 15 minutes
4 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
5 Activate the display for the current operating status(rarr Page 15)
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
◁ If the product is working correctly the display showsS04
7112 Checking the hot water generation
1 Activate the hot water handling mode on the userinterface
2 Open a hot water valve completely
3 Activate the display for the current operating status(rarr Page 15)
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
◁ If the product is working correctly the display showsS14
8 Adapting the unit to the heatinginstallation
You can resetchange the system parameters (section Us-ing diagnostics codes)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
81 Burner anti-cycling time
To prevent frequent switching on and off of the burner andthus prevent energy losses an electronic restart lockoutis activated for a specific period each time the burner isswitched off The burner anti-cycling time is only active forthe heating mode Hot water handling mode during a burneranti-cycling time does not affect the time function element
811 Setting the maximum burner anti-cyclingtime
1 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
2 If required adjust the maximum burner anti-cycling timeusing the diagnostics code d02
Adapting the unit to the heating installation 8
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 21
812 Resetting the remaining burner anti-cyclingtime
Hold the button down for more than 3 seconds
◁ is shown in the display
82 Setting the pump output
The product is equipped with a speed-regulated high-effi-ciency pump which adjusts independently to the hydraulicconditions of the heating installation
If you have installed a low loss header in the heating install-ation you should switch off the speed regulation and set thepump output to a fixed value
If required change the setting of the pump speed whichdepends on the operating mode under diagnostics coded14
Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 12 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
0
10
20
30
40
50
0 200 400 600 800 1000
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 15 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
1 2
34
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 18 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
01020304050
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
6070
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 25 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
01020304050
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
6070
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 30 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
01020304050607080
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 A
B 1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
9 Handing the product over to the end user
22 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
83 Setting the bypass valve
CautionRisk of material damage caused by incor-rect setting of the high-efficiency pump
If the pressure at the bypass valve is in-creased (by turning it clockwise) and thepump output is set to less than 100 theproduct may not operate correctly
In this case set the pump output to5 = 100 using diagnostics parameterd14
Conditions d14 is set to 0 = auto
Do not change the factory settings
Conditions d14 is set to 1 - 5
Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
1
Regulate the pressure using the adjusting screw (1)
Position of the adjustingscrew
Notesapplication
Right-hand stop (screwedall the way in)
If the radiators do not heatup sufficiently at the defaultsetting In this case you mustset the pump to the maximumspeed
Mid-position (six anti-clockwise rotations)
Default setting
Five further anti-clockwiserotations starting from themid-position
If noises are produced in theradiators or radiator valves
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
84 Setting the hot water temperature
DangerRisk of death from legionella
Legionella multiply at temperatures below60 degC
Ensure that the end user is familiar withall of the Anti-legionella measures in orderto comply with the applicable regulationsregarding legionella prevention
Set the hot water temperature
Conditions Water hardness gt 357 molmsup3
ndash Hot water temperature le 50
9 Handing the product over to the enduser
When you have finished the installation attach the stickersupplied (in the end users language) to the productcover
Explain to the end user how the safety devices work andwhere they are located
Inform the end user how to handle the product
In particular draw attention to the safety informationwhich the end user must follow
Inform the end user that they must have the productmaintained in accordance with the specified intervals
Instruct the end user about measures taken for routingthe combustion air supply and flue system
10 Inspection and maintenance
101 Using original seals
If you replace components use only the enclosed originalseals additional sealing materials are not required
102 Observing inspection and maintenanceintervals
Adhere to the minimum inspection and maintenance in-tervals The inspection may require maintenance to becarried out earlier depending on the results
Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview(rarr Page 38)
Inspection and maintenance 10
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 23
103 Procuring spare parts
The original components of the product were also certifiedby the manufacturer as part of the declaration of conformityIf you use other non-certified or unauthorised parts duringmaintenance or repair work this may void the conformity ofthe product and it will therefore no longer comply with theapplicable standards
We strongly recommend that you use original spare partsfrom the manufacturer as this guarantees fault-free and safeoperation of the product To receive information about theavailable original spare parts contact the contact addressprovided on the reverse of these instructions
If you require spare parts for maintenance or repairwork use only the spare parts that are permitted for theproduct
104 Checking the CO₂ content
1 Start up the product with the check programme (P01)and set the value
ndash Setting value for the programme P01 100
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
2 Wait until the value that is read is stable
ndash Waiting period for reading a stable value 5 min
1
3 Unscrew the cover from the flue gas analysis point (1)
4 Measure the CO₂ content at the flue gas analysis point(1)
5 Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Checking the CO₂ content
Great Britain
front casing on front casing off
Natural gas
G20
92 plusmn1
◁ The value is OK
The value is not OK you cannot start up theproduct
Set the CO₂ content (rarr Page 23)
105 Setting the CO₂ content
Conditions The CO₂ content must be adjusted
1
A
B
Remove the sticker
Turn the screw (1) to set the CO₂ content (value withfront casing removed)
◁ To increase the CO₂ content Turn anti-clockwise
◁ To decrease the CO₂ content Turn clockwise
Only carry out the adjustment in increments of 18 turnand wait approximately 1 minute after each adjustmentuntil the value has stabilised
Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Setting the CO₂ value
Great Britain
front casing on front casingoff
Natural gas
G20
CO₂ at full load 92 plusmn02
Set for Wobbeindex W₀
1409 kWsdothmsup3
O₂ at full load 45 plusmn18 vol
CO at full load le 250 ppm
COCO₂ le 00027
If the setting is not in the specified adjustment rangeyou must not start up the product
Inform Customer Service
Check whether the air-quality requirements with regardto carbon monoxide are fulfilled
Fit the front panel
10 Inspection and maintenance
24 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
106 Removing the gas-air mixture unit
Note
The gas-air mixture unit consists of three maincomponents
ndash Fan
ndash Gas valve
ndash Burner cover
1 Switch off the product via the main switch
2 Close the gas isolator cock
3 Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
C
AB
1
D
2
4 Remove the screw (1)
5 Push the clip upwards
6 Remove the flue gas pipe (2)
3
4
5
AB
7 Remove the air intake pipe (3)
8 Remove the plugs from the gas valve (4) and from thefan (5)
A
C
D B
6
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (6)
7
7
8
10 Remove the burner seals (7) and the burner (8)
11 Check the burner and the heat exchanger for damageand dirt
12 If necessary clean or replace the components accord-ing to the following sections
13 Install the two new burner seals
107 Cleaning the heat exchanger
1
1 Protect the folded down electronics box against sprayedwater
2 Clean the ribs of the heat exchanger (1) with water
◁ The water runs out into the condensate tray
Inspection and maintenance 10
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 25
108 Checking the burner
1 Search the surface of the burner for possible damage Ifyou see any damage replace the burner
2 Install the two new burner seals
109 Checking the ignition electrode
1
2
3 4 5
1 Disconnect the connection (2) and the earthing cable(1)
2 Remove the fixing screws (3)
3 Carefully remove the electrode from the combustionchamber
4 Check that the electrode ends (4) are undamaged
5 Check the electrode distance
ndash Clearance for the ignition electrodes 35 hellip 45 mm
6 Make sure that the seal (5) is free from damage
If necessary replace the seal
1010 Cleaning the condensate siphon
C
2
3
1
AB
1 Unclip the lower section of the siphon (1) from the up-per section of the siphon (2)
2 Remove the float (3)
3 Flush out the float and lower section of the siphon withwater
4 Fill the lower section of the siphon with water up to 10mm below the upper edge of the condensate drain pipe-work
5 Reinsert the float (3)
Note
Check whether the float is present in thecondensate siphon
6 Clip the lower section of the siphon (1) into the uppersection of the siphon (2)
1011 Installing the gas-air mixture unit
1 Install the burner
2 Install two new burner seals in the burner hood
3 Install the gas-air mixture unit
4 Tighten the screws on the gas-air mixture unit
ndash Ideally to 7 Nm if a torque spanner is available
5 Install the flue pipe
6 Install the air intake pipe
1012 Draining the product
1 Close the service valves of the product
2 Start check programme P05 (rarr Page 15)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
3 Open the drain cock
1013 Checking the admission pressure of theexpansion vessel
1 Measure the pre-charge pressure of the expansion ves-sel at the vessel valve
Conditions Pre-charge pressure lt 0075 MPa (075 bar)
Top up the expansion vessel in accordance with thestatic height of the heating installation ideally with ni-trogen otherwise with air Ensure that the drain valve isopen when topping up
2 If water escapes from the expansion vessels valve youmust replace the expansion vessel (rarr Page 27)
3 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
1014 Completing inspection and maintenancework
1 Check the gas connection pressure (gas flow pressure)(rarr Page 19)
2 Check the CO₂ content
1015 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
11 Troubleshooting
26 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
11 Troubleshooting
111 Rectifying faults
If fault codes (FXX) appear refer to the table in the ap-pendix or use the check programme(s)
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
If several fault codes are generated at the same time theseare displayed alternately followed by the time at which therespective fault occurred
Hold the button down for more than 3 seconds
If you are unable to clear the fault code and it reappearsdespite several fault clearance attempts contact cus-tomer service
112 Calling up the fault memory
The last 10 fault codes are stored in the fault memory (to-gether with the time at which the respective fault occurredand after 24 hours with the number of days)
Hold the button down for more than 7 seconds
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Press the button to exit this menu
113 Deleting the fault memory
1 Delete the fault memory using the diagnostics coded94
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
114 Resetting parameters to factory settings
1 Reset all parameters to the factory settings using thediagnostics code d96
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
115 Preparing the repair work
1 Switch off the product
2 Disconnect the product from the electrical installation
3 Remove the front casing
4 Close the gas stopcock
5 Close the service valves in the heating flow and in theheating return
6 Close the service valve in the cold water pipe
7 Drain the product if you want to replace water-bearingcomponents of the product
8 Ensure that water does not drip on live components(eg the electronics box)
9 Use only new seals and O-rings Do not use any addi-tional sealing materials
116 Replacing defective components
1161 Replacing the burner
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Remove the two burner seals
3 Remove the burner
4 Insert the new burner
5 Insert two new burner seals in the burner cover
6 Install the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 25)
1162 Replacing the gas-air mixture unit
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Install the new gas-air mixture (rarr Page 25)
1163 Replacing the heat exchanger
1 Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
2 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
1 A
B
3 Remove the gas pipe (1)
1
2
3
2 4
A
B
4 Remove the temperature sensor (3)
5 Remove the upper clip (1)
6 Remove the lower clip (4)
7 Remove the supply pipe (2)
Troubleshooting 11
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 27
2
2 3
B
1
A
8 Remove the upper clip (1)
9 Remove the lower clip (3)
10 Remove the return pipe (2)
1
A2
11 Remove the clip underneath the condensate tray (1)
12 Undo the four screws (2)
2
1
B
C
A
13 Remove the ignition electrode (1)
14 Lift the heat exchanger up slightly and remove it to-gether with the condensate tray
15 Remove the ignition transformer (2)
16 Install the new heat exchanger in reverse order
1164 Replacing the pump head
1
2
1 Disconnect the pump cable from the electronics box
2 Undo the four bolts (1)
3 Remove the pump head (2)
4 Replace the O-ring
5 Use four screws to secure the new pump head
6 Connect the pump cable to the electronics box
1165 Replacing the expansion vessel
B
C
1
2
3A
D
1 Undo the nut (3)
2 Remove both screws on the support plate (1)
3 Remove the support plate
4 Pull out the expansion vessel (2) towards the front
5 Insert the new expansion vessel into the product
6 Screw the new expansion vessel to the water connec-tion To do this use a new seal
7 Attach the support plate using both screws
8 Fill and purge the product (rarr Page 17) and if requiredthe heating installation
12 Decommissioning the product
28 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
1166 Replacing the main PCB
C
C
D
B
C
C
D
B
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull all of the plugs out from the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plugs
7 Close the electronics box
1167 Replacing the PCB for the user interface
B
C
C
D
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull the plug out of the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plug
7 Close the electronics box
1168 Replacing the expansion relief valve
1
2
1 Remove the clip (2)
2 Remove the expansion relief valve
3 Fit the new expansion relief valve with a new O-ring
4 Reattach the clip (2)
1169 Replace the pressure sensor
1
2
1 Pull out the plug
2 Remove the clip (1)
3 Remove the pressure sensor (2)
4 Install the new pressure sensor
5 Reattach the clip (1)
117 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
12 Decommissioning the product
Switch off the product
Disconnect the product from the power mains
Close the gas isolator cock
Close the cold water stop cock
13 Customer service
For contact details for our customer service department youcan write to the address that is provided on the back pageor you can visit wwwglow-wormcouk
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 29
Appendix
A Check programmes ndash Overview
Note
Since the programme table is used for various products some programmes may not be visible for the product inquestion
Display Meaning
P01 Burner operation on adjustable heat input
The product operates after ignition with the heat input set between 0 (0 = Pmin) and 100 (100 = Pmax)
The function is active for 15 minutes
P02 Burner operation at ignition load
After ignition the product works at ignition load
The function is active for 15 minutes
P03 The product runs in heating mode with the maximum heat input set using diagnostics code d00
P04 Maximum output function
If there is a hot water request the product runs in hot water handling mode and at maximum heat load
If there is no hot water request the product runs with the heating partial load that is set via diagnostics coded00 and in heating mode
The function is active for 15 minutes
P05 Filling the product
The diverter valve moves to the mid-position The burner and pump switch off (to fill or drain the product)
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is active for 15 minutes
P06 Purging the heating circuit
The diverter valve is moved to the heating position
The function is activated in the heating circuit for 15 minutes
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
P07 Purging the hot water circuit
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
Automatic air ventfunction
Purging the product
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
This function cannot be manually switched off
B Overview of diagnostics codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d00 Heating maximum output ndash ndash kW The maximum heating outputvaries depending on the product
rarr Section Technical data
Automatic Unit automaticallyadjusts the maximum output tothe current system demand
rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d01 Pump overrun in heatingmode
1 60 min 1 5 Adjustable
d02 Maximum burner anti-cycling time in heatingmode
2 60 min 1 20 Adjustable
Appendix
30 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d04 Water temperature in thecylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d05 Determined heating flowset target temperature
Current value ndash ndash Not
adjustable
d06 Hot water set target tem-perature
Current value (Combination unit only) ndash Notadjustable
d07 Set target temperaturefor the domestic hot wa-ter cylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d08 Status of the 230 V ther-mostat
Current value ndash 0 = Room thermostat open (noheat requirement)
1 = Room thermostat closed(heat requirement)
ndash Notadjustable
d09 Heating flow set targettemperature that is seton the eBUS room ther-mostat
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d10 Status of the internalpump in the heating cir-cuit
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d11 Status of the heatingcircuits shunt pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d13 Status of the hot watercircuits circulation pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d14 Operating mode of themodulating pump
0 5 ndash 0 = variable rotational speed(auto)
1 2 3 4 5 = Fixed rotationalspeeds rarr Section Setting thepump output
0 Adjustable
d15 Pump speed Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d16 Status of the 24 V roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Heating off
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d17 Heating control ndash ndash ndash off = Flow temperature
on = Return temperature (ad-justment for underfloor heatingIf you have activated the returntemperature control the auto-matic heating output determina-tion function is not active)
0 Adjustable
d18 Pump overrun operatingmode
1 3 ndash 1 = Continuous (pump runs per-manently)
3 = Eco (intermittent pump modendash for the dissipation of the resid-ual heat after hot water gener-ation at an extremely low heatdemand)
1 Adjustable
d19 Pump operating mode 2stage pump
0 3 ndash 0 = Burner mode stage 2 pumpflowoverrun stage 1
1 = Heating mode and pumpflowoverrun stage 1 hot waterhandling mode stage 2
2 = Automatic heating modepump flowoverrun stage 1 hotwater handling mode stage 2
3 = Stage 2
3 Adjustable
d20 Maximum hot water settarget temperature
50 60 1 60 Adjustable
d21 Status of the warm startfor hot water
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated andavailable
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 31
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d22 Status of the hot waterrequest
Current value ndash off = No current requirement
on = Current requirement
ndash Notadjustable
d23 Status of the heatingdemand
Current value ndash off = Heating off (Summer mode)
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d24 Status of the pressuremonitor
0 1 ndash off = Not switched
on = Switched
ndash Notadjustable
d25 Status of the requirementto reheat the cylinder orfor the hot water warmstart from the eBUS ther-mostat
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
ndash Notadjustable
d27 Function of relay 1(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
1 Adjustable
d28 Function of relay 2(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
2 Adjustable
d31 Automatic filling device 0 2 ndash 0 = Manual
1 = Semi-automatic
2 = Automatic
0 Adjustable
d33 Fan speed target value Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d34 Value for the fan speed Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d35 Position of the divertervalve
Current value ndash 0 = Heating
40 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
100 = Domestic hot water
ndash Notadjustable
d36 Value for the hot waterflow
Current value lmin ndash ndash Notadjustable
d39 Water temperature in thesolar circuit
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d40 Heating flow temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d41 Heating return temperat-ure
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d43 Heating curve 02 4 ndash 01 12 Adjustable
d45 Value for the base pointof the heating curve
15 30 ndash 1 20 Adjustable
d47 Outside temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d50 Correction of the min-imum fan speed
0 3000 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
600 Adjustable
Appendix
32 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d51 Correction of the max-imum fan speed
-2500 0 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
-1000 Adjustable
d58 Solar circuit reheating 0 3 ndash 0 = Boilers Legionella protectionfunction deactivated
3 = Hot water activated (mintarget value 60 degC)
0 Adjustable
d60 Number of blocks by thetemperature limiter
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d61 Number of unsuccessfulignitions
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d62 Night set-back 0 30 ndash 1 0 Adjustable
d64 Average burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d65 Maximum burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d66 Activation of the warmstart function for hot wa-ter
ndash ndash ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
1 Adjustable
d67 Remaining burner anti-cycling time (setting un-der d02)
Current value min ndash ndash Notadjustable
d68 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 1st attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d69 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 2nd attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d70 Operation of the divertervalve
0 2 ndash 0 = Normal operating mode(DHW and heating mode)
1 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
2 = Permanent heating modeposition
0 Adjustable
d71 Maximum heating flowset target temperature
45 80 1 rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d73 Correction of the hot wa-ter warm start temperat-ure
-15 5 K 1 0 Adjustable
d75 Maximum cylinder re-heating time
20 90 min 1 45 Adjustable
d77 Max cylinder reheating ndash ndash kW 1
rarr Section Technical data
ndash Adjustable
d80 Running time in heatingmode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d81 Running time in hot wa-ter handling mode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d82 Number of burner igni-tions in heating mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d83 Number of burner igni-tions in hot water hand-ling mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d84 Maintenance in 0 3000 h Number of hours = Display valuex 10
300 Notadjustable
d85 Increase in the min out-put (heating and hot wa-ter handling mode)
ndash ndash kW 1 ndash Adjustable
d88 Flow rate limit valuefor ignition in hot waterhandling mode
0 1 ndash 0 = 17 lmin (no delay)
1 = 37 lmin (2 s delay)
0 Adjustable
d90 Status of the eBUS roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Not connected
on = Connected
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 33
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d91 Status DCF77 Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d93 Setting the product code 0 99 ndash 1
The Device Specific Number(DSN) can be found on the iden-tification plate
ndash Adjustable
d94 Delete fault list 0 1 ndash off = No
on = Yes
ndash Adjustable
d95 Software versions ndash ndash ndash 1 = Main PCB
2 = Interface PCB
ndash Adjustable
d96 Default setting (reset) ndash ndash ndash 0 = No
1 = Yes
ndash Adjustable
C Status codes ndash Overview
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Status code Meaning
Displays in heating mode
S0 Heating mode No requirement
S01 Heating mode Advance fan operation
S02 Heating mode Pump pre-run
S03 Heating mode Burner ignition
S04 Heating mode Burner on
S05 Heating mode Pumpfan overrun
S06 Heating mode Fan overrun
S07 Heating mode Pump overrun
S08 Heating mode Temporary shutdown after heating procedure
Displays in hot water handling mode
S10 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S11 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S13 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S14 DHW mode Burner on
S15 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S16 DHW mode Fan overrun
S17 DHW mode Pump overrun
Display in Comfort mode with warm start or hot water handling mode with cylinder
S20 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S21 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S22 Hot water handling mode Pump pre-run
S23 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S24 DHW mode Burner on
S25 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S26 DHW mode Fan overrun
S27 DHW mode Pump overrun
S28 Hot water handling mode Temporary shutdown of the burner
Other displays
S30 Room thermostat is blocking heating mode
S31 No heating demand Summer mode eBUS controller waiting period
Appendix
34 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Status code Meaning
S32 Fan waiting time Fan speed outside of the tolerance values
S33 Forced fan operation until the pressure monitor is switched
S34 Frost protection active
S39 Underfloor heating contact open
S41 Water pressure too high
S42 Flue non-return flap closed
S46 Frost protection mode (Comfort) Minimum load
S53 Product in waiting periodoperation block function due to low water pressure (flowreturn spread too large)
S54 Waiting period Low water pressure in the circuit (flowreturn spread too large)
S76 Maintenance message Check the water pressure
S88 Product purging active
S91 Maintenance Demo mode
S96 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S97 Automatic test programme Water pressure sensor heating demands blocked
S98 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S99 Internal automatic test programmes
S108 Purging the combustion chamber fan in operation
S109 Products standby mode activated
D Overview of fault codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F00 Fault Flow temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F01 Fault Return temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F10 Short circuit Flow temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F11 Short circuit Return temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F12 andF91
Short circuit Cylinder temperaturesensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F13 Short circuit Domestic hot water cylindertemperature sensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F20 Safety switch-off Overheating temperat-ure reached
Incorrect earth connection between cable harness and product flow or returnNTC defective (loose connection) stray spark via ignition cable ignition plugor ignition electrode
F22 Safety switch-off Low water pressure inthe boiler
No or insufficient water in the product water pressure sensor de-fective cable to the pump or to the water pressure sensor loosenotconnecteddefective
F23 Safety switch-off Temperature differencetoo great (NTC1NTC2)
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product flow and return NTCsensors connected the wrong way round
F24 Safety switch-off Temperature rise toofast
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product system pressure toolow non-return valve blockedincorrectly installed
F25 Safety switch-off Flue gas temperaturetoo high
Break in plug connection for optional flue gas safety cut-out (STB) break incable harness
F27 Safety switch-off Fault in flame detection Moisture on the electronics electronics (flame monitor) defective gas solen-oid valve leaking
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 35
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F28 Fault Ignition unsuccessful when startingup
Gas meter defective or gas pressure monitor has triggered air in gas gasflow pressure too low thermal isolator device (TAE) has triggered incorrectgas restrictor incorrect spare gas valve fault on the gas valve multiple plugon PCB incorrectly plugged in break in cable harness ignition system (ig-nition transformer ignition cable ignition plug ignition electrode) defectiveionisation current interrupted (cable electrode) incorrect earthing of productelectronics defective
F29 Fault Flame loss Gas supply temporarily stopped flue gas recirculation incorrect earthing ofproduct ignition transformer has spark failure
F32 Fan frost protection function active Fanspeed outside the tolerance values
Plug on fan not correctly plugged in multiple plug on PCB not correctlyplugged in break in cable harness fan blocked Hall sensor defective elec-tronics defective
F49 eBUS fault Voltage too low Short circuit on eBUS eBUS overload or two power supplies with differentpolarities on the eBUS
F61 Fault Gas valve control system Short circuitshort to earth in cable harness for the gas valve gas valvedefective (coils shorted to earth) electronics defective
F62 Fault Gas valve switch-off control Delayed switch-off of gas valve delayed extinguishing of flame signal gasvalve leaking electronics defective
F63 Fault EEPROM Electronics defective
F64 Fault Electronicssensoranalogue-to-digital converter
Flow or return NTC short circuited electronics defective
F65 Fault Electronics temperature too high Electronics overheating due to external influences electronics defective
F67 Value sent back by ASIC is incorrect(flame signal)
Implausible flame signal electronics defective
F68 Fault Unstable flame (analogue input) Air in gas gas flow pressure too low incorrect air ratio incorrect gas re-strictor ionisation flow interruption (cable electrode)
F70 Invalid product code (DSN) Display and PCB replaced at same time and Device Specific Number notreset wrong or missing output range coding resistance
F71 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Flow temperature sensor signalling constant value Flow temperature sensorincorrectly positioned on supply pipe flow temperature sensor defective
F72 Fault Deviation in the water pressuresensorreturn temperature sensor
Flowreturn NTC temperature difference too great rarr flow andor return tem-perature sensor defective
F73 Fault Water pressure sensor not con-nected or has short-circuited
Interruptionshort circuit of water pressure sensor interruptionshort circuitto GND in supply line to water pressure sensor or water pressure sensordefective
F74 Fault Electrical problem in the waterpressure sensor
Line to water pressure sensor has a short circuit to 5 V24 V or internal faultin the water pressure sensor
F75 Fault Pressure sensor Pressure switch defective
F76 The safety cut-out in the primary heatexchanger is defective
Safety cut-out feedback does not match the gas valve feedback
F77 Fault Condensate or smoke No response flue non-return flap defective
F78 Interruption to DHW outlet sensor atexternal controller
UK link box is connected but hot water NTC not bridged
F83 Fault Dry fire When the burner starts the temperature change registered at the flow orreturn temperature sensor is non-existent or too small Insufficient waterin the product the flow or return temperature sensor is not in the correctposition on the pipe
F84 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Values not consistent difference lt -6 K
Flow and return temperature sensors signalling implausible values Flow andreturn temperature sensors have been inverted flow and return temperaturesensors have not been correctly installed
F85 Fault Temperature sensor The flow andor return temperature sensors have been installed on the samepipeincorrect pipe
Temperature sensor not connected or is connected incorrectly
F86 Fault Underfloor heating contact Underfloor heating contact open sensor disconnected or defective
F87 Fault Electrodes Electrodes not connected or they are connected incorrectly short circuit inthe cable harness
F88 Fault Gas valve Gas valve not connected or it is connected incorrectly short circuit in thecable harness
F89 Fault Pump Pump not connected or it is connected incorrectly incorrect pump connec-ted short circuit in the cable harness
Appendix
36 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
Connection No communication between the PCBand the user interface
Electronics defective
E Wiring diagram Pure boiler
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
X21 41
32
eBUS
RT 24V
Burner off
X106
13
41
3
123
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~2
6
7
9
8
1
3
4
5
11
10
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Temperature sensor on the heating flow
4 Temperature sensor on the heating return
5 Fan
6 Gas valve assembly
7 Pressure sensor
8 External ignition transformer
9 Heating pump
10 Ionisation and ignition electrode
11 Main power supply and connection for 230 V control
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 37
F Connection diagram Pure boiler (30 kW)
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
X21LN
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
13
41
3
123
eBUS
Burner off
X106
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~
X12LN
2
7
8
109
1
43
5
6
12 11
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Control system
4 Temperature sensor in the heating flow
5 Temperature sensor in the heating return
6 Fan
7 Gas valve
8 Pressure sensor
9 Ionisation electrode
10 Heating pump
11 Ignition electrode
12 Main power supply
Appendix
38 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
G Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview
The table below lists the manufacturer requirements with respect to minimum inspection and maintenance intervals If na-tional regulations and directives require shorter inspection and maintenance intervals you should observe these instead ofthe intervals listed in the table
No WorkInspection(annual)
Mainten-ance
(must becarried outat regularintervals)
1Check the airflue pipe for leak-tightness and to ensure that it is fastened correctly Make surethat it is not blocked or damaged and has been installed in accordance with the relevant Installa-tion Manual
X X
2Check the general condition of the product Remove dirt from the product and from the vacuumchamber
X X
3Visually inspect the general condition of the heat exchanger In doing so pay particular attentionto signs of corrosion rust and other defects If you notice any damage carry out maintenancework
X X
4Check the gas connection pressure at maximum heat input If the gas connection pressure is notwithin the correct range carry out maintenance work
X X
5Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product and if necessary adjust it Keep a record ofthis
X X
6Disconnect the product from the power mains Check that the electrical plug connections andother connections are seated correctly and correct these if necessary
X X
7 Close the gas isolator cock and the service valves X X
8Drain the product on the water side Check the pre-charge pressure of the expansion vesseland if required top up the expansion vessel (approx 003 MPa03 bar below the system fillingpressure)
X
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit X
10Check the seals in the combustion area If you see any damage replace the seals Replace bothburner seals each time it is opened and accordingly each time maintenance work is carried out
X
11 Clean the heat exchanger X
12 Check the burner for damage and replace it if necessary X
13 Check the condensate siphon in the product clean and fill if necessary X X
14 Install the gas-air mixture unit Caution Replace the seals X
15 Open the gas isolator cock reconnect the product to the power mains and switch the product on X X
16Open the service valves fill the productheating installation to 005-03 MPa05-30 bar (depend-ing on the static height of the heating installation) and start the purging programme PXX
X
17Carry out a test operation of the product and heating installation and if required purge the sys-tem once more
X X
18 Visually inspect the ignition and burner behaviour X X
19 Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product again X
20 Check the product for gas flue gas water and condensate leaks and repair if necessary X X
21 Record the inspectionmaintenance work carried out X X
Note For those appliances which are not part of an annual service agreementpolicy maintenance must be carried out at least every5 years
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 39
H Position of the opening in the airflue pipe
GN
N
MM
A
II
O
H
H
CBLJ
Q Q
Q
Q
Q
K
P
D E
FI
S
R
T
H1 Positioning of the opening of a fan-supported flue gas pipe
Installation siteMinimum dimen-sions
A Directly below an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
B Above an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
C Horizontally to an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
DBelow temperature-sensitive building components eg plastic gutters down pipes or wastewaterpipes
75 mm
E Below eaves 200 mm
F Below balconies or car port roofs 200 mm
G From vertical wastewater pipes or down pipes 150 mm
H From external or internal corners 200 mm
I Above floors roofs or balconies 300 mm
J From a surface facing a terminal 600 mm
K From a terminal facing a terminal 1200 mm
L From an opening in the car port (eg door window) which leads into the dwelling 1200 mm
M Vertical from a terminal on the same wall 1500 mm
N Horizontal from a terminal on the same wall 300 mm
O From the wall on which the terminal has been installed 0 mm
P From a vertical structure on the roof 300 mm
Q Above the roof area 300 mm
R Horizontal from adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
S Above adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
T Below adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 2000 mm
Appendix
40 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
H2 Horizontal terminal positioning
BS 5440-1 recommends that fanned flue chimney terminals should be positioned as follows
a) at least 2 m from an opening in the building directly opposite and
b) so that the products of combustion are not directed to discharge directly across a boundary if the products are likely tocause a nuisance to a neighbour or discharge over a walkway or patio
For IE see current issue of IS 813
For boilers covered within this manual
1) Dimensions D E F and G
These clearances may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler In order to ensure that the con-densate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces the terminal should be extended as shown below
Balconyeaves
Gutter
Adequately secured airflue gas pipe
The flue pipe mustprotrude beyond any overhang
2) Dimension H
This clearance may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler However in order to ensure thatthe condensate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces a clearance of 300 mm is preferred
For 1 and 2 above you can use a flue gas management kit to enable the termination point to be positioned and directed awayfrom the building fabric
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 41
I Commissioning Checklist
copy Heating and Hotwater Industry Council (HHIC)
wwwcentralheatingcouk
Benchmark Commissioning and Servicing SectionIt is a requirement that the boiler is installed and commissioned to the
completed in full
Appendix
42 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
This Commissioning Checklist is to be completed in full by the competent person who commissioned the boiler as a means of demonstrating compliance with the appropriate Building Regulations and then handed to the customer to keep for future reference
GAS BOILER SYSTEM COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST
CONTROLS
Optimum start control
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
ALL SYSTEMS
Yes
Yes
CENTRAL HEATING MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
COMBINATION BOILERS ONLY
Yes
Yes
DOMESTIC HOT WATER MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
Yes Temperature
CONDENSING BOILERS ONLY
Yes
ALL INSTALLATIONS
AND sup2 Ratio
AND sup2 Ratio
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 43
It is recommended that your heating system is serviced regularly and that the appropriate Service Interval Record is completed
Service Provider
SERVICE RECORD
SERVICE 01
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 02
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 03
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 04
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 05
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 06
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 07
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 08
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 09
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 10
AND sup2 AND sup2
Appendix
44 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
PRIOR TO CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO CHECKThe boiler manufacturerrsquos installation instructions should have been followed gas type verified and gas
supply pressurerate checked as required prior to commissioningAs part of the installation process especially where a flue has been fitted by persons other than the boiler installer visually check the integrity of the whole flue system to confirm that all components are correctly assembled fixed and supported Check that manufacturerrsquos max flue lengths have not been
exceeded and all guidance has been followed (eg Gas Safe Technical Bulletin TB008)The flue gas analyser should be of the correct type as specified by BS 7967
Prior to its use the flue gas analyser should have been maintained and calibrated as specified by the manufacturer The installer must have the relevant competence for use of the analyser
Check and zero the analyser IN FRESH AIR as per analyser manufacturerrsquos instructions
NOTETHE AIR GAS RATIO VALVE IS FACTORY
SET AND MUST NOT BE ADJUSTED DURING COMMISSIONING UNLESS THIS ACTION IS RECOMMENDED FOLLOWING CONTACT WITH THE MANUFACTURER
If any such adjustment is recommended and further checking of the boiler is required the
installerservice engineer must be competent to carry out this work and to use the flue gas
analyser accordinglyIf the boiler requires conversion to operate with
a different gas family (eg conversion from natural gas to LPG) separate guidance will be
provided by the boiler manufacturer
CARRY OUT FLUE INTEGRITY CHECK USING ANALYSERInsert analyser probe into air inlet test point and allow readings to stabiliseNOTE - where no air inlet test point is provided then a flue integrity check
with the analyser is not possible The installer should verify that flue integrity has been visually checked in accordance with the ldquoPrior to
CO and combustion ratio checkrdquo box above before proceeding to the ldquoCheck CO and combustion ratio at maximum raterdquo stage below
SET BOILER TO MINIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at minimum rate (to
minimum load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - If manufacturerrsquos instructions do not specify how to set boiler to minimum
rate contact Technical Helpline for advice
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MINIMUM RATEWith boiler still set at minimum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas sampling
point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is not
specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MAX RATEWith boiler still set at maximum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas
sampling point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is
not specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
SET BOILER TO MAXIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at max rate
(full load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - Do not insert analyser probe during this period to avoid
possible ldquofloodingrdquo of sensor
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
BOILER IS OPERATING SATISFACTORILYno further actions required
Ensure test points are capped boiler case is correctly replaced and all other commissioning procedures are completed
Complete Benchmark Checklist recording CO and combustion ratio readings as required
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED
VERIFY FLUE INTEGRITYAnalyser readings indicate that combustion products and inlet air must be mixing Further investigation of
the flue is therefore requiredCheck that flue components are assembled fixed and supported as per boilerflue manufacturerrsquos
instructionsCheck that flue and flue terminal are not obstructed
IsCO less than
335ppmand
COCO2 ratio less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
Check all seals around the appliance burner internal flue seals door and case seals
Rectify where necessary
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED IF
COMMISSIONING CANNOT BE FULLY COMPLETED THE APPLIANCE MUST BE
DISCONNECTED FROM THE GAS SUPPLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GSIUR
NOTE Check and record CO and combustion ratio at both max and min rate before contacting the
manufacturer
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YESYES
YES
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 45
J Pipe lengths for the airflue pipe
J1 Length of the C13 type airflue pipe
Applicability C13 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C13 type airfluepipe
C13 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J2 Length of the C33 type airflue pipe
Applicability C33 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C33 type airfluepipe
C33 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J3 Length of the C43 type airflue pipe
Applicability C43 type airflue pipe
Diameter of theairflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L)
C43 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
Appendix
46 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
K Technical data
Technical data ndash Heating
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 530 lh 655 lh 788 lh 1094 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 353 lh 436 lh 525 lh 729 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
123 lh 153 lh 184 lh 255 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 1102 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 876 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
306 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
Technical data ndash G20 powerloading G20The lowest nominal heat output may be higher than the value in the technical data depending on the design of the systemand the current operating status
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 12 kW 15 kW 18 kW 25 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
48 hellip 130 kW 48 hellip 162 kW 53 hellip 195 kW 65 hellip 270 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
47 hellip 128 kW 47 hellip 159 kW 52 hellip 191 kW 64 hellip 265 kW
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
45 hellip 123 kW 45 hellip 152 kW 50 hellip 183 kW 61 hellip 254 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
44 hellip 150 kW 44 hellip 180 kW 49 hellip 252 kW 60 hellip 300 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
123 kW 153 kW 184 kW 255 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
153 kW 184 kW 257 kW 306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 30 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
76 hellip 324 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
75 hellip 318 kW
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 47
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
72 hellip 305 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
71 hellip 350 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
72 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
357 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
72 kW
Technical data ndash General
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch 34 inch 34 inch 34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h 32 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
13 msup3h 16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0476 msup3h 0480 msup3h 0533 msup3h 0648 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
206 gs 208 gs 231 gs 281 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
55 gs 69 gs 83 gs 115 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
69 gs 83 gs 116 gs 138 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
55 55 60 77
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
55 55 55 55
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
43 48 51 62
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
32 32 34 35
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
71 71 69 68
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
105 105 105 95
Released system types C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996 996 996 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040 1040 1040 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060 1060 1060 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085 1085 1085 1085
NOx class 5 5 5 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm
Appendix
48 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Net weight 31 kg 31 kg 31 kg 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 35 kg 35 kg 35 kg 36 kg
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
38 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
32 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0762 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
330 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
138 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
161 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
82
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
37
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
75
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
104
Released system types C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085
NOx class 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm
Net weight 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 36 kg
Technical data ndash Electrics
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 49
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max electrical power consump-tion
65 W 75 W 66 W 75 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W
Level of protection IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V
Max electrical power consump-tion
60 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W
Level of protection IPX4D
Index
50 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Index
AAirflue pipe installed 5BBurner anti-cycling time 20Bypass valve 22CCE label 8Check programmes 29
Using 15Checking the burner 25Checking the pre-charge pressure of the expansionvessel 25Cleaning the condensate siphon 25Cleaning the heat exchanger 24CO₂ content
Checking 20 23Competent person 4Completing inspection work 25Completing maintenance work 25Condensate discharge pipe 12Condensate siphon
Filling 18Controller 14Corrosion 5DDecommissioning 28Decommissioning the product 28Diagnostics codes
Using 15Documents 7Draining the product 25EElectricity 5Expansion relief valve 28FFault codes 26Fault memory 26Fault messages 26Fault symbol 15Flow rate-pressure curves 21Flue gas route 5Front casing closed 5Frost 5GGas family check 16Gas flow rate 18HHanding over to the end user 22High-efficiency pump 21High-efficiency pump output 21IIdentification plate 7If you smell flue gas 5If you smell gas 4Inspection work 22 38Installation site 5Intended use 4LLeak-tightness 20 25 28
MMains connection 14Maintenance work 22 38Minimum clearance 9PPower supply 14Preparing the repair work 26Preparing repair work 26Pressure sensor 28Pump head 27QQualification 4RRegulations 6Removing the air intake pipe 24Removing the burner 24Removing the flue gas pipe 24Removing the front casing 10Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24Removing the ignition transformer 24Removing the side section 10Replacing the burner 26Replacing the expansion vessel 27Replacing the heat exchanger 26Replacing the main PCB 28Replacing expansion vessel 27Resetting the burner anti-cycling time 21SSafety device 5Schematic drawing 5Setting the burner anti-cycling time 20Spare parts 23Switching on the product 17TTool 6Transport 5Transporting 8Treating the heating water 16UUnloading the box 8Unpacking the product 8User interface replacing the PCB 28Using
Check programmes 15Diagnostics codes 15
VVoltage 5WWall-mounting the product 9Weight 9
0020200964_04
ManufacturerSupplierVaillant Group UK LTD
Nottingham Road ‒ Belper ‒ Derbyshire DE56 1JQ
Telephone 01773 824639 ‒ Technical helpline 0330 100 7679
After sales service 0330 100 3142
wwwglow-wormcouk
0020200964_04 ‒ 16112017
copy These instructions or parts thereof are protected by copyright and may be repro-duced or distributed only with the manufacturers written consent
We reserve the right to make technical changes
4 Set-up
8 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Information on theidentification plate
Meaning
GC no Gas council number
33 Functional elements Pure boiler
14
1110
9
7
8
6
4
5
3
2
1
1617
13
15
12
1 Electronics box
2 Heating circuit expan-sion relief valve
3 Condensate siphon
4 Flue gas pipe
5 Pressure sensor
6 Flue gas analysis point(for rear flue gas con-nection)
7 Ignition transformer
8 Gas valve
9 Air intake pipe
10 Fan
11 Supply air measuringstub pipe (for upper fluegas connection)
12 Flue gas analysis point(for upper flue gasconnection)
13 Primary heat exchanger
14 Heating expansionvessel
15 Purge hose
16 Heating pump
17 Bypass
34 CE label
ensp
The CE label shows that the products comply with the basicrequirements of the applicable directives as stated on theidentification plate
The declaration of conformity can be viewed at the manufac-turers site
4 Set-up
41 Transporting the unit
Important With regard to the regulations of 1992 concern-ing the manual handling of loads the unit exceeds theweight that can be lifted by a single person
411 General
Hold the load as close as possible to your body Avoidrotational movements Instead reposition your feet
If the unit is being lifted by two persons ensure yourmovements are coordinated during lifting
Avoid bending your upper body ndash do not lean forwards orto the side
Wear suitable non-slip protective gloves in order to pro-tect your hands against sharp edges Ensure that you arecarrying the load securely
If required get somebody to assist you in this
412 Unloading the box from the delivery van
It is recommended that two people lift the unit together
Lift the box using the straps provided
Use safe lifting techniques ndash keep your back straight andbend your legs at the knee
Hold the load as close as possible to your body
If the unit is being lifted by two persons ensure yourmovements are coordinated during lifting
If required get somebody to assist you in this
42 Unpacking the product
1 Remove the product from its box
2 Remove the protective film from all of the productscomponents
43 Checking the scope of delivery
Check that the scope of delivery is complete and intact
Number Designation
1 Heat generator
1 Unit mounting bracket
1 Flexible condensate discharge pipe
4 34 seals
3 12 seals
2 Service valve
1 Gas stopcock
2 Connection pipe (heating flow and return)
Set-up 4
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 9
Number Designation
1 Gas pipe
1 Expansion relief valve discharge pipe
1 Mounting template
1 Enclosed documentation
44 Dimensions
96121
34
123185
390
123
170
702
150
1 2 3
5
4
1 Heating flow
2 Gas connection
3 Heating return
4 Connection on the backof the airflue pipe
5 Connection on the topof the airflue pipe
45 Minimum clearances
CC
AB
D
Minimum clearance
A 150 mm (top airflue gas connection)
20 mm (airflue gas connection on the rear)
B 150 mm
C 5 mm
(70 mm if the side panels ought to be removed)
D 600 mm
It is not necessary to maintain a clearance between theproduct and components made of combustible materials thatgo beyond the minimum clearances
46 Using the mounting template
Use the mounting template to ascertain the locations atwhich you need to drill holes
47 Wall-mounting the product
Note
If you are using the rear airflue gas connectioninstall the airflue pipe before you wall-mount theproduct
1 Check whether the wall has sufficient load-bearing ca-pacity to bear the operational weight of the product
2 Check if the supplied fixing material may be used forthe wall
Conditions The load-bearing capacity of the wall is sufficient The fixingmaterial may be used for the wall
Wall-mount the product as described
4 Set-up
10 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Conditions The load-bearing capacity of the wall is not sufficient
Ensure that wall-mounting apparatus on-site has a suf-ficient load-bearing capacity Use individual stands orprimary walling for example
Do not wall-mount the product if you cannot providewall-mounting apparatus with a sufficient load-bearingcapacity
Conditions The fixing material may not be used for the wall
Wall-mount the product as described using the permittedfixing material provided on-site
48 Removinginstalling the front casing
481 Removing the front casing
B
C
A
1
1
1 Undo the two screws (1)
2 Gently press the front casing backwards in the centreso that the latching lug is released
3 Pull the front casing forwards at the bottom edge
4 Lift the front casing upwards from the bracket
482 Installing the front casing
Refit the components in the reverse order
49 Removinginstalling the side section
491 Removing the side section
CautionRisk of material damage caused by mech-anical deformation
Removing both side sections may causemechanical distortion in the product whichmay cause damage to the piping for ex-ample and potentially result in leaks
Always remove only one side section ndashnever both side sections at the same time
Note
If there is sufficient lateral clearance (at least70 mm) you can remove the side section to fa-cilitate maintenance or repair work
2x 1
A
B
C
D
1 Tilt the electronics box forward
2 Hold on to the side section so that it cannot fall andunscrew both screws (1) one from the top and onefrom the bottom
3 Tilt the side section to the outside and move it down-wards and out
492 Installing the side section
Refit the components in the reverse order
Installation 5
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 11
5 Installation
DangerRisk of scalding andor damage due toincorrect installation leading to escapingwater
Mechanical stresses in the connection pipesmay lead to leaks
Ensure that there is no mechanical stresswhen installing the connection pipes
CautionRisk of material damage caused byresidues in the pipelines
Welding remnants sealing residues dirt orother residues in the pipelines may damagethe product
Flush the heating installation thoroughlybefore installing the product
51 Checking the gas meter
Make sure that the existing gas meter is capable ofpassing the rate of gas supply required
52 Gas and water connections
CautionRisk of damage caused by incorrect gasconnection installation
Excess test pressure or operating pressuremay cause damage to the gas valve
Check the leak-tightness of the gas valveusing a maximum pressure of 11 kPa(110 mbar)
CautionRisk of material damage caused by corro-sion
Due to non-diffusion-tight plastic pipes in theheating installation air gets into the heatingwater Air in the heating water causes corro-sion in the heat generator circuit and in theproduct
If you use non-diffusion-tight plastic pipesin the heating installation ensure that noair gets into the heat generator circuit
CautionRisk of material damage due to heat trans-fer during soldering
Only solder connectors if the connectorsare not yet screwed to the service valves
Note
Apply heat insulation to the water pipes to theboiler outlet and to the installation
Preliminary work1 Check that the system volume and the volumetric capa-
city of the expansion vessel are compatible
If the volume of the expansion vessel is insufficientfor the installation
Install an additional expansion vessel in theheating return as close to the product as pos-sible
Install a non-return valve at the products outlet(heating flow)
2 Ensure that the installation has the following compon-ents
ndash A cold water stopcock for the unit
ndash A gas stopcock for the unit
ndash A filling and draining device in the heating installa-tion
1
2
3
1 Heating flow connec-tion G34
2 Gas connection G12
3 Heating return connec-tion G34
1 Connect the water and gas connections in accordancewith the applicable standards
2 Purge the gas pipe before start-up
3 Check whether the connections (rarr Page 20) are leak-tight
5 Installation
12 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
53 Connecting the drain pipework for theexpansion relief valve
1
Ensure that the pipeline is visible
The pipe must have a continuous fall and be routed to aposition so that any discharge of water possibly boilingor steam cannot create any danger to persons damageto property or external electrical components and wiring
◁ The piping must be installed in such a way that youcan see when water drips out
54 Connecting the condensate discharge pipe
1
2
Follow the instructions listed here and observe the legaland local regulations on condensate discharge
Use PVC or any other material that is suitable for drain-ing the non-neutralised condensate
If you cannot guarantee that the materials from which thedrain pipework is made are suitable install a system forneutralising the condensate
Note
The condensate drain pipework must have acontinuous fall (45 mm per metre) and shouldwhenever possible terminate at a suitabledrain point within the heated envelope of thebuilding that will remain frost free under longperiods of low external temperatures
Connect the condensate traps (1) Use the supplied drainhose (2) for this
Connect a condensate discharge pipe (215 mm notincluded in the scope of delivery) to the drain hose (2)
During installation remove all burrs from inside of cut pipework and avoid excessive adhesive which may trap smallpockets of water close to the pipe wall which can freezeand build into a larger ice plug
For any installation the condensate must be free flowingand not be possible for air back-pressure to prevent wa-ter flow
As with other pipe work insulate the condensate dis-charge pipe to minimise any risk of freezing and bewarewhen crossing cavities that the fall is maintained and thepipe sleeved
You can find further information in specification BS 6798for installing and maintaining gas-fired boilers with a nominalheat input below 70 kW
541 Condensate drainage systems
5411 Internal soil and vent pipe
Oslash19mm min
5412 External soil and vent pipe
L = 3m max
Oslash19mm min
Oslash30mm
5413 External termination into a gulley or hopper
L = 3m max
Oslash19mm min
Oslash30mm
Installation 5
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 13
5414 Internal termination into combined sinkwaste
Oslash30mm
Oslash19mm min
5415 Internal termination downstream of sinkwaste
Oslash30mm
Oslash19mm min
5416 External termination into soakaway
400m
m m
in
300m
m m
in25
mm
min
500mm min
Oslash100mm
L = 3m max
Oslash19mm min
Oslash30mm
5417 External termination into rain water downpipe
Oslash19mm min
Oslash30mm
55 Electrical installation
DangerRisk of death from electric shock
The power supply terminals L and N remainlive even if the product is switched off
Switch off the power supply Secure the power supply against being
switched on again
Only qualified electricians may carry out the electrical install-ation
551 Opening the electronics box
A
B
B
Follow the instructions in the specified sequence
5 Installation
14 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
552 Closing the electronics box
Follow the instructions in the reverse order
553 Cable route
1
2
1 24-V eBUS cable route 2 230-V eBUS cable route
554 Carrying out the wiring
30 mm max
1 Shorten the connection cables to the appropriatelengths to prevent them from causing damage insidethe electronics box
2 Screw the plug to the connection cable
3 Plug the plug into the slot provided on the PCB
555 Establishing the power supply
1
1 Observe all valid regulations
2 Ensure that the rated mains voltage is 230 V
3 Set up a fixed connection and install a partition with acontact opening of at least 3 mm (eg fuses or powerswitches)
4 Provide one common electricity supply for the boilerand for the corresponding controller
ndash Power supply Single-phase 230 V 50 Hz
ndash Fuse protection le 3 A
5 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
6 Observe the routing of the power supply cable (1) in theelectronics box in order to guarantee that there is nostrain
le 30
mm
NL X1230V~
RT
7 Carry out the wiring (rarr Page 14)
8 Close the electronics box
9 Make sure that access to the mains connection is al-ways available and is not covered or blocked
556 Connecting controllers to the electronicsystem
X2
X22 X41
ndash +24V=RT BUS
BurneroffX
106
BUS24 V
BU
SR
TB
off
Burner
offR
T24V
=-
+B
US
1
4
32
1 Safety thermostat forfloor-standing heating
2 24 V controller
3 eBUS controller or radioreceiver unit
4 Outside temperaturesensor wired
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
Operation 6
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 15
2 Carry out the wiring (rarr Page 14)
3 Connect the individual components depending on thetype of installation
Conditions If installing a multi-circuit controller
Change the pumps operating mode d18 from Eco (in-termittently operating pump) to Comfort (continuouslyoperating pump)
Conditions When connecting a controller (230 V)
le 30
mm
NL X1230V~
RT
Connect the controller to the main plug
Remove the bridge from the plug 24V=RT
4 Close the electronics box
6 Operation
61 Using diagnostics codes
You can use the parameters marked as adjustable in thetable of diagnostics codes to adapt the product to the systemand customer requirements
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
611 Activating diagnostics codes
1 Press and hold the button for 7 seconds
◁ is shown in the display
2 Press the or button to set the value
◁ The access code (96) is reserved for the competentperson
◁ The access code (35) is reserved for the customerservice
3 Press the button to confirm
◁ is shown in the display
612 Setting a diagnostics code
1 Press the or button to select the diagnosticscode
2 Press the button to confirm
◁ The value andor status of the diagnostics code isshown in the display
3 Press the or button to set the value
4 If you allow the value to flash for three seconds thesetting is automatically confirmed
◁ is shown in the display for 1 second
Note
You can manually confirm the setting at anytime by pressing and holding the buttonfor less than 3 seconds
5 Proceed accordingly for all parameters that need to bechanged
6 Press and hold the button for 3 seconds to finishconfiguring the diagnostics codes
◁ The display switches to the basic display
62 Displaying the status codes
The status codes display the products current operatingstatus
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
621 Activating the status codes display
1 Hold the button down for more than 7 seconds
◁ SXX is shown on the display followed by the heat-ing flow temperature the internal system pressureand the cylinder temperature (depending on the ver-sion)
2 Press the button to exit this menu
◁ The display switches to the basic display
63 Using check programmes
By activating various check programmes you can triggervarious special functions on the product
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
631 Calling up the check programmes
1 Hold the button down for more than 5 seconds
◁ All symbols are shown in the display
◁ is shown in the display
2 Press and hold the button for five seconds
◁ is shown in the display
3 Press the or button to select the checkprogramme
4 Press the button to confirm
◁ on is shown in the display and the programmestarts
5 Press the and buttons at the same time whilstrunning a check programme
◁ The heating water temperature and the filling pres-sure for the heating installation are shown altern-ately in the display
6 Press the button to return to the check programme
◁ The display shows the check programme
7 Press the button to finish the check programme
◁ OFF is shown in the display
8 Press and hold the button for 3 seconds to finishthe check programmes
7 Start-up
16 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
◁ End is shown in the display
◁ The display switches to the basic display
Note
If you do not press any button for 15 minutesthe current programme is automatically can-celled and the basic display is shown
632 Displaying the pressure and temperature ofthe heating during a check programme
1 Press the buttons simultaneously
◁ Display the filling pressure in the heating installation
◁ Display the heating flow temperature
2 Press the button to display the check programmecurrently running
7 Start-up
71 Carrying out the initial start-up
Initial start-up must be carried out by a customer servicetechnician or an authorised competent person using the first-commissioning-checklist The first-commissioning-checklistin the appendix (rarr Page 41) of the installation instructionsmust be filled out and stored carefully along with the unitsdocumentation
Carry out the initial start-up using the first-commission-ing-checklist in the appendix
Fill out and sign the first-commissioning-checklist
72 Checking the type of gas
Make sure that the product is set up correctly by checkingthe type of gas This ensures optimum combustion quality
Check the type of gas as part of routine product mainten-ance work when replacing components or carrying outwork on the gas route
73 Checking the factory setting
The products combustion has been factory tested and ispreset for operation with the gas group indicated on the iden-tification plate
The product is only authorised to be operated with naturalgas
Check the information about the type of gas indicated onthe identification plate and compare this with the type ofgas available at the installation location
Conditions The product design is not compatible with the local gasgroup
Do not start up the product
Conditions The product design is compatible with the local gas group
Proceed as described below
74 Checking and treating the heatingwaterfilling and supplementary water
CautionRisk of material damage due to poor-qual-ity heating water
Ensure that the heating water is of suffi-cient quality
Before filling or topping up the installation check thequality of the heating water
Checking the quality of the heating water Remove a little water from the heating circuit
Check the appearance of the heating water
If you ascertain that it contains sedimentary materialsyou must desludge the installation
Use a magnetic rod to check whether it contains mag-netite (iron oxide)
If you ascertain that it contains magnetite clean the in-stallation and apply suitable corrosion-protection meas-ures or fit a magnetic filter
Check the pH value of the removed water at 25 degC
If the value is below 65 or above 85 clean the systemand treat the heating water
Ensure that oxygen cannot get into the heating water
Checking the filling and supplementary water Before filling the installation measure the hardness of the
filling and supplementary water
Treating the filling and supplementary water Observe all applicable national regulations and technical
standards when treating the filling and supplementarywater
Provided the national regulations and technical standardsdo not stipulate more stringent requirements the followingapplies
You must treat the heating water in the following cases
ndash If the entire filling and supplementary water quantity dur-ing the operating life of the system exceeds three timesthe nominal volume of the heating installation or
ndash If the guideline values listed in the following table are notmet or
ndash if the pH value of the heating water is less than 65 ormore than 85
Totalheatingoutput
Water hardness at specific system volume1)
le 20 lkWgt 20 lkWle 50 lkW
gt 50 lkW
kWppm
CaCO₃molmsup3
ppmCaCO₃
molmsup3
ppmCaCO₃
molmsup3
lt 50 lt 300 lt 3 200 2 2 002
gt 50to le 200
200 2 150 15 2 002
gt 200to le 600
150 15 2 002 2 002
gt 600 2 002 2 002 2 002
1) Nominal capacity in litresheating output in the case of multi-boiler systems the smallest single heating output is to be used
Start-up 7
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 17
CautionThe use of unsuitable heating water maycause aluminium corrosion and a result-ing lack of leak-tightness
In contrast to steel grey cast iron or copperfor example aluminium reacts with alkalineheating water (pH value gt 85) to producesubstantial corrosion
When using aluminium make sure thatthe pH value of the heating water isbetween 65 and a maximum of 85
CautionRisk of material damage if the heatingwater is treated with unsuitable additives
Unsuitable additives may cause changes inthe components noises in heating mode andpossibly subsequent damage
Do not use any unsuitable frost and cor-rosion protection agents biocides or seal-ants
No incompatibility with our products has been detected todate with proper use of the following additives
When using additives follow the manufacturers instruc-tions without exception
We accept no liability for the compatibility of any additive orits effectiveness in the rest of the heating system
Additives for cleaning measures (subsequentflushing required)ndash Adey MC3+
ndash Adey MC5
ndash Fernox F3
ndash Sentinel X 300
ndash Sentinel X 400
Additives intended to remain permanently in theinstallationndash Adey MC1+
ndash Fernox F1
ndash Fernox F2
ndash Sentinel X 100
ndash Sentinel X 200
Additives for frost protection intended to remainpermanently in the installationndash Adey MC ZERO
ndash Fernox Antifreeze Alphi 11
ndash Sentinel X 500
If you have used the above-mentioned additives informthe end user about the measures that are required
Inform the end user about the measures required for frostprotection
75 Avoiding danger arising from insufficientwater pressure
The filling pressure must be between 010 and 015 MPa(10 and 15 bar)
Note
If the heating flow temperature is shown in thedisplay press and hold the and buttonsat the same time for longer than five seconds ortemporarily deactivate heating mode in order todisplay the pressure
If the heating installation extends over several storeyshigher filling pressures may be required to avoid air enteringthe heating installation
If the water pressure falls below 005 MPa (05 bar) thevalue flashes in the display
If the water pressure falls below 003 MPa (03 bar) theproduct switches off The display shows 00 MPa (00 bar)Fault F22 will be stored in the fault list
Top up the water in the heating installation to start up theproduct again
◁ The pressure value flashes in the display until apressure of 005 MPa (05 bar) or higher has beenreached
76 Switching on the product
Switch on the product via the main switch installed on-site
77 Filling and purging the heating installation
Preliminary work Flush the heating installation through
1
1
1 Check the silicone hose connection (1) between thepumps automatic air vent and the hydraulic console
2 Fill with water until the required filling pressure isreached
ndash Recommended filling pressure 1 hellip 15 bar
◁ The heating and hot water functions cannot be activ-ated
◁ The pressure value flashes in the display until apressure of 005 MPa (05 bar) or higher has beenreached
7 Start-up
18 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
◁ An automatic air vent function is activated if thepressure exceeds 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than15 seconds
3 Purge each radiator until the water escapes normallyand then retighten the systems purging valves
4 Check whether all connections are leak-tight
Conditions If the noise persists in the boiler
Purge the product again by activating check programme(P07) and then (P06)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
78 Filling the condensate siphon
C
2
3
1
AB
1 Unclip the lower section of the siphon (1) from the up-per section of the siphon (2)
2 Remove the float (3)
3 Fill the lower section of the siphon with water up to 10mm below the upper edge of the condensate drain pipe-work
4 Re-insert the float (3)
Note
Check that the float is present in the con-densate siphon
5 Clip the lower section of the siphon (1) into the uppersection of the siphon (2)
79 Filling the hot water circuit
1 Open the water tap to fill the hot water circuit
2 Close the water tap once the appropriate volume ofwater has flowed out
◁ The hot water circuit is filled
3 Check all connections and the entire system for leak-tightness
710 Checking and adjusting the gas settings
Only a qualified competent person is authorised to imple-ment the settings on the gas valve assembly
Each destroyed tamper-proof seal must be replaced
The CO₂ adjusting screw must be sealed
Never modify the factory setting of the gas pressure regu-lator of the gas valve assembly
7101 Checking the gas flow rate
The gas flow rate has been set during production and doesnot require adjustment With the front casing fitted check thegas flow rate of the boiler as follows
Start up the product with the check programme P01
In addition ensure that maximum heat can be dissipatedinto the heating system by turning up the room thermo-stat
Wait at least 5 minutes until the boiler has reached itsoperating temperature
Ensure that all other gas appliances in the property areturned off
Measure the gas flow rate at the gas meter
Compare the measured values with the correspondingvalues in the table
Qnw from the dataplate
H gas in msup3h
Nom +5 minus10
153 162 170 146
184 195 205 176
247 261 274 235
257 272 286 245
286 303 318 273
306 324 340 292
357 378 397 340
Conditions Gas flow rate not in the permissible range
Check all of the piping and ensure that the gas flow ratesare correct
Only put the product into operation once the gas flowrates have been corrected
Conditions Gas flow rate in the permissible range
End the check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down by allowing pump overrun tooperate for a minimum of 2 minutes
Record the boiler maximum gas flow rate onto theBenchmark gas boiler commissioning checklist
Start-up 7
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 19
7102 Checking the gas connection pressure (gasflow pressure)
1
2
1 Ensure that the gas inlet working pressure can beobtained with all other gas appliances in the propertyworking
2 Close the gas stopcock (1)
3 Undo the sealing screw on the test nipple (2)
4 Connect a manometer to the test nipple (2)
5 Open the gas stopcock (1)
6 Start up the product with check programme P01 (sys-tem with eBUS control) or P03 (installation withouteBUS control)
7 In addition ensure that maximum heat can be dissip-ated into the heating system by turning up the roomthermostat
8 With the boiler operating at full load check that the gasinlet working pressure at the reference test point (2)complies with the requirements
Permissible connection pressure
Great Bri-tain
Naturalgas
G20 17 hellip 2 kPa
(170hellip 20 mbar)
9 Should the pressure recorded at the reference test pointin the boiler be lower than indicated check if there isany blockage in the pipework or if the pipework is un-dersized
Conditions Gas flow pressure not in the permissible range
CautionRisk of material damage and operatingfaults caused by incorrect gas connec-tion pressureIf the gas connection pressure lies outsidethe permissible range this can cause oper-ating faults in and damage to the product Do not make any adjustments to the
product Do not start up the product
If you cannot correct the failure notify the gas supplycompany and proceed as follows
End check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down by allowing pump overrunto operate for a minimum of two minutes
Close the gas stopcock
Remove the pressure gauge and retighten the sealingscrew (2) for the measuring nipple
Open the gas stopcock (1)
Check the test nipple for gas tightness
Close the gas stopcock (1)
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
Disconnect the product from the electrical installation
You must not start up the boiler
Conditions Gas flow pressure in the permissible range
End the check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down allowing pump overrun tooperate for a minimum of two minutes
Close the gas stopcock (1)
Remove the pressure gauge and retighten the sealingscrew (2) for the measuring nipple
Open the gas stopcock (1)
Check the test nipple for gas tightness
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
Reset boiler controls for normal operation
Record the appliance gas inlet working pressure (kParesp mbar) in the Benchmark gas boiler commissioningchecklist
7103 Checking the leak-tightness of the flue gasinstallation and flue gas recirculation
1 Check the flue gas installation is intact in accordancewith the latest gas safe technical bulletin and informa-tion supplied in the installation instructions
2 For extended flue gas installations check for flue gasrecirculation using the air analysis point
3 Use a flue gas analyser
4 If you discover CO or CO2 in the supply air search forthe leak in the flue gas installation or for signs of fluegas recirculation
5 Eliminate the damage properly
6 Check again whether the supply air contains any CO orCO2
7 If you cannot eliminate the damage do not start up theproduct
7104 Thoroughly flushing the heating installation(hot)
1 Operate the appliance until the boiler and the heatingsystem are up to temperature
2 Check the heating system for leaks
3 Connect a hose to the drain valve located at the lowestposition of the heating system
4 Shut off the boiler open the drain valve and all purgevalves on the radiators and allow the water to flow outof the heating system and the boiler quickly and fully
5 Close the drain valve
6 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
7 Re-fill the system until the system design pressure of01 MPa (10 bar) is attained
8 Adapting the unit to the heating installation
20 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Note
The actual reading on the digital pressuregauge should ideally be 005 MPa (05 bar)plus an additional pressure correspondingto the highest point of the system above thebase of the boiler ndash 10 m head equals an ad-ditional 1 bar reading on the pressure gaugeThe minimum pressure should not be lessthan 01 MPa (1 bar) in any installation Ifthe system is to be treated with an inhibitor itshould be applied at this stage in accordancewith the manufacturerrsquos instructions Furtherinformation can be obtained from SentinelBetz Dearborn Ltd Tel 0151 420 9595 orFernox Alphandash Fry technologies Tel 08708700362
8 Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
7105 Checking the CO₂ content
1 Start up the product with the check programme (P01)and set the value
ndash Setting value for the programme P01 100
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
2 Wait until the value that is read is stable
ndash Waiting period for reading a stable value 5 min
1
3 Unscrew the cover from the flue gas analysis point (1)
4 Measure the CO₂ content at the flue gas analysis point(1)
5 Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Checking the CO₂ content
Great Britain
front casing on front casing off
Natural gas
G20
92 plusmn1
◁ The value is OK
The value is not OK you cannot start up theproduct
Inform Customer Service
711 Checking leak-tightness
Check the gas pipe the heating circuit and the hot watercircuit for leak-tightness
Check that the airflue pipe has been installed correctly
Conditions Room-sealed operation
Check whether the vacuum chamber has been closedtightly
7111 Checking the heating mode
1 Activate the heating mode on the user interface
2 Turn all thermostatic radiator valves on the radiatorsuntil they are fully open
3 Allow the product to operate for at least 15 minutes
4 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
5 Activate the display for the current operating status(rarr Page 15)
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
◁ If the product is working correctly the display showsS04
7112 Checking the hot water generation
1 Activate the hot water handling mode on the userinterface
2 Open a hot water valve completely
3 Activate the display for the current operating status(rarr Page 15)
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
◁ If the product is working correctly the display showsS14
8 Adapting the unit to the heatinginstallation
You can resetchange the system parameters (section Us-ing diagnostics codes)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
81 Burner anti-cycling time
To prevent frequent switching on and off of the burner andthus prevent energy losses an electronic restart lockoutis activated for a specific period each time the burner isswitched off The burner anti-cycling time is only active forthe heating mode Hot water handling mode during a burneranti-cycling time does not affect the time function element
811 Setting the maximum burner anti-cyclingtime
1 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
2 If required adjust the maximum burner anti-cycling timeusing the diagnostics code d02
Adapting the unit to the heating installation 8
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 21
812 Resetting the remaining burner anti-cyclingtime
Hold the button down for more than 3 seconds
◁ is shown in the display
82 Setting the pump output
The product is equipped with a speed-regulated high-effi-ciency pump which adjusts independently to the hydraulicconditions of the heating installation
If you have installed a low loss header in the heating install-ation you should switch off the speed regulation and set thepump output to a fixed value
If required change the setting of the pump speed whichdepends on the operating mode under diagnostics coded14
Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 12 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
0
10
20
30
40
50
0 200 400 600 800 1000
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 15 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
1 2
34
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 18 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
01020304050
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
6070
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 25 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
01020304050
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
6070
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 30 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
01020304050607080
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 A
B 1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
9 Handing the product over to the end user
22 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
83 Setting the bypass valve
CautionRisk of material damage caused by incor-rect setting of the high-efficiency pump
If the pressure at the bypass valve is in-creased (by turning it clockwise) and thepump output is set to less than 100 theproduct may not operate correctly
In this case set the pump output to5 = 100 using diagnostics parameterd14
Conditions d14 is set to 0 = auto
Do not change the factory settings
Conditions d14 is set to 1 - 5
Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
1
Regulate the pressure using the adjusting screw (1)
Position of the adjustingscrew
Notesapplication
Right-hand stop (screwedall the way in)
If the radiators do not heatup sufficiently at the defaultsetting In this case you mustset the pump to the maximumspeed
Mid-position (six anti-clockwise rotations)
Default setting
Five further anti-clockwiserotations starting from themid-position
If noises are produced in theradiators or radiator valves
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
84 Setting the hot water temperature
DangerRisk of death from legionella
Legionella multiply at temperatures below60 degC
Ensure that the end user is familiar withall of the Anti-legionella measures in orderto comply with the applicable regulationsregarding legionella prevention
Set the hot water temperature
Conditions Water hardness gt 357 molmsup3
ndash Hot water temperature le 50
9 Handing the product over to the enduser
When you have finished the installation attach the stickersupplied (in the end users language) to the productcover
Explain to the end user how the safety devices work andwhere they are located
Inform the end user how to handle the product
In particular draw attention to the safety informationwhich the end user must follow
Inform the end user that they must have the productmaintained in accordance with the specified intervals
Instruct the end user about measures taken for routingthe combustion air supply and flue system
10 Inspection and maintenance
101 Using original seals
If you replace components use only the enclosed originalseals additional sealing materials are not required
102 Observing inspection and maintenanceintervals
Adhere to the minimum inspection and maintenance in-tervals The inspection may require maintenance to becarried out earlier depending on the results
Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview(rarr Page 38)
Inspection and maintenance 10
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 23
103 Procuring spare parts
The original components of the product were also certifiedby the manufacturer as part of the declaration of conformityIf you use other non-certified or unauthorised parts duringmaintenance or repair work this may void the conformity ofthe product and it will therefore no longer comply with theapplicable standards
We strongly recommend that you use original spare partsfrom the manufacturer as this guarantees fault-free and safeoperation of the product To receive information about theavailable original spare parts contact the contact addressprovided on the reverse of these instructions
If you require spare parts for maintenance or repairwork use only the spare parts that are permitted for theproduct
104 Checking the CO₂ content
1 Start up the product with the check programme (P01)and set the value
ndash Setting value for the programme P01 100
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
2 Wait until the value that is read is stable
ndash Waiting period for reading a stable value 5 min
1
3 Unscrew the cover from the flue gas analysis point (1)
4 Measure the CO₂ content at the flue gas analysis point(1)
5 Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Checking the CO₂ content
Great Britain
front casing on front casing off
Natural gas
G20
92 plusmn1
◁ The value is OK
The value is not OK you cannot start up theproduct
Set the CO₂ content (rarr Page 23)
105 Setting the CO₂ content
Conditions The CO₂ content must be adjusted
1
A
B
Remove the sticker
Turn the screw (1) to set the CO₂ content (value withfront casing removed)
◁ To increase the CO₂ content Turn anti-clockwise
◁ To decrease the CO₂ content Turn clockwise
Only carry out the adjustment in increments of 18 turnand wait approximately 1 minute after each adjustmentuntil the value has stabilised
Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Setting the CO₂ value
Great Britain
front casing on front casingoff
Natural gas
G20
CO₂ at full load 92 plusmn02
Set for Wobbeindex W₀
1409 kWsdothmsup3
O₂ at full load 45 plusmn18 vol
CO at full load le 250 ppm
COCO₂ le 00027
If the setting is not in the specified adjustment rangeyou must not start up the product
Inform Customer Service
Check whether the air-quality requirements with regardto carbon monoxide are fulfilled
Fit the front panel
10 Inspection and maintenance
24 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
106 Removing the gas-air mixture unit
Note
The gas-air mixture unit consists of three maincomponents
ndash Fan
ndash Gas valve
ndash Burner cover
1 Switch off the product via the main switch
2 Close the gas isolator cock
3 Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
C
AB
1
D
2
4 Remove the screw (1)
5 Push the clip upwards
6 Remove the flue gas pipe (2)
3
4
5
AB
7 Remove the air intake pipe (3)
8 Remove the plugs from the gas valve (4) and from thefan (5)
A
C
D B
6
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (6)
7
7
8
10 Remove the burner seals (7) and the burner (8)
11 Check the burner and the heat exchanger for damageand dirt
12 If necessary clean or replace the components accord-ing to the following sections
13 Install the two new burner seals
107 Cleaning the heat exchanger
1
1 Protect the folded down electronics box against sprayedwater
2 Clean the ribs of the heat exchanger (1) with water
◁ The water runs out into the condensate tray
Inspection and maintenance 10
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 25
108 Checking the burner
1 Search the surface of the burner for possible damage Ifyou see any damage replace the burner
2 Install the two new burner seals
109 Checking the ignition electrode
1
2
3 4 5
1 Disconnect the connection (2) and the earthing cable(1)
2 Remove the fixing screws (3)
3 Carefully remove the electrode from the combustionchamber
4 Check that the electrode ends (4) are undamaged
5 Check the electrode distance
ndash Clearance for the ignition electrodes 35 hellip 45 mm
6 Make sure that the seal (5) is free from damage
If necessary replace the seal
1010 Cleaning the condensate siphon
C
2
3
1
AB
1 Unclip the lower section of the siphon (1) from the up-per section of the siphon (2)
2 Remove the float (3)
3 Flush out the float and lower section of the siphon withwater
4 Fill the lower section of the siphon with water up to 10mm below the upper edge of the condensate drain pipe-work
5 Reinsert the float (3)
Note
Check whether the float is present in thecondensate siphon
6 Clip the lower section of the siphon (1) into the uppersection of the siphon (2)
1011 Installing the gas-air mixture unit
1 Install the burner
2 Install two new burner seals in the burner hood
3 Install the gas-air mixture unit
4 Tighten the screws on the gas-air mixture unit
ndash Ideally to 7 Nm if a torque spanner is available
5 Install the flue pipe
6 Install the air intake pipe
1012 Draining the product
1 Close the service valves of the product
2 Start check programme P05 (rarr Page 15)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
3 Open the drain cock
1013 Checking the admission pressure of theexpansion vessel
1 Measure the pre-charge pressure of the expansion ves-sel at the vessel valve
Conditions Pre-charge pressure lt 0075 MPa (075 bar)
Top up the expansion vessel in accordance with thestatic height of the heating installation ideally with ni-trogen otherwise with air Ensure that the drain valve isopen when topping up
2 If water escapes from the expansion vessels valve youmust replace the expansion vessel (rarr Page 27)
3 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
1014 Completing inspection and maintenancework
1 Check the gas connection pressure (gas flow pressure)(rarr Page 19)
2 Check the CO₂ content
1015 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
11 Troubleshooting
26 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
11 Troubleshooting
111 Rectifying faults
If fault codes (FXX) appear refer to the table in the ap-pendix or use the check programme(s)
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
If several fault codes are generated at the same time theseare displayed alternately followed by the time at which therespective fault occurred
Hold the button down for more than 3 seconds
If you are unable to clear the fault code and it reappearsdespite several fault clearance attempts contact cus-tomer service
112 Calling up the fault memory
The last 10 fault codes are stored in the fault memory (to-gether with the time at which the respective fault occurredand after 24 hours with the number of days)
Hold the button down for more than 7 seconds
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Press the button to exit this menu
113 Deleting the fault memory
1 Delete the fault memory using the diagnostics coded94
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
114 Resetting parameters to factory settings
1 Reset all parameters to the factory settings using thediagnostics code d96
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
115 Preparing the repair work
1 Switch off the product
2 Disconnect the product from the electrical installation
3 Remove the front casing
4 Close the gas stopcock
5 Close the service valves in the heating flow and in theheating return
6 Close the service valve in the cold water pipe
7 Drain the product if you want to replace water-bearingcomponents of the product
8 Ensure that water does not drip on live components(eg the electronics box)
9 Use only new seals and O-rings Do not use any addi-tional sealing materials
116 Replacing defective components
1161 Replacing the burner
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Remove the two burner seals
3 Remove the burner
4 Insert the new burner
5 Insert two new burner seals in the burner cover
6 Install the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 25)
1162 Replacing the gas-air mixture unit
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Install the new gas-air mixture (rarr Page 25)
1163 Replacing the heat exchanger
1 Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
2 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
1 A
B
3 Remove the gas pipe (1)
1
2
3
2 4
A
B
4 Remove the temperature sensor (3)
5 Remove the upper clip (1)
6 Remove the lower clip (4)
7 Remove the supply pipe (2)
Troubleshooting 11
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 27
2
2 3
B
1
A
8 Remove the upper clip (1)
9 Remove the lower clip (3)
10 Remove the return pipe (2)
1
A2
11 Remove the clip underneath the condensate tray (1)
12 Undo the four screws (2)
2
1
B
C
A
13 Remove the ignition electrode (1)
14 Lift the heat exchanger up slightly and remove it to-gether with the condensate tray
15 Remove the ignition transformer (2)
16 Install the new heat exchanger in reverse order
1164 Replacing the pump head
1
2
1 Disconnect the pump cable from the electronics box
2 Undo the four bolts (1)
3 Remove the pump head (2)
4 Replace the O-ring
5 Use four screws to secure the new pump head
6 Connect the pump cable to the electronics box
1165 Replacing the expansion vessel
B
C
1
2
3A
D
1 Undo the nut (3)
2 Remove both screws on the support plate (1)
3 Remove the support plate
4 Pull out the expansion vessel (2) towards the front
5 Insert the new expansion vessel into the product
6 Screw the new expansion vessel to the water connec-tion To do this use a new seal
7 Attach the support plate using both screws
8 Fill and purge the product (rarr Page 17) and if requiredthe heating installation
12 Decommissioning the product
28 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
1166 Replacing the main PCB
C
C
D
B
C
C
D
B
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull all of the plugs out from the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plugs
7 Close the electronics box
1167 Replacing the PCB for the user interface
B
C
C
D
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull the plug out of the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plug
7 Close the electronics box
1168 Replacing the expansion relief valve
1
2
1 Remove the clip (2)
2 Remove the expansion relief valve
3 Fit the new expansion relief valve with a new O-ring
4 Reattach the clip (2)
1169 Replace the pressure sensor
1
2
1 Pull out the plug
2 Remove the clip (1)
3 Remove the pressure sensor (2)
4 Install the new pressure sensor
5 Reattach the clip (1)
117 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
12 Decommissioning the product
Switch off the product
Disconnect the product from the power mains
Close the gas isolator cock
Close the cold water stop cock
13 Customer service
For contact details for our customer service department youcan write to the address that is provided on the back pageor you can visit wwwglow-wormcouk
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 29
Appendix
A Check programmes ndash Overview
Note
Since the programme table is used for various products some programmes may not be visible for the product inquestion
Display Meaning
P01 Burner operation on adjustable heat input
The product operates after ignition with the heat input set between 0 (0 = Pmin) and 100 (100 = Pmax)
The function is active for 15 minutes
P02 Burner operation at ignition load
After ignition the product works at ignition load
The function is active for 15 minutes
P03 The product runs in heating mode with the maximum heat input set using diagnostics code d00
P04 Maximum output function
If there is a hot water request the product runs in hot water handling mode and at maximum heat load
If there is no hot water request the product runs with the heating partial load that is set via diagnostics coded00 and in heating mode
The function is active for 15 minutes
P05 Filling the product
The diverter valve moves to the mid-position The burner and pump switch off (to fill or drain the product)
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is active for 15 minutes
P06 Purging the heating circuit
The diverter valve is moved to the heating position
The function is activated in the heating circuit for 15 minutes
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
P07 Purging the hot water circuit
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
Automatic air ventfunction
Purging the product
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
This function cannot be manually switched off
B Overview of diagnostics codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d00 Heating maximum output ndash ndash kW The maximum heating outputvaries depending on the product
rarr Section Technical data
Automatic Unit automaticallyadjusts the maximum output tothe current system demand
rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d01 Pump overrun in heatingmode
1 60 min 1 5 Adjustable
d02 Maximum burner anti-cycling time in heatingmode
2 60 min 1 20 Adjustable
Appendix
30 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d04 Water temperature in thecylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d05 Determined heating flowset target temperature
Current value ndash ndash Not
adjustable
d06 Hot water set target tem-perature
Current value (Combination unit only) ndash Notadjustable
d07 Set target temperaturefor the domestic hot wa-ter cylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d08 Status of the 230 V ther-mostat
Current value ndash 0 = Room thermostat open (noheat requirement)
1 = Room thermostat closed(heat requirement)
ndash Notadjustable
d09 Heating flow set targettemperature that is seton the eBUS room ther-mostat
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d10 Status of the internalpump in the heating cir-cuit
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d11 Status of the heatingcircuits shunt pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d13 Status of the hot watercircuits circulation pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d14 Operating mode of themodulating pump
0 5 ndash 0 = variable rotational speed(auto)
1 2 3 4 5 = Fixed rotationalspeeds rarr Section Setting thepump output
0 Adjustable
d15 Pump speed Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d16 Status of the 24 V roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Heating off
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d17 Heating control ndash ndash ndash off = Flow temperature
on = Return temperature (ad-justment for underfloor heatingIf you have activated the returntemperature control the auto-matic heating output determina-tion function is not active)
0 Adjustable
d18 Pump overrun operatingmode
1 3 ndash 1 = Continuous (pump runs per-manently)
3 = Eco (intermittent pump modendash for the dissipation of the resid-ual heat after hot water gener-ation at an extremely low heatdemand)
1 Adjustable
d19 Pump operating mode 2stage pump
0 3 ndash 0 = Burner mode stage 2 pumpflowoverrun stage 1
1 = Heating mode and pumpflowoverrun stage 1 hot waterhandling mode stage 2
2 = Automatic heating modepump flowoverrun stage 1 hotwater handling mode stage 2
3 = Stage 2
3 Adjustable
d20 Maximum hot water settarget temperature
50 60 1 60 Adjustable
d21 Status of the warm startfor hot water
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated andavailable
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 31
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d22 Status of the hot waterrequest
Current value ndash off = No current requirement
on = Current requirement
ndash Notadjustable
d23 Status of the heatingdemand
Current value ndash off = Heating off (Summer mode)
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d24 Status of the pressuremonitor
0 1 ndash off = Not switched
on = Switched
ndash Notadjustable
d25 Status of the requirementto reheat the cylinder orfor the hot water warmstart from the eBUS ther-mostat
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
ndash Notadjustable
d27 Function of relay 1(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
1 Adjustable
d28 Function of relay 2(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
2 Adjustable
d31 Automatic filling device 0 2 ndash 0 = Manual
1 = Semi-automatic
2 = Automatic
0 Adjustable
d33 Fan speed target value Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d34 Value for the fan speed Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d35 Position of the divertervalve
Current value ndash 0 = Heating
40 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
100 = Domestic hot water
ndash Notadjustable
d36 Value for the hot waterflow
Current value lmin ndash ndash Notadjustable
d39 Water temperature in thesolar circuit
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d40 Heating flow temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d41 Heating return temperat-ure
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d43 Heating curve 02 4 ndash 01 12 Adjustable
d45 Value for the base pointof the heating curve
15 30 ndash 1 20 Adjustable
d47 Outside temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d50 Correction of the min-imum fan speed
0 3000 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
600 Adjustable
Appendix
32 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d51 Correction of the max-imum fan speed
-2500 0 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
-1000 Adjustable
d58 Solar circuit reheating 0 3 ndash 0 = Boilers Legionella protectionfunction deactivated
3 = Hot water activated (mintarget value 60 degC)
0 Adjustable
d60 Number of blocks by thetemperature limiter
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d61 Number of unsuccessfulignitions
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d62 Night set-back 0 30 ndash 1 0 Adjustable
d64 Average burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d65 Maximum burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d66 Activation of the warmstart function for hot wa-ter
ndash ndash ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
1 Adjustable
d67 Remaining burner anti-cycling time (setting un-der d02)
Current value min ndash ndash Notadjustable
d68 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 1st attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d69 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 2nd attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d70 Operation of the divertervalve
0 2 ndash 0 = Normal operating mode(DHW and heating mode)
1 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
2 = Permanent heating modeposition
0 Adjustable
d71 Maximum heating flowset target temperature
45 80 1 rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d73 Correction of the hot wa-ter warm start temperat-ure
-15 5 K 1 0 Adjustable
d75 Maximum cylinder re-heating time
20 90 min 1 45 Adjustable
d77 Max cylinder reheating ndash ndash kW 1
rarr Section Technical data
ndash Adjustable
d80 Running time in heatingmode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d81 Running time in hot wa-ter handling mode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d82 Number of burner igni-tions in heating mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d83 Number of burner igni-tions in hot water hand-ling mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d84 Maintenance in 0 3000 h Number of hours = Display valuex 10
300 Notadjustable
d85 Increase in the min out-put (heating and hot wa-ter handling mode)
ndash ndash kW 1 ndash Adjustable
d88 Flow rate limit valuefor ignition in hot waterhandling mode
0 1 ndash 0 = 17 lmin (no delay)
1 = 37 lmin (2 s delay)
0 Adjustable
d90 Status of the eBUS roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Not connected
on = Connected
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 33
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d91 Status DCF77 Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d93 Setting the product code 0 99 ndash 1
The Device Specific Number(DSN) can be found on the iden-tification plate
ndash Adjustable
d94 Delete fault list 0 1 ndash off = No
on = Yes
ndash Adjustable
d95 Software versions ndash ndash ndash 1 = Main PCB
2 = Interface PCB
ndash Adjustable
d96 Default setting (reset) ndash ndash ndash 0 = No
1 = Yes
ndash Adjustable
C Status codes ndash Overview
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Status code Meaning
Displays in heating mode
S0 Heating mode No requirement
S01 Heating mode Advance fan operation
S02 Heating mode Pump pre-run
S03 Heating mode Burner ignition
S04 Heating mode Burner on
S05 Heating mode Pumpfan overrun
S06 Heating mode Fan overrun
S07 Heating mode Pump overrun
S08 Heating mode Temporary shutdown after heating procedure
Displays in hot water handling mode
S10 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S11 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S13 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S14 DHW mode Burner on
S15 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S16 DHW mode Fan overrun
S17 DHW mode Pump overrun
Display in Comfort mode with warm start or hot water handling mode with cylinder
S20 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S21 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S22 Hot water handling mode Pump pre-run
S23 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S24 DHW mode Burner on
S25 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S26 DHW mode Fan overrun
S27 DHW mode Pump overrun
S28 Hot water handling mode Temporary shutdown of the burner
Other displays
S30 Room thermostat is blocking heating mode
S31 No heating demand Summer mode eBUS controller waiting period
Appendix
34 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Status code Meaning
S32 Fan waiting time Fan speed outside of the tolerance values
S33 Forced fan operation until the pressure monitor is switched
S34 Frost protection active
S39 Underfloor heating contact open
S41 Water pressure too high
S42 Flue non-return flap closed
S46 Frost protection mode (Comfort) Minimum load
S53 Product in waiting periodoperation block function due to low water pressure (flowreturn spread too large)
S54 Waiting period Low water pressure in the circuit (flowreturn spread too large)
S76 Maintenance message Check the water pressure
S88 Product purging active
S91 Maintenance Demo mode
S96 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S97 Automatic test programme Water pressure sensor heating demands blocked
S98 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S99 Internal automatic test programmes
S108 Purging the combustion chamber fan in operation
S109 Products standby mode activated
D Overview of fault codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F00 Fault Flow temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F01 Fault Return temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F10 Short circuit Flow temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F11 Short circuit Return temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F12 andF91
Short circuit Cylinder temperaturesensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F13 Short circuit Domestic hot water cylindertemperature sensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F20 Safety switch-off Overheating temperat-ure reached
Incorrect earth connection between cable harness and product flow or returnNTC defective (loose connection) stray spark via ignition cable ignition plugor ignition electrode
F22 Safety switch-off Low water pressure inthe boiler
No or insufficient water in the product water pressure sensor de-fective cable to the pump or to the water pressure sensor loosenotconnecteddefective
F23 Safety switch-off Temperature differencetoo great (NTC1NTC2)
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product flow and return NTCsensors connected the wrong way round
F24 Safety switch-off Temperature rise toofast
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product system pressure toolow non-return valve blockedincorrectly installed
F25 Safety switch-off Flue gas temperaturetoo high
Break in plug connection for optional flue gas safety cut-out (STB) break incable harness
F27 Safety switch-off Fault in flame detection Moisture on the electronics electronics (flame monitor) defective gas solen-oid valve leaking
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 35
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F28 Fault Ignition unsuccessful when startingup
Gas meter defective or gas pressure monitor has triggered air in gas gasflow pressure too low thermal isolator device (TAE) has triggered incorrectgas restrictor incorrect spare gas valve fault on the gas valve multiple plugon PCB incorrectly plugged in break in cable harness ignition system (ig-nition transformer ignition cable ignition plug ignition electrode) defectiveionisation current interrupted (cable electrode) incorrect earthing of productelectronics defective
F29 Fault Flame loss Gas supply temporarily stopped flue gas recirculation incorrect earthing ofproduct ignition transformer has spark failure
F32 Fan frost protection function active Fanspeed outside the tolerance values
Plug on fan not correctly plugged in multiple plug on PCB not correctlyplugged in break in cable harness fan blocked Hall sensor defective elec-tronics defective
F49 eBUS fault Voltage too low Short circuit on eBUS eBUS overload or two power supplies with differentpolarities on the eBUS
F61 Fault Gas valve control system Short circuitshort to earth in cable harness for the gas valve gas valvedefective (coils shorted to earth) electronics defective
F62 Fault Gas valve switch-off control Delayed switch-off of gas valve delayed extinguishing of flame signal gasvalve leaking electronics defective
F63 Fault EEPROM Electronics defective
F64 Fault Electronicssensoranalogue-to-digital converter
Flow or return NTC short circuited electronics defective
F65 Fault Electronics temperature too high Electronics overheating due to external influences electronics defective
F67 Value sent back by ASIC is incorrect(flame signal)
Implausible flame signal electronics defective
F68 Fault Unstable flame (analogue input) Air in gas gas flow pressure too low incorrect air ratio incorrect gas re-strictor ionisation flow interruption (cable electrode)
F70 Invalid product code (DSN) Display and PCB replaced at same time and Device Specific Number notreset wrong or missing output range coding resistance
F71 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Flow temperature sensor signalling constant value Flow temperature sensorincorrectly positioned on supply pipe flow temperature sensor defective
F72 Fault Deviation in the water pressuresensorreturn temperature sensor
Flowreturn NTC temperature difference too great rarr flow andor return tem-perature sensor defective
F73 Fault Water pressure sensor not con-nected or has short-circuited
Interruptionshort circuit of water pressure sensor interruptionshort circuitto GND in supply line to water pressure sensor or water pressure sensordefective
F74 Fault Electrical problem in the waterpressure sensor
Line to water pressure sensor has a short circuit to 5 V24 V or internal faultin the water pressure sensor
F75 Fault Pressure sensor Pressure switch defective
F76 The safety cut-out in the primary heatexchanger is defective
Safety cut-out feedback does not match the gas valve feedback
F77 Fault Condensate or smoke No response flue non-return flap defective
F78 Interruption to DHW outlet sensor atexternal controller
UK link box is connected but hot water NTC not bridged
F83 Fault Dry fire When the burner starts the temperature change registered at the flow orreturn temperature sensor is non-existent or too small Insufficient waterin the product the flow or return temperature sensor is not in the correctposition on the pipe
F84 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Values not consistent difference lt -6 K
Flow and return temperature sensors signalling implausible values Flow andreturn temperature sensors have been inverted flow and return temperaturesensors have not been correctly installed
F85 Fault Temperature sensor The flow andor return temperature sensors have been installed on the samepipeincorrect pipe
Temperature sensor not connected or is connected incorrectly
F86 Fault Underfloor heating contact Underfloor heating contact open sensor disconnected or defective
F87 Fault Electrodes Electrodes not connected or they are connected incorrectly short circuit inthe cable harness
F88 Fault Gas valve Gas valve not connected or it is connected incorrectly short circuit in thecable harness
F89 Fault Pump Pump not connected or it is connected incorrectly incorrect pump connec-ted short circuit in the cable harness
Appendix
36 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
Connection No communication between the PCBand the user interface
Electronics defective
E Wiring diagram Pure boiler
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
X21 41
32
eBUS
RT 24V
Burner off
X106
13
41
3
123
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~2
6
7
9
8
1
3
4
5
11
10
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Temperature sensor on the heating flow
4 Temperature sensor on the heating return
5 Fan
6 Gas valve assembly
7 Pressure sensor
8 External ignition transformer
9 Heating pump
10 Ionisation and ignition electrode
11 Main power supply and connection for 230 V control
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 37
F Connection diagram Pure boiler (30 kW)
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
X21LN
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
13
41
3
123
eBUS
Burner off
X106
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~
X12LN
2
7
8
109
1
43
5
6
12 11
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Control system
4 Temperature sensor in the heating flow
5 Temperature sensor in the heating return
6 Fan
7 Gas valve
8 Pressure sensor
9 Ionisation electrode
10 Heating pump
11 Ignition electrode
12 Main power supply
Appendix
38 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
G Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview
The table below lists the manufacturer requirements with respect to minimum inspection and maintenance intervals If na-tional regulations and directives require shorter inspection and maintenance intervals you should observe these instead ofthe intervals listed in the table
No WorkInspection(annual)
Mainten-ance
(must becarried outat regularintervals)
1Check the airflue pipe for leak-tightness and to ensure that it is fastened correctly Make surethat it is not blocked or damaged and has been installed in accordance with the relevant Installa-tion Manual
X X
2Check the general condition of the product Remove dirt from the product and from the vacuumchamber
X X
3Visually inspect the general condition of the heat exchanger In doing so pay particular attentionto signs of corrosion rust and other defects If you notice any damage carry out maintenancework
X X
4Check the gas connection pressure at maximum heat input If the gas connection pressure is notwithin the correct range carry out maintenance work
X X
5Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product and if necessary adjust it Keep a record ofthis
X X
6Disconnect the product from the power mains Check that the electrical plug connections andother connections are seated correctly and correct these if necessary
X X
7 Close the gas isolator cock and the service valves X X
8Drain the product on the water side Check the pre-charge pressure of the expansion vesseland if required top up the expansion vessel (approx 003 MPa03 bar below the system fillingpressure)
X
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit X
10Check the seals in the combustion area If you see any damage replace the seals Replace bothburner seals each time it is opened and accordingly each time maintenance work is carried out
X
11 Clean the heat exchanger X
12 Check the burner for damage and replace it if necessary X
13 Check the condensate siphon in the product clean and fill if necessary X X
14 Install the gas-air mixture unit Caution Replace the seals X
15 Open the gas isolator cock reconnect the product to the power mains and switch the product on X X
16Open the service valves fill the productheating installation to 005-03 MPa05-30 bar (depend-ing on the static height of the heating installation) and start the purging programme PXX
X
17Carry out a test operation of the product and heating installation and if required purge the sys-tem once more
X X
18 Visually inspect the ignition and burner behaviour X X
19 Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product again X
20 Check the product for gas flue gas water and condensate leaks and repair if necessary X X
21 Record the inspectionmaintenance work carried out X X
Note For those appliances which are not part of an annual service agreementpolicy maintenance must be carried out at least every5 years
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 39
H Position of the opening in the airflue pipe
GN
N
MM
A
II
O
H
H
CBLJ
Q Q
Q
Q
Q
K
P
D E
FI
S
R
T
H1 Positioning of the opening of a fan-supported flue gas pipe
Installation siteMinimum dimen-sions
A Directly below an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
B Above an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
C Horizontally to an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
DBelow temperature-sensitive building components eg plastic gutters down pipes or wastewaterpipes
75 mm
E Below eaves 200 mm
F Below balconies or car port roofs 200 mm
G From vertical wastewater pipes or down pipes 150 mm
H From external or internal corners 200 mm
I Above floors roofs or balconies 300 mm
J From a surface facing a terminal 600 mm
K From a terminal facing a terminal 1200 mm
L From an opening in the car port (eg door window) which leads into the dwelling 1200 mm
M Vertical from a terminal on the same wall 1500 mm
N Horizontal from a terminal on the same wall 300 mm
O From the wall on which the terminal has been installed 0 mm
P From a vertical structure on the roof 300 mm
Q Above the roof area 300 mm
R Horizontal from adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
S Above adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
T Below adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 2000 mm
Appendix
40 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
H2 Horizontal terminal positioning
BS 5440-1 recommends that fanned flue chimney terminals should be positioned as follows
a) at least 2 m from an opening in the building directly opposite and
b) so that the products of combustion are not directed to discharge directly across a boundary if the products are likely tocause a nuisance to a neighbour or discharge over a walkway or patio
For IE see current issue of IS 813
For boilers covered within this manual
1) Dimensions D E F and G
These clearances may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler In order to ensure that the con-densate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces the terminal should be extended as shown below
Balconyeaves
Gutter
Adequately secured airflue gas pipe
The flue pipe mustprotrude beyond any overhang
2) Dimension H
This clearance may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler However in order to ensure thatthe condensate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces a clearance of 300 mm is preferred
For 1 and 2 above you can use a flue gas management kit to enable the termination point to be positioned and directed awayfrom the building fabric
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 41
I Commissioning Checklist
copy Heating and Hotwater Industry Council (HHIC)
wwwcentralheatingcouk
Benchmark Commissioning and Servicing SectionIt is a requirement that the boiler is installed and commissioned to the
completed in full
Appendix
42 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
This Commissioning Checklist is to be completed in full by the competent person who commissioned the boiler as a means of demonstrating compliance with the appropriate Building Regulations and then handed to the customer to keep for future reference
GAS BOILER SYSTEM COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST
CONTROLS
Optimum start control
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
ALL SYSTEMS
Yes
Yes
CENTRAL HEATING MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
COMBINATION BOILERS ONLY
Yes
Yes
DOMESTIC HOT WATER MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
Yes Temperature
CONDENSING BOILERS ONLY
Yes
ALL INSTALLATIONS
AND sup2 Ratio
AND sup2 Ratio
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 43
It is recommended that your heating system is serviced regularly and that the appropriate Service Interval Record is completed
Service Provider
SERVICE RECORD
SERVICE 01
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 02
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 03
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 04
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 05
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 06
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 07
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 08
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 09
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 10
AND sup2 AND sup2
Appendix
44 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
PRIOR TO CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO CHECKThe boiler manufacturerrsquos installation instructions should have been followed gas type verified and gas
supply pressurerate checked as required prior to commissioningAs part of the installation process especially where a flue has been fitted by persons other than the boiler installer visually check the integrity of the whole flue system to confirm that all components are correctly assembled fixed and supported Check that manufacturerrsquos max flue lengths have not been
exceeded and all guidance has been followed (eg Gas Safe Technical Bulletin TB008)The flue gas analyser should be of the correct type as specified by BS 7967
Prior to its use the flue gas analyser should have been maintained and calibrated as specified by the manufacturer The installer must have the relevant competence for use of the analyser
Check and zero the analyser IN FRESH AIR as per analyser manufacturerrsquos instructions
NOTETHE AIR GAS RATIO VALVE IS FACTORY
SET AND MUST NOT BE ADJUSTED DURING COMMISSIONING UNLESS THIS ACTION IS RECOMMENDED FOLLOWING CONTACT WITH THE MANUFACTURER
If any such adjustment is recommended and further checking of the boiler is required the
installerservice engineer must be competent to carry out this work and to use the flue gas
analyser accordinglyIf the boiler requires conversion to operate with
a different gas family (eg conversion from natural gas to LPG) separate guidance will be
provided by the boiler manufacturer
CARRY OUT FLUE INTEGRITY CHECK USING ANALYSERInsert analyser probe into air inlet test point and allow readings to stabiliseNOTE - where no air inlet test point is provided then a flue integrity check
with the analyser is not possible The installer should verify that flue integrity has been visually checked in accordance with the ldquoPrior to
CO and combustion ratio checkrdquo box above before proceeding to the ldquoCheck CO and combustion ratio at maximum raterdquo stage below
SET BOILER TO MINIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at minimum rate (to
minimum load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - If manufacturerrsquos instructions do not specify how to set boiler to minimum
rate contact Technical Helpline for advice
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MINIMUM RATEWith boiler still set at minimum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas sampling
point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is not
specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MAX RATEWith boiler still set at maximum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas
sampling point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is
not specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
SET BOILER TO MAXIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at max rate
(full load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - Do not insert analyser probe during this period to avoid
possible ldquofloodingrdquo of sensor
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
BOILER IS OPERATING SATISFACTORILYno further actions required
Ensure test points are capped boiler case is correctly replaced and all other commissioning procedures are completed
Complete Benchmark Checklist recording CO and combustion ratio readings as required
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED
VERIFY FLUE INTEGRITYAnalyser readings indicate that combustion products and inlet air must be mixing Further investigation of
the flue is therefore requiredCheck that flue components are assembled fixed and supported as per boilerflue manufacturerrsquos
instructionsCheck that flue and flue terminal are not obstructed
IsCO less than
335ppmand
COCO2 ratio less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
Check all seals around the appliance burner internal flue seals door and case seals
Rectify where necessary
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED IF
COMMISSIONING CANNOT BE FULLY COMPLETED THE APPLIANCE MUST BE
DISCONNECTED FROM THE GAS SUPPLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GSIUR
NOTE Check and record CO and combustion ratio at both max and min rate before contacting the
manufacturer
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YESYES
YES
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 45
J Pipe lengths for the airflue pipe
J1 Length of the C13 type airflue pipe
Applicability C13 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C13 type airfluepipe
C13 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J2 Length of the C33 type airflue pipe
Applicability C33 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C33 type airfluepipe
C33 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J3 Length of the C43 type airflue pipe
Applicability C43 type airflue pipe
Diameter of theairflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L)
C43 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
Appendix
46 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
K Technical data
Technical data ndash Heating
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 530 lh 655 lh 788 lh 1094 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 353 lh 436 lh 525 lh 729 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
123 lh 153 lh 184 lh 255 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 1102 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 876 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
306 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
Technical data ndash G20 powerloading G20The lowest nominal heat output may be higher than the value in the technical data depending on the design of the systemand the current operating status
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 12 kW 15 kW 18 kW 25 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
48 hellip 130 kW 48 hellip 162 kW 53 hellip 195 kW 65 hellip 270 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
47 hellip 128 kW 47 hellip 159 kW 52 hellip 191 kW 64 hellip 265 kW
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
45 hellip 123 kW 45 hellip 152 kW 50 hellip 183 kW 61 hellip 254 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
44 hellip 150 kW 44 hellip 180 kW 49 hellip 252 kW 60 hellip 300 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
123 kW 153 kW 184 kW 255 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
153 kW 184 kW 257 kW 306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 30 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
76 hellip 324 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
75 hellip 318 kW
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 47
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
72 hellip 305 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
71 hellip 350 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
72 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
357 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
72 kW
Technical data ndash General
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch 34 inch 34 inch 34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h 32 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
13 msup3h 16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0476 msup3h 0480 msup3h 0533 msup3h 0648 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
206 gs 208 gs 231 gs 281 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
55 gs 69 gs 83 gs 115 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
69 gs 83 gs 116 gs 138 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
55 55 60 77
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
55 55 55 55
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
43 48 51 62
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
32 32 34 35
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
71 71 69 68
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
105 105 105 95
Released system types C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996 996 996 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040 1040 1040 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060 1060 1060 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085 1085 1085 1085
NOx class 5 5 5 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm
Appendix
48 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Net weight 31 kg 31 kg 31 kg 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 35 kg 35 kg 35 kg 36 kg
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
38 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
32 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0762 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
330 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
138 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
161 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
82
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
37
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
75
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
104
Released system types C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085
NOx class 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm
Net weight 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 36 kg
Technical data ndash Electrics
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 49
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max electrical power consump-tion
65 W 75 W 66 W 75 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W
Level of protection IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V
Max electrical power consump-tion
60 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W
Level of protection IPX4D
Index
50 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Index
AAirflue pipe installed 5BBurner anti-cycling time 20Bypass valve 22CCE label 8Check programmes 29
Using 15Checking the burner 25Checking the pre-charge pressure of the expansionvessel 25Cleaning the condensate siphon 25Cleaning the heat exchanger 24CO₂ content
Checking 20 23Competent person 4Completing inspection work 25Completing maintenance work 25Condensate discharge pipe 12Condensate siphon
Filling 18Controller 14Corrosion 5DDecommissioning 28Decommissioning the product 28Diagnostics codes
Using 15Documents 7Draining the product 25EElectricity 5Expansion relief valve 28FFault codes 26Fault memory 26Fault messages 26Fault symbol 15Flow rate-pressure curves 21Flue gas route 5Front casing closed 5Frost 5GGas family check 16Gas flow rate 18HHanding over to the end user 22High-efficiency pump 21High-efficiency pump output 21IIdentification plate 7If you smell flue gas 5If you smell gas 4Inspection work 22 38Installation site 5Intended use 4LLeak-tightness 20 25 28
MMains connection 14Maintenance work 22 38Minimum clearance 9PPower supply 14Preparing the repair work 26Preparing repair work 26Pressure sensor 28Pump head 27QQualification 4RRegulations 6Removing the air intake pipe 24Removing the burner 24Removing the flue gas pipe 24Removing the front casing 10Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24Removing the ignition transformer 24Removing the side section 10Replacing the burner 26Replacing the expansion vessel 27Replacing the heat exchanger 26Replacing the main PCB 28Replacing expansion vessel 27Resetting the burner anti-cycling time 21SSafety device 5Schematic drawing 5Setting the burner anti-cycling time 20Spare parts 23Switching on the product 17TTool 6Transport 5Transporting 8Treating the heating water 16UUnloading the box 8Unpacking the product 8User interface replacing the PCB 28Using
Check programmes 15Diagnostics codes 15
VVoltage 5WWall-mounting the product 9Weight 9
0020200964_04
ManufacturerSupplierVaillant Group UK LTD
Nottingham Road ‒ Belper ‒ Derbyshire DE56 1JQ
Telephone 01773 824639 ‒ Technical helpline 0330 100 7679
After sales service 0330 100 3142
wwwglow-wormcouk
0020200964_04 ‒ 16112017
copy These instructions or parts thereof are protected by copyright and may be repro-duced or distributed only with the manufacturers written consent
We reserve the right to make technical changes
Set-up 4
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 9
Number Designation
1 Gas pipe
1 Expansion relief valve discharge pipe
1 Mounting template
1 Enclosed documentation
44 Dimensions
96121
34
123185
390
123
170
702
150
1 2 3
5
4
1 Heating flow
2 Gas connection
3 Heating return
4 Connection on the backof the airflue pipe
5 Connection on the topof the airflue pipe
45 Minimum clearances
CC
AB
D
Minimum clearance
A 150 mm (top airflue gas connection)
20 mm (airflue gas connection on the rear)
B 150 mm
C 5 mm
(70 mm if the side panels ought to be removed)
D 600 mm
It is not necessary to maintain a clearance between theproduct and components made of combustible materials thatgo beyond the minimum clearances
46 Using the mounting template
Use the mounting template to ascertain the locations atwhich you need to drill holes
47 Wall-mounting the product
Note
If you are using the rear airflue gas connectioninstall the airflue pipe before you wall-mount theproduct
1 Check whether the wall has sufficient load-bearing ca-pacity to bear the operational weight of the product
2 Check if the supplied fixing material may be used forthe wall
Conditions The load-bearing capacity of the wall is sufficient The fixingmaterial may be used for the wall
Wall-mount the product as described
4 Set-up
10 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Conditions The load-bearing capacity of the wall is not sufficient
Ensure that wall-mounting apparatus on-site has a suf-ficient load-bearing capacity Use individual stands orprimary walling for example
Do not wall-mount the product if you cannot providewall-mounting apparatus with a sufficient load-bearingcapacity
Conditions The fixing material may not be used for the wall
Wall-mount the product as described using the permittedfixing material provided on-site
48 Removinginstalling the front casing
481 Removing the front casing
B
C
A
1
1
1 Undo the two screws (1)
2 Gently press the front casing backwards in the centreso that the latching lug is released
3 Pull the front casing forwards at the bottom edge
4 Lift the front casing upwards from the bracket
482 Installing the front casing
Refit the components in the reverse order
49 Removinginstalling the side section
491 Removing the side section
CautionRisk of material damage caused by mech-anical deformation
Removing both side sections may causemechanical distortion in the product whichmay cause damage to the piping for ex-ample and potentially result in leaks
Always remove only one side section ndashnever both side sections at the same time
Note
If there is sufficient lateral clearance (at least70 mm) you can remove the side section to fa-cilitate maintenance or repair work
2x 1
A
B
C
D
1 Tilt the electronics box forward
2 Hold on to the side section so that it cannot fall andunscrew both screws (1) one from the top and onefrom the bottom
3 Tilt the side section to the outside and move it down-wards and out
492 Installing the side section
Refit the components in the reverse order
Installation 5
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 11
5 Installation
DangerRisk of scalding andor damage due toincorrect installation leading to escapingwater
Mechanical stresses in the connection pipesmay lead to leaks
Ensure that there is no mechanical stresswhen installing the connection pipes
CautionRisk of material damage caused byresidues in the pipelines
Welding remnants sealing residues dirt orother residues in the pipelines may damagethe product
Flush the heating installation thoroughlybefore installing the product
51 Checking the gas meter
Make sure that the existing gas meter is capable ofpassing the rate of gas supply required
52 Gas and water connections
CautionRisk of damage caused by incorrect gasconnection installation
Excess test pressure or operating pressuremay cause damage to the gas valve
Check the leak-tightness of the gas valveusing a maximum pressure of 11 kPa(110 mbar)
CautionRisk of material damage caused by corro-sion
Due to non-diffusion-tight plastic pipes in theheating installation air gets into the heatingwater Air in the heating water causes corro-sion in the heat generator circuit and in theproduct
If you use non-diffusion-tight plastic pipesin the heating installation ensure that noair gets into the heat generator circuit
CautionRisk of material damage due to heat trans-fer during soldering
Only solder connectors if the connectorsare not yet screwed to the service valves
Note
Apply heat insulation to the water pipes to theboiler outlet and to the installation
Preliminary work1 Check that the system volume and the volumetric capa-
city of the expansion vessel are compatible
If the volume of the expansion vessel is insufficientfor the installation
Install an additional expansion vessel in theheating return as close to the product as pos-sible
Install a non-return valve at the products outlet(heating flow)
2 Ensure that the installation has the following compon-ents
ndash A cold water stopcock for the unit
ndash A gas stopcock for the unit
ndash A filling and draining device in the heating installa-tion
1
2
3
1 Heating flow connec-tion G34
2 Gas connection G12
3 Heating return connec-tion G34
1 Connect the water and gas connections in accordancewith the applicable standards
2 Purge the gas pipe before start-up
3 Check whether the connections (rarr Page 20) are leak-tight
5 Installation
12 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
53 Connecting the drain pipework for theexpansion relief valve
1
Ensure that the pipeline is visible
The pipe must have a continuous fall and be routed to aposition so that any discharge of water possibly boilingor steam cannot create any danger to persons damageto property or external electrical components and wiring
◁ The piping must be installed in such a way that youcan see when water drips out
54 Connecting the condensate discharge pipe
1
2
Follow the instructions listed here and observe the legaland local regulations on condensate discharge
Use PVC or any other material that is suitable for drain-ing the non-neutralised condensate
If you cannot guarantee that the materials from which thedrain pipework is made are suitable install a system forneutralising the condensate
Note
The condensate drain pipework must have acontinuous fall (45 mm per metre) and shouldwhenever possible terminate at a suitabledrain point within the heated envelope of thebuilding that will remain frost free under longperiods of low external temperatures
Connect the condensate traps (1) Use the supplied drainhose (2) for this
Connect a condensate discharge pipe (215 mm notincluded in the scope of delivery) to the drain hose (2)
During installation remove all burrs from inside of cut pipework and avoid excessive adhesive which may trap smallpockets of water close to the pipe wall which can freezeand build into a larger ice plug
For any installation the condensate must be free flowingand not be possible for air back-pressure to prevent wa-ter flow
As with other pipe work insulate the condensate dis-charge pipe to minimise any risk of freezing and bewarewhen crossing cavities that the fall is maintained and thepipe sleeved
You can find further information in specification BS 6798for installing and maintaining gas-fired boilers with a nominalheat input below 70 kW
541 Condensate drainage systems
5411 Internal soil and vent pipe
Oslash19mm min
5412 External soil and vent pipe
L = 3m max
Oslash19mm min
Oslash30mm
5413 External termination into a gulley or hopper
L = 3m max
Oslash19mm min
Oslash30mm
Installation 5
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 13
5414 Internal termination into combined sinkwaste
Oslash30mm
Oslash19mm min
5415 Internal termination downstream of sinkwaste
Oslash30mm
Oslash19mm min
5416 External termination into soakaway
400m
m m
in
300m
m m
in25
mm
min
500mm min
Oslash100mm
L = 3m max
Oslash19mm min
Oslash30mm
5417 External termination into rain water downpipe
Oslash19mm min
Oslash30mm
55 Electrical installation
DangerRisk of death from electric shock
The power supply terminals L and N remainlive even if the product is switched off
Switch off the power supply Secure the power supply against being
switched on again
Only qualified electricians may carry out the electrical install-ation
551 Opening the electronics box
A
B
B
Follow the instructions in the specified sequence
5 Installation
14 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
552 Closing the electronics box
Follow the instructions in the reverse order
553 Cable route
1
2
1 24-V eBUS cable route 2 230-V eBUS cable route
554 Carrying out the wiring
30 mm max
1 Shorten the connection cables to the appropriatelengths to prevent them from causing damage insidethe electronics box
2 Screw the plug to the connection cable
3 Plug the plug into the slot provided on the PCB
555 Establishing the power supply
1
1 Observe all valid regulations
2 Ensure that the rated mains voltage is 230 V
3 Set up a fixed connection and install a partition with acontact opening of at least 3 mm (eg fuses or powerswitches)
4 Provide one common electricity supply for the boilerand for the corresponding controller
ndash Power supply Single-phase 230 V 50 Hz
ndash Fuse protection le 3 A
5 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
6 Observe the routing of the power supply cable (1) in theelectronics box in order to guarantee that there is nostrain
le 30
mm
NL X1230V~
RT
7 Carry out the wiring (rarr Page 14)
8 Close the electronics box
9 Make sure that access to the mains connection is al-ways available and is not covered or blocked
556 Connecting controllers to the electronicsystem
X2
X22 X41
ndash +24V=RT BUS
BurneroffX
106
BUS24 V
BU
SR
TB
off
Burner
offR
T24V
=-
+B
US
1
4
32
1 Safety thermostat forfloor-standing heating
2 24 V controller
3 eBUS controller or radioreceiver unit
4 Outside temperaturesensor wired
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
Operation 6
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 15
2 Carry out the wiring (rarr Page 14)
3 Connect the individual components depending on thetype of installation
Conditions If installing a multi-circuit controller
Change the pumps operating mode d18 from Eco (in-termittently operating pump) to Comfort (continuouslyoperating pump)
Conditions When connecting a controller (230 V)
le 30
mm
NL X1230V~
RT
Connect the controller to the main plug
Remove the bridge from the plug 24V=RT
4 Close the electronics box
6 Operation
61 Using diagnostics codes
You can use the parameters marked as adjustable in thetable of diagnostics codes to adapt the product to the systemand customer requirements
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
611 Activating diagnostics codes
1 Press and hold the button for 7 seconds
◁ is shown in the display
2 Press the or button to set the value
◁ The access code (96) is reserved for the competentperson
◁ The access code (35) is reserved for the customerservice
3 Press the button to confirm
◁ is shown in the display
612 Setting a diagnostics code
1 Press the or button to select the diagnosticscode
2 Press the button to confirm
◁ The value andor status of the diagnostics code isshown in the display
3 Press the or button to set the value
4 If you allow the value to flash for three seconds thesetting is automatically confirmed
◁ is shown in the display for 1 second
Note
You can manually confirm the setting at anytime by pressing and holding the buttonfor less than 3 seconds
5 Proceed accordingly for all parameters that need to bechanged
6 Press and hold the button for 3 seconds to finishconfiguring the diagnostics codes
◁ The display switches to the basic display
62 Displaying the status codes
The status codes display the products current operatingstatus
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
621 Activating the status codes display
1 Hold the button down for more than 7 seconds
◁ SXX is shown on the display followed by the heat-ing flow temperature the internal system pressureand the cylinder temperature (depending on the ver-sion)
2 Press the button to exit this menu
◁ The display switches to the basic display
63 Using check programmes
By activating various check programmes you can triggervarious special functions on the product
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
631 Calling up the check programmes
1 Hold the button down for more than 5 seconds
◁ All symbols are shown in the display
◁ is shown in the display
2 Press and hold the button for five seconds
◁ is shown in the display
3 Press the or button to select the checkprogramme
4 Press the button to confirm
◁ on is shown in the display and the programmestarts
5 Press the and buttons at the same time whilstrunning a check programme
◁ The heating water temperature and the filling pres-sure for the heating installation are shown altern-ately in the display
6 Press the button to return to the check programme
◁ The display shows the check programme
7 Press the button to finish the check programme
◁ OFF is shown in the display
8 Press and hold the button for 3 seconds to finishthe check programmes
7 Start-up
16 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
◁ End is shown in the display
◁ The display switches to the basic display
Note
If you do not press any button for 15 minutesthe current programme is automatically can-celled and the basic display is shown
632 Displaying the pressure and temperature ofthe heating during a check programme
1 Press the buttons simultaneously
◁ Display the filling pressure in the heating installation
◁ Display the heating flow temperature
2 Press the button to display the check programmecurrently running
7 Start-up
71 Carrying out the initial start-up
Initial start-up must be carried out by a customer servicetechnician or an authorised competent person using the first-commissioning-checklist The first-commissioning-checklistin the appendix (rarr Page 41) of the installation instructionsmust be filled out and stored carefully along with the unitsdocumentation
Carry out the initial start-up using the first-commission-ing-checklist in the appendix
Fill out and sign the first-commissioning-checklist
72 Checking the type of gas
Make sure that the product is set up correctly by checkingthe type of gas This ensures optimum combustion quality
Check the type of gas as part of routine product mainten-ance work when replacing components or carrying outwork on the gas route
73 Checking the factory setting
The products combustion has been factory tested and ispreset for operation with the gas group indicated on the iden-tification plate
The product is only authorised to be operated with naturalgas
Check the information about the type of gas indicated onthe identification plate and compare this with the type ofgas available at the installation location
Conditions The product design is not compatible with the local gasgroup
Do not start up the product
Conditions The product design is compatible with the local gas group
Proceed as described below
74 Checking and treating the heatingwaterfilling and supplementary water
CautionRisk of material damage due to poor-qual-ity heating water
Ensure that the heating water is of suffi-cient quality
Before filling or topping up the installation check thequality of the heating water
Checking the quality of the heating water Remove a little water from the heating circuit
Check the appearance of the heating water
If you ascertain that it contains sedimentary materialsyou must desludge the installation
Use a magnetic rod to check whether it contains mag-netite (iron oxide)
If you ascertain that it contains magnetite clean the in-stallation and apply suitable corrosion-protection meas-ures or fit a magnetic filter
Check the pH value of the removed water at 25 degC
If the value is below 65 or above 85 clean the systemand treat the heating water
Ensure that oxygen cannot get into the heating water
Checking the filling and supplementary water Before filling the installation measure the hardness of the
filling and supplementary water
Treating the filling and supplementary water Observe all applicable national regulations and technical
standards when treating the filling and supplementarywater
Provided the national regulations and technical standardsdo not stipulate more stringent requirements the followingapplies
You must treat the heating water in the following cases
ndash If the entire filling and supplementary water quantity dur-ing the operating life of the system exceeds three timesthe nominal volume of the heating installation or
ndash If the guideline values listed in the following table are notmet or
ndash if the pH value of the heating water is less than 65 ormore than 85
Totalheatingoutput
Water hardness at specific system volume1)
le 20 lkWgt 20 lkWle 50 lkW
gt 50 lkW
kWppm
CaCO₃molmsup3
ppmCaCO₃
molmsup3
ppmCaCO₃
molmsup3
lt 50 lt 300 lt 3 200 2 2 002
gt 50to le 200
200 2 150 15 2 002
gt 200to le 600
150 15 2 002 2 002
gt 600 2 002 2 002 2 002
1) Nominal capacity in litresheating output in the case of multi-boiler systems the smallest single heating output is to be used
Start-up 7
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 17
CautionThe use of unsuitable heating water maycause aluminium corrosion and a result-ing lack of leak-tightness
In contrast to steel grey cast iron or copperfor example aluminium reacts with alkalineheating water (pH value gt 85) to producesubstantial corrosion
When using aluminium make sure thatthe pH value of the heating water isbetween 65 and a maximum of 85
CautionRisk of material damage if the heatingwater is treated with unsuitable additives
Unsuitable additives may cause changes inthe components noises in heating mode andpossibly subsequent damage
Do not use any unsuitable frost and cor-rosion protection agents biocides or seal-ants
No incompatibility with our products has been detected todate with proper use of the following additives
When using additives follow the manufacturers instruc-tions without exception
We accept no liability for the compatibility of any additive orits effectiveness in the rest of the heating system
Additives for cleaning measures (subsequentflushing required)ndash Adey MC3+
ndash Adey MC5
ndash Fernox F3
ndash Sentinel X 300
ndash Sentinel X 400
Additives intended to remain permanently in theinstallationndash Adey MC1+
ndash Fernox F1
ndash Fernox F2
ndash Sentinel X 100
ndash Sentinel X 200
Additives for frost protection intended to remainpermanently in the installationndash Adey MC ZERO
ndash Fernox Antifreeze Alphi 11
ndash Sentinel X 500
If you have used the above-mentioned additives informthe end user about the measures that are required
Inform the end user about the measures required for frostprotection
75 Avoiding danger arising from insufficientwater pressure
The filling pressure must be between 010 and 015 MPa(10 and 15 bar)
Note
If the heating flow temperature is shown in thedisplay press and hold the and buttonsat the same time for longer than five seconds ortemporarily deactivate heating mode in order todisplay the pressure
If the heating installation extends over several storeyshigher filling pressures may be required to avoid air enteringthe heating installation
If the water pressure falls below 005 MPa (05 bar) thevalue flashes in the display
If the water pressure falls below 003 MPa (03 bar) theproduct switches off The display shows 00 MPa (00 bar)Fault F22 will be stored in the fault list
Top up the water in the heating installation to start up theproduct again
◁ The pressure value flashes in the display until apressure of 005 MPa (05 bar) or higher has beenreached
76 Switching on the product
Switch on the product via the main switch installed on-site
77 Filling and purging the heating installation
Preliminary work Flush the heating installation through
1
1
1 Check the silicone hose connection (1) between thepumps automatic air vent and the hydraulic console
2 Fill with water until the required filling pressure isreached
ndash Recommended filling pressure 1 hellip 15 bar
◁ The heating and hot water functions cannot be activ-ated
◁ The pressure value flashes in the display until apressure of 005 MPa (05 bar) or higher has beenreached
7 Start-up
18 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
◁ An automatic air vent function is activated if thepressure exceeds 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than15 seconds
3 Purge each radiator until the water escapes normallyand then retighten the systems purging valves
4 Check whether all connections are leak-tight
Conditions If the noise persists in the boiler
Purge the product again by activating check programme(P07) and then (P06)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
78 Filling the condensate siphon
C
2
3
1
AB
1 Unclip the lower section of the siphon (1) from the up-per section of the siphon (2)
2 Remove the float (3)
3 Fill the lower section of the siphon with water up to 10mm below the upper edge of the condensate drain pipe-work
4 Re-insert the float (3)
Note
Check that the float is present in the con-densate siphon
5 Clip the lower section of the siphon (1) into the uppersection of the siphon (2)
79 Filling the hot water circuit
1 Open the water tap to fill the hot water circuit
2 Close the water tap once the appropriate volume ofwater has flowed out
◁ The hot water circuit is filled
3 Check all connections and the entire system for leak-tightness
710 Checking and adjusting the gas settings
Only a qualified competent person is authorised to imple-ment the settings on the gas valve assembly
Each destroyed tamper-proof seal must be replaced
The CO₂ adjusting screw must be sealed
Never modify the factory setting of the gas pressure regu-lator of the gas valve assembly
7101 Checking the gas flow rate
The gas flow rate has been set during production and doesnot require adjustment With the front casing fitted check thegas flow rate of the boiler as follows
Start up the product with the check programme P01
In addition ensure that maximum heat can be dissipatedinto the heating system by turning up the room thermo-stat
Wait at least 5 minutes until the boiler has reached itsoperating temperature
Ensure that all other gas appliances in the property areturned off
Measure the gas flow rate at the gas meter
Compare the measured values with the correspondingvalues in the table
Qnw from the dataplate
H gas in msup3h
Nom +5 minus10
153 162 170 146
184 195 205 176
247 261 274 235
257 272 286 245
286 303 318 273
306 324 340 292
357 378 397 340
Conditions Gas flow rate not in the permissible range
Check all of the piping and ensure that the gas flow ratesare correct
Only put the product into operation once the gas flowrates have been corrected
Conditions Gas flow rate in the permissible range
End the check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down by allowing pump overrun tooperate for a minimum of 2 minutes
Record the boiler maximum gas flow rate onto theBenchmark gas boiler commissioning checklist
Start-up 7
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 19
7102 Checking the gas connection pressure (gasflow pressure)
1
2
1 Ensure that the gas inlet working pressure can beobtained with all other gas appliances in the propertyworking
2 Close the gas stopcock (1)
3 Undo the sealing screw on the test nipple (2)
4 Connect a manometer to the test nipple (2)
5 Open the gas stopcock (1)
6 Start up the product with check programme P01 (sys-tem with eBUS control) or P03 (installation withouteBUS control)
7 In addition ensure that maximum heat can be dissip-ated into the heating system by turning up the roomthermostat
8 With the boiler operating at full load check that the gasinlet working pressure at the reference test point (2)complies with the requirements
Permissible connection pressure
Great Bri-tain
Naturalgas
G20 17 hellip 2 kPa
(170hellip 20 mbar)
9 Should the pressure recorded at the reference test pointin the boiler be lower than indicated check if there isany blockage in the pipework or if the pipework is un-dersized
Conditions Gas flow pressure not in the permissible range
CautionRisk of material damage and operatingfaults caused by incorrect gas connec-tion pressureIf the gas connection pressure lies outsidethe permissible range this can cause oper-ating faults in and damage to the product Do not make any adjustments to the
product Do not start up the product
If you cannot correct the failure notify the gas supplycompany and proceed as follows
End check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down by allowing pump overrunto operate for a minimum of two minutes
Close the gas stopcock
Remove the pressure gauge and retighten the sealingscrew (2) for the measuring nipple
Open the gas stopcock (1)
Check the test nipple for gas tightness
Close the gas stopcock (1)
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
Disconnect the product from the electrical installation
You must not start up the boiler
Conditions Gas flow pressure in the permissible range
End the check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down allowing pump overrun tooperate for a minimum of two minutes
Close the gas stopcock (1)
Remove the pressure gauge and retighten the sealingscrew (2) for the measuring nipple
Open the gas stopcock (1)
Check the test nipple for gas tightness
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
Reset boiler controls for normal operation
Record the appliance gas inlet working pressure (kParesp mbar) in the Benchmark gas boiler commissioningchecklist
7103 Checking the leak-tightness of the flue gasinstallation and flue gas recirculation
1 Check the flue gas installation is intact in accordancewith the latest gas safe technical bulletin and informa-tion supplied in the installation instructions
2 For extended flue gas installations check for flue gasrecirculation using the air analysis point
3 Use a flue gas analyser
4 If you discover CO or CO2 in the supply air search forthe leak in the flue gas installation or for signs of fluegas recirculation
5 Eliminate the damage properly
6 Check again whether the supply air contains any CO orCO2
7 If you cannot eliminate the damage do not start up theproduct
7104 Thoroughly flushing the heating installation(hot)
1 Operate the appliance until the boiler and the heatingsystem are up to temperature
2 Check the heating system for leaks
3 Connect a hose to the drain valve located at the lowestposition of the heating system
4 Shut off the boiler open the drain valve and all purgevalves on the radiators and allow the water to flow outof the heating system and the boiler quickly and fully
5 Close the drain valve
6 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
7 Re-fill the system until the system design pressure of01 MPa (10 bar) is attained
8 Adapting the unit to the heating installation
20 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Note
The actual reading on the digital pressuregauge should ideally be 005 MPa (05 bar)plus an additional pressure correspondingto the highest point of the system above thebase of the boiler ndash 10 m head equals an ad-ditional 1 bar reading on the pressure gaugeThe minimum pressure should not be lessthan 01 MPa (1 bar) in any installation Ifthe system is to be treated with an inhibitor itshould be applied at this stage in accordancewith the manufacturerrsquos instructions Furtherinformation can be obtained from SentinelBetz Dearborn Ltd Tel 0151 420 9595 orFernox Alphandash Fry technologies Tel 08708700362
8 Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
7105 Checking the CO₂ content
1 Start up the product with the check programme (P01)and set the value
ndash Setting value for the programme P01 100
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
2 Wait until the value that is read is stable
ndash Waiting period for reading a stable value 5 min
1
3 Unscrew the cover from the flue gas analysis point (1)
4 Measure the CO₂ content at the flue gas analysis point(1)
5 Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Checking the CO₂ content
Great Britain
front casing on front casing off
Natural gas
G20
92 plusmn1
◁ The value is OK
The value is not OK you cannot start up theproduct
Inform Customer Service
711 Checking leak-tightness
Check the gas pipe the heating circuit and the hot watercircuit for leak-tightness
Check that the airflue pipe has been installed correctly
Conditions Room-sealed operation
Check whether the vacuum chamber has been closedtightly
7111 Checking the heating mode
1 Activate the heating mode on the user interface
2 Turn all thermostatic radiator valves on the radiatorsuntil they are fully open
3 Allow the product to operate for at least 15 minutes
4 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
5 Activate the display for the current operating status(rarr Page 15)
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
◁ If the product is working correctly the display showsS04
7112 Checking the hot water generation
1 Activate the hot water handling mode on the userinterface
2 Open a hot water valve completely
3 Activate the display for the current operating status(rarr Page 15)
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
◁ If the product is working correctly the display showsS14
8 Adapting the unit to the heatinginstallation
You can resetchange the system parameters (section Us-ing diagnostics codes)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
81 Burner anti-cycling time
To prevent frequent switching on and off of the burner andthus prevent energy losses an electronic restart lockoutis activated for a specific period each time the burner isswitched off The burner anti-cycling time is only active forthe heating mode Hot water handling mode during a burneranti-cycling time does not affect the time function element
811 Setting the maximum burner anti-cyclingtime
1 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
2 If required adjust the maximum burner anti-cycling timeusing the diagnostics code d02
Adapting the unit to the heating installation 8
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 21
812 Resetting the remaining burner anti-cyclingtime
Hold the button down for more than 3 seconds
◁ is shown in the display
82 Setting the pump output
The product is equipped with a speed-regulated high-effi-ciency pump which adjusts independently to the hydraulicconditions of the heating installation
If you have installed a low loss header in the heating install-ation you should switch off the speed regulation and set thepump output to a fixed value
If required change the setting of the pump speed whichdepends on the operating mode under diagnostics coded14
Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 12 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
0
10
20
30
40
50
0 200 400 600 800 1000
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 15 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
1 2
34
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 18 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
01020304050
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
6070
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 25 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
01020304050
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
6070
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 30 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
01020304050607080
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 A
B 1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
9 Handing the product over to the end user
22 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
83 Setting the bypass valve
CautionRisk of material damage caused by incor-rect setting of the high-efficiency pump
If the pressure at the bypass valve is in-creased (by turning it clockwise) and thepump output is set to less than 100 theproduct may not operate correctly
In this case set the pump output to5 = 100 using diagnostics parameterd14
Conditions d14 is set to 0 = auto
Do not change the factory settings
Conditions d14 is set to 1 - 5
Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
1
Regulate the pressure using the adjusting screw (1)
Position of the adjustingscrew
Notesapplication
Right-hand stop (screwedall the way in)
If the radiators do not heatup sufficiently at the defaultsetting In this case you mustset the pump to the maximumspeed
Mid-position (six anti-clockwise rotations)
Default setting
Five further anti-clockwiserotations starting from themid-position
If noises are produced in theradiators or radiator valves
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
84 Setting the hot water temperature
DangerRisk of death from legionella
Legionella multiply at temperatures below60 degC
Ensure that the end user is familiar withall of the Anti-legionella measures in orderto comply with the applicable regulationsregarding legionella prevention
Set the hot water temperature
Conditions Water hardness gt 357 molmsup3
ndash Hot water temperature le 50
9 Handing the product over to the enduser
When you have finished the installation attach the stickersupplied (in the end users language) to the productcover
Explain to the end user how the safety devices work andwhere they are located
Inform the end user how to handle the product
In particular draw attention to the safety informationwhich the end user must follow
Inform the end user that they must have the productmaintained in accordance with the specified intervals
Instruct the end user about measures taken for routingthe combustion air supply and flue system
10 Inspection and maintenance
101 Using original seals
If you replace components use only the enclosed originalseals additional sealing materials are not required
102 Observing inspection and maintenanceintervals
Adhere to the minimum inspection and maintenance in-tervals The inspection may require maintenance to becarried out earlier depending on the results
Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview(rarr Page 38)
Inspection and maintenance 10
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 23
103 Procuring spare parts
The original components of the product were also certifiedby the manufacturer as part of the declaration of conformityIf you use other non-certified or unauthorised parts duringmaintenance or repair work this may void the conformity ofthe product and it will therefore no longer comply with theapplicable standards
We strongly recommend that you use original spare partsfrom the manufacturer as this guarantees fault-free and safeoperation of the product To receive information about theavailable original spare parts contact the contact addressprovided on the reverse of these instructions
If you require spare parts for maintenance or repairwork use only the spare parts that are permitted for theproduct
104 Checking the CO₂ content
1 Start up the product with the check programme (P01)and set the value
ndash Setting value for the programme P01 100
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
2 Wait until the value that is read is stable
ndash Waiting period for reading a stable value 5 min
1
3 Unscrew the cover from the flue gas analysis point (1)
4 Measure the CO₂ content at the flue gas analysis point(1)
5 Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Checking the CO₂ content
Great Britain
front casing on front casing off
Natural gas
G20
92 plusmn1
◁ The value is OK
The value is not OK you cannot start up theproduct
Set the CO₂ content (rarr Page 23)
105 Setting the CO₂ content
Conditions The CO₂ content must be adjusted
1
A
B
Remove the sticker
Turn the screw (1) to set the CO₂ content (value withfront casing removed)
◁ To increase the CO₂ content Turn anti-clockwise
◁ To decrease the CO₂ content Turn clockwise
Only carry out the adjustment in increments of 18 turnand wait approximately 1 minute after each adjustmentuntil the value has stabilised
Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Setting the CO₂ value
Great Britain
front casing on front casingoff
Natural gas
G20
CO₂ at full load 92 plusmn02
Set for Wobbeindex W₀
1409 kWsdothmsup3
O₂ at full load 45 plusmn18 vol
CO at full load le 250 ppm
COCO₂ le 00027
If the setting is not in the specified adjustment rangeyou must not start up the product
Inform Customer Service
Check whether the air-quality requirements with regardto carbon monoxide are fulfilled
Fit the front panel
10 Inspection and maintenance
24 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
106 Removing the gas-air mixture unit
Note
The gas-air mixture unit consists of three maincomponents
ndash Fan
ndash Gas valve
ndash Burner cover
1 Switch off the product via the main switch
2 Close the gas isolator cock
3 Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
C
AB
1
D
2
4 Remove the screw (1)
5 Push the clip upwards
6 Remove the flue gas pipe (2)
3
4
5
AB
7 Remove the air intake pipe (3)
8 Remove the plugs from the gas valve (4) and from thefan (5)
A
C
D B
6
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (6)
7
7
8
10 Remove the burner seals (7) and the burner (8)
11 Check the burner and the heat exchanger for damageand dirt
12 If necessary clean or replace the components accord-ing to the following sections
13 Install the two new burner seals
107 Cleaning the heat exchanger
1
1 Protect the folded down electronics box against sprayedwater
2 Clean the ribs of the heat exchanger (1) with water
◁ The water runs out into the condensate tray
Inspection and maintenance 10
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 25
108 Checking the burner
1 Search the surface of the burner for possible damage Ifyou see any damage replace the burner
2 Install the two new burner seals
109 Checking the ignition electrode
1
2
3 4 5
1 Disconnect the connection (2) and the earthing cable(1)
2 Remove the fixing screws (3)
3 Carefully remove the electrode from the combustionchamber
4 Check that the electrode ends (4) are undamaged
5 Check the electrode distance
ndash Clearance for the ignition electrodes 35 hellip 45 mm
6 Make sure that the seal (5) is free from damage
If necessary replace the seal
1010 Cleaning the condensate siphon
C
2
3
1
AB
1 Unclip the lower section of the siphon (1) from the up-per section of the siphon (2)
2 Remove the float (3)
3 Flush out the float and lower section of the siphon withwater
4 Fill the lower section of the siphon with water up to 10mm below the upper edge of the condensate drain pipe-work
5 Reinsert the float (3)
Note
Check whether the float is present in thecondensate siphon
6 Clip the lower section of the siphon (1) into the uppersection of the siphon (2)
1011 Installing the gas-air mixture unit
1 Install the burner
2 Install two new burner seals in the burner hood
3 Install the gas-air mixture unit
4 Tighten the screws on the gas-air mixture unit
ndash Ideally to 7 Nm if a torque spanner is available
5 Install the flue pipe
6 Install the air intake pipe
1012 Draining the product
1 Close the service valves of the product
2 Start check programme P05 (rarr Page 15)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
3 Open the drain cock
1013 Checking the admission pressure of theexpansion vessel
1 Measure the pre-charge pressure of the expansion ves-sel at the vessel valve
Conditions Pre-charge pressure lt 0075 MPa (075 bar)
Top up the expansion vessel in accordance with thestatic height of the heating installation ideally with ni-trogen otherwise with air Ensure that the drain valve isopen when topping up
2 If water escapes from the expansion vessels valve youmust replace the expansion vessel (rarr Page 27)
3 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
1014 Completing inspection and maintenancework
1 Check the gas connection pressure (gas flow pressure)(rarr Page 19)
2 Check the CO₂ content
1015 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
11 Troubleshooting
26 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
11 Troubleshooting
111 Rectifying faults
If fault codes (FXX) appear refer to the table in the ap-pendix or use the check programme(s)
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
If several fault codes are generated at the same time theseare displayed alternately followed by the time at which therespective fault occurred
Hold the button down for more than 3 seconds
If you are unable to clear the fault code and it reappearsdespite several fault clearance attempts contact cus-tomer service
112 Calling up the fault memory
The last 10 fault codes are stored in the fault memory (to-gether with the time at which the respective fault occurredand after 24 hours with the number of days)
Hold the button down for more than 7 seconds
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Press the button to exit this menu
113 Deleting the fault memory
1 Delete the fault memory using the diagnostics coded94
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
114 Resetting parameters to factory settings
1 Reset all parameters to the factory settings using thediagnostics code d96
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
115 Preparing the repair work
1 Switch off the product
2 Disconnect the product from the electrical installation
3 Remove the front casing
4 Close the gas stopcock
5 Close the service valves in the heating flow and in theheating return
6 Close the service valve in the cold water pipe
7 Drain the product if you want to replace water-bearingcomponents of the product
8 Ensure that water does not drip on live components(eg the electronics box)
9 Use only new seals and O-rings Do not use any addi-tional sealing materials
116 Replacing defective components
1161 Replacing the burner
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Remove the two burner seals
3 Remove the burner
4 Insert the new burner
5 Insert two new burner seals in the burner cover
6 Install the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 25)
1162 Replacing the gas-air mixture unit
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Install the new gas-air mixture (rarr Page 25)
1163 Replacing the heat exchanger
1 Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
2 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
1 A
B
3 Remove the gas pipe (1)
1
2
3
2 4
A
B
4 Remove the temperature sensor (3)
5 Remove the upper clip (1)
6 Remove the lower clip (4)
7 Remove the supply pipe (2)
Troubleshooting 11
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 27
2
2 3
B
1
A
8 Remove the upper clip (1)
9 Remove the lower clip (3)
10 Remove the return pipe (2)
1
A2
11 Remove the clip underneath the condensate tray (1)
12 Undo the four screws (2)
2
1
B
C
A
13 Remove the ignition electrode (1)
14 Lift the heat exchanger up slightly and remove it to-gether with the condensate tray
15 Remove the ignition transformer (2)
16 Install the new heat exchanger in reverse order
1164 Replacing the pump head
1
2
1 Disconnect the pump cable from the electronics box
2 Undo the four bolts (1)
3 Remove the pump head (2)
4 Replace the O-ring
5 Use four screws to secure the new pump head
6 Connect the pump cable to the electronics box
1165 Replacing the expansion vessel
B
C
1
2
3A
D
1 Undo the nut (3)
2 Remove both screws on the support plate (1)
3 Remove the support plate
4 Pull out the expansion vessel (2) towards the front
5 Insert the new expansion vessel into the product
6 Screw the new expansion vessel to the water connec-tion To do this use a new seal
7 Attach the support plate using both screws
8 Fill and purge the product (rarr Page 17) and if requiredthe heating installation
12 Decommissioning the product
28 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
1166 Replacing the main PCB
C
C
D
B
C
C
D
B
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull all of the plugs out from the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plugs
7 Close the electronics box
1167 Replacing the PCB for the user interface
B
C
C
D
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull the plug out of the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plug
7 Close the electronics box
1168 Replacing the expansion relief valve
1
2
1 Remove the clip (2)
2 Remove the expansion relief valve
3 Fit the new expansion relief valve with a new O-ring
4 Reattach the clip (2)
1169 Replace the pressure sensor
1
2
1 Pull out the plug
2 Remove the clip (1)
3 Remove the pressure sensor (2)
4 Install the new pressure sensor
5 Reattach the clip (1)
117 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
12 Decommissioning the product
Switch off the product
Disconnect the product from the power mains
Close the gas isolator cock
Close the cold water stop cock
13 Customer service
For contact details for our customer service department youcan write to the address that is provided on the back pageor you can visit wwwglow-wormcouk
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 29
Appendix
A Check programmes ndash Overview
Note
Since the programme table is used for various products some programmes may not be visible for the product inquestion
Display Meaning
P01 Burner operation on adjustable heat input
The product operates after ignition with the heat input set between 0 (0 = Pmin) and 100 (100 = Pmax)
The function is active for 15 minutes
P02 Burner operation at ignition load
After ignition the product works at ignition load
The function is active for 15 minutes
P03 The product runs in heating mode with the maximum heat input set using diagnostics code d00
P04 Maximum output function
If there is a hot water request the product runs in hot water handling mode and at maximum heat load
If there is no hot water request the product runs with the heating partial load that is set via diagnostics coded00 and in heating mode
The function is active for 15 minutes
P05 Filling the product
The diverter valve moves to the mid-position The burner and pump switch off (to fill or drain the product)
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is active for 15 minutes
P06 Purging the heating circuit
The diverter valve is moved to the heating position
The function is activated in the heating circuit for 15 minutes
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
P07 Purging the hot water circuit
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
Automatic air ventfunction
Purging the product
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
This function cannot be manually switched off
B Overview of diagnostics codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d00 Heating maximum output ndash ndash kW The maximum heating outputvaries depending on the product
rarr Section Technical data
Automatic Unit automaticallyadjusts the maximum output tothe current system demand
rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d01 Pump overrun in heatingmode
1 60 min 1 5 Adjustable
d02 Maximum burner anti-cycling time in heatingmode
2 60 min 1 20 Adjustable
Appendix
30 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d04 Water temperature in thecylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d05 Determined heating flowset target temperature
Current value ndash ndash Not
adjustable
d06 Hot water set target tem-perature
Current value (Combination unit only) ndash Notadjustable
d07 Set target temperaturefor the domestic hot wa-ter cylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d08 Status of the 230 V ther-mostat
Current value ndash 0 = Room thermostat open (noheat requirement)
1 = Room thermostat closed(heat requirement)
ndash Notadjustable
d09 Heating flow set targettemperature that is seton the eBUS room ther-mostat
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d10 Status of the internalpump in the heating cir-cuit
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d11 Status of the heatingcircuits shunt pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d13 Status of the hot watercircuits circulation pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d14 Operating mode of themodulating pump
0 5 ndash 0 = variable rotational speed(auto)
1 2 3 4 5 = Fixed rotationalspeeds rarr Section Setting thepump output
0 Adjustable
d15 Pump speed Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d16 Status of the 24 V roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Heating off
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d17 Heating control ndash ndash ndash off = Flow temperature
on = Return temperature (ad-justment for underfloor heatingIf you have activated the returntemperature control the auto-matic heating output determina-tion function is not active)
0 Adjustable
d18 Pump overrun operatingmode
1 3 ndash 1 = Continuous (pump runs per-manently)
3 = Eco (intermittent pump modendash for the dissipation of the resid-ual heat after hot water gener-ation at an extremely low heatdemand)
1 Adjustable
d19 Pump operating mode 2stage pump
0 3 ndash 0 = Burner mode stage 2 pumpflowoverrun stage 1
1 = Heating mode and pumpflowoverrun stage 1 hot waterhandling mode stage 2
2 = Automatic heating modepump flowoverrun stage 1 hotwater handling mode stage 2
3 = Stage 2
3 Adjustable
d20 Maximum hot water settarget temperature
50 60 1 60 Adjustable
d21 Status of the warm startfor hot water
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated andavailable
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 31
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d22 Status of the hot waterrequest
Current value ndash off = No current requirement
on = Current requirement
ndash Notadjustable
d23 Status of the heatingdemand
Current value ndash off = Heating off (Summer mode)
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d24 Status of the pressuremonitor
0 1 ndash off = Not switched
on = Switched
ndash Notadjustable
d25 Status of the requirementto reheat the cylinder orfor the hot water warmstart from the eBUS ther-mostat
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
ndash Notadjustable
d27 Function of relay 1(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
1 Adjustable
d28 Function of relay 2(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
2 Adjustable
d31 Automatic filling device 0 2 ndash 0 = Manual
1 = Semi-automatic
2 = Automatic
0 Adjustable
d33 Fan speed target value Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d34 Value for the fan speed Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d35 Position of the divertervalve
Current value ndash 0 = Heating
40 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
100 = Domestic hot water
ndash Notadjustable
d36 Value for the hot waterflow
Current value lmin ndash ndash Notadjustable
d39 Water temperature in thesolar circuit
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d40 Heating flow temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d41 Heating return temperat-ure
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d43 Heating curve 02 4 ndash 01 12 Adjustable
d45 Value for the base pointof the heating curve
15 30 ndash 1 20 Adjustable
d47 Outside temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d50 Correction of the min-imum fan speed
0 3000 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
600 Adjustable
Appendix
32 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d51 Correction of the max-imum fan speed
-2500 0 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
-1000 Adjustable
d58 Solar circuit reheating 0 3 ndash 0 = Boilers Legionella protectionfunction deactivated
3 = Hot water activated (mintarget value 60 degC)
0 Adjustable
d60 Number of blocks by thetemperature limiter
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d61 Number of unsuccessfulignitions
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d62 Night set-back 0 30 ndash 1 0 Adjustable
d64 Average burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d65 Maximum burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d66 Activation of the warmstart function for hot wa-ter
ndash ndash ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
1 Adjustable
d67 Remaining burner anti-cycling time (setting un-der d02)
Current value min ndash ndash Notadjustable
d68 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 1st attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d69 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 2nd attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d70 Operation of the divertervalve
0 2 ndash 0 = Normal operating mode(DHW and heating mode)
1 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
2 = Permanent heating modeposition
0 Adjustable
d71 Maximum heating flowset target temperature
45 80 1 rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d73 Correction of the hot wa-ter warm start temperat-ure
-15 5 K 1 0 Adjustable
d75 Maximum cylinder re-heating time
20 90 min 1 45 Adjustable
d77 Max cylinder reheating ndash ndash kW 1
rarr Section Technical data
ndash Adjustable
d80 Running time in heatingmode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d81 Running time in hot wa-ter handling mode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d82 Number of burner igni-tions in heating mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d83 Number of burner igni-tions in hot water hand-ling mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d84 Maintenance in 0 3000 h Number of hours = Display valuex 10
300 Notadjustable
d85 Increase in the min out-put (heating and hot wa-ter handling mode)
ndash ndash kW 1 ndash Adjustable
d88 Flow rate limit valuefor ignition in hot waterhandling mode
0 1 ndash 0 = 17 lmin (no delay)
1 = 37 lmin (2 s delay)
0 Adjustable
d90 Status of the eBUS roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Not connected
on = Connected
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 33
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d91 Status DCF77 Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d93 Setting the product code 0 99 ndash 1
The Device Specific Number(DSN) can be found on the iden-tification plate
ndash Adjustable
d94 Delete fault list 0 1 ndash off = No
on = Yes
ndash Adjustable
d95 Software versions ndash ndash ndash 1 = Main PCB
2 = Interface PCB
ndash Adjustable
d96 Default setting (reset) ndash ndash ndash 0 = No
1 = Yes
ndash Adjustable
C Status codes ndash Overview
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Status code Meaning
Displays in heating mode
S0 Heating mode No requirement
S01 Heating mode Advance fan operation
S02 Heating mode Pump pre-run
S03 Heating mode Burner ignition
S04 Heating mode Burner on
S05 Heating mode Pumpfan overrun
S06 Heating mode Fan overrun
S07 Heating mode Pump overrun
S08 Heating mode Temporary shutdown after heating procedure
Displays in hot water handling mode
S10 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S11 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S13 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S14 DHW mode Burner on
S15 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S16 DHW mode Fan overrun
S17 DHW mode Pump overrun
Display in Comfort mode with warm start or hot water handling mode with cylinder
S20 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S21 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S22 Hot water handling mode Pump pre-run
S23 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S24 DHW mode Burner on
S25 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S26 DHW mode Fan overrun
S27 DHW mode Pump overrun
S28 Hot water handling mode Temporary shutdown of the burner
Other displays
S30 Room thermostat is blocking heating mode
S31 No heating demand Summer mode eBUS controller waiting period
Appendix
34 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Status code Meaning
S32 Fan waiting time Fan speed outside of the tolerance values
S33 Forced fan operation until the pressure monitor is switched
S34 Frost protection active
S39 Underfloor heating contact open
S41 Water pressure too high
S42 Flue non-return flap closed
S46 Frost protection mode (Comfort) Minimum load
S53 Product in waiting periodoperation block function due to low water pressure (flowreturn spread too large)
S54 Waiting period Low water pressure in the circuit (flowreturn spread too large)
S76 Maintenance message Check the water pressure
S88 Product purging active
S91 Maintenance Demo mode
S96 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S97 Automatic test programme Water pressure sensor heating demands blocked
S98 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S99 Internal automatic test programmes
S108 Purging the combustion chamber fan in operation
S109 Products standby mode activated
D Overview of fault codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F00 Fault Flow temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F01 Fault Return temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F10 Short circuit Flow temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F11 Short circuit Return temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F12 andF91
Short circuit Cylinder temperaturesensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F13 Short circuit Domestic hot water cylindertemperature sensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F20 Safety switch-off Overheating temperat-ure reached
Incorrect earth connection between cable harness and product flow or returnNTC defective (loose connection) stray spark via ignition cable ignition plugor ignition electrode
F22 Safety switch-off Low water pressure inthe boiler
No or insufficient water in the product water pressure sensor de-fective cable to the pump or to the water pressure sensor loosenotconnecteddefective
F23 Safety switch-off Temperature differencetoo great (NTC1NTC2)
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product flow and return NTCsensors connected the wrong way round
F24 Safety switch-off Temperature rise toofast
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product system pressure toolow non-return valve blockedincorrectly installed
F25 Safety switch-off Flue gas temperaturetoo high
Break in plug connection for optional flue gas safety cut-out (STB) break incable harness
F27 Safety switch-off Fault in flame detection Moisture on the electronics electronics (flame monitor) defective gas solen-oid valve leaking
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 35
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F28 Fault Ignition unsuccessful when startingup
Gas meter defective or gas pressure monitor has triggered air in gas gasflow pressure too low thermal isolator device (TAE) has triggered incorrectgas restrictor incorrect spare gas valve fault on the gas valve multiple plugon PCB incorrectly plugged in break in cable harness ignition system (ig-nition transformer ignition cable ignition plug ignition electrode) defectiveionisation current interrupted (cable electrode) incorrect earthing of productelectronics defective
F29 Fault Flame loss Gas supply temporarily stopped flue gas recirculation incorrect earthing ofproduct ignition transformer has spark failure
F32 Fan frost protection function active Fanspeed outside the tolerance values
Plug on fan not correctly plugged in multiple plug on PCB not correctlyplugged in break in cable harness fan blocked Hall sensor defective elec-tronics defective
F49 eBUS fault Voltage too low Short circuit on eBUS eBUS overload or two power supplies with differentpolarities on the eBUS
F61 Fault Gas valve control system Short circuitshort to earth in cable harness for the gas valve gas valvedefective (coils shorted to earth) electronics defective
F62 Fault Gas valve switch-off control Delayed switch-off of gas valve delayed extinguishing of flame signal gasvalve leaking electronics defective
F63 Fault EEPROM Electronics defective
F64 Fault Electronicssensoranalogue-to-digital converter
Flow or return NTC short circuited electronics defective
F65 Fault Electronics temperature too high Electronics overheating due to external influences electronics defective
F67 Value sent back by ASIC is incorrect(flame signal)
Implausible flame signal electronics defective
F68 Fault Unstable flame (analogue input) Air in gas gas flow pressure too low incorrect air ratio incorrect gas re-strictor ionisation flow interruption (cable electrode)
F70 Invalid product code (DSN) Display and PCB replaced at same time and Device Specific Number notreset wrong or missing output range coding resistance
F71 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Flow temperature sensor signalling constant value Flow temperature sensorincorrectly positioned on supply pipe flow temperature sensor defective
F72 Fault Deviation in the water pressuresensorreturn temperature sensor
Flowreturn NTC temperature difference too great rarr flow andor return tem-perature sensor defective
F73 Fault Water pressure sensor not con-nected or has short-circuited
Interruptionshort circuit of water pressure sensor interruptionshort circuitto GND in supply line to water pressure sensor or water pressure sensordefective
F74 Fault Electrical problem in the waterpressure sensor
Line to water pressure sensor has a short circuit to 5 V24 V or internal faultin the water pressure sensor
F75 Fault Pressure sensor Pressure switch defective
F76 The safety cut-out in the primary heatexchanger is defective
Safety cut-out feedback does not match the gas valve feedback
F77 Fault Condensate or smoke No response flue non-return flap defective
F78 Interruption to DHW outlet sensor atexternal controller
UK link box is connected but hot water NTC not bridged
F83 Fault Dry fire When the burner starts the temperature change registered at the flow orreturn temperature sensor is non-existent or too small Insufficient waterin the product the flow or return temperature sensor is not in the correctposition on the pipe
F84 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Values not consistent difference lt -6 K
Flow and return temperature sensors signalling implausible values Flow andreturn temperature sensors have been inverted flow and return temperaturesensors have not been correctly installed
F85 Fault Temperature sensor The flow andor return temperature sensors have been installed on the samepipeincorrect pipe
Temperature sensor not connected or is connected incorrectly
F86 Fault Underfloor heating contact Underfloor heating contact open sensor disconnected or defective
F87 Fault Electrodes Electrodes not connected or they are connected incorrectly short circuit inthe cable harness
F88 Fault Gas valve Gas valve not connected or it is connected incorrectly short circuit in thecable harness
F89 Fault Pump Pump not connected or it is connected incorrectly incorrect pump connec-ted short circuit in the cable harness
Appendix
36 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
Connection No communication between the PCBand the user interface
Electronics defective
E Wiring diagram Pure boiler
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
X21 41
32
eBUS
RT 24V
Burner off
X106
13
41
3
123
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~2
6
7
9
8
1
3
4
5
11
10
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Temperature sensor on the heating flow
4 Temperature sensor on the heating return
5 Fan
6 Gas valve assembly
7 Pressure sensor
8 External ignition transformer
9 Heating pump
10 Ionisation and ignition electrode
11 Main power supply and connection for 230 V control
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 37
F Connection diagram Pure boiler (30 kW)
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
X21LN
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
13
41
3
123
eBUS
Burner off
X106
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~
X12LN
2
7
8
109
1
43
5
6
12 11
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Control system
4 Temperature sensor in the heating flow
5 Temperature sensor in the heating return
6 Fan
7 Gas valve
8 Pressure sensor
9 Ionisation electrode
10 Heating pump
11 Ignition electrode
12 Main power supply
Appendix
38 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
G Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview
The table below lists the manufacturer requirements with respect to minimum inspection and maintenance intervals If na-tional regulations and directives require shorter inspection and maintenance intervals you should observe these instead ofthe intervals listed in the table
No WorkInspection(annual)
Mainten-ance
(must becarried outat regularintervals)
1Check the airflue pipe for leak-tightness and to ensure that it is fastened correctly Make surethat it is not blocked or damaged and has been installed in accordance with the relevant Installa-tion Manual
X X
2Check the general condition of the product Remove dirt from the product and from the vacuumchamber
X X
3Visually inspect the general condition of the heat exchanger In doing so pay particular attentionto signs of corrosion rust and other defects If you notice any damage carry out maintenancework
X X
4Check the gas connection pressure at maximum heat input If the gas connection pressure is notwithin the correct range carry out maintenance work
X X
5Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product and if necessary adjust it Keep a record ofthis
X X
6Disconnect the product from the power mains Check that the electrical plug connections andother connections are seated correctly and correct these if necessary
X X
7 Close the gas isolator cock and the service valves X X
8Drain the product on the water side Check the pre-charge pressure of the expansion vesseland if required top up the expansion vessel (approx 003 MPa03 bar below the system fillingpressure)
X
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit X
10Check the seals in the combustion area If you see any damage replace the seals Replace bothburner seals each time it is opened and accordingly each time maintenance work is carried out
X
11 Clean the heat exchanger X
12 Check the burner for damage and replace it if necessary X
13 Check the condensate siphon in the product clean and fill if necessary X X
14 Install the gas-air mixture unit Caution Replace the seals X
15 Open the gas isolator cock reconnect the product to the power mains and switch the product on X X
16Open the service valves fill the productheating installation to 005-03 MPa05-30 bar (depend-ing on the static height of the heating installation) and start the purging programme PXX
X
17Carry out a test operation of the product and heating installation and if required purge the sys-tem once more
X X
18 Visually inspect the ignition and burner behaviour X X
19 Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product again X
20 Check the product for gas flue gas water and condensate leaks and repair if necessary X X
21 Record the inspectionmaintenance work carried out X X
Note For those appliances which are not part of an annual service agreementpolicy maintenance must be carried out at least every5 years
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 39
H Position of the opening in the airflue pipe
GN
N
MM
A
II
O
H
H
CBLJ
Q Q
Q
Q
Q
K
P
D E
FI
S
R
T
H1 Positioning of the opening of a fan-supported flue gas pipe
Installation siteMinimum dimen-sions
A Directly below an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
B Above an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
C Horizontally to an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
DBelow temperature-sensitive building components eg plastic gutters down pipes or wastewaterpipes
75 mm
E Below eaves 200 mm
F Below balconies or car port roofs 200 mm
G From vertical wastewater pipes or down pipes 150 mm
H From external or internal corners 200 mm
I Above floors roofs or balconies 300 mm
J From a surface facing a terminal 600 mm
K From a terminal facing a terminal 1200 mm
L From an opening in the car port (eg door window) which leads into the dwelling 1200 mm
M Vertical from a terminal on the same wall 1500 mm
N Horizontal from a terminal on the same wall 300 mm
O From the wall on which the terminal has been installed 0 mm
P From a vertical structure on the roof 300 mm
Q Above the roof area 300 mm
R Horizontal from adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
S Above adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
T Below adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 2000 mm
Appendix
40 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
H2 Horizontal terminal positioning
BS 5440-1 recommends that fanned flue chimney terminals should be positioned as follows
a) at least 2 m from an opening in the building directly opposite and
b) so that the products of combustion are not directed to discharge directly across a boundary if the products are likely tocause a nuisance to a neighbour or discharge over a walkway or patio
For IE see current issue of IS 813
For boilers covered within this manual
1) Dimensions D E F and G
These clearances may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler In order to ensure that the con-densate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces the terminal should be extended as shown below
Balconyeaves
Gutter
Adequately secured airflue gas pipe
The flue pipe mustprotrude beyond any overhang
2) Dimension H
This clearance may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler However in order to ensure thatthe condensate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces a clearance of 300 mm is preferred
For 1 and 2 above you can use a flue gas management kit to enable the termination point to be positioned and directed awayfrom the building fabric
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 41
I Commissioning Checklist
copy Heating and Hotwater Industry Council (HHIC)
wwwcentralheatingcouk
Benchmark Commissioning and Servicing SectionIt is a requirement that the boiler is installed and commissioned to the
completed in full
Appendix
42 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
This Commissioning Checklist is to be completed in full by the competent person who commissioned the boiler as a means of demonstrating compliance with the appropriate Building Regulations and then handed to the customer to keep for future reference
GAS BOILER SYSTEM COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST
CONTROLS
Optimum start control
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
ALL SYSTEMS
Yes
Yes
CENTRAL HEATING MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
COMBINATION BOILERS ONLY
Yes
Yes
DOMESTIC HOT WATER MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
Yes Temperature
CONDENSING BOILERS ONLY
Yes
ALL INSTALLATIONS
AND sup2 Ratio
AND sup2 Ratio
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 43
It is recommended that your heating system is serviced regularly and that the appropriate Service Interval Record is completed
Service Provider
SERVICE RECORD
SERVICE 01
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 02
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 03
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 04
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 05
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 06
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 07
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 08
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 09
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 10
AND sup2 AND sup2
Appendix
44 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
PRIOR TO CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO CHECKThe boiler manufacturerrsquos installation instructions should have been followed gas type verified and gas
supply pressurerate checked as required prior to commissioningAs part of the installation process especially where a flue has been fitted by persons other than the boiler installer visually check the integrity of the whole flue system to confirm that all components are correctly assembled fixed and supported Check that manufacturerrsquos max flue lengths have not been
exceeded and all guidance has been followed (eg Gas Safe Technical Bulletin TB008)The flue gas analyser should be of the correct type as specified by BS 7967
Prior to its use the flue gas analyser should have been maintained and calibrated as specified by the manufacturer The installer must have the relevant competence for use of the analyser
Check and zero the analyser IN FRESH AIR as per analyser manufacturerrsquos instructions
NOTETHE AIR GAS RATIO VALVE IS FACTORY
SET AND MUST NOT BE ADJUSTED DURING COMMISSIONING UNLESS THIS ACTION IS RECOMMENDED FOLLOWING CONTACT WITH THE MANUFACTURER
If any such adjustment is recommended and further checking of the boiler is required the
installerservice engineer must be competent to carry out this work and to use the flue gas
analyser accordinglyIf the boiler requires conversion to operate with
a different gas family (eg conversion from natural gas to LPG) separate guidance will be
provided by the boiler manufacturer
CARRY OUT FLUE INTEGRITY CHECK USING ANALYSERInsert analyser probe into air inlet test point and allow readings to stabiliseNOTE - where no air inlet test point is provided then a flue integrity check
with the analyser is not possible The installer should verify that flue integrity has been visually checked in accordance with the ldquoPrior to
CO and combustion ratio checkrdquo box above before proceeding to the ldquoCheck CO and combustion ratio at maximum raterdquo stage below
SET BOILER TO MINIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at minimum rate (to
minimum load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - If manufacturerrsquos instructions do not specify how to set boiler to minimum
rate contact Technical Helpline for advice
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MINIMUM RATEWith boiler still set at minimum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas sampling
point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is not
specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MAX RATEWith boiler still set at maximum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas
sampling point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is
not specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
SET BOILER TO MAXIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at max rate
(full load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - Do not insert analyser probe during this period to avoid
possible ldquofloodingrdquo of sensor
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
BOILER IS OPERATING SATISFACTORILYno further actions required
Ensure test points are capped boiler case is correctly replaced and all other commissioning procedures are completed
Complete Benchmark Checklist recording CO and combustion ratio readings as required
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED
VERIFY FLUE INTEGRITYAnalyser readings indicate that combustion products and inlet air must be mixing Further investigation of
the flue is therefore requiredCheck that flue components are assembled fixed and supported as per boilerflue manufacturerrsquos
instructionsCheck that flue and flue terminal are not obstructed
IsCO less than
335ppmand
COCO2 ratio less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
Check all seals around the appliance burner internal flue seals door and case seals
Rectify where necessary
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED IF
COMMISSIONING CANNOT BE FULLY COMPLETED THE APPLIANCE MUST BE
DISCONNECTED FROM THE GAS SUPPLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GSIUR
NOTE Check and record CO and combustion ratio at both max and min rate before contacting the
manufacturer
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YESYES
YES
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 45
J Pipe lengths for the airflue pipe
J1 Length of the C13 type airflue pipe
Applicability C13 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C13 type airfluepipe
C13 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J2 Length of the C33 type airflue pipe
Applicability C33 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C33 type airfluepipe
C33 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J3 Length of the C43 type airflue pipe
Applicability C43 type airflue pipe
Diameter of theairflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L)
C43 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
Appendix
46 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
K Technical data
Technical data ndash Heating
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 530 lh 655 lh 788 lh 1094 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 353 lh 436 lh 525 lh 729 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
123 lh 153 lh 184 lh 255 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 1102 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 876 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
306 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
Technical data ndash G20 powerloading G20The lowest nominal heat output may be higher than the value in the technical data depending on the design of the systemand the current operating status
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 12 kW 15 kW 18 kW 25 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
48 hellip 130 kW 48 hellip 162 kW 53 hellip 195 kW 65 hellip 270 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
47 hellip 128 kW 47 hellip 159 kW 52 hellip 191 kW 64 hellip 265 kW
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
45 hellip 123 kW 45 hellip 152 kW 50 hellip 183 kW 61 hellip 254 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
44 hellip 150 kW 44 hellip 180 kW 49 hellip 252 kW 60 hellip 300 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
123 kW 153 kW 184 kW 255 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
153 kW 184 kW 257 kW 306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 30 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
76 hellip 324 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
75 hellip 318 kW
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 47
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
72 hellip 305 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
71 hellip 350 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
72 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
357 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
72 kW
Technical data ndash General
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch 34 inch 34 inch 34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h 32 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
13 msup3h 16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0476 msup3h 0480 msup3h 0533 msup3h 0648 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
206 gs 208 gs 231 gs 281 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
55 gs 69 gs 83 gs 115 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
69 gs 83 gs 116 gs 138 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
55 55 60 77
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
55 55 55 55
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
43 48 51 62
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
32 32 34 35
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
71 71 69 68
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
105 105 105 95
Released system types C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996 996 996 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040 1040 1040 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060 1060 1060 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085 1085 1085 1085
NOx class 5 5 5 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm
Appendix
48 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Net weight 31 kg 31 kg 31 kg 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 35 kg 35 kg 35 kg 36 kg
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
38 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
32 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0762 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
330 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
138 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
161 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
82
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
37
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
75
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
104
Released system types C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085
NOx class 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm
Net weight 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 36 kg
Technical data ndash Electrics
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 49
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max electrical power consump-tion
65 W 75 W 66 W 75 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W
Level of protection IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V
Max electrical power consump-tion
60 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W
Level of protection IPX4D
Index
50 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Index
AAirflue pipe installed 5BBurner anti-cycling time 20Bypass valve 22CCE label 8Check programmes 29
Using 15Checking the burner 25Checking the pre-charge pressure of the expansionvessel 25Cleaning the condensate siphon 25Cleaning the heat exchanger 24CO₂ content
Checking 20 23Competent person 4Completing inspection work 25Completing maintenance work 25Condensate discharge pipe 12Condensate siphon
Filling 18Controller 14Corrosion 5DDecommissioning 28Decommissioning the product 28Diagnostics codes
Using 15Documents 7Draining the product 25EElectricity 5Expansion relief valve 28FFault codes 26Fault memory 26Fault messages 26Fault symbol 15Flow rate-pressure curves 21Flue gas route 5Front casing closed 5Frost 5GGas family check 16Gas flow rate 18HHanding over to the end user 22High-efficiency pump 21High-efficiency pump output 21IIdentification plate 7If you smell flue gas 5If you smell gas 4Inspection work 22 38Installation site 5Intended use 4LLeak-tightness 20 25 28
MMains connection 14Maintenance work 22 38Minimum clearance 9PPower supply 14Preparing the repair work 26Preparing repair work 26Pressure sensor 28Pump head 27QQualification 4RRegulations 6Removing the air intake pipe 24Removing the burner 24Removing the flue gas pipe 24Removing the front casing 10Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24Removing the ignition transformer 24Removing the side section 10Replacing the burner 26Replacing the expansion vessel 27Replacing the heat exchanger 26Replacing the main PCB 28Replacing expansion vessel 27Resetting the burner anti-cycling time 21SSafety device 5Schematic drawing 5Setting the burner anti-cycling time 20Spare parts 23Switching on the product 17TTool 6Transport 5Transporting 8Treating the heating water 16UUnloading the box 8Unpacking the product 8User interface replacing the PCB 28Using
Check programmes 15Diagnostics codes 15
VVoltage 5WWall-mounting the product 9Weight 9
0020200964_04
ManufacturerSupplierVaillant Group UK LTD
Nottingham Road ‒ Belper ‒ Derbyshire DE56 1JQ
Telephone 01773 824639 ‒ Technical helpline 0330 100 7679
After sales service 0330 100 3142
wwwglow-wormcouk
0020200964_04 ‒ 16112017
copy These instructions or parts thereof are protected by copyright and may be repro-duced or distributed only with the manufacturers written consent
We reserve the right to make technical changes
4 Set-up
10 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Conditions The load-bearing capacity of the wall is not sufficient
Ensure that wall-mounting apparatus on-site has a suf-ficient load-bearing capacity Use individual stands orprimary walling for example
Do not wall-mount the product if you cannot providewall-mounting apparatus with a sufficient load-bearingcapacity
Conditions The fixing material may not be used for the wall
Wall-mount the product as described using the permittedfixing material provided on-site
48 Removinginstalling the front casing
481 Removing the front casing
B
C
A
1
1
1 Undo the two screws (1)
2 Gently press the front casing backwards in the centreso that the latching lug is released
3 Pull the front casing forwards at the bottom edge
4 Lift the front casing upwards from the bracket
482 Installing the front casing
Refit the components in the reverse order
49 Removinginstalling the side section
491 Removing the side section
CautionRisk of material damage caused by mech-anical deformation
Removing both side sections may causemechanical distortion in the product whichmay cause damage to the piping for ex-ample and potentially result in leaks
Always remove only one side section ndashnever both side sections at the same time
Note
If there is sufficient lateral clearance (at least70 mm) you can remove the side section to fa-cilitate maintenance or repair work
2x 1
A
B
C
D
1 Tilt the electronics box forward
2 Hold on to the side section so that it cannot fall andunscrew both screws (1) one from the top and onefrom the bottom
3 Tilt the side section to the outside and move it down-wards and out
492 Installing the side section
Refit the components in the reverse order
Installation 5
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 11
5 Installation
DangerRisk of scalding andor damage due toincorrect installation leading to escapingwater
Mechanical stresses in the connection pipesmay lead to leaks
Ensure that there is no mechanical stresswhen installing the connection pipes
CautionRisk of material damage caused byresidues in the pipelines
Welding remnants sealing residues dirt orother residues in the pipelines may damagethe product
Flush the heating installation thoroughlybefore installing the product
51 Checking the gas meter
Make sure that the existing gas meter is capable ofpassing the rate of gas supply required
52 Gas and water connections
CautionRisk of damage caused by incorrect gasconnection installation
Excess test pressure or operating pressuremay cause damage to the gas valve
Check the leak-tightness of the gas valveusing a maximum pressure of 11 kPa(110 mbar)
CautionRisk of material damage caused by corro-sion
Due to non-diffusion-tight plastic pipes in theheating installation air gets into the heatingwater Air in the heating water causes corro-sion in the heat generator circuit and in theproduct
If you use non-diffusion-tight plastic pipesin the heating installation ensure that noair gets into the heat generator circuit
CautionRisk of material damage due to heat trans-fer during soldering
Only solder connectors if the connectorsare not yet screwed to the service valves
Note
Apply heat insulation to the water pipes to theboiler outlet and to the installation
Preliminary work1 Check that the system volume and the volumetric capa-
city of the expansion vessel are compatible
If the volume of the expansion vessel is insufficientfor the installation
Install an additional expansion vessel in theheating return as close to the product as pos-sible
Install a non-return valve at the products outlet(heating flow)
2 Ensure that the installation has the following compon-ents
ndash A cold water stopcock for the unit
ndash A gas stopcock for the unit
ndash A filling and draining device in the heating installa-tion
1
2
3
1 Heating flow connec-tion G34
2 Gas connection G12
3 Heating return connec-tion G34
1 Connect the water and gas connections in accordancewith the applicable standards
2 Purge the gas pipe before start-up
3 Check whether the connections (rarr Page 20) are leak-tight
5 Installation
12 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
53 Connecting the drain pipework for theexpansion relief valve
1
Ensure that the pipeline is visible
The pipe must have a continuous fall and be routed to aposition so that any discharge of water possibly boilingor steam cannot create any danger to persons damageto property or external electrical components and wiring
◁ The piping must be installed in such a way that youcan see when water drips out
54 Connecting the condensate discharge pipe
1
2
Follow the instructions listed here and observe the legaland local regulations on condensate discharge
Use PVC or any other material that is suitable for drain-ing the non-neutralised condensate
If you cannot guarantee that the materials from which thedrain pipework is made are suitable install a system forneutralising the condensate
Note
The condensate drain pipework must have acontinuous fall (45 mm per metre) and shouldwhenever possible terminate at a suitabledrain point within the heated envelope of thebuilding that will remain frost free under longperiods of low external temperatures
Connect the condensate traps (1) Use the supplied drainhose (2) for this
Connect a condensate discharge pipe (215 mm notincluded in the scope of delivery) to the drain hose (2)
During installation remove all burrs from inside of cut pipework and avoid excessive adhesive which may trap smallpockets of water close to the pipe wall which can freezeand build into a larger ice plug
For any installation the condensate must be free flowingand not be possible for air back-pressure to prevent wa-ter flow
As with other pipe work insulate the condensate dis-charge pipe to minimise any risk of freezing and bewarewhen crossing cavities that the fall is maintained and thepipe sleeved
You can find further information in specification BS 6798for installing and maintaining gas-fired boilers with a nominalheat input below 70 kW
541 Condensate drainage systems
5411 Internal soil and vent pipe
Oslash19mm min
5412 External soil and vent pipe
L = 3m max
Oslash19mm min
Oslash30mm
5413 External termination into a gulley or hopper
L = 3m max
Oslash19mm min
Oslash30mm
Installation 5
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 13
5414 Internal termination into combined sinkwaste
Oslash30mm
Oslash19mm min
5415 Internal termination downstream of sinkwaste
Oslash30mm
Oslash19mm min
5416 External termination into soakaway
400m
m m
in
300m
m m
in25
mm
min
500mm min
Oslash100mm
L = 3m max
Oslash19mm min
Oslash30mm
5417 External termination into rain water downpipe
Oslash19mm min
Oslash30mm
55 Electrical installation
DangerRisk of death from electric shock
The power supply terminals L and N remainlive even if the product is switched off
Switch off the power supply Secure the power supply against being
switched on again
Only qualified electricians may carry out the electrical install-ation
551 Opening the electronics box
A
B
B
Follow the instructions in the specified sequence
5 Installation
14 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
552 Closing the electronics box
Follow the instructions in the reverse order
553 Cable route
1
2
1 24-V eBUS cable route 2 230-V eBUS cable route
554 Carrying out the wiring
30 mm max
1 Shorten the connection cables to the appropriatelengths to prevent them from causing damage insidethe electronics box
2 Screw the plug to the connection cable
3 Plug the plug into the slot provided on the PCB
555 Establishing the power supply
1
1 Observe all valid regulations
2 Ensure that the rated mains voltage is 230 V
3 Set up a fixed connection and install a partition with acontact opening of at least 3 mm (eg fuses or powerswitches)
4 Provide one common electricity supply for the boilerand for the corresponding controller
ndash Power supply Single-phase 230 V 50 Hz
ndash Fuse protection le 3 A
5 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
6 Observe the routing of the power supply cable (1) in theelectronics box in order to guarantee that there is nostrain
le 30
mm
NL X1230V~
RT
7 Carry out the wiring (rarr Page 14)
8 Close the electronics box
9 Make sure that access to the mains connection is al-ways available and is not covered or blocked
556 Connecting controllers to the electronicsystem
X2
X22 X41
ndash +24V=RT BUS
BurneroffX
106
BUS24 V
BU
SR
TB
off
Burner
offR
T24V
=-
+B
US
1
4
32
1 Safety thermostat forfloor-standing heating
2 24 V controller
3 eBUS controller or radioreceiver unit
4 Outside temperaturesensor wired
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
Operation 6
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 15
2 Carry out the wiring (rarr Page 14)
3 Connect the individual components depending on thetype of installation
Conditions If installing a multi-circuit controller
Change the pumps operating mode d18 from Eco (in-termittently operating pump) to Comfort (continuouslyoperating pump)
Conditions When connecting a controller (230 V)
le 30
mm
NL X1230V~
RT
Connect the controller to the main plug
Remove the bridge from the plug 24V=RT
4 Close the electronics box
6 Operation
61 Using diagnostics codes
You can use the parameters marked as adjustable in thetable of diagnostics codes to adapt the product to the systemand customer requirements
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
611 Activating diagnostics codes
1 Press and hold the button for 7 seconds
◁ is shown in the display
2 Press the or button to set the value
◁ The access code (96) is reserved for the competentperson
◁ The access code (35) is reserved for the customerservice
3 Press the button to confirm
◁ is shown in the display
612 Setting a diagnostics code
1 Press the or button to select the diagnosticscode
2 Press the button to confirm
◁ The value andor status of the diagnostics code isshown in the display
3 Press the or button to set the value
4 If you allow the value to flash for three seconds thesetting is automatically confirmed
◁ is shown in the display for 1 second
Note
You can manually confirm the setting at anytime by pressing and holding the buttonfor less than 3 seconds
5 Proceed accordingly for all parameters that need to bechanged
6 Press and hold the button for 3 seconds to finishconfiguring the diagnostics codes
◁ The display switches to the basic display
62 Displaying the status codes
The status codes display the products current operatingstatus
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
621 Activating the status codes display
1 Hold the button down for more than 7 seconds
◁ SXX is shown on the display followed by the heat-ing flow temperature the internal system pressureand the cylinder temperature (depending on the ver-sion)
2 Press the button to exit this menu
◁ The display switches to the basic display
63 Using check programmes
By activating various check programmes you can triggervarious special functions on the product
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
631 Calling up the check programmes
1 Hold the button down for more than 5 seconds
◁ All symbols are shown in the display
◁ is shown in the display
2 Press and hold the button for five seconds
◁ is shown in the display
3 Press the or button to select the checkprogramme
4 Press the button to confirm
◁ on is shown in the display and the programmestarts
5 Press the and buttons at the same time whilstrunning a check programme
◁ The heating water temperature and the filling pres-sure for the heating installation are shown altern-ately in the display
6 Press the button to return to the check programme
◁ The display shows the check programme
7 Press the button to finish the check programme
◁ OFF is shown in the display
8 Press and hold the button for 3 seconds to finishthe check programmes
7 Start-up
16 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
◁ End is shown in the display
◁ The display switches to the basic display
Note
If you do not press any button for 15 minutesthe current programme is automatically can-celled and the basic display is shown
632 Displaying the pressure and temperature ofthe heating during a check programme
1 Press the buttons simultaneously
◁ Display the filling pressure in the heating installation
◁ Display the heating flow temperature
2 Press the button to display the check programmecurrently running
7 Start-up
71 Carrying out the initial start-up
Initial start-up must be carried out by a customer servicetechnician or an authorised competent person using the first-commissioning-checklist The first-commissioning-checklistin the appendix (rarr Page 41) of the installation instructionsmust be filled out and stored carefully along with the unitsdocumentation
Carry out the initial start-up using the first-commission-ing-checklist in the appendix
Fill out and sign the first-commissioning-checklist
72 Checking the type of gas
Make sure that the product is set up correctly by checkingthe type of gas This ensures optimum combustion quality
Check the type of gas as part of routine product mainten-ance work when replacing components or carrying outwork on the gas route
73 Checking the factory setting
The products combustion has been factory tested and ispreset for operation with the gas group indicated on the iden-tification plate
The product is only authorised to be operated with naturalgas
Check the information about the type of gas indicated onthe identification plate and compare this with the type ofgas available at the installation location
Conditions The product design is not compatible with the local gasgroup
Do not start up the product
Conditions The product design is compatible with the local gas group
Proceed as described below
74 Checking and treating the heatingwaterfilling and supplementary water
CautionRisk of material damage due to poor-qual-ity heating water
Ensure that the heating water is of suffi-cient quality
Before filling or topping up the installation check thequality of the heating water
Checking the quality of the heating water Remove a little water from the heating circuit
Check the appearance of the heating water
If you ascertain that it contains sedimentary materialsyou must desludge the installation
Use a magnetic rod to check whether it contains mag-netite (iron oxide)
If you ascertain that it contains magnetite clean the in-stallation and apply suitable corrosion-protection meas-ures or fit a magnetic filter
Check the pH value of the removed water at 25 degC
If the value is below 65 or above 85 clean the systemand treat the heating water
Ensure that oxygen cannot get into the heating water
Checking the filling and supplementary water Before filling the installation measure the hardness of the
filling and supplementary water
Treating the filling and supplementary water Observe all applicable national regulations and technical
standards when treating the filling and supplementarywater
Provided the national regulations and technical standardsdo not stipulate more stringent requirements the followingapplies
You must treat the heating water in the following cases
ndash If the entire filling and supplementary water quantity dur-ing the operating life of the system exceeds three timesthe nominal volume of the heating installation or
ndash If the guideline values listed in the following table are notmet or
ndash if the pH value of the heating water is less than 65 ormore than 85
Totalheatingoutput
Water hardness at specific system volume1)
le 20 lkWgt 20 lkWle 50 lkW
gt 50 lkW
kWppm
CaCO₃molmsup3
ppmCaCO₃
molmsup3
ppmCaCO₃
molmsup3
lt 50 lt 300 lt 3 200 2 2 002
gt 50to le 200
200 2 150 15 2 002
gt 200to le 600
150 15 2 002 2 002
gt 600 2 002 2 002 2 002
1) Nominal capacity in litresheating output in the case of multi-boiler systems the smallest single heating output is to be used
Start-up 7
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 17
CautionThe use of unsuitable heating water maycause aluminium corrosion and a result-ing lack of leak-tightness
In contrast to steel grey cast iron or copperfor example aluminium reacts with alkalineheating water (pH value gt 85) to producesubstantial corrosion
When using aluminium make sure thatthe pH value of the heating water isbetween 65 and a maximum of 85
CautionRisk of material damage if the heatingwater is treated with unsuitable additives
Unsuitable additives may cause changes inthe components noises in heating mode andpossibly subsequent damage
Do not use any unsuitable frost and cor-rosion protection agents biocides or seal-ants
No incompatibility with our products has been detected todate with proper use of the following additives
When using additives follow the manufacturers instruc-tions without exception
We accept no liability for the compatibility of any additive orits effectiveness in the rest of the heating system
Additives for cleaning measures (subsequentflushing required)ndash Adey MC3+
ndash Adey MC5
ndash Fernox F3
ndash Sentinel X 300
ndash Sentinel X 400
Additives intended to remain permanently in theinstallationndash Adey MC1+
ndash Fernox F1
ndash Fernox F2
ndash Sentinel X 100
ndash Sentinel X 200
Additives for frost protection intended to remainpermanently in the installationndash Adey MC ZERO
ndash Fernox Antifreeze Alphi 11
ndash Sentinel X 500
If you have used the above-mentioned additives informthe end user about the measures that are required
Inform the end user about the measures required for frostprotection
75 Avoiding danger arising from insufficientwater pressure
The filling pressure must be between 010 and 015 MPa(10 and 15 bar)
Note
If the heating flow temperature is shown in thedisplay press and hold the and buttonsat the same time for longer than five seconds ortemporarily deactivate heating mode in order todisplay the pressure
If the heating installation extends over several storeyshigher filling pressures may be required to avoid air enteringthe heating installation
If the water pressure falls below 005 MPa (05 bar) thevalue flashes in the display
If the water pressure falls below 003 MPa (03 bar) theproduct switches off The display shows 00 MPa (00 bar)Fault F22 will be stored in the fault list
Top up the water in the heating installation to start up theproduct again
◁ The pressure value flashes in the display until apressure of 005 MPa (05 bar) or higher has beenreached
76 Switching on the product
Switch on the product via the main switch installed on-site
77 Filling and purging the heating installation
Preliminary work Flush the heating installation through
1
1
1 Check the silicone hose connection (1) between thepumps automatic air vent and the hydraulic console
2 Fill with water until the required filling pressure isreached
ndash Recommended filling pressure 1 hellip 15 bar
◁ The heating and hot water functions cannot be activ-ated
◁ The pressure value flashes in the display until apressure of 005 MPa (05 bar) or higher has beenreached
7 Start-up
18 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
◁ An automatic air vent function is activated if thepressure exceeds 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than15 seconds
3 Purge each radiator until the water escapes normallyand then retighten the systems purging valves
4 Check whether all connections are leak-tight
Conditions If the noise persists in the boiler
Purge the product again by activating check programme(P07) and then (P06)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
78 Filling the condensate siphon
C
2
3
1
AB
1 Unclip the lower section of the siphon (1) from the up-per section of the siphon (2)
2 Remove the float (3)
3 Fill the lower section of the siphon with water up to 10mm below the upper edge of the condensate drain pipe-work
4 Re-insert the float (3)
Note
Check that the float is present in the con-densate siphon
5 Clip the lower section of the siphon (1) into the uppersection of the siphon (2)
79 Filling the hot water circuit
1 Open the water tap to fill the hot water circuit
2 Close the water tap once the appropriate volume ofwater has flowed out
◁ The hot water circuit is filled
3 Check all connections and the entire system for leak-tightness
710 Checking and adjusting the gas settings
Only a qualified competent person is authorised to imple-ment the settings on the gas valve assembly
Each destroyed tamper-proof seal must be replaced
The CO₂ adjusting screw must be sealed
Never modify the factory setting of the gas pressure regu-lator of the gas valve assembly
7101 Checking the gas flow rate
The gas flow rate has been set during production and doesnot require adjustment With the front casing fitted check thegas flow rate of the boiler as follows
Start up the product with the check programme P01
In addition ensure that maximum heat can be dissipatedinto the heating system by turning up the room thermo-stat
Wait at least 5 minutes until the boiler has reached itsoperating temperature
Ensure that all other gas appliances in the property areturned off
Measure the gas flow rate at the gas meter
Compare the measured values with the correspondingvalues in the table
Qnw from the dataplate
H gas in msup3h
Nom +5 minus10
153 162 170 146
184 195 205 176
247 261 274 235
257 272 286 245
286 303 318 273
306 324 340 292
357 378 397 340
Conditions Gas flow rate not in the permissible range
Check all of the piping and ensure that the gas flow ratesare correct
Only put the product into operation once the gas flowrates have been corrected
Conditions Gas flow rate in the permissible range
End the check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down by allowing pump overrun tooperate for a minimum of 2 minutes
Record the boiler maximum gas flow rate onto theBenchmark gas boiler commissioning checklist
Start-up 7
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 19
7102 Checking the gas connection pressure (gasflow pressure)
1
2
1 Ensure that the gas inlet working pressure can beobtained with all other gas appliances in the propertyworking
2 Close the gas stopcock (1)
3 Undo the sealing screw on the test nipple (2)
4 Connect a manometer to the test nipple (2)
5 Open the gas stopcock (1)
6 Start up the product with check programme P01 (sys-tem with eBUS control) or P03 (installation withouteBUS control)
7 In addition ensure that maximum heat can be dissip-ated into the heating system by turning up the roomthermostat
8 With the boiler operating at full load check that the gasinlet working pressure at the reference test point (2)complies with the requirements
Permissible connection pressure
Great Bri-tain
Naturalgas
G20 17 hellip 2 kPa
(170hellip 20 mbar)
9 Should the pressure recorded at the reference test pointin the boiler be lower than indicated check if there isany blockage in the pipework or if the pipework is un-dersized
Conditions Gas flow pressure not in the permissible range
CautionRisk of material damage and operatingfaults caused by incorrect gas connec-tion pressureIf the gas connection pressure lies outsidethe permissible range this can cause oper-ating faults in and damage to the product Do not make any adjustments to the
product Do not start up the product
If you cannot correct the failure notify the gas supplycompany and proceed as follows
End check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down by allowing pump overrunto operate for a minimum of two minutes
Close the gas stopcock
Remove the pressure gauge and retighten the sealingscrew (2) for the measuring nipple
Open the gas stopcock (1)
Check the test nipple for gas tightness
Close the gas stopcock (1)
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
Disconnect the product from the electrical installation
You must not start up the boiler
Conditions Gas flow pressure in the permissible range
End the check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down allowing pump overrun tooperate for a minimum of two minutes
Close the gas stopcock (1)
Remove the pressure gauge and retighten the sealingscrew (2) for the measuring nipple
Open the gas stopcock (1)
Check the test nipple for gas tightness
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
Reset boiler controls for normal operation
Record the appliance gas inlet working pressure (kParesp mbar) in the Benchmark gas boiler commissioningchecklist
7103 Checking the leak-tightness of the flue gasinstallation and flue gas recirculation
1 Check the flue gas installation is intact in accordancewith the latest gas safe technical bulletin and informa-tion supplied in the installation instructions
2 For extended flue gas installations check for flue gasrecirculation using the air analysis point
3 Use a flue gas analyser
4 If you discover CO or CO2 in the supply air search forthe leak in the flue gas installation or for signs of fluegas recirculation
5 Eliminate the damage properly
6 Check again whether the supply air contains any CO orCO2
7 If you cannot eliminate the damage do not start up theproduct
7104 Thoroughly flushing the heating installation(hot)
1 Operate the appliance until the boiler and the heatingsystem are up to temperature
2 Check the heating system for leaks
3 Connect a hose to the drain valve located at the lowestposition of the heating system
4 Shut off the boiler open the drain valve and all purgevalves on the radiators and allow the water to flow outof the heating system and the boiler quickly and fully
5 Close the drain valve
6 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
7 Re-fill the system until the system design pressure of01 MPa (10 bar) is attained
8 Adapting the unit to the heating installation
20 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Note
The actual reading on the digital pressuregauge should ideally be 005 MPa (05 bar)plus an additional pressure correspondingto the highest point of the system above thebase of the boiler ndash 10 m head equals an ad-ditional 1 bar reading on the pressure gaugeThe minimum pressure should not be lessthan 01 MPa (1 bar) in any installation Ifthe system is to be treated with an inhibitor itshould be applied at this stage in accordancewith the manufacturerrsquos instructions Furtherinformation can be obtained from SentinelBetz Dearborn Ltd Tel 0151 420 9595 orFernox Alphandash Fry technologies Tel 08708700362
8 Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
7105 Checking the CO₂ content
1 Start up the product with the check programme (P01)and set the value
ndash Setting value for the programme P01 100
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
2 Wait until the value that is read is stable
ndash Waiting period for reading a stable value 5 min
1
3 Unscrew the cover from the flue gas analysis point (1)
4 Measure the CO₂ content at the flue gas analysis point(1)
5 Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Checking the CO₂ content
Great Britain
front casing on front casing off
Natural gas
G20
92 plusmn1
◁ The value is OK
The value is not OK you cannot start up theproduct
Inform Customer Service
711 Checking leak-tightness
Check the gas pipe the heating circuit and the hot watercircuit for leak-tightness
Check that the airflue pipe has been installed correctly
Conditions Room-sealed operation
Check whether the vacuum chamber has been closedtightly
7111 Checking the heating mode
1 Activate the heating mode on the user interface
2 Turn all thermostatic radiator valves on the radiatorsuntil they are fully open
3 Allow the product to operate for at least 15 minutes
4 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
5 Activate the display for the current operating status(rarr Page 15)
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
◁ If the product is working correctly the display showsS04
7112 Checking the hot water generation
1 Activate the hot water handling mode on the userinterface
2 Open a hot water valve completely
3 Activate the display for the current operating status(rarr Page 15)
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
◁ If the product is working correctly the display showsS14
8 Adapting the unit to the heatinginstallation
You can resetchange the system parameters (section Us-ing diagnostics codes)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
81 Burner anti-cycling time
To prevent frequent switching on and off of the burner andthus prevent energy losses an electronic restart lockoutis activated for a specific period each time the burner isswitched off The burner anti-cycling time is only active forthe heating mode Hot water handling mode during a burneranti-cycling time does not affect the time function element
811 Setting the maximum burner anti-cyclingtime
1 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
2 If required adjust the maximum burner anti-cycling timeusing the diagnostics code d02
Adapting the unit to the heating installation 8
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 21
812 Resetting the remaining burner anti-cyclingtime
Hold the button down for more than 3 seconds
◁ is shown in the display
82 Setting the pump output
The product is equipped with a speed-regulated high-effi-ciency pump which adjusts independently to the hydraulicconditions of the heating installation
If you have installed a low loss header in the heating install-ation you should switch off the speed regulation and set thepump output to a fixed value
If required change the setting of the pump speed whichdepends on the operating mode under diagnostics coded14
Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 12 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
0
10
20
30
40
50
0 200 400 600 800 1000
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 15 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
1 2
34
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 18 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
01020304050
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
6070
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 25 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
01020304050
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
6070
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 30 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
01020304050607080
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 A
B 1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
9 Handing the product over to the end user
22 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
83 Setting the bypass valve
CautionRisk of material damage caused by incor-rect setting of the high-efficiency pump
If the pressure at the bypass valve is in-creased (by turning it clockwise) and thepump output is set to less than 100 theproduct may not operate correctly
In this case set the pump output to5 = 100 using diagnostics parameterd14
Conditions d14 is set to 0 = auto
Do not change the factory settings
Conditions d14 is set to 1 - 5
Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
1
Regulate the pressure using the adjusting screw (1)
Position of the adjustingscrew
Notesapplication
Right-hand stop (screwedall the way in)
If the radiators do not heatup sufficiently at the defaultsetting In this case you mustset the pump to the maximumspeed
Mid-position (six anti-clockwise rotations)
Default setting
Five further anti-clockwiserotations starting from themid-position
If noises are produced in theradiators or radiator valves
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
84 Setting the hot water temperature
DangerRisk of death from legionella
Legionella multiply at temperatures below60 degC
Ensure that the end user is familiar withall of the Anti-legionella measures in orderto comply with the applicable regulationsregarding legionella prevention
Set the hot water temperature
Conditions Water hardness gt 357 molmsup3
ndash Hot water temperature le 50
9 Handing the product over to the enduser
When you have finished the installation attach the stickersupplied (in the end users language) to the productcover
Explain to the end user how the safety devices work andwhere they are located
Inform the end user how to handle the product
In particular draw attention to the safety informationwhich the end user must follow
Inform the end user that they must have the productmaintained in accordance with the specified intervals
Instruct the end user about measures taken for routingthe combustion air supply and flue system
10 Inspection and maintenance
101 Using original seals
If you replace components use only the enclosed originalseals additional sealing materials are not required
102 Observing inspection and maintenanceintervals
Adhere to the minimum inspection and maintenance in-tervals The inspection may require maintenance to becarried out earlier depending on the results
Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview(rarr Page 38)
Inspection and maintenance 10
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 23
103 Procuring spare parts
The original components of the product were also certifiedby the manufacturer as part of the declaration of conformityIf you use other non-certified or unauthorised parts duringmaintenance or repair work this may void the conformity ofthe product and it will therefore no longer comply with theapplicable standards
We strongly recommend that you use original spare partsfrom the manufacturer as this guarantees fault-free and safeoperation of the product To receive information about theavailable original spare parts contact the contact addressprovided on the reverse of these instructions
If you require spare parts for maintenance or repairwork use only the spare parts that are permitted for theproduct
104 Checking the CO₂ content
1 Start up the product with the check programme (P01)and set the value
ndash Setting value for the programme P01 100
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
2 Wait until the value that is read is stable
ndash Waiting period for reading a stable value 5 min
1
3 Unscrew the cover from the flue gas analysis point (1)
4 Measure the CO₂ content at the flue gas analysis point(1)
5 Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Checking the CO₂ content
Great Britain
front casing on front casing off
Natural gas
G20
92 plusmn1
◁ The value is OK
The value is not OK you cannot start up theproduct
Set the CO₂ content (rarr Page 23)
105 Setting the CO₂ content
Conditions The CO₂ content must be adjusted
1
A
B
Remove the sticker
Turn the screw (1) to set the CO₂ content (value withfront casing removed)
◁ To increase the CO₂ content Turn anti-clockwise
◁ To decrease the CO₂ content Turn clockwise
Only carry out the adjustment in increments of 18 turnand wait approximately 1 minute after each adjustmentuntil the value has stabilised
Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Setting the CO₂ value
Great Britain
front casing on front casingoff
Natural gas
G20
CO₂ at full load 92 plusmn02
Set for Wobbeindex W₀
1409 kWsdothmsup3
O₂ at full load 45 plusmn18 vol
CO at full load le 250 ppm
COCO₂ le 00027
If the setting is not in the specified adjustment rangeyou must not start up the product
Inform Customer Service
Check whether the air-quality requirements with regardto carbon monoxide are fulfilled
Fit the front panel
10 Inspection and maintenance
24 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
106 Removing the gas-air mixture unit
Note
The gas-air mixture unit consists of three maincomponents
ndash Fan
ndash Gas valve
ndash Burner cover
1 Switch off the product via the main switch
2 Close the gas isolator cock
3 Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
C
AB
1
D
2
4 Remove the screw (1)
5 Push the clip upwards
6 Remove the flue gas pipe (2)
3
4
5
AB
7 Remove the air intake pipe (3)
8 Remove the plugs from the gas valve (4) and from thefan (5)
A
C
D B
6
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (6)
7
7
8
10 Remove the burner seals (7) and the burner (8)
11 Check the burner and the heat exchanger for damageand dirt
12 If necessary clean or replace the components accord-ing to the following sections
13 Install the two new burner seals
107 Cleaning the heat exchanger
1
1 Protect the folded down electronics box against sprayedwater
2 Clean the ribs of the heat exchanger (1) with water
◁ The water runs out into the condensate tray
Inspection and maintenance 10
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 25
108 Checking the burner
1 Search the surface of the burner for possible damage Ifyou see any damage replace the burner
2 Install the two new burner seals
109 Checking the ignition electrode
1
2
3 4 5
1 Disconnect the connection (2) and the earthing cable(1)
2 Remove the fixing screws (3)
3 Carefully remove the electrode from the combustionchamber
4 Check that the electrode ends (4) are undamaged
5 Check the electrode distance
ndash Clearance for the ignition electrodes 35 hellip 45 mm
6 Make sure that the seal (5) is free from damage
If necessary replace the seal
1010 Cleaning the condensate siphon
C
2
3
1
AB
1 Unclip the lower section of the siphon (1) from the up-per section of the siphon (2)
2 Remove the float (3)
3 Flush out the float and lower section of the siphon withwater
4 Fill the lower section of the siphon with water up to 10mm below the upper edge of the condensate drain pipe-work
5 Reinsert the float (3)
Note
Check whether the float is present in thecondensate siphon
6 Clip the lower section of the siphon (1) into the uppersection of the siphon (2)
1011 Installing the gas-air mixture unit
1 Install the burner
2 Install two new burner seals in the burner hood
3 Install the gas-air mixture unit
4 Tighten the screws on the gas-air mixture unit
ndash Ideally to 7 Nm if a torque spanner is available
5 Install the flue pipe
6 Install the air intake pipe
1012 Draining the product
1 Close the service valves of the product
2 Start check programme P05 (rarr Page 15)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
3 Open the drain cock
1013 Checking the admission pressure of theexpansion vessel
1 Measure the pre-charge pressure of the expansion ves-sel at the vessel valve
Conditions Pre-charge pressure lt 0075 MPa (075 bar)
Top up the expansion vessel in accordance with thestatic height of the heating installation ideally with ni-trogen otherwise with air Ensure that the drain valve isopen when topping up
2 If water escapes from the expansion vessels valve youmust replace the expansion vessel (rarr Page 27)
3 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
1014 Completing inspection and maintenancework
1 Check the gas connection pressure (gas flow pressure)(rarr Page 19)
2 Check the CO₂ content
1015 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
11 Troubleshooting
26 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
11 Troubleshooting
111 Rectifying faults
If fault codes (FXX) appear refer to the table in the ap-pendix or use the check programme(s)
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
If several fault codes are generated at the same time theseare displayed alternately followed by the time at which therespective fault occurred
Hold the button down for more than 3 seconds
If you are unable to clear the fault code and it reappearsdespite several fault clearance attempts contact cus-tomer service
112 Calling up the fault memory
The last 10 fault codes are stored in the fault memory (to-gether with the time at which the respective fault occurredand after 24 hours with the number of days)
Hold the button down for more than 7 seconds
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Press the button to exit this menu
113 Deleting the fault memory
1 Delete the fault memory using the diagnostics coded94
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
114 Resetting parameters to factory settings
1 Reset all parameters to the factory settings using thediagnostics code d96
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
115 Preparing the repair work
1 Switch off the product
2 Disconnect the product from the electrical installation
3 Remove the front casing
4 Close the gas stopcock
5 Close the service valves in the heating flow and in theheating return
6 Close the service valve in the cold water pipe
7 Drain the product if you want to replace water-bearingcomponents of the product
8 Ensure that water does not drip on live components(eg the electronics box)
9 Use only new seals and O-rings Do not use any addi-tional sealing materials
116 Replacing defective components
1161 Replacing the burner
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Remove the two burner seals
3 Remove the burner
4 Insert the new burner
5 Insert two new burner seals in the burner cover
6 Install the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 25)
1162 Replacing the gas-air mixture unit
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Install the new gas-air mixture (rarr Page 25)
1163 Replacing the heat exchanger
1 Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
2 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
1 A
B
3 Remove the gas pipe (1)
1
2
3
2 4
A
B
4 Remove the temperature sensor (3)
5 Remove the upper clip (1)
6 Remove the lower clip (4)
7 Remove the supply pipe (2)
Troubleshooting 11
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 27
2
2 3
B
1
A
8 Remove the upper clip (1)
9 Remove the lower clip (3)
10 Remove the return pipe (2)
1
A2
11 Remove the clip underneath the condensate tray (1)
12 Undo the four screws (2)
2
1
B
C
A
13 Remove the ignition electrode (1)
14 Lift the heat exchanger up slightly and remove it to-gether with the condensate tray
15 Remove the ignition transformer (2)
16 Install the new heat exchanger in reverse order
1164 Replacing the pump head
1
2
1 Disconnect the pump cable from the electronics box
2 Undo the four bolts (1)
3 Remove the pump head (2)
4 Replace the O-ring
5 Use four screws to secure the new pump head
6 Connect the pump cable to the electronics box
1165 Replacing the expansion vessel
B
C
1
2
3A
D
1 Undo the nut (3)
2 Remove both screws on the support plate (1)
3 Remove the support plate
4 Pull out the expansion vessel (2) towards the front
5 Insert the new expansion vessel into the product
6 Screw the new expansion vessel to the water connec-tion To do this use a new seal
7 Attach the support plate using both screws
8 Fill and purge the product (rarr Page 17) and if requiredthe heating installation
12 Decommissioning the product
28 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
1166 Replacing the main PCB
C
C
D
B
C
C
D
B
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull all of the plugs out from the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plugs
7 Close the electronics box
1167 Replacing the PCB for the user interface
B
C
C
D
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull the plug out of the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plug
7 Close the electronics box
1168 Replacing the expansion relief valve
1
2
1 Remove the clip (2)
2 Remove the expansion relief valve
3 Fit the new expansion relief valve with a new O-ring
4 Reattach the clip (2)
1169 Replace the pressure sensor
1
2
1 Pull out the plug
2 Remove the clip (1)
3 Remove the pressure sensor (2)
4 Install the new pressure sensor
5 Reattach the clip (1)
117 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
12 Decommissioning the product
Switch off the product
Disconnect the product from the power mains
Close the gas isolator cock
Close the cold water stop cock
13 Customer service
For contact details for our customer service department youcan write to the address that is provided on the back pageor you can visit wwwglow-wormcouk
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 29
Appendix
A Check programmes ndash Overview
Note
Since the programme table is used for various products some programmes may not be visible for the product inquestion
Display Meaning
P01 Burner operation on adjustable heat input
The product operates after ignition with the heat input set between 0 (0 = Pmin) and 100 (100 = Pmax)
The function is active for 15 minutes
P02 Burner operation at ignition load
After ignition the product works at ignition load
The function is active for 15 minutes
P03 The product runs in heating mode with the maximum heat input set using diagnostics code d00
P04 Maximum output function
If there is a hot water request the product runs in hot water handling mode and at maximum heat load
If there is no hot water request the product runs with the heating partial load that is set via diagnostics coded00 and in heating mode
The function is active for 15 minutes
P05 Filling the product
The diverter valve moves to the mid-position The burner and pump switch off (to fill or drain the product)
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is active for 15 minutes
P06 Purging the heating circuit
The diverter valve is moved to the heating position
The function is activated in the heating circuit for 15 minutes
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
P07 Purging the hot water circuit
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
Automatic air ventfunction
Purging the product
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
This function cannot be manually switched off
B Overview of diagnostics codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d00 Heating maximum output ndash ndash kW The maximum heating outputvaries depending on the product
rarr Section Technical data
Automatic Unit automaticallyadjusts the maximum output tothe current system demand
rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d01 Pump overrun in heatingmode
1 60 min 1 5 Adjustable
d02 Maximum burner anti-cycling time in heatingmode
2 60 min 1 20 Adjustable
Appendix
30 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d04 Water temperature in thecylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d05 Determined heating flowset target temperature
Current value ndash ndash Not
adjustable
d06 Hot water set target tem-perature
Current value (Combination unit only) ndash Notadjustable
d07 Set target temperaturefor the domestic hot wa-ter cylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d08 Status of the 230 V ther-mostat
Current value ndash 0 = Room thermostat open (noheat requirement)
1 = Room thermostat closed(heat requirement)
ndash Notadjustable
d09 Heating flow set targettemperature that is seton the eBUS room ther-mostat
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d10 Status of the internalpump in the heating cir-cuit
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d11 Status of the heatingcircuits shunt pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d13 Status of the hot watercircuits circulation pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d14 Operating mode of themodulating pump
0 5 ndash 0 = variable rotational speed(auto)
1 2 3 4 5 = Fixed rotationalspeeds rarr Section Setting thepump output
0 Adjustable
d15 Pump speed Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d16 Status of the 24 V roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Heating off
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d17 Heating control ndash ndash ndash off = Flow temperature
on = Return temperature (ad-justment for underfloor heatingIf you have activated the returntemperature control the auto-matic heating output determina-tion function is not active)
0 Adjustable
d18 Pump overrun operatingmode
1 3 ndash 1 = Continuous (pump runs per-manently)
3 = Eco (intermittent pump modendash for the dissipation of the resid-ual heat after hot water gener-ation at an extremely low heatdemand)
1 Adjustable
d19 Pump operating mode 2stage pump
0 3 ndash 0 = Burner mode stage 2 pumpflowoverrun stage 1
1 = Heating mode and pumpflowoverrun stage 1 hot waterhandling mode stage 2
2 = Automatic heating modepump flowoverrun stage 1 hotwater handling mode stage 2
3 = Stage 2
3 Adjustable
d20 Maximum hot water settarget temperature
50 60 1 60 Adjustable
d21 Status of the warm startfor hot water
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated andavailable
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 31
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d22 Status of the hot waterrequest
Current value ndash off = No current requirement
on = Current requirement
ndash Notadjustable
d23 Status of the heatingdemand
Current value ndash off = Heating off (Summer mode)
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d24 Status of the pressuremonitor
0 1 ndash off = Not switched
on = Switched
ndash Notadjustable
d25 Status of the requirementto reheat the cylinder orfor the hot water warmstart from the eBUS ther-mostat
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
ndash Notadjustable
d27 Function of relay 1(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
1 Adjustable
d28 Function of relay 2(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
2 Adjustable
d31 Automatic filling device 0 2 ndash 0 = Manual
1 = Semi-automatic
2 = Automatic
0 Adjustable
d33 Fan speed target value Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d34 Value for the fan speed Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d35 Position of the divertervalve
Current value ndash 0 = Heating
40 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
100 = Domestic hot water
ndash Notadjustable
d36 Value for the hot waterflow
Current value lmin ndash ndash Notadjustable
d39 Water temperature in thesolar circuit
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d40 Heating flow temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d41 Heating return temperat-ure
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d43 Heating curve 02 4 ndash 01 12 Adjustable
d45 Value for the base pointof the heating curve
15 30 ndash 1 20 Adjustable
d47 Outside temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d50 Correction of the min-imum fan speed
0 3000 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
600 Adjustable
Appendix
32 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d51 Correction of the max-imum fan speed
-2500 0 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
-1000 Adjustable
d58 Solar circuit reheating 0 3 ndash 0 = Boilers Legionella protectionfunction deactivated
3 = Hot water activated (mintarget value 60 degC)
0 Adjustable
d60 Number of blocks by thetemperature limiter
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d61 Number of unsuccessfulignitions
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d62 Night set-back 0 30 ndash 1 0 Adjustable
d64 Average burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d65 Maximum burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d66 Activation of the warmstart function for hot wa-ter
ndash ndash ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
1 Adjustable
d67 Remaining burner anti-cycling time (setting un-der d02)
Current value min ndash ndash Notadjustable
d68 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 1st attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d69 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 2nd attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d70 Operation of the divertervalve
0 2 ndash 0 = Normal operating mode(DHW and heating mode)
1 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
2 = Permanent heating modeposition
0 Adjustable
d71 Maximum heating flowset target temperature
45 80 1 rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d73 Correction of the hot wa-ter warm start temperat-ure
-15 5 K 1 0 Adjustable
d75 Maximum cylinder re-heating time
20 90 min 1 45 Adjustable
d77 Max cylinder reheating ndash ndash kW 1
rarr Section Technical data
ndash Adjustable
d80 Running time in heatingmode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d81 Running time in hot wa-ter handling mode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d82 Number of burner igni-tions in heating mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d83 Number of burner igni-tions in hot water hand-ling mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d84 Maintenance in 0 3000 h Number of hours = Display valuex 10
300 Notadjustable
d85 Increase in the min out-put (heating and hot wa-ter handling mode)
ndash ndash kW 1 ndash Adjustable
d88 Flow rate limit valuefor ignition in hot waterhandling mode
0 1 ndash 0 = 17 lmin (no delay)
1 = 37 lmin (2 s delay)
0 Adjustable
d90 Status of the eBUS roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Not connected
on = Connected
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 33
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d91 Status DCF77 Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d93 Setting the product code 0 99 ndash 1
The Device Specific Number(DSN) can be found on the iden-tification plate
ndash Adjustable
d94 Delete fault list 0 1 ndash off = No
on = Yes
ndash Adjustable
d95 Software versions ndash ndash ndash 1 = Main PCB
2 = Interface PCB
ndash Adjustable
d96 Default setting (reset) ndash ndash ndash 0 = No
1 = Yes
ndash Adjustable
C Status codes ndash Overview
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Status code Meaning
Displays in heating mode
S0 Heating mode No requirement
S01 Heating mode Advance fan operation
S02 Heating mode Pump pre-run
S03 Heating mode Burner ignition
S04 Heating mode Burner on
S05 Heating mode Pumpfan overrun
S06 Heating mode Fan overrun
S07 Heating mode Pump overrun
S08 Heating mode Temporary shutdown after heating procedure
Displays in hot water handling mode
S10 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S11 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S13 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S14 DHW mode Burner on
S15 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S16 DHW mode Fan overrun
S17 DHW mode Pump overrun
Display in Comfort mode with warm start or hot water handling mode with cylinder
S20 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S21 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S22 Hot water handling mode Pump pre-run
S23 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S24 DHW mode Burner on
S25 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S26 DHW mode Fan overrun
S27 DHW mode Pump overrun
S28 Hot water handling mode Temporary shutdown of the burner
Other displays
S30 Room thermostat is blocking heating mode
S31 No heating demand Summer mode eBUS controller waiting period
Appendix
34 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Status code Meaning
S32 Fan waiting time Fan speed outside of the tolerance values
S33 Forced fan operation until the pressure monitor is switched
S34 Frost protection active
S39 Underfloor heating contact open
S41 Water pressure too high
S42 Flue non-return flap closed
S46 Frost protection mode (Comfort) Minimum load
S53 Product in waiting periodoperation block function due to low water pressure (flowreturn spread too large)
S54 Waiting period Low water pressure in the circuit (flowreturn spread too large)
S76 Maintenance message Check the water pressure
S88 Product purging active
S91 Maintenance Demo mode
S96 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S97 Automatic test programme Water pressure sensor heating demands blocked
S98 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S99 Internal automatic test programmes
S108 Purging the combustion chamber fan in operation
S109 Products standby mode activated
D Overview of fault codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F00 Fault Flow temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F01 Fault Return temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F10 Short circuit Flow temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F11 Short circuit Return temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F12 andF91
Short circuit Cylinder temperaturesensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F13 Short circuit Domestic hot water cylindertemperature sensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F20 Safety switch-off Overheating temperat-ure reached
Incorrect earth connection between cable harness and product flow or returnNTC defective (loose connection) stray spark via ignition cable ignition plugor ignition electrode
F22 Safety switch-off Low water pressure inthe boiler
No or insufficient water in the product water pressure sensor de-fective cable to the pump or to the water pressure sensor loosenotconnecteddefective
F23 Safety switch-off Temperature differencetoo great (NTC1NTC2)
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product flow and return NTCsensors connected the wrong way round
F24 Safety switch-off Temperature rise toofast
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product system pressure toolow non-return valve blockedincorrectly installed
F25 Safety switch-off Flue gas temperaturetoo high
Break in plug connection for optional flue gas safety cut-out (STB) break incable harness
F27 Safety switch-off Fault in flame detection Moisture on the electronics electronics (flame monitor) defective gas solen-oid valve leaking
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 35
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F28 Fault Ignition unsuccessful when startingup
Gas meter defective or gas pressure monitor has triggered air in gas gasflow pressure too low thermal isolator device (TAE) has triggered incorrectgas restrictor incorrect spare gas valve fault on the gas valve multiple plugon PCB incorrectly plugged in break in cable harness ignition system (ig-nition transformer ignition cable ignition plug ignition electrode) defectiveionisation current interrupted (cable electrode) incorrect earthing of productelectronics defective
F29 Fault Flame loss Gas supply temporarily stopped flue gas recirculation incorrect earthing ofproduct ignition transformer has spark failure
F32 Fan frost protection function active Fanspeed outside the tolerance values
Plug on fan not correctly plugged in multiple plug on PCB not correctlyplugged in break in cable harness fan blocked Hall sensor defective elec-tronics defective
F49 eBUS fault Voltage too low Short circuit on eBUS eBUS overload or two power supplies with differentpolarities on the eBUS
F61 Fault Gas valve control system Short circuitshort to earth in cable harness for the gas valve gas valvedefective (coils shorted to earth) electronics defective
F62 Fault Gas valve switch-off control Delayed switch-off of gas valve delayed extinguishing of flame signal gasvalve leaking electronics defective
F63 Fault EEPROM Electronics defective
F64 Fault Electronicssensoranalogue-to-digital converter
Flow or return NTC short circuited electronics defective
F65 Fault Electronics temperature too high Electronics overheating due to external influences electronics defective
F67 Value sent back by ASIC is incorrect(flame signal)
Implausible flame signal electronics defective
F68 Fault Unstable flame (analogue input) Air in gas gas flow pressure too low incorrect air ratio incorrect gas re-strictor ionisation flow interruption (cable electrode)
F70 Invalid product code (DSN) Display and PCB replaced at same time and Device Specific Number notreset wrong or missing output range coding resistance
F71 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Flow temperature sensor signalling constant value Flow temperature sensorincorrectly positioned on supply pipe flow temperature sensor defective
F72 Fault Deviation in the water pressuresensorreturn temperature sensor
Flowreturn NTC temperature difference too great rarr flow andor return tem-perature sensor defective
F73 Fault Water pressure sensor not con-nected or has short-circuited
Interruptionshort circuit of water pressure sensor interruptionshort circuitto GND in supply line to water pressure sensor or water pressure sensordefective
F74 Fault Electrical problem in the waterpressure sensor
Line to water pressure sensor has a short circuit to 5 V24 V or internal faultin the water pressure sensor
F75 Fault Pressure sensor Pressure switch defective
F76 The safety cut-out in the primary heatexchanger is defective
Safety cut-out feedback does not match the gas valve feedback
F77 Fault Condensate or smoke No response flue non-return flap defective
F78 Interruption to DHW outlet sensor atexternal controller
UK link box is connected but hot water NTC not bridged
F83 Fault Dry fire When the burner starts the temperature change registered at the flow orreturn temperature sensor is non-existent or too small Insufficient waterin the product the flow or return temperature sensor is not in the correctposition on the pipe
F84 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Values not consistent difference lt -6 K
Flow and return temperature sensors signalling implausible values Flow andreturn temperature sensors have been inverted flow and return temperaturesensors have not been correctly installed
F85 Fault Temperature sensor The flow andor return temperature sensors have been installed on the samepipeincorrect pipe
Temperature sensor not connected or is connected incorrectly
F86 Fault Underfloor heating contact Underfloor heating contact open sensor disconnected or defective
F87 Fault Electrodes Electrodes not connected or they are connected incorrectly short circuit inthe cable harness
F88 Fault Gas valve Gas valve not connected or it is connected incorrectly short circuit in thecable harness
F89 Fault Pump Pump not connected or it is connected incorrectly incorrect pump connec-ted short circuit in the cable harness
Appendix
36 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
Connection No communication between the PCBand the user interface
Electronics defective
E Wiring diagram Pure boiler
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
X21 41
32
eBUS
RT 24V
Burner off
X106
13
41
3
123
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~2
6
7
9
8
1
3
4
5
11
10
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Temperature sensor on the heating flow
4 Temperature sensor on the heating return
5 Fan
6 Gas valve assembly
7 Pressure sensor
8 External ignition transformer
9 Heating pump
10 Ionisation and ignition electrode
11 Main power supply and connection for 230 V control
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 37
F Connection diagram Pure boiler (30 kW)
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
X21LN
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
13
41
3
123
eBUS
Burner off
X106
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~
X12LN
2
7
8
109
1
43
5
6
12 11
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Control system
4 Temperature sensor in the heating flow
5 Temperature sensor in the heating return
6 Fan
7 Gas valve
8 Pressure sensor
9 Ionisation electrode
10 Heating pump
11 Ignition electrode
12 Main power supply
Appendix
38 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
G Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview
The table below lists the manufacturer requirements with respect to minimum inspection and maintenance intervals If na-tional regulations and directives require shorter inspection and maintenance intervals you should observe these instead ofthe intervals listed in the table
No WorkInspection(annual)
Mainten-ance
(must becarried outat regularintervals)
1Check the airflue pipe for leak-tightness and to ensure that it is fastened correctly Make surethat it is not blocked or damaged and has been installed in accordance with the relevant Installa-tion Manual
X X
2Check the general condition of the product Remove dirt from the product and from the vacuumchamber
X X
3Visually inspect the general condition of the heat exchanger In doing so pay particular attentionto signs of corrosion rust and other defects If you notice any damage carry out maintenancework
X X
4Check the gas connection pressure at maximum heat input If the gas connection pressure is notwithin the correct range carry out maintenance work
X X
5Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product and if necessary adjust it Keep a record ofthis
X X
6Disconnect the product from the power mains Check that the electrical plug connections andother connections are seated correctly and correct these if necessary
X X
7 Close the gas isolator cock and the service valves X X
8Drain the product on the water side Check the pre-charge pressure of the expansion vesseland if required top up the expansion vessel (approx 003 MPa03 bar below the system fillingpressure)
X
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit X
10Check the seals in the combustion area If you see any damage replace the seals Replace bothburner seals each time it is opened and accordingly each time maintenance work is carried out
X
11 Clean the heat exchanger X
12 Check the burner for damage and replace it if necessary X
13 Check the condensate siphon in the product clean and fill if necessary X X
14 Install the gas-air mixture unit Caution Replace the seals X
15 Open the gas isolator cock reconnect the product to the power mains and switch the product on X X
16Open the service valves fill the productheating installation to 005-03 MPa05-30 bar (depend-ing on the static height of the heating installation) and start the purging programme PXX
X
17Carry out a test operation of the product and heating installation and if required purge the sys-tem once more
X X
18 Visually inspect the ignition and burner behaviour X X
19 Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product again X
20 Check the product for gas flue gas water and condensate leaks and repair if necessary X X
21 Record the inspectionmaintenance work carried out X X
Note For those appliances which are not part of an annual service agreementpolicy maintenance must be carried out at least every5 years
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 39
H Position of the opening in the airflue pipe
GN
N
MM
A
II
O
H
H
CBLJ
Q Q
Q
Q
Q
K
P
D E
FI
S
R
T
H1 Positioning of the opening of a fan-supported flue gas pipe
Installation siteMinimum dimen-sions
A Directly below an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
B Above an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
C Horizontally to an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
DBelow temperature-sensitive building components eg plastic gutters down pipes or wastewaterpipes
75 mm
E Below eaves 200 mm
F Below balconies or car port roofs 200 mm
G From vertical wastewater pipes or down pipes 150 mm
H From external or internal corners 200 mm
I Above floors roofs or balconies 300 mm
J From a surface facing a terminal 600 mm
K From a terminal facing a terminal 1200 mm
L From an opening in the car port (eg door window) which leads into the dwelling 1200 mm
M Vertical from a terminal on the same wall 1500 mm
N Horizontal from a terminal on the same wall 300 mm
O From the wall on which the terminal has been installed 0 mm
P From a vertical structure on the roof 300 mm
Q Above the roof area 300 mm
R Horizontal from adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
S Above adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
T Below adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 2000 mm
Appendix
40 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
H2 Horizontal terminal positioning
BS 5440-1 recommends that fanned flue chimney terminals should be positioned as follows
a) at least 2 m from an opening in the building directly opposite and
b) so that the products of combustion are not directed to discharge directly across a boundary if the products are likely tocause a nuisance to a neighbour or discharge over a walkway or patio
For IE see current issue of IS 813
For boilers covered within this manual
1) Dimensions D E F and G
These clearances may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler In order to ensure that the con-densate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces the terminal should be extended as shown below
Balconyeaves
Gutter
Adequately secured airflue gas pipe
The flue pipe mustprotrude beyond any overhang
2) Dimension H
This clearance may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler However in order to ensure thatthe condensate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces a clearance of 300 mm is preferred
For 1 and 2 above you can use a flue gas management kit to enable the termination point to be positioned and directed awayfrom the building fabric
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 41
I Commissioning Checklist
copy Heating and Hotwater Industry Council (HHIC)
wwwcentralheatingcouk
Benchmark Commissioning and Servicing SectionIt is a requirement that the boiler is installed and commissioned to the
completed in full
Appendix
42 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
This Commissioning Checklist is to be completed in full by the competent person who commissioned the boiler as a means of demonstrating compliance with the appropriate Building Regulations and then handed to the customer to keep for future reference
GAS BOILER SYSTEM COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST
CONTROLS
Optimum start control
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
ALL SYSTEMS
Yes
Yes
CENTRAL HEATING MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
COMBINATION BOILERS ONLY
Yes
Yes
DOMESTIC HOT WATER MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
Yes Temperature
CONDENSING BOILERS ONLY
Yes
ALL INSTALLATIONS
AND sup2 Ratio
AND sup2 Ratio
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 43
It is recommended that your heating system is serviced regularly and that the appropriate Service Interval Record is completed
Service Provider
SERVICE RECORD
SERVICE 01
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 02
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 03
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 04
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 05
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 06
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 07
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 08
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 09
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 10
AND sup2 AND sup2
Appendix
44 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
PRIOR TO CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO CHECKThe boiler manufacturerrsquos installation instructions should have been followed gas type verified and gas
supply pressurerate checked as required prior to commissioningAs part of the installation process especially where a flue has been fitted by persons other than the boiler installer visually check the integrity of the whole flue system to confirm that all components are correctly assembled fixed and supported Check that manufacturerrsquos max flue lengths have not been
exceeded and all guidance has been followed (eg Gas Safe Technical Bulletin TB008)The flue gas analyser should be of the correct type as specified by BS 7967
Prior to its use the flue gas analyser should have been maintained and calibrated as specified by the manufacturer The installer must have the relevant competence for use of the analyser
Check and zero the analyser IN FRESH AIR as per analyser manufacturerrsquos instructions
NOTETHE AIR GAS RATIO VALVE IS FACTORY
SET AND MUST NOT BE ADJUSTED DURING COMMISSIONING UNLESS THIS ACTION IS RECOMMENDED FOLLOWING CONTACT WITH THE MANUFACTURER
If any such adjustment is recommended and further checking of the boiler is required the
installerservice engineer must be competent to carry out this work and to use the flue gas
analyser accordinglyIf the boiler requires conversion to operate with
a different gas family (eg conversion from natural gas to LPG) separate guidance will be
provided by the boiler manufacturer
CARRY OUT FLUE INTEGRITY CHECK USING ANALYSERInsert analyser probe into air inlet test point and allow readings to stabiliseNOTE - where no air inlet test point is provided then a flue integrity check
with the analyser is not possible The installer should verify that flue integrity has been visually checked in accordance with the ldquoPrior to
CO and combustion ratio checkrdquo box above before proceeding to the ldquoCheck CO and combustion ratio at maximum raterdquo stage below
SET BOILER TO MINIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at minimum rate (to
minimum load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - If manufacturerrsquos instructions do not specify how to set boiler to minimum
rate contact Technical Helpline for advice
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MINIMUM RATEWith boiler still set at minimum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas sampling
point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is not
specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MAX RATEWith boiler still set at maximum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas
sampling point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is
not specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
SET BOILER TO MAXIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at max rate
(full load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - Do not insert analyser probe during this period to avoid
possible ldquofloodingrdquo of sensor
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
BOILER IS OPERATING SATISFACTORILYno further actions required
Ensure test points are capped boiler case is correctly replaced and all other commissioning procedures are completed
Complete Benchmark Checklist recording CO and combustion ratio readings as required
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED
VERIFY FLUE INTEGRITYAnalyser readings indicate that combustion products and inlet air must be mixing Further investigation of
the flue is therefore requiredCheck that flue components are assembled fixed and supported as per boilerflue manufacturerrsquos
instructionsCheck that flue and flue terminal are not obstructed
IsCO less than
335ppmand
COCO2 ratio less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
Check all seals around the appliance burner internal flue seals door and case seals
Rectify where necessary
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED IF
COMMISSIONING CANNOT BE FULLY COMPLETED THE APPLIANCE MUST BE
DISCONNECTED FROM THE GAS SUPPLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GSIUR
NOTE Check and record CO and combustion ratio at both max and min rate before contacting the
manufacturer
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YESYES
YES
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 45
J Pipe lengths for the airflue pipe
J1 Length of the C13 type airflue pipe
Applicability C13 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C13 type airfluepipe
C13 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J2 Length of the C33 type airflue pipe
Applicability C33 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C33 type airfluepipe
C33 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J3 Length of the C43 type airflue pipe
Applicability C43 type airflue pipe
Diameter of theairflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L)
C43 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
Appendix
46 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
K Technical data
Technical data ndash Heating
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 530 lh 655 lh 788 lh 1094 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 353 lh 436 lh 525 lh 729 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
123 lh 153 lh 184 lh 255 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 1102 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 876 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
306 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
Technical data ndash G20 powerloading G20The lowest nominal heat output may be higher than the value in the technical data depending on the design of the systemand the current operating status
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 12 kW 15 kW 18 kW 25 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
48 hellip 130 kW 48 hellip 162 kW 53 hellip 195 kW 65 hellip 270 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
47 hellip 128 kW 47 hellip 159 kW 52 hellip 191 kW 64 hellip 265 kW
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
45 hellip 123 kW 45 hellip 152 kW 50 hellip 183 kW 61 hellip 254 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
44 hellip 150 kW 44 hellip 180 kW 49 hellip 252 kW 60 hellip 300 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
123 kW 153 kW 184 kW 255 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
153 kW 184 kW 257 kW 306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 30 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
76 hellip 324 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
75 hellip 318 kW
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 47
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
72 hellip 305 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
71 hellip 350 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
72 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
357 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
72 kW
Technical data ndash General
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch 34 inch 34 inch 34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h 32 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
13 msup3h 16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0476 msup3h 0480 msup3h 0533 msup3h 0648 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
206 gs 208 gs 231 gs 281 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
55 gs 69 gs 83 gs 115 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
69 gs 83 gs 116 gs 138 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
55 55 60 77
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
55 55 55 55
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
43 48 51 62
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
32 32 34 35
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
71 71 69 68
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
105 105 105 95
Released system types C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996 996 996 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040 1040 1040 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060 1060 1060 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085 1085 1085 1085
NOx class 5 5 5 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm
Appendix
48 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Net weight 31 kg 31 kg 31 kg 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 35 kg 35 kg 35 kg 36 kg
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
38 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
32 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0762 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
330 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
138 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
161 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
82
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
37
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
75
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
104
Released system types C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085
NOx class 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm
Net weight 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 36 kg
Technical data ndash Electrics
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 49
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max electrical power consump-tion
65 W 75 W 66 W 75 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W
Level of protection IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V
Max electrical power consump-tion
60 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W
Level of protection IPX4D
Index
50 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Index
AAirflue pipe installed 5BBurner anti-cycling time 20Bypass valve 22CCE label 8Check programmes 29
Using 15Checking the burner 25Checking the pre-charge pressure of the expansionvessel 25Cleaning the condensate siphon 25Cleaning the heat exchanger 24CO₂ content
Checking 20 23Competent person 4Completing inspection work 25Completing maintenance work 25Condensate discharge pipe 12Condensate siphon
Filling 18Controller 14Corrosion 5DDecommissioning 28Decommissioning the product 28Diagnostics codes
Using 15Documents 7Draining the product 25EElectricity 5Expansion relief valve 28FFault codes 26Fault memory 26Fault messages 26Fault symbol 15Flow rate-pressure curves 21Flue gas route 5Front casing closed 5Frost 5GGas family check 16Gas flow rate 18HHanding over to the end user 22High-efficiency pump 21High-efficiency pump output 21IIdentification plate 7If you smell flue gas 5If you smell gas 4Inspection work 22 38Installation site 5Intended use 4LLeak-tightness 20 25 28
MMains connection 14Maintenance work 22 38Minimum clearance 9PPower supply 14Preparing the repair work 26Preparing repair work 26Pressure sensor 28Pump head 27QQualification 4RRegulations 6Removing the air intake pipe 24Removing the burner 24Removing the flue gas pipe 24Removing the front casing 10Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24Removing the ignition transformer 24Removing the side section 10Replacing the burner 26Replacing the expansion vessel 27Replacing the heat exchanger 26Replacing the main PCB 28Replacing expansion vessel 27Resetting the burner anti-cycling time 21SSafety device 5Schematic drawing 5Setting the burner anti-cycling time 20Spare parts 23Switching on the product 17TTool 6Transport 5Transporting 8Treating the heating water 16UUnloading the box 8Unpacking the product 8User interface replacing the PCB 28Using
Check programmes 15Diagnostics codes 15
VVoltage 5WWall-mounting the product 9Weight 9
0020200964_04
ManufacturerSupplierVaillant Group UK LTD
Nottingham Road ‒ Belper ‒ Derbyshire DE56 1JQ
Telephone 01773 824639 ‒ Technical helpline 0330 100 7679
After sales service 0330 100 3142
wwwglow-wormcouk
0020200964_04 ‒ 16112017
copy These instructions or parts thereof are protected by copyright and may be repro-duced or distributed only with the manufacturers written consent
We reserve the right to make technical changes
Installation 5
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 11
5 Installation
DangerRisk of scalding andor damage due toincorrect installation leading to escapingwater
Mechanical stresses in the connection pipesmay lead to leaks
Ensure that there is no mechanical stresswhen installing the connection pipes
CautionRisk of material damage caused byresidues in the pipelines
Welding remnants sealing residues dirt orother residues in the pipelines may damagethe product
Flush the heating installation thoroughlybefore installing the product
51 Checking the gas meter
Make sure that the existing gas meter is capable ofpassing the rate of gas supply required
52 Gas and water connections
CautionRisk of damage caused by incorrect gasconnection installation
Excess test pressure or operating pressuremay cause damage to the gas valve
Check the leak-tightness of the gas valveusing a maximum pressure of 11 kPa(110 mbar)
CautionRisk of material damage caused by corro-sion
Due to non-diffusion-tight plastic pipes in theheating installation air gets into the heatingwater Air in the heating water causes corro-sion in the heat generator circuit and in theproduct
If you use non-diffusion-tight plastic pipesin the heating installation ensure that noair gets into the heat generator circuit
CautionRisk of material damage due to heat trans-fer during soldering
Only solder connectors if the connectorsare not yet screwed to the service valves
Note
Apply heat insulation to the water pipes to theboiler outlet and to the installation
Preliminary work1 Check that the system volume and the volumetric capa-
city of the expansion vessel are compatible
If the volume of the expansion vessel is insufficientfor the installation
Install an additional expansion vessel in theheating return as close to the product as pos-sible
Install a non-return valve at the products outlet(heating flow)
2 Ensure that the installation has the following compon-ents
ndash A cold water stopcock for the unit
ndash A gas stopcock for the unit
ndash A filling and draining device in the heating installa-tion
1
2
3
1 Heating flow connec-tion G34
2 Gas connection G12
3 Heating return connec-tion G34
1 Connect the water and gas connections in accordancewith the applicable standards
2 Purge the gas pipe before start-up
3 Check whether the connections (rarr Page 20) are leak-tight
5 Installation
12 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
53 Connecting the drain pipework for theexpansion relief valve
1
Ensure that the pipeline is visible
The pipe must have a continuous fall and be routed to aposition so that any discharge of water possibly boilingor steam cannot create any danger to persons damageto property or external electrical components and wiring
◁ The piping must be installed in such a way that youcan see when water drips out
54 Connecting the condensate discharge pipe
1
2
Follow the instructions listed here and observe the legaland local regulations on condensate discharge
Use PVC or any other material that is suitable for drain-ing the non-neutralised condensate
If you cannot guarantee that the materials from which thedrain pipework is made are suitable install a system forneutralising the condensate
Note
The condensate drain pipework must have acontinuous fall (45 mm per metre) and shouldwhenever possible terminate at a suitabledrain point within the heated envelope of thebuilding that will remain frost free under longperiods of low external temperatures
Connect the condensate traps (1) Use the supplied drainhose (2) for this
Connect a condensate discharge pipe (215 mm notincluded in the scope of delivery) to the drain hose (2)
During installation remove all burrs from inside of cut pipework and avoid excessive adhesive which may trap smallpockets of water close to the pipe wall which can freezeand build into a larger ice plug
For any installation the condensate must be free flowingand not be possible for air back-pressure to prevent wa-ter flow
As with other pipe work insulate the condensate dis-charge pipe to minimise any risk of freezing and bewarewhen crossing cavities that the fall is maintained and thepipe sleeved
You can find further information in specification BS 6798for installing and maintaining gas-fired boilers with a nominalheat input below 70 kW
541 Condensate drainage systems
5411 Internal soil and vent pipe
Oslash19mm min
5412 External soil and vent pipe
L = 3m max
Oslash19mm min
Oslash30mm
5413 External termination into a gulley or hopper
L = 3m max
Oslash19mm min
Oslash30mm
Installation 5
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 13
5414 Internal termination into combined sinkwaste
Oslash30mm
Oslash19mm min
5415 Internal termination downstream of sinkwaste
Oslash30mm
Oslash19mm min
5416 External termination into soakaway
400m
m m
in
300m
m m
in25
mm
min
500mm min
Oslash100mm
L = 3m max
Oslash19mm min
Oslash30mm
5417 External termination into rain water downpipe
Oslash19mm min
Oslash30mm
55 Electrical installation
DangerRisk of death from electric shock
The power supply terminals L and N remainlive even if the product is switched off
Switch off the power supply Secure the power supply against being
switched on again
Only qualified electricians may carry out the electrical install-ation
551 Opening the electronics box
A
B
B
Follow the instructions in the specified sequence
5 Installation
14 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
552 Closing the electronics box
Follow the instructions in the reverse order
553 Cable route
1
2
1 24-V eBUS cable route 2 230-V eBUS cable route
554 Carrying out the wiring
30 mm max
1 Shorten the connection cables to the appropriatelengths to prevent them from causing damage insidethe electronics box
2 Screw the plug to the connection cable
3 Plug the plug into the slot provided on the PCB
555 Establishing the power supply
1
1 Observe all valid regulations
2 Ensure that the rated mains voltage is 230 V
3 Set up a fixed connection and install a partition with acontact opening of at least 3 mm (eg fuses or powerswitches)
4 Provide one common electricity supply for the boilerand for the corresponding controller
ndash Power supply Single-phase 230 V 50 Hz
ndash Fuse protection le 3 A
5 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
6 Observe the routing of the power supply cable (1) in theelectronics box in order to guarantee that there is nostrain
le 30
mm
NL X1230V~
RT
7 Carry out the wiring (rarr Page 14)
8 Close the electronics box
9 Make sure that access to the mains connection is al-ways available and is not covered or blocked
556 Connecting controllers to the electronicsystem
X2
X22 X41
ndash +24V=RT BUS
BurneroffX
106
BUS24 V
BU
SR
TB
off
Burner
offR
T24V
=-
+B
US
1
4
32
1 Safety thermostat forfloor-standing heating
2 24 V controller
3 eBUS controller or radioreceiver unit
4 Outside temperaturesensor wired
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
Operation 6
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 15
2 Carry out the wiring (rarr Page 14)
3 Connect the individual components depending on thetype of installation
Conditions If installing a multi-circuit controller
Change the pumps operating mode d18 from Eco (in-termittently operating pump) to Comfort (continuouslyoperating pump)
Conditions When connecting a controller (230 V)
le 30
mm
NL X1230V~
RT
Connect the controller to the main plug
Remove the bridge from the plug 24V=RT
4 Close the electronics box
6 Operation
61 Using diagnostics codes
You can use the parameters marked as adjustable in thetable of diagnostics codes to adapt the product to the systemand customer requirements
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
611 Activating diagnostics codes
1 Press and hold the button for 7 seconds
◁ is shown in the display
2 Press the or button to set the value
◁ The access code (96) is reserved for the competentperson
◁ The access code (35) is reserved for the customerservice
3 Press the button to confirm
◁ is shown in the display
612 Setting a diagnostics code
1 Press the or button to select the diagnosticscode
2 Press the button to confirm
◁ The value andor status of the diagnostics code isshown in the display
3 Press the or button to set the value
4 If you allow the value to flash for three seconds thesetting is automatically confirmed
◁ is shown in the display for 1 second
Note
You can manually confirm the setting at anytime by pressing and holding the buttonfor less than 3 seconds
5 Proceed accordingly for all parameters that need to bechanged
6 Press and hold the button for 3 seconds to finishconfiguring the diagnostics codes
◁ The display switches to the basic display
62 Displaying the status codes
The status codes display the products current operatingstatus
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
621 Activating the status codes display
1 Hold the button down for more than 7 seconds
◁ SXX is shown on the display followed by the heat-ing flow temperature the internal system pressureand the cylinder temperature (depending on the ver-sion)
2 Press the button to exit this menu
◁ The display switches to the basic display
63 Using check programmes
By activating various check programmes you can triggervarious special functions on the product
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
631 Calling up the check programmes
1 Hold the button down for more than 5 seconds
◁ All symbols are shown in the display
◁ is shown in the display
2 Press and hold the button for five seconds
◁ is shown in the display
3 Press the or button to select the checkprogramme
4 Press the button to confirm
◁ on is shown in the display and the programmestarts
5 Press the and buttons at the same time whilstrunning a check programme
◁ The heating water temperature and the filling pres-sure for the heating installation are shown altern-ately in the display
6 Press the button to return to the check programme
◁ The display shows the check programme
7 Press the button to finish the check programme
◁ OFF is shown in the display
8 Press and hold the button for 3 seconds to finishthe check programmes
7 Start-up
16 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
◁ End is shown in the display
◁ The display switches to the basic display
Note
If you do not press any button for 15 minutesthe current programme is automatically can-celled and the basic display is shown
632 Displaying the pressure and temperature ofthe heating during a check programme
1 Press the buttons simultaneously
◁ Display the filling pressure in the heating installation
◁ Display the heating flow temperature
2 Press the button to display the check programmecurrently running
7 Start-up
71 Carrying out the initial start-up
Initial start-up must be carried out by a customer servicetechnician or an authorised competent person using the first-commissioning-checklist The first-commissioning-checklistin the appendix (rarr Page 41) of the installation instructionsmust be filled out and stored carefully along with the unitsdocumentation
Carry out the initial start-up using the first-commission-ing-checklist in the appendix
Fill out and sign the first-commissioning-checklist
72 Checking the type of gas
Make sure that the product is set up correctly by checkingthe type of gas This ensures optimum combustion quality
Check the type of gas as part of routine product mainten-ance work when replacing components or carrying outwork on the gas route
73 Checking the factory setting
The products combustion has been factory tested and ispreset for operation with the gas group indicated on the iden-tification plate
The product is only authorised to be operated with naturalgas
Check the information about the type of gas indicated onthe identification plate and compare this with the type ofgas available at the installation location
Conditions The product design is not compatible with the local gasgroup
Do not start up the product
Conditions The product design is compatible with the local gas group
Proceed as described below
74 Checking and treating the heatingwaterfilling and supplementary water
CautionRisk of material damage due to poor-qual-ity heating water
Ensure that the heating water is of suffi-cient quality
Before filling or topping up the installation check thequality of the heating water
Checking the quality of the heating water Remove a little water from the heating circuit
Check the appearance of the heating water
If you ascertain that it contains sedimentary materialsyou must desludge the installation
Use a magnetic rod to check whether it contains mag-netite (iron oxide)
If you ascertain that it contains magnetite clean the in-stallation and apply suitable corrosion-protection meas-ures or fit a magnetic filter
Check the pH value of the removed water at 25 degC
If the value is below 65 or above 85 clean the systemand treat the heating water
Ensure that oxygen cannot get into the heating water
Checking the filling and supplementary water Before filling the installation measure the hardness of the
filling and supplementary water
Treating the filling and supplementary water Observe all applicable national regulations and technical
standards when treating the filling and supplementarywater
Provided the national regulations and technical standardsdo not stipulate more stringent requirements the followingapplies
You must treat the heating water in the following cases
ndash If the entire filling and supplementary water quantity dur-ing the operating life of the system exceeds three timesthe nominal volume of the heating installation or
ndash If the guideline values listed in the following table are notmet or
ndash if the pH value of the heating water is less than 65 ormore than 85
Totalheatingoutput
Water hardness at specific system volume1)
le 20 lkWgt 20 lkWle 50 lkW
gt 50 lkW
kWppm
CaCO₃molmsup3
ppmCaCO₃
molmsup3
ppmCaCO₃
molmsup3
lt 50 lt 300 lt 3 200 2 2 002
gt 50to le 200
200 2 150 15 2 002
gt 200to le 600
150 15 2 002 2 002
gt 600 2 002 2 002 2 002
1) Nominal capacity in litresheating output in the case of multi-boiler systems the smallest single heating output is to be used
Start-up 7
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 17
CautionThe use of unsuitable heating water maycause aluminium corrosion and a result-ing lack of leak-tightness
In contrast to steel grey cast iron or copperfor example aluminium reacts with alkalineheating water (pH value gt 85) to producesubstantial corrosion
When using aluminium make sure thatthe pH value of the heating water isbetween 65 and a maximum of 85
CautionRisk of material damage if the heatingwater is treated with unsuitable additives
Unsuitable additives may cause changes inthe components noises in heating mode andpossibly subsequent damage
Do not use any unsuitable frost and cor-rosion protection agents biocides or seal-ants
No incompatibility with our products has been detected todate with proper use of the following additives
When using additives follow the manufacturers instruc-tions without exception
We accept no liability for the compatibility of any additive orits effectiveness in the rest of the heating system
Additives for cleaning measures (subsequentflushing required)ndash Adey MC3+
ndash Adey MC5
ndash Fernox F3
ndash Sentinel X 300
ndash Sentinel X 400
Additives intended to remain permanently in theinstallationndash Adey MC1+
ndash Fernox F1
ndash Fernox F2
ndash Sentinel X 100
ndash Sentinel X 200
Additives for frost protection intended to remainpermanently in the installationndash Adey MC ZERO
ndash Fernox Antifreeze Alphi 11
ndash Sentinel X 500
If you have used the above-mentioned additives informthe end user about the measures that are required
Inform the end user about the measures required for frostprotection
75 Avoiding danger arising from insufficientwater pressure
The filling pressure must be between 010 and 015 MPa(10 and 15 bar)
Note
If the heating flow temperature is shown in thedisplay press and hold the and buttonsat the same time for longer than five seconds ortemporarily deactivate heating mode in order todisplay the pressure
If the heating installation extends over several storeyshigher filling pressures may be required to avoid air enteringthe heating installation
If the water pressure falls below 005 MPa (05 bar) thevalue flashes in the display
If the water pressure falls below 003 MPa (03 bar) theproduct switches off The display shows 00 MPa (00 bar)Fault F22 will be stored in the fault list
Top up the water in the heating installation to start up theproduct again
◁ The pressure value flashes in the display until apressure of 005 MPa (05 bar) or higher has beenreached
76 Switching on the product
Switch on the product via the main switch installed on-site
77 Filling and purging the heating installation
Preliminary work Flush the heating installation through
1
1
1 Check the silicone hose connection (1) between thepumps automatic air vent and the hydraulic console
2 Fill with water until the required filling pressure isreached
ndash Recommended filling pressure 1 hellip 15 bar
◁ The heating and hot water functions cannot be activ-ated
◁ The pressure value flashes in the display until apressure of 005 MPa (05 bar) or higher has beenreached
7 Start-up
18 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
◁ An automatic air vent function is activated if thepressure exceeds 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than15 seconds
3 Purge each radiator until the water escapes normallyand then retighten the systems purging valves
4 Check whether all connections are leak-tight
Conditions If the noise persists in the boiler
Purge the product again by activating check programme(P07) and then (P06)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
78 Filling the condensate siphon
C
2
3
1
AB
1 Unclip the lower section of the siphon (1) from the up-per section of the siphon (2)
2 Remove the float (3)
3 Fill the lower section of the siphon with water up to 10mm below the upper edge of the condensate drain pipe-work
4 Re-insert the float (3)
Note
Check that the float is present in the con-densate siphon
5 Clip the lower section of the siphon (1) into the uppersection of the siphon (2)
79 Filling the hot water circuit
1 Open the water tap to fill the hot water circuit
2 Close the water tap once the appropriate volume ofwater has flowed out
◁ The hot water circuit is filled
3 Check all connections and the entire system for leak-tightness
710 Checking and adjusting the gas settings
Only a qualified competent person is authorised to imple-ment the settings on the gas valve assembly
Each destroyed tamper-proof seal must be replaced
The CO₂ adjusting screw must be sealed
Never modify the factory setting of the gas pressure regu-lator of the gas valve assembly
7101 Checking the gas flow rate
The gas flow rate has been set during production and doesnot require adjustment With the front casing fitted check thegas flow rate of the boiler as follows
Start up the product with the check programme P01
In addition ensure that maximum heat can be dissipatedinto the heating system by turning up the room thermo-stat
Wait at least 5 minutes until the boiler has reached itsoperating temperature
Ensure that all other gas appliances in the property areturned off
Measure the gas flow rate at the gas meter
Compare the measured values with the correspondingvalues in the table
Qnw from the dataplate
H gas in msup3h
Nom +5 minus10
153 162 170 146
184 195 205 176
247 261 274 235
257 272 286 245
286 303 318 273
306 324 340 292
357 378 397 340
Conditions Gas flow rate not in the permissible range
Check all of the piping and ensure that the gas flow ratesare correct
Only put the product into operation once the gas flowrates have been corrected
Conditions Gas flow rate in the permissible range
End the check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down by allowing pump overrun tooperate for a minimum of 2 minutes
Record the boiler maximum gas flow rate onto theBenchmark gas boiler commissioning checklist
Start-up 7
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 19
7102 Checking the gas connection pressure (gasflow pressure)
1
2
1 Ensure that the gas inlet working pressure can beobtained with all other gas appliances in the propertyworking
2 Close the gas stopcock (1)
3 Undo the sealing screw on the test nipple (2)
4 Connect a manometer to the test nipple (2)
5 Open the gas stopcock (1)
6 Start up the product with check programme P01 (sys-tem with eBUS control) or P03 (installation withouteBUS control)
7 In addition ensure that maximum heat can be dissip-ated into the heating system by turning up the roomthermostat
8 With the boiler operating at full load check that the gasinlet working pressure at the reference test point (2)complies with the requirements
Permissible connection pressure
Great Bri-tain
Naturalgas
G20 17 hellip 2 kPa
(170hellip 20 mbar)
9 Should the pressure recorded at the reference test pointin the boiler be lower than indicated check if there isany blockage in the pipework or if the pipework is un-dersized
Conditions Gas flow pressure not in the permissible range
CautionRisk of material damage and operatingfaults caused by incorrect gas connec-tion pressureIf the gas connection pressure lies outsidethe permissible range this can cause oper-ating faults in and damage to the product Do not make any adjustments to the
product Do not start up the product
If you cannot correct the failure notify the gas supplycompany and proceed as follows
End check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down by allowing pump overrunto operate for a minimum of two minutes
Close the gas stopcock
Remove the pressure gauge and retighten the sealingscrew (2) for the measuring nipple
Open the gas stopcock (1)
Check the test nipple for gas tightness
Close the gas stopcock (1)
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
Disconnect the product from the electrical installation
You must not start up the boiler
Conditions Gas flow pressure in the permissible range
End the check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down allowing pump overrun tooperate for a minimum of two minutes
Close the gas stopcock (1)
Remove the pressure gauge and retighten the sealingscrew (2) for the measuring nipple
Open the gas stopcock (1)
Check the test nipple for gas tightness
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
Reset boiler controls for normal operation
Record the appliance gas inlet working pressure (kParesp mbar) in the Benchmark gas boiler commissioningchecklist
7103 Checking the leak-tightness of the flue gasinstallation and flue gas recirculation
1 Check the flue gas installation is intact in accordancewith the latest gas safe technical bulletin and informa-tion supplied in the installation instructions
2 For extended flue gas installations check for flue gasrecirculation using the air analysis point
3 Use a flue gas analyser
4 If you discover CO or CO2 in the supply air search forthe leak in the flue gas installation or for signs of fluegas recirculation
5 Eliminate the damage properly
6 Check again whether the supply air contains any CO orCO2
7 If you cannot eliminate the damage do not start up theproduct
7104 Thoroughly flushing the heating installation(hot)
1 Operate the appliance until the boiler and the heatingsystem are up to temperature
2 Check the heating system for leaks
3 Connect a hose to the drain valve located at the lowestposition of the heating system
4 Shut off the boiler open the drain valve and all purgevalves on the radiators and allow the water to flow outof the heating system and the boiler quickly and fully
5 Close the drain valve
6 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
7 Re-fill the system until the system design pressure of01 MPa (10 bar) is attained
8 Adapting the unit to the heating installation
20 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Note
The actual reading on the digital pressuregauge should ideally be 005 MPa (05 bar)plus an additional pressure correspondingto the highest point of the system above thebase of the boiler ndash 10 m head equals an ad-ditional 1 bar reading on the pressure gaugeThe minimum pressure should not be lessthan 01 MPa (1 bar) in any installation Ifthe system is to be treated with an inhibitor itshould be applied at this stage in accordancewith the manufacturerrsquos instructions Furtherinformation can be obtained from SentinelBetz Dearborn Ltd Tel 0151 420 9595 orFernox Alphandash Fry technologies Tel 08708700362
8 Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
7105 Checking the CO₂ content
1 Start up the product with the check programme (P01)and set the value
ndash Setting value for the programme P01 100
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
2 Wait until the value that is read is stable
ndash Waiting period for reading a stable value 5 min
1
3 Unscrew the cover from the flue gas analysis point (1)
4 Measure the CO₂ content at the flue gas analysis point(1)
5 Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Checking the CO₂ content
Great Britain
front casing on front casing off
Natural gas
G20
92 plusmn1
◁ The value is OK
The value is not OK you cannot start up theproduct
Inform Customer Service
711 Checking leak-tightness
Check the gas pipe the heating circuit and the hot watercircuit for leak-tightness
Check that the airflue pipe has been installed correctly
Conditions Room-sealed operation
Check whether the vacuum chamber has been closedtightly
7111 Checking the heating mode
1 Activate the heating mode on the user interface
2 Turn all thermostatic radiator valves on the radiatorsuntil they are fully open
3 Allow the product to operate for at least 15 minutes
4 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
5 Activate the display for the current operating status(rarr Page 15)
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
◁ If the product is working correctly the display showsS04
7112 Checking the hot water generation
1 Activate the hot water handling mode on the userinterface
2 Open a hot water valve completely
3 Activate the display for the current operating status(rarr Page 15)
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
◁ If the product is working correctly the display showsS14
8 Adapting the unit to the heatinginstallation
You can resetchange the system parameters (section Us-ing diagnostics codes)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
81 Burner anti-cycling time
To prevent frequent switching on and off of the burner andthus prevent energy losses an electronic restart lockoutis activated for a specific period each time the burner isswitched off The burner anti-cycling time is only active forthe heating mode Hot water handling mode during a burneranti-cycling time does not affect the time function element
811 Setting the maximum burner anti-cyclingtime
1 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
2 If required adjust the maximum burner anti-cycling timeusing the diagnostics code d02
Adapting the unit to the heating installation 8
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 21
812 Resetting the remaining burner anti-cyclingtime
Hold the button down for more than 3 seconds
◁ is shown in the display
82 Setting the pump output
The product is equipped with a speed-regulated high-effi-ciency pump which adjusts independently to the hydraulicconditions of the heating installation
If you have installed a low loss header in the heating install-ation you should switch off the speed regulation and set thepump output to a fixed value
If required change the setting of the pump speed whichdepends on the operating mode under diagnostics coded14
Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 12 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
0
10
20
30
40
50
0 200 400 600 800 1000
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 15 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
1 2
34
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 18 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
01020304050
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
6070
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 25 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
01020304050
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
6070
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 30 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
01020304050607080
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 A
B 1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
9 Handing the product over to the end user
22 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
83 Setting the bypass valve
CautionRisk of material damage caused by incor-rect setting of the high-efficiency pump
If the pressure at the bypass valve is in-creased (by turning it clockwise) and thepump output is set to less than 100 theproduct may not operate correctly
In this case set the pump output to5 = 100 using diagnostics parameterd14
Conditions d14 is set to 0 = auto
Do not change the factory settings
Conditions d14 is set to 1 - 5
Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
1
Regulate the pressure using the adjusting screw (1)
Position of the adjustingscrew
Notesapplication
Right-hand stop (screwedall the way in)
If the radiators do not heatup sufficiently at the defaultsetting In this case you mustset the pump to the maximumspeed
Mid-position (six anti-clockwise rotations)
Default setting
Five further anti-clockwiserotations starting from themid-position
If noises are produced in theradiators or radiator valves
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
84 Setting the hot water temperature
DangerRisk of death from legionella
Legionella multiply at temperatures below60 degC
Ensure that the end user is familiar withall of the Anti-legionella measures in orderto comply with the applicable regulationsregarding legionella prevention
Set the hot water temperature
Conditions Water hardness gt 357 molmsup3
ndash Hot water temperature le 50
9 Handing the product over to the enduser
When you have finished the installation attach the stickersupplied (in the end users language) to the productcover
Explain to the end user how the safety devices work andwhere they are located
Inform the end user how to handle the product
In particular draw attention to the safety informationwhich the end user must follow
Inform the end user that they must have the productmaintained in accordance with the specified intervals
Instruct the end user about measures taken for routingthe combustion air supply and flue system
10 Inspection and maintenance
101 Using original seals
If you replace components use only the enclosed originalseals additional sealing materials are not required
102 Observing inspection and maintenanceintervals
Adhere to the minimum inspection and maintenance in-tervals The inspection may require maintenance to becarried out earlier depending on the results
Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview(rarr Page 38)
Inspection and maintenance 10
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 23
103 Procuring spare parts
The original components of the product were also certifiedby the manufacturer as part of the declaration of conformityIf you use other non-certified or unauthorised parts duringmaintenance or repair work this may void the conformity ofthe product and it will therefore no longer comply with theapplicable standards
We strongly recommend that you use original spare partsfrom the manufacturer as this guarantees fault-free and safeoperation of the product To receive information about theavailable original spare parts contact the contact addressprovided on the reverse of these instructions
If you require spare parts for maintenance or repairwork use only the spare parts that are permitted for theproduct
104 Checking the CO₂ content
1 Start up the product with the check programme (P01)and set the value
ndash Setting value for the programme P01 100
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
2 Wait until the value that is read is stable
ndash Waiting period for reading a stable value 5 min
1
3 Unscrew the cover from the flue gas analysis point (1)
4 Measure the CO₂ content at the flue gas analysis point(1)
5 Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Checking the CO₂ content
Great Britain
front casing on front casing off
Natural gas
G20
92 plusmn1
◁ The value is OK
The value is not OK you cannot start up theproduct
Set the CO₂ content (rarr Page 23)
105 Setting the CO₂ content
Conditions The CO₂ content must be adjusted
1
A
B
Remove the sticker
Turn the screw (1) to set the CO₂ content (value withfront casing removed)
◁ To increase the CO₂ content Turn anti-clockwise
◁ To decrease the CO₂ content Turn clockwise
Only carry out the adjustment in increments of 18 turnand wait approximately 1 minute after each adjustmentuntil the value has stabilised
Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Setting the CO₂ value
Great Britain
front casing on front casingoff
Natural gas
G20
CO₂ at full load 92 plusmn02
Set for Wobbeindex W₀
1409 kWsdothmsup3
O₂ at full load 45 plusmn18 vol
CO at full load le 250 ppm
COCO₂ le 00027
If the setting is not in the specified adjustment rangeyou must not start up the product
Inform Customer Service
Check whether the air-quality requirements with regardto carbon monoxide are fulfilled
Fit the front panel
10 Inspection and maintenance
24 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
106 Removing the gas-air mixture unit
Note
The gas-air mixture unit consists of three maincomponents
ndash Fan
ndash Gas valve
ndash Burner cover
1 Switch off the product via the main switch
2 Close the gas isolator cock
3 Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
C
AB
1
D
2
4 Remove the screw (1)
5 Push the clip upwards
6 Remove the flue gas pipe (2)
3
4
5
AB
7 Remove the air intake pipe (3)
8 Remove the plugs from the gas valve (4) and from thefan (5)
A
C
D B
6
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (6)
7
7
8
10 Remove the burner seals (7) and the burner (8)
11 Check the burner and the heat exchanger for damageand dirt
12 If necessary clean or replace the components accord-ing to the following sections
13 Install the two new burner seals
107 Cleaning the heat exchanger
1
1 Protect the folded down electronics box against sprayedwater
2 Clean the ribs of the heat exchanger (1) with water
◁ The water runs out into the condensate tray
Inspection and maintenance 10
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 25
108 Checking the burner
1 Search the surface of the burner for possible damage Ifyou see any damage replace the burner
2 Install the two new burner seals
109 Checking the ignition electrode
1
2
3 4 5
1 Disconnect the connection (2) and the earthing cable(1)
2 Remove the fixing screws (3)
3 Carefully remove the electrode from the combustionchamber
4 Check that the electrode ends (4) are undamaged
5 Check the electrode distance
ndash Clearance for the ignition electrodes 35 hellip 45 mm
6 Make sure that the seal (5) is free from damage
If necessary replace the seal
1010 Cleaning the condensate siphon
C
2
3
1
AB
1 Unclip the lower section of the siphon (1) from the up-per section of the siphon (2)
2 Remove the float (3)
3 Flush out the float and lower section of the siphon withwater
4 Fill the lower section of the siphon with water up to 10mm below the upper edge of the condensate drain pipe-work
5 Reinsert the float (3)
Note
Check whether the float is present in thecondensate siphon
6 Clip the lower section of the siphon (1) into the uppersection of the siphon (2)
1011 Installing the gas-air mixture unit
1 Install the burner
2 Install two new burner seals in the burner hood
3 Install the gas-air mixture unit
4 Tighten the screws on the gas-air mixture unit
ndash Ideally to 7 Nm if a torque spanner is available
5 Install the flue pipe
6 Install the air intake pipe
1012 Draining the product
1 Close the service valves of the product
2 Start check programme P05 (rarr Page 15)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
3 Open the drain cock
1013 Checking the admission pressure of theexpansion vessel
1 Measure the pre-charge pressure of the expansion ves-sel at the vessel valve
Conditions Pre-charge pressure lt 0075 MPa (075 bar)
Top up the expansion vessel in accordance with thestatic height of the heating installation ideally with ni-trogen otherwise with air Ensure that the drain valve isopen when topping up
2 If water escapes from the expansion vessels valve youmust replace the expansion vessel (rarr Page 27)
3 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
1014 Completing inspection and maintenancework
1 Check the gas connection pressure (gas flow pressure)(rarr Page 19)
2 Check the CO₂ content
1015 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
11 Troubleshooting
26 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
11 Troubleshooting
111 Rectifying faults
If fault codes (FXX) appear refer to the table in the ap-pendix or use the check programme(s)
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
If several fault codes are generated at the same time theseare displayed alternately followed by the time at which therespective fault occurred
Hold the button down for more than 3 seconds
If you are unable to clear the fault code and it reappearsdespite several fault clearance attempts contact cus-tomer service
112 Calling up the fault memory
The last 10 fault codes are stored in the fault memory (to-gether with the time at which the respective fault occurredand after 24 hours with the number of days)
Hold the button down for more than 7 seconds
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Press the button to exit this menu
113 Deleting the fault memory
1 Delete the fault memory using the diagnostics coded94
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
114 Resetting parameters to factory settings
1 Reset all parameters to the factory settings using thediagnostics code d96
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
115 Preparing the repair work
1 Switch off the product
2 Disconnect the product from the electrical installation
3 Remove the front casing
4 Close the gas stopcock
5 Close the service valves in the heating flow and in theheating return
6 Close the service valve in the cold water pipe
7 Drain the product if you want to replace water-bearingcomponents of the product
8 Ensure that water does not drip on live components(eg the electronics box)
9 Use only new seals and O-rings Do not use any addi-tional sealing materials
116 Replacing defective components
1161 Replacing the burner
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Remove the two burner seals
3 Remove the burner
4 Insert the new burner
5 Insert two new burner seals in the burner cover
6 Install the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 25)
1162 Replacing the gas-air mixture unit
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Install the new gas-air mixture (rarr Page 25)
1163 Replacing the heat exchanger
1 Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
2 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
1 A
B
3 Remove the gas pipe (1)
1
2
3
2 4
A
B
4 Remove the temperature sensor (3)
5 Remove the upper clip (1)
6 Remove the lower clip (4)
7 Remove the supply pipe (2)
Troubleshooting 11
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 27
2
2 3
B
1
A
8 Remove the upper clip (1)
9 Remove the lower clip (3)
10 Remove the return pipe (2)
1
A2
11 Remove the clip underneath the condensate tray (1)
12 Undo the four screws (2)
2
1
B
C
A
13 Remove the ignition electrode (1)
14 Lift the heat exchanger up slightly and remove it to-gether with the condensate tray
15 Remove the ignition transformer (2)
16 Install the new heat exchanger in reverse order
1164 Replacing the pump head
1
2
1 Disconnect the pump cable from the electronics box
2 Undo the four bolts (1)
3 Remove the pump head (2)
4 Replace the O-ring
5 Use four screws to secure the new pump head
6 Connect the pump cable to the electronics box
1165 Replacing the expansion vessel
B
C
1
2
3A
D
1 Undo the nut (3)
2 Remove both screws on the support plate (1)
3 Remove the support plate
4 Pull out the expansion vessel (2) towards the front
5 Insert the new expansion vessel into the product
6 Screw the new expansion vessel to the water connec-tion To do this use a new seal
7 Attach the support plate using both screws
8 Fill and purge the product (rarr Page 17) and if requiredthe heating installation
12 Decommissioning the product
28 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
1166 Replacing the main PCB
C
C
D
B
C
C
D
B
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull all of the plugs out from the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plugs
7 Close the electronics box
1167 Replacing the PCB for the user interface
B
C
C
D
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull the plug out of the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plug
7 Close the electronics box
1168 Replacing the expansion relief valve
1
2
1 Remove the clip (2)
2 Remove the expansion relief valve
3 Fit the new expansion relief valve with a new O-ring
4 Reattach the clip (2)
1169 Replace the pressure sensor
1
2
1 Pull out the plug
2 Remove the clip (1)
3 Remove the pressure sensor (2)
4 Install the new pressure sensor
5 Reattach the clip (1)
117 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
12 Decommissioning the product
Switch off the product
Disconnect the product from the power mains
Close the gas isolator cock
Close the cold water stop cock
13 Customer service
For contact details for our customer service department youcan write to the address that is provided on the back pageor you can visit wwwglow-wormcouk
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 29
Appendix
A Check programmes ndash Overview
Note
Since the programme table is used for various products some programmes may not be visible for the product inquestion
Display Meaning
P01 Burner operation on adjustable heat input
The product operates after ignition with the heat input set between 0 (0 = Pmin) and 100 (100 = Pmax)
The function is active for 15 minutes
P02 Burner operation at ignition load
After ignition the product works at ignition load
The function is active for 15 minutes
P03 The product runs in heating mode with the maximum heat input set using diagnostics code d00
P04 Maximum output function
If there is a hot water request the product runs in hot water handling mode and at maximum heat load
If there is no hot water request the product runs with the heating partial load that is set via diagnostics coded00 and in heating mode
The function is active for 15 minutes
P05 Filling the product
The diverter valve moves to the mid-position The burner and pump switch off (to fill or drain the product)
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is active for 15 minutes
P06 Purging the heating circuit
The diverter valve is moved to the heating position
The function is activated in the heating circuit for 15 minutes
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
P07 Purging the hot water circuit
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
Automatic air ventfunction
Purging the product
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
This function cannot be manually switched off
B Overview of diagnostics codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d00 Heating maximum output ndash ndash kW The maximum heating outputvaries depending on the product
rarr Section Technical data
Automatic Unit automaticallyadjusts the maximum output tothe current system demand
rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d01 Pump overrun in heatingmode
1 60 min 1 5 Adjustable
d02 Maximum burner anti-cycling time in heatingmode
2 60 min 1 20 Adjustable
Appendix
30 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d04 Water temperature in thecylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d05 Determined heating flowset target temperature
Current value ndash ndash Not
adjustable
d06 Hot water set target tem-perature
Current value (Combination unit only) ndash Notadjustable
d07 Set target temperaturefor the domestic hot wa-ter cylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d08 Status of the 230 V ther-mostat
Current value ndash 0 = Room thermostat open (noheat requirement)
1 = Room thermostat closed(heat requirement)
ndash Notadjustable
d09 Heating flow set targettemperature that is seton the eBUS room ther-mostat
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d10 Status of the internalpump in the heating cir-cuit
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d11 Status of the heatingcircuits shunt pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d13 Status of the hot watercircuits circulation pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d14 Operating mode of themodulating pump
0 5 ndash 0 = variable rotational speed(auto)
1 2 3 4 5 = Fixed rotationalspeeds rarr Section Setting thepump output
0 Adjustable
d15 Pump speed Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d16 Status of the 24 V roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Heating off
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d17 Heating control ndash ndash ndash off = Flow temperature
on = Return temperature (ad-justment for underfloor heatingIf you have activated the returntemperature control the auto-matic heating output determina-tion function is not active)
0 Adjustable
d18 Pump overrun operatingmode
1 3 ndash 1 = Continuous (pump runs per-manently)
3 = Eco (intermittent pump modendash for the dissipation of the resid-ual heat after hot water gener-ation at an extremely low heatdemand)
1 Adjustable
d19 Pump operating mode 2stage pump
0 3 ndash 0 = Burner mode stage 2 pumpflowoverrun stage 1
1 = Heating mode and pumpflowoverrun stage 1 hot waterhandling mode stage 2
2 = Automatic heating modepump flowoverrun stage 1 hotwater handling mode stage 2
3 = Stage 2
3 Adjustable
d20 Maximum hot water settarget temperature
50 60 1 60 Adjustable
d21 Status of the warm startfor hot water
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated andavailable
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 31
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d22 Status of the hot waterrequest
Current value ndash off = No current requirement
on = Current requirement
ndash Notadjustable
d23 Status of the heatingdemand
Current value ndash off = Heating off (Summer mode)
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d24 Status of the pressuremonitor
0 1 ndash off = Not switched
on = Switched
ndash Notadjustable
d25 Status of the requirementto reheat the cylinder orfor the hot water warmstart from the eBUS ther-mostat
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
ndash Notadjustable
d27 Function of relay 1(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
1 Adjustable
d28 Function of relay 2(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
2 Adjustable
d31 Automatic filling device 0 2 ndash 0 = Manual
1 = Semi-automatic
2 = Automatic
0 Adjustable
d33 Fan speed target value Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d34 Value for the fan speed Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d35 Position of the divertervalve
Current value ndash 0 = Heating
40 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
100 = Domestic hot water
ndash Notadjustable
d36 Value for the hot waterflow
Current value lmin ndash ndash Notadjustable
d39 Water temperature in thesolar circuit
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d40 Heating flow temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d41 Heating return temperat-ure
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d43 Heating curve 02 4 ndash 01 12 Adjustable
d45 Value for the base pointof the heating curve
15 30 ndash 1 20 Adjustable
d47 Outside temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d50 Correction of the min-imum fan speed
0 3000 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
600 Adjustable
Appendix
32 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d51 Correction of the max-imum fan speed
-2500 0 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
-1000 Adjustable
d58 Solar circuit reheating 0 3 ndash 0 = Boilers Legionella protectionfunction deactivated
3 = Hot water activated (mintarget value 60 degC)
0 Adjustable
d60 Number of blocks by thetemperature limiter
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d61 Number of unsuccessfulignitions
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d62 Night set-back 0 30 ndash 1 0 Adjustable
d64 Average burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d65 Maximum burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d66 Activation of the warmstart function for hot wa-ter
ndash ndash ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
1 Adjustable
d67 Remaining burner anti-cycling time (setting un-der d02)
Current value min ndash ndash Notadjustable
d68 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 1st attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d69 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 2nd attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d70 Operation of the divertervalve
0 2 ndash 0 = Normal operating mode(DHW and heating mode)
1 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
2 = Permanent heating modeposition
0 Adjustable
d71 Maximum heating flowset target temperature
45 80 1 rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d73 Correction of the hot wa-ter warm start temperat-ure
-15 5 K 1 0 Adjustable
d75 Maximum cylinder re-heating time
20 90 min 1 45 Adjustable
d77 Max cylinder reheating ndash ndash kW 1
rarr Section Technical data
ndash Adjustable
d80 Running time in heatingmode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d81 Running time in hot wa-ter handling mode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d82 Number of burner igni-tions in heating mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d83 Number of burner igni-tions in hot water hand-ling mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d84 Maintenance in 0 3000 h Number of hours = Display valuex 10
300 Notadjustable
d85 Increase in the min out-put (heating and hot wa-ter handling mode)
ndash ndash kW 1 ndash Adjustable
d88 Flow rate limit valuefor ignition in hot waterhandling mode
0 1 ndash 0 = 17 lmin (no delay)
1 = 37 lmin (2 s delay)
0 Adjustable
d90 Status of the eBUS roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Not connected
on = Connected
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 33
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d91 Status DCF77 Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d93 Setting the product code 0 99 ndash 1
The Device Specific Number(DSN) can be found on the iden-tification plate
ndash Adjustable
d94 Delete fault list 0 1 ndash off = No
on = Yes
ndash Adjustable
d95 Software versions ndash ndash ndash 1 = Main PCB
2 = Interface PCB
ndash Adjustable
d96 Default setting (reset) ndash ndash ndash 0 = No
1 = Yes
ndash Adjustable
C Status codes ndash Overview
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Status code Meaning
Displays in heating mode
S0 Heating mode No requirement
S01 Heating mode Advance fan operation
S02 Heating mode Pump pre-run
S03 Heating mode Burner ignition
S04 Heating mode Burner on
S05 Heating mode Pumpfan overrun
S06 Heating mode Fan overrun
S07 Heating mode Pump overrun
S08 Heating mode Temporary shutdown after heating procedure
Displays in hot water handling mode
S10 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S11 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S13 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S14 DHW mode Burner on
S15 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S16 DHW mode Fan overrun
S17 DHW mode Pump overrun
Display in Comfort mode with warm start or hot water handling mode with cylinder
S20 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S21 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S22 Hot water handling mode Pump pre-run
S23 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S24 DHW mode Burner on
S25 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S26 DHW mode Fan overrun
S27 DHW mode Pump overrun
S28 Hot water handling mode Temporary shutdown of the burner
Other displays
S30 Room thermostat is blocking heating mode
S31 No heating demand Summer mode eBUS controller waiting period
Appendix
34 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Status code Meaning
S32 Fan waiting time Fan speed outside of the tolerance values
S33 Forced fan operation until the pressure monitor is switched
S34 Frost protection active
S39 Underfloor heating contact open
S41 Water pressure too high
S42 Flue non-return flap closed
S46 Frost protection mode (Comfort) Minimum load
S53 Product in waiting periodoperation block function due to low water pressure (flowreturn spread too large)
S54 Waiting period Low water pressure in the circuit (flowreturn spread too large)
S76 Maintenance message Check the water pressure
S88 Product purging active
S91 Maintenance Demo mode
S96 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S97 Automatic test programme Water pressure sensor heating demands blocked
S98 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S99 Internal automatic test programmes
S108 Purging the combustion chamber fan in operation
S109 Products standby mode activated
D Overview of fault codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F00 Fault Flow temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F01 Fault Return temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F10 Short circuit Flow temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F11 Short circuit Return temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F12 andF91
Short circuit Cylinder temperaturesensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F13 Short circuit Domestic hot water cylindertemperature sensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F20 Safety switch-off Overheating temperat-ure reached
Incorrect earth connection between cable harness and product flow or returnNTC defective (loose connection) stray spark via ignition cable ignition plugor ignition electrode
F22 Safety switch-off Low water pressure inthe boiler
No or insufficient water in the product water pressure sensor de-fective cable to the pump or to the water pressure sensor loosenotconnecteddefective
F23 Safety switch-off Temperature differencetoo great (NTC1NTC2)
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product flow and return NTCsensors connected the wrong way round
F24 Safety switch-off Temperature rise toofast
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product system pressure toolow non-return valve blockedincorrectly installed
F25 Safety switch-off Flue gas temperaturetoo high
Break in plug connection for optional flue gas safety cut-out (STB) break incable harness
F27 Safety switch-off Fault in flame detection Moisture on the electronics electronics (flame monitor) defective gas solen-oid valve leaking
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 35
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F28 Fault Ignition unsuccessful when startingup
Gas meter defective or gas pressure monitor has triggered air in gas gasflow pressure too low thermal isolator device (TAE) has triggered incorrectgas restrictor incorrect spare gas valve fault on the gas valve multiple plugon PCB incorrectly plugged in break in cable harness ignition system (ig-nition transformer ignition cable ignition plug ignition electrode) defectiveionisation current interrupted (cable electrode) incorrect earthing of productelectronics defective
F29 Fault Flame loss Gas supply temporarily stopped flue gas recirculation incorrect earthing ofproduct ignition transformer has spark failure
F32 Fan frost protection function active Fanspeed outside the tolerance values
Plug on fan not correctly plugged in multiple plug on PCB not correctlyplugged in break in cable harness fan blocked Hall sensor defective elec-tronics defective
F49 eBUS fault Voltage too low Short circuit on eBUS eBUS overload or two power supplies with differentpolarities on the eBUS
F61 Fault Gas valve control system Short circuitshort to earth in cable harness for the gas valve gas valvedefective (coils shorted to earth) electronics defective
F62 Fault Gas valve switch-off control Delayed switch-off of gas valve delayed extinguishing of flame signal gasvalve leaking electronics defective
F63 Fault EEPROM Electronics defective
F64 Fault Electronicssensoranalogue-to-digital converter
Flow or return NTC short circuited electronics defective
F65 Fault Electronics temperature too high Electronics overheating due to external influences electronics defective
F67 Value sent back by ASIC is incorrect(flame signal)
Implausible flame signal electronics defective
F68 Fault Unstable flame (analogue input) Air in gas gas flow pressure too low incorrect air ratio incorrect gas re-strictor ionisation flow interruption (cable electrode)
F70 Invalid product code (DSN) Display and PCB replaced at same time and Device Specific Number notreset wrong or missing output range coding resistance
F71 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Flow temperature sensor signalling constant value Flow temperature sensorincorrectly positioned on supply pipe flow temperature sensor defective
F72 Fault Deviation in the water pressuresensorreturn temperature sensor
Flowreturn NTC temperature difference too great rarr flow andor return tem-perature sensor defective
F73 Fault Water pressure sensor not con-nected or has short-circuited
Interruptionshort circuit of water pressure sensor interruptionshort circuitto GND in supply line to water pressure sensor or water pressure sensordefective
F74 Fault Electrical problem in the waterpressure sensor
Line to water pressure sensor has a short circuit to 5 V24 V or internal faultin the water pressure sensor
F75 Fault Pressure sensor Pressure switch defective
F76 The safety cut-out in the primary heatexchanger is defective
Safety cut-out feedback does not match the gas valve feedback
F77 Fault Condensate or smoke No response flue non-return flap defective
F78 Interruption to DHW outlet sensor atexternal controller
UK link box is connected but hot water NTC not bridged
F83 Fault Dry fire When the burner starts the temperature change registered at the flow orreturn temperature sensor is non-existent or too small Insufficient waterin the product the flow or return temperature sensor is not in the correctposition on the pipe
F84 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Values not consistent difference lt -6 K
Flow and return temperature sensors signalling implausible values Flow andreturn temperature sensors have been inverted flow and return temperaturesensors have not been correctly installed
F85 Fault Temperature sensor The flow andor return temperature sensors have been installed on the samepipeincorrect pipe
Temperature sensor not connected or is connected incorrectly
F86 Fault Underfloor heating contact Underfloor heating contact open sensor disconnected or defective
F87 Fault Electrodes Electrodes not connected or they are connected incorrectly short circuit inthe cable harness
F88 Fault Gas valve Gas valve not connected or it is connected incorrectly short circuit in thecable harness
F89 Fault Pump Pump not connected or it is connected incorrectly incorrect pump connec-ted short circuit in the cable harness
Appendix
36 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
Connection No communication between the PCBand the user interface
Electronics defective
E Wiring diagram Pure boiler
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
X21 41
32
eBUS
RT 24V
Burner off
X106
13
41
3
123
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~2
6
7
9
8
1
3
4
5
11
10
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Temperature sensor on the heating flow
4 Temperature sensor on the heating return
5 Fan
6 Gas valve assembly
7 Pressure sensor
8 External ignition transformer
9 Heating pump
10 Ionisation and ignition electrode
11 Main power supply and connection for 230 V control
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 37
F Connection diagram Pure boiler (30 kW)
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
X21LN
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
13
41
3
123
eBUS
Burner off
X106
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~
X12LN
2
7
8
109
1
43
5
6
12 11
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Control system
4 Temperature sensor in the heating flow
5 Temperature sensor in the heating return
6 Fan
7 Gas valve
8 Pressure sensor
9 Ionisation electrode
10 Heating pump
11 Ignition electrode
12 Main power supply
Appendix
38 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
G Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview
The table below lists the manufacturer requirements with respect to minimum inspection and maintenance intervals If na-tional regulations and directives require shorter inspection and maintenance intervals you should observe these instead ofthe intervals listed in the table
No WorkInspection(annual)
Mainten-ance
(must becarried outat regularintervals)
1Check the airflue pipe for leak-tightness and to ensure that it is fastened correctly Make surethat it is not blocked or damaged and has been installed in accordance with the relevant Installa-tion Manual
X X
2Check the general condition of the product Remove dirt from the product and from the vacuumchamber
X X
3Visually inspect the general condition of the heat exchanger In doing so pay particular attentionto signs of corrosion rust and other defects If you notice any damage carry out maintenancework
X X
4Check the gas connection pressure at maximum heat input If the gas connection pressure is notwithin the correct range carry out maintenance work
X X
5Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product and if necessary adjust it Keep a record ofthis
X X
6Disconnect the product from the power mains Check that the electrical plug connections andother connections are seated correctly and correct these if necessary
X X
7 Close the gas isolator cock and the service valves X X
8Drain the product on the water side Check the pre-charge pressure of the expansion vesseland if required top up the expansion vessel (approx 003 MPa03 bar below the system fillingpressure)
X
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit X
10Check the seals in the combustion area If you see any damage replace the seals Replace bothburner seals each time it is opened and accordingly each time maintenance work is carried out
X
11 Clean the heat exchanger X
12 Check the burner for damage and replace it if necessary X
13 Check the condensate siphon in the product clean and fill if necessary X X
14 Install the gas-air mixture unit Caution Replace the seals X
15 Open the gas isolator cock reconnect the product to the power mains and switch the product on X X
16Open the service valves fill the productheating installation to 005-03 MPa05-30 bar (depend-ing on the static height of the heating installation) and start the purging programme PXX
X
17Carry out a test operation of the product and heating installation and if required purge the sys-tem once more
X X
18 Visually inspect the ignition and burner behaviour X X
19 Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product again X
20 Check the product for gas flue gas water and condensate leaks and repair if necessary X X
21 Record the inspectionmaintenance work carried out X X
Note For those appliances which are not part of an annual service agreementpolicy maintenance must be carried out at least every5 years
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 39
H Position of the opening in the airflue pipe
GN
N
MM
A
II
O
H
H
CBLJ
Q Q
Q
Q
Q
K
P
D E
FI
S
R
T
H1 Positioning of the opening of a fan-supported flue gas pipe
Installation siteMinimum dimen-sions
A Directly below an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
B Above an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
C Horizontally to an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
DBelow temperature-sensitive building components eg plastic gutters down pipes or wastewaterpipes
75 mm
E Below eaves 200 mm
F Below balconies or car port roofs 200 mm
G From vertical wastewater pipes or down pipes 150 mm
H From external or internal corners 200 mm
I Above floors roofs or balconies 300 mm
J From a surface facing a terminal 600 mm
K From a terminal facing a terminal 1200 mm
L From an opening in the car port (eg door window) which leads into the dwelling 1200 mm
M Vertical from a terminal on the same wall 1500 mm
N Horizontal from a terminal on the same wall 300 mm
O From the wall on which the terminal has been installed 0 mm
P From a vertical structure on the roof 300 mm
Q Above the roof area 300 mm
R Horizontal from adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
S Above adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
T Below adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 2000 mm
Appendix
40 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
H2 Horizontal terminal positioning
BS 5440-1 recommends that fanned flue chimney terminals should be positioned as follows
a) at least 2 m from an opening in the building directly opposite and
b) so that the products of combustion are not directed to discharge directly across a boundary if the products are likely tocause a nuisance to a neighbour or discharge over a walkway or patio
For IE see current issue of IS 813
For boilers covered within this manual
1) Dimensions D E F and G
These clearances may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler In order to ensure that the con-densate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces the terminal should be extended as shown below
Balconyeaves
Gutter
Adequately secured airflue gas pipe
The flue pipe mustprotrude beyond any overhang
2) Dimension H
This clearance may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler However in order to ensure thatthe condensate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces a clearance of 300 mm is preferred
For 1 and 2 above you can use a flue gas management kit to enable the termination point to be positioned and directed awayfrom the building fabric
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 41
I Commissioning Checklist
copy Heating and Hotwater Industry Council (HHIC)
wwwcentralheatingcouk
Benchmark Commissioning and Servicing SectionIt is a requirement that the boiler is installed and commissioned to the
completed in full
Appendix
42 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
This Commissioning Checklist is to be completed in full by the competent person who commissioned the boiler as a means of demonstrating compliance with the appropriate Building Regulations and then handed to the customer to keep for future reference
GAS BOILER SYSTEM COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST
CONTROLS
Optimum start control
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
ALL SYSTEMS
Yes
Yes
CENTRAL HEATING MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
COMBINATION BOILERS ONLY
Yes
Yes
DOMESTIC HOT WATER MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
Yes Temperature
CONDENSING BOILERS ONLY
Yes
ALL INSTALLATIONS
AND sup2 Ratio
AND sup2 Ratio
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 43
It is recommended that your heating system is serviced regularly and that the appropriate Service Interval Record is completed
Service Provider
SERVICE RECORD
SERVICE 01
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 02
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 03
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 04
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 05
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 06
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 07
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 08
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 09
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 10
AND sup2 AND sup2
Appendix
44 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
PRIOR TO CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO CHECKThe boiler manufacturerrsquos installation instructions should have been followed gas type verified and gas
supply pressurerate checked as required prior to commissioningAs part of the installation process especially where a flue has been fitted by persons other than the boiler installer visually check the integrity of the whole flue system to confirm that all components are correctly assembled fixed and supported Check that manufacturerrsquos max flue lengths have not been
exceeded and all guidance has been followed (eg Gas Safe Technical Bulletin TB008)The flue gas analyser should be of the correct type as specified by BS 7967
Prior to its use the flue gas analyser should have been maintained and calibrated as specified by the manufacturer The installer must have the relevant competence for use of the analyser
Check and zero the analyser IN FRESH AIR as per analyser manufacturerrsquos instructions
NOTETHE AIR GAS RATIO VALVE IS FACTORY
SET AND MUST NOT BE ADJUSTED DURING COMMISSIONING UNLESS THIS ACTION IS RECOMMENDED FOLLOWING CONTACT WITH THE MANUFACTURER
If any such adjustment is recommended and further checking of the boiler is required the
installerservice engineer must be competent to carry out this work and to use the flue gas
analyser accordinglyIf the boiler requires conversion to operate with
a different gas family (eg conversion from natural gas to LPG) separate guidance will be
provided by the boiler manufacturer
CARRY OUT FLUE INTEGRITY CHECK USING ANALYSERInsert analyser probe into air inlet test point and allow readings to stabiliseNOTE - where no air inlet test point is provided then a flue integrity check
with the analyser is not possible The installer should verify that flue integrity has been visually checked in accordance with the ldquoPrior to
CO and combustion ratio checkrdquo box above before proceeding to the ldquoCheck CO and combustion ratio at maximum raterdquo stage below
SET BOILER TO MINIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at minimum rate (to
minimum load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - If manufacturerrsquos instructions do not specify how to set boiler to minimum
rate contact Technical Helpline for advice
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MINIMUM RATEWith boiler still set at minimum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas sampling
point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is not
specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MAX RATEWith boiler still set at maximum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas
sampling point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is
not specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
SET BOILER TO MAXIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at max rate
(full load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - Do not insert analyser probe during this period to avoid
possible ldquofloodingrdquo of sensor
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
BOILER IS OPERATING SATISFACTORILYno further actions required
Ensure test points are capped boiler case is correctly replaced and all other commissioning procedures are completed
Complete Benchmark Checklist recording CO and combustion ratio readings as required
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED
VERIFY FLUE INTEGRITYAnalyser readings indicate that combustion products and inlet air must be mixing Further investigation of
the flue is therefore requiredCheck that flue components are assembled fixed and supported as per boilerflue manufacturerrsquos
instructionsCheck that flue and flue terminal are not obstructed
IsCO less than
335ppmand
COCO2 ratio less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
Check all seals around the appliance burner internal flue seals door and case seals
Rectify where necessary
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED IF
COMMISSIONING CANNOT BE FULLY COMPLETED THE APPLIANCE MUST BE
DISCONNECTED FROM THE GAS SUPPLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GSIUR
NOTE Check and record CO and combustion ratio at both max and min rate before contacting the
manufacturer
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YESYES
YES
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 45
J Pipe lengths for the airflue pipe
J1 Length of the C13 type airflue pipe
Applicability C13 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C13 type airfluepipe
C13 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J2 Length of the C33 type airflue pipe
Applicability C33 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C33 type airfluepipe
C33 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J3 Length of the C43 type airflue pipe
Applicability C43 type airflue pipe
Diameter of theairflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L)
C43 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
Appendix
46 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
K Technical data
Technical data ndash Heating
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 530 lh 655 lh 788 lh 1094 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 353 lh 436 lh 525 lh 729 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
123 lh 153 lh 184 lh 255 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 1102 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 876 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
306 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
Technical data ndash G20 powerloading G20The lowest nominal heat output may be higher than the value in the technical data depending on the design of the systemand the current operating status
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 12 kW 15 kW 18 kW 25 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
48 hellip 130 kW 48 hellip 162 kW 53 hellip 195 kW 65 hellip 270 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
47 hellip 128 kW 47 hellip 159 kW 52 hellip 191 kW 64 hellip 265 kW
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
45 hellip 123 kW 45 hellip 152 kW 50 hellip 183 kW 61 hellip 254 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
44 hellip 150 kW 44 hellip 180 kW 49 hellip 252 kW 60 hellip 300 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
123 kW 153 kW 184 kW 255 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
153 kW 184 kW 257 kW 306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 30 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
76 hellip 324 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
75 hellip 318 kW
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 47
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
72 hellip 305 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
71 hellip 350 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
72 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
357 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
72 kW
Technical data ndash General
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch 34 inch 34 inch 34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h 32 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
13 msup3h 16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0476 msup3h 0480 msup3h 0533 msup3h 0648 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
206 gs 208 gs 231 gs 281 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
55 gs 69 gs 83 gs 115 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
69 gs 83 gs 116 gs 138 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
55 55 60 77
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
55 55 55 55
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
43 48 51 62
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
32 32 34 35
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
71 71 69 68
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
105 105 105 95
Released system types C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996 996 996 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040 1040 1040 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060 1060 1060 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085 1085 1085 1085
NOx class 5 5 5 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm
Appendix
48 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Net weight 31 kg 31 kg 31 kg 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 35 kg 35 kg 35 kg 36 kg
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
38 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
32 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0762 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
330 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
138 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
161 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
82
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
37
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
75
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
104
Released system types C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085
NOx class 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm
Net weight 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 36 kg
Technical data ndash Electrics
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 49
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max electrical power consump-tion
65 W 75 W 66 W 75 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W
Level of protection IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V
Max electrical power consump-tion
60 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W
Level of protection IPX4D
Index
50 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Index
AAirflue pipe installed 5BBurner anti-cycling time 20Bypass valve 22CCE label 8Check programmes 29
Using 15Checking the burner 25Checking the pre-charge pressure of the expansionvessel 25Cleaning the condensate siphon 25Cleaning the heat exchanger 24CO₂ content
Checking 20 23Competent person 4Completing inspection work 25Completing maintenance work 25Condensate discharge pipe 12Condensate siphon
Filling 18Controller 14Corrosion 5DDecommissioning 28Decommissioning the product 28Diagnostics codes
Using 15Documents 7Draining the product 25EElectricity 5Expansion relief valve 28FFault codes 26Fault memory 26Fault messages 26Fault symbol 15Flow rate-pressure curves 21Flue gas route 5Front casing closed 5Frost 5GGas family check 16Gas flow rate 18HHanding over to the end user 22High-efficiency pump 21High-efficiency pump output 21IIdentification plate 7If you smell flue gas 5If you smell gas 4Inspection work 22 38Installation site 5Intended use 4LLeak-tightness 20 25 28
MMains connection 14Maintenance work 22 38Minimum clearance 9PPower supply 14Preparing the repair work 26Preparing repair work 26Pressure sensor 28Pump head 27QQualification 4RRegulations 6Removing the air intake pipe 24Removing the burner 24Removing the flue gas pipe 24Removing the front casing 10Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24Removing the ignition transformer 24Removing the side section 10Replacing the burner 26Replacing the expansion vessel 27Replacing the heat exchanger 26Replacing the main PCB 28Replacing expansion vessel 27Resetting the burner anti-cycling time 21SSafety device 5Schematic drawing 5Setting the burner anti-cycling time 20Spare parts 23Switching on the product 17TTool 6Transport 5Transporting 8Treating the heating water 16UUnloading the box 8Unpacking the product 8User interface replacing the PCB 28Using
Check programmes 15Diagnostics codes 15
VVoltage 5WWall-mounting the product 9Weight 9
0020200964_04
ManufacturerSupplierVaillant Group UK LTD
Nottingham Road ‒ Belper ‒ Derbyshire DE56 1JQ
Telephone 01773 824639 ‒ Technical helpline 0330 100 7679
After sales service 0330 100 3142
wwwglow-wormcouk
0020200964_04 ‒ 16112017
copy These instructions or parts thereof are protected by copyright and may be repro-duced or distributed only with the manufacturers written consent
We reserve the right to make technical changes
5 Installation
12 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
53 Connecting the drain pipework for theexpansion relief valve
1
Ensure that the pipeline is visible
The pipe must have a continuous fall and be routed to aposition so that any discharge of water possibly boilingor steam cannot create any danger to persons damageto property or external electrical components and wiring
◁ The piping must be installed in such a way that youcan see when water drips out
54 Connecting the condensate discharge pipe
1
2
Follow the instructions listed here and observe the legaland local regulations on condensate discharge
Use PVC or any other material that is suitable for drain-ing the non-neutralised condensate
If you cannot guarantee that the materials from which thedrain pipework is made are suitable install a system forneutralising the condensate
Note
The condensate drain pipework must have acontinuous fall (45 mm per metre) and shouldwhenever possible terminate at a suitabledrain point within the heated envelope of thebuilding that will remain frost free under longperiods of low external temperatures
Connect the condensate traps (1) Use the supplied drainhose (2) for this
Connect a condensate discharge pipe (215 mm notincluded in the scope of delivery) to the drain hose (2)
During installation remove all burrs from inside of cut pipework and avoid excessive adhesive which may trap smallpockets of water close to the pipe wall which can freezeand build into a larger ice plug
For any installation the condensate must be free flowingand not be possible for air back-pressure to prevent wa-ter flow
As with other pipe work insulate the condensate dis-charge pipe to minimise any risk of freezing and bewarewhen crossing cavities that the fall is maintained and thepipe sleeved
You can find further information in specification BS 6798for installing and maintaining gas-fired boilers with a nominalheat input below 70 kW
541 Condensate drainage systems
5411 Internal soil and vent pipe
Oslash19mm min
5412 External soil and vent pipe
L = 3m max
Oslash19mm min
Oslash30mm
5413 External termination into a gulley or hopper
L = 3m max
Oslash19mm min
Oslash30mm
Installation 5
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 13
5414 Internal termination into combined sinkwaste
Oslash30mm
Oslash19mm min
5415 Internal termination downstream of sinkwaste
Oslash30mm
Oslash19mm min
5416 External termination into soakaway
400m
m m
in
300m
m m
in25
mm
min
500mm min
Oslash100mm
L = 3m max
Oslash19mm min
Oslash30mm
5417 External termination into rain water downpipe
Oslash19mm min
Oslash30mm
55 Electrical installation
DangerRisk of death from electric shock
The power supply terminals L and N remainlive even if the product is switched off
Switch off the power supply Secure the power supply against being
switched on again
Only qualified electricians may carry out the electrical install-ation
551 Opening the electronics box
A
B
B
Follow the instructions in the specified sequence
5 Installation
14 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
552 Closing the electronics box
Follow the instructions in the reverse order
553 Cable route
1
2
1 24-V eBUS cable route 2 230-V eBUS cable route
554 Carrying out the wiring
30 mm max
1 Shorten the connection cables to the appropriatelengths to prevent them from causing damage insidethe electronics box
2 Screw the plug to the connection cable
3 Plug the plug into the slot provided on the PCB
555 Establishing the power supply
1
1 Observe all valid regulations
2 Ensure that the rated mains voltage is 230 V
3 Set up a fixed connection and install a partition with acontact opening of at least 3 mm (eg fuses or powerswitches)
4 Provide one common electricity supply for the boilerand for the corresponding controller
ndash Power supply Single-phase 230 V 50 Hz
ndash Fuse protection le 3 A
5 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
6 Observe the routing of the power supply cable (1) in theelectronics box in order to guarantee that there is nostrain
le 30
mm
NL X1230V~
RT
7 Carry out the wiring (rarr Page 14)
8 Close the electronics box
9 Make sure that access to the mains connection is al-ways available and is not covered or blocked
556 Connecting controllers to the electronicsystem
X2
X22 X41
ndash +24V=RT BUS
BurneroffX
106
BUS24 V
BU
SR
TB
off
Burner
offR
T24V
=-
+B
US
1
4
32
1 Safety thermostat forfloor-standing heating
2 24 V controller
3 eBUS controller or radioreceiver unit
4 Outside temperaturesensor wired
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
Operation 6
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 15
2 Carry out the wiring (rarr Page 14)
3 Connect the individual components depending on thetype of installation
Conditions If installing a multi-circuit controller
Change the pumps operating mode d18 from Eco (in-termittently operating pump) to Comfort (continuouslyoperating pump)
Conditions When connecting a controller (230 V)
le 30
mm
NL X1230V~
RT
Connect the controller to the main plug
Remove the bridge from the plug 24V=RT
4 Close the electronics box
6 Operation
61 Using diagnostics codes
You can use the parameters marked as adjustable in thetable of diagnostics codes to adapt the product to the systemand customer requirements
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
611 Activating diagnostics codes
1 Press and hold the button for 7 seconds
◁ is shown in the display
2 Press the or button to set the value
◁ The access code (96) is reserved for the competentperson
◁ The access code (35) is reserved for the customerservice
3 Press the button to confirm
◁ is shown in the display
612 Setting a diagnostics code
1 Press the or button to select the diagnosticscode
2 Press the button to confirm
◁ The value andor status of the diagnostics code isshown in the display
3 Press the or button to set the value
4 If you allow the value to flash for three seconds thesetting is automatically confirmed
◁ is shown in the display for 1 second
Note
You can manually confirm the setting at anytime by pressing and holding the buttonfor less than 3 seconds
5 Proceed accordingly for all parameters that need to bechanged
6 Press and hold the button for 3 seconds to finishconfiguring the diagnostics codes
◁ The display switches to the basic display
62 Displaying the status codes
The status codes display the products current operatingstatus
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
621 Activating the status codes display
1 Hold the button down for more than 7 seconds
◁ SXX is shown on the display followed by the heat-ing flow temperature the internal system pressureand the cylinder temperature (depending on the ver-sion)
2 Press the button to exit this menu
◁ The display switches to the basic display
63 Using check programmes
By activating various check programmes you can triggervarious special functions on the product
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
631 Calling up the check programmes
1 Hold the button down for more than 5 seconds
◁ All symbols are shown in the display
◁ is shown in the display
2 Press and hold the button for five seconds
◁ is shown in the display
3 Press the or button to select the checkprogramme
4 Press the button to confirm
◁ on is shown in the display and the programmestarts
5 Press the and buttons at the same time whilstrunning a check programme
◁ The heating water temperature and the filling pres-sure for the heating installation are shown altern-ately in the display
6 Press the button to return to the check programme
◁ The display shows the check programme
7 Press the button to finish the check programme
◁ OFF is shown in the display
8 Press and hold the button for 3 seconds to finishthe check programmes
7 Start-up
16 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
◁ End is shown in the display
◁ The display switches to the basic display
Note
If you do not press any button for 15 minutesthe current programme is automatically can-celled and the basic display is shown
632 Displaying the pressure and temperature ofthe heating during a check programme
1 Press the buttons simultaneously
◁ Display the filling pressure in the heating installation
◁ Display the heating flow temperature
2 Press the button to display the check programmecurrently running
7 Start-up
71 Carrying out the initial start-up
Initial start-up must be carried out by a customer servicetechnician or an authorised competent person using the first-commissioning-checklist The first-commissioning-checklistin the appendix (rarr Page 41) of the installation instructionsmust be filled out and stored carefully along with the unitsdocumentation
Carry out the initial start-up using the first-commission-ing-checklist in the appendix
Fill out and sign the first-commissioning-checklist
72 Checking the type of gas
Make sure that the product is set up correctly by checkingthe type of gas This ensures optimum combustion quality
Check the type of gas as part of routine product mainten-ance work when replacing components or carrying outwork on the gas route
73 Checking the factory setting
The products combustion has been factory tested and ispreset for operation with the gas group indicated on the iden-tification plate
The product is only authorised to be operated with naturalgas
Check the information about the type of gas indicated onthe identification plate and compare this with the type ofgas available at the installation location
Conditions The product design is not compatible with the local gasgroup
Do not start up the product
Conditions The product design is compatible with the local gas group
Proceed as described below
74 Checking and treating the heatingwaterfilling and supplementary water
CautionRisk of material damage due to poor-qual-ity heating water
Ensure that the heating water is of suffi-cient quality
Before filling or topping up the installation check thequality of the heating water
Checking the quality of the heating water Remove a little water from the heating circuit
Check the appearance of the heating water
If you ascertain that it contains sedimentary materialsyou must desludge the installation
Use a magnetic rod to check whether it contains mag-netite (iron oxide)
If you ascertain that it contains magnetite clean the in-stallation and apply suitable corrosion-protection meas-ures or fit a magnetic filter
Check the pH value of the removed water at 25 degC
If the value is below 65 or above 85 clean the systemand treat the heating water
Ensure that oxygen cannot get into the heating water
Checking the filling and supplementary water Before filling the installation measure the hardness of the
filling and supplementary water
Treating the filling and supplementary water Observe all applicable national regulations and technical
standards when treating the filling and supplementarywater
Provided the national regulations and technical standardsdo not stipulate more stringent requirements the followingapplies
You must treat the heating water in the following cases
ndash If the entire filling and supplementary water quantity dur-ing the operating life of the system exceeds three timesthe nominal volume of the heating installation or
ndash If the guideline values listed in the following table are notmet or
ndash if the pH value of the heating water is less than 65 ormore than 85
Totalheatingoutput
Water hardness at specific system volume1)
le 20 lkWgt 20 lkWle 50 lkW
gt 50 lkW
kWppm
CaCO₃molmsup3
ppmCaCO₃
molmsup3
ppmCaCO₃
molmsup3
lt 50 lt 300 lt 3 200 2 2 002
gt 50to le 200
200 2 150 15 2 002
gt 200to le 600
150 15 2 002 2 002
gt 600 2 002 2 002 2 002
1) Nominal capacity in litresheating output in the case of multi-boiler systems the smallest single heating output is to be used
Start-up 7
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 17
CautionThe use of unsuitable heating water maycause aluminium corrosion and a result-ing lack of leak-tightness
In contrast to steel grey cast iron or copperfor example aluminium reacts with alkalineheating water (pH value gt 85) to producesubstantial corrosion
When using aluminium make sure thatthe pH value of the heating water isbetween 65 and a maximum of 85
CautionRisk of material damage if the heatingwater is treated with unsuitable additives
Unsuitable additives may cause changes inthe components noises in heating mode andpossibly subsequent damage
Do not use any unsuitable frost and cor-rosion protection agents biocides or seal-ants
No incompatibility with our products has been detected todate with proper use of the following additives
When using additives follow the manufacturers instruc-tions without exception
We accept no liability for the compatibility of any additive orits effectiveness in the rest of the heating system
Additives for cleaning measures (subsequentflushing required)ndash Adey MC3+
ndash Adey MC5
ndash Fernox F3
ndash Sentinel X 300
ndash Sentinel X 400
Additives intended to remain permanently in theinstallationndash Adey MC1+
ndash Fernox F1
ndash Fernox F2
ndash Sentinel X 100
ndash Sentinel X 200
Additives for frost protection intended to remainpermanently in the installationndash Adey MC ZERO
ndash Fernox Antifreeze Alphi 11
ndash Sentinel X 500
If you have used the above-mentioned additives informthe end user about the measures that are required
Inform the end user about the measures required for frostprotection
75 Avoiding danger arising from insufficientwater pressure
The filling pressure must be between 010 and 015 MPa(10 and 15 bar)
Note
If the heating flow temperature is shown in thedisplay press and hold the and buttonsat the same time for longer than five seconds ortemporarily deactivate heating mode in order todisplay the pressure
If the heating installation extends over several storeyshigher filling pressures may be required to avoid air enteringthe heating installation
If the water pressure falls below 005 MPa (05 bar) thevalue flashes in the display
If the water pressure falls below 003 MPa (03 bar) theproduct switches off The display shows 00 MPa (00 bar)Fault F22 will be stored in the fault list
Top up the water in the heating installation to start up theproduct again
◁ The pressure value flashes in the display until apressure of 005 MPa (05 bar) or higher has beenreached
76 Switching on the product
Switch on the product via the main switch installed on-site
77 Filling and purging the heating installation
Preliminary work Flush the heating installation through
1
1
1 Check the silicone hose connection (1) between thepumps automatic air vent and the hydraulic console
2 Fill with water until the required filling pressure isreached
ndash Recommended filling pressure 1 hellip 15 bar
◁ The heating and hot water functions cannot be activ-ated
◁ The pressure value flashes in the display until apressure of 005 MPa (05 bar) or higher has beenreached
7 Start-up
18 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
◁ An automatic air vent function is activated if thepressure exceeds 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than15 seconds
3 Purge each radiator until the water escapes normallyand then retighten the systems purging valves
4 Check whether all connections are leak-tight
Conditions If the noise persists in the boiler
Purge the product again by activating check programme(P07) and then (P06)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
78 Filling the condensate siphon
C
2
3
1
AB
1 Unclip the lower section of the siphon (1) from the up-per section of the siphon (2)
2 Remove the float (3)
3 Fill the lower section of the siphon with water up to 10mm below the upper edge of the condensate drain pipe-work
4 Re-insert the float (3)
Note
Check that the float is present in the con-densate siphon
5 Clip the lower section of the siphon (1) into the uppersection of the siphon (2)
79 Filling the hot water circuit
1 Open the water tap to fill the hot water circuit
2 Close the water tap once the appropriate volume ofwater has flowed out
◁ The hot water circuit is filled
3 Check all connections and the entire system for leak-tightness
710 Checking and adjusting the gas settings
Only a qualified competent person is authorised to imple-ment the settings on the gas valve assembly
Each destroyed tamper-proof seal must be replaced
The CO₂ adjusting screw must be sealed
Never modify the factory setting of the gas pressure regu-lator of the gas valve assembly
7101 Checking the gas flow rate
The gas flow rate has been set during production and doesnot require adjustment With the front casing fitted check thegas flow rate of the boiler as follows
Start up the product with the check programme P01
In addition ensure that maximum heat can be dissipatedinto the heating system by turning up the room thermo-stat
Wait at least 5 minutes until the boiler has reached itsoperating temperature
Ensure that all other gas appliances in the property areturned off
Measure the gas flow rate at the gas meter
Compare the measured values with the correspondingvalues in the table
Qnw from the dataplate
H gas in msup3h
Nom +5 minus10
153 162 170 146
184 195 205 176
247 261 274 235
257 272 286 245
286 303 318 273
306 324 340 292
357 378 397 340
Conditions Gas flow rate not in the permissible range
Check all of the piping and ensure that the gas flow ratesare correct
Only put the product into operation once the gas flowrates have been corrected
Conditions Gas flow rate in the permissible range
End the check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down by allowing pump overrun tooperate for a minimum of 2 minutes
Record the boiler maximum gas flow rate onto theBenchmark gas boiler commissioning checklist
Start-up 7
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 19
7102 Checking the gas connection pressure (gasflow pressure)
1
2
1 Ensure that the gas inlet working pressure can beobtained with all other gas appliances in the propertyworking
2 Close the gas stopcock (1)
3 Undo the sealing screw on the test nipple (2)
4 Connect a manometer to the test nipple (2)
5 Open the gas stopcock (1)
6 Start up the product with check programme P01 (sys-tem with eBUS control) or P03 (installation withouteBUS control)
7 In addition ensure that maximum heat can be dissip-ated into the heating system by turning up the roomthermostat
8 With the boiler operating at full load check that the gasinlet working pressure at the reference test point (2)complies with the requirements
Permissible connection pressure
Great Bri-tain
Naturalgas
G20 17 hellip 2 kPa
(170hellip 20 mbar)
9 Should the pressure recorded at the reference test pointin the boiler be lower than indicated check if there isany blockage in the pipework or if the pipework is un-dersized
Conditions Gas flow pressure not in the permissible range
CautionRisk of material damage and operatingfaults caused by incorrect gas connec-tion pressureIf the gas connection pressure lies outsidethe permissible range this can cause oper-ating faults in and damage to the product Do not make any adjustments to the
product Do not start up the product
If you cannot correct the failure notify the gas supplycompany and proceed as follows
End check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down by allowing pump overrunto operate for a minimum of two minutes
Close the gas stopcock
Remove the pressure gauge and retighten the sealingscrew (2) for the measuring nipple
Open the gas stopcock (1)
Check the test nipple for gas tightness
Close the gas stopcock (1)
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
Disconnect the product from the electrical installation
You must not start up the boiler
Conditions Gas flow pressure in the permissible range
End the check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down allowing pump overrun tooperate for a minimum of two minutes
Close the gas stopcock (1)
Remove the pressure gauge and retighten the sealingscrew (2) for the measuring nipple
Open the gas stopcock (1)
Check the test nipple for gas tightness
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
Reset boiler controls for normal operation
Record the appliance gas inlet working pressure (kParesp mbar) in the Benchmark gas boiler commissioningchecklist
7103 Checking the leak-tightness of the flue gasinstallation and flue gas recirculation
1 Check the flue gas installation is intact in accordancewith the latest gas safe technical bulletin and informa-tion supplied in the installation instructions
2 For extended flue gas installations check for flue gasrecirculation using the air analysis point
3 Use a flue gas analyser
4 If you discover CO or CO2 in the supply air search forthe leak in the flue gas installation or for signs of fluegas recirculation
5 Eliminate the damage properly
6 Check again whether the supply air contains any CO orCO2
7 If you cannot eliminate the damage do not start up theproduct
7104 Thoroughly flushing the heating installation(hot)
1 Operate the appliance until the boiler and the heatingsystem are up to temperature
2 Check the heating system for leaks
3 Connect a hose to the drain valve located at the lowestposition of the heating system
4 Shut off the boiler open the drain valve and all purgevalves on the radiators and allow the water to flow outof the heating system and the boiler quickly and fully
5 Close the drain valve
6 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
7 Re-fill the system until the system design pressure of01 MPa (10 bar) is attained
8 Adapting the unit to the heating installation
20 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Note
The actual reading on the digital pressuregauge should ideally be 005 MPa (05 bar)plus an additional pressure correspondingto the highest point of the system above thebase of the boiler ndash 10 m head equals an ad-ditional 1 bar reading on the pressure gaugeThe minimum pressure should not be lessthan 01 MPa (1 bar) in any installation Ifthe system is to be treated with an inhibitor itshould be applied at this stage in accordancewith the manufacturerrsquos instructions Furtherinformation can be obtained from SentinelBetz Dearborn Ltd Tel 0151 420 9595 orFernox Alphandash Fry technologies Tel 08708700362
8 Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
7105 Checking the CO₂ content
1 Start up the product with the check programme (P01)and set the value
ndash Setting value for the programme P01 100
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
2 Wait until the value that is read is stable
ndash Waiting period for reading a stable value 5 min
1
3 Unscrew the cover from the flue gas analysis point (1)
4 Measure the CO₂ content at the flue gas analysis point(1)
5 Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Checking the CO₂ content
Great Britain
front casing on front casing off
Natural gas
G20
92 plusmn1
◁ The value is OK
The value is not OK you cannot start up theproduct
Inform Customer Service
711 Checking leak-tightness
Check the gas pipe the heating circuit and the hot watercircuit for leak-tightness
Check that the airflue pipe has been installed correctly
Conditions Room-sealed operation
Check whether the vacuum chamber has been closedtightly
7111 Checking the heating mode
1 Activate the heating mode on the user interface
2 Turn all thermostatic radiator valves on the radiatorsuntil they are fully open
3 Allow the product to operate for at least 15 minutes
4 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
5 Activate the display for the current operating status(rarr Page 15)
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
◁ If the product is working correctly the display showsS04
7112 Checking the hot water generation
1 Activate the hot water handling mode on the userinterface
2 Open a hot water valve completely
3 Activate the display for the current operating status(rarr Page 15)
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
◁ If the product is working correctly the display showsS14
8 Adapting the unit to the heatinginstallation
You can resetchange the system parameters (section Us-ing diagnostics codes)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
81 Burner anti-cycling time
To prevent frequent switching on and off of the burner andthus prevent energy losses an electronic restart lockoutis activated for a specific period each time the burner isswitched off The burner anti-cycling time is only active forthe heating mode Hot water handling mode during a burneranti-cycling time does not affect the time function element
811 Setting the maximum burner anti-cyclingtime
1 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
2 If required adjust the maximum burner anti-cycling timeusing the diagnostics code d02
Adapting the unit to the heating installation 8
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 21
812 Resetting the remaining burner anti-cyclingtime
Hold the button down for more than 3 seconds
◁ is shown in the display
82 Setting the pump output
The product is equipped with a speed-regulated high-effi-ciency pump which adjusts independently to the hydraulicconditions of the heating installation
If you have installed a low loss header in the heating install-ation you should switch off the speed regulation and set thepump output to a fixed value
If required change the setting of the pump speed whichdepends on the operating mode under diagnostics coded14
Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 12 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
0
10
20
30
40
50
0 200 400 600 800 1000
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 15 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
1 2
34
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 18 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
01020304050
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
6070
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 25 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
01020304050
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
6070
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 30 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
01020304050607080
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 A
B 1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
9 Handing the product over to the end user
22 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
83 Setting the bypass valve
CautionRisk of material damage caused by incor-rect setting of the high-efficiency pump
If the pressure at the bypass valve is in-creased (by turning it clockwise) and thepump output is set to less than 100 theproduct may not operate correctly
In this case set the pump output to5 = 100 using diagnostics parameterd14
Conditions d14 is set to 0 = auto
Do not change the factory settings
Conditions d14 is set to 1 - 5
Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
1
Regulate the pressure using the adjusting screw (1)
Position of the adjustingscrew
Notesapplication
Right-hand stop (screwedall the way in)
If the radiators do not heatup sufficiently at the defaultsetting In this case you mustset the pump to the maximumspeed
Mid-position (six anti-clockwise rotations)
Default setting
Five further anti-clockwiserotations starting from themid-position
If noises are produced in theradiators or radiator valves
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
84 Setting the hot water temperature
DangerRisk of death from legionella
Legionella multiply at temperatures below60 degC
Ensure that the end user is familiar withall of the Anti-legionella measures in orderto comply with the applicable regulationsregarding legionella prevention
Set the hot water temperature
Conditions Water hardness gt 357 molmsup3
ndash Hot water temperature le 50
9 Handing the product over to the enduser
When you have finished the installation attach the stickersupplied (in the end users language) to the productcover
Explain to the end user how the safety devices work andwhere they are located
Inform the end user how to handle the product
In particular draw attention to the safety informationwhich the end user must follow
Inform the end user that they must have the productmaintained in accordance with the specified intervals
Instruct the end user about measures taken for routingthe combustion air supply and flue system
10 Inspection and maintenance
101 Using original seals
If you replace components use only the enclosed originalseals additional sealing materials are not required
102 Observing inspection and maintenanceintervals
Adhere to the minimum inspection and maintenance in-tervals The inspection may require maintenance to becarried out earlier depending on the results
Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview(rarr Page 38)
Inspection and maintenance 10
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 23
103 Procuring spare parts
The original components of the product were also certifiedby the manufacturer as part of the declaration of conformityIf you use other non-certified or unauthorised parts duringmaintenance or repair work this may void the conformity ofthe product and it will therefore no longer comply with theapplicable standards
We strongly recommend that you use original spare partsfrom the manufacturer as this guarantees fault-free and safeoperation of the product To receive information about theavailable original spare parts contact the contact addressprovided on the reverse of these instructions
If you require spare parts for maintenance or repairwork use only the spare parts that are permitted for theproduct
104 Checking the CO₂ content
1 Start up the product with the check programme (P01)and set the value
ndash Setting value for the programme P01 100
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
2 Wait until the value that is read is stable
ndash Waiting period for reading a stable value 5 min
1
3 Unscrew the cover from the flue gas analysis point (1)
4 Measure the CO₂ content at the flue gas analysis point(1)
5 Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Checking the CO₂ content
Great Britain
front casing on front casing off
Natural gas
G20
92 plusmn1
◁ The value is OK
The value is not OK you cannot start up theproduct
Set the CO₂ content (rarr Page 23)
105 Setting the CO₂ content
Conditions The CO₂ content must be adjusted
1
A
B
Remove the sticker
Turn the screw (1) to set the CO₂ content (value withfront casing removed)
◁ To increase the CO₂ content Turn anti-clockwise
◁ To decrease the CO₂ content Turn clockwise
Only carry out the adjustment in increments of 18 turnand wait approximately 1 minute after each adjustmentuntil the value has stabilised
Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Setting the CO₂ value
Great Britain
front casing on front casingoff
Natural gas
G20
CO₂ at full load 92 plusmn02
Set for Wobbeindex W₀
1409 kWsdothmsup3
O₂ at full load 45 plusmn18 vol
CO at full load le 250 ppm
COCO₂ le 00027
If the setting is not in the specified adjustment rangeyou must not start up the product
Inform Customer Service
Check whether the air-quality requirements with regardto carbon monoxide are fulfilled
Fit the front panel
10 Inspection and maintenance
24 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
106 Removing the gas-air mixture unit
Note
The gas-air mixture unit consists of three maincomponents
ndash Fan
ndash Gas valve
ndash Burner cover
1 Switch off the product via the main switch
2 Close the gas isolator cock
3 Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
C
AB
1
D
2
4 Remove the screw (1)
5 Push the clip upwards
6 Remove the flue gas pipe (2)
3
4
5
AB
7 Remove the air intake pipe (3)
8 Remove the plugs from the gas valve (4) and from thefan (5)
A
C
D B
6
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (6)
7
7
8
10 Remove the burner seals (7) and the burner (8)
11 Check the burner and the heat exchanger for damageand dirt
12 If necessary clean or replace the components accord-ing to the following sections
13 Install the two new burner seals
107 Cleaning the heat exchanger
1
1 Protect the folded down electronics box against sprayedwater
2 Clean the ribs of the heat exchanger (1) with water
◁ The water runs out into the condensate tray
Inspection and maintenance 10
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 25
108 Checking the burner
1 Search the surface of the burner for possible damage Ifyou see any damage replace the burner
2 Install the two new burner seals
109 Checking the ignition electrode
1
2
3 4 5
1 Disconnect the connection (2) and the earthing cable(1)
2 Remove the fixing screws (3)
3 Carefully remove the electrode from the combustionchamber
4 Check that the electrode ends (4) are undamaged
5 Check the electrode distance
ndash Clearance for the ignition electrodes 35 hellip 45 mm
6 Make sure that the seal (5) is free from damage
If necessary replace the seal
1010 Cleaning the condensate siphon
C
2
3
1
AB
1 Unclip the lower section of the siphon (1) from the up-per section of the siphon (2)
2 Remove the float (3)
3 Flush out the float and lower section of the siphon withwater
4 Fill the lower section of the siphon with water up to 10mm below the upper edge of the condensate drain pipe-work
5 Reinsert the float (3)
Note
Check whether the float is present in thecondensate siphon
6 Clip the lower section of the siphon (1) into the uppersection of the siphon (2)
1011 Installing the gas-air mixture unit
1 Install the burner
2 Install two new burner seals in the burner hood
3 Install the gas-air mixture unit
4 Tighten the screws on the gas-air mixture unit
ndash Ideally to 7 Nm if a torque spanner is available
5 Install the flue pipe
6 Install the air intake pipe
1012 Draining the product
1 Close the service valves of the product
2 Start check programme P05 (rarr Page 15)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
3 Open the drain cock
1013 Checking the admission pressure of theexpansion vessel
1 Measure the pre-charge pressure of the expansion ves-sel at the vessel valve
Conditions Pre-charge pressure lt 0075 MPa (075 bar)
Top up the expansion vessel in accordance with thestatic height of the heating installation ideally with ni-trogen otherwise with air Ensure that the drain valve isopen when topping up
2 If water escapes from the expansion vessels valve youmust replace the expansion vessel (rarr Page 27)
3 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
1014 Completing inspection and maintenancework
1 Check the gas connection pressure (gas flow pressure)(rarr Page 19)
2 Check the CO₂ content
1015 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
11 Troubleshooting
26 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
11 Troubleshooting
111 Rectifying faults
If fault codes (FXX) appear refer to the table in the ap-pendix or use the check programme(s)
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
If several fault codes are generated at the same time theseare displayed alternately followed by the time at which therespective fault occurred
Hold the button down for more than 3 seconds
If you are unable to clear the fault code and it reappearsdespite several fault clearance attempts contact cus-tomer service
112 Calling up the fault memory
The last 10 fault codes are stored in the fault memory (to-gether with the time at which the respective fault occurredand after 24 hours with the number of days)
Hold the button down for more than 7 seconds
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Press the button to exit this menu
113 Deleting the fault memory
1 Delete the fault memory using the diagnostics coded94
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
114 Resetting parameters to factory settings
1 Reset all parameters to the factory settings using thediagnostics code d96
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
115 Preparing the repair work
1 Switch off the product
2 Disconnect the product from the electrical installation
3 Remove the front casing
4 Close the gas stopcock
5 Close the service valves in the heating flow and in theheating return
6 Close the service valve in the cold water pipe
7 Drain the product if you want to replace water-bearingcomponents of the product
8 Ensure that water does not drip on live components(eg the electronics box)
9 Use only new seals and O-rings Do not use any addi-tional sealing materials
116 Replacing defective components
1161 Replacing the burner
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Remove the two burner seals
3 Remove the burner
4 Insert the new burner
5 Insert two new burner seals in the burner cover
6 Install the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 25)
1162 Replacing the gas-air mixture unit
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Install the new gas-air mixture (rarr Page 25)
1163 Replacing the heat exchanger
1 Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
2 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
1 A
B
3 Remove the gas pipe (1)
1
2
3
2 4
A
B
4 Remove the temperature sensor (3)
5 Remove the upper clip (1)
6 Remove the lower clip (4)
7 Remove the supply pipe (2)
Troubleshooting 11
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 27
2
2 3
B
1
A
8 Remove the upper clip (1)
9 Remove the lower clip (3)
10 Remove the return pipe (2)
1
A2
11 Remove the clip underneath the condensate tray (1)
12 Undo the four screws (2)
2
1
B
C
A
13 Remove the ignition electrode (1)
14 Lift the heat exchanger up slightly and remove it to-gether with the condensate tray
15 Remove the ignition transformer (2)
16 Install the new heat exchanger in reverse order
1164 Replacing the pump head
1
2
1 Disconnect the pump cable from the electronics box
2 Undo the four bolts (1)
3 Remove the pump head (2)
4 Replace the O-ring
5 Use four screws to secure the new pump head
6 Connect the pump cable to the electronics box
1165 Replacing the expansion vessel
B
C
1
2
3A
D
1 Undo the nut (3)
2 Remove both screws on the support plate (1)
3 Remove the support plate
4 Pull out the expansion vessel (2) towards the front
5 Insert the new expansion vessel into the product
6 Screw the new expansion vessel to the water connec-tion To do this use a new seal
7 Attach the support plate using both screws
8 Fill and purge the product (rarr Page 17) and if requiredthe heating installation
12 Decommissioning the product
28 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
1166 Replacing the main PCB
C
C
D
B
C
C
D
B
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull all of the plugs out from the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plugs
7 Close the electronics box
1167 Replacing the PCB for the user interface
B
C
C
D
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull the plug out of the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plug
7 Close the electronics box
1168 Replacing the expansion relief valve
1
2
1 Remove the clip (2)
2 Remove the expansion relief valve
3 Fit the new expansion relief valve with a new O-ring
4 Reattach the clip (2)
1169 Replace the pressure sensor
1
2
1 Pull out the plug
2 Remove the clip (1)
3 Remove the pressure sensor (2)
4 Install the new pressure sensor
5 Reattach the clip (1)
117 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
12 Decommissioning the product
Switch off the product
Disconnect the product from the power mains
Close the gas isolator cock
Close the cold water stop cock
13 Customer service
For contact details for our customer service department youcan write to the address that is provided on the back pageor you can visit wwwglow-wormcouk
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 29
Appendix
A Check programmes ndash Overview
Note
Since the programme table is used for various products some programmes may not be visible for the product inquestion
Display Meaning
P01 Burner operation on adjustable heat input
The product operates after ignition with the heat input set between 0 (0 = Pmin) and 100 (100 = Pmax)
The function is active for 15 minutes
P02 Burner operation at ignition load
After ignition the product works at ignition load
The function is active for 15 minutes
P03 The product runs in heating mode with the maximum heat input set using diagnostics code d00
P04 Maximum output function
If there is a hot water request the product runs in hot water handling mode and at maximum heat load
If there is no hot water request the product runs with the heating partial load that is set via diagnostics coded00 and in heating mode
The function is active for 15 minutes
P05 Filling the product
The diverter valve moves to the mid-position The burner and pump switch off (to fill or drain the product)
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is active for 15 minutes
P06 Purging the heating circuit
The diverter valve is moved to the heating position
The function is activated in the heating circuit for 15 minutes
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
P07 Purging the hot water circuit
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
Automatic air ventfunction
Purging the product
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
This function cannot be manually switched off
B Overview of diagnostics codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d00 Heating maximum output ndash ndash kW The maximum heating outputvaries depending on the product
rarr Section Technical data
Automatic Unit automaticallyadjusts the maximum output tothe current system demand
rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d01 Pump overrun in heatingmode
1 60 min 1 5 Adjustable
d02 Maximum burner anti-cycling time in heatingmode
2 60 min 1 20 Adjustable
Appendix
30 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d04 Water temperature in thecylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d05 Determined heating flowset target temperature
Current value ndash ndash Not
adjustable
d06 Hot water set target tem-perature
Current value (Combination unit only) ndash Notadjustable
d07 Set target temperaturefor the domestic hot wa-ter cylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d08 Status of the 230 V ther-mostat
Current value ndash 0 = Room thermostat open (noheat requirement)
1 = Room thermostat closed(heat requirement)
ndash Notadjustable
d09 Heating flow set targettemperature that is seton the eBUS room ther-mostat
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d10 Status of the internalpump in the heating cir-cuit
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d11 Status of the heatingcircuits shunt pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d13 Status of the hot watercircuits circulation pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d14 Operating mode of themodulating pump
0 5 ndash 0 = variable rotational speed(auto)
1 2 3 4 5 = Fixed rotationalspeeds rarr Section Setting thepump output
0 Adjustable
d15 Pump speed Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d16 Status of the 24 V roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Heating off
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d17 Heating control ndash ndash ndash off = Flow temperature
on = Return temperature (ad-justment for underfloor heatingIf you have activated the returntemperature control the auto-matic heating output determina-tion function is not active)
0 Adjustable
d18 Pump overrun operatingmode
1 3 ndash 1 = Continuous (pump runs per-manently)
3 = Eco (intermittent pump modendash for the dissipation of the resid-ual heat after hot water gener-ation at an extremely low heatdemand)
1 Adjustable
d19 Pump operating mode 2stage pump
0 3 ndash 0 = Burner mode stage 2 pumpflowoverrun stage 1
1 = Heating mode and pumpflowoverrun stage 1 hot waterhandling mode stage 2
2 = Automatic heating modepump flowoverrun stage 1 hotwater handling mode stage 2
3 = Stage 2
3 Adjustable
d20 Maximum hot water settarget temperature
50 60 1 60 Adjustable
d21 Status of the warm startfor hot water
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated andavailable
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 31
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d22 Status of the hot waterrequest
Current value ndash off = No current requirement
on = Current requirement
ndash Notadjustable
d23 Status of the heatingdemand
Current value ndash off = Heating off (Summer mode)
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d24 Status of the pressuremonitor
0 1 ndash off = Not switched
on = Switched
ndash Notadjustable
d25 Status of the requirementto reheat the cylinder orfor the hot water warmstart from the eBUS ther-mostat
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
ndash Notadjustable
d27 Function of relay 1(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
1 Adjustable
d28 Function of relay 2(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
2 Adjustable
d31 Automatic filling device 0 2 ndash 0 = Manual
1 = Semi-automatic
2 = Automatic
0 Adjustable
d33 Fan speed target value Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d34 Value for the fan speed Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d35 Position of the divertervalve
Current value ndash 0 = Heating
40 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
100 = Domestic hot water
ndash Notadjustable
d36 Value for the hot waterflow
Current value lmin ndash ndash Notadjustable
d39 Water temperature in thesolar circuit
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d40 Heating flow temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d41 Heating return temperat-ure
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d43 Heating curve 02 4 ndash 01 12 Adjustable
d45 Value for the base pointof the heating curve
15 30 ndash 1 20 Adjustable
d47 Outside temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d50 Correction of the min-imum fan speed
0 3000 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
600 Adjustable
Appendix
32 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d51 Correction of the max-imum fan speed
-2500 0 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
-1000 Adjustable
d58 Solar circuit reheating 0 3 ndash 0 = Boilers Legionella protectionfunction deactivated
3 = Hot water activated (mintarget value 60 degC)
0 Adjustable
d60 Number of blocks by thetemperature limiter
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d61 Number of unsuccessfulignitions
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d62 Night set-back 0 30 ndash 1 0 Adjustable
d64 Average burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d65 Maximum burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d66 Activation of the warmstart function for hot wa-ter
ndash ndash ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
1 Adjustable
d67 Remaining burner anti-cycling time (setting un-der d02)
Current value min ndash ndash Notadjustable
d68 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 1st attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d69 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 2nd attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d70 Operation of the divertervalve
0 2 ndash 0 = Normal operating mode(DHW and heating mode)
1 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
2 = Permanent heating modeposition
0 Adjustable
d71 Maximum heating flowset target temperature
45 80 1 rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d73 Correction of the hot wa-ter warm start temperat-ure
-15 5 K 1 0 Adjustable
d75 Maximum cylinder re-heating time
20 90 min 1 45 Adjustable
d77 Max cylinder reheating ndash ndash kW 1
rarr Section Technical data
ndash Adjustable
d80 Running time in heatingmode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d81 Running time in hot wa-ter handling mode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d82 Number of burner igni-tions in heating mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d83 Number of burner igni-tions in hot water hand-ling mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d84 Maintenance in 0 3000 h Number of hours = Display valuex 10
300 Notadjustable
d85 Increase in the min out-put (heating and hot wa-ter handling mode)
ndash ndash kW 1 ndash Adjustable
d88 Flow rate limit valuefor ignition in hot waterhandling mode
0 1 ndash 0 = 17 lmin (no delay)
1 = 37 lmin (2 s delay)
0 Adjustable
d90 Status of the eBUS roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Not connected
on = Connected
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 33
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d91 Status DCF77 Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d93 Setting the product code 0 99 ndash 1
The Device Specific Number(DSN) can be found on the iden-tification plate
ndash Adjustable
d94 Delete fault list 0 1 ndash off = No
on = Yes
ndash Adjustable
d95 Software versions ndash ndash ndash 1 = Main PCB
2 = Interface PCB
ndash Adjustable
d96 Default setting (reset) ndash ndash ndash 0 = No
1 = Yes
ndash Adjustable
C Status codes ndash Overview
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Status code Meaning
Displays in heating mode
S0 Heating mode No requirement
S01 Heating mode Advance fan operation
S02 Heating mode Pump pre-run
S03 Heating mode Burner ignition
S04 Heating mode Burner on
S05 Heating mode Pumpfan overrun
S06 Heating mode Fan overrun
S07 Heating mode Pump overrun
S08 Heating mode Temporary shutdown after heating procedure
Displays in hot water handling mode
S10 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S11 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S13 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S14 DHW mode Burner on
S15 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S16 DHW mode Fan overrun
S17 DHW mode Pump overrun
Display in Comfort mode with warm start or hot water handling mode with cylinder
S20 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S21 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S22 Hot water handling mode Pump pre-run
S23 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S24 DHW mode Burner on
S25 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S26 DHW mode Fan overrun
S27 DHW mode Pump overrun
S28 Hot water handling mode Temporary shutdown of the burner
Other displays
S30 Room thermostat is blocking heating mode
S31 No heating demand Summer mode eBUS controller waiting period
Appendix
34 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Status code Meaning
S32 Fan waiting time Fan speed outside of the tolerance values
S33 Forced fan operation until the pressure monitor is switched
S34 Frost protection active
S39 Underfloor heating contact open
S41 Water pressure too high
S42 Flue non-return flap closed
S46 Frost protection mode (Comfort) Minimum load
S53 Product in waiting periodoperation block function due to low water pressure (flowreturn spread too large)
S54 Waiting period Low water pressure in the circuit (flowreturn spread too large)
S76 Maintenance message Check the water pressure
S88 Product purging active
S91 Maintenance Demo mode
S96 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S97 Automatic test programme Water pressure sensor heating demands blocked
S98 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S99 Internal automatic test programmes
S108 Purging the combustion chamber fan in operation
S109 Products standby mode activated
D Overview of fault codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F00 Fault Flow temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F01 Fault Return temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F10 Short circuit Flow temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F11 Short circuit Return temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F12 andF91
Short circuit Cylinder temperaturesensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F13 Short circuit Domestic hot water cylindertemperature sensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F20 Safety switch-off Overheating temperat-ure reached
Incorrect earth connection between cable harness and product flow or returnNTC defective (loose connection) stray spark via ignition cable ignition plugor ignition electrode
F22 Safety switch-off Low water pressure inthe boiler
No or insufficient water in the product water pressure sensor de-fective cable to the pump or to the water pressure sensor loosenotconnecteddefective
F23 Safety switch-off Temperature differencetoo great (NTC1NTC2)
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product flow and return NTCsensors connected the wrong way round
F24 Safety switch-off Temperature rise toofast
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product system pressure toolow non-return valve blockedincorrectly installed
F25 Safety switch-off Flue gas temperaturetoo high
Break in plug connection for optional flue gas safety cut-out (STB) break incable harness
F27 Safety switch-off Fault in flame detection Moisture on the electronics electronics (flame monitor) defective gas solen-oid valve leaking
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 35
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F28 Fault Ignition unsuccessful when startingup
Gas meter defective or gas pressure monitor has triggered air in gas gasflow pressure too low thermal isolator device (TAE) has triggered incorrectgas restrictor incorrect spare gas valve fault on the gas valve multiple plugon PCB incorrectly plugged in break in cable harness ignition system (ig-nition transformer ignition cable ignition plug ignition electrode) defectiveionisation current interrupted (cable electrode) incorrect earthing of productelectronics defective
F29 Fault Flame loss Gas supply temporarily stopped flue gas recirculation incorrect earthing ofproduct ignition transformer has spark failure
F32 Fan frost protection function active Fanspeed outside the tolerance values
Plug on fan not correctly plugged in multiple plug on PCB not correctlyplugged in break in cable harness fan blocked Hall sensor defective elec-tronics defective
F49 eBUS fault Voltage too low Short circuit on eBUS eBUS overload or two power supplies with differentpolarities on the eBUS
F61 Fault Gas valve control system Short circuitshort to earth in cable harness for the gas valve gas valvedefective (coils shorted to earth) electronics defective
F62 Fault Gas valve switch-off control Delayed switch-off of gas valve delayed extinguishing of flame signal gasvalve leaking electronics defective
F63 Fault EEPROM Electronics defective
F64 Fault Electronicssensoranalogue-to-digital converter
Flow or return NTC short circuited electronics defective
F65 Fault Electronics temperature too high Electronics overheating due to external influences electronics defective
F67 Value sent back by ASIC is incorrect(flame signal)
Implausible flame signal electronics defective
F68 Fault Unstable flame (analogue input) Air in gas gas flow pressure too low incorrect air ratio incorrect gas re-strictor ionisation flow interruption (cable electrode)
F70 Invalid product code (DSN) Display and PCB replaced at same time and Device Specific Number notreset wrong or missing output range coding resistance
F71 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Flow temperature sensor signalling constant value Flow temperature sensorincorrectly positioned on supply pipe flow temperature sensor defective
F72 Fault Deviation in the water pressuresensorreturn temperature sensor
Flowreturn NTC temperature difference too great rarr flow andor return tem-perature sensor defective
F73 Fault Water pressure sensor not con-nected or has short-circuited
Interruptionshort circuit of water pressure sensor interruptionshort circuitto GND in supply line to water pressure sensor or water pressure sensordefective
F74 Fault Electrical problem in the waterpressure sensor
Line to water pressure sensor has a short circuit to 5 V24 V or internal faultin the water pressure sensor
F75 Fault Pressure sensor Pressure switch defective
F76 The safety cut-out in the primary heatexchanger is defective
Safety cut-out feedback does not match the gas valve feedback
F77 Fault Condensate or smoke No response flue non-return flap defective
F78 Interruption to DHW outlet sensor atexternal controller
UK link box is connected but hot water NTC not bridged
F83 Fault Dry fire When the burner starts the temperature change registered at the flow orreturn temperature sensor is non-existent or too small Insufficient waterin the product the flow or return temperature sensor is not in the correctposition on the pipe
F84 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Values not consistent difference lt -6 K
Flow and return temperature sensors signalling implausible values Flow andreturn temperature sensors have been inverted flow and return temperaturesensors have not been correctly installed
F85 Fault Temperature sensor The flow andor return temperature sensors have been installed on the samepipeincorrect pipe
Temperature sensor not connected or is connected incorrectly
F86 Fault Underfloor heating contact Underfloor heating contact open sensor disconnected or defective
F87 Fault Electrodes Electrodes not connected or they are connected incorrectly short circuit inthe cable harness
F88 Fault Gas valve Gas valve not connected or it is connected incorrectly short circuit in thecable harness
F89 Fault Pump Pump not connected or it is connected incorrectly incorrect pump connec-ted short circuit in the cable harness
Appendix
36 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
Connection No communication between the PCBand the user interface
Electronics defective
E Wiring diagram Pure boiler
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
X21 41
32
eBUS
RT 24V
Burner off
X106
13
41
3
123
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~2
6
7
9
8
1
3
4
5
11
10
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Temperature sensor on the heating flow
4 Temperature sensor on the heating return
5 Fan
6 Gas valve assembly
7 Pressure sensor
8 External ignition transformer
9 Heating pump
10 Ionisation and ignition electrode
11 Main power supply and connection for 230 V control
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 37
F Connection diagram Pure boiler (30 kW)
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
X21LN
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
13
41
3
123
eBUS
Burner off
X106
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~
X12LN
2
7
8
109
1
43
5
6
12 11
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Control system
4 Temperature sensor in the heating flow
5 Temperature sensor in the heating return
6 Fan
7 Gas valve
8 Pressure sensor
9 Ionisation electrode
10 Heating pump
11 Ignition electrode
12 Main power supply
Appendix
38 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
G Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview
The table below lists the manufacturer requirements with respect to minimum inspection and maintenance intervals If na-tional regulations and directives require shorter inspection and maintenance intervals you should observe these instead ofthe intervals listed in the table
No WorkInspection(annual)
Mainten-ance
(must becarried outat regularintervals)
1Check the airflue pipe for leak-tightness and to ensure that it is fastened correctly Make surethat it is not blocked or damaged and has been installed in accordance with the relevant Installa-tion Manual
X X
2Check the general condition of the product Remove dirt from the product and from the vacuumchamber
X X
3Visually inspect the general condition of the heat exchanger In doing so pay particular attentionto signs of corrosion rust and other defects If you notice any damage carry out maintenancework
X X
4Check the gas connection pressure at maximum heat input If the gas connection pressure is notwithin the correct range carry out maintenance work
X X
5Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product and if necessary adjust it Keep a record ofthis
X X
6Disconnect the product from the power mains Check that the electrical plug connections andother connections are seated correctly and correct these if necessary
X X
7 Close the gas isolator cock and the service valves X X
8Drain the product on the water side Check the pre-charge pressure of the expansion vesseland if required top up the expansion vessel (approx 003 MPa03 bar below the system fillingpressure)
X
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit X
10Check the seals in the combustion area If you see any damage replace the seals Replace bothburner seals each time it is opened and accordingly each time maintenance work is carried out
X
11 Clean the heat exchanger X
12 Check the burner for damage and replace it if necessary X
13 Check the condensate siphon in the product clean and fill if necessary X X
14 Install the gas-air mixture unit Caution Replace the seals X
15 Open the gas isolator cock reconnect the product to the power mains and switch the product on X X
16Open the service valves fill the productheating installation to 005-03 MPa05-30 bar (depend-ing on the static height of the heating installation) and start the purging programme PXX
X
17Carry out a test operation of the product and heating installation and if required purge the sys-tem once more
X X
18 Visually inspect the ignition and burner behaviour X X
19 Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product again X
20 Check the product for gas flue gas water and condensate leaks and repair if necessary X X
21 Record the inspectionmaintenance work carried out X X
Note For those appliances which are not part of an annual service agreementpolicy maintenance must be carried out at least every5 years
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 39
H Position of the opening in the airflue pipe
GN
N
MM
A
II
O
H
H
CBLJ
Q Q
Q
Q
Q
K
P
D E
FI
S
R
T
H1 Positioning of the opening of a fan-supported flue gas pipe
Installation siteMinimum dimen-sions
A Directly below an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
B Above an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
C Horizontally to an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
DBelow temperature-sensitive building components eg plastic gutters down pipes or wastewaterpipes
75 mm
E Below eaves 200 mm
F Below balconies or car port roofs 200 mm
G From vertical wastewater pipes or down pipes 150 mm
H From external or internal corners 200 mm
I Above floors roofs or balconies 300 mm
J From a surface facing a terminal 600 mm
K From a terminal facing a terminal 1200 mm
L From an opening in the car port (eg door window) which leads into the dwelling 1200 mm
M Vertical from a terminal on the same wall 1500 mm
N Horizontal from a terminal on the same wall 300 mm
O From the wall on which the terminal has been installed 0 mm
P From a vertical structure on the roof 300 mm
Q Above the roof area 300 mm
R Horizontal from adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
S Above adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
T Below adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 2000 mm
Appendix
40 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
H2 Horizontal terminal positioning
BS 5440-1 recommends that fanned flue chimney terminals should be positioned as follows
a) at least 2 m from an opening in the building directly opposite and
b) so that the products of combustion are not directed to discharge directly across a boundary if the products are likely tocause a nuisance to a neighbour or discharge over a walkway or patio
For IE see current issue of IS 813
For boilers covered within this manual
1) Dimensions D E F and G
These clearances may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler In order to ensure that the con-densate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces the terminal should be extended as shown below
Balconyeaves
Gutter
Adequately secured airflue gas pipe
The flue pipe mustprotrude beyond any overhang
2) Dimension H
This clearance may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler However in order to ensure thatthe condensate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces a clearance of 300 mm is preferred
For 1 and 2 above you can use a flue gas management kit to enable the termination point to be positioned and directed awayfrom the building fabric
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 41
I Commissioning Checklist
copy Heating and Hotwater Industry Council (HHIC)
wwwcentralheatingcouk
Benchmark Commissioning and Servicing SectionIt is a requirement that the boiler is installed and commissioned to the
completed in full
Appendix
42 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
This Commissioning Checklist is to be completed in full by the competent person who commissioned the boiler as a means of demonstrating compliance with the appropriate Building Regulations and then handed to the customer to keep for future reference
GAS BOILER SYSTEM COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST
CONTROLS
Optimum start control
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
ALL SYSTEMS
Yes
Yes
CENTRAL HEATING MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
COMBINATION BOILERS ONLY
Yes
Yes
DOMESTIC HOT WATER MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
Yes Temperature
CONDENSING BOILERS ONLY
Yes
ALL INSTALLATIONS
AND sup2 Ratio
AND sup2 Ratio
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 43
It is recommended that your heating system is serviced regularly and that the appropriate Service Interval Record is completed
Service Provider
SERVICE RECORD
SERVICE 01
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 02
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 03
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 04
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 05
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 06
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 07
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 08
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 09
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 10
AND sup2 AND sup2
Appendix
44 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
PRIOR TO CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO CHECKThe boiler manufacturerrsquos installation instructions should have been followed gas type verified and gas
supply pressurerate checked as required prior to commissioningAs part of the installation process especially where a flue has been fitted by persons other than the boiler installer visually check the integrity of the whole flue system to confirm that all components are correctly assembled fixed and supported Check that manufacturerrsquos max flue lengths have not been
exceeded and all guidance has been followed (eg Gas Safe Technical Bulletin TB008)The flue gas analyser should be of the correct type as specified by BS 7967
Prior to its use the flue gas analyser should have been maintained and calibrated as specified by the manufacturer The installer must have the relevant competence for use of the analyser
Check and zero the analyser IN FRESH AIR as per analyser manufacturerrsquos instructions
NOTETHE AIR GAS RATIO VALVE IS FACTORY
SET AND MUST NOT BE ADJUSTED DURING COMMISSIONING UNLESS THIS ACTION IS RECOMMENDED FOLLOWING CONTACT WITH THE MANUFACTURER
If any such adjustment is recommended and further checking of the boiler is required the
installerservice engineer must be competent to carry out this work and to use the flue gas
analyser accordinglyIf the boiler requires conversion to operate with
a different gas family (eg conversion from natural gas to LPG) separate guidance will be
provided by the boiler manufacturer
CARRY OUT FLUE INTEGRITY CHECK USING ANALYSERInsert analyser probe into air inlet test point and allow readings to stabiliseNOTE - where no air inlet test point is provided then a flue integrity check
with the analyser is not possible The installer should verify that flue integrity has been visually checked in accordance with the ldquoPrior to
CO and combustion ratio checkrdquo box above before proceeding to the ldquoCheck CO and combustion ratio at maximum raterdquo stage below
SET BOILER TO MINIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at minimum rate (to
minimum load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - If manufacturerrsquos instructions do not specify how to set boiler to minimum
rate contact Technical Helpline for advice
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MINIMUM RATEWith boiler still set at minimum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas sampling
point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is not
specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MAX RATEWith boiler still set at maximum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas
sampling point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is
not specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
SET BOILER TO MAXIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at max rate
(full load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - Do not insert analyser probe during this period to avoid
possible ldquofloodingrdquo of sensor
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
BOILER IS OPERATING SATISFACTORILYno further actions required
Ensure test points are capped boiler case is correctly replaced and all other commissioning procedures are completed
Complete Benchmark Checklist recording CO and combustion ratio readings as required
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED
VERIFY FLUE INTEGRITYAnalyser readings indicate that combustion products and inlet air must be mixing Further investigation of
the flue is therefore requiredCheck that flue components are assembled fixed and supported as per boilerflue manufacturerrsquos
instructionsCheck that flue and flue terminal are not obstructed
IsCO less than
335ppmand
COCO2 ratio less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
Check all seals around the appliance burner internal flue seals door and case seals
Rectify where necessary
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED IF
COMMISSIONING CANNOT BE FULLY COMPLETED THE APPLIANCE MUST BE
DISCONNECTED FROM THE GAS SUPPLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GSIUR
NOTE Check and record CO and combustion ratio at both max and min rate before contacting the
manufacturer
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YESYES
YES
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 45
J Pipe lengths for the airflue pipe
J1 Length of the C13 type airflue pipe
Applicability C13 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C13 type airfluepipe
C13 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J2 Length of the C33 type airflue pipe
Applicability C33 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C33 type airfluepipe
C33 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J3 Length of the C43 type airflue pipe
Applicability C43 type airflue pipe
Diameter of theairflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L)
C43 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
Appendix
46 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
K Technical data
Technical data ndash Heating
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 530 lh 655 lh 788 lh 1094 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 353 lh 436 lh 525 lh 729 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
123 lh 153 lh 184 lh 255 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 1102 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 876 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
306 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
Technical data ndash G20 powerloading G20The lowest nominal heat output may be higher than the value in the technical data depending on the design of the systemand the current operating status
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 12 kW 15 kW 18 kW 25 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
48 hellip 130 kW 48 hellip 162 kW 53 hellip 195 kW 65 hellip 270 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
47 hellip 128 kW 47 hellip 159 kW 52 hellip 191 kW 64 hellip 265 kW
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
45 hellip 123 kW 45 hellip 152 kW 50 hellip 183 kW 61 hellip 254 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
44 hellip 150 kW 44 hellip 180 kW 49 hellip 252 kW 60 hellip 300 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
123 kW 153 kW 184 kW 255 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
153 kW 184 kW 257 kW 306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 30 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
76 hellip 324 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
75 hellip 318 kW
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 47
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
72 hellip 305 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
71 hellip 350 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
72 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
357 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
72 kW
Technical data ndash General
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch 34 inch 34 inch 34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h 32 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
13 msup3h 16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0476 msup3h 0480 msup3h 0533 msup3h 0648 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
206 gs 208 gs 231 gs 281 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
55 gs 69 gs 83 gs 115 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
69 gs 83 gs 116 gs 138 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
55 55 60 77
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
55 55 55 55
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
43 48 51 62
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
32 32 34 35
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
71 71 69 68
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
105 105 105 95
Released system types C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996 996 996 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040 1040 1040 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060 1060 1060 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085 1085 1085 1085
NOx class 5 5 5 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm
Appendix
48 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Net weight 31 kg 31 kg 31 kg 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 35 kg 35 kg 35 kg 36 kg
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
38 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
32 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0762 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
330 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
138 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
161 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
82
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
37
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
75
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
104
Released system types C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085
NOx class 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm
Net weight 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 36 kg
Technical data ndash Electrics
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 49
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max electrical power consump-tion
65 W 75 W 66 W 75 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W
Level of protection IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V
Max electrical power consump-tion
60 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W
Level of protection IPX4D
Index
50 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Index
AAirflue pipe installed 5BBurner anti-cycling time 20Bypass valve 22CCE label 8Check programmes 29
Using 15Checking the burner 25Checking the pre-charge pressure of the expansionvessel 25Cleaning the condensate siphon 25Cleaning the heat exchanger 24CO₂ content
Checking 20 23Competent person 4Completing inspection work 25Completing maintenance work 25Condensate discharge pipe 12Condensate siphon
Filling 18Controller 14Corrosion 5DDecommissioning 28Decommissioning the product 28Diagnostics codes
Using 15Documents 7Draining the product 25EElectricity 5Expansion relief valve 28FFault codes 26Fault memory 26Fault messages 26Fault symbol 15Flow rate-pressure curves 21Flue gas route 5Front casing closed 5Frost 5GGas family check 16Gas flow rate 18HHanding over to the end user 22High-efficiency pump 21High-efficiency pump output 21IIdentification plate 7If you smell flue gas 5If you smell gas 4Inspection work 22 38Installation site 5Intended use 4LLeak-tightness 20 25 28
MMains connection 14Maintenance work 22 38Minimum clearance 9PPower supply 14Preparing the repair work 26Preparing repair work 26Pressure sensor 28Pump head 27QQualification 4RRegulations 6Removing the air intake pipe 24Removing the burner 24Removing the flue gas pipe 24Removing the front casing 10Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24Removing the ignition transformer 24Removing the side section 10Replacing the burner 26Replacing the expansion vessel 27Replacing the heat exchanger 26Replacing the main PCB 28Replacing expansion vessel 27Resetting the burner anti-cycling time 21SSafety device 5Schematic drawing 5Setting the burner anti-cycling time 20Spare parts 23Switching on the product 17TTool 6Transport 5Transporting 8Treating the heating water 16UUnloading the box 8Unpacking the product 8User interface replacing the PCB 28Using
Check programmes 15Diagnostics codes 15
VVoltage 5WWall-mounting the product 9Weight 9
0020200964_04
ManufacturerSupplierVaillant Group UK LTD
Nottingham Road ‒ Belper ‒ Derbyshire DE56 1JQ
Telephone 01773 824639 ‒ Technical helpline 0330 100 7679
After sales service 0330 100 3142
wwwglow-wormcouk
0020200964_04 ‒ 16112017
copy These instructions or parts thereof are protected by copyright and may be repro-duced or distributed only with the manufacturers written consent
We reserve the right to make technical changes
Installation 5
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 13
5414 Internal termination into combined sinkwaste
Oslash30mm
Oslash19mm min
5415 Internal termination downstream of sinkwaste
Oslash30mm
Oslash19mm min
5416 External termination into soakaway
400m
m m
in
300m
m m
in25
mm
min
500mm min
Oslash100mm
L = 3m max
Oslash19mm min
Oslash30mm
5417 External termination into rain water downpipe
Oslash19mm min
Oslash30mm
55 Electrical installation
DangerRisk of death from electric shock
The power supply terminals L and N remainlive even if the product is switched off
Switch off the power supply Secure the power supply against being
switched on again
Only qualified electricians may carry out the electrical install-ation
551 Opening the electronics box
A
B
B
Follow the instructions in the specified sequence
5 Installation
14 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
552 Closing the electronics box
Follow the instructions in the reverse order
553 Cable route
1
2
1 24-V eBUS cable route 2 230-V eBUS cable route
554 Carrying out the wiring
30 mm max
1 Shorten the connection cables to the appropriatelengths to prevent them from causing damage insidethe electronics box
2 Screw the plug to the connection cable
3 Plug the plug into the slot provided on the PCB
555 Establishing the power supply
1
1 Observe all valid regulations
2 Ensure that the rated mains voltage is 230 V
3 Set up a fixed connection and install a partition with acontact opening of at least 3 mm (eg fuses or powerswitches)
4 Provide one common electricity supply for the boilerand for the corresponding controller
ndash Power supply Single-phase 230 V 50 Hz
ndash Fuse protection le 3 A
5 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
6 Observe the routing of the power supply cable (1) in theelectronics box in order to guarantee that there is nostrain
le 30
mm
NL X1230V~
RT
7 Carry out the wiring (rarr Page 14)
8 Close the electronics box
9 Make sure that access to the mains connection is al-ways available and is not covered or blocked
556 Connecting controllers to the electronicsystem
X2
X22 X41
ndash +24V=RT BUS
BurneroffX
106
BUS24 V
BU
SR
TB
off
Burner
offR
T24V
=-
+B
US
1
4
32
1 Safety thermostat forfloor-standing heating
2 24 V controller
3 eBUS controller or radioreceiver unit
4 Outside temperaturesensor wired
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
Operation 6
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 15
2 Carry out the wiring (rarr Page 14)
3 Connect the individual components depending on thetype of installation
Conditions If installing a multi-circuit controller
Change the pumps operating mode d18 from Eco (in-termittently operating pump) to Comfort (continuouslyoperating pump)
Conditions When connecting a controller (230 V)
le 30
mm
NL X1230V~
RT
Connect the controller to the main plug
Remove the bridge from the plug 24V=RT
4 Close the electronics box
6 Operation
61 Using diagnostics codes
You can use the parameters marked as adjustable in thetable of diagnostics codes to adapt the product to the systemand customer requirements
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
611 Activating diagnostics codes
1 Press and hold the button for 7 seconds
◁ is shown in the display
2 Press the or button to set the value
◁ The access code (96) is reserved for the competentperson
◁ The access code (35) is reserved for the customerservice
3 Press the button to confirm
◁ is shown in the display
612 Setting a diagnostics code
1 Press the or button to select the diagnosticscode
2 Press the button to confirm
◁ The value andor status of the diagnostics code isshown in the display
3 Press the or button to set the value
4 If you allow the value to flash for three seconds thesetting is automatically confirmed
◁ is shown in the display for 1 second
Note
You can manually confirm the setting at anytime by pressing and holding the buttonfor less than 3 seconds
5 Proceed accordingly for all parameters that need to bechanged
6 Press and hold the button for 3 seconds to finishconfiguring the diagnostics codes
◁ The display switches to the basic display
62 Displaying the status codes
The status codes display the products current operatingstatus
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
621 Activating the status codes display
1 Hold the button down for more than 7 seconds
◁ SXX is shown on the display followed by the heat-ing flow temperature the internal system pressureand the cylinder temperature (depending on the ver-sion)
2 Press the button to exit this menu
◁ The display switches to the basic display
63 Using check programmes
By activating various check programmes you can triggervarious special functions on the product
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
631 Calling up the check programmes
1 Hold the button down for more than 5 seconds
◁ All symbols are shown in the display
◁ is shown in the display
2 Press and hold the button for five seconds
◁ is shown in the display
3 Press the or button to select the checkprogramme
4 Press the button to confirm
◁ on is shown in the display and the programmestarts
5 Press the and buttons at the same time whilstrunning a check programme
◁ The heating water temperature and the filling pres-sure for the heating installation are shown altern-ately in the display
6 Press the button to return to the check programme
◁ The display shows the check programme
7 Press the button to finish the check programme
◁ OFF is shown in the display
8 Press and hold the button for 3 seconds to finishthe check programmes
7 Start-up
16 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
◁ End is shown in the display
◁ The display switches to the basic display
Note
If you do not press any button for 15 minutesthe current programme is automatically can-celled and the basic display is shown
632 Displaying the pressure and temperature ofthe heating during a check programme
1 Press the buttons simultaneously
◁ Display the filling pressure in the heating installation
◁ Display the heating flow temperature
2 Press the button to display the check programmecurrently running
7 Start-up
71 Carrying out the initial start-up
Initial start-up must be carried out by a customer servicetechnician or an authorised competent person using the first-commissioning-checklist The first-commissioning-checklistin the appendix (rarr Page 41) of the installation instructionsmust be filled out and stored carefully along with the unitsdocumentation
Carry out the initial start-up using the first-commission-ing-checklist in the appendix
Fill out and sign the first-commissioning-checklist
72 Checking the type of gas
Make sure that the product is set up correctly by checkingthe type of gas This ensures optimum combustion quality
Check the type of gas as part of routine product mainten-ance work when replacing components or carrying outwork on the gas route
73 Checking the factory setting
The products combustion has been factory tested and ispreset for operation with the gas group indicated on the iden-tification plate
The product is only authorised to be operated with naturalgas
Check the information about the type of gas indicated onthe identification plate and compare this with the type ofgas available at the installation location
Conditions The product design is not compatible with the local gasgroup
Do not start up the product
Conditions The product design is compatible with the local gas group
Proceed as described below
74 Checking and treating the heatingwaterfilling and supplementary water
CautionRisk of material damage due to poor-qual-ity heating water
Ensure that the heating water is of suffi-cient quality
Before filling or topping up the installation check thequality of the heating water
Checking the quality of the heating water Remove a little water from the heating circuit
Check the appearance of the heating water
If you ascertain that it contains sedimentary materialsyou must desludge the installation
Use a magnetic rod to check whether it contains mag-netite (iron oxide)
If you ascertain that it contains magnetite clean the in-stallation and apply suitable corrosion-protection meas-ures or fit a magnetic filter
Check the pH value of the removed water at 25 degC
If the value is below 65 or above 85 clean the systemand treat the heating water
Ensure that oxygen cannot get into the heating water
Checking the filling and supplementary water Before filling the installation measure the hardness of the
filling and supplementary water
Treating the filling and supplementary water Observe all applicable national regulations and technical
standards when treating the filling and supplementarywater
Provided the national regulations and technical standardsdo not stipulate more stringent requirements the followingapplies
You must treat the heating water in the following cases
ndash If the entire filling and supplementary water quantity dur-ing the operating life of the system exceeds three timesthe nominal volume of the heating installation or
ndash If the guideline values listed in the following table are notmet or
ndash if the pH value of the heating water is less than 65 ormore than 85
Totalheatingoutput
Water hardness at specific system volume1)
le 20 lkWgt 20 lkWle 50 lkW
gt 50 lkW
kWppm
CaCO₃molmsup3
ppmCaCO₃
molmsup3
ppmCaCO₃
molmsup3
lt 50 lt 300 lt 3 200 2 2 002
gt 50to le 200
200 2 150 15 2 002
gt 200to le 600
150 15 2 002 2 002
gt 600 2 002 2 002 2 002
1) Nominal capacity in litresheating output in the case of multi-boiler systems the smallest single heating output is to be used
Start-up 7
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 17
CautionThe use of unsuitable heating water maycause aluminium corrosion and a result-ing lack of leak-tightness
In contrast to steel grey cast iron or copperfor example aluminium reacts with alkalineheating water (pH value gt 85) to producesubstantial corrosion
When using aluminium make sure thatthe pH value of the heating water isbetween 65 and a maximum of 85
CautionRisk of material damage if the heatingwater is treated with unsuitable additives
Unsuitable additives may cause changes inthe components noises in heating mode andpossibly subsequent damage
Do not use any unsuitable frost and cor-rosion protection agents biocides or seal-ants
No incompatibility with our products has been detected todate with proper use of the following additives
When using additives follow the manufacturers instruc-tions without exception
We accept no liability for the compatibility of any additive orits effectiveness in the rest of the heating system
Additives for cleaning measures (subsequentflushing required)ndash Adey MC3+
ndash Adey MC5
ndash Fernox F3
ndash Sentinel X 300
ndash Sentinel X 400
Additives intended to remain permanently in theinstallationndash Adey MC1+
ndash Fernox F1
ndash Fernox F2
ndash Sentinel X 100
ndash Sentinel X 200
Additives for frost protection intended to remainpermanently in the installationndash Adey MC ZERO
ndash Fernox Antifreeze Alphi 11
ndash Sentinel X 500
If you have used the above-mentioned additives informthe end user about the measures that are required
Inform the end user about the measures required for frostprotection
75 Avoiding danger arising from insufficientwater pressure
The filling pressure must be between 010 and 015 MPa(10 and 15 bar)
Note
If the heating flow temperature is shown in thedisplay press and hold the and buttonsat the same time for longer than five seconds ortemporarily deactivate heating mode in order todisplay the pressure
If the heating installation extends over several storeyshigher filling pressures may be required to avoid air enteringthe heating installation
If the water pressure falls below 005 MPa (05 bar) thevalue flashes in the display
If the water pressure falls below 003 MPa (03 bar) theproduct switches off The display shows 00 MPa (00 bar)Fault F22 will be stored in the fault list
Top up the water in the heating installation to start up theproduct again
◁ The pressure value flashes in the display until apressure of 005 MPa (05 bar) or higher has beenreached
76 Switching on the product
Switch on the product via the main switch installed on-site
77 Filling and purging the heating installation
Preliminary work Flush the heating installation through
1
1
1 Check the silicone hose connection (1) between thepumps automatic air vent and the hydraulic console
2 Fill with water until the required filling pressure isreached
ndash Recommended filling pressure 1 hellip 15 bar
◁ The heating and hot water functions cannot be activ-ated
◁ The pressure value flashes in the display until apressure of 005 MPa (05 bar) or higher has beenreached
7 Start-up
18 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
◁ An automatic air vent function is activated if thepressure exceeds 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than15 seconds
3 Purge each radiator until the water escapes normallyand then retighten the systems purging valves
4 Check whether all connections are leak-tight
Conditions If the noise persists in the boiler
Purge the product again by activating check programme(P07) and then (P06)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
78 Filling the condensate siphon
C
2
3
1
AB
1 Unclip the lower section of the siphon (1) from the up-per section of the siphon (2)
2 Remove the float (3)
3 Fill the lower section of the siphon with water up to 10mm below the upper edge of the condensate drain pipe-work
4 Re-insert the float (3)
Note
Check that the float is present in the con-densate siphon
5 Clip the lower section of the siphon (1) into the uppersection of the siphon (2)
79 Filling the hot water circuit
1 Open the water tap to fill the hot water circuit
2 Close the water tap once the appropriate volume ofwater has flowed out
◁ The hot water circuit is filled
3 Check all connections and the entire system for leak-tightness
710 Checking and adjusting the gas settings
Only a qualified competent person is authorised to imple-ment the settings on the gas valve assembly
Each destroyed tamper-proof seal must be replaced
The CO₂ adjusting screw must be sealed
Never modify the factory setting of the gas pressure regu-lator of the gas valve assembly
7101 Checking the gas flow rate
The gas flow rate has been set during production and doesnot require adjustment With the front casing fitted check thegas flow rate of the boiler as follows
Start up the product with the check programme P01
In addition ensure that maximum heat can be dissipatedinto the heating system by turning up the room thermo-stat
Wait at least 5 minutes until the boiler has reached itsoperating temperature
Ensure that all other gas appliances in the property areturned off
Measure the gas flow rate at the gas meter
Compare the measured values with the correspondingvalues in the table
Qnw from the dataplate
H gas in msup3h
Nom +5 minus10
153 162 170 146
184 195 205 176
247 261 274 235
257 272 286 245
286 303 318 273
306 324 340 292
357 378 397 340
Conditions Gas flow rate not in the permissible range
Check all of the piping and ensure that the gas flow ratesare correct
Only put the product into operation once the gas flowrates have been corrected
Conditions Gas flow rate in the permissible range
End the check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down by allowing pump overrun tooperate for a minimum of 2 minutes
Record the boiler maximum gas flow rate onto theBenchmark gas boiler commissioning checklist
Start-up 7
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 19
7102 Checking the gas connection pressure (gasflow pressure)
1
2
1 Ensure that the gas inlet working pressure can beobtained with all other gas appliances in the propertyworking
2 Close the gas stopcock (1)
3 Undo the sealing screw on the test nipple (2)
4 Connect a manometer to the test nipple (2)
5 Open the gas stopcock (1)
6 Start up the product with check programme P01 (sys-tem with eBUS control) or P03 (installation withouteBUS control)
7 In addition ensure that maximum heat can be dissip-ated into the heating system by turning up the roomthermostat
8 With the boiler operating at full load check that the gasinlet working pressure at the reference test point (2)complies with the requirements
Permissible connection pressure
Great Bri-tain
Naturalgas
G20 17 hellip 2 kPa
(170hellip 20 mbar)
9 Should the pressure recorded at the reference test pointin the boiler be lower than indicated check if there isany blockage in the pipework or if the pipework is un-dersized
Conditions Gas flow pressure not in the permissible range
CautionRisk of material damage and operatingfaults caused by incorrect gas connec-tion pressureIf the gas connection pressure lies outsidethe permissible range this can cause oper-ating faults in and damage to the product Do not make any adjustments to the
product Do not start up the product
If you cannot correct the failure notify the gas supplycompany and proceed as follows
End check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down by allowing pump overrunto operate for a minimum of two minutes
Close the gas stopcock
Remove the pressure gauge and retighten the sealingscrew (2) for the measuring nipple
Open the gas stopcock (1)
Check the test nipple for gas tightness
Close the gas stopcock (1)
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
Disconnect the product from the electrical installation
You must not start up the boiler
Conditions Gas flow pressure in the permissible range
End the check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down allowing pump overrun tooperate for a minimum of two minutes
Close the gas stopcock (1)
Remove the pressure gauge and retighten the sealingscrew (2) for the measuring nipple
Open the gas stopcock (1)
Check the test nipple for gas tightness
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
Reset boiler controls for normal operation
Record the appliance gas inlet working pressure (kParesp mbar) in the Benchmark gas boiler commissioningchecklist
7103 Checking the leak-tightness of the flue gasinstallation and flue gas recirculation
1 Check the flue gas installation is intact in accordancewith the latest gas safe technical bulletin and informa-tion supplied in the installation instructions
2 For extended flue gas installations check for flue gasrecirculation using the air analysis point
3 Use a flue gas analyser
4 If you discover CO or CO2 in the supply air search forthe leak in the flue gas installation or for signs of fluegas recirculation
5 Eliminate the damage properly
6 Check again whether the supply air contains any CO orCO2
7 If you cannot eliminate the damage do not start up theproduct
7104 Thoroughly flushing the heating installation(hot)
1 Operate the appliance until the boiler and the heatingsystem are up to temperature
2 Check the heating system for leaks
3 Connect a hose to the drain valve located at the lowestposition of the heating system
4 Shut off the boiler open the drain valve and all purgevalves on the radiators and allow the water to flow outof the heating system and the boiler quickly and fully
5 Close the drain valve
6 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
7 Re-fill the system until the system design pressure of01 MPa (10 bar) is attained
8 Adapting the unit to the heating installation
20 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Note
The actual reading on the digital pressuregauge should ideally be 005 MPa (05 bar)plus an additional pressure correspondingto the highest point of the system above thebase of the boiler ndash 10 m head equals an ad-ditional 1 bar reading on the pressure gaugeThe minimum pressure should not be lessthan 01 MPa (1 bar) in any installation Ifthe system is to be treated with an inhibitor itshould be applied at this stage in accordancewith the manufacturerrsquos instructions Furtherinformation can be obtained from SentinelBetz Dearborn Ltd Tel 0151 420 9595 orFernox Alphandash Fry technologies Tel 08708700362
8 Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
7105 Checking the CO₂ content
1 Start up the product with the check programme (P01)and set the value
ndash Setting value for the programme P01 100
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
2 Wait until the value that is read is stable
ndash Waiting period for reading a stable value 5 min
1
3 Unscrew the cover from the flue gas analysis point (1)
4 Measure the CO₂ content at the flue gas analysis point(1)
5 Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Checking the CO₂ content
Great Britain
front casing on front casing off
Natural gas
G20
92 plusmn1
◁ The value is OK
The value is not OK you cannot start up theproduct
Inform Customer Service
711 Checking leak-tightness
Check the gas pipe the heating circuit and the hot watercircuit for leak-tightness
Check that the airflue pipe has been installed correctly
Conditions Room-sealed operation
Check whether the vacuum chamber has been closedtightly
7111 Checking the heating mode
1 Activate the heating mode on the user interface
2 Turn all thermostatic radiator valves on the radiatorsuntil they are fully open
3 Allow the product to operate for at least 15 minutes
4 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
5 Activate the display for the current operating status(rarr Page 15)
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
◁ If the product is working correctly the display showsS04
7112 Checking the hot water generation
1 Activate the hot water handling mode on the userinterface
2 Open a hot water valve completely
3 Activate the display for the current operating status(rarr Page 15)
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
◁ If the product is working correctly the display showsS14
8 Adapting the unit to the heatinginstallation
You can resetchange the system parameters (section Us-ing diagnostics codes)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
81 Burner anti-cycling time
To prevent frequent switching on and off of the burner andthus prevent energy losses an electronic restart lockoutis activated for a specific period each time the burner isswitched off The burner anti-cycling time is only active forthe heating mode Hot water handling mode during a burneranti-cycling time does not affect the time function element
811 Setting the maximum burner anti-cyclingtime
1 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
2 If required adjust the maximum burner anti-cycling timeusing the diagnostics code d02
Adapting the unit to the heating installation 8
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 21
812 Resetting the remaining burner anti-cyclingtime
Hold the button down for more than 3 seconds
◁ is shown in the display
82 Setting the pump output
The product is equipped with a speed-regulated high-effi-ciency pump which adjusts independently to the hydraulicconditions of the heating installation
If you have installed a low loss header in the heating install-ation you should switch off the speed regulation and set thepump output to a fixed value
If required change the setting of the pump speed whichdepends on the operating mode under diagnostics coded14
Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 12 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
0
10
20
30
40
50
0 200 400 600 800 1000
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 15 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
1 2
34
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 18 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
01020304050
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
6070
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 25 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
01020304050
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
6070
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 30 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
01020304050607080
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 A
B 1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
9 Handing the product over to the end user
22 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
83 Setting the bypass valve
CautionRisk of material damage caused by incor-rect setting of the high-efficiency pump
If the pressure at the bypass valve is in-creased (by turning it clockwise) and thepump output is set to less than 100 theproduct may not operate correctly
In this case set the pump output to5 = 100 using diagnostics parameterd14
Conditions d14 is set to 0 = auto
Do not change the factory settings
Conditions d14 is set to 1 - 5
Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
1
Regulate the pressure using the adjusting screw (1)
Position of the adjustingscrew
Notesapplication
Right-hand stop (screwedall the way in)
If the radiators do not heatup sufficiently at the defaultsetting In this case you mustset the pump to the maximumspeed
Mid-position (six anti-clockwise rotations)
Default setting
Five further anti-clockwiserotations starting from themid-position
If noises are produced in theradiators or radiator valves
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
84 Setting the hot water temperature
DangerRisk of death from legionella
Legionella multiply at temperatures below60 degC
Ensure that the end user is familiar withall of the Anti-legionella measures in orderto comply with the applicable regulationsregarding legionella prevention
Set the hot water temperature
Conditions Water hardness gt 357 molmsup3
ndash Hot water temperature le 50
9 Handing the product over to the enduser
When you have finished the installation attach the stickersupplied (in the end users language) to the productcover
Explain to the end user how the safety devices work andwhere they are located
Inform the end user how to handle the product
In particular draw attention to the safety informationwhich the end user must follow
Inform the end user that they must have the productmaintained in accordance with the specified intervals
Instruct the end user about measures taken for routingthe combustion air supply and flue system
10 Inspection and maintenance
101 Using original seals
If you replace components use only the enclosed originalseals additional sealing materials are not required
102 Observing inspection and maintenanceintervals
Adhere to the minimum inspection and maintenance in-tervals The inspection may require maintenance to becarried out earlier depending on the results
Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview(rarr Page 38)
Inspection and maintenance 10
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 23
103 Procuring spare parts
The original components of the product were also certifiedby the manufacturer as part of the declaration of conformityIf you use other non-certified or unauthorised parts duringmaintenance or repair work this may void the conformity ofthe product and it will therefore no longer comply with theapplicable standards
We strongly recommend that you use original spare partsfrom the manufacturer as this guarantees fault-free and safeoperation of the product To receive information about theavailable original spare parts contact the contact addressprovided on the reverse of these instructions
If you require spare parts for maintenance or repairwork use only the spare parts that are permitted for theproduct
104 Checking the CO₂ content
1 Start up the product with the check programme (P01)and set the value
ndash Setting value for the programme P01 100
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
2 Wait until the value that is read is stable
ndash Waiting period for reading a stable value 5 min
1
3 Unscrew the cover from the flue gas analysis point (1)
4 Measure the CO₂ content at the flue gas analysis point(1)
5 Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Checking the CO₂ content
Great Britain
front casing on front casing off
Natural gas
G20
92 plusmn1
◁ The value is OK
The value is not OK you cannot start up theproduct
Set the CO₂ content (rarr Page 23)
105 Setting the CO₂ content
Conditions The CO₂ content must be adjusted
1
A
B
Remove the sticker
Turn the screw (1) to set the CO₂ content (value withfront casing removed)
◁ To increase the CO₂ content Turn anti-clockwise
◁ To decrease the CO₂ content Turn clockwise
Only carry out the adjustment in increments of 18 turnand wait approximately 1 minute after each adjustmentuntil the value has stabilised
Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Setting the CO₂ value
Great Britain
front casing on front casingoff
Natural gas
G20
CO₂ at full load 92 plusmn02
Set for Wobbeindex W₀
1409 kWsdothmsup3
O₂ at full load 45 plusmn18 vol
CO at full load le 250 ppm
COCO₂ le 00027
If the setting is not in the specified adjustment rangeyou must not start up the product
Inform Customer Service
Check whether the air-quality requirements with regardto carbon monoxide are fulfilled
Fit the front panel
10 Inspection and maintenance
24 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
106 Removing the gas-air mixture unit
Note
The gas-air mixture unit consists of three maincomponents
ndash Fan
ndash Gas valve
ndash Burner cover
1 Switch off the product via the main switch
2 Close the gas isolator cock
3 Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
C
AB
1
D
2
4 Remove the screw (1)
5 Push the clip upwards
6 Remove the flue gas pipe (2)
3
4
5
AB
7 Remove the air intake pipe (3)
8 Remove the plugs from the gas valve (4) and from thefan (5)
A
C
D B
6
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (6)
7
7
8
10 Remove the burner seals (7) and the burner (8)
11 Check the burner and the heat exchanger for damageand dirt
12 If necessary clean or replace the components accord-ing to the following sections
13 Install the two new burner seals
107 Cleaning the heat exchanger
1
1 Protect the folded down electronics box against sprayedwater
2 Clean the ribs of the heat exchanger (1) with water
◁ The water runs out into the condensate tray
Inspection and maintenance 10
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 25
108 Checking the burner
1 Search the surface of the burner for possible damage Ifyou see any damage replace the burner
2 Install the two new burner seals
109 Checking the ignition electrode
1
2
3 4 5
1 Disconnect the connection (2) and the earthing cable(1)
2 Remove the fixing screws (3)
3 Carefully remove the electrode from the combustionchamber
4 Check that the electrode ends (4) are undamaged
5 Check the electrode distance
ndash Clearance for the ignition electrodes 35 hellip 45 mm
6 Make sure that the seal (5) is free from damage
If necessary replace the seal
1010 Cleaning the condensate siphon
C
2
3
1
AB
1 Unclip the lower section of the siphon (1) from the up-per section of the siphon (2)
2 Remove the float (3)
3 Flush out the float and lower section of the siphon withwater
4 Fill the lower section of the siphon with water up to 10mm below the upper edge of the condensate drain pipe-work
5 Reinsert the float (3)
Note
Check whether the float is present in thecondensate siphon
6 Clip the lower section of the siphon (1) into the uppersection of the siphon (2)
1011 Installing the gas-air mixture unit
1 Install the burner
2 Install two new burner seals in the burner hood
3 Install the gas-air mixture unit
4 Tighten the screws on the gas-air mixture unit
ndash Ideally to 7 Nm if a torque spanner is available
5 Install the flue pipe
6 Install the air intake pipe
1012 Draining the product
1 Close the service valves of the product
2 Start check programme P05 (rarr Page 15)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
3 Open the drain cock
1013 Checking the admission pressure of theexpansion vessel
1 Measure the pre-charge pressure of the expansion ves-sel at the vessel valve
Conditions Pre-charge pressure lt 0075 MPa (075 bar)
Top up the expansion vessel in accordance with thestatic height of the heating installation ideally with ni-trogen otherwise with air Ensure that the drain valve isopen when topping up
2 If water escapes from the expansion vessels valve youmust replace the expansion vessel (rarr Page 27)
3 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
1014 Completing inspection and maintenancework
1 Check the gas connection pressure (gas flow pressure)(rarr Page 19)
2 Check the CO₂ content
1015 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
11 Troubleshooting
26 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
11 Troubleshooting
111 Rectifying faults
If fault codes (FXX) appear refer to the table in the ap-pendix or use the check programme(s)
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
If several fault codes are generated at the same time theseare displayed alternately followed by the time at which therespective fault occurred
Hold the button down for more than 3 seconds
If you are unable to clear the fault code and it reappearsdespite several fault clearance attempts contact cus-tomer service
112 Calling up the fault memory
The last 10 fault codes are stored in the fault memory (to-gether with the time at which the respective fault occurredand after 24 hours with the number of days)
Hold the button down for more than 7 seconds
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Press the button to exit this menu
113 Deleting the fault memory
1 Delete the fault memory using the diagnostics coded94
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
114 Resetting parameters to factory settings
1 Reset all parameters to the factory settings using thediagnostics code d96
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
115 Preparing the repair work
1 Switch off the product
2 Disconnect the product from the electrical installation
3 Remove the front casing
4 Close the gas stopcock
5 Close the service valves in the heating flow and in theheating return
6 Close the service valve in the cold water pipe
7 Drain the product if you want to replace water-bearingcomponents of the product
8 Ensure that water does not drip on live components(eg the electronics box)
9 Use only new seals and O-rings Do not use any addi-tional sealing materials
116 Replacing defective components
1161 Replacing the burner
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Remove the two burner seals
3 Remove the burner
4 Insert the new burner
5 Insert two new burner seals in the burner cover
6 Install the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 25)
1162 Replacing the gas-air mixture unit
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Install the new gas-air mixture (rarr Page 25)
1163 Replacing the heat exchanger
1 Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
2 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
1 A
B
3 Remove the gas pipe (1)
1
2
3
2 4
A
B
4 Remove the temperature sensor (3)
5 Remove the upper clip (1)
6 Remove the lower clip (4)
7 Remove the supply pipe (2)
Troubleshooting 11
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 27
2
2 3
B
1
A
8 Remove the upper clip (1)
9 Remove the lower clip (3)
10 Remove the return pipe (2)
1
A2
11 Remove the clip underneath the condensate tray (1)
12 Undo the four screws (2)
2
1
B
C
A
13 Remove the ignition electrode (1)
14 Lift the heat exchanger up slightly and remove it to-gether with the condensate tray
15 Remove the ignition transformer (2)
16 Install the new heat exchanger in reverse order
1164 Replacing the pump head
1
2
1 Disconnect the pump cable from the electronics box
2 Undo the four bolts (1)
3 Remove the pump head (2)
4 Replace the O-ring
5 Use four screws to secure the new pump head
6 Connect the pump cable to the electronics box
1165 Replacing the expansion vessel
B
C
1
2
3A
D
1 Undo the nut (3)
2 Remove both screws on the support plate (1)
3 Remove the support plate
4 Pull out the expansion vessel (2) towards the front
5 Insert the new expansion vessel into the product
6 Screw the new expansion vessel to the water connec-tion To do this use a new seal
7 Attach the support plate using both screws
8 Fill and purge the product (rarr Page 17) and if requiredthe heating installation
12 Decommissioning the product
28 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
1166 Replacing the main PCB
C
C
D
B
C
C
D
B
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull all of the plugs out from the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plugs
7 Close the electronics box
1167 Replacing the PCB for the user interface
B
C
C
D
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull the plug out of the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plug
7 Close the electronics box
1168 Replacing the expansion relief valve
1
2
1 Remove the clip (2)
2 Remove the expansion relief valve
3 Fit the new expansion relief valve with a new O-ring
4 Reattach the clip (2)
1169 Replace the pressure sensor
1
2
1 Pull out the plug
2 Remove the clip (1)
3 Remove the pressure sensor (2)
4 Install the new pressure sensor
5 Reattach the clip (1)
117 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
12 Decommissioning the product
Switch off the product
Disconnect the product from the power mains
Close the gas isolator cock
Close the cold water stop cock
13 Customer service
For contact details for our customer service department youcan write to the address that is provided on the back pageor you can visit wwwglow-wormcouk
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 29
Appendix
A Check programmes ndash Overview
Note
Since the programme table is used for various products some programmes may not be visible for the product inquestion
Display Meaning
P01 Burner operation on adjustable heat input
The product operates after ignition with the heat input set between 0 (0 = Pmin) and 100 (100 = Pmax)
The function is active for 15 minutes
P02 Burner operation at ignition load
After ignition the product works at ignition load
The function is active for 15 minutes
P03 The product runs in heating mode with the maximum heat input set using diagnostics code d00
P04 Maximum output function
If there is a hot water request the product runs in hot water handling mode and at maximum heat load
If there is no hot water request the product runs with the heating partial load that is set via diagnostics coded00 and in heating mode
The function is active for 15 minutes
P05 Filling the product
The diverter valve moves to the mid-position The burner and pump switch off (to fill or drain the product)
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is active for 15 minutes
P06 Purging the heating circuit
The diverter valve is moved to the heating position
The function is activated in the heating circuit for 15 minutes
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
P07 Purging the hot water circuit
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
Automatic air ventfunction
Purging the product
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
This function cannot be manually switched off
B Overview of diagnostics codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d00 Heating maximum output ndash ndash kW The maximum heating outputvaries depending on the product
rarr Section Technical data
Automatic Unit automaticallyadjusts the maximum output tothe current system demand
rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d01 Pump overrun in heatingmode
1 60 min 1 5 Adjustable
d02 Maximum burner anti-cycling time in heatingmode
2 60 min 1 20 Adjustable
Appendix
30 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d04 Water temperature in thecylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d05 Determined heating flowset target temperature
Current value ndash ndash Not
adjustable
d06 Hot water set target tem-perature
Current value (Combination unit only) ndash Notadjustable
d07 Set target temperaturefor the domestic hot wa-ter cylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d08 Status of the 230 V ther-mostat
Current value ndash 0 = Room thermostat open (noheat requirement)
1 = Room thermostat closed(heat requirement)
ndash Notadjustable
d09 Heating flow set targettemperature that is seton the eBUS room ther-mostat
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d10 Status of the internalpump in the heating cir-cuit
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d11 Status of the heatingcircuits shunt pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d13 Status of the hot watercircuits circulation pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d14 Operating mode of themodulating pump
0 5 ndash 0 = variable rotational speed(auto)
1 2 3 4 5 = Fixed rotationalspeeds rarr Section Setting thepump output
0 Adjustable
d15 Pump speed Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d16 Status of the 24 V roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Heating off
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d17 Heating control ndash ndash ndash off = Flow temperature
on = Return temperature (ad-justment for underfloor heatingIf you have activated the returntemperature control the auto-matic heating output determina-tion function is not active)
0 Adjustable
d18 Pump overrun operatingmode
1 3 ndash 1 = Continuous (pump runs per-manently)
3 = Eco (intermittent pump modendash for the dissipation of the resid-ual heat after hot water gener-ation at an extremely low heatdemand)
1 Adjustable
d19 Pump operating mode 2stage pump
0 3 ndash 0 = Burner mode stage 2 pumpflowoverrun stage 1
1 = Heating mode and pumpflowoverrun stage 1 hot waterhandling mode stage 2
2 = Automatic heating modepump flowoverrun stage 1 hotwater handling mode stage 2
3 = Stage 2
3 Adjustable
d20 Maximum hot water settarget temperature
50 60 1 60 Adjustable
d21 Status of the warm startfor hot water
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated andavailable
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 31
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d22 Status of the hot waterrequest
Current value ndash off = No current requirement
on = Current requirement
ndash Notadjustable
d23 Status of the heatingdemand
Current value ndash off = Heating off (Summer mode)
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d24 Status of the pressuremonitor
0 1 ndash off = Not switched
on = Switched
ndash Notadjustable
d25 Status of the requirementto reheat the cylinder orfor the hot water warmstart from the eBUS ther-mostat
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
ndash Notadjustable
d27 Function of relay 1(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
1 Adjustable
d28 Function of relay 2(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
2 Adjustable
d31 Automatic filling device 0 2 ndash 0 = Manual
1 = Semi-automatic
2 = Automatic
0 Adjustable
d33 Fan speed target value Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d34 Value for the fan speed Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d35 Position of the divertervalve
Current value ndash 0 = Heating
40 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
100 = Domestic hot water
ndash Notadjustable
d36 Value for the hot waterflow
Current value lmin ndash ndash Notadjustable
d39 Water temperature in thesolar circuit
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d40 Heating flow temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d41 Heating return temperat-ure
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d43 Heating curve 02 4 ndash 01 12 Adjustable
d45 Value for the base pointof the heating curve
15 30 ndash 1 20 Adjustable
d47 Outside temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d50 Correction of the min-imum fan speed
0 3000 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
600 Adjustable
Appendix
32 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d51 Correction of the max-imum fan speed
-2500 0 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
-1000 Adjustable
d58 Solar circuit reheating 0 3 ndash 0 = Boilers Legionella protectionfunction deactivated
3 = Hot water activated (mintarget value 60 degC)
0 Adjustable
d60 Number of blocks by thetemperature limiter
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d61 Number of unsuccessfulignitions
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d62 Night set-back 0 30 ndash 1 0 Adjustable
d64 Average burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d65 Maximum burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d66 Activation of the warmstart function for hot wa-ter
ndash ndash ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
1 Adjustable
d67 Remaining burner anti-cycling time (setting un-der d02)
Current value min ndash ndash Notadjustable
d68 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 1st attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d69 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 2nd attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d70 Operation of the divertervalve
0 2 ndash 0 = Normal operating mode(DHW and heating mode)
1 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
2 = Permanent heating modeposition
0 Adjustable
d71 Maximum heating flowset target temperature
45 80 1 rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d73 Correction of the hot wa-ter warm start temperat-ure
-15 5 K 1 0 Adjustable
d75 Maximum cylinder re-heating time
20 90 min 1 45 Adjustable
d77 Max cylinder reheating ndash ndash kW 1
rarr Section Technical data
ndash Adjustable
d80 Running time in heatingmode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d81 Running time in hot wa-ter handling mode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d82 Number of burner igni-tions in heating mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d83 Number of burner igni-tions in hot water hand-ling mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d84 Maintenance in 0 3000 h Number of hours = Display valuex 10
300 Notadjustable
d85 Increase in the min out-put (heating and hot wa-ter handling mode)
ndash ndash kW 1 ndash Adjustable
d88 Flow rate limit valuefor ignition in hot waterhandling mode
0 1 ndash 0 = 17 lmin (no delay)
1 = 37 lmin (2 s delay)
0 Adjustable
d90 Status of the eBUS roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Not connected
on = Connected
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 33
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d91 Status DCF77 Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d93 Setting the product code 0 99 ndash 1
The Device Specific Number(DSN) can be found on the iden-tification plate
ndash Adjustable
d94 Delete fault list 0 1 ndash off = No
on = Yes
ndash Adjustable
d95 Software versions ndash ndash ndash 1 = Main PCB
2 = Interface PCB
ndash Adjustable
d96 Default setting (reset) ndash ndash ndash 0 = No
1 = Yes
ndash Adjustable
C Status codes ndash Overview
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Status code Meaning
Displays in heating mode
S0 Heating mode No requirement
S01 Heating mode Advance fan operation
S02 Heating mode Pump pre-run
S03 Heating mode Burner ignition
S04 Heating mode Burner on
S05 Heating mode Pumpfan overrun
S06 Heating mode Fan overrun
S07 Heating mode Pump overrun
S08 Heating mode Temporary shutdown after heating procedure
Displays in hot water handling mode
S10 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S11 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S13 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S14 DHW mode Burner on
S15 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S16 DHW mode Fan overrun
S17 DHW mode Pump overrun
Display in Comfort mode with warm start or hot water handling mode with cylinder
S20 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S21 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S22 Hot water handling mode Pump pre-run
S23 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S24 DHW mode Burner on
S25 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S26 DHW mode Fan overrun
S27 DHW mode Pump overrun
S28 Hot water handling mode Temporary shutdown of the burner
Other displays
S30 Room thermostat is blocking heating mode
S31 No heating demand Summer mode eBUS controller waiting period
Appendix
34 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Status code Meaning
S32 Fan waiting time Fan speed outside of the tolerance values
S33 Forced fan operation until the pressure monitor is switched
S34 Frost protection active
S39 Underfloor heating contact open
S41 Water pressure too high
S42 Flue non-return flap closed
S46 Frost protection mode (Comfort) Minimum load
S53 Product in waiting periodoperation block function due to low water pressure (flowreturn spread too large)
S54 Waiting period Low water pressure in the circuit (flowreturn spread too large)
S76 Maintenance message Check the water pressure
S88 Product purging active
S91 Maintenance Demo mode
S96 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S97 Automatic test programme Water pressure sensor heating demands blocked
S98 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S99 Internal automatic test programmes
S108 Purging the combustion chamber fan in operation
S109 Products standby mode activated
D Overview of fault codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F00 Fault Flow temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F01 Fault Return temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F10 Short circuit Flow temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F11 Short circuit Return temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F12 andF91
Short circuit Cylinder temperaturesensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F13 Short circuit Domestic hot water cylindertemperature sensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F20 Safety switch-off Overheating temperat-ure reached
Incorrect earth connection between cable harness and product flow or returnNTC defective (loose connection) stray spark via ignition cable ignition plugor ignition electrode
F22 Safety switch-off Low water pressure inthe boiler
No or insufficient water in the product water pressure sensor de-fective cable to the pump or to the water pressure sensor loosenotconnecteddefective
F23 Safety switch-off Temperature differencetoo great (NTC1NTC2)
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product flow and return NTCsensors connected the wrong way round
F24 Safety switch-off Temperature rise toofast
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product system pressure toolow non-return valve blockedincorrectly installed
F25 Safety switch-off Flue gas temperaturetoo high
Break in plug connection for optional flue gas safety cut-out (STB) break incable harness
F27 Safety switch-off Fault in flame detection Moisture on the electronics electronics (flame monitor) defective gas solen-oid valve leaking
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 35
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F28 Fault Ignition unsuccessful when startingup
Gas meter defective or gas pressure monitor has triggered air in gas gasflow pressure too low thermal isolator device (TAE) has triggered incorrectgas restrictor incorrect spare gas valve fault on the gas valve multiple plugon PCB incorrectly plugged in break in cable harness ignition system (ig-nition transformer ignition cable ignition plug ignition electrode) defectiveionisation current interrupted (cable electrode) incorrect earthing of productelectronics defective
F29 Fault Flame loss Gas supply temporarily stopped flue gas recirculation incorrect earthing ofproduct ignition transformer has spark failure
F32 Fan frost protection function active Fanspeed outside the tolerance values
Plug on fan not correctly plugged in multiple plug on PCB not correctlyplugged in break in cable harness fan blocked Hall sensor defective elec-tronics defective
F49 eBUS fault Voltage too low Short circuit on eBUS eBUS overload or two power supplies with differentpolarities on the eBUS
F61 Fault Gas valve control system Short circuitshort to earth in cable harness for the gas valve gas valvedefective (coils shorted to earth) electronics defective
F62 Fault Gas valve switch-off control Delayed switch-off of gas valve delayed extinguishing of flame signal gasvalve leaking electronics defective
F63 Fault EEPROM Electronics defective
F64 Fault Electronicssensoranalogue-to-digital converter
Flow or return NTC short circuited electronics defective
F65 Fault Electronics temperature too high Electronics overheating due to external influences electronics defective
F67 Value sent back by ASIC is incorrect(flame signal)
Implausible flame signal electronics defective
F68 Fault Unstable flame (analogue input) Air in gas gas flow pressure too low incorrect air ratio incorrect gas re-strictor ionisation flow interruption (cable electrode)
F70 Invalid product code (DSN) Display and PCB replaced at same time and Device Specific Number notreset wrong or missing output range coding resistance
F71 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Flow temperature sensor signalling constant value Flow temperature sensorincorrectly positioned on supply pipe flow temperature sensor defective
F72 Fault Deviation in the water pressuresensorreturn temperature sensor
Flowreturn NTC temperature difference too great rarr flow andor return tem-perature sensor defective
F73 Fault Water pressure sensor not con-nected or has short-circuited
Interruptionshort circuit of water pressure sensor interruptionshort circuitto GND in supply line to water pressure sensor or water pressure sensordefective
F74 Fault Electrical problem in the waterpressure sensor
Line to water pressure sensor has a short circuit to 5 V24 V or internal faultin the water pressure sensor
F75 Fault Pressure sensor Pressure switch defective
F76 The safety cut-out in the primary heatexchanger is defective
Safety cut-out feedback does not match the gas valve feedback
F77 Fault Condensate or smoke No response flue non-return flap defective
F78 Interruption to DHW outlet sensor atexternal controller
UK link box is connected but hot water NTC not bridged
F83 Fault Dry fire When the burner starts the temperature change registered at the flow orreturn temperature sensor is non-existent or too small Insufficient waterin the product the flow or return temperature sensor is not in the correctposition on the pipe
F84 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Values not consistent difference lt -6 K
Flow and return temperature sensors signalling implausible values Flow andreturn temperature sensors have been inverted flow and return temperaturesensors have not been correctly installed
F85 Fault Temperature sensor The flow andor return temperature sensors have been installed on the samepipeincorrect pipe
Temperature sensor not connected or is connected incorrectly
F86 Fault Underfloor heating contact Underfloor heating contact open sensor disconnected or defective
F87 Fault Electrodes Electrodes not connected or they are connected incorrectly short circuit inthe cable harness
F88 Fault Gas valve Gas valve not connected or it is connected incorrectly short circuit in thecable harness
F89 Fault Pump Pump not connected or it is connected incorrectly incorrect pump connec-ted short circuit in the cable harness
Appendix
36 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
Connection No communication between the PCBand the user interface
Electronics defective
E Wiring diagram Pure boiler
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
X21 41
32
eBUS
RT 24V
Burner off
X106
13
41
3
123
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~2
6
7
9
8
1
3
4
5
11
10
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Temperature sensor on the heating flow
4 Temperature sensor on the heating return
5 Fan
6 Gas valve assembly
7 Pressure sensor
8 External ignition transformer
9 Heating pump
10 Ionisation and ignition electrode
11 Main power supply and connection for 230 V control
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 37
F Connection diagram Pure boiler (30 kW)
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
X21LN
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
13
41
3
123
eBUS
Burner off
X106
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~
X12LN
2
7
8
109
1
43
5
6
12 11
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Control system
4 Temperature sensor in the heating flow
5 Temperature sensor in the heating return
6 Fan
7 Gas valve
8 Pressure sensor
9 Ionisation electrode
10 Heating pump
11 Ignition electrode
12 Main power supply
Appendix
38 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
G Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview
The table below lists the manufacturer requirements with respect to minimum inspection and maintenance intervals If na-tional regulations and directives require shorter inspection and maintenance intervals you should observe these instead ofthe intervals listed in the table
No WorkInspection(annual)
Mainten-ance
(must becarried outat regularintervals)
1Check the airflue pipe for leak-tightness and to ensure that it is fastened correctly Make surethat it is not blocked or damaged and has been installed in accordance with the relevant Installa-tion Manual
X X
2Check the general condition of the product Remove dirt from the product and from the vacuumchamber
X X
3Visually inspect the general condition of the heat exchanger In doing so pay particular attentionto signs of corrosion rust and other defects If you notice any damage carry out maintenancework
X X
4Check the gas connection pressure at maximum heat input If the gas connection pressure is notwithin the correct range carry out maintenance work
X X
5Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product and if necessary adjust it Keep a record ofthis
X X
6Disconnect the product from the power mains Check that the electrical plug connections andother connections are seated correctly and correct these if necessary
X X
7 Close the gas isolator cock and the service valves X X
8Drain the product on the water side Check the pre-charge pressure of the expansion vesseland if required top up the expansion vessel (approx 003 MPa03 bar below the system fillingpressure)
X
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit X
10Check the seals in the combustion area If you see any damage replace the seals Replace bothburner seals each time it is opened and accordingly each time maintenance work is carried out
X
11 Clean the heat exchanger X
12 Check the burner for damage and replace it if necessary X
13 Check the condensate siphon in the product clean and fill if necessary X X
14 Install the gas-air mixture unit Caution Replace the seals X
15 Open the gas isolator cock reconnect the product to the power mains and switch the product on X X
16Open the service valves fill the productheating installation to 005-03 MPa05-30 bar (depend-ing on the static height of the heating installation) and start the purging programme PXX
X
17Carry out a test operation of the product and heating installation and if required purge the sys-tem once more
X X
18 Visually inspect the ignition and burner behaviour X X
19 Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product again X
20 Check the product for gas flue gas water and condensate leaks and repair if necessary X X
21 Record the inspectionmaintenance work carried out X X
Note For those appliances which are not part of an annual service agreementpolicy maintenance must be carried out at least every5 years
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 39
H Position of the opening in the airflue pipe
GN
N
MM
A
II
O
H
H
CBLJ
Q Q
Q
Q
Q
K
P
D E
FI
S
R
T
H1 Positioning of the opening of a fan-supported flue gas pipe
Installation siteMinimum dimen-sions
A Directly below an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
B Above an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
C Horizontally to an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
DBelow temperature-sensitive building components eg plastic gutters down pipes or wastewaterpipes
75 mm
E Below eaves 200 mm
F Below balconies or car port roofs 200 mm
G From vertical wastewater pipes or down pipes 150 mm
H From external or internal corners 200 mm
I Above floors roofs or balconies 300 mm
J From a surface facing a terminal 600 mm
K From a terminal facing a terminal 1200 mm
L From an opening in the car port (eg door window) which leads into the dwelling 1200 mm
M Vertical from a terminal on the same wall 1500 mm
N Horizontal from a terminal on the same wall 300 mm
O From the wall on which the terminal has been installed 0 mm
P From a vertical structure on the roof 300 mm
Q Above the roof area 300 mm
R Horizontal from adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
S Above adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
T Below adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 2000 mm
Appendix
40 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
H2 Horizontal terminal positioning
BS 5440-1 recommends that fanned flue chimney terminals should be positioned as follows
a) at least 2 m from an opening in the building directly opposite and
b) so that the products of combustion are not directed to discharge directly across a boundary if the products are likely tocause a nuisance to a neighbour or discharge over a walkway or patio
For IE see current issue of IS 813
For boilers covered within this manual
1) Dimensions D E F and G
These clearances may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler In order to ensure that the con-densate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces the terminal should be extended as shown below
Balconyeaves
Gutter
Adequately secured airflue gas pipe
The flue pipe mustprotrude beyond any overhang
2) Dimension H
This clearance may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler However in order to ensure thatthe condensate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces a clearance of 300 mm is preferred
For 1 and 2 above you can use a flue gas management kit to enable the termination point to be positioned and directed awayfrom the building fabric
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 41
I Commissioning Checklist
copy Heating and Hotwater Industry Council (HHIC)
wwwcentralheatingcouk
Benchmark Commissioning and Servicing SectionIt is a requirement that the boiler is installed and commissioned to the
completed in full
Appendix
42 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
This Commissioning Checklist is to be completed in full by the competent person who commissioned the boiler as a means of demonstrating compliance with the appropriate Building Regulations and then handed to the customer to keep for future reference
GAS BOILER SYSTEM COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST
CONTROLS
Optimum start control
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
ALL SYSTEMS
Yes
Yes
CENTRAL HEATING MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
COMBINATION BOILERS ONLY
Yes
Yes
DOMESTIC HOT WATER MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
Yes Temperature
CONDENSING BOILERS ONLY
Yes
ALL INSTALLATIONS
AND sup2 Ratio
AND sup2 Ratio
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 43
It is recommended that your heating system is serviced regularly and that the appropriate Service Interval Record is completed
Service Provider
SERVICE RECORD
SERVICE 01
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 02
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 03
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 04
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 05
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 06
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 07
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 08
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 09
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 10
AND sup2 AND sup2
Appendix
44 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
PRIOR TO CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO CHECKThe boiler manufacturerrsquos installation instructions should have been followed gas type verified and gas
supply pressurerate checked as required prior to commissioningAs part of the installation process especially where a flue has been fitted by persons other than the boiler installer visually check the integrity of the whole flue system to confirm that all components are correctly assembled fixed and supported Check that manufacturerrsquos max flue lengths have not been
exceeded and all guidance has been followed (eg Gas Safe Technical Bulletin TB008)The flue gas analyser should be of the correct type as specified by BS 7967
Prior to its use the flue gas analyser should have been maintained and calibrated as specified by the manufacturer The installer must have the relevant competence for use of the analyser
Check and zero the analyser IN FRESH AIR as per analyser manufacturerrsquos instructions
NOTETHE AIR GAS RATIO VALVE IS FACTORY
SET AND MUST NOT BE ADJUSTED DURING COMMISSIONING UNLESS THIS ACTION IS RECOMMENDED FOLLOWING CONTACT WITH THE MANUFACTURER
If any such adjustment is recommended and further checking of the boiler is required the
installerservice engineer must be competent to carry out this work and to use the flue gas
analyser accordinglyIf the boiler requires conversion to operate with
a different gas family (eg conversion from natural gas to LPG) separate guidance will be
provided by the boiler manufacturer
CARRY OUT FLUE INTEGRITY CHECK USING ANALYSERInsert analyser probe into air inlet test point and allow readings to stabiliseNOTE - where no air inlet test point is provided then a flue integrity check
with the analyser is not possible The installer should verify that flue integrity has been visually checked in accordance with the ldquoPrior to
CO and combustion ratio checkrdquo box above before proceeding to the ldquoCheck CO and combustion ratio at maximum raterdquo stage below
SET BOILER TO MINIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at minimum rate (to
minimum load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - If manufacturerrsquos instructions do not specify how to set boiler to minimum
rate contact Technical Helpline for advice
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MINIMUM RATEWith boiler still set at minimum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas sampling
point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is not
specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MAX RATEWith boiler still set at maximum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas
sampling point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is
not specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
SET BOILER TO MAXIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at max rate
(full load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - Do not insert analyser probe during this period to avoid
possible ldquofloodingrdquo of sensor
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
BOILER IS OPERATING SATISFACTORILYno further actions required
Ensure test points are capped boiler case is correctly replaced and all other commissioning procedures are completed
Complete Benchmark Checklist recording CO and combustion ratio readings as required
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED
VERIFY FLUE INTEGRITYAnalyser readings indicate that combustion products and inlet air must be mixing Further investigation of
the flue is therefore requiredCheck that flue components are assembled fixed and supported as per boilerflue manufacturerrsquos
instructionsCheck that flue and flue terminal are not obstructed
IsCO less than
335ppmand
COCO2 ratio less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
Check all seals around the appliance burner internal flue seals door and case seals
Rectify where necessary
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED IF
COMMISSIONING CANNOT BE FULLY COMPLETED THE APPLIANCE MUST BE
DISCONNECTED FROM THE GAS SUPPLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GSIUR
NOTE Check and record CO and combustion ratio at both max and min rate before contacting the
manufacturer
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YESYES
YES
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 45
J Pipe lengths for the airflue pipe
J1 Length of the C13 type airflue pipe
Applicability C13 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C13 type airfluepipe
C13 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J2 Length of the C33 type airflue pipe
Applicability C33 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C33 type airfluepipe
C33 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J3 Length of the C43 type airflue pipe
Applicability C43 type airflue pipe
Diameter of theairflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L)
C43 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
Appendix
46 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
K Technical data
Technical data ndash Heating
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 530 lh 655 lh 788 lh 1094 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 353 lh 436 lh 525 lh 729 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
123 lh 153 lh 184 lh 255 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 1102 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 876 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
306 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
Technical data ndash G20 powerloading G20The lowest nominal heat output may be higher than the value in the technical data depending on the design of the systemand the current operating status
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 12 kW 15 kW 18 kW 25 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
48 hellip 130 kW 48 hellip 162 kW 53 hellip 195 kW 65 hellip 270 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
47 hellip 128 kW 47 hellip 159 kW 52 hellip 191 kW 64 hellip 265 kW
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
45 hellip 123 kW 45 hellip 152 kW 50 hellip 183 kW 61 hellip 254 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
44 hellip 150 kW 44 hellip 180 kW 49 hellip 252 kW 60 hellip 300 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
123 kW 153 kW 184 kW 255 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
153 kW 184 kW 257 kW 306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 30 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
76 hellip 324 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
75 hellip 318 kW
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 47
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
72 hellip 305 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
71 hellip 350 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
72 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
357 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
72 kW
Technical data ndash General
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch 34 inch 34 inch 34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h 32 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
13 msup3h 16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0476 msup3h 0480 msup3h 0533 msup3h 0648 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
206 gs 208 gs 231 gs 281 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
55 gs 69 gs 83 gs 115 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
69 gs 83 gs 116 gs 138 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
55 55 60 77
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
55 55 55 55
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
43 48 51 62
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
32 32 34 35
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
71 71 69 68
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
105 105 105 95
Released system types C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996 996 996 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040 1040 1040 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060 1060 1060 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085 1085 1085 1085
NOx class 5 5 5 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm
Appendix
48 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Net weight 31 kg 31 kg 31 kg 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 35 kg 35 kg 35 kg 36 kg
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
38 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
32 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0762 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
330 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
138 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
161 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
82
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
37
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
75
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
104
Released system types C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085
NOx class 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm
Net weight 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 36 kg
Technical data ndash Electrics
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 49
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max electrical power consump-tion
65 W 75 W 66 W 75 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W
Level of protection IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V
Max electrical power consump-tion
60 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W
Level of protection IPX4D
Index
50 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Index
AAirflue pipe installed 5BBurner anti-cycling time 20Bypass valve 22CCE label 8Check programmes 29
Using 15Checking the burner 25Checking the pre-charge pressure of the expansionvessel 25Cleaning the condensate siphon 25Cleaning the heat exchanger 24CO₂ content
Checking 20 23Competent person 4Completing inspection work 25Completing maintenance work 25Condensate discharge pipe 12Condensate siphon
Filling 18Controller 14Corrosion 5DDecommissioning 28Decommissioning the product 28Diagnostics codes
Using 15Documents 7Draining the product 25EElectricity 5Expansion relief valve 28FFault codes 26Fault memory 26Fault messages 26Fault symbol 15Flow rate-pressure curves 21Flue gas route 5Front casing closed 5Frost 5GGas family check 16Gas flow rate 18HHanding over to the end user 22High-efficiency pump 21High-efficiency pump output 21IIdentification plate 7If you smell flue gas 5If you smell gas 4Inspection work 22 38Installation site 5Intended use 4LLeak-tightness 20 25 28
MMains connection 14Maintenance work 22 38Minimum clearance 9PPower supply 14Preparing the repair work 26Preparing repair work 26Pressure sensor 28Pump head 27QQualification 4RRegulations 6Removing the air intake pipe 24Removing the burner 24Removing the flue gas pipe 24Removing the front casing 10Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24Removing the ignition transformer 24Removing the side section 10Replacing the burner 26Replacing the expansion vessel 27Replacing the heat exchanger 26Replacing the main PCB 28Replacing expansion vessel 27Resetting the burner anti-cycling time 21SSafety device 5Schematic drawing 5Setting the burner anti-cycling time 20Spare parts 23Switching on the product 17TTool 6Transport 5Transporting 8Treating the heating water 16UUnloading the box 8Unpacking the product 8User interface replacing the PCB 28Using
Check programmes 15Diagnostics codes 15
VVoltage 5WWall-mounting the product 9Weight 9
0020200964_04
ManufacturerSupplierVaillant Group UK LTD
Nottingham Road ‒ Belper ‒ Derbyshire DE56 1JQ
Telephone 01773 824639 ‒ Technical helpline 0330 100 7679
After sales service 0330 100 3142
wwwglow-wormcouk
0020200964_04 ‒ 16112017
copy These instructions or parts thereof are protected by copyright and may be repro-duced or distributed only with the manufacturers written consent
We reserve the right to make technical changes
5 Installation
14 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
552 Closing the electronics box
Follow the instructions in the reverse order
553 Cable route
1
2
1 24-V eBUS cable route 2 230-V eBUS cable route
554 Carrying out the wiring
30 mm max
1 Shorten the connection cables to the appropriatelengths to prevent them from causing damage insidethe electronics box
2 Screw the plug to the connection cable
3 Plug the plug into the slot provided on the PCB
555 Establishing the power supply
1
1 Observe all valid regulations
2 Ensure that the rated mains voltage is 230 V
3 Set up a fixed connection and install a partition with acontact opening of at least 3 mm (eg fuses or powerswitches)
4 Provide one common electricity supply for the boilerand for the corresponding controller
ndash Power supply Single-phase 230 V 50 Hz
ndash Fuse protection le 3 A
5 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
6 Observe the routing of the power supply cable (1) in theelectronics box in order to guarantee that there is nostrain
le 30
mm
NL X1230V~
RT
7 Carry out the wiring (rarr Page 14)
8 Close the electronics box
9 Make sure that access to the mains connection is al-ways available and is not covered or blocked
556 Connecting controllers to the electronicsystem
X2
X22 X41
ndash +24V=RT BUS
BurneroffX
106
BUS24 V
BU
SR
TB
off
Burner
offR
T24V
=-
+B
US
1
4
32
1 Safety thermostat forfloor-standing heating
2 24 V controller
3 eBUS controller or radioreceiver unit
4 Outside temperaturesensor wired
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
Operation 6
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 15
2 Carry out the wiring (rarr Page 14)
3 Connect the individual components depending on thetype of installation
Conditions If installing a multi-circuit controller
Change the pumps operating mode d18 from Eco (in-termittently operating pump) to Comfort (continuouslyoperating pump)
Conditions When connecting a controller (230 V)
le 30
mm
NL X1230V~
RT
Connect the controller to the main plug
Remove the bridge from the plug 24V=RT
4 Close the electronics box
6 Operation
61 Using diagnostics codes
You can use the parameters marked as adjustable in thetable of diagnostics codes to adapt the product to the systemand customer requirements
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
611 Activating diagnostics codes
1 Press and hold the button for 7 seconds
◁ is shown in the display
2 Press the or button to set the value
◁ The access code (96) is reserved for the competentperson
◁ The access code (35) is reserved for the customerservice
3 Press the button to confirm
◁ is shown in the display
612 Setting a diagnostics code
1 Press the or button to select the diagnosticscode
2 Press the button to confirm
◁ The value andor status of the diagnostics code isshown in the display
3 Press the or button to set the value
4 If you allow the value to flash for three seconds thesetting is automatically confirmed
◁ is shown in the display for 1 second
Note
You can manually confirm the setting at anytime by pressing and holding the buttonfor less than 3 seconds
5 Proceed accordingly for all parameters that need to bechanged
6 Press and hold the button for 3 seconds to finishconfiguring the diagnostics codes
◁ The display switches to the basic display
62 Displaying the status codes
The status codes display the products current operatingstatus
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
621 Activating the status codes display
1 Hold the button down for more than 7 seconds
◁ SXX is shown on the display followed by the heat-ing flow temperature the internal system pressureand the cylinder temperature (depending on the ver-sion)
2 Press the button to exit this menu
◁ The display switches to the basic display
63 Using check programmes
By activating various check programmes you can triggervarious special functions on the product
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
631 Calling up the check programmes
1 Hold the button down for more than 5 seconds
◁ All symbols are shown in the display
◁ is shown in the display
2 Press and hold the button for five seconds
◁ is shown in the display
3 Press the or button to select the checkprogramme
4 Press the button to confirm
◁ on is shown in the display and the programmestarts
5 Press the and buttons at the same time whilstrunning a check programme
◁ The heating water temperature and the filling pres-sure for the heating installation are shown altern-ately in the display
6 Press the button to return to the check programme
◁ The display shows the check programme
7 Press the button to finish the check programme
◁ OFF is shown in the display
8 Press and hold the button for 3 seconds to finishthe check programmes
7 Start-up
16 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
◁ End is shown in the display
◁ The display switches to the basic display
Note
If you do not press any button for 15 minutesthe current programme is automatically can-celled and the basic display is shown
632 Displaying the pressure and temperature ofthe heating during a check programme
1 Press the buttons simultaneously
◁ Display the filling pressure in the heating installation
◁ Display the heating flow temperature
2 Press the button to display the check programmecurrently running
7 Start-up
71 Carrying out the initial start-up
Initial start-up must be carried out by a customer servicetechnician or an authorised competent person using the first-commissioning-checklist The first-commissioning-checklistin the appendix (rarr Page 41) of the installation instructionsmust be filled out and stored carefully along with the unitsdocumentation
Carry out the initial start-up using the first-commission-ing-checklist in the appendix
Fill out and sign the first-commissioning-checklist
72 Checking the type of gas
Make sure that the product is set up correctly by checkingthe type of gas This ensures optimum combustion quality
Check the type of gas as part of routine product mainten-ance work when replacing components or carrying outwork on the gas route
73 Checking the factory setting
The products combustion has been factory tested and ispreset for operation with the gas group indicated on the iden-tification plate
The product is only authorised to be operated with naturalgas
Check the information about the type of gas indicated onthe identification plate and compare this with the type ofgas available at the installation location
Conditions The product design is not compatible with the local gasgroup
Do not start up the product
Conditions The product design is compatible with the local gas group
Proceed as described below
74 Checking and treating the heatingwaterfilling and supplementary water
CautionRisk of material damage due to poor-qual-ity heating water
Ensure that the heating water is of suffi-cient quality
Before filling or topping up the installation check thequality of the heating water
Checking the quality of the heating water Remove a little water from the heating circuit
Check the appearance of the heating water
If you ascertain that it contains sedimentary materialsyou must desludge the installation
Use a magnetic rod to check whether it contains mag-netite (iron oxide)
If you ascertain that it contains magnetite clean the in-stallation and apply suitable corrosion-protection meas-ures or fit a magnetic filter
Check the pH value of the removed water at 25 degC
If the value is below 65 or above 85 clean the systemand treat the heating water
Ensure that oxygen cannot get into the heating water
Checking the filling and supplementary water Before filling the installation measure the hardness of the
filling and supplementary water
Treating the filling and supplementary water Observe all applicable national regulations and technical
standards when treating the filling and supplementarywater
Provided the national regulations and technical standardsdo not stipulate more stringent requirements the followingapplies
You must treat the heating water in the following cases
ndash If the entire filling and supplementary water quantity dur-ing the operating life of the system exceeds three timesthe nominal volume of the heating installation or
ndash If the guideline values listed in the following table are notmet or
ndash if the pH value of the heating water is less than 65 ormore than 85
Totalheatingoutput
Water hardness at specific system volume1)
le 20 lkWgt 20 lkWle 50 lkW
gt 50 lkW
kWppm
CaCO₃molmsup3
ppmCaCO₃
molmsup3
ppmCaCO₃
molmsup3
lt 50 lt 300 lt 3 200 2 2 002
gt 50to le 200
200 2 150 15 2 002
gt 200to le 600
150 15 2 002 2 002
gt 600 2 002 2 002 2 002
1) Nominal capacity in litresheating output in the case of multi-boiler systems the smallest single heating output is to be used
Start-up 7
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 17
CautionThe use of unsuitable heating water maycause aluminium corrosion and a result-ing lack of leak-tightness
In contrast to steel grey cast iron or copperfor example aluminium reacts with alkalineheating water (pH value gt 85) to producesubstantial corrosion
When using aluminium make sure thatthe pH value of the heating water isbetween 65 and a maximum of 85
CautionRisk of material damage if the heatingwater is treated with unsuitable additives
Unsuitable additives may cause changes inthe components noises in heating mode andpossibly subsequent damage
Do not use any unsuitable frost and cor-rosion protection agents biocides or seal-ants
No incompatibility with our products has been detected todate with proper use of the following additives
When using additives follow the manufacturers instruc-tions without exception
We accept no liability for the compatibility of any additive orits effectiveness in the rest of the heating system
Additives for cleaning measures (subsequentflushing required)ndash Adey MC3+
ndash Adey MC5
ndash Fernox F3
ndash Sentinel X 300
ndash Sentinel X 400
Additives intended to remain permanently in theinstallationndash Adey MC1+
ndash Fernox F1
ndash Fernox F2
ndash Sentinel X 100
ndash Sentinel X 200
Additives for frost protection intended to remainpermanently in the installationndash Adey MC ZERO
ndash Fernox Antifreeze Alphi 11
ndash Sentinel X 500
If you have used the above-mentioned additives informthe end user about the measures that are required
Inform the end user about the measures required for frostprotection
75 Avoiding danger arising from insufficientwater pressure
The filling pressure must be between 010 and 015 MPa(10 and 15 bar)
Note
If the heating flow temperature is shown in thedisplay press and hold the and buttonsat the same time for longer than five seconds ortemporarily deactivate heating mode in order todisplay the pressure
If the heating installation extends over several storeyshigher filling pressures may be required to avoid air enteringthe heating installation
If the water pressure falls below 005 MPa (05 bar) thevalue flashes in the display
If the water pressure falls below 003 MPa (03 bar) theproduct switches off The display shows 00 MPa (00 bar)Fault F22 will be stored in the fault list
Top up the water in the heating installation to start up theproduct again
◁ The pressure value flashes in the display until apressure of 005 MPa (05 bar) or higher has beenreached
76 Switching on the product
Switch on the product via the main switch installed on-site
77 Filling and purging the heating installation
Preliminary work Flush the heating installation through
1
1
1 Check the silicone hose connection (1) between thepumps automatic air vent and the hydraulic console
2 Fill with water until the required filling pressure isreached
ndash Recommended filling pressure 1 hellip 15 bar
◁ The heating and hot water functions cannot be activ-ated
◁ The pressure value flashes in the display until apressure of 005 MPa (05 bar) or higher has beenreached
7 Start-up
18 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
◁ An automatic air vent function is activated if thepressure exceeds 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than15 seconds
3 Purge each radiator until the water escapes normallyand then retighten the systems purging valves
4 Check whether all connections are leak-tight
Conditions If the noise persists in the boiler
Purge the product again by activating check programme(P07) and then (P06)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
78 Filling the condensate siphon
C
2
3
1
AB
1 Unclip the lower section of the siphon (1) from the up-per section of the siphon (2)
2 Remove the float (3)
3 Fill the lower section of the siphon with water up to 10mm below the upper edge of the condensate drain pipe-work
4 Re-insert the float (3)
Note
Check that the float is present in the con-densate siphon
5 Clip the lower section of the siphon (1) into the uppersection of the siphon (2)
79 Filling the hot water circuit
1 Open the water tap to fill the hot water circuit
2 Close the water tap once the appropriate volume ofwater has flowed out
◁ The hot water circuit is filled
3 Check all connections and the entire system for leak-tightness
710 Checking and adjusting the gas settings
Only a qualified competent person is authorised to imple-ment the settings on the gas valve assembly
Each destroyed tamper-proof seal must be replaced
The CO₂ adjusting screw must be sealed
Never modify the factory setting of the gas pressure regu-lator of the gas valve assembly
7101 Checking the gas flow rate
The gas flow rate has been set during production and doesnot require adjustment With the front casing fitted check thegas flow rate of the boiler as follows
Start up the product with the check programme P01
In addition ensure that maximum heat can be dissipatedinto the heating system by turning up the room thermo-stat
Wait at least 5 minutes until the boiler has reached itsoperating temperature
Ensure that all other gas appliances in the property areturned off
Measure the gas flow rate at the gas meter
Compare the measured values with the correspondingvalues in the table
Qnw from the dataplate
H gas in msup3h
Nom +5 minus10
153 162 170 146
184 195 205 176
247 261 274 235
257 272 286 245
286 303 318 273
306 324 340 292
357 378 397 340
Conditions Gas flow rate not in the permissible range
Check all of the piping and ensure that the gas flow ratesare correct
Only put the product into operation once the gas flowrates have been corrected
Conditions Gas flow rate in the permissible range
End the check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down by allowing pump overrun tooperate for a minimum of 2 minutes
Record the boiler maximum gas flow rate onto theBenchmark gas boiler commissioning checklist
Start-up 7
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 19
7102 Checking the gas connection pressure (gasflow pressure)
1
2
1 Ensure that the gas inlet working pressure can beobtained with all other gas appliances in the propertyworking
2 Close the gas stopcock (1)
3 Undo the sealing screw on the test nipple (2)
4 Connect a manometer to the test nipple (2)
5 Open the gas stopcock (1)
6 Start up the product with check programme P01 (sys-tem with eBUS control) or P03 (installation withouteBUS control)
7 In addition ensure that maximum heat can be dissip-ated into the heating system by turning up the roomthermostat
8 With the boiler operating at full load check that the gasinlet working pressure at the reference test point (2)complies with the requirements
Permissible connection pressure
Great Bri-tain
Naturalgas
G20 17 hellip 2 kPa
(170hellip 20 mbar)
9 Should the pressure recorded at the reference test pointin the boiler be lower than indicated check if there isany blockage in the pipework or if the pipework is un-dersized
Conditions Gas flow pressure not in the permissible range
CautionRisk of material damage and operatingfaults caused by incorrect gas connec-tion pressureIf the gas connection pressure lies outsidethe permissible range this can cause oper-ating faults in and damage to the product Do not make any adjustments to the
product Do not start up the product
If you cannot correct the failure notify the gas supplycompany and proceed as follows
End check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down by allowing pump overrunto operate for a minimum of two minutes
Close the gas stopcock
Remove the pressure gauge and retighten the sealingscrew (2) for the measuring nipple
Open the gas stopcock (1)
Check the test nipple for gas tightness
Close the gas stopcock (1)
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
Disconnect the product from the electrical installation
You must not start up the boiler
Conditions Gas flow pressure in the permissible range
End the check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down allowing pump overrun tooperate for a minimum of two minutes
Close the gas stopcock (1)
Remove the pressure gauge and retighten the sealingscrew (2) for the measuring nipple
Open the gas stopcock (1)
Check the test nipple for gas tightness
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
Reset boiler controls for normal operation
Record the appliance gas inlet working pressure (kParesp mbar) in the Benchmark gas boiler commissioningchecklist
7103 Checking the leak-tightness of the flue gasinstallation and flue gas recirculation
1 Check the flue gas installation is intact in accordancewith the latest gas safe technical bulletin and informa-tion supplied in the installation instructions
2 For extended flue gas installations check for flue gasrecirculation using the air analysis point
3 Use a flue gas analyser
4 If you discover CO or CO2 in the supply air search forthe leak in the flue gas installation or for signs of fluegas recirculation
5 Eliminate the damage properly
6 Check again whether the supply air contains any CO orCO2
7 If you cannot eliminate the damage do not start up theproduct
7104 Thoroughly flushing the heating installation(hot)
1 Operate the appliance until the boiler and the heatingsystem are up to temperature
2 Check the heating system for leaks
3 Connect a hose to the drain valve located at the lowestposition of the heating system
4 Shut off the boiler open the drain valve and all purgevalves on the radiators and allow the water to flow outof the heating system and the boiler quickly and fully
5 Close the drain valve
6 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
7 Re-fill the system until the system design pressure of01 MPa (10 bar) is attained
8 Adapting the unit to the heating installation
20 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Note
The actual reading on the digital pressuregauge should ideally be 005 MPa (05 bar)plus an additional pressure correspondingto the highest point of the system above thebase of the boiler ndash 10 m head equals an ad-ditional 1 bar reading on the pressure gaugeThe minimum pressure should not be lessthan 01 MPa (1 bar) in any installation Ifthe system is to be treated with an inhibitor itshould be applied at this stage in accordancewith the manufacturerrsquos instructions Furtherinformation can be obtained from SentinelBetz Dearborn Ltd Tel 0151 420 9595 orFernox Alphandash Fry technologies Tel 08708700362
8 Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
7105 Checking the CO₂ content
1 Start up the product with the check programme (P01)and set the value
ndash Setting value for the programme P01 100
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
2 Wait until the value that is read is stable
ndash Waiting period for reading a stable value 5 min
1
3 Unscrew the cover from the flue gas analysis point (1)
4 Measure the CO₂ content at the flue gas analysis point(1)
5 Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Checking the CO₂ content
Great Britain
front casing on front casing off
Natural gas
G20
92 plusmn1
◁ The value is OK
The value is not OK you cannot start up theproduct
Inform Customer Service
711 Checking leak-tightness
Check the gas pipe the heating circuit and the hot watercircuit for leak-tightness
Check that the airflue pipe has been installed correctly
Conditions Room-sealed operation
Check whether the vacuum chamber has been closedtightly
7111 Checking the heating mode
1 Activate the heating mode on the user interface
2 Turn all thermostatic radiator valves on the radiatorsuntil they are fully open
3 Allow the product to operate for at least 15 minutes
4 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
5 Activate the display for the current operating status(rarr Page 15)
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
◁ If the product is working correctly the display showsS04
7112 Checking the hot water generation
1 Activate the hot water handling mode on the userinterface
2 Open a hot water valve completely
3 Activate the display for the current operating status(rarr Page 15)
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
◁ If the product is working correctly the display showsS14
8 Adapting the unit to the heatinginstallation
You can resetchange the system parameters (section Us-ing diagnostics codes)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
81 Burner anti-cycling time
To prevent frequent switching on and off of the burner andthus prevent energy losses an electronic restart lockoutis activated for a specific period each time the burner isswitched off The burner anti-cycling time is only active forthe heating mode Hot water handling mode during a burneranti-cycling time does not affect the time function element
811 Setting the maximum burner anti-cyclingtime
1 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
2 If required adjust the maximum burner anti-cycling timeusing the diagnostics code d02
Adapting the unit to the heating installation 8
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 21
812 Resetting the remaining burner anti-cyclingtime
Hold the button down for more than 3 seconds
◁ is shown in the display
82 Setting the pump output
The product is equipped with a speed-regulated high-effi-ciency pump which adjusts independently to the hydraulicconditions of the heating installation
If you have installed a low loss header in the heating install-ation you should switch off the speed regulation and set thepump output to a fixed value
If required change the setting of the pump speed whichdepends on the operating mode under diagnostics coded14
Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 12 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
0
10
20
30
40
50
0 200 400 600 800 1000
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 15 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
1 2
34
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 18 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
01020304050
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
6070
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 25 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
01020304050
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
6070
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 30 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
01020304050607080
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 A
B 1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
9 Handing the product over to the end user
22 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
83 Setting the bypass valve
CautionRisk of material damage caused by incor-rect setting of the high-efficiency pump
If the pressure at the bypass valve is in-creased (by turning it clockwise) and thepump output is set to less than 100 theproduct may not operate correctly
In this case set the pump output to5 = 100 using diagnostics parameterd14
Conditions d14 is set to 0 = auto
Do not change the factory settings
Conditions d14 is set to 1 - 5
Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
1
Regulate the pressure using the adjusting screw (1)
Position of the adjustingscrew
Notesapplication
Right-hand stop (screwedall the way in)
If the radiators do not heatup sufficiently at the defaultsetting In this case you mustset the pump to the maximumspeed
Mid-position (six anti-clockwise rotations)
Default setting
Five further anti-clockwiserotations starting from themid-position
If noises are produced in theradiators or radiator valves
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
84 Setting the hot water temperature
DangerRisk of death from legionella
Legionella multiply at temperatures below60 degC
Ensure that the end user is familiar withall of the Anti-legionella measures in orderto comply with the applicable regulationsregarding legionella prevention
Set the hot water temperature
Conditions Water hardness gt 357 molmsup3
ndash Hot water temperature le 50
9 Handing the product over to the enduser
When you have finished the installation attach the stickersupplied (in the end users language) to the productcover
Explain to the end user how the safety devices work andwhere they are located
Inform the end user how to handle the product
In particular draw attention to the safety informationwhich the end user must follow
Inform the end user that they must have the productmaintained in accordance with the specified intervals
Instruct the end user about measures taken for routingthe combustion air supply and flue system
10 Inspection and maintenance
101 Using original seals
If you replace components use only the enclosed originalseals additional sealing materials are not required
102 Observing inspection and maintenanceintervals
Adhere to the minimum inspection and maintenance in-tervals The inspection may require maintenance to becarried out earlier depending on the results
Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview(rarr Page 38)
Inspection and maintenance 10
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 23
103 Procuring spare parts
The original components of the product were also certifiedby the manufacturer as part of the declaration of conformityIf you use other non-certified or unauthorised parts duringmaintenance or repair work this may void the conformity ofthe product and it will therefore no longer comply with theapplicable standards
We strongly recommend that you use original spare partsfrom the manufacturer as this guarantees fault-free and safeoperation of the product To receive information about theavailable original spare parts contact the contact addressprovided on the reverse of these instructions
If you require spare parts for maintenance or repairwork use only the spare parts that are permitted for theproduct
104 Checking the CO₂ content
1 Start up the product with the check programme (P01)and set the value
ndash Setting value for the programme P01 100
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
2 Wait until the value that is read is stable
ndash Waiting period for reading a stable value 5 min
1
3 Unscrew the cover from the flue gas analysis point (1)
4 Measure the CO₂ content at the flue gas analysis point(1)
5 Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Checking the CO₂ content
Great Britain
front casing on front casing off
Natural gas
G20
92 plusmn1
◁ The value is OK
The value is not OK you cannot start up theproduct
Set the CO₂ content (rarr Page 23)
105 Setting the CO₂ content
Conditions The CO₂ content must be adjusted
1
A
B
Remove the sticker
Turn the screw (1) to set the CO₂ content (value withfront casing removed)
◁ To increase the CO₂ content Turn anti-clockwise
◁ To decrease the CO₂ content Turn clockwise
Only carry out the adjustment in increments of 18 turnand wait approximately 1 minute after each adjustmentuntil the value has stabilised
Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Setting the CO₂ value
Great Britain
front casing on front casingoff
Natural gas
G20
CO₂ at full load 92 plusmn02
Set for Wobbeindex W₀
1409 kWsdothmsup3
O₂ at full load 45 plusmn18 vol
CO at full load le 250 ppm
COCO₂ le 00027
If the setting is not in the specified adjustment rangeyou must not start up the product
Inform Customer Service
Check whether the air-quality requirements with regardto carbon monoxide are fulfilled
Fit the front panel
10 Inspection and maintenance
24 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
106 Removing the gas-air mixture unit
Note
The gas-air mixture unit consists of three maincomponents
ndash Fan
ndash Gas valve
ndash Burner cover
1 Switch off the product via the main switch
2 Close the gas isolator cock
3 Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
C
AB
1
D
2
4 Remove the screw (1)
5 Push the clip upwards
6 Remove the flue gas pipe (2)
3
4
5
AB
7 Remove the air intake pipe (3)
8 Remove the plugs from the gas valve (4) and from thefan (5)
A
C
D B
6
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (6)
7
7
8
10 Remove the burner seals (7) and the burner (8)
11 Check the burner and the heat exchanger for damageand dirt
12 If necessary clean or replace the components accord-ing to the following sections
13 Install the two new burner seals
107 Cleaning the heat exchanger
1
1 Protect the folded down electronics box against sprayedwater
2 Clean the ribs of the heat exchanger (1) with water
◁ The water runs out into the condensate tray
Inspection and maintenance 10
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 25
108 Checking the burner
1 Search the surface of the burner for possible damage Ifyou see any damage replace the burner
2 Install the two new burner seals
109 Checking the ignition electrode
1
2
3 4 5
1 Disconnect the connection (2) and the earthing cable(1)
2 Remove the fixing screws (3)
3 Carefully remove the electrode from the combustionchamber
4 Check that the electrode ends (4) are undamaged
5 Check the electrode distance
ndash Clearance for the ignition electrodes 35 hellip 45 mm
6 Make sure that the seal (5) is free from damage
If necessary replace the seal
1010 Cleaning the condensate siphon
C
2
3
1
AB
1 Unclip the lower section of the siphon (1) from the up-per section of the siphon (2)
2 Remove the float (3)
3 Flush out the float and lower section of the siphon withwater
4 Fill the lower section of the siphon with water up to 10mm below the upper edge of the condensate drain pipe-work
5 Reinsert the float (3)
Note
Check whether the float is present in thecondensate siphon
6 Clip the lower section of the siphon (1) into the uppersection of the siphon (2)
1011 Installing the gas-air mixture unit
1 Install the burner
2 Install two new burner seals in the burner hood
3 Install the gas-air mixture unit
4 Tighten the screws on the gas-air mixture unit
ndash Ideally to 7 Nm if a torque spanner is available
5 Install the flue pipe
6 Install the air intake pipe
1012 Draining the product
1 Close the service valves of the product
2 Start check programme P05 (rarr Page 15)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
3 Open the drain cock
1013 Checking the admission pressure of theexpansion vessel
1 Measure the pre-charge pressure of the expansion ves-sel at the vessel valve
Conditions Pre-charge pressure lt 0075 MPa (075 bar)
Top up the expansion vessel in accordance with thestatic height of the heating installation ideally with ni-trogen otherwise with air Ensure that the drain valve isopen when topping up
2 If water escapes from the expansion vessels valve youmust replace the expansion vessel (rarr Page 27)
3 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
1014 Completing inspection and maintenancework
1 Check the gas connection pressure (gas flow pressure)(rarr Page 19)
2 Check the CO₂ content
1015 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
11 Troubleshooting
26 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
11 Troubleshooting
111 Rectifying faults
If fault codes (FXX) appear refer to the table in the ap-pendix or use the check programme(s)
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
If several fault codes are generated at the same time theseare displayed alternately followed by the time at which therespective fault occurred
Hold the button down for more than 3 seconds
If you are unable to clear the fault code and it reappearsdespite several fault clearance attempts contact cus-tomer service
112 Calling up the fault memory
The last 10 fault codes are stored in the fault memory (to-gether with the time at which the respective fault occurredand after 24 hours with the number of days)
Hold the button down for more than 7 seconds
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Press the button to exit this menu
113 Deleting the fault memory
1 Delete the fault memory using the diagnostics coded94
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
114 Resetting parameters to factory settings
1 Reset all parameters to the factory settings using thediagnostics code d96
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
115 Preparing the repair work
1 Switch off the product
2 Disconnect the product from the electrical installation
3 Remove the front casing
4 Close the gas stopcock
5 Close the service valves in the heating flow and in theheating return
6 Close the service valve in the cold water pipe
7 Drain the product if you want to replace water-bearingcomponents of the product
8 Ensure that water does not drip on live components(eg the electronics box)
9 Use only new seals and O-rings Do not use any addi-tional sealing materials
116 Replacing defective components
1161 Replacing the burner
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Remove the two burner seals
3 Remove the burner
4 Insert the new burner
5 Insert two new burner seals in the burner cover
6 Install the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 25)
1162 Replacing the gas-air mixture unit
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Install the new gas-air mixture (rarr Page 25)
1163 Replacing the heat exchanger
1 Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
2 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
1 A
B
3 Remove the gas pipe (1)
1
2
3
2 4
A
B
4 Remove the temperature sensor (3)
5 Remove the upper clip (1)
6 Remove the lower clip (4)
7 Remove the supply pipe (2)
Troubleshooting 11
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 27
2
2 3
B
1
A
8 Remove the upper clip (1)
9 Remove the lower clip (3)
10 Remove the return pipe (2)
1
A2
11 Remove the clip underneath the condensate tray (1)
12 Undo the four screws (2)
2
1
B
C
A
13 Remove the ignition electrode (1)
14 Lift the heat exchanger up slightly and remove it to-gether with the condensate tray
15 Remove the ignition transformer (2)
16 Install the new heat exchanger in reverse order
1164 Replacing the pump head
1
2
1 Disconnect the pump cable from the electronics box
2 Undo the four bolts (1)
3 Remove the pump head (2)
4 Replace the O-ring
5 Use four screws to secure the new pump head
6 Connect the pump cable to the electronics box
1165 Replacing the expansion vessel
B
C
1
2
3A
D
1 Undo the nut (3)
2 Remove both screws on the support plate (1)
3 Remove the support plate
4 Pull out the expansion vessel (2) towards the front
5 Insert the new expansion vessel into the product
6 Screw the new expansion vessel to the water connec-tion To do this use a new seal
7 Attach the support plate using both screws
8 Fill and purge the product (rarr Page 17) and if requiredthe heating installation
12 Decommissioning the product
28 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
1166 Replacing the main PCB
C
C
D
B
C
C
D
B
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull all of the plugs out from the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plugs
7 Close the electronics box
1167 Replacing the PCB for the user interface
B
C
C
D
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull the plug out of the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plug
7 Close the electronics box
1168 Replacing the expansion relief valve
1
2
1 Remove the clip (2)
2 Remove the expansion relief valve
3 Fit the new expansion relief valve with a new O-ring
4 Reattach the clip (2)
1169 Replace the pressure sensor
1
2
1 Pull out the plug
2 Remove the clip (1)
3 Remove the pressure sensor (2)
4 Install the new pressure sensor
5 Reattach the clip (1)
117 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
12 Decommissioning the product
Switch off the product
Disconnect the product from the power mains
Close the gas isolator cock
Close the cold water stop cock
13 Customer service
For contact details for our customer service department youcan write to the address that is provided on the back pageor you can visit wwwglow-wormcouk
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 29
Appendix
A Check programmes ndash Overview
Note
Since the programme table is used for various products some programmes may not be visible for the product inquestion
Display Meaning
P01 Burner operation on adjustable heat input
The product operates after ignition with the heat input set between 0 (0 = Pmin) and 100 (100 = Pmax)
The function is active for 15 minutes
P02 Burner operation at ignition load
After ignition the product works at ignition load
The function is active for 15 minutes
P03 The product runs in heating mode with the maximum heat input set using diagnostics code d00
P04 Maximum output function
If there is a hot water request the product runs in hot water handling mode and at maximum heat load
If there is no hot water request the product runs with the heating partial load that is set via diagnostics coded00 and in heating mode
The function is active for 15 minutes
P05 Filling the product
The diverter valve moves to the mid-position The burner and pump switch off (to fill or drain the product)
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is active for 15 minutes
P06 Purging the heating circuit
The diverter valve is moved to the heating position
The function is activated in the heating circuit for 15 minutes
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
P07 Purging the hot water circuit
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
Automatic air ventfunction
Purging the product
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
This function cannot be manually switched off
B Overview of diagnostics codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d00 Heating maximum output ndash ndash kW The maximum heating outputvaries depending on the product
rarr Section Technical data
Automatic Unit automaticallyadjusts the maximum output tothe current system demand
rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d01 Pump overrun in heatingmode
1 60 min 1 5 Adjustable
d02 Maximum burner anti-cycling time in heatingmode
2 60 min 1 20 Adjustable
Appendix
30 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d04 Water temperature in thecylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d05 Determined heating flowset target temperature
Current value ndash ndash Not
adjustable
d06 Hot water set target tem-perature
Current value (Combination unit only) ndash Notadjustable
d07 Set target temperaturefor the domestic hot wa-ter cylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d08 Status of the 230 V ther-mostat
Current value ndash 0 = Room thermostat open (noheat requirement)
1 = Room thermostat closed(heat requirement)
ndash Notadjustable
d09 Heating flow set targettemperature that is seton the eBUS room ther-mostat
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d10 Status of the internalpump in the heating cir-cuit
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d11 Status of the heatingcircuits shunt pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d13 Status of the hot watercircuits circulation pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d14 Operating mode of themodulating pump
0 5 ndash 0 = variable rotational speed(auto)
1 2 3 4 5 = Fixed rotationalspeeds rarr Section Setting thepump output
0 Adjustable
d15 Pump speed Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d16 Status of the 24 V roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Heating off
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d17 Heating control ndash ndash ndash off = Flow temperature
on = Return temperature (ad-justment for underfloor heatingIf you have activated the returntemperature control the auto-matic heating output determina-tion function is not active)
0 Adjustable
d18 Pump overrun operatingmode
1 3 ndash 1 = Continuous (pump runs per-manently)
3 = Eco (intermittent pump modendash for the dissipation of the resid-ual heat after hot water gener-ation at an extremely low heatdemand)
1 Adjustable
d19 Pump operating mode 2stage pump
0 3 ndash 0 = Burner mode stage 2 pumpflowoverrun stage 1
1 = Heating mode and pumpflowoverrun stage 1 hot waterhandling mode stage 2
2 = Automatic heating modepump flowoverrun stage 1 hotwater handling mode stage 2
3 = Stage 2
3 Adjustable
d20 Maximum hot water settarget temperature
50 60 1 60 Adjustable
d21 Status of the warm startfor hot water
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated andavailable
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 31
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d22 Status of the hot waterrequest
Current value ndash off = No current requirement
on = Current requirement
ndash Notadjustable
d23 Status of the heatingdemand
Current value ndash off = Heating off (Summer mode)
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d24 Status of the pressuremonitor
0 1 ndash off = Not switched
on = Switched
ndash Notadjustable
d25 Status of the requirementto reheat the cylinder orfor the hot water warmstart from the eBUS ther-mostat
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
ndash Notadjustable
d27 Function of relay 1(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
1 Adjustable
d28 Function of relay 2(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
2 Adjustable
d31 Automatic filling device 0 2 ndash 0 = Manual
1 = Semi-automatic
2 = Automatic
0 Adjustable
d33 Fan speed target value Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d34 Value for the fan speed Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d35 Position of the divertervalve
Current value ndash 0 = Heating
40 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
100 = Domestic hot water
ndash Notadjustable
d36 Value for the hot waterflow
Current value lmin ndash ndash Notadjustable
d39 Water temperature in thesolar circuit
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d40 Heating flow temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d41 Heating return temperat-ure
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d43 Heating curve 02 4 ndash 01 12 Adjustable
d45 Value for the base pointof the heating curve
15 30 ndash 1 20 Adjustable
d47 Outside temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d50 Correction of the min-imum fan speed
0 3000 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
600 Adjustable
Appendix
32 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d51 Correction of the max-imum fan speed
-2500 0 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
-1000 Adjustable
d58 Solar circuit reheating 0 3 ndash 0 = Boilers Legionella protectionfunction deactivated
3 = Hot water activated (mintarget value 60 degC)
0 Adjustable
d60 Number of blocks by thetemperature limiter
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d61 Number of unsuccessfulignitions
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d62 Night set-back 0 30 ndash 1 0 Adjustable
d64 Average burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d65 Maximum burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d66 Activation of the warmstart function for hot wa-ter
ndash ndash ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
1 Adjustable
d67 Remaining burner anti-cycling time (setting un-der d02)
Current value min ndash ndash Notadjustable
d68 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 1st attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d69 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 2nd attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d70 Operation of the divertervalve
0 2 ndash 0 = Normal operating mode(DHW and heating mode)
1 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
2 = Permanent heating modeposition
0 Adjustable
d71 Maximum heating flowset target temperature
45 80 1 rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d73 Correction of the hot wa-ter warm start temperat-ure
-15 5 K 1 0 Adjustable
d75 Maximum cylinder re-heating time
20 90 min 1 45 Adjustable
d77 Max cylinder reheating ndash ndash kW 1
rarr Section Technical data
ndash Adjustable
d80 Running time in heatingmode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d81 Running time in hot wa-ter handling mode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d82 Number of burner igni-tions in heating mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d83 Number of burner igni-tions in hot water hand-ling mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d84 Maintenance in 0 3000 h Number of hours = Display valuex 10
300 Notadjustable
d85 Increase in the min out-put (heating and hot wa-ter handling mode)
ndash ndash kW 1 ndash Adjustable
d88 Flow rate limit valuefor ignition in hot waterhandling mode
0 1 ndash 0 = 17 lmin (no delay)
1 = 37 lmin (2 s delay)
0 Adjustable
d90 Status of the eBUS roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Not connected
on = Connected
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 33
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d91 Status DCF77 Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d93 Setting the product code 0 99 ndash 1
The Device Specific Number(DSN) can be found on the iden-tification plate
ndash Adjustable
d94 Delete fault list 0 1 ndash off = No
on = Yes
ndash Adjustable
d95 Software versions ndash ndash ndash 1 = Main PCB
2 = Interface PCB
ndash Adjustable
d96 Default setting (reset) ndash ndash ndash 0 = No
1 = Yes
ndash Adjustable
C Status codes ndash Overview
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Status code Meaning
Displays in heating mode
S0 Heating mode No requirement
S01 Heating mode Advance fan operation
S02 Heating mode Pump pre-run
S03 Heating mode Burner ignition
S04 Heating mode Burner on
S05 Heating mode Pumpfan overrun
S06 Heating mode Fan overrun
S07 Heating mode Pump overrun
S08 Heating mode Temporary shutdown after heating procedure
Displays in hot water handling mode
S10 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S11 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S13 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S14 DHW mode Burner on
S15 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S16 DHW mode Fan overrun
S17 DHW mode Pump overrun
Display in Comfort mode with warm start or hot water handling mode with cylinder
S20 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S21 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S22 Hot water handling mode Pump pre-run
S23 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S24 DHW mode Burner on
S25 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S26 DHW mode Fan overrun
S27 DHW mode Pump overrun
S28 Hot water handling mode Temporary shutdown of the burner
Other displays
S30 Room thermostat is blocking heating mode
S31 No heating demand Summer mode eBUS controller waiting period
Appendix
34 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Status code Meaning
S32 Fan waiting time Fan speed outside of the tolerance values
S33 Forced fan operation until the pressure monitor is switched
S34 Frost protection active
S39 Underfloor heating contact open
S41 Water pressure too high
S42 Flue non-return flap closed
S46 Frost protection mode (Comfort) Minimum load
S53 Product in waiting periodoperation block function due to low water pressure (flowreturn spread too large)
S54 Waiting period Low water pressure in the circuit (flowreturn spread too large)
S76 Maintenance message Check the water pressure
S88 Product purging active
S91 Maintenance Demo mode
S96 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S97 Automatic test programme Water pressure sensor heating demands blocked
S98 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S99 Internal automatic test programmes
S108 Purging the combustion chamber fan in operation
S109 Products standby mode activated
D Overview of fault codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F00 Fault Flow temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F01 Fault Return temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F10 Short circuit Flow temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F11 Short circuit Return temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F12 andF91
Short circuit Cylinder temperaturesensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F13 Short circuit Domestic hot water cylindertemperature sensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F20 Safety switch-off Overheating temperat-ure reached
Incorrect earth connection between cable harness and product flow or returnNTC defective (loose connection) stray spark via ignition cable ignition plugor ignition electrode
F22 Safety switch-off Low water pressure inthe boiler
No or insufficient water in the product water pressure sensor de-fective cable to the pump or to the water pressure sensor loosenotconnecteddefective
F23 Safety switch-off Temperature differencetoo great (NTC1NTC2)
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product flow and return NTCsensors connected the wrong way round
F24 Safety switch-off Temperature rise toofast
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product system pressure toolow non-return valve blockedincorrectly installed
F25 Safety switch-off Flue gas temperaturetoo high
Break in plug connection for optional flue gas safety cut-out (STB) break incable harness
F27 Safety switch-off Fault in flame detection Moisture on the electronics electronics (flame monitor) defective gas solen-oid valve leaking
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 35
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F28 Fault Ignition unsuccessful when startingup
Gas meter defective or gas pressure monitor has triggered air in gas gasflow pressure too low thermal isolator device (TAE) has triggered incorrectgas restrictor incorrect spare gas valve fault on the gas valve multiple plugon PCB incorrectly plugged in break in cable harness ignition system (ig-nition transformer ignition cable ignition plug ignition electrode) defectiveionisation current interrupted (cable electrode) incorrect earthing of productelectronics defective
F29 Fault Flame loss Gas supply temporarily stopped flue gas recirculation incorrect earthing ofproduct ignition transformer has spark failure
F32 Fan frost protection function active Fanspeed outside the tolerance values
Plug on fan not correctly plugged in multiple plug on PCB not correctlyplugged in break in cable harness fan blocked Hall sensor defective elec-tronics defective
F49 eBUS fault Voltage too low Short circuit on eBUS eBUS overload or two power supplies with differentpolarities on the eBUS
F61 Fault Gas valve control system Short circuitshort to earth in cable harness for the gas valve gas valvedefective (coils shorted to earth) electronics defective
F62 Fault Gas valve switch-off control Delayed switch-off of gas valve delayed extinguishing of flame signal gasvalve leaking electronics defective
F63 Fault EEPROM Electronics defective
F64 Fault Electronicssensoranalogue-to-digital converter
Flow or return NTC short circuited electronics defective
F65 Fault Electronics temperature too high Electronics overheating due to external influences electronics defective
F67 Value sent back by ASIC is incorrect(flame signal)
Implausible flame signal electronics defective
F68 Fault Unstable flame (analogue input) Air in gas gas flow pressure too low incorrect air ratio incorrect gas re-strictor ionisation flow interruption (cable electrode)
F70 Invalid product code (DSN) Display and PCB replaced at same time and Device Specific Number notreset wrong or missing output range coding resistance
F71 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Flow temperature sensor signalling constant value Flow temperature sensorincorrectly positioned on supply pipe flow temperature sensor defective
F72 Fault Deviation in the water pressuresensorreturn temperature sensor
Flowreturn NTC temperature difference too great rarr flow andor return tem-perature sensor defective
F73 Fault Water pressure sensor not con-nected or has short-circuited
Interruptionshort circuit of water pressure sensor interruptionshort circuitto GND in supply line to water pressure sensor or water pressure sensordefective
F74 Fault Electrical problem in the waterpressure sensor
Line to water pressure sensor has a short circuit to 5 V24 V or internal faultin the water pressure sensor
F75 Fault Pressure sensor Pressure switch defective
F76 The safety cut-out in the primary heatexchanger is defective
Safety cut-out feedback does not match the gas valve feedback
F77 Fault Condensate or smoke No response flue non-return flap defective
F78 Interruption to DHW outlet sensor atexternal controller
UK link box is connected but hot water NTC not bridged
F83 Fault Dry fire When the burner starts the temperature change registered at the flow orreturn temperature sensor is non-existent or too small Insufficient waterin the product the flow or return temperature sensor is not in the correctposition on the pipe
F84 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Values not consistent difference lt -6 K
Flow and return temperature sensors signalling implausible values Flow andreturn temperature sensors have been inverted flow and return temperaturesensors have not been correctly installed
F85 Fault Temperature sensor The flow andor return temperature sensors have been installed on the samepipeincorrect pipe
Temperature sensor not connected or is connected incorrectly
F86 Fault Underfloor heating contact Underfloor heating contact open sensor disconnected or defective
F87 Fault Electrodes Electrodes not connected or they are connected incorrectly short circuit inthe cable harness
F88 Fault Gas valve Gas valve not connected or it is connected incorrectly short circuit in thecable harness
F89 Fault Pump Pump not connected or it is connected incorrectly incorrect pump connec-ted short circuit in the cable harness
Appendix
36 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
Connection No communication between the PCBand the user interface
Electronics defective
E Wiring diagram Pure boiler
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
X21 41
32
eBUS
RT 24V
Burner off
X106
13
41
3
123
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~2
6
7
9
8
1
3
4
5
11
10
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Temperature sensor on the heating flow
4 Temperature sensor on the heating return
5 Fan
6 Gas valve assembly
7 Pressure sensor
8 External ignition transformer
9 Heating pump
10 Ionisation and ignition electrode
11 Main power supply and connection for 230 V control
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 37
F Connection diagram Pure boiler (30 kW)
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
X21LN
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
13
41
3
123
eBUS
Burner off
X106
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~
X12LN
2
7
8
109
1
43
5
6
12 11
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Control system
4 Temperature sensor in the heating flow
5 Temperature sensor in the heating return
6 Fan
7 Gas valve
8 Pressure sensor
9 Ionisation electrode
10 Heating pump
11 Ignition electrode
12 Main power supply
Appendix
38 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
G Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview
The table below lists the manufacturer requirements with respect to minimum inspection and maintenance intervals If na-tional regulations and directives require shorter inspection and maintenance intervals you should observe these instead ofthe intervals listed in the table
No WorkInspection(annual)
Mainten-ance
(must becarried outat regularintervals)
1Check the airflue pipe for leak-tightness and to ensure that it is fastened correctly Make surethat it is not blocked or damaged and has been installed in accordance with the relevant Installa-tion Manual
X X
2Check the general condition of the product Remove dirt from the product and from the vacuumchamber
X X
3Visually inspect the general condition of the heat exchanger In doing so pay particular attentionto signs of corrosion rust and other defects If you notice any damage carry out maintenancework
X X
4Check the gas connection pressure at maximum heat input If the gas connection pressure is notwithin the correct range carry out maintenance work
X X
5Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product and if necessary adjust it Keep a record ofthis
X X
6Disconnect the product from the power mains Check that the electrical plug connections andother connections are seated correctly and correct these if necessary
X X
7 Close the gas isolator cock and the service valves X X
8Drain the product on the water side Check the pre-charge pressure of the expansion vesseland if required top up the expansion vessel (approx 003 MPa03 bar below the system fillingpressure)
X
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit X
10Check the seals in the combustion area If you see any damage replace the seals Replace bothburner seals each time it is opened and accordingly each time maintenance work is carried out
X
11 Clean the heat exchanger X
12 Check the burner for damage and replace it if necessary X
13 Check the condensate siphon in the product clean and fill if necessary X X
14 Install the gas-air mixture unit Caution Replace the seals X
15 Open the gas isolator cock reconnect the product to the power mains and switch the product on X X
16Open the service valves fill the productheating installation to 005-03 MPa05-30 bar (depend-ing on the static height of the heating installation) and start the purging programme PXX
X
17Carry out a test operation of the product and heating installation and if required purge the sys-tem once more
X X
18 Visually inspect the ignition and burner behaviour X X
19 Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product again X
20 Check the product for gas flue gas water and condensate leaks and repair if necessary X X
21 Record the inspectionmaintenance work carried out X X
Note For those appliances which are not part of an annual service agreementpolicy maintenance must be carried out at least every5 years
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 39
H Position of the opening in the airflue pipe
GN
N
MM
A
II
O
H
H
CBLJ
Q Q
Q
Q
Q
K
P
D E
FI
S
R
T
H1 Positioning of the opening of a fan-supported flue gas pipe
Installation siteMinimum dimen-sions
A Directly below an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
B Above an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
C Horizontally to an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
DBelow temperature-sensitive building components eg plastic gutters down pipes or wastewaterpipes
75 mm
E Below eaves 200 mm
F Below balconies or car port roofs 200 mm
G From vertical wastewater pipes or down pipes 150 mm
H From external or internal corners 200 mm
I Above floors roofs or balconies 300 mm
J From a surface facing a terminal 600 mm
K From a terminal facing a terminal 1200 mm
L From an opening in the car port (eg door window) which leads into the dwelling 1200 mm
M Vertical from a terminal on the same wall 1500 mm
N Horizontal from a terminal on the same wall 300 mm
O From the wall on which the terminal has been installed 0 mm
P From a vertical structure on the roof 300 mm
Q Above the roof area 300 mm
R Horizontal from adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
S Above adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
T Below adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 2000 mm
Appendix
40 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
H2 Horizontal terminal positioning
BS 5440-1 recommends that fanned flue chimney terminals should be positioned as follows
a) at least 2 m from an opening in the building directly opposite and
b) so that the products of combustion are not directed to discharge directly across a boundary if the products are likely tocause a nuisance to a neighbour or discharge over a walkway or patio
For IE see current issue of IS 813
For boilers covered within this manual
1) Dimensions D E F and G
These clearances may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler In order to ensure that the con-densate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces the terminal should be extended as shown below
Balconyeaves
Gutter
Adequately secured airflue gas pipe
The flue pipe mustprotrude beyond any overhang
2) Dimension H
This clearance may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler However in order to ensure thatthe condensate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces a clearance of 300 mm is preferred
For 1 and 2 above you can use a flue gas management kit to enable the termination point to be positioned and directed awayfrom the building fabric
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 41
I Commissioning Checklist
copy Heating and Hotwater Industry Council (HHIC)
wwwcentralheatingcouk
Benchmark Commissioning and Servicing SectionIt is a requirement that the boiler is installed and commissioned to the
completed in full
Appendix
42 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
This Commissioning Checklist is to be completed in full by the competent person who commissioned the boiler as a means of demonstrating compliance with the appropriate Building Regulations and then handed to the customer to keep for future reference
GAS BOILER SYSTEM COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST
CONTROLS
Optimum start control
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
ALL SYSTEMS
Yes
Yes
CENTRAL HEATING MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
COMBINATION BOILERS ONLY
Yes
Yes
DOMESTIC HOT WATER MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
Yes Temperature
CONDENSING BOILERS ONLY
Yes
ALL INSTALLATIONS
AND sup2 Ratio
AND sup2 Ratio
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 43
It is recommended that your heating system is serviced regularly and that the appropriate Service Interval Record is completed
Service Provider
SERVICE RECORD
SERVICE 01
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 02
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 03
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 04
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 05
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 06
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 07
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 08
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 09
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 10
AND sup2 AND sup2
Appendix
44 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
PRIOR TO CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO CHECKThe boiler manufacturerrsquos installation instructions should have been followed gas type verified and gas
supply pressurerate checked as required prior to commissioningAs part of the installation process especially where a flue has been fitted by persons other than the boiler installer visually check the integrity of the whole flue system to confirm that all components are correctly assembled fixed and supported Check that manufacturerrsquos max flue lengths have not been
exceeded and all guidance has been followed (eg Gas Safe Technical Bulletin TB008)The flue gas analyser should be of the correct type as specified by BS 7967
Prior to its use the flue gas analyser should have been maintained and calibrated as specified by the manufacturer The installer must have the relevant competence for use of the analyser
Check and zero the analyser IN FRESH AIR as per analyser manufacturerrsquos instructions
NOTETHE AIR GAS RATIO VALVE IS FACTORY
SET AND MUST NOT BE ADJUSTED DURING COMMISSIONING UNLESS THIS ACTION IS RECOMMENDED FOLLOWING CONTACT WITH THE MANUFACTURER
If any such adjustment is recommended and further checking of the boiler is required the
installerservice engineer must be competent to carry out this work and to use the flue gas
analyser accordinglyIf the boiler requires conversion to operate with
a different gas family (eg conversion from natural gas to LPG) separate guidance will be
provided by the boiler manufacturer
CARRY OUT FLUE INTEGRITY CHECK USING ANALYSERInsert analyser probe into air inlet test point and allow readings to stabiliseNOTE - where no air inlet test point is provided then a flue integrity check
with the analyser is not possible The installer should verify that flue integrity has been visually checked in accordance with the ldquoPrior to
CO and combustion ratio checkrdquo box above before proceeding to the ldquoCheck CO and combustion ratio at maximum raterdquo stage below
SET BOILER TO MINIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at minimum rate (to
minimum load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - If manufacturerrsquos instructions do not specify how to set boiler to minimum
rate contact Technical Helpline for advice
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MINIMUM RATEWith boiler still set at minimum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas sampling
point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is not
specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MAX RATEWith boiler still set at maximum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas
sampling point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is
not specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
SET BOILER TO MAXIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at max rate
(full load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - Do not insert analyser probe during this period to avoid
possible ldquofloodingrdquo of sensor
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
BOILER IS OPERATING SATISFACTORILYno further actions required
Ensure test points are capped boiler case is correctly replaced and all other commissioning procedures are completed
Complete Benchmark Checklist recording CO and combustion ratio readings as required
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED
VERIFY FLUE INTEGRITYAnalyser readings indicate that combustion products and inlet air must be mixing Further investigation of
the flue is therefore requiredCheck that flue components are assembled fixed and supported as per boilerflue manufacturerrsquos
instructionsCheck that flue and flue terminal are not obstructed
IsCO less than
335ppmand
COCO2 ratio less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
Check all seals around the appliance burner internal flue seals door and case seals
Rectify where necessary
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED IF
COMMISSIONING CANNOT BE FULLY COMPLETED THE APPLIANCE MUST BE
DISCONNECTED FROM THE GAS SUPPLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GSIUR
NOTE Check and record CO and combustion ratio at both max and min rate before contacting the
manufacturer
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YESYES
YES
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 45
J Pipe lengths for the airflue pipe
J1 Length of the C13 type airflue pipe
Applicability C13 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C13 type airfluepipe
C13 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J2 Length of the C33 type airflue pipe
Applicability C33 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C33 type airfluepipe
C33 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J3 Length of the C43 type airflue pipe
Applicability C43 type airflue pipe
Diameter of theairflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L)
C43 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
Appendix
46 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
K Technical data
Technical data ndash Heating
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 530 lh 655 lh 788 lh 1094 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 353 lh 436 lh 525 lh 729 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
123 lh 153 lh 184 lh 255 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 1102 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 876 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
306 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
Technical data ndash G20 powerloading G20The lowest nominal heat output may be higher than the value in the technical data depending on the design of the systemand the current operating status
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 12 kW 15 kW 18 kW 25 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
48 hellip 130 kW 48 hellip 162 kW 53 hellip 195 kW 65 hellip 270 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
47 hellip 128 kW 47 hellip 159 kW 52 hellip 191 kW 64 hellip 265 kW
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
45 hellip 123 kW 45 hellip 152 kW 50 hellip 183 kW 61 hellip 254 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
44 hellip 150 kW 44 hellip 180 kW 49 hellip 252 kW 60 hellip 300 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
123 kW 153 kW 184 kW 255 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
153 kW 184 kW 257 kW 306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 30 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
76 hellip 324 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
75 hellip 318 kW
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 47
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
72 hellip 305 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
71 hellip 350 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
72 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
357 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
72 kW
Technical data ndash General
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch 34 inch 34 inch 34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h 32 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
13 msup3h 16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0476 msup3h 0480 msup3h 0533 msup3h 0648 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
206 gs 208 gs 231 gs 281 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
55 gs 69 gs 83 gs 115 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
69 gs 83 gs 116 gs 138 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
55 55 60 77
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
55 55 55 55
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
43 48 51 62
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
32 32 34 35
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
71 71 69 68
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
105 105 105 95
Released system types C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996 996 996 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040 1040 1040 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060 1060 1060 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085 1085 1085 1085
NOx class 5 5 5 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm
Appendix
48 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Net weight 31 kg 31 kg 31 kg 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 35 kg 35 kg 35 kg 36 kg
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
38 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
32 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0762 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
330 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
138 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
161 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
82
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
37
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
75
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
104
Released system types C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085
NOx class 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm
Net weight 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 36 kg
Technical data ndash Electrics
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 49
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max electrical power consump-tion
65 W 75 W 66 W 75 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W
Level of protection IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V
Max electrical power consump-tion
60 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W
Level of protection IPX4D
Index
50 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Index
AAirflue pipe installed 5BBurner anti-cycling time 20Bypass valve 22CCE label 8Check programmes 29
Using 15Checking the burner 25Checking the pre-charge pressure of the expansionvessel 25Cleaning the condensate siphon 25Cleaning the heat exchanger 24CO₂ content
Checking 20 23Competent person 4Completing inspection work 25Completing maintenance work 25Condensate discharge pipe 12Condensate siphon
Filling 18Controller 14Corrosion 5DDecommissioning 28Decommissioning the product 28Diagnostics codes
Using 15Documents 7Draining the product 25EElectricity 5Expansion relief valve 28FFault codes 26Fault memory 26Fault messages 26Fault symbol 15Flow rate-pressure curves 21Flue gas route 5Front casing closed 5Frost 5GGas family check 16Gas flow rate 18HHanding over to the end user 22High-efficiency pump 21High-efficiency pump output 21IIdentification plate 7If you smell flue gas 5If you smell gas 4Inspection work 22 38Installation site 5Intended use 4LLeak-tightness 20 25 28
MMains connection 14Maintenance work 22 38Minimum clearance 9PPower supply 14Preparing the repair work 26Preparing repair work 26Pressure sensor 28Pump head 27QQualification 4RRegulations 6Removing the air intake pipe 24Removing the burner 24Removing the flue gas pipe 24Removing the front casing 10Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24Removing the ignition transformer 24Removing the side section 10Replacing the burner 26Replacing the expansion vessel 27Replacing the heat exchanger 26Replacing the main PCB 28Replacing expansion vessel 27Resetting the burner anti-cycling time 21SSafety device 5Schematic drawing 5Setting the burner anti-cycling time 20Spare parts 23Switching on the product 17TTool 6Transport 5Transporting 8Treating the heating water 16UUnloading the box 8Unpacking the product 8User interface replacing the PCB 28Using
Check programmes 15Diagnostics codes 15
VVoltage 5WWall-mounting the product 9Weight 9
0020200964_04
ManufacturerSupplierVaillant Group UK LTD
Nottingham Road ‒ Belper ‒ Derbyshire DE56 1JQ
Telephone 01773 824639 ‒ Technical helpline 0330 100 7679
After sales service 0330 100 3142
wwwglow-wormcouk
0020200964_04 ‒ 16112017
copy These instructions or parts thereof are protected by copyright and may be repro-duced or distributed only with the manufacturers written consent
We reserve the right to make technical changes
Operation 6
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 15
2 Carry out the wiring (rarr Page 14)
3 Connect the individual components depending on thetype of installation
Conditions If installing a multi-circuit controller
Change the pumps operating mode d18 from Eco (in-termittently operating pump) to Comfort (continuouslyoperating pump)
Conditions When connecting a controller (230 V)
le 30
mm
NL X1230V~
RT
Connect the controller to the main plug
Remove the bridge from the plug 24V=RT
4 Close the electronics box
6 Operation
61 Using diagnostics codes
You can use the parameters marked as adjustable in thetable of diagnostics codes to adapt the product to the systemand customer requirements
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
611 Activating diagnostics codes
1 Press and hold the button for 7 seconds
◁ is shown in the display
2 Press the or button to set the value
◁ The access code (96) is reserved for the competentperson
◁ The access code (35) is reserved for the customerservice
3 Press the button to confirm
◁ is shown in the display
612 Setting a diagnostics code
1 Press the or button to select the diagnosticscode
2 Press the button to confirm
◁ The value andor status of the diagnostics code isshown in the display
3 Press the or button to set the value
4 If you allow the value to flash for three seconds thesetting is automatically confirmed
◁ is shown in the display for 1 second
Note
You can manually confirm the setting at anytime by pressing and holding the buttonfor less than 3 seconds
5 Proceed accordingly for all parameters that need to bechanged
6 Press and hold the button for 3 seconds to finishconfiguring the diagnostics codes
◁ The display switches to the basic display
62 Displaying the status codes
The status codes display the products current operatingstatus
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
621 Activating the status codes display
1 Hold the button down for more than 7 seconds
◁ SXX is shown on the display followed by the heat-ing flow temperature the internal system pressureand the cylinder temperature (depending on the ver-sion)
2 Press the button to exit this menu
◁ The display switches to the basic display
63 Using check programmes
By activating various check programmes you can triggervarious special functions on the product
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
631 Calling up the check programmes
1 Hold the button down for more than 5 seconds
◁ All symbols are shown in the display
◁ is shown in the display
2 Press and hold the button for five seconds
◁ is shown in the display
3 Press the or button to select the checkprogramme
4 Press the button to confirm
◁ on is shown in the display and the programmestarts
5 Press the and buttons at the same time whilstrunning a check programme
◁ The heating water temperature and the filling pres-sure for the heating installation are shown altern-ately in the display
6 Press the button to return to the check programme
◁ The display shows the check programme
7 Press the button to finish the check programme
◁ OFF is shown in the display
8 Press and hold the button for 3 seconds to finishthe check programmes
7 Start-up
16 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
◁ End is shown in the display
◁ The display switches to the basic display
Note
If you do not press any button for 15 minutesthe current programme is automatically can-celled and the basic display is shown
632 Displaying the pressure and temperature ofthe heating during a check programme
1 Press the buttons simultaneously
◁ Display the filling pressure in the heating installation
◁ Display the heating flow temperature
2 Press the button to display the check programmecurrently running
7 Start-up
71 Carrying out the initial start-up
Initial start-up must be carried out by a customer servicetechnician or an authorised competent person using the first-commissioning-checklist The first-commissioning-checklistin the appendix (rarr Page 41) of the installation instructionsmust be filled out and stored carefully along with the unitsdocumentation
Carry out the initial start-up using the first-commission-ing-checklist in the appendix
Fill out and sign the first-commissioning-checklist
72 Checking the type of gas
Make sure that the product is set up correctly by checkingthe type of gas This ensures optimum combustion quality
Check the type of gas as part of routine product mainten-ance work when replacing components or carrying outwork on the gas route
73 Checking the factory setting
The products combustion has been factory tested and ispreset for operation with the gas group indicated on the iden-tification plate
The product is only authorised to be operated with naturalgas
Check the information about the type of gas indicated onthe identification plate and compare this with the type ofgas available at the installation location
Conditions The product design is not compatible with the local gasgroup
Do not start up the product
Conditions The product design is compatible with the local gas group
Proceed as described below
74 Checking and treating the heatingwaterfilling and supplementary water
CautionRisk of material damage due to poor-qual-ity heating water
Ensure that the heating water is of suffi-cient quality
Before filling or topping up the installation check thequality of the heating water
Checking the quality of the heating water Remove a little water from the heating circuit
Check the appearance of the heating water
If you ascertain that it contains sedimentary materialsyou must desludge the installation
Use a magnetic rod to check whether it contains mag-netite (iron oxide)
If you ascertain that it contains magnetite clean the in-stallation and apply suitable corrosion-protection meas-ures or fit a magnetic filter
Check the pH value of the removed water at 25 degC
If the value is below 65 or above 85 clean the systemand treat the heating water
Ensure that oxygen cannot get into the heating water
Checking the filling and supplementary water Before filling the installation measure the hardness of the
filling and supplementary water
Treating the filling and supplementary water Observe all applicable national regulations and technical
standards when treating the filling and supplementarywater
Provided the national regulations and technical standardsdo not stipulate more stringent requirements the followingapplies
You must treat the heating water in the following cases
ndash If the entire filling and supplementary water quantity dur-ing the operating life of the system exceeds three timesthe nominal volume of the heating installation or
ndash If the guideline values listed in the following table are notmet or
ndash if the pH value of the heating water is less than 65 ormore than 85
Totalheatingoutput
Water hardness at specific system volume1)
le 20 lkWgt 20 lkWle 50 lkW
gt 50 lkW
kWppm
CaCO₃molmsup3
ppmCaCO₃
molmsup3
ppmCaCO₃
molmsup3
lt 50 lt 300 lt 3 200 2 2 002
gt 50to le 200
200 2 150 15 2 002
gt 200to le 600
150 15 2 002 2 002
gt 600 2 002 2 002 2 002
1) Nominal capacity in litresheating output in the case of multi-boiler systems the smallest single heating output is to be used
Start-up 7
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 17
CautionThe use of unsuitable heating water maycause aluminium corrosion and a result-ing lack of leak-tightness
In contrast to steel grey cast iron or copperfor example aluminium reacts with alkalineheating water (pH value gt 85) to producesubstantial corrosion
When using aluminium make sure thatthe pH value of the heating water isbetween 65 and a maximum of 85
CautionRisk of material damage if the heatingwater is treated with unsuitable additives
Unsuitable additives may cause changes inthe components noises in heating mode andpossibly subsequent damage
Do not use any unsuitable frost and cor-rosion protection agents biocides or seal-ants
No incompatibility with our products has been detected todate with proper use of the following additives
When using additives follow the manufacturers instruc-tions without exception
We accept no liability for the compatibility of any additive orits effectiveness in the rest of the heating system
Additives for cleaning measures (subsequentflushing required)ndash Adey MC3+
ndash Adey MC5
ndash Fernox F3
ndash Sentinel X 300
ndash Sentinel X 400
Additives intended to remain permanently in theinstallationndash Adey MC1+
ndash Fernox F1
ndash Fernox F2
ndash Sentinel X 100
ndash Sentinel X 200
Additives for frost protection intended to remainpermanently in the installationndash Adey MC ZERO
ndash Fernox Antifreeze Alphi 11
ndash Sentinel X 500
If you have used the above-mentioned additives informthe end user about the measures that are required
Inform the end user about the measures required for frostprotection
75 Avoiding danger arising from insufficientwater pressure
The filling pressure must be between 010 and 015 MPa(10 and 15 bar)
Note
If the heating flow temperature is shown in thedisplay press and hold the and buttonsat the same time for longer than five seconds ortemporarily deactivate heating mode in order todisplay the pressure
If the heating installation extends over several storeyshigher filling pressures may be required to avoid air enteringthe heating installation
If the water pressure falls below 005 MPa (05 bar) thevalue flashes in the display
If the water pressure falls below 003 MPa (03 bar) theproduct switches off The display shows 00 MPa (00 bar)Fault F22 will be stored in the fault list
Top up the water in the heating installation to start up theproduct again
◁ The pressure value flashes in the display until apressure of 005 MPa (05 bar) or higher has beenreached
76 Switching on the product
Switch on the product via the main switch installed on-site
77 Filling and purging the heating installation
Preliminary work Flush the heating installation through
1
1
1 Check the silicone hose connection (1) between thepumps automatic air vent and the hydraulic console
2 Fill with water until the required filling pressure isreached
ndash Recommended filling pressure 1 hellip 15 bar
◁ The heating and hot water functions cannot be activ-ated
◁ The pressure value flashes in the display until apressure of 005 MPa (05 bar) or higher has beenreached
7 Start-up
18 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
◁ An automatic air vent function is activated if thepressure exceeds 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than15 seconds
3 Purge each radiator until the water escapes normallyand then retighten the systems purging valves
4 Check whether all connections are leak-tight
Conditions If the noise persists in the boiler
Purge the product again by activating check programme(P07) and then (P06)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
78 Filling the condensate siphon
C
2
3
1
AB
1 Unclip the lower section of the siphon (1) from the up-per section of the siphon (2)
2 Remove the float (3)
3 Fill the lower section of the siphon with water up to 10mm below the upper edge of the condensate drain pipe-work
4 Re-insert the float (3)
Note
Check that the float is present in the con-densate siphon
5 Clip the lower section of the siphon (1) into the uppersection of the siphon (2)
79 Filling the hot water circuit
1 Open the water tap to fill the hot water circuit
2 Close the water tap once the appropriate volume ofwater has flowed out
◁ The hot water circuit is filled
3 Check all connections and the entire system for leak-tightness
710 Checking and adjusting the gas settings
Only a qualified competent person is authorised to imple-ment the settings on the gas valve assembly
Each destroyed tamper-proof seal must be replaced
The CO₂ adjusting screw must be sealed
Never modify the factory setting of the gas pressure regu-lator of the gas valve assembly
7101 Checking the gas flow rate
The gas flow rate has been set during production and doesnot require adjustment With the front casing fitted check thegas flow rate of the boiler as follows
Start up the product with the check programme P01
In addition ensure that maximum heat can be dissipatedinto the heating system by turning up the room thermo-stat
Wait at least 5 minutes until the boiler has reached itsoperating temperature
Ensure that all other gas appliances in the property areturned off
Measure the gas flow rate at the gas meter
Compare the measured values with the correspondingvalues in the table
Qnw from the dataplate
H gas in msup3h
Nom +5 minus10
153 162 170 146
184 195 205 176
247 261 274 235
257 272 286 245
286 303 318 273
306 324 340 292
357 378 397 340
Conditions Gas flow rate not in the permissible range
Check all of the piping and ensure that the gas flow ratesare correct
Only put the product into operation once the gas flowrates have been corrected
Conditions Gas flow rate in the permissible range
End the check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down by allowing pump overrun tooperate for a minimum of 2 minutes
Record the boiler maximum gas flow rate onto theBenchmark gas boiler commissioning checklist
Start-up 7
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 19
7102 Checking the gas connection pressure (gasflow pressure)
1
2
1 Ensure that the gas inlet working pressure can beobtained with all other gas appliances in the propertyworking
2 Close the gas stopcock (1)
3 Undo the sealing screw on the test nipple (2)
4 Connect a manometer to the test nipple (2)
5 Open the gas stopcock (1)
6 Start up the product with check programme P01 (sys-tem with eBUS control) or P03 (installation withouteBUS control)
7 In addition ensure that maximum heat can be dissip-ated into the heating system by turning up the roomthermostat
8 With the boiler operating at full load check that the gasinlet working pressure at the reference test point (2)complies with the requirements
Permissible connection pressure
Great Bri-tain
Naturalgas
G20 17 hellip 2 kPa
(170hellip 20 mbar)
9 Should the pressure recorded at the reference test pointin the boiler be lower than indicated check if there isany blockage in the pipework or if the pipework is un-dersized
Conditions Gas flow pressure not in the permissible range
CautionRisk of material damage and operatingfaults caused by incorrect gas connec-tion pressureIf the gas connection pressure lies outsidethe permissible range this can cause oper-ating faults in and damage to the product Do not make any adjustments to the
product Do not start up the product
If you cannot correct the failure notify the gas supplycompany and proceed as follows
End check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down by allowing pump overrunto operate for a minimum of two minutes
Close the gas stopcock
Remove the pressure gauge and retighten the sealingscrew (2) for the measuring nipple
Open the gas stopcock (1)
Check the test nipple for gas tightness
Close the gas stopcock (1)
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
Disconnect the product from the electrical installation
You must not start up the boiler
Conditions Gas flow pressure in the permissible range
End the check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down allowing pump overrun tooperate for a minimum of two minutes
Close the gas stopcock (1)
Remove the pressure gauge and retighten the sealingscrew (2) for the measuring nipple
Open the gas stopcock (1)
Check the test nipple for gas tightness
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
Reset boiler controls for normal operation
Record the appliance gas inlet working pressure (kParesp mbar) in the Benchmark gas boiler commissioningchecklist
7103 Checking the leak-tightness of the flue gasinstallation and flue gas recirculation
1 Check the flue gas installation is intact in accordancewith the latest gas safe technical bulletin and informa-tion supplied in the installation instructions
2 For extended flue gas installations check for flue gasrecirculation using the air analysis point
3 Use a flue gas analyser
4 If you discover CO or CO2 in the supply air search forthe leak in the flue gas installation or for signs of fluegas recirculation
5 Eliminate the damage properly
6 Check again whether the supply air contains any CO orCO2
7 If you cannot eliminate the damage do not start up theproduct
7104 Thoroughly flushing the heating installation(hot)
1 Operate the appliance until the boiler and the heatingsystem are up to temperature
2 Check the heating system for leaks
3 Connect a hose to the drain valve located at the lowestposition of the heating system
4 Shut off the boiler open the drain valve and all purgevalves on the radiators and allow the water to flow outof the heating system and the boiler quickly and fully
5 Close the drain valve
6 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
7 Re-fill the system until the system design pressure of01 MPa (10 bar) is attained
8 Adapting the unit to the heating installation
20 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Note
The actual reading on the digital pressuregauge should ideally be 005 MPa (05 bar)plus an additional pressure correspondingto the highest point of the system above thebase of the boiler ndash 10 m head equals an ad-ditional 1 bar reading on the pressure gaugeThe minimum pressure should not be lessthan 01 MPa (1 bar) in any installation Ifthe system is to be treated with an inhibitor itshould be applied at this stage in accordancewith the manufacturerrsquos instructions Furtherinformation can be obtained from SentinelBetz Dearborn Ltd Tel 0151 420 9595 orFernox Alphandash Fry technologies Tel 08708700362
8 Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
7105 Checking the CO₂ content
1 Start up the product with the check programme (P01)and set the value
ndash Setting value for the programme P01 100
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
2 Wait until the value that is read is stable
ndash Waiting period for reading a stable value 5 min
1
3 Unscrew the cover from the flue gas analysis point (1)
4 Measure the CO₂ content at the flue gas analysis point(1)
5 Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Checking the CO₂ content
Great Britain
front casing on front casing off
Natural gas
G20
92 plusmn1
◁ The value is OK
The value is not OK you cannot start up theproduct
Inform Customer Service
711 Checking leak-tightness
Check the gas pipe the heating circuit and the hot watercircuit for leak-tightness
Check that the airflue pipe has been installed correctly
Conditions Room-sealed operation
Check whether the vacuum chamber has been closedtightly
7111 Checking the heating mode
1 Activate the heating mode on the user interface
2 Turn all thermostatic radiator valves on the radiatorsuntil they are fully open
3 Allow the product to operate for at least 15 minutes
4 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
5 Activate the display for the current operating status(rarr Page 15)
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
◁ If the product is working correctly the display showsS04
7112 Checking the hot water generation
1 Activate the hot water handling mode on the userinterface
2 Open a hot water valve completely
3 Activate the display for the current operating status(rarr Page 15)
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
◁ If the product is working correctly the display showsS14
8 Adapting the unit to the heatinginstallation
You can resetchange the system parameters (section Us-ing diagnostics codes)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
81 Burner anti-cycling time
To prevent frequent switching on and off of the burner andthus prevent energy losses an electronic restart lockoutis activated for a specific period each time the burner isswitched off The burner anti-cycling time is only active forthe heating mode Hot water handling mode during a burneranti-cycling time does not affect the time function element
811 Setting the maximum burner anti-cyclingtime
1 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
2 If required adjust the maximum burner anti-cycling timeusing the diagnostics code d02
Adapting the unit to the heating installation 8
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 21
812 Resetting the remaining burner anti-cyclingtime
Hold the button down for more than 3 seconds
◁ is shown in the display
82 Setting the pump output
The product is equipped with a speed-regulated high-effi-ciency pump which adjusts independently to the hydraulicconditions of the heating installation
If you have installed a low loss header in the heating install-ation you should switch off the speed regulation and set thepump output to a fixed value
If required change the setting of the pump speed whichdepends on the operating mode under diagnostics coded14
Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 12 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
0
10
20
30
40
50
0 200 400 600 800 1000
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 15 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
1 2
34
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 18 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
01020304050
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
6070
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 25 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
01020304050
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
6070
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 30 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
01020304050607080
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 A
B 1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
9 Handing the product over to the end user
22 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
83 Setting the bypass valve
CautionRisk of material damage caused by incor-rect setting of the high-efficiency pump
If the pressure at the bypass valve is in-creased (by turning it clockwise) and thepump output is set to less than 100 theproduct may not operate correctly
In this case set the pump output to5 = 100 using diagnostics parameterd14
Conditions d14 is set to 0 = auto
Do not change the factory settings
Conditions d14 is set to 1 - 5
Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
1
Regulate the pressure using the adjusting screw (1)
Position of the adjustingscrew
Notesapplication
Right-hand stop (screwedall the way in)
If the radiators do not heatup sufficiently at the defaultsetting In this case you mustset the pump to the maximumspeed
Mid-position (six anti-clockwise rotations)
Default setting
Five further anti-clockwiserotations starting from themid-position
If noises are produced in theradiators or radiator valves
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
84 Setting the hot water temperature
DangerRisk of death from legionella
Legionella multiply at temperatures below60 degC
Ensure that the end user is familiar withall of the Anti-legionella measures in orderto comply with the applicable regulationsregarding legionella prevention
Set the hot water temperature
Conditions Water hardness gt 357 molmsup3
ndash Hot water temperature le 50
9 Handing the product over to the enduser
When you have finished the installation attach the stickersupplied (in the end users language) to the productcover
Explain to the end user how the safety devices work andwhere they are located
Inform the end user how to handle the product
In particular draw attention to the safety informationwhich the end user must follow
Inform the end user that they must have the productmaintained in accordance with the specified intervals
Instruct the end user about measures taken for routingthe combustion air supply and flue system
10 Inspection and maintenance
101 Using original seals
If you replace components use only the enclosed originalseals additional sealing materials are not required
102 Observing inspection and maintenanceintervals
Adhere to the minimum inspection and maintenance in-tervals The inspection may require maintenance to becarried out earlier depending on the results
Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview(rarr Page 38)
Inspection and maintenance 10
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 23
103 Procuring spare parts
The original components of the product were also certifiedby the manufacturer as part of the declaration of conformityIf you use other non-certified or unauthorised parts duringmaintenance or repair work this may void the conformity ofthe product and it will therefore no longer comply with theapplicable standards
We strongly recommend that you use original spare partsfrom the manufacturer as this guarantees fault-free and safeoperation of the product To receive information about theavailable original spare parts contact the contact addressprovided on the reverse of these instructions
If you require spare parts for maintenance or repairwork use only the spare parts that are permitted for theproduct
104 Checking the CO₂ content
1 Start up the product with the check programme (P01)and set the value
ndash Setting value for the programme P01 100
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
2 Wait until the value that is read is stable
ndash Waiting period for reading a stable value 5 min
1
3 Unscrew the cover from the flue gas analysis point (1)
4 Measure the CO₂ content at the flue gas analysis point(1)
5 Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Checking the CO₂ content
Great Britain
front casing on front casing off
Natural gas
G20
92 plusmn1
◁ The value is OK
The value is not OK you cannot start up theproduct
Set the CO₂ content (rarr Page 23)
105 Setting the CO₂ content
Conditions The CO₂ content must be adjusted
1
A
B
Remove the sticker
Turn the screw (1) to set the CO₂ content (value withfront casing removed)
◁ To increase the CO₂ content Turn anti-clockwise
◁ To decrease the CO₂ content Turn clockwise
Only carry out the adjustment in increments of 18 turnand wait approximately 1 minute after each adjustmentuntil the value has stabilised
Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Setting the CO₂ value
Great Britain
front casing on front casingoff
Natural gas
G20
CO₂ at full load 92 plusmn02
Set for Wobbeindex W₀
1409 kWsdothmsup3
O₂ at full load 45 plusmn18 vol
CO at full load le 250 ppm
COCO₂ le 00027
If the setting is not in the specified adjustment rangeyou must not start up the product
Inform Customer Service
Check whether the air-quality requirements with regardto carbon monoxide are fulfilled
Fit the front panel
10 Inspection and maintenance
24 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
106 Removing the gas-air mixture unit
Note
The gas-air mixture unit consists of three maincomponents
ndash Fan
ndash Gas valve
ndash Burner cover
1 Switch off the product via the main switch
2 Close the gas isolator cock
3 Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
C
AB
1
D
2
4 Remove the screw (1)
5 Push the clip upwards
6 Remove the flue gas pipe (2)
3
4
5
AB
7 Remove the air intake pipe (3)
8 Remove the plugs from the gas valve (4) and from thefan (5)
A
C
D B
6
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (6)
7
7
8
10 Remove the burner seals (7) and the burner (8)
11 Check the burner and the heat exchanger for damageand dirt
12 If necessary clean or replace the components accord-ing to the following sections
13 Install the two new burner seals
107 Cleaning the heat exchanger
1
1 Protect the folded down electronics box against sprayedwater
2 Clean the ribs of the heat exchanger (1) with water
◁ The water runs out into the condensate tray
Inspection and maintenance 10
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 25
108 Checking the burner
1 Search the surface of the burner for possible damage Ifyou see any damage replace the burner
2 Install the two new burner seals
109 Checking the ignition electrode
1
2
3 4 5
1 Disconnect the connection (2) and the earthing cable(1)
2 Remove the fixing screws (3)
3 Carefully remove the electrode from the combustionchamber
4 Check that the electrode ends (4) are undamaged
5 Check the electrode distance
ndash Clearance for the ignition electrodes 35 hellip 45 mm
6 Make sure that the seal (5) is free from damage
If necessary replace the seal
1010 Cleaning the condensate siphon
C
2
3
1
AB
1 Unclip the lower section of the siphon (1) from the up-per section of the siphon (2)
2 Remove the float (3)
3 Flush out the float and lower section of the siphon withwater
4 Fill the lower section of the siphon with water up to 10mm below the upper edge of the condensate drain pipe-work
5 Reinsert the float (3)
Note
Check whether the float is present in thecondensate siphon
6 Clip the lower section of the siphon (1) into the uppersection of the siphon (2)
1011 Installing the gas-air mixture unit
1 Install the burner
2 Install two new burner seals in the burner hood
3 Install the gas-air mixture unit
4 Tighten the screws on the gas-air mixture unit
ndash Ideally to 7 Nm if a torque spanner is available
5 Install the flue pipe
6 Install the air intake pipe
1012 Draining the product
1 Close the service valves of the product
2 Start check programme P05 (rarr Page 15)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
3 Open the drain cock
1013 Checking the admission pressure of theexpansion vessel
1 Measure the pre-charge pressure of the expansion ves-sel at the vessel valve
Conditions Pre-charge pressure lt 0075 MPa (075 bar)
Top up the expansion vessel in accordance with thestatic height of the heating installation ideally with ni-trogen otherwise with air Ensure that the drain valve isopen when topping up
2 If water escapes from the expansion vessels valve youmust replace the expansion vessel (rarr Page 27)
3 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
1014 Completing inspection and maintenancework
1 Check the gas connection pressure (gas flow pressure)(rarr Page 19)
2 Check the CO₂ content
1015 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
11 Troubleshooting
26 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
11 Troubleshooting
111 Rectifying faults
If fault codes (FXX) appear refer to the table in the ap-pendix or use the check programme(s)
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
If several fault codes are generated at the same time theseare displayed alternately followed by the time at which therespective fault occurred
Hold the button down for more than 3 seconds
If you are unable to clear the fault code and it reappearsdespite several fault clearance attempts contact cus-tomer service
112 Calling up the fault memory
The last 10 fault codes are stored in the fault memory (to-gether with the time at which the respective fault occurredand after 24 hours with the number of days)
Hold the button down for more than 7 seconds
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Press the button to exit this menu
113 Deleting the fault memory
1 Delete the fault memory using the diagnostics coded94
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
114 Resetting parameters to factory settings
1 Reset all parameters to the factory settings using thediagnostics code d96
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
115 Preparing the repair work
1 Switch off the product
2 Disconnect the product from the electrical installation
3 Remove the front casing
4 Close the gas stopcock
5 Close the service valves in the heating flow and in theheating return
6 Close the service valve in the cold water pipe
7 Drain the product if you want to replace water-bearingcomponents of the product
8 Ensure that water does not drip on live components(eg the electronics box)
9 Use only new seals and O-rings Do not use any addi-tional sealing materials
116 Replacing defective components
1161 Replacing the burner
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Remove the two burner seals
3 Remove the burner
4 Insert the new burner
5 Insert two new burner seals in the burner cover
6 Install the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 25)
1162 Replacing the gas-air mixture unit
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Install the new gas-air mixture (rarr Page 25)
1163 Replacing the heat exchanger
1 Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
2 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
1 A
B
3 Remove the gas pipe (1)
1
2
3
2 4
A
B
4 Remove the temperature sensor (3)
5 Remove the upper clip (1)
6 Remove the lower clip (4)
7 Remove the supply pipe (2)
Troubleshooting 11
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 27
2
2 3
B
1
A
8 Remove the upper clip (1)
9 Remove the lower clip (3)
10 Remove the return pipe (2)
1
A2
11 Remove the clip underneath the condensate tray (1)
12 Undo the four screws (2)
2
1
B
C
A
13 Remove the ignition electrode (1)
14 Lift the heat exchanger up slightly and remove it to-gether with the condensate tray
15 Remove the ignition transformer (2)
16 Install the new heat exchanger in reverse order
1164 Replacing the pump head
1
2
1 Disconnect the pump cable from the electronics box
2 Undo the four bolts (1)
3 Remove the pump head (2)
4 Replace the O-ring
5 Use four screws to secure the new pump head
6 Connect the pump cable to the electronics box
1165 Replacing the expansion vessel
B
C
1
2
3A
D
1 Undo the nut (3)
2 Remove both screws on the support plate (1)
3 Remove the support plate
4 Pull out the expansion vessel (2) towards the front
5 Insert the new expansion vessel into the product
6 Screw the new expansion vessel to the water connec-tion To do this use a new seal
7 Attach the support plate using both screws
8 Fill and purge the product (rarr Page 17) and if requiredthe heating installation
12 Decommissioning the product
28 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
1166 Replacing the main PCB
C
C
D
B
C
C
D
B
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull all of the plugs out from the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plugs
7 Close the electronics box
1167 Replacing the PCB for the user interface
B
C
C
D
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull the plug out of the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plug
7 Close the electronics box
1168 Replacing the expansion relief valve
1
2
1 Remove the clip (2)
2 Remove the expansion relief valve
3 Fit the new expansion relief valve with a new O-ring
4 Reattach the clip (2)
1169 Replace the pressure sensor
1
2
1 Pull out the plug
2 Remove the clip (1)
3 Remove the pressure sensor (2)
4 Install the new pressure sensor
5 Reattach the clip (1)
117 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
12 Decommissioning the product
Switch off the product
Disconnect the product from the power mains
Close the gas isolator cock
Close the cold water stop cock
13 Customer service
For contact details for our customer service department youcan write to the address that is provided on the back pageor you can visit wwwglow-wormcouk
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 29
Appendix
A Check programmes ndash Overview
Note
Since the programme table is used for various products some programmes may not be visible for the product inquestion
Display Meaning
P01 Burner operation on adjustable heat input
The product operates after ignition with the heat input set between 0 (0 = Pmin) and 100 (100 = Pmax)
The function is active for 15 minutes
P02 Burner operation at ignition load
After ignition the product works at ignition load
The function is active for 15 minutes
P03 The product runs in heating mode with the maximum heat input set using diagnostics code d00
P04 Maximum output function
If there is a hot water request the product runs in hot water handling mode and at maximum heat load
If there is no hot water request the product runs with the heating partial load that is set via diagnostics coded00 and in heating mode
The function is active for 15 minutes
P05 Filling the product
The diverter valve moves to the mid-position The burner and pump switch off (to fill or drain the product)
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is active for 15 minutes
P06 Purging the heating circuit
The diverter valve is moved to the heating position
The function is activated in the heating circuit for 15 minutes
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
P07 Purging the hot water circuit
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
Automatic air ventfunction
Purging the product
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
This function cannot be manually switched off
B Overview of diagnostics codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d00 Heating maximum output ndash ndash kW The maximum heating outputvaries depending on the product
rarr Section Technical data
Automatic Unit automaticallyadjusts the maximum output tothe current system demand
rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d01 Pump overrun in heatingmode
1 60 min 1 5 Adjustable
d02 Maximum burner anti-cycling time in heatingmode
2 60 min 1 20 Adjustable
Appendix
30 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d04 Water temperature in thecylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d05 Determined heating flowset target temperature
Current value ndash ndash Not
adjustable
d06 Hot water set target tem-perature
Current value (Combination unit only) ndash Notadjustable
d07 Set target temperaturefor the domestic hot wa-ter cylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d08 Status of the 230 V ther-mostat
Current value ndash 0 = Room thermostat open (noheat requirement)
1 = Room thermostat closed(heat requirement)
ndash Notadjustable
d09 Heating flow set targettemperature that is seton the eBUS room ther-mostat
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d10 Status of the internalpump in the heating cir-cuit
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d11 Status of the heatingcircuits shunt pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d13 Status of the hot watercircuits circulation pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d14 Operating mode of themodulating pump
0 5 ndash 0 = variable rotational speed(auto)
1 2 3 4 5 = Fixed rotationalspeeds rarr Section Setting thepump output
0 Adjustable
d15 Pump speed Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d16 Status of the 24 V roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Heating off
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d17 Heating control ndash ndash ndash off = Flow temperature
on = Return temperature (ad-justment for underfloor heatingIf you have activated the returntemperature control the auto-matic heating output determina-tion function is not active)
0 Adjustable
d18 Pump overrun operatingmode
1 3 ndash 1 = Continuous (pump runs per-manently)
3 = Eco (intermittent pump modendash for the dissipation of the resid-ual heat after hot water gener-ation at an extremely low heatdemand)
1 Adjustable
d19 Pump operating mode 2stage pump
0 3 ndash 0 = Burner mode stage 2 pumpflowoverrun stage 1
1 = Heating mode and pumpflowoverrun stage 1 hot waterhandling mode stage 2
2 = Automatic heating modepump flowoverrun stage 1 hotwater handling mode stage 2
3 = Stage 2
3 Adjustable
d20 Maximum hot water settarget temperature
50 60 1 60 Adjustable
d21 Status of the warm startfor hot water
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated andavailable
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 31
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d22 Status of the hot waterrequest
Current value ndash off = No current requirement
on = Current requirement
ndash Notadjustable
d23 Status of the heatingdemand
Current value ndash off = Heating off (Summer mode)
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d24 Status of the pressuremonitor
0 1 ndash off = Not switched
on = Switched
ndash Notadjustable
d25 Status of the requirementto reheat the cylinder orfor the hot water warmstart from the eBUS ther-mostat
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
ndash Notadjustable
d27 Function of relay 1(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
1 Adjustable
d28 Function of relay 2(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
2 Adjustable
d31 Automatic filling device 0 2 ndash 0 = Manual
1 = Semi-automatic
2 = Automatic
0 Adjustable
d33 Fan speed target value Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d34 Value for the fan speed Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d35 Position of the divertervalve
Current value ndash 0 = Heating
40 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
100 = Domestic hot water
ndash Notadjustable
d36 Value for the hot waterflow
Current value lmin ndash ndash Notadjustable
d39 Water temperature in thesolar circuit
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d40 Heating flow temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d41 Heating return temperat-ure
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d43 Heating curve 02 4 ndash 01 12 Adjustable
d45 Value for the base pointof the heating curve
15 30 ndash 1 20 Adjustable
d47 Outside temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d50 Correction of the min-imum fan speed
0 3000 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
600 Adjustable
Appendix
32 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d51 Correction of the max-imum fan speed
-2500 0 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
-1000 Adjustable
d58 Solar circuit reheating 0 3 ndash 0 = Boilers Legionella protectionfunction deactivated
3 = Hot water activated (mintarget value 60 degC)
0 Adjustable
d60 Number of blocks by thetemperature limiter
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d61 Number of unsuccessfulignitions
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d62 Night set-back 0 30 ndash 1 0 Adjustable
d64 Average burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d65 Maximum burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d66 Activation of the warmstart function for hot wa-ter
ndash ndash ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
1 Adjustable
d67 Remaining burner anti-cycling time (setting un-der d02)
Current value min ndash ndash Notadjustable
d68 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 1st attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d69 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 2nd attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d70 Operation of the divertervalve
0 2 ndash 0 = Normal operating mode(DHW and heating mode)
1 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
2 = Permanent heating modeposition
0 Adjustable
d71 Maximum heating flowset target temperature
45 80 1 rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d73 Correction of the hot wa-ter warm start temperat-ure
-15 5 K 1 0 Adjustable
d75 Maximum cylinder re-heating time
20 90 min 1 45 Adjustable
d77 Max cylinder reheating ndash ndash kW 1
rarr Section Technical data
ndash Adjustable
d80 Running time in heatingmode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d81 Running time in hot wa-ter handling mode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d82 Number of burner igni-tions in heating mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d83 Number of burner igni-tions in hot water hand-ling mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d84 Maintenance in 0 3000 h Number of hours = Display valuex 10
300 Notadjustable
d85 Increase in the min out-put (heating and hot wa-ter handling mode)
ndash ndash kW 1 ndash Adjustable
d88 Flow rate limit valuefor ignition in hot waterhandling mode
0 1 ndash 0 = 17 lmin (no delay)
1 = 37 lmin (2 s delay)
0 Adjustable
d90 Status of the eBUS roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Not connected
on = Connected
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 33
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d91 Status DCF77 Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d93 Setting the product code 0 99 ndash 1
The Device Specific Number(DSN) can be found on the iden-tification plate
ndash Adjustable
d94 Delete fault list 0 1 ndash off = No
on = Yes
ndash Adjustable
d95 Software versions ndash ndash ndash 1 = Main PCB
2 = Interface PCB
ndash Adjustable
d96 Default setting (reset) ndash ndash ndash 0 = No
1 = Yes
ndash Adjustable
C Status codes ndash Overview
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Status code Meaning
Displays in heating mode
S0 Heating mode No requirement
S01 Heating mode Advance fan operation
S02 Heating mode Pump pre-run
S03 Heating mode Burner ignition
S04 Heating mode Burner on
S05 Heating mode Pumpfan overrun
S06 Heating mode Fan overrun
S07 Heating mode Pump overrun
S08 Heating mode Temporary shutdown after heating procedure
Displays in hot water handling mode
S10 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S11 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S13 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S14 DHW mode Burner on
S15 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S16 DHW mode Fan overrun
S17 DHW mode Pump overrun
Display in Comfort mode with warm start or hot water handling mode with cylinder
S20 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S21 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S22 Hot water handling mode Pump pre-run
S23 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S24 DHW mode Burner on
S25 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S26 DHW mode Fan overrun
S27 DHW mode Pump overrun
S28 Hot water handling mode Temporary shutdown of the burner
Other displays
S30 Room thermostat is blocking heating mode
S31 No heating demand Summer mode eBUS controller waiting period
Appendix
34 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Status code Meaning
S32 Fan waiting time Fan speed outside of the tolerance values
S33 Forced fan operation until the pressure monitor is switched
S34 Frost protection active
S39 Underfloor heating contact open
S41 Water pressure too high
S42 Flue non-return flap closed
S46 Frost protection mode (Comfort) Minimum load
S53 Product in waiting periodoperation block function due to low water pressure (flowreturn spread too large)
S54 Waiting period Low water pressure in the circuit (flowreturn spread too large)
S76 Maintenance message Check the water pressure
S88 Product purging active
S91 Maintenance Demo mode
S96 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S97 Automatic test programme Water pressure sensor heating demands blocked
S98 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S99 Internal automatic test programmes
S108 Purging the combustion chamber fan in operation
S109 Products standby mode activated
D Overview of fault codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F00 Fault Flow temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F01 Fault Return temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F10 Short circuit Flow temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F11 Short circuit Return temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F12 andF91
Short circuit Cylinder temperaturesensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F13 Short circuit Domestic hot water cylindertemperature sensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F20 Safety switch-off Overheating temperat-ure reached
Incorrect earth connection between cable harness and product flow or returnNTC defective (loose connection) stray spark via ignition cable ignition plugor ignition electrode
F22 Safety switch-off Low water pressure inthe boiler
No or insufficient water in the product water pressure sensor de-fective cable to the pump or to the water pressure sensor loosenotconnecteddefective
F23 Safety switch-off Temperature differencetoo great (NTC1NTC2)
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product flow and return NTCsensors connected the wrong way round
F24 Safety switch-off Temperature rise toofast
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product system pressure toolow non-return valve blockedincorrectly installed
F25 Safety switch-off Flue gas temperaturetoo high
Break in plug connection for optional flue gas safety cut-out (STB) break incable harness
F27 Safety switch-off Fault in flame detection Moisture on the electronics electronics (flame monitor) defective gas solen-oid valve leaking
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 35
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F28 Fault Ignition unsuccessful when startingup
Gas meter defective or gas pressure monitor has triggered air in gas gasflow pressure too low thermal isolator device (TAE) has triggered incorrectgas restrictor incorrect spare gas valve fault on the gas valve multiple plugon PCB incorrectly plugged in break in cable harness ignition system (ig-nition transformer ignition cable ignition plug ignition electrode) defectiveionisation current interrupted (cable electrode) incorrect earthing of productelectronics defective
F29 Fault Flame loss Gas supply temporarily stopped flue gas recirculation incorrect earthing ofproduct ignition transformer has spark failure
F32 Fan frost protection function active Fanspeed outside the tolerance values
Plug on fan not correctly plugged in multiple plug on PCB not correctlyplugged in break in cable harness fan blocked Hall sensor defective elec-tronics defective
F49 eBUS fault Voltage too low Short circuit on eBUS eBUS overload or two power supplies with differentpolarities on the eBUS
F61 Fault Gas valve control system Short circuitshort to earth in cable harness for the gas valve gas valvedefective (coils shorted to earth) electronics defective
F62 Fault Gas valve switch-off control Delayed switch-off of gas valve delayed extinguishing of flame signal gasvalve leaking electronics defective
F63 Fault EEPROM Electronics defective
F64 Fault Electronicssensoranalogue-to-digital converter
Flow or return NTC short circuited electronics defective
F65 Fault Electronics temperature too high Electronics overheating due to external influences electronics defective
F67 Value sent back by ASIC is incorrect(flame signal)
Implausible flame signal electronics defective
F68 Fault Unstable flame (analogue input) Air in gas gas flow pressure too low incorrect air ratio incorrect gas re-strictor ionisation flow interruption (cable electrode)
F70 Invalid product code (DSN) Display and PCB replaced at same time and Device Specific Number notreset wrong or missing output range coding resistance
F71 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Flow temperature sensor signalling constant value Flow temperature sensorincorrectly positioned on supply pipe flow temperature sensor defective
F72 Fault Deviation in the water pressuresensorreturn temperature sensor
Flowreturn NTC temperature difference too great rarr flow andor return tem-perature sensor defective
F73 Fault Water pressure sensor not con-nected or has short-circuited
Interruptionshort circuit of water pressure sensor interruptionshort circuitto GND in supply line to water pressure sensor or water pressure sensordefective
F74 Fault Electrical problem in the waterpressure sensor
Line to water pressure sensor has a short circuit to 5 V24 V or internal faultin the water pressure sensor
F75 Fault Pressure sensor Pressure switch defective
F76 The safety cut-out in the primary heatexchanger is defective
Safety cut-out feedback does not match the gas valve feedback
F77 Fault Condensate or smoke No response flue non-return flap defective
F78 Interruption to DHW outlet sensor atexternal controller
UK link box is connected but hot water NTC not bridged
F83 Fault Dry fire When the burner starts the temperature change registered at the flow orreturn temperature sensor is non-existent or too small Insufficient waterin the product the flow or return temperature sensor is not in the correctposition on the pipe
F84 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Values not consistent difference lt -6 K
Flow and return temperature sensors signalling implausible values Flow andreturn temperature sensors have been inverted flow and return temperaturesensors have not been correctly installed
F85 Fault Temperature sensor The flow andor return temperature sensors have been installed on the samepipeincorrect pipe
Temperature sensor not connected or is connected incorrectly
F86 Fault Underfloor heating contact Underfloor heating contact open sensor disconnected or defective
F87 Fault Electrodes Electrodes not connected or they are connected incorrectly short circuit inthe cable harness
F88 Fault Gas valve Gas valve not connected or it is connected incorrectly short circuit in thecable harness
F89 Fault Pump Pump not connected or it is connected incorrectly incorrect pump connec-ted short circuit in the cable harness
Appendix
36 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
Connection No communication between the PCBand the user interface
Electronics defective
E Wiring diagram Pure boiler
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
X21 41
32
eBUS
RT 24V
Burner off
X106
13
41
3
123
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~2
6
7
9
8
1
3
4
5
11
10
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Temperature sensor on the heating flow
4 Temperature sensor on the heating return
5 Fan
6 Gas valve assembly
7 Pressure sensor
8 External ignition transformer
9 Heating pump
10 Ionisation and ignition electrode
11 Main power supply and connection for 230 V control
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 37
F Connection diagram Pure boiler (30 kW)
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
X21LN
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
13
41
3
123
eBUS
Burner off
X106
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~
X12LN
2
7
8
109
1
43
5
6
12 11
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Control system
4 Temperature sensor in the heating flow
5 Temperature sensor in the heating return
6 Fan
7 Gas valve
8 Pressure sensor
9 Ionisation electrode
10 Heating pump
11 Ignition electrode
12 Main power supply
Appendix
38 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
G Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview
The table below lists the manufacturer requirements with respect to minimum inspection and maintenance intervals If na-tional regulations and directives require shorter inspection and maintenance intervals you should observe these instead ofthe intervals listed in the table
No WorkInspection(annual)
Mainten-ance
(must becarried outat regularintervals)
1Check the airflue pipe for leak-tightness and to ensure that it is fastened correctly Make surethat it is not blocked or damaged and has been installed in accordance with the relevant Installa-tion Manual
X X
2Check the general condition of the product Remove dirt from the product and from the vacuumchamber
X X
3Visually inspect the general condition of the heat exchanger In doing so pay particular attentionto signs of corrosion rust and other defects If you notice any damage carry out maintenancework
X X
4Check the gas connection pressure at maximum heat input If the gas connection pressure is notwithin the correct range carry out maintenance work
X X
5Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product and if necessary adjust it Keep a record ofthis
X X
6Disconnect the product from the power mains Check that the electrical plug connections andother connections are seated correctly and correct these if necessary
X X
7 Close the gas isolator cock and the service valves X X
8Drain the product on the water side Check the pre-charge pressure of the expansion vesseland if required top up the expansion vessel (approx 003 MPa03 bar below the system fillingpressure)
X
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit X
10Check the seals in the combustion area If you see any damage replace the seals Replace bothburner seals each time it is opened and accordingly each time maintenance work is carried out
X
11 Clean the heat exchanger X
12 Check the burner for damage and replace it if necessary X
13 Check the condensate siphon in the product clean and fill if necessary X X
14 Install the gas-air mixture unit Caution Replace the seals X
15 Open the gas isolator cock reconnect the product to the power mains and switch the product on X X
16Open the service valves fill the productheating installation to 005-03 MPa05-30 bar (depend-ing on the static height of the heating installation) and start the purging programme PXX
X
17Carry out a test operation of the product and heating installation and if required purge the sys-tem once more
X X
18 Visually inspect the ignition and burner behaviour X X
19 Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product again X
20 Check the product for gas flue gas water and condensate leaks and repair if necessary X X
21 Record the inspectionmaintenance work carried out X X
Note For those appliances which are not part of an annual service agreementpolicy maintenance must be carried out at least every5 years
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 39
H Position of the opening in the airflue pipe
GN
N
MM
A
II
O
H
H
CBLJ
Q Q
Q
Q
Q
K
P
D E
FI
S
R
T
H1 Positioning of the opening of a fan-supported flue gas pipe
Installation siteMinimum dimen-sions
A Directly below an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
B Above an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
C Horizontally to an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
DBelow temperature-sensitive building components eg plastic gutters down pipes or wastewaterpipes
75 mm
E Below eaves 200 mm
F Below balconies or car port roofs 200 mm
G From vertical wastewater pipes or down pipes 150 mm
H From external or internal corners 200 mm
I Above floors roofs or balconies 300 mm
J From a surface facing a terminal 600 mm
K From a terminal facing a terminal 1200 mm
L From an opening in the car port (eg door window) which leads into the dwelling 1200 mm
M Vertical from a terminal on the same wall 1500 mm
N Horizontal from a terminal on the same wall 300 mm
O From the wall on which the terminal has been installed 0 mm
P From a vertical structure on the roof 300 mm
Q Above the roof area 300 mm
R Horizontal from adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
S Above adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
T Below adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 2000 mm
Appendix
40 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
H2 Horizontal terminal positioning
BS 5440-1 recommends that fanned flue chimney terminals should be positioned as follows
a) at least 2 m from an opening in the building directly opposite and
b) so that the products of combustion are not directed to discharge directly across a boundary if the products are likely tocause a nuisance to a neighbour or discharge over a walkway or patio
For IE see current issue of IS 813
For boilers covered within this manual
1) Dimensions D E F and G
These clearances may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler In order to ensure that the con-densate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces the terminal should be extended as shown below
Balconyeaves
Gutter
Adequately secured airflue gas pipe
The flue pipe mustprotrude beyond any overhang
2) Dimension H
This clearance may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler However in order to ensure thatthe condensate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces a clearance of 300 mm is preferred
For 1 and 2 above you can use a flue gas management kit to enable the termination point to be positioned and directed awayfrom the building fabric
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 41
I Commissioning Checklist
copy Heating and Hotwater Industry Council (HHIC)
wwwcentralheatingcouk
Benchmark Commissioning and Servicing SectionIt is a requirement that the boiler is installed and commissioned to the
completed in full
Appendix
42 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
This Commissioning Checklist is to be completed in full by the competent person who commissioned the boiler as a means of demonstrating compliance with the appropriate Building Regulations and then handed to the customer to keep for future reference
GAS BOILER SYSTEM COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST
CONTROLS
Optimum start control
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
ALL SYSTEMS
Yes
Yes
CENTRAL HEATING MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
COMBINATION BOILERS ONLY
Yes
Yes
DOMESTIC HOT WATER MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
Yes Temperature
CONDENSING BOILERS ONLY
Yes
ALL INSTALLATIONS
AND sup2 Ratio
AND sup2 Ratio
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 43
It is recommended that your heating system is serviced regularly and that the appropriate Service Interval Record is completed
Service Provider
SERVICE RECORD
SERVICE 01
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 02
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 03
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 04
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 05
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 06
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 07
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 08
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 09
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 10
AND sup2 AND sup2
Appendix
44 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
PRIOR TO CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO CHECKThe boiler manufacturerrsquos installation instructions should have been followed gas type verified and gas
supply pressurerate checked as required prior to commissioningAs part of the installation process especially where a flue has been fitted by persons other than the boiler installer visually check the integrity of the whole flue system to confirm that all components are correctly assembled fixed and supported Check that manufacturerrsquos max flue lengths have not been
exceeded and all guidance has been followed (eg Gas Safe Technical Bulletin TB008)The flue gas analyser should be of the correct type as specified by BS 7967
Prior to its use the flue gas analyser should have been maintained and calibrated as specified by the manufacturer The installer must have the relevant competence for use of the analyser
Check and zero the analyser IN FRESH AIR as per analyser manufacturerrsquos instructions
NOTETHE AIR GAS RATIO VALVE IS FACTORY
SET AND MUST NOT BE ADJUSTED DURING COMMISSIONING UNLESS THIS ACTION IS RECOMMENDED FOLLOWING CONTACT WITH THE MANUFACTURER
If any such adjustment is recommended and further checking of the boiler is required the
installerservice engineer must be competent to carry out this work and to use the flue gas
analyser accordinglyIf the boiler requires conversion to operate with
a different gas family (eg conversion from natural gas to LPG) separate guidance will be
provided by the boiler manufacturer
CARRY OUT FLUE INTEGRITY CHECK USING ANALYSERInsert analyser probe into air inlet test point and allow readings to stabiliseNOTE - where no air inlet test point is provided then a flue integrity check
with the analyser is not possible The installer should verify that flue integrity has been visually checked in accordance with the ldquoPrior to
CO and combustion ratio checkrdquo box above before proceeding to the ldquoCheck CO and combustion ratio at maximum raterdquo stage below
SET BOILER TO MINIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at minimum rate (to
minimum load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - If manufacturerrsquos instructions do not specify how to set boiler to minimum
rate contact Technical Helpline for advice
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MINIMUM RATEWith boiler still set at minimum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas sampling
point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is not
specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MAX RATEWith boiler still set at maximum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas
sampling point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is
not specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
SET BOILER TO MAXIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at max rate
(full load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - Do not insert analyser probe during this period to avoid
possible ldquofloodingrdquo of sensor
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
BOILER IS OPERATING SATISFACTORILYno further actions required
Ensure test points are capped boiler case is correctly replaced and all other commissioning procedures are completed
Complete Benchmark Checklist recording CO and combustion ratio readings as required
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED
VERIFY FLUE INTEGRITYAnalyser readings indicate that combustion products and inlet air must be mixing Further investigation of
the flue is therefore requiredCheck that flue components are assembled fixed and supported as per boilerflue manufacturerrsquos
instructionsCheck that flue and flue terminal are not obstructed
IsCO less than
335ppmand
COCO2 ratio less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
Check all seals around the appliance burner internal flue seals door and case seals
Rectify where necessary
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED IF
COMMISSIONING CANNOT BE FULLY COMPLETED THE APPLIANCE MUST BE
DISCONNECTED FROM THE GAS SUPPLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GSIUR
NOTE Check and record CO and combustion ratio at both max and min rate before contacting the
manufacturer
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YESYES
YES
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 45
J Pipe lengths for the airflue pipe
J1 Length of the C13 type airflue pipe
Applicability C13 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C13 type airfluepipe
C13 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J2 Length of the C33 type airflue pipe
Applicability C33 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C33 type airfluepipe
C33 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J3 Length of the C43 type airflue pipe
Applicability C43 type airflue pipe
Diameter of theairflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L)
C43 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
Appendix
46 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
K Technical data
Technical data ndash Heating
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 530 lh 655 lh 788 lh 1094 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 353 lh 436 lh 525 lh 729 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
123 lh 153 lh 184 lh 255 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 1102 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 876 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
306 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
Technical data ndash G20 powerloading G20The lowest nominal heat output may be higher than the value in the technical data depending on the design of the systemand the current operating status
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 12 kW 15 kW 18 kW 25 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
48 hellip 130 kW 48 hellip 162 kW 53 hellip 195 kW 65 hellip 270 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
47 hellip 128 kW 47 hellip 159 kW 52 hellip 191 kW 64 hellip 265 kW
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
45 hellip 123 kW 45 hellip 152 kW 50 hellip 183 kW 61 hellip 254 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
44 hellip 150 kW 44 hellip 180 kW 49 hellip 252 kW 60 hellip 300 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
123 kW 153 kW 184 kW 255 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
153 kW 184 kW 257 kW 306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 30 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
76 hellip 324 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
75 hellip 318 kW
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 47
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
72 hellip 305 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
71 hellip 350 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
72 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
357 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
72 kW
Technical data ndash General
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch 34 inch 34 inch 34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h 32 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
13 msup3h 16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0476 msup3h 0480 msup3h 0533 msup3h 0648 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
206 gs 208 gs 231 gs 281 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
55 gs 69 gs 83 gs 115 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
69 gs 83 gs 116 gs 138 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
55 55 60 77
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
55 55 55 55
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
43 48 51 62
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
32 32 34 35
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
71 71 69 68
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
105 105 105 95
Released system types C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996 996 996 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040 1040 1040 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060 1060 1060 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085 1085 1085 1085
NOx class 5 5 5 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm
Appendix
48 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Net weight 31 kg 31 kg 31 kg 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 35 kg 35 kg 35 kg 36 kg
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
38 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
32 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0762 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
330 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
138 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
161 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
82
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
37
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
75
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
104
Released system types C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085
NOx class 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm
Net weight 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 36 kg
Technical data ndash Electrics
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 49
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max electrical power consump-tion
65 W 75 W 66 W 75 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W
Level of protection IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V
Max electrical power consump-tion
60 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W
Level of protection IPX4D
Index
50 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Index
AAirflue pipe installed 5BBurner anti-cycling time 20Bypass valve 22CCE label 8Check programmes 29
Using 15Checking the burner 25Checking the pre-charge pressure of the expansionvessel 25Cleaning the condensate siphon 25Cleaning the heat exchanger 24CO₂ content
Checking 20 23Competent person 4Completing inspection work 25Completing maintenance work 25Condensate discharge pipe 12Condensate siphon
Filling 18Controller 14Corrosion 5DDecommissioning 28Decommissioning the product 28Diagnostics codes
Using 15Documents 7Draining the product 25EElectricity 5Expansion relief valve 28FFault codes 26Fault memory 26Fault messages 26Fault symbol 15Flow rate-pressure curves 21Flue gas route 5Front casing closed 5Frost 5GGas family check 16Gas flow rate 18HHanding over to the end user 22High-efficiency pump 21High-efficiency pump output 21IIdentification plate 7If you smell flue gas 5If you smell gas 4Inspection work 22 38Installation site 5Intended use 4LLeak-tightness 20 25 28
MMains connection 14Maintenance work 22 38Minimum clearance 9PPower supply 14Preparing the repair work 26Preparing repair work 26Pressure sensor 28Pump head 27QQualification 4RRegulations 6Removing the air intake pipe 24Removing the burner 24Removing the flue gas pipe 24Removing the front casing 10Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24Removing the ignition transformer 24Removing the side section 10Replacing the burner 26Replacing the expansion vessel 27Replacing the heat exchanger 26Replacing the main PCB 28Replacing expansion vessel 27Resetting the burner anti-cycling time 21SSafety device 5Schematic drawing 5Setting the burner anti-cycling time 20Spare parts 23Switching on the product 17TTool 6Transport 5Transporting 8Treating the heating water 16UUnloading the box 8Unpacking the product 8User interface replacing the PCB 28Using
Check programmes 15Diagnostics codes 15
VVoltage 5WWall-mounting the product 9Weight 9
0020200964_04
ManufacturerSupplierVaillant Group UK LTD
Nottingham Road ‒ Belper ‒ Derbyshire DE56 1JQ
Telephone 01773 824639 ‒ Technical helpline 0330 100 7679
After sales service 0330 100 3142
wwwglow-wormcouk
0020200964_04 ‒ 16112017
copy These instructions or parts thereof are protected by copyright and may be repro-duced or distributed only with the manufacturers written consent
We reserve the right to make technical changes
7 Start-up
16 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
◁ End is shown in the display
◁ The display switches to the basic display
Note
If you do not press any button for 15 minutesthe current programme is automatically can-celled and the basic display is shown
632 Displaying the pressure and temperature ofthe heating during a check programme
1 Press the buttons simultaneously
◁ Display the filling pressure in the heating installation
◁ Display the heating flow temperature
2 Press the button to display the check programmecurrently running
7 Start-up
71 Carrying out the initial start-up
Initial start-up must be carried out by a customer servicetechnician or an authorised competent person using the first-commissioning-checklist The first-commissioning-checklistin the appendix (rarr Page 41) of the installation instructionsmust be filled out and stored carefully along with the unitsdocumentation
Carry out the initial start-up using the first-commission-ing-checklist in the appendix
Fill out and sign the first-commissioning-checklist
72 Checking the type of gas
Make sure that the product is set up correctly by checkingthe type of gas This ensures optimum combustion quality
Check the type of gas as part of routine product mainten-ance work when replacing components or carrying outwork on the gas route
73 Checking the factory setting
The products combustion has been factory tested and ispreset for operation with the gas group indicated on the iden-tification plate
The product is only authorised to be operated with naturalgas
Check the information about the type of gas indicated onthe identification plate and compare this with the type ofgas available at the installation location
Conditions The product design is not compatible with the local gasgroup
Do not start up the product
Conditions The product design is compatible with the local gas group
Proceed as described below
74 Checking and treating the heatingwaterfilling and supplementary water
CautionRisk of material damage due to poor-qual-ity heating water
Ensure that the heating water is of suffi-cient quality
Before filling or topping up the installation check thequality of the heating water
Checking the quality of the heating water Remove a little water from the heating circuit
Check the appearance of the heating water
If you ascertain that it contains sedimentary materialsyou must desludge the installation
Use a magnetic rod to check whether it contains mag-netite (iron oxide)
If you ascertain that it contains magnetite clean the in-stallation and apply suitable corrosion-protection meas-ures or fit a magnetic filter
Check the pH value of the removed water at 25 degC
If the value is below 65 or above 85 clean the systemand treat the heating water
Ensure that oxygen cannot get into the heating water
Checking the filling and supplementary water Before filling the installation measure the hardness of the
filling and supplementary water
Treating the filling and supplementary water Observe all applicable national regulations and technical
standards when treating the filling and supplementarywater
Provided the national regulations and technical standardsdo not stipulate more stringent requirements the followingapplies
You must treat the heating water in the following cases
ndash If the entire filling and supplementary water quantity dur-ing the operating life of the system exceeds three timesthe nominal volume of the heating installation or
ndash If the guideline values listed in the following table are notmet or
ndash if the pH value of the heating water is less than 65 ormore than 85
Totalheatingoutput
Water hardness at specific system volume1)
le 20 lkWgt 20 lkWle 50 lkW
gt 50 lkW
kWppm
CaCO₃molmsup3
ppmCaCO₃
molmsup3
ppmCaCO₃
molmsup3
lt 50 lt 300 lt 3 200 2 2 002
gt 50to le 200
200 2 150 15 2 002
gt 200to le 600
150 15 2 002 2 002
gt 600 2 002 2 002 2 002
1) Nominal capacity in litresheating output in the case of multi-boiler systems the smallest single heating output is to be used
Start-up 7
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 17
CautionThe use of unsuitable heating water maycause aluminium corrosion and a result-ing lack of leak-tightness
In contrast to steel grey cast iron or copperfor example aluminium reacts with alkalineheating water (pH value gt 85) to producesubstantial corrosion
When using aluminium make sure thatthe pH value of the heating water isbetween 65 and a maximum of 85
CautionRisk of material damage if the heatingwater is treated with unsuitable additives
Unsuitable additives may cause changes inthe components noises in heating mode andpossibly subsequent damage
Do not use any unsuitable frost and cor-rosion protection agents biocides or seal-ants
No incompatibility with our products has been detected todate with proper use of the following additives
When using additives follow the manufacturers instruc-tions without exception
We accept no liability for the compatibility of any additive orits effectiveness in the rest of the heating system
Additives for cleaning measures (subsequentflushing required)ndash Adey MC3+
ndash Adey MC5
ndash Fernox F3
ndash Sentinel X 300
ndash Sentinel X 400
Additives intended to remain permanently in theinstallationndash Adey MC1+
ndash Fernox F1
ndash Fernox F2
ndash Sentinel X 100
ndash Sentinel X 200
Additives for frost protection intended to remainpermanently in the installationndash Adey MC ZERO
ndash Fernox Antifreeze Alphi 11
ndash Sentinel X 500
If you have used the above-mentioned additives informthe end user about the measures that are required
Inform the end user about the measures required for frostprotection
75 Avoiding danger arising from insufficientwater pressure
The filling pressure must be between 010 and 015 MPa(10 and 15 bar)
Note
If the heating flow temperature is shown in thedisplay press and hold the and buttonsat the same time for longer than five seconds ortemporarily deactivate heating mode in order todisplay the pressure
If the heating installation extends over several storeyshigher filling pressures may be required to avoid air enteringthe heating installation
If the water pressure falls below 005 MPa (05 bar) thevalue flashes in the display
If the water pressure falls below 003 MPa (03 bar) theproduct switches off The display shows 00 MPa (00 bar)Fault F22 will be stored in the fault list
Top up the water in the heating installation to start up theproduct again
◁ The pressure value flashes in the display until apressure of 005 MPa (05 bar) or higher has beenreached
76 Switching on the product
Switch on the product via the main switch installed on-site
77 Filling and purging the heating installation
Preliminary work Flush the heating installation through
1
1
1 Check the silicone hose connection (1) between thepumps automatic air vent and the hydraulic console
2 Fill with water until the required filling pressure isreached
ndash Recommended filling pressure 1 hellip 15 bar
◁ The heating and hot water functions cannot be activ-ated
◁ The pressure value flashes in the display until apressure of 005 MPa (05 bar) or higher has beenreached
7 Start-up
18 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
◁ An automatic air vent function is activated if thepressure exceeds 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than15 seconds
3 Purge each radiator until the water escapes normallyand then retighten the systems purging valves
4 Check whether all connections are leak-tight
Conditions If the noise persists in the boiler
Purge the product again by activating check programme(P07) and then (P06)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
78 Filling the condensate siphon
C
2
3
1
AB
1 Unclip the lower section of the siphon (1) from the up-per section of the siphon (2)
2 Remove the float (3)
3 Fill the lower section of the siphon with water up to 10mm below the upper edge of the condensate drain pipe-work
4 Re-insert the float (3)
Note
Check that the float is present in the con-densate siphon
5 Clip the lower section of the siphon (1) into the uppersection of the siphon (2)
79 Filling the hot water circuit
1 Open the water tap to fill the hot water circuit
2 Close the water tap once the appropriate volume ofwater has flowed out
◁ The hot water circuit is filled
3 Check all connections and the entire system for leak-tightness
710 Checking and adjusting the gas settings
Only a qualified competent person is authorised to imple-ment the settings on the gas valve assembly
Each destroyed tamper-proof seal must be replaced
The CO₂ adjusting screw must be sealed
Never modify the factory setting of the gas pressure regu-lator of the gas valve assembly
7101 Checking the gas flow rate
The gas flow rate has been set during production and doesnot require adjustment With the front casing fitted check thegas flow rate of the boiler as follows
Start up the product with the check programme P01
In addition ensure that maximum heat can be dissipatedinto the heating system by turning up the room thermo-stat
Wait at least 5 minutes until the boiler has reached itsoperating temperature
Ensure that all other gas appliances in the property areturned off
Measure the gas flow rate at the gas meter
Compare the measured values with the correspondingvalues in the table
Qnw from the dataplate
H gas in msup3h
Nom +5 minus10
153 162 170 146
184 195 205 176
247 261 274 235
257 272 286 245
286 303 318 273
306 324 340 292
357 378 397 340
Conditions Gas flow rate not in the permissible range
Check all of the piping and ensure that the gas flow ratesare correct
Only put the product into operation once the gas flowrates have been corrected
Conditions Gas flow rate in the permissible range
End the check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down by allowing pump overrun tooperate for a minimum of 2 minutes
Record the boiler maximum gas flow rate onto theBenchmark gas boiler commissioning checklist
Start-up 7
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 19
7102 Checking the gas connection pressure (gasflow pressure)
1
2
1 Ensure that the gas inlet working pressure can beobtained with all other gas appliances in the propertyworking
2 Close the gas stopcock (1)
3 Undo the sealing screw on the test nipple (2)
4 Connect a manometer to the test nipple (2)
5 Open the gas stopcock (1)
6 Start up the product with check programme P01 (sys-tem with eBUS control) or P03 (installation withouteBUS control)
7 In addition ensure that maximum heat can be dissip-ated into the heating system by turning up the roomthermostat
8 With the boiler operating at full load check that the gasinlet working pressure at the reference test point (2)complies with the requirements
Permissible connection pressure
Great Bri-tain
Naturalgas
G20 17 hellip 2 kPa
(170hellip 20 mbar)
9 Should the pressure recorded at the reference test pointin the boiler be lower than indicated check if there isany blockage in the pipework or if the pipework is un-dersized
Conditions Gas flow pressure not in the permissible range
CautionRisk of material damage and operatingfaults caused by incorrect gas connec-tion pressureIf the gas connection pressure lies outsidethe permissible range this can cause oper-ating faults in and damage to the product Do not make any adjustments to the
product Do not start up the product
If you cannot correct the failure notify the gas supplycompany and proceed as follows
End check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down by allowing pump overrunto operate for a minimum of two minutes
Close the gas stopcock
Remove the pressure gauge and retighten the sealingscrew (2) for the measuring nipple
Open the gas stopcock (1)
Check the test nipple for gas tightness
Close the gas stopcock (1)
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
Disconnect the product from the electrical installation
You must not start up the boiler
Conditions Gas flow pressure in the permissible range
End the check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down allowing pump overrun tooperate for a minimum of two minutes
Close the gas stopcock (1)
Remove the pressure gauge and retighten the sealingscrew (2) for the measuring nipple
Open the gas stopcock (1)
Check the test nipple for gas tightness
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
Reset boiler controls for normal operation
Record the appliance gas inlet working pressure (kParesp mbar) in the Benchmark gas boiler commissioningchecklist
7103 Checking the leak-tightness of the flue gasinstallation and flue gas recirculation
1 Check the flue gas installation is intact in accordancewith the latest gas safe technical bulletin and informa-tion supplied in the installation instructions
2 For extended flue gas installations check for flue gasrecirculation using the air analysis point
3 Use a flue gas analyser
4 If you discover CO or CO2 in the supply air search forthe leak in the flue gas installation or for signs of fluegas recirculation
5 Eliminate the damage properly
6 Check again whether the supply air contains any CO orCO2
7 If you cannot eliminate the damage do not start up theproduct
7104 Thoroughly flushing the heating installation(hot)
1 Operate the appliance until the boiler and the heatingsystem are up to temperature
2 Check the heating system for leaks
3 Connect a hose to the drain valve located at the lowestposition of the heating system
4 Shut off the boiler open the drain valve and all purgevalves on the radiators and allow the water to flow outof the heating system and the boiler quickly and fully
5 Close the drain valve
6 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
7 Re-fill the system until the system design pressure of01 MPa (10 bar) is attained
8 Adapting the unit to the heating installation
20 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Note
The actual reading on the digital pressuregauge should ideally be 005 MPa (05 bar)plus an additional pressure correspondingto the highest point of the system above thebase of the boiler ndash 10 m head equals an ad-ditional 1 bar reading on the pressure gaugeThe minimum pressure should not be lessthan 01 MPa (1 bar) in any installation Ifthe system is to be treated with an inhibitor itshould be applied at this stage in accordancewith the manufacturerrsquos instructions Furtherinformation can be obtained from SentinelBetz Dearborn Ltd Tel 0151 420 9595 orFernox Alphandash Fry technologies Tel 08708700362
8 Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
7105 Checking the CO₂ content
1 Start up the product with the check programme (P01)and set the value
ndash Setting value for the programme P01 100
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
2 Wait until the value that is read is stable
ndash Waiting period for reading a stable value 5 min
1
3 Unscrew the cover from the flue gas analysis point (1)
4 Measure the CO₂ content at the flue gas analysis point(1)
5 Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Checking the CO₂ content
Great Britain
front casing on front casing off
Natural gas
G20
92 plusmn1
◁ The value is OK
The value is not OK you cannot start up theproduct
Inform Customer Service
711 Checking leak-tightness
Check the gas pipe the heating circuit and the hot watercircuit for leak-tightness
Check that the airflue pipe has been installed correctly
Conditions Room-sealed operation
Check whether the vacuum chamber has been closedtightly
7111 Checking the heating mode
1 Activate the heating mode on the user interface
2 Turn all thermostatic radiator valves on the radiatorsuntil they are fully open
3 Allow the product to operate for at least 15 minutes
4 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
5 Activate the display for the current operating status(rarr Page 15)
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
◁ If the product is working correctly the display showsS04
7112 Checking the hot water generation
1 Activate the hot water handling mode on the userinterface
2 Open a hot water valve completely
3 Activate the display for the current operating status(rarr Page 15)
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
◁ If the product is working correctly the display showsS14
8 Adapting the unit to the heatinginstallation
You can resetchange the system parameters (section Us-ing diagnostics codes)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
81 Burner anti-cycling time
To prevent frequent switching on and off of the burner andthus prevent energy losses an electronic restart lockoutis activated for a specific period each time the burner isswitched off The burner anti-cycling time is only active forthe heating mode Hot water handling mode during a burneranti-cycling time does not affect the time function element
811 Setting the maximum burner anti-cyclingtime
1 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
2 If required adjust the maximum burner anti-cycling timeusing the diagnostics code d02
Adapting the unit to the heating installation 8
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 21
812 Resetting the remaining burner anti-cyclingtime
Hold the button down for more than 3 seconds
◁ is shown in the display
82 Setting the pump output
The product is equipped with a speed-regulated high-effi-ciency pump which adjusts independently to the hydraulicconditions of the heating installation
If you have installed a low loss header in the heating install-ation you should switch off the speed regulation and set thepump output to a fixed value
If required change the setting of the pump speed whichdepends on the operating mode under diagnostics coded14
Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 12 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
0
10
20
30
40
50
0 200 400 600 800 1000
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 15 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
1 2
34
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 18 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
01020304050
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
6070
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 25 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
01020304050
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
6070
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 30 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
01020304050607080
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 A
B 1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
9 Handing the product over to the end user
22 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
83 Setting the bypass valve
CautionRisk of material damage caused by incor-rect setting of the high-efficiency pump
If the pressure at the bypass valve is in-creased (by turning it clockwise) and thepump output is set to less than 100 theproduct may not operate correctly
In this case set the pump output to5 = 100 using diagnostics parameterd14
Conditions d14 is set to 0 = auto
Do not change the factory settings
Conditions d14 is set to 1 - 5
Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
1
Regulate the pressure using the adjusting screw (1)
Position of the adjustingscrew
Notesapplication
Right-hand stop (screwedall the way in)
If the radiators do not heatup sufficiently at the defaultsetting In this case you mustset the pump to the maximumspeed
Mid-position (six anti-clockwise rotations)
Default setting
Five further anti-clockwiserotations starting from themid-position
If noises are produced in theradiators or radiator valves
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
84 Setting the hot water temperature
DangerRisk of death from legionella
Legionella multiply at temperatures below60 degC
Ensure that the end user is familiar withall of the Anti-legionella measures in orderto comply with the applicable regulationsregarding legionella prevention
Set the hot water temperature
Conditions Water hardness gt 357 molmsup3
ndash Hot water temperature le 50
9 Handing the product over to the enduser
When you have finished the installation attach the stickersupplied (in the end users language) to the productcover
Explain to the end user how the safety devices work andwhere they are located
Inform the end user how to handle the product
In particular draw attention to the safety informationwhich the end user must follow
Inform the end user that they must have the productmaintained in accordance with the specified intervals
Instruct the end user about measures taken for routingthe combustion air supply and flue system
10 Inspection and maintenance
101 Using original seals
If you replace components use only the enclosed originalseals additional sealing materials are not required
102 Observing inspection and maintenanceintervals
Adhere to the minimum inspection and maintenance in-tervals The inspection may require maintenance to becarried out earlier depending on the results
Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview(rarr Page 38)
Inspection and maintenance 10
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 23
103 Procuring spare parts
The original components of the product were also certifiedby the manufacturer as part of the declaration of conformityIf you use other non-certified or unauthorised parts duringmaintenance or repair work this may void the conformity ofthe product and it will therefore no longer comply with theapplicable standards
We strongly recommend that you use original spare partsfrom the manufacturer as this guarantees fault-free and safeoperation of the product To receive information about theavailable original spare parts contact the contact addressprovided on the reverse of these instructions
If you require spare parts for maintenance or repairwork use only the spare parts that are permitted for theproduct
104 Checking the CO₂ content
1 Start up the product with the check programme (P01)and set the value
ndash Setting value for the programme P01 100
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
2 Wait until the value that is read is stable
ndash Waiting period for reading a stable value 5 min
1
3 Unscrew the cover from the flue gas analysis point (1)
4 Measure the CO₂ content at the flue gas analysis point(1)
5 Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Checking the CO₂ content
Great Britain
front casing on front casing off
Natural gas
G20
92 plusmn1
◁ The value is OK
The value is not OK you cannot start up theproduct
Set the CO₂ content (rarr Page 23)
105 Setting the CO₂ content
Conditions The CO₂ content must be adjusted
1
A
B
Remove the sticker
Turn the screw (1) to set the CO₂ content (value withfront casing removed)
◁ To increase the CO₂ content Turn anti-clockwise
◁ To decrease the CO₂ content Turn clockwise
Only carry out the adjustment in increments of 18 turnand wait approximately 1 minute after each adjustmentuntil the value has stabilised
Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Setting the CO₂ value
Great Britain
front casing on front casingoff
Natural gas
G20
CO₂ at full load 92 plusmn02
Set for Wobbeindex W₀
1409 kWsdothmsup3
O₂ at full load 45 plusmn18 vol
CO at full load le 250 ppm
COCO₂ le 00027
If the setting is not in the specified adjustment rangeyou must not start up the product
Inform Customer Service
Check whether the air-quality requirements with regardto carbon monoxide are fulfilled
Fit the front panel
10 Inspection and maintenance
24 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
106 Removing the gas-air mixture unit
Note
The gas-air mixture unit consists of three maincomponents
ndash Fan
ndash Gas valve
ndash Burner cover
1 Switch off the product via the main switch
2 Close the gas isolator cock
3 Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
C
AB
1
D
2
4 Remove the screw (1)
5 Push the clip upwards
6 Remove the flue gas pipe (2)
3
4
5
AB
7 Remove the air intake pipe (3)
8 Remove the plugs from the gas valve (4) and from thefan (5)
A
C
D B
6
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (6)
7
7
8
10 Remove the burner seals (7) and the burner (8)
11 Check the burner and the heat exchanger for damageand dirt
12 If necessary clean or replace the components accord-ing to the following sections
13 Install the two new burner seals
107 Cleaning the heat exchanger
1
1 Protect the folded down electronics box against sprayedwater
2 Clean the ribs of the heat exchanger (1) with water
◁ The water runs out into the condensate tray
Inspection and maintenance 10
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 25
108 Checking the burner
1 Search the surface of the burner for possible damage Ifyou see any damage replace the burner
2 Install the two new burner seals
109 Checking the ignition electrode
1
2
3 4 5
1 Disconnect the connection (2) and the earthing cable(1)
2 Remove the fixing screws (3)
3 Carefully remove the electrode from the combustionchamber
4 Check that the electrode ends (4) are undamaged
5 Check the electrode distance
ndash Clearance for the ignition electrodes 35 hellip 45 mm
6 Make sure that the seal (5) is free from damage
If necessary replace the seal
1010 Cleaning the condensate siphon
C
2
3
1
AB
1 Unclip the lower section of the siphon (1) from the up-per section of the siphon (2)
2 Remove the float (3)
3 Flush out the float and lower section of the siphon withwater
4 Fill the lower section of the siphon with water up to 10mm below the upper edge of the condensate drain pipe-work
5 Reinsert the float (3)
Note
Check whether the float is present in thecondensate siphon
6 Clip the lower section of the siphon (1) into the uppersection of the siphon (2)
1011 Installing the gas-air mixture unit
1 Install the burner
2 Install two new burner seals in the burner hood
3 Install the gas-air mixture unit
4 Tighten the screws on the gas-air mixture unit
ndash Ideally to 7 Nm if a torque spanner is available
5 Install the flue pipe
6 Install the air intake pipe
1012 Draining the product
1 Close the service valves of the product
2 Start check programme P05 (rarr Page 15)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
3 Open the drain cock
1013 Checking the admission pressure of theexpansion vessel
1 Measure the pre-charge pressure of the expansion ves-sel at the vessel valve
Conditions Pre-charge pressure lt 0075 MPa (075 bar)
Top up the expansion vessel in accordance with thestatic height of the heating installation ideally with ni-trogen otherwise with air Ensure that the drain valve isopen when topping up
2 If water escapes from the expansion vessels valve youmust replace the expansion vessel (rarr Page 27)
3 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
1014 Completing inspection and maintenancework
1 Check the gas connection pressure (gas flow pressure)(rarr Page 19)
2 Check the CO₂ content
1015 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
11 Troubleshooting
26 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
11 Troubleshooting
111 Rectifying faults
If fault codes (FXX) appear refer to the table in the ap-pendix or use the check programme(s)
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
If several fault codes are generated at the same time theseare displayed alternately followed by the time at which therespective fault occurred
Hold the button down for more than 3 seconds
If you are unable to clear the fault code and it reappearsdespite several fault clearance attempts contact cus-tomer service
112 Calling up the fault memory
The last 10 fault codes are stored in the fault memory (to-gether with the time at which the respective fault occurredand after 24 hours with the number of days)
Hold the button down for more than 7 seconds
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Press the button to exit this menu
113 Deleting the fault memory
1 Delete the fault memory using the diagnostics coded94
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
114 Resetting parameters to factory settings
1 Reset all parameters to the factory settings using thediagnostics code d96
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
115 Preparing the repair work
1 Switch off the product
2 Disconnect the product from the electrical installation
3 Remove the front casing
4 Close the gas stopcock
5 Close the service valves in the heating flow and in theheating return
6 Close the service valve in the cold water pipe
7 Drain the product if you want to replace water-bearingcomponents of the product
8 Ensure that water does not drip on live components(eg the electronics box)
9 Use only new seals and O-rings Do not use any addi-tional sealing materials
116 Replacing defective components
1161 Replacing the burner
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Remove the two burner seals
3 Remove the burner
4 Insert the new burner
5 Insert two new burner seals in the burner cover
6 Install the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 25)
1162 Replacing the gas-air mixture unit
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Install the new gas-air mixture (rarr Page 25)
1163 Replacing the heat exchanger
1 Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
2 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
1 A
B
3 Remove the gas pipe (1)
1
2
3
2 4
A
B
4 Remove the temperature sensor (3)
5 Remove the upper clip (1)
6 Remove the lower clip (4)
7 Remove the supply pipe (2)
Troubleshooting 11
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 27
2
2 3
B
1
A
8 Remove the upper clip (1)
9 Remove the lower clip (3)
10 Remove the return pipe (2)
1
A2
11 Remove the clip underneath the condensate tray (1)
12 Undo the four screws (2)
2
1
B
C
A
13 Remove the ignition electrode (1)
14 Lift the heat exchanger up slightly and remove it to-gether with the condensate tray
15 Remove the ignition transformer (2)
16 Install the new heat exchanger in reverse order
1164 Replacing the pump head
1
2
1 Disconnect the pump cable from the electronics box
2 Undo the four bolts (1)
3 Remove the pump head (2)
4 Replace the O-ring
5 Use four screws to secure the new pump head
6 Connect the pump cable to the electronics box
1165 Replacing the expansion vessel
B
C
1
2
3A
D
1 Undo the nut (3)
2 Remove both screws on the support plate (1)
3 Remove the support plate
4 Pull out the expansion vessel (2) towards the front
5 Insert the new expansion vessel into the product
6 Screw the new expansion vessel to the water connec-tion To do this use a new seal
7 Attach the support plate using both screws
8 Fill and purge the product (rarr Page 17) and if requiredthe heating installation
12 Decommissioning the product
28 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
1166 Replacing the main PCB
C
C
D
B
C
C
D
B
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull all of the plugs out from the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plugs
7 Close the electronics box
1167 Replacing the PCB for the user interface
B
C
C
D
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull the plug out of the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plug
7 Close the electronics box
1168 Replacing the expansion relief valve
1
2
1 Remove the clip (2)
2 Remove the expansion relief valve
3 Fit the new expansion relief valve with a new O-ring
4 Reattach the clip (2)
1169 Replace the pressure sensor
1
2
1 Pull out the plug
2 Remove the clip (1)
3 Remove the pressure sensor (2)
4 Install the new pressure sensor
5 Reattach the clip (1)
117 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
12 Decommissioning the product
Switch off the product
Disconnect the product from the power mains
Close the gas isolator cock
Close the cold water stop cock
13 Customer service
For contact details for our customer service department youcan write to the address that is provided on the back pageor you can visit wwwglow-wormcouk
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 29
Appendix
A Check programmes ndash Overview
Note
Since the programme table is used for various products some programmes may not be visible for the product inquestion
Display Meaning
P01 Burner operation on adjustable heat input
The product operates after ignition with the heat input set between 0 (0 = Pmin) and 100 (100 = Pmax)
The function is active for 15 minutes
P02 Burner operation at ignition load
After ignition the product works at ignition load
The function is active for 15 minutes
P03 The product runs in heating mode with the maximum heat input set using diagnostics code d00
P04 Maximum output function
If there is a hot water request the product runs in hot water handling mode and at maximum heat load
If there is no hot water request the product runs with the heating partial load that is set via diagnostics coded00 and in heating mode
The function is active for 15 minutes
P05 Filling the product
The diverter valve moves to the mid-position The burner and pump switch off (to fill or drain the product)
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is active for 15 minutes
P06 Purging the heating circuit
The diverter valve is moved to the heating position
The function is activated in the heating circuit for 15 minutes
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
P07 Purging the hot water circuit
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
Automatic air ventfunction
Purging the product
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
This function cannot be manually switched off
B Overview of diagnostics codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d00 Heating maximum output ndash ndash kW The maximum heating outputvaries depending on the product
rarr Section Technical data
Automatic Unit automaticallyadjusts the maximum output tothe current system demand
rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d01 Pump overrun in heatingmode
1 60 min 1 5 Adjustable
d02 Maximum burner anti-cycling time in heatingmode
2 60 min 1 20 Adjustable
Appendix
30 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d04 Water temperature in thecylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d05 Determined heating flowset target temperature
Current value ndash ndash Not
adjustable
d06 Hot water set target tem-perature
Current value (Combination unit only) ndash Notadjustable
d07 Set target temperaturefor the domestic hot wa-ter cylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d08 Status of the 230 V ther-mostat
Current value ndash 0 = Room thermostat open (noheat requirement)
1 = Room thermostat closed(heat requirement)
ndash Notadjustable
d09 Heating flow set targettemperature that is seton the eBUS room ther-mostat
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d10 Status of the internalpump in the heating cir-cuit
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d11 Status of the heatingcircuits shunt pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d13 Status of the hot watercircuits circulation pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d14 Operating mode of themodulating pump
0 5 ndash 0 = variable rotational speed(auto)
1 2 3 4 5 = Fixed rotationalspeeds rarr Section Setting thepump output
0 Adjustable
d15 Pump speed Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d16 Status of the 24 V roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Heating off
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d17 Heating control ndash ndash ndash off = Flow temperature
on = Return temperature (ad-justment for underfloor heatingIf you have activated the returntemperature control the auto-matic heating output determina-tion function is not active)
0 Adjustable
d18 Pump overrun operatingmode
1 3 ndash 1 = Continuous (pump runs per-manently)
3 = Eco (intermittent pump modendash for the dissipation of the resid-ual heat after hot water gener-ation at an extremely low heatdemand)
1 Adjustable
d19 Pump operating mode 2stage pump
0 3 ndash 0 = Burner mode stage 2 pumpflowoverrun stage 1
1 = Heating mode and pumpflowoverrun stage 1 hot waterhandling mode stage 2
2 = Automatic heating modepump flowoverrun stage 1 hotwater handling mode stage 2
3 = Stage 2
3 Adjustable
d20 Maximum hot water settarget temperature
50 60 1 60 Adjustable
d21 Status of the warm startfor hot water
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated andavailable
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 31
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d22 Status of the hot waterrequest
Current value ndash off = No current requirement
on = Current requirement
ndash Notadjustable
d23 Status of the heatingdemand
Current value ndash off = Heating off (Summer mode)
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d24 Status of the pressuremonitor
0 1 ndash off = Not switched
on = Switched
ndash Notadjustable
d25 Status of the requirementto reheat the cylinder orfor the hot water warmstart from the eBUS ther-mostat
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
ndash Notadjustable
d27 Function of relay 1(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
1 Adjustable
d28 Function of relay 2(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
2 Adjustable
d31 Automatic filling device 0 2 ndash 0 = Manual
1 = Semi-automatic
2 = Automatic
0 Adjustable
d33 Fan speed target value Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d34 Value for the fan speed Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d35 Position of the divertervalve
Current value ndash 0 = Heating
40 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
100 = Domestic hot water
ndash Notadjustable
d36 Value for the hot waterflow
Current value lmin ndash ndash Notadjustable
d39 Water temperature in thesolar circuit
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d40 Heating flow temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d41 Heating return temperat-ure
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d43 Heating curve 02 4 ndash 01 12 Adjustable
d45 Value for the base pointof the heating curve
15 30 ndash 1 20 Adjustable
d47 Outside temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d50 Correction of the min-imum fan speed
0 3000 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
600 Adjustable
Appendix
32 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d51 Correction of the max-imum fan speed
-2500 0 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
-1000 Adjustable
d58 Solar circuit reheating 0 3 ndash 0 = Boilers Legionella protectionfunction deactivated
3 = Hot water activated (mintarget value 60 degC)
0 Adjustable
d60 Number of blocks by thetemperature limiter
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d61 Number of unsuccessfulignitions
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d62 Night set-back 0 30 ndash 1 0 Adjustable
d64 Average burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d65 Maximum burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d66 Activation of the warmstart function for hot wa-ter
ndash ndash ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
1 Adjustable
d67 Remaining burner anti-cycling time (setting un-der d02)
Current value min ndash ndash Notadjustable
d68 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 1st attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d69 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 2nd attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d70 Operation of the divertervalve
0 2 ndash 0 = Normal operating mode(DHW and heating mode)
1 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
2 = Permanent heating modeposition
0 Adjustable
d71 Maximum heating flowset target temperature
45 80 1 rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d73 Correction of the hot wa-ter warm start temperat-ure
-15 5 K 1 0 Adjustable
d75 Maximum cylinder re-heating time
20 90 min 1 45 Adjustable
d77 Max cylinder reheating ndash ndash kW 1
rarr Section Technical data
ndash Adjustable
d80 Running time in heatingmode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d81 Running time in hot wa-ter handling mode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d82 Number of burner igni-tions in heating mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d83 Number of burner igni-tions in hot water hand-ling mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d84 Maintenance in 0 3000 h Number of hours = Display valuex 10
300 Notadjustable
d85 Increase in the min out-put (heating and hot wa-ter handling mode)
ndash ndash kW 1 ndash Adjustable
d88 Flow rate limit valuefor ignition in hot waterhandling mode
0 1 ndash 0 = 17 lmin (no delay)
1 = 37 lmin (2 s delay)
0 Adjustable
d90 Status of the eBUS roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Not connected
on = Connected
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 33
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d91 Status DCF77 Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d93 Setting the product code 0 99 ndash 1
The Device Specific Number(DSN) can be found on the iden-tification plate
ndash Adjustable
d94 Delete fault list 0 1 ndash off = No
on = Yes
ndash Adjustable
d95 Software versions ndash ndash ndash 1 = Main PCB
2 = Interface PCB
ndash Adjustable
d96 Default setting (reset) ndash ndash ndash 0 = No
1 = Yes
ndash Adjustable
C Status codes ndash Overview
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Status code Meaning
Displays in heating mode
S0 Heating mode No requirement
S01 Heating mode Advance fan operation
S02 Heating mode Pump pre-run
S03 Heating mode Burner ignition
S04 Heating mode Burner on
S05 Heating mode Pumpfan overrun
S06 Heating mode Fan overrun
S07 Heating mode Pump overrun
S08 Heating mode Temporary shutdown after heating procedure
Displays in hot water handling mode
S10 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S11 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S13 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S14 DHW mode Burner on
S15 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S16 DHW mode Fan overrun
S17 DHW mode Pump overrun
Display in Comfort mode with warm start or hot water handling mode with cylinder
S20 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S21 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S22 Hot water handling mode Pump pre-run
S23 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S24 DHW mode Burner on
S25 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S26 DHW mode Fan overrun
S27 DHW mode Pump overrun
S28 Hot water handling mode Temporary shutdown of the burner
Other displays
S30 Room thermostat is blocking heating mode
S31 No heating demand Summer mode eBUS controller waiting period
Appendix
34 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Status code Meaning
S32 Fan waiting time Fan speed outside of the tolerance values
S33 Forced fan operation until the pressure monitor is switched
S34 Frost protection active
S39 Underfloor heating contact open
S41 Water pressure too high
S42 Flue non-return flap closed
S46 Frost protection mode (Comfort) Minimum load
S53 Product in waiting periodoperation block function due to low water pressure (flowreturn spread too large)
S54 Waiting period Low water pressure in the circuit (flowreturn spread too large)
S76 Maintenance message Check the water pressure
S88 Product purging active
S91 Maintenance Demo mode
S96 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S97 Automatic test programme Water pressure sensor heating demands blocked
S98 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S99 Internal automatic test programmes
S108 Purging the combustion chamber fan in operation
S109 Products standby mode activated
D Overview of fault codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F00 Fault Flow temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F01 Fault Return temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F10 Short circuit Flow temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F11 Short circuit Return temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F12 andF91
Short circuit Cylinder temperaturesensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F13 Short circuit Domestic hot water cylindertemperature sensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F20 Safety switch-off Overheating temperat-ure reached
Incorrect earth connection between cable harness and product flow or returnNTC defective (loose connection) stray spark via ignition cable ignition plugor ignition electrode
F22 Safety switch-off Low water pressure inthe boiler
No or insufficient water in the product water pressure sensor de-fective cable to the pump or to the water pressure sensor loosenotconnecteddefective
F23 Safety switch-off Temperature differencetoo great (NTC1NTC2)
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product flow and return NTCsensors connected the wrong way round
F24 Safety switch-off Temperature rise toofast
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product system pressure toolow non-return valve blockedincorrectly installed
F25 Safety switch-off Flue gas temperaturetoo high
Break in plug connection for optional flue gas safety cut-out (STB) break incable harness
F27 Safety switch-off Fault in flame detection Moisture on the electronics electronics (flame monitor) defective gas solen-oid valve leaking
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 35
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F28 Fault Ignition unsuccessful when startingup
Gas meter defective or gas pressure monitor has triggered air in gas gasflow pressure too low thermal isolator device (TAE) has triggered incorrectgas restrictor incorrect spare gas valve fault on the gas valve multiple plugon PCB incorrectly plugged in break in cable harness ignition system (ig-nition transformer ignition cable ignition plug ignition electrode) defectiveionisation current interrupted (cable electrode) incorrect earthing of productelectronics defective
F29 Fault Flame loss Gas supply temporarily stopped flue gas recirculation incorrect earthing ofproduct ignition transformer has spark failure
F32 Fan frost protection function active Fanspeed outside the tolerance values
Plug on fan not correctly plugged in multiple plug on PCB not correctlyplugged in break in cable harness fan blocked Hall sensor defective elec-tronics defective
F49 eBUS fault Voltage too low Short circuit on eBUS eBUS overload or two power supplies with differentpolarities on the eBUS
F61 Fault Gas valve control system Short circuitshort to earth in cable harness for the gas valve gas valvedefective (coils shorted to earth) electronics defective
F62 Fault Gas valve switch-off control Delayed switch-off of gas valve delayed extinguishing of flame signal gasvalve leaking electronics defective
F63 Fault EEPROM Electronics defective
F64 Fault Electronicssensoranalogue-to-digital converter
Flow or return NTC short circuited electronics defective
F65 Fault Electronics temperature too high Electronics overheating due to external influences electronics defective
F67 Value sent back by ASIC is incorrect(flame signal)
Implausible flame signal electronics defective
F68 Fault Unstable flame (analogue input) Air in gas gas flow pressure too low incorrect air ratio incorrect gas re-strictor ionisation flow interruption (cable electrode)
F70 Invalid product code (DSN) Display and PCB replaced at same time and Device Specific Number notreset wrong or missing output range coding resistance
F71 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Flow temperature sensor signalling constant value Flow temperature sensorincorrectly positioned on supply pipe flow temperature sensor defective
F72 Fault Deviation in the water pressuresensorreturn temperature sensor
Flowreturn NTC temperature difference too great rarr flow andor return tem-perature sensor defective
F73 Fault Water pressure sensor not con-nected or has short-circuited
Interruptionshort circuit of water pressure sensor interruptionshort circuitto GND in supply line to water pressure sensor or water pressure sensordefective
F74 Fault Electrical problem in the waterpressure sensor
Line to water pressure sensor has a short circuit to 5 V24 V or internal faultin the water pressure sensor
F75 Fault Pressure sensor Pressure switch defective
F76 The safety cut-out in the primary heatexchanger is defective
Safety cut-out feedback does not match the gas valve feedback
F77 Fault Condensate or smoke No response flue non-return flap defective
F78 Interruption to DHW outlet sensor atexternal controller
UK link box is connected but hot water NTC not bridged
F83 Fault Dry fire When the burner starts the temperature change registered at the flow orreturn temperature sensor is non-existent or too small Insufficient waterin the product the flow or return temperature sensor is not in the correctposition on the pipe
F84 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Values not consistent difference lt -6 K
Flow and return temperature sensors signalling implausible values Flow andreturn temperature sensors have been inverted flow and return temperaturesensors have not been correctly installed
F85 Fault Temperature sensor The flow andor return temperature sensors have been installed on the samepipeincorrect pipe
Temperature sensor not connected or is connected incorrectly
F86 Fault Underfloor heating contact Underfloor heating contact open sensor disconnected or defective
F87 Fault Electrodes Electrodes not connected or they are connected incorrectly short circuit inthe cable harness
F88 Fault Gas valve Gas valve not connected or it is connected incorrectly short circuit in thecable harness
F89 Fault Pump Pump not connected or it is connected incorrectly incorrect pump connec-ted short circuit in the cable harness
Appendix
36 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
Connection No communication between the PCBand the user interface
Electronics defective
E Wiring diagram Pure boiler
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
X21 41
32
eBUS
RT 24V
Burner off
X106
13
41
3
123
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~2
6
7
9
8
1
3
4
5
11
10
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Temperature sensor on the heating flow
4 Temperature sensor on the heating return
5 Fan
6 Gas valve assembly
7 Pressure sensor
8 External ignition transformer
9 Heating pump
10 Ionisation and ignition electrode
11 Main power supply and connection for 230 V control
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 37
F Connection diagram Pure boiler (30 kW)
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
X21LN
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
13
41
3
123
eBUS
Burner off
X106
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~
X12LN
2
7
8
109
1
43
5
6
12 11
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Control system
4 Temperature sensor in the heating flow
5 Temperature sensor in the heating return
6 Fan
7 Gas valve
8 Pressure sensor
9 Ionisation electrode
10 Heating pump
11 Ignition electrode
12 Main power supply
Appendix
38 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
G Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview
The table below lists the manufacturer requirements with respect to minimum inspection and maintenance intervals If na-tional regulations and directives require shorter inspection and maintenance intervals you should observe these instead ofthe intervals listed in the table
No WorkInspection(annual)
Mainten-ance
(must becarried outat regularintervals)
1Check the airflue pipe for leak-tightness and to ensure that it is fastened correctly Make surethat it is not blocked or damaged and has been installed in accordance with the relevant Installa-tion Manual
X X
2Check the general condition of the product Remove dirt from the product and from the vacuumchamber
X X
3Visually inspect the general condition of the heat exchanger In doing so pay particular attentionto signs of corrosion rust and other defects If you notice any damage carry out maintenancework
X X
4Check the gas connection pressure at maximum heat input If the gas connection pressure is notwithin the correct range carry out maintenance work
X X
5Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product and if necessary adjust it Keep a record ofthis
X X
6Disconnect the product from the power mains Check that the electrical plug connections andother connections are seated correctly and correct these if necessary
X X
7 Close the gas isolator cock and the service valves X X
8Drain the product on the water side Check the pre-charge pressure of the expansion vesseland if required top up the expansion vessel (approx 003 MPa03 bar below the system fillingpressure)
X
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit X
10Check the seals in the combustion area If you see any damage replace the seals Replace bothburner seals each time it is opened and accordingly each time maintenance work is carried out
X
11 Clean the heat exchanger X
12 Check the burner for damage and replace it if necessary X
13 Check the condensate siphon in the product clean and fill if necessary X X
14 Install the gas-air mixture unit Caution Replace the seals X
15 Open the gas isolator cock reconnect the product to the power mains and switch the product on X X
16Open the service valves fill the productheating installation to 005-03 MPa05-30 bar (depend-ing on the static height of the heating installation) and start the purging programme PXX
X
17Carry out a test operation of the product and heating installation and if required purge the sys-tem once more
X X
18 Visually inspect the ignition and burner behaviour X X
19 Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product again X
20 Check the product for gas flue gas water and condensate leaks and repair if necessary X X
21 Record the inspectionmaintenance work carried out X X
Note For those appliances which are not part of an annual service agreementpolicy maintenance must be carried out at least every5 years
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 39
H Position of the opening in the airflue pipe
GN
N
MM
A
II
O
H
H
CBLJ
Q Q
Q
Q
Q
K
P
D E
FI
S
R
T
H1 Positioning of the opening of a fan-supported flue gas pipe
Installation siteMinimum dimen-sions
A Directly below an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
B Above an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
C Horizontally to an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
DBelow temperature-sensitive building components eg plastic gutters down pipes or wastewaterpipes
75 mm
E Below eaves 200 mm
F Below balconies or car port roofs 200 mm
G From vertical wastewater pipes or down pipes 150 mm
H From external or internal corners 200 mm
I Above floors roofs or balconies 300 mm
J From a surface facing a terminal 600 mm
K From a terminal facing a terminal 1200 mm
L From an opening in the car port (eg door window) which leads into the dwelling 1200 mm
M Vertical from a terminal on the same wall 1500 mm
N Horizontal from a terminal on the same wall 300 mm
O From the wall on which the terminal has been installed 0 mm
P From a vertical structure on the roof 300 mm
Q Above the roof area 300 mm
R Horizontal from adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
S Above adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
T Below adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 2000 mm
Appendix
40 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
H2 Horizontal terminal positioning
BS 5440-1 recommends that fanned flue chimney terminals should be positioned as follows
a) at least 2 m from an opening in the building directly opposite and
b) so that the products of combustion are not directed to discharge directly across a boundary if the products are likely tocause a nuisance to a neighbour or discharge over a walkway or patio
For IE see current issue of IS 813
For boilers covered within this manual
1) Dimensions D E F and G
These clearances may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler In order to ensure that the con-densate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces the terminal should be extended as shown below
Balconyeaves
Gutter
Adequately secured airflue gas pipe
The flue pipe mustprotrude beyond any overhang
2) Dimension H
This clearance may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler However in order to ensure thatthe condensate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces a clearance of 300 mm is preferred
For 1 and 2 above you can use a flue gas management kit to enable the termination point to be positioned and directed awayfrom the building fabric
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 41
I Commissioning Checklist
copy Heating and Hotwater Industry Council (HHIC)
wwwcentralheatingcouk
Benchmark Commissioning and Servicing SectionIt is a requirement that the boiler is installed and commissioned to the
completed in full
Appendix
42 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
This Commissioning Checklist is to be completed in full by the competent person who commissioned the boiler as a means of demonstrating compliance with the appropriate Building Regulations and then handed to the customer to keep for future reference
GAS BOILER SYSTEM COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST
CONTROLS
Optimum start control
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
ALL SYSTEMS
Yes
Yes
CENTRAL HEATING MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
COMBINATION BOILERS ONLY
Yes
Yes
DOMESTIC HOT WATER MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
Yes Temperature
CONDENSING BOILERS ONLY
Yes
ALL INSTALLATIONS
AND sup2 Ratio
AND sup2 Ratio
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 43
It is recommended that your heating system is serviced regularly and that the appropriate Service Interval Record is completed
Service Provider
SERVICE RECORD
SERVICE 01
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 02
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 03
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 04
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 05
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 06
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 07
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 08
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 09
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 10
AND sup2 AND sup2
Appendix
44 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
PRIOR TO CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO CHECKThe boiler manufacturerrsquos installation instructions should have been followed gas type verified and gas
supply pressurerate checked as required prior to commissioningAs part of the installation process especially where a flue has been fitted by persons other than the boiler installer visually check the integrity of the whole flue system to confirm that all components are correctly assembled fixed and supported Check that manufacturerrsquos max flue lengths have not been
exceeded and all guidance has been followed (eg Gas Safe Technical Bulletin TB008)The flue gas analyser should be of the correct type as specified by BS 7967
Prior to its use the flue gas analyser should have been maintained and calibrated as specified by the manufacturer The installer must have the relevant competence for use of the analyser
Check and zero the analyser IN FRESH AIR as per analyser manufacturerrsquos instructions
NOTETHE AIR GAS RATIO VALVE IS FACTORY
SET AND MUST NOT BE ADJUSTED DURING COMMISSIONING UNLESS THIS ACTION IS RECOMMENDED FOLLOWING CONTACT WITH THE MANUFACTURER
If any such adjustment is recommended and further checking of the boiler is required the
installerservice engineer must be competent to carry out this work and to use the flue gas
analyser accordinglyIf the boiler requires conversion to operate with
a different gas family (eg conversion from natural gas to LPG) separate guidance will be
provided by the boiler manufacturer
CARRY OUT FLUE INTEGRITY CHECK USING ANALYSERInsert analyser probe into air inlet test point and allow readings to stabiliseNOTE - where no air inlet test point is provided then a flue integrity check
with the analyser is not possible The installer should verify that flue integrity has been visually checked in accordance with the ldquoPrior to
CO and combustion ratio checkrdquo box above before proceeding to the ldquoCheck CO and combustion ratio at maximum raterdquo stage below
SET BOILER TO MINIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at minimum rate (to
minimum load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - If manufacturerrsquos instructions do not specify how to set boiler to minimum
rate contact Technical Helpline for advice
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MINIMUM RATEWith boiler still set at minimum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas sampling
point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is not
specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MAX RATEWith boiler still set at maximum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas
sampling point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is
not specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
SET BOILER TO MAXIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at max rate
(full load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - Do not insert analyser probe during this period to avoid
possible ldquofloodingrdquo of sensor
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
BOILER IS OPERATING SATISFACTORILYno further actions required
Ensure test points are capped boiler case is correctly replaced and all other commissioning procedures are completed
Complete Benchmark Checklist recording CO and combustion ratio readings as required
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED
VERIFY FLUE INTEGRITYAnalyser readings indicate that combustion products and inlet air must be mixing Further investigation of
the flue is therefore requiredCheck that flue components are assembled fixed and supported as per boilerflue manufacturerrsquos
instructionsCheck that flue and flue terminal are not obstructed
IsCO less than
335ppmand
COCO2 ratio less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
Check all seals around the appliance burner internal flue seals door and case seals
Rectify where necessary
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED IF
COMMISSIONING CANNOT BE FULLY COMPLETED THE APPLIANCE MUST BE
DISCONNECTED FROM THE GAS SUPPLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GSIUR
NOTE Check and record CO and combustion ratio at both max and min rate before contacting the
manufacturer
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YESYES
YES
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 45
J Pipe lengths for the airflue pipe
J1 Length of the C13 type airflue pipe
Applicability C13 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C13 type airfluepipe
C13 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J2 Length of the C33 type airflue pipe
Applicability C33 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C33 type airfluepipe
C33 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J3 Length of the C43 type airflue pipe
Applicability C43 type airflue pipe
Diameter of theairflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L)
C43 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
Appendix
46 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
K Technical data
Technical data ndash Heating
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 530 lh 655 lh 788 lh 1094 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 353 lh 436 lh 525 lh 729 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
123 lh 153 lh 184 lh 255 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 1102 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 876 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
306 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
Technical data ndash G20 powerloading G20The lowest nominal heat output may be higher than the value in the technical data depending on the design of the systemand the current operating status
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 12 kW 15 kW 18 kW 25 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
48 hellip 130 kW 48 hellip 162 kW 53 hellip 195 kW 65 hellip 270 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
47 hellip 128 kW 47 hellip 159 kW 52 hellip 191 kW 64 hellip 265 kW
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
45 hellip 123 kW 45 hellip 152 kW 50 hellip 183 kW 61 hellip 254 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
44 hellip 150 kW 44 hellip 180 kW 49 hellip 252 kW 60 hellip 300 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
123 kW 153 kW 184 kW 255 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
153 kW 184 kW 257 kW 306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 30 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
76 hellip 324 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
75 hellip 318 kW
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 47
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
72 hellip 305 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
71 hellip 350 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
72 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
357 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
72 kW
Technical data ndash General
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch 34 inch 34 inch 34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h 32 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
13 msup3h 16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0476 msup3h 0480 msup3h 0533 msup3h 0648 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
206 gs 208 gs 231 gs 281 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
55 gs 69 gs 83 gs 115 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
69 gs 83 gs 116 gs 138 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
55 55 60 77
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
55 55 55 55
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
43 48 51 62
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
32 32 34 35
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
71 71 69 68
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
105 105 105 95
Released system types C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996 996 996 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040 1040 1040 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060 1060 1060 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085 1085 1085 1085
NOx class 5 5 5 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm
Appendix
48 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Net weight 31 kg 31 kg 31 kg 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 35 kg 35 kg 35 kg 36 kg
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
38 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
32 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0762 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
330 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
138 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
161 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
82
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
37
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
75
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
104
Released system types C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085
NOx class 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm
Net weight 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 36 kg
Technical data ndash Electrics
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 49
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max electrical power consump-tion
65 W 75 W 66 W 75 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W
Level of protection IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V
Max electrical power consump-tion
60 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W
Level of protection IPX4D
Index
50 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Index
AAirflue pipe installed 5BBurner anti-cycling time 20Bypass valve 22CCE label 8Check programmes 29
Using 15Checking the burner 25Checking the pre-charge pressure of the expansionvessel 25Cleaning the condensate siphon 25Cleaning the heat exchanger 24CO₂ content
Checking 20 23Competent person 4Completing inspection work 25Completing maintenance work 25Condensate discharge pipe 12Condensate siphon
Filling 18Controller 14Corrosion 5DDecommissioning 28Decommissioning the product 28Diagnostics codes
Using 15Documents 7Draining the product 25EElectricity 5Expansion relief valve 28FFault codes 26Fault memory 26Fault messages 26Fault symbol 15Flow rate-pressure curves 21Flue gas route 5Front casing closed 5Frost 5GGas family check 16Gas flow rate 18HHanding over to the end user 22High-efficiency pump 21High-efficiency pump output 21IIdentification plate 7If you smell flue gas 5If you smell gas 4Inspection work 22 38Installation site 5Intended use 4LLeak-tightness 20 25 28
MMains connection 14Maintenance work 22 38Minimum clearance 9PPower supply 14Preparing the repair work 26Preparing repair work 26Pressure sensor 28Pump head 27QQualification 4RRegulations 6Removing the air intake pipe 24Removing the burner 24Removing the flue gas pipe 24Removing the front casing 10Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24Removing the ignition transformer 24Removing the side section 10Replacing the burner 26Replacing the expansion vessel 27Replacing the heat exchanger 26Replacing the main PCB 28Replacing expansion vessel 27Resetting the burner anti-cycling time 21SSafety device 5Schematic drawing 5Setting the burner anti-cycling time 20Spare parts 23Switching on the product 17TTool 6Transport 5Transporting 8Treating the heating water 16UUnloading the box 8Unpacking the product 8User interface replacing the PCB 28Using
Check programmes 15Diagnostics codes 15
VVoltage 5WWall-mounting the product 9Weight 9
0020200964_04
ManufacturerSupplierVaillant Group UK LTD
Nottingham Road ‒ Belper ‒ Derbyshire DE56 1JQ
Telephone 01773 824639 ‒ Technical helpline 0330 100 7679
After sales service 0330 100 3142
wwwglow-wormcouk
0020200964_04 ‒ 16112017
copy These instructions or parts thereof are protected by copyright and may be repro-duced or distributed only with the manufacturers written consent
We reserve the right to make technical changes
Start-up 7
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 17
CautionThe use of unsuitable heating water maycause aluminium corrosion and a result-ing lack of leak-tightness
In contrast to steel grey cast iron or copperfor example aluminium reacts with alkalineheating water (pH value gt 85) to producesubstantial corrosion
When using aluminium make sure thatthe pH value of the heating water isbetween 65 and a maximum of 85
CautionRisk of material damage if the heatingwater is treated with unsuitable additives
Unsuitable additives may cause changes inthe components noises in heating mode andpossibly subsequent damage
Do not use any unsuitable frost and cor-rosion protection agents biocides or seal-ants
No incompatibility with our products has been detected todate with proper use of the following additives
When using additives follow the manufacturers instruc-tions without exception
We accept no liability for the compatibility of any additive orits effectiveness in the rest of the heating system
Additives for cleaning measures (subsequentflushing required)ndash Adey MC3+
ndash Adey MC5
ndash Fernox F3
ndash Sentinel X 300
ndash Sentinel X 400
Additives intended to remain permanently in theinstallationndash Adey MC1+
ndash Fernox F1
ndash Fernox F2
ndash Sentinel X 100
ndash Sentinel X 200
Additives for frost protection intended to remainpermanently in the installationndash Adey MC ZERO
ndash Fernox Antifreeze Alphi 11
ndash Sentinel X 500
If you have used the above-mentioned additives informthe end user about the measures that are required
Inform the end user about the measures required for frostprotection
75 Avoiding danger arising from insufficientwater pressure
The filling pressure must be between 010 and 015 MPa(10 and 15 bar)
Note
If the heating flow temperature is shown in thedisplay press and hold the and buttonsat the same time for longer than five seconds ortemporarily deactivate heating mode in order todisplay the pressure
If the heating installation extends over several storeyshigher filling pressures may be required to avoid air enteringthe heating installation
If the water pressure falls below 005 MPa (05 bar) thevalue flashes in the display
If the water pressure falls below 003 MPa (03 bar) theproduct switches off The display shows 00 MPa (00 bar)Fault F22 will be stored in the fault list
Top up the water in the heating installation to start up theproduct again
◁ The pressure value flashes in the display until apressure of 005 MPa (05 bar) or higher has beenreached
76 Switching on the product
Switch on the product via the main switch installed on-site
77 Filling and purging the heating installation
Preliminary work Flush the heating installation through
1
1
1 Check the silicone hose connection (1) between thepumps automatic air vent and the hydraulic console
2 Fill with water until the required filling pressure isreached
ndash Recommended filling pressure 1 hellip 15 bar
◁ The heating and hot water functions cannot be activ-ated
◁ The pressure value flashes in the display until apressure of 005 MPa (05 bar) or higher has beenreached
7 Start-up
18 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
◁ An automatic air vent function is activated if thepressure exceeds 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than15 seconds
3 Purge each radiator until the water escapes normallyand then retighten the systems purging valves
4 Check whether all connections are leak-tight
Conditions If the noise persists in the boiler
Purge the product again by activating check programme(P07) and then (P06)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
78 Filling the condensate siphon
C
2
3
1
AB
1 Unclip the lower section of the siphon (1) from the up-per section of the siphon (2)
2 Remove the float (3)
3 Fill the lower section of the siphon with water up to 10mm below the upper edge of the condensate drain pipe-work
4 Re-insert the float (3)
Note
Check that the float is present in the con-densate siphon
5 Clip the lower section of the siphon (1) into the uppersection of the siphon (2)
79 Filling the hot water circuit
1 Open the water tap to fill the hot water circuit
2 Close the water tap once the appropriate volume ofwater has flowed out
◁ The hot water circuit is filled
3 Check all connections and the entire system for leak-tightness
710 Checking and adjusting the gas settings
Only a qualified competent person is authorised to imple-ment the settings on the gas valve assembly
Each destroyed tamper-proof seal must be replaced
The CO₂ adjusting screw must be sealed
Never modify the factory setting of the gas pressure regu-lator of the gas valve assembly
7101 Checking the gas flow rate
The gas flow rate has been set during production and doesnot require adjustment With the front casing fitted check thegas flow rate of the boiler as follows
Start up the product with the check programme P01
In addition ensure that maximum heat can be dissipatedinto the heating system by turning up the room thermo-stat
Wait at least 5 minutes until the boiler has reached itsoperating temperature
Ensure that all other gas appliances in the property areturned off
Measure the gas flow rate at the gas meter
Compare the measured values with the correspondingvalues in the table
Qnw from the dataplate
H gas in msup3h
Nom +5 minus10
153 162 170 146
184 195 205 176
247 261 274 235
257 272 286 245
286 303 318 273
306 324 340 292
357 378 397 340
Conditions Gas flow rate not in the permissible range
Check all of the piping and ensure that the gas flow ratesare correct
Only put the product into operation once the gas flowrates have been corrected
Conditions Gas flow rate in the permissible range
End the check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down by allowing pump overrun tooperate for a minimum of 2 minutes
Record the boiler maximum gas flow rate onto theBenchmark gas boiler commissioning checklist
Start-up 7
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 19
7102 Checking the gas connection pressure (gasflow pressure)
1
2
1 Ensure that the gas inlet working pressure can beobtained with all other gas appliances in the propertyworking
2 Close the gas stopcock (1)
3 Undo the sealing screw on the test nipple (2)
4 Connect a manometer to the test nipple (2)
5 Open the gas stopcock (1)
6 Start up the product with check programme P01 (sys-tem with eBUS control) or P03 (installation withouteBUS control)
7 In addition ensure that maximum heat can be dissip-ated into the heating system by turning up the roomthermostat
8 With the boiler operating at full load check that the gasinlet working pressure at the reference test point (2)complies with the requirements
Permissible connection pressure
Great Bri-tain
Naturalgas
G20 17 hellip 2 kPa
(170hellip 20 mbar)
9 Should the pressure recorded at the reference test pointin the boiler be lower than indicated check if there isany blockage in the pipework or if the pipework is un-dersized
Conditions Gas flow pressure not in the permissible range
CautionRisk of material damage and operatingfaults caused by incorrect gas connec-tion pressureIf the gas connection pressure lies outsidethe permissible range this can cause oper-ating faults in and damage to the product Do not make any adjustments to the
product Do not start up the product
If you cannot correct the failure notify the gas supplycompany and proceed as follows
End check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down by allowing pump overrunto operate for a minimum of two minutes
Close the gas stopcock
Remove the pressure gauge and retighten the sealingscrew (2) for the measuring nipple
Open the gas stopcock (1)
Check the test nipple for gas tightness
Close the gas stopcock (1)
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
Disconnect the product from the electrical installation
You must not start up the boiler
Conditions Gas flow pressure in the permissible range
End the check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down allowing pump overrun tooperate for a minimum of two minutes
Close the gas stopcock (1)
Remove the pressure gauge and retighten the sealingscrew (2) for the measuring nipple
Open the gas stopcock (1)
Check the test nipple for gas tightness
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
Reset boiler controls for normal operation
Record the appliance gas inlet working pressure (kParesp mbar) in the Benchmark gas boiler commissioningchecklist
7103 Checking the leak-tightness of the flue gasinstallation and flue gas recirculation
1 Check the flue gas installation is intact in accordancewith the latest gas safe technical bulletin and informa-tion supplied in the installation instructions
2 For extended flue gas installations check for flue gasrecirculation using the air analysis point
3 Use a flue gas analyser
4 If you discover CO or CO2 in the supply air search forthe leak in the flue gas installation or for signs of fluegas recirculation
5 Eliminate the damage properly
6 Check again whether the supply air contains any CO orCO2
7 If you cannot eliminate the damage do not start up theproduct
7104 Thoroughly flushing the heating installation(hot)
1 Operate the appliance until the boiler and the heatingsystem are up to temperature
2 Check the heating system for leaks
3 Connect a hose to the drain valve located at the lowestposition of the heating system
4 Shut off the boiler open the drain valve and all purgevalves on the radiators and allow the water to flow outof the heating system and the boiler quickly and fully
5 Close the drain valve
6 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
7 Re-fill the system until the system design pressure of01 MPa (10 bar) is attained
8 Adapting the unit to the heating installation
20 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Note
The actual reading on the digital pressuregauge should ideally be 005 MPa (05 bar)plus an additional pressure correspondingto the highest point of the system above thebase of the boiler ndash 10 m head equals an ad-ditional 1 bar reading on the pressure gaugeThe minimum pressure should not be lessthan 01 MPa (1 bar) in any installation Ifthe system is to be treated with an inhibitor itshould be applied at this stage in accordancewith the manufacturerrsquos instructions Furtherinformation can be obtained from SentinelBetz Dearborn Ltd Tel 0151 420 9595 orFernox Alphandash Fry technologies Tel 08708700362
8 Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
7105 Checking the CO₂ content
1 Start up the product with the check programme (P01)and set the value
ndash Setting value for the programme P01 100
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
2 Wait until the value that is read is stable
ndash Waiting period for reading a stable value 5 min
1
3 Unscrew the cover from the flue gas analysis point (1)
4 Measure the CO₂ content at the flue gas analysis point(1)
5 Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Checking the CO₂ content
Great Britain
front casing on front casing off
Natural gas
G20
92 plusmn1
◁ The value is OK
The value is not OK you cannot start up theproduct
Inform Customer Service
711 Checking leak-tightness
Check the gas pipe the heating circuit and the hot watercircuit for leak-tightness
Check that the airflue pipe has been installed correctly
Conditions Room-sealed operation
Check whether the vacuum chamber has been closedtightly
7111 Checking the heating mode
1 Activate the heating mode on the user interface
2 Turn all thermostatic radiator valves on the radiatorsuntil they are fully open
3 Allow the product to operate for at least 15 minutes
4 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
5 Activate the display for the current operating status(rarr Page 15)
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
◁ If the product is working correctly the display showsS04
7112 Checking the hot water generation
1 Activate the hot water handling mode on the userinterface
2 Open a hot water valve completely
3 Activate the display for the current operating status(rarr Page 15)
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
◁ If the product is working correctly the display showsS14
8 Adapting the unit to the heatinginstallation
You can resetchange the system parameters (section Us-ing diagnostics codes)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
81 Burner anti-cycling time
To prevent frequent switching on and off of the burner andthus prevent energy losses an electronic restart lockoutis activated for a specific period each time the burner isswitched off The burner anti-cycling time is only active forthe heating mode Hot water handling mode during a burneranti-cycling time does not affect the time function element
811 Setting the maximum burner anti-cyclingtime
1 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
2 If required adjust the maximum burner anti-cycling timeusing the diagnostics code d02
Adapting the unit to the heating installation 8
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 21
812 Resetting the remaining burner anti-cyclingtime
Hold the button down for more than 3 seconds
◁ is shown in the display
82 Setting the pump output
The product is equipped with a speed-regulated high-effi-ciency pump which adjusts independently to the hydraulicconditions of the heating installation
If you have installed a low loss header in the heating install-ation you should switch off the speed regulation and set thepump output to a fixed value
If required change the setting of the pump speed whichdepends on the operating mode under diagnostics coded14
Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 12 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
0
10
20
30
40
50
0 200 400 600 800 1000
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 15 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
1 2
34
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 18 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
01020304050
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
6070
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 25 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
01020304050
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
6070
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 30 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
01020304050607080
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 A
B 1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
9 Handing the product over to the end user
22 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
83 Setting the bypass valve
CautionRisk of material damage caused by incor-rect setting of the high-efficiency pump
If the pressure at the bypass valve is in-creased (by turning it clockwise) and thepump output is set to less than 100 theproduct may not operate correctly
In this case set the pump output to5 = 100 using diagnostics parameterd14
Conditions d14 is set to 0 = auto
Do not change the factory settings
Conditions d14 is set to 1 - 5
Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
1
Regulate the pressure using the adjusting screw (1)
Position of the adjustingscrew
Notesapplication
Right-hand stop (screwedall the way in)
If the radiators do not heatup sufficiently at the defaultsetting In this case you mustset the pump to the maximumspeed
Mid-position (six anti-clockwise rotations)
Default setting
Five further anti-clockwiserotations starting from themid-position
If noises are produced in theradiators or radiator valves
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
84 Setting the hot water temperature
DangerRisk of death from legionella
Legionella multiply at temperatures below60 degC
Ensure that the end user is familiar withall of the Anti-legionella measures in orderto comply with the applicable regulationsregarding legionella prevention
Set the hot water temperature
Conditions Water hardness gt 357 molmsup3
ndash Hot water temperature le 50
9 Handing the product over to the enduser
When you have finished the installation attach the stickersupplied (in the end users language) to the productcover
Explain to the end user how the safety devices work andwhere they are located
Inform the end user how to handle the product
In particular draw attention to the safety informationwhich the end user must follow
Inform the end user that they must have the productmaintained in accordance with the specified intervals
Instruct the end user about measures taken for routingthe combustion air supply and flue system
10 Inspection and maintenance
101 Using original seals
If you replace components use only the enclosed originalseals additional sealing materials are not required
102 Observing inspection and maintenanceintervals
Adhere to the minimum inspection and maintenance in-tervals The inspection may require maintenance to becarried out earlier depending on the results
Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview(rarr Page 38)
Inspection and maintenance 10
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 23
103 Procuring spare parts
The original components of the product were also certifiedby the manufacturer as part of the declaration of conformityIf you use other non-certified or unauthorised parts duringmaintenance or repair work this may void the conformity ofthe product and it will therefore no longer comply with theapplicable standards
We strongly recommend that you use original spare partsfrom the manufacturer as this guarantees fault-free and safeoperation of the product To receive information about theavailable original spare parts contact the contact addressprovided on the reverse of these instructions
If you require spare parts for maintenance or repairwork use only the spare parts that are permitted for theproduct
104 Checking the CO₂ content
1 Start up the product with the check programme (P01)and set the value
ndash Setting value for the programme P01 100
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
2 Wait until the value that is read is stable
ndash Waiting period for reading a stable value 5 min
1
3 Unscrew the cover from the flue gas analysis point (1)
4 Measure the CO₂ content at the flue gas analysis point(1)
5 Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Checking the CO₂ content
Great Britain
front casing on front casing off
Natural gas
G20
92 plusmn1
◁ The value is OK
The value is not OK you cannot start up theproduct
Set the CO₂ content (rarr Page 23)
105 Setting the CO₂ content
Conditions The CO₂ content must be adjusted
1
A
B
Remove the sticker
Turn the screw (1) to set the CO₂ content (value withfront casing removed)
◁ To increase the CO₂ content Turn anti-clockwise
◁ To decrease the CO₂ content Turn clockwise
Only carry out the adjustment in increments of 18 turnand wait approximately 1 minute after each adjustmentuntil the value has stabilised
Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Setting the CO₂ value
Great Britain
front casing on front casingoff
Natural gas
G20
CO₂ at full load 92 plusmn02
Set for Wobbeindex W₀
1409 kWsdothmsup3
O₂ at full load 45 plusmn18 vol
CO at full load le 250 ppm
COCO₂ le 00027
If the setting is not in the specified adjustment rangeyou must not start up the product
Inform Customer Service
Check whether the air-quality requirements with regardto carbon monoxide are fulfilled
Fit the front panel
10 Inspection and maintenance
24 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
106 Removing the gas-air mixture unit
Note
The gas-air mixture unit consists of three maincomponents
ndash Fan
ndash Gas valve
ndash Burner cover
1 Switch off the product via the main switch
2 Close the gas isolator cock
3 Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
C
AB
1
D
2
4 Remove the screw (1)
5 Push the clip upwards
6 Remove the flue gas pipe (2)
3
4
5
AB
7 Remove the air intake pipe (3)
8 Remove the plugs from the gas valve (4) and from thefan (5)
A
C
D B
6
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (6)
7
7
8
10 Remove the burner seals (7) and the burner (8)
11 Check the burner and the heat exchanger for damageand dirt
12 If necessary clean or replace the components accord-ing to the following sections
13 Install the two new burner seals
107 Cleaning the heat exchanger
1
1 Protect the folded down electronics box against sprayedwater
2 Clean the ribs of the heat exchanger (1) with water
◁ The water runs out into the condensate tray
Inspection and maintenance 10
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 25
108 Checking the burner
1 Search the surface of the burner for possible damage Ifyou see any damage replace the burner
2 Install the two new burner seals
109 Checking the ignition electrode
1
2
3 4 5
1 Disconnect the connection (2) and the earthing cable(1)
2 Remove the fixing screws (3)
3 Carefully remove the electrode from the combustionchamber
4 Check that the electrode ends (4) are undamaged
5 Check the electrode distance
ndash Clearance for the ignition electrodes 35 hellip 45 mm
6 Make sure that the seal (5) is free from damage
If necessary replace the seal
1010 Cleaning the condensate siphon
C
2
3
1
AB
1 Unclip the lower section of the siphon (1) from the up-per section of the siphon (2)
2 Remove the float (3)
3 Flush out the float and lower section of the siphon withwater
4 Fill the lower section of the siphon with water up to 10mm below the upper edge of the condensate drain pipe-work
5 Reinsert the float (3)
Note
Check whether the float is present in thecondensate siphon
6 Clip the lower section of the siphon (1) into the uppersection of the siphon (2)
1011 Installing the gas-air mixture unit
1 Install the burner
2 Install two new burner seals in the burner hood
3 Install the gas-air mixture unit
4 Tighten the screws on the gas-air mixture unit
ndash Ideally to 7 Nm if a torque spanner is available
5 Install the flue pipe
6 Install the air intake pipe
1012 Draining the product
1 Close the service valves of the product
2 Start check programme P05 (rarr Page 15)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
3 Open the drain cock
1013 Checking the admission pressure of theexpansion vessel
1 Measure the pre-charge pressure of the expansion ves-sel at the vessel valve
Conditions Pre-charge pressure lt 0075 MPa (075 bar)
Top up the expansion vessel in accordance with thestatic height of the heating installation ideally with ni-trogen otherwise with air Ensure that the drain valve isopen when topping up
2 If water escapes from the expansion vessels valve youmust replace the expansion vessel (rarr Page 27)
3 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
1014 Completing inspection and maintenancework
1 Check the gas connection pressure (gas flow pressure)(rarr Page 19)
2 Check the CO₂ content
1015 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
11 Troubleshooting
26 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
11 Troubleshooting
111 Rectifying faults
If fault codes (FXX) appear refer to the table in the ap-pendix or use the check programme(s)
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
If several fault codes are generated at the same time theseare displayed alternately followed by the time at which therespective fault occurred
Hold the button down for more than 3 seconds
If you are unable to clear the fault code and it reappearsdespite several fault clearance attempts contact cus-tomer service
112 Calling up the fault memory
The last 10 fault codes are stored in the fault memory (to-gether with the time at which the respective fault occurredand after 24 hours with the number of days)
Hold the button down for more than 7 seconds
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Press the button to exit this menu
113 Deleting the fault memory
1 Delete the fault memory using the diagnostics coded94
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
114 Resetting parameters to factory settings
1 Reset all parameters to the factory settings using thediagnostics code d96
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
115 Preparing the repair work
1 Switch off the product
2 Disconnect the product from the electrical installation
3 Remove the front casing
4 Close the gas stopcock
5 Close the service valves in the heating flow and in theheating return
6 Close the service valve in the cold water pipe
7 Drain the product if you want to replace water-bearingcomponents of the product
8 Ensure that water does not drip on live components(eg the electronics box)
9 Use only new seals and O-rings Do not use any addi-tional sealing materials
116 Replacing defective components
1161 Replacing the burner
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Remove the two burner seals
3 Remove the burner
4 Insert the new burner
5 Insert two new burner seals in the burner cover
6 Install the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 25)
1162 Replacing the gas-air mixture unit
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Install the new gas-air mixture (rarr Page 25)
1163 Replacing the heat exchanger
1 Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
2 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
1 A
B
3 Remove the gas pipe (1)
1
2
3
2 4
A
B
4 Remove the temperature sensor (3)
5 Remove the upper clip (1)
6 Remove the lower clip (4)
7 Remove the supply pipe (2)
Troubleshooting 11
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 27
2
2 3
B
1
A
8 Remove the upper clip (1)
9 Remove the lower clip (3)
10 Remove the return pipe (2)
1
A2
11 Remove the clip underneath the condensate tray (1)
12 Undo the four screws (2)
2
1
B
C
A
13 Remove the ignition electrode (1)
14 Lift the heat exchanger up slightly and remove it to-gether with the condensate tray
15 Remove the ignition transformer (2)
16 Install the new heat exchanger in reverse order
1164 Replacing the pump head
1
2
1 Disconnect the pump cable from the electronics box
2 Undo the four bolts (1)
3 Remove the pump head (2)
4 Replace the O-ring
5 Use four screws to secure the new pump head
6 Connect the pump cable to the electronics box
1165 Replacing the expansion vessel
B
C
1
2
3A
D
1 Undo the nut (3)
2 Remove both screws on the support plate (1)
3 Remove the support plate
4 Pull out the expansion vessel (2) towards the front
5 Insert the new expansion vessel into the product
6 Screw the new expansion vessel to the water connec-tion To do this use a new seal
7 Attach the support plate using both screws
8 Fill and purge the product (rarr Page 17) and if requiredthe heating installation
12 Decommissioning the product
28 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
1166 Replacing the main PCB
C
C
D
B
C
C
D
B
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull all of the plugs out from the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plugs
7 Close the electronics box
1167 Replacing the PCB for the user interface
B
C
C
D
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull the plug out of the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plug
7 Close the electronics box
1168 Replacing the expansion relief valve
1
2
1 Remove the clip (2)
2 Remove the expansion relief valve
3 Fit the new expansion relief valve with a new O-ring
4 Reattach the clip (2)
1169 Replace the pressure sensor
1
2
1 Pull out the plug
2 Remove the clip (1)
3 Remove the pressure sensor (2)
4 Install the new pressure sensor
5 Reattach the clip (1)
117 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
12 Decommissioning the product
Switch off the product
Disconnect the product from the power mains
Close the gas isolator cock
Close the cold water stop cock
13 Customer service
For contact details for our customer service department youcan write to the address that is provided on the back pageor you can visit wwwglow-wormcouk
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 29
Appendix
A Check programmes ndash Overview
Note
Since the programme table is used for various products some programmes may not be visible for the product inquestion
Display Meaning
P01 Burner operation on adjustable heat input
The product operates after ignition with the heat input set between 0 (0 = Pmin) and 100 (100 = Pmax)
The function is active for 15 minutes
P02 Burner operation at ignition load
After ignition the product works at ignition load
The function is active for 15 minutes
P03 The product runs in heating mode with the maximum heat input set using diagnostics code d00
P04 Maximum output function
If there is a hot water request the product runs in hot water handling mode and at maximum heat load
If there is no hot water request the product runs with the heating partial load that is set via diagnostics coded00 and in heating mode
The function is active for 15 minutes
P05 Filling the product
The diverter valve moves to the mid-position The burner and pump switch off (to fill or drain the product)
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is active for 15 minutes
P06 Purging the heating circuit
The diverter valve is moved to the heating position
The function is activated in the heating circuit for 15 minutes
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
P07 Purging the hot water circuit
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
Automatic air ventfunction
Purging the product
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
This function cannot be manually switched off
B Overview of diagnostics codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d00 Heating maximum output ndash ndash kW The maximum heating outputvaries depending on the product
rarr Section Technical data
Automatic Unit automaticallyadjusts the maximum output tothe current system demand
rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d01 Pump overrun in heatingmode
1 60 min 1 5 Adjustable
d02 Maximum burner anti-cycling time in heatingmode
2 60 min 1 20 Adjustable
Appendix
30 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d04 Water temperature in thecylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d05 Determined heating flowset target temperature
Current value ndash ndash Not
adjustable
d06 Hot water set target tem-perature
Current value (Combination unit only) ndash Notadjustable
d07 Set target temperaturefor the domestic hot wa-ter cylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d08 Status of the 230 V ther-mostat
Current value ndash 0 = Room thermostat open (noheat requirement)
1 = Room thermostat closed(heat requirement)
ndash Notadjustable
d09 Heating flow set targettemperature that is seton the eBUS room ther-mostat
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d10 Status of the internalpump in the heating cir-cuit
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d11 Status of the heatingcircuits shunt pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d13 Status of the hot watercircuits circulation pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d14 Operating mode of themodulating pump
0 5 ndash 0 = variable rotational speed(auto)
1 2 3 4 5 = Fixed rotationalspeeds rarr Section Setting thepump output
0 Adjustable
d15 Pump speed Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d16 Status of the 24 V roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Heating off
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d17 Heating control ndash ndash ndash off = Flow temperature
on = Return temperature (ad-justment for underfloor heatingIf you have activated the returntemperature control the auto-matic heating output determina-tion function is not active)
0 Adjustable
d18 Pump overrun operatingmode
1 3 ndash 1 = Continuous (pump runs per-manently)
3 = Eco (intermittent pump modendash for the dissipation of the resid-ual heat after hot water gener-ation at an extremely low heatdemand)
1 Adjustable
d19 Pump operating mode 2stage pump
0 3 ndash 0 = Burner mode stage 2 pumpflowoverrun stage 1
1 = Heating mode and pumpflowoverrun stage 1 hot waterhandling mode stage 2
2 = Automatic heating modepump flowoverrun stage 1 hotwater handling mode stage 2
3 = Stage 2
3 Adjustable
d20 Maximum hot water settarget temperature
50 60 1 60 Adjustable
d21 Status of the warm startfor hot water
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated andavailable
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 31
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d22 Status of the hot waterrequest
Current value ndash off = No current requirement
on = Current requirement
ndash Notadjustable
d23 Status of the heatingdemand
Current value ndash off = Heating off (Summer mode)
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d24 Status of the pressuremonitor
0 1 ndash off = Not switched
on = Switched
ndash Notadjustable
d25 Status of the requirementto reheat the cylinder orfor the hot water warmstart from the eBUS ther-mostat
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
ndash Notadjustable
d27 Function of relay 1(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
1 Adjustable
d28 Function of relay 2(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
2 Adjustable
d31 Automatic filling device 0 2 ndash 0 = Manual
1 = Semi-automatic
2 = Automatic
0 Adjustable
d33 Fan speed target value Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d34 Value for the fan speed Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d35 Position of the divertervalve
Current value ndash 0 = Heating
40 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
100 = Domestic hot water
ndash Notadjustable
d36 Value for the hot waterflow
Current value lmin ndash ndash Notadjustable
d39 Water temperature in thesolar circuit
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d40 Heating flow temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d41 Heating return temperat-ure
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d43 Heating curve 02 4 ndash 01 12 Adjustable
d45 Value for the base pointof the heating curve
15 30 ndash 1 20 Adjustable
d47 Outside temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d50 Correction of the min-imum fan speed
0 3000 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
600 Adjustable
Appendix
32 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d51 Correction of the max-imum fan speed
-2500 0 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
-1000 Adjustable
d58 Solar circuit reheating 0 3 ndash 0 = Boilers Legionella protectionfunction deactivated
3 = Hot water activated (mintarget value 60 degC)
0 Adjustable
d60 Number of blocks by thetemperature limiter
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d61 Number of unsuccessfulignitions
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d62 Night set-back 0 30 ndash 1 0 Adjustable
d64 Average burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d65 Maximum burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d66 Activation of the warmstart function for hot wa-ter
ndash ndash ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
1 Adjustable
d67 Remaining burner anti-cycling time (setting un-der d02)
Current value min ndash ndash Notadjustable
d68 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 1st attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d69 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 2nd attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d70 Operation of the divertervalve
0 2 ndash 0 = Normal operating mode(DHW and heating mode)
1 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
2 = Permanent heating modeposition
0 Adjustable
d71 Maximum heating flowset target temperature
45 80 1 rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d73 Correction of the hot wa-ter warm start temperat-ure
-15 5 K 1 0 Adjustable
d75 Maximum cylinder re-heating time
20 90 min 1 45 Adjustable
d77 Max cylinder reheating ndash ndash kW 1
rarr Section Technical data
ndash Adjustable
d80 Running time in heatingmode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d81 Running time in hot wa-ter handling mode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d82 Number of burner igni-tions in heating mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d83 Number of burner igni-tions in hot water hand-ling mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d84 Maintenance in 0 3000 h Number of hours = Display valuex 10
300 Notadjustable
d85 Increase in the min out-put (heating and hot wa-ter handling mode)
ndash ndash kW 1 ndash Adjustable
d88 Flow rate limit valuefor ignition in hot waterhandling mode
0 1 ndash 0 = 17 lmin (no delay)
1 = 37 lmin (2 s delay)
0 Adjustable
d90 Status of the eBUS roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Not connected
on = Connected
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 33
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d91 Status DCF77 Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d93 Setting the product code 0 99 ndash 1
The Device Specific Number(DSN) can be found on the iden-tification plate
ndash Adjustable
d94 Delete fault list 0 1 ndash off = No
on = Yes
ndash Adjustable
d95 Software versions ndash ndash ndash 1 = Main PCB
2 = Interface PCB
ndash Adjustable
d96 Default setting (reset) ndash ndash ndash 0 = No
1 = Yes
ndash Adjustable
C Status codes ndash Overview
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Status code Meaning
Displays in heating mode
S0 Heating mode No requirement
S01 Heating mode Advance fan operation
S02 Heating mode Pump pre-run
S03 Heating mode Burner ignition
S04 Heating mode Burner on
S05 Heating mode Pumpfan overrun
S06 Heating mode Fan overrun
S07 Heating mode Pump overrun
S08 Heating mode Temporary shutdown after heating procedure
Displays in hot water handling mode
S10 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S11 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S13 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S14 DHW mode Burner on
S15 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S16 DHW mode Fan overrun
S17 DHW mode Pump overrun
Display in Comfort mode with warm start or hot water handling mode with cylinder
S20 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S21 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S22 Hot water handling mode Pump pre-run
S23 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S24 DHW mode Burner on
S25 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S26 DHW mode Fan overrun
S27 DHW mode Pump overrun
S28 Hot water handling mode Temporary shutdown of the burner
Other displays
S30 Room thermostat is blocking heating mode
S31 No heating demand Summer mode eBUS controller waiting period
Appendix
34 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Status code Meaning
S32 Fan waiting time Fan speed outside of the tolerance values
S33 Forced fan operation until the pressure monitor is switched
S34 Frost protection active
S39 Underfloor heating contact open
S41 Water pressure too high
S42 Flue non-return flap closed
S46 Frost protection mode (Comfort) Minimum load
S53 Product in waiting periodoperation block function due to low water pressure (flowreturn spread too large)
S54 Waiting period Low water pressure in the circuit (flowreturn spread too large)
S76 Maintenance message Check the water pressure
S88 Product purging active
S91 Maintenance Demo mode
S96 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S97 Automatic test programme Water pressure sensor heating demands blocked
S98 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S99 Internal automatic test programmes
S108 Purging the combustion chamber fan in operation
S109 Products standby mode activated
D Overview of fault codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F00 Fault Flow temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F01 Fault Return temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F10 Short circuit Flow temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F11 Short circuit Return temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F12 andF91
Short circuit Cylinder temperaturesensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F13 Short circuit Domestic hot water cylindertemperature sensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F20 Safety switch-off Overheating temperat-ure reached
Incorrect earth connection between cable harness and product flow or returnNTC defective (loose connection) stray spark via ignition cable ignition plugor ignition electrode
F22 Safety switch-off Low water pressure inthe boiler
No or insufficient water in the product water pressure sensor de-fective cable to the pump or to the water pressure sensor loosenotconnecteddefective
F23 Safety switch-off Temperature differencetoo great (NTC1NTC2)
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product flow and return NTCsensors connected the wrong way round
F24 Safety switch-off Temperature rise toofast
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product system pressure toolow non-return valve blockedincorrectly installed
F25 Safety switch-off Flue gas temperaturetoo high
Break in plug connection for optional flue gas safety cut-out (STB) break incable harness
F27 Safety switch-off Fault in flame detection Moisture on the electronics electronics (flame monitor) defective gas solen-oid valve leaking
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 35
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F28 Fault Ignition unsuccessful when startingup
Gas meter defective or gas pressure monitor has triggered air in gas gasflow pressure too low thermal isolator device (TAE) has triggered incorrectgas restrictor incorrect spare gas valve fault on the gas valve multiple plugon PCB incorrectly plugged in break in cable harness ignition system (ig-nition transformer ignition cable ignition plug ignition electrode) defectiveionisation current interrupted (cable electrode) incorrect earthing of productelectronics defective
F29 Fault Flame loss Gas supply temporarily stopped flue gas recirculation incorrect earthing ofproduct ignition transformer has spark failure
F32 Fan frost protection function active Fanspeed outside the tolerance values
Plug on fan not correctly plugged in multiple plug on PCB not correctlyplugged in break in cable harness fan blocked Hall sensor defective elec-tronics defective
F49 eBUS fault Voltage too low Short circuit on eBUS eBUS overload or two power supplies with differentpolarities on the eBUS
F61 Fault Gas valve control system Short circuitshort to earth in cable harness for the gas valve gas valvedefective (coils shorted to earth) electronics defective
F62 Fault Gas valve switch-off control Delayed switch-off of gas valve delayed extinguishing of flame signal gasvalve leaking electronics defective
F63 Fault EEPROM Electronics defective
F64 Fault Electronicssensoranalogue-to-digital converter
Flow or return NTC short circuited electronics defective
F65 Fault Electronics temperature too high Electronics overheating due to external influences electronics defective
F67 Value sent back by ASIC is incorrect(flame signal)
Implausible flame signal electronics defective
F68 Fault Unstable flame (analogue input) Air in gas gas flow pressure too low incorrect air ratio incorrect gas re-strictor ionisation flow interruption (cable electrode)
F70 Invalid product code (DSN) Display and PCB replaced at same time and Device Specific Number notreset wrong or missing output range coding resistance
F71 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Flow temperature sensor signalling constant value Flow temperature sensorincorrectly positioned on supply pipe flow temperature sensor defective
F72 Fault Deviation in the water pressuresensorreturn temperature sensor
Flowreturn NTC temperature difference too great rarr flow andor return tem-perature sensor defective
F73 Fault Water pressure sensor not con-nected or has short-circuited
Interruptionshort circuit of water pressure sensor interruptionshort circuitto GND in supply line to water pressure sensor or water pressure sensordefective
F74 Fault Electrical problem in the waterpressure sensor
Line to water pressure sensor has a short circuit to 5 V24 V or internal faultin the water pressure sensor
F75 Fault Pressure sensor Pressure switch defective
F76 The safety cut-out in the primary heatexchanger is defective
Safety cut-out feedback does not match the gas valve feedback
F77 Fault Condensate or smoke No response flue non-return flap defective
F78 Interruption to DHW outlet sensor atexternal controller
UK link box is connected but hot water NTC not bridged
F83 Fault Dry fire When the burner starts the temperature change registered at the flow orreturn temperature sensor is non-existent or too small Insufficient waterin the product the flow or return temperature sensor is not in the correctposition on the pipe
F84 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Values not consistent difference lt -6 K
Flow and return temperature sensors signalling implausible values Flow andreturn temperature sensors have been inverted flow and return temperaturesensors have not been correctly installed
F85 Fault Temperature sensor The flow andor return temperature sensors have been installed on the samepipeincorrect pipe
Temperature sensor not connected or is connected incorrectly
F86 Fault Underfloor heating contact Underfloor heating contact open sensor disconnected or defective
F87 Fault Electrodes Electrodes not connected or they are connected incorrectly short circuit inthe cable harness
F88 Fault Gas valve Gas valve not connected or it is connected incorrectly short circuit in thecable harness
F89 Fault Pump Pump not connected or it is connected incorrectly incorrect pump connec-ted short circuit in the cable harness
Appendix
36 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
Connection No communication between the PCBand the user interface
Electronics defective
E Wiring diagram Pure boiler
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
X21 41
32
eBUS
RT 24V
Burner off
X106
13
41
3
123
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~2
6
7
9
8
1
3
4
5
11
10
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Temperature sensor on the heating flow
4 Temperature sensor on the heating return
5 Fan
6 Gas valve assembly
7 Pressure sensor
8 External ignition transformer
9 Heating pump
10 Ionisation and ignition electrode
11 Main power supply and connection for 230 V control
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 37
F Connection diagram Pure boiler (30 kW)
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
X21LN
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
13
41
3
123
eBUS
Burner off
X106
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~
X12LN
2
7
8
109
1
43
5
6
12 11
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Control system
4 Temperature sensor in the heating flow
5 Temperature sensor in the heating return
6 Fan
7 Gas valve
8 Pressure sensor
9 Ionisation electrode
10 Heating pump
11 Ignition electrode
12 Main power supply
Appendix
38 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
G Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview
The table below lists the manufacturer requirements with respect to minimum inspection and maintenance intervals If na-tional regulations and directives require shorter inspection and maintenance intervals you should observe these instead ofthe intervals listed in the table
No WorkInspection(annual)
Mainten-ance
(must becarried outat regularintervals)
1Check the airflue pipe for leak-tightness and to ensure that it is fastened correctly Make surethat it is not blocked or damaged and has been installed in accordance with the relevant Installa-tion Manual
X X
2Check the general condition of the product Remove dirt from the product and from the vacuumchamber
X X
3Visually inspect the general condition of the heat exchanger In doing so pay particular attentionto signs of corrosion rust and other defects If you notice any damage carry out maintenancework
X X
4Check the gas connection pressure at maximum heat input If the gas connection pressure is notwithin the correct range carry out maintenance work
X X
5Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product and if necessary adjust it Keep a record ofthis
X X
6Disconnect the product from the power mains Check that the electrical plug connections andother connections are seated correctly and correct these if necessary
X X
7 Close the gas isolator cock and the service valves X X
8Drain the product on the water side Check the pre-charge pressure of the expansion vesseland if required top up the expansion vessel (approx 003 MPa03 bar below the system fillingpressure)
X
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit X
10Check the seals in the combustion area If you see any damage replace the seals Replace bothburner seals each time it is opened and accordingly each time maintenance work is carried out
X
11 Clean the heat exchanger X
12 Check the burner for damage and replace it if necessary X
13 Check the condensate siphon in the product clean and fill if necessary X X
14 Install the gas-air mixture unit Caution Replace the seals X
15 Open the gas isolator cock reconnect the product to the power mains and switch the product on X X
16Open the service valves fill the productheating installation to 005-03 MPa05-30 bar (depend-ing on the static height of the heating installation) and start the purging programme PXX
X
17Carry out a test operation of the product and heating installation and if required purge the sys-tem once more
X X
18 Visually inspect the ignition and burner behaviour X X
19 Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product again X
20 Check the product for gas flue gas water and condensate leaks and repair if necessary X X
21 Record the inspectionmaintenance work carried out X X
Note For those appliances which are not part of an annual service agreementpolicy maintenance must be carried out at least every5 years
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 39
H Position of the opening in the airflue pipe
GN
N
MM
A
II
O
H
H
CBLJ
Q Q
Q
Q
Q
K
P
D E
FI
S
R
T
H1 Positioning of the opening of a fan-supported flue gas pipe
Installation siteMinimum dimen-sions
A Directly below an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
B Above an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
C Horizontally to an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
DBelow temperature-sensitive building components eg plastic gutters down pipes or wastewaterpipes
75 mm
E Below eaves 200 mm
F Below balconies or car port roofs 200 mm
G From vertical wastewater pipes or down pipes 150 mm
H From external or internal corners 200 mm
I Above floors roofs or balconies 300 mm
J From a surface facing a terminal 600 mm
K From a terminal facing a terminal 1200 mm
L From an opening in the car port (eg door window) which leads into the dwelling 1200 mm
M Vertical from a terminal on the same wall 1500 mm
N Horizontal from a terminal on the same wall 300 mm
O From the wall on which the terminal has been installed 0 mm
P From a vertical structure on the roof 300 mm
Q Above the roof area 300 mm
R Horizontal from adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
S Above adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
T Below adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 2000 mm
Appendix
40 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
H2 Horizontal terminal positioning
BS 5440-1 recommends that fanned flue chimney terminals should be positioned as follows
a) at least 2 m from an opening in the building directly opposite and
b) so that the products of combustion are not directed to discharge directly across a boundary if the products are likely tocause a nuisance to a neighbour or discharge over a walkway or patio
For IE see current issue of IS 813
For boilers covered within this manual
1) Dimensions D E F and G
These clearances may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler In order to ensure that the con-densate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces the terminal should be extended as shown below
Balconyeaves
Gutter
Adequately secured airflue gas pipe
The flue pipe mustprotrude beyond any overhang
2) Dimension H
This clearance may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler However in order to ensure thatthe condensate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces a clearance of 300 mm is preferred
For 1 and 2 above you can use a flue gas management kit to enable the termination point to be positioned and directed awayfrom the building fabric
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 41
I Commissioning Checklist
copy Heating and Hotwater Industry Council (HHIC)
wwwcentralheatingcouk
Benchmark Commissioning and Servicing SectionIt is a requirement that the boiler is installed and commissioned to the
completed in full
Appendix
42 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
This Commissioning Checklist is to be completed in full by the competent person who commissioned the boiler as a means of demonstrating compliance with the appropriate Building Regulations and then handed to the customer to keep for future reference
GAS BOILER SYSTEM COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST
CONTROLS
Optimum start control
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
ALL SYSTEMS
Yes
Yes
CENTRAL HEATING MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
COMBINATION BOILERS ONLY
Yes
Yes
DOMESTIC HOT WATER MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
Yes Temperature
CONDENSING BOILERS ONLY
Yes
ALL INSTALLATIONS
AND sup2 Ratio
AND sup2 Ratio
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 43
It is recommended that your heating system is serviced regularly and that the appropriate Service Interval Record is completed
Service Provider
SERVICE RECORD
SERVICE 01
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 02
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 03
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 04
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 05
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 06
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 07
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 08
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 09
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 10
AND sup2 AND sup2
Appendix
44 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
PRIOR TO CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO CHECKThe boiler manufacturerrsquos installation instructions should have been followed gas type verified and gas
supply pressurerate checked as required prior to commissioningAs part of the installation process especially where a flue has been fitted by persons other than the boiler installer visually check the integrity of the whole flue system to confirm that all components are correctly assembled fixed and supported Check that manufacturerrsquos max flue lengths have not been
exceeded and all guidance has been followed (eg Gas Safe Technical Bulletin TB008)The flue gas analyser should be of the correct type as specified by BS 7967
Prior to its use the flue gas analyser should have been maintained and calibrated as specified by the manufacturer The installer must have the relevant competence for use of the analyser
Check and zero the analyser IN FRESH AIR as per analyser manufacturerrsquos instructions
NOTETHE AIR GAS RATIO VALVE IS FACTORY
SET AND MUST NOT BE ADJUSTED DURING COMMISSIONING UNLESS THIS ACTION IS RECOMMENDED FOLLOWING CONTACT WITH THE MANUFACTURER
If any such adjustment is recommended and further checking of the boiler is required the
installerservice engineer must be competent to carry out this work and to use the flue gas
analyser accordinglyIf the boiler requires conversion to operate with
a different gas family (eg conversion from natural gas to LPG) separate guidance will be
provided by the boiler manufacturer
CARRY OUT FLUE INTEGRITY CHECK USING ANALYSERInsert analyser probe into air inlet test point and allow readings to stabiliseNOTE - where no air inlet test point is provided then a flue integrity check
with the analyser is not possible The installer should verify that flue integrity has been visually checked in accordance with the ldquoPrior to
CO and combustion ratio checkrdquo box above before proceeding to the ldquoCheck CO and combustion ratio at maximum raterdquo stage below
SET BOILER TO MINIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at minimum rate (to
minimum load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - If manufacturerrsquos instructions do not specify how to set boiler to minimum
rate contact Technical Helpline for advice
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MINIMUM RATEWith boiler still set at minimum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas sampling
point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is not
specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MAX RATEWith boiler still set at maximum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas
sampling point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is
not specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
SET BOILER TO MAXIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at max rate
(full load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - Do not insert analyser probe during this period to avoid
possible ldquofloodingrdquo of sensor
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
BOILER IS OPERATING SATISFACTORILYno further actions required
Ensure test points are capped boiler case is correctly replaced and all other commissioning procedures are completed
Complete Benchmark Checklist recording CO and combustion ratio readings as required
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED
VERIFY FLUE INTEGRITYAnalyser readings indicate that combustion products and inlet air must be mixing Further investigation of
the flue is therefore requiredCheck that flue components are assembled fixed and supported as per boilerflue manufacturerrsquos
instructionsCheck that flue and flue terminal are not obstructed
IsCO less than
335ppmand
COCO2 ratio less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
Check all seals around the appliance burner internal flue seals door and case seals
Rectify where necessary
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED IF
COMMISSIONING CANNOT BE FULLY COMPLETED THE APPLIANCE MUST BE
DISCONNECTED FROM THE GAS SUPPLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GSIUR
NOTE Check and record CO and combustion ratio at both max and min rate before contacting the
manufacturer
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YESYES
YES
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 45
J Pipe lengths for the airflue pipe
J1 Length of the C13 type airflue pipe
Applicability C13 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C13 type airfluepipe
C13 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J2 Length of the C33 type airflue pipe
Applicability C33 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C33 type airfluepipe
C33 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J3 Length of the C43 type airflue pipe
Applicability C43 type airflue pipe
Diameter of theairflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L)
C43 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
Appendix
46 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
K Technical data
Technical data ndash Heating
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 530 lh 655 lh 788 lh 1094 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 353 lh 436 lh 525 lh 729 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
123 lh 153 lh 184 lh 255 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 1102 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 876 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
306 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
Technical data ndash G20 powerloading G20The lowest nominal heat output may be higher than the value in the technical data depending on the design of the systemand the current operating status
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 12 kW 15 kW 18 kW 25 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
48 hellip 130 kW 48 hellip 162 kW 53 hellip 195 kW 65 hellip 270 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
47 hellip 128 kW 47 hellip 159 kW 52 hellip 191 kW 64 hellip 265 kW
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
45 hellip 123 kW 45 hellip 152 kW 50 hellip 183 kW 61 hellip 254 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
44 hellip 150 kW 44 hellip 180 kW 49 hellip 252 kW 60 hellip 300 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
123 kW 153 kW 184 kW 255 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
153 kW 184 kW 257 kW 306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 30 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
76 hellip 324 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
75 hellip 318 kW
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 47
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
72 hellip 305 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
71 hellip 350 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
72 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
357 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
72 kW
Technical data ndash General
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch 34 inch 34 inch 34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h 32 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
13 msup3h 16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0476 msup3h 0480 msup3h 0533 msup3h 0648 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
206 gs 208 gs 231 gs 281 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
55 gs 69 gs 83 gs 115 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
69 gs 83 gs 116 gs 138 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
55 55 60 77
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
55 55 55 55
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
43 48 51 62
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
32 32 34 35
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
71 71 69 68
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
105 105 105 95
Released system types C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996 996 996 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040 1040 1040 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060 1060 1060 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085 1085 1085 1085
NOx class 5 5 5 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm
Appendix
48 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Net weight 31 kg 31 kg 31 kg 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 35 kg 35 kg 35 kg 36 kg
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
38 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
32 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0762 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
330 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
138 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
161 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
82
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
37
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
75
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
104
Released system types C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085
NOx class 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm
Net weight 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 36 kg
Technical data ndash Electrics
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 49
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max electrical power consump-tion
65 W 75 W 66 W 75 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W
Level of protection IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V
Max electrical power consump-tion
60 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W
Level of protection IPX4D
Index
50 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Index
AAirflue pipe installed 5BBurner anti-cycling time 20Bypass valve 22CCE label 8Check programmes 29
Using 15Checking the burner 25Checking the pre-charge pressure of the expansionvessel 25Cleaning the condensate siphon 25Cleaning the heat exchanger 24CO₂ content
Checking 20 23Competent person 4Completing inspection work 25Completing maintenance work 25Condensate discharge pipe 12Condensate siphon
Filling 18Controller 14Corrosion 5DDecommissioning 28Decommissioning the product 28Diagnostics codes
Using 15Documents 7Draining the product 25EElectricity 5Expansion relief valve 28FFault codes 26Fault memory 26Fault messages 26Fault symbol 15Flow rate-pressure curves 21Flue gas route 5Front casing closed 5Frost 5GGas family check 16Gas flow rate 18HHanding over to the end user 22High-efficiency pump 21High-efficiency pump output 21IIdentification plate 7If you smell flue gas 5If you smell gas 4Inspection work 22 38Installation site 5Intended use 4LLeak-tightness 20 25 28
MMains connection 14Maintenance work 22 38Minimum clearance 9PPower supply 14Preparing the repair work 26Preparing repair work 26Pressure sensor 28Pump head 27QQualification 4RRegulations 6Removing the air intake pipe 24Removing the burner 24Removing the flue gas pipe 24Removing the front casing 10Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24Removing the ignition transformer 24Removing the side section 10Replacing the burner 26Replacing the expansion vessel 27Replacing the heat exchanger 26Replacing the main PCB 28Replacing expansion vessel 27Resetting the burner anti-cycling time 21SSafety device 5Schematic drawing 5Setting the burner anti-cycling time 20Spare parts 23Switching on the product 17TTool 6Transport 5Transporting 8Treating the heating water 16UUnloading the box 8Unpacking the product 8User interface replacing the PCB 28Using
Check programmes 15Diagnostics codes 15
VVoltage 5WWall-mounting the product 9Weight 9
0020200964_04
ManufacturerSupplierVaillant Group UK LTD
Nottingham Road ‒ Belper ‒ Derbyshire DE56 1JQ
Telephone 01773 824639 ‒ Technical helpline 0330 100 7679
After sales service 0330 100 3142
wwwglow-wormcouk
0020200964_04 ‒ 16112017
copy These instructions or parts thereof are protected by copyright and may be repro-duced or distributed only with the manufacturers written consent
We reserve the right to make technical changes
7 Start-up
18 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
◁ An automatic air vent function is activated if thepressure exceeds 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than15 seconds
3 Purge each radiator until the water escapes normallyand then retighten the systems purging valves
4 Check whether all connections are leak-tight
Conditions If the noise persists in the boiler
Purge the product again by activating check programme(P07) and then (P06)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
78 Filling the condensate siphon
C
2
3
1
AB
1 Unclip the lower section of the siphon (1) from the up-per section of the siphon (2)
2 Remove the float (3)
3 Fill the lower section of the siphon with water up to 10mm below the upper edge of the condensate drain pipe-work
4 Re-insert the float (3)
Note
Check that the float is present in the con-densate siphon
5 Clip the lower section of the siphon (1) into the uppersection of the siphon (2)
79 Filling the hot water circuit
1 Open the water tap to fill the hot water circuit
2 Close the water tap once the appropriate volume ofwater has flowed out
◁ The hot water circuit is filled
3 Check all connections and the entire system for leak-tightness
710 Checking and adjusting the gas settings
Only a qualified competent person is authorised to imple-ment the settings on the gas valve assembly
Each destroyed tamper-proof seal must be replaced
The CO₂ adjusting screw must be sealed
Never modify the factory setting of the gas pressure regu-lator of the gas valve assembly
7101 Checking the gas flow rate
The gas flow rate has been set during production and doesnot require adjustment With the front casing fitted check thegas flow rate of the boiler as follows
Start up the product with the check programme P01
In addition ensure that maximum heat can be dissipatedinto the heating system by turning up the room thermo-stat
Wait at least 5 minutes until the boiler has reached itsoperating temperature
Ensure that all other gas appliances in the property areturned off
Measure the gas flow rate at the gas meter
Compare the measured values with the correspondingvalues in the table
Qnw from the dataplate
H gas in msup3h
Nom +5 minus10
153 162 170 146
184 195 205 176
247 261 274 235
257 272 286 245
286 303 318 273
306 324 340 292
357 378 397 340
Conditions Gas flow rate not in the permissible range
Check all of the piping and ensure that the gas flow ratesare correct
Only put the product into operation once the gas flowrates have been corrected
Conditions Gas flow rate in the permissible range
End the check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down by allowing pump overrun tooperate for a minimum of 2 minutes
Record the boiler maximum gas flow rate onto theBenchmark gas boiler commissioning checklist
Start-up 7
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 19
7102 Checking the gas connection pressure (gasflow pressure)
1
2
1 Ensure that the gas inlet working pressure can beobtained with all other gas appliances in the propertyworking
2 Close the gas stopcock (1)
3 Undo the sealing screw on the test nipple (2)
4 Connect a manometer to the test nipple (2)
5 Open the gas stopcock (1)
6 Start up the product with check programme P01 (sys-tem with eBUS control) or P03 (installation withouteBUS control)
7 In addition ensure that maximum heat can be dissip-ated into the heating system by turning up the roomthermostat
8 With the boiler operating at full load check that the gasinlet working pressure at the reference test point (2)complies with the requirements
Permissible connection pressure
Great Bri-tain
Naturalgas
G20 17 hellip 2 kPa
(170hellip 20 mbar)
9 Should the pressure recorded at the reference test pointin the boiler be lower than indicated check if there isany blockage in the pipework or if the pipework is un-dersized
Conditions Gas flow pressure not in the permissible range
CautionRisk of material damage and operatingfaults caused by incorrect gas connec-tion pressureIf the gas connection pressure lies outsidethe permissible range this can cause oper-ating faults in and damage to the product Do not make any adjustments to the
product Do not start up the product
If you cannot correct the failure notify the gas supplycompany and proceed as follows
End check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down by allowing pump overrunto operate for a minimum of two minutes
Close the gas stopcock
Remove the pressure gauge and retighten the sealingscrew (2) for the measuring nipple
Open the gas stopcock (1)
Check the test nipple for gas tightness
Close the gas stopcock (1)
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
Disconnect the product from the electrical installation
You must not start up the boiler
Conditions Gas flow pressure in the permissible range
End the check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down allowing pump overrun tooperate for a minimum of two minutes
Close the gas stopcock (1)
Remove the pressure gauge and retighten the sealingscrew (2) for the measuring nipple
Open the gas stopcock (1)
Check the test nipple for gas tightness
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
Reset boiler controls for normal operation
Record the appliance gas inlet working pressure (kParesp mbar) in the Benchmark gas boiler commissioningchecklist
7103 Checking the leak-tightness of the flue gasinstallation and flue gas recirculation
1 Check the flue gas installation is intact in accordancewith the latest gas safe technical bulletin and informa-tion supplied in the installation instructions
2 For extended flue gas installations check for flue gasrecirculation using the air analysis point
3 Use a flue gas analyser
4 If you discover CO or CO2 in the supply air search forthe leak in the flue gas installation or for signs of fluegas recirculation
5 Eliminate the damage properly
6 Check again whether the supply air contains any CO orCO2
7 If you cannot eliminate the damage do not start up theproduct
7104 Thoroughly flushing the heating installation(hot)
1 Operate the appliance until the boiler and the heatingsystem are up to temperature
2 Check the heating system for leaks
3 Connect a hose to the drain valve located at the lowestposition of the heating system
4 Shut off the boiler open the drain valve and all purgevalves on the radiators and allow the water to flow outof the heating system and the boiler quickly and fully
5 Close the drain valve
6 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
7 Re-fill the system until the system design pressure of01 MPa (10 bar) is attained
8 Adapting the unit to the heating installation
20 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Note
The actual reading on the digital pressuregauge should ideally be 005 MPa (05 bar)plus an additional pressure correspondingto the highest point of the system above thebase of the boiler ndash 10 m head equals an ad-ditional 1 bar reading on the pressure gaugeThe minimum pressure should not be lessthan 01 MPa (1 bar) in any installation Ifthe system is to be treated with an inhibitor itshould be applied at this stage in accordancewith the manufacturerrsquos instructions Furtherinformation can be obtained from SentinelBetz Dearborn Ltd Tel 0151 420 9595 orFernox Alphandash Fry technologies Tel 08708700362
8 Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
7105 Checking the CO₂ content
1 Start up the product with the check programme (P01)and set the value
ndash Setting value for the programme P01 100
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
2 Wait until the value that is read is stable
ndash Waiting period for reading a stable value 5 min
1
3 Unscrew the cover from the flue gas analysis point (1)
4 Measure the CO₂ content at the flue gas analysis point(1)
5 Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Checking the CO₂ content
Great Britain
front casing on front casing off
Natural gas
G20
92 plusmn1
◁ The value is OK
The value is not OK you cannot start up theproduct
Inform Customer Service
711 Checking leak-tightness
Check the gas pipe the heating circuit and the hot watercircuit for leak-tightness
Check that the airflue pipe has been installed correctly
Conditions Room-sealed operation
Check whether the vacuum chamber has been closedtightly
7111 Checking the heating mode
1 Activate the heating mode on the user interface
2 Turn all thermostatic radiator valves on the radiatorsuntil they are fully open
3 Allow the product to operate for at least 15 minutes
4 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
5 Activate the display for the current operating status(rarr Page 15)
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
◁ If the product is working correctly the display showsS04
7112 Checking the hot water generation
1 Activate the hot water handling mode on the userinterface
2 Open a hot water valve completely
3 Activate the display for the current operating status(rarr Page 15)
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
◁ If the product is working correctly the display showsS14
8 Adapting the unit to the heatinginstallation
You can resetchange the system parameters (section Us-ing diagnostics codes)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
81 Burner anti-cycling time
To prevent frequent switching on and off of the burner andthus prevent energy losses an electronic restart lockoutis activated for a specific period each time the burner isswitched off The burner anti-cycling time is only active forthe heating mode Hot water handling mode during a burneranti-cycling time does not affect the time function element
811 Setting the maximum burner anti-cyclingtime
1 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
2 If required adjust the maximum burner anti-cycling timeusing the diagnostics code d02
Adapting the unit to the heating installation 8
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 21
812 Resetting the remaining burner anti-cyclingtime
Hold the button down for more than 3 seconds
◁ is shown in the display
82 Setting the pump output
The product is equipped with a speed-regulated high-effi-ciency pump which adjusts independently to the hydraulicconditions of the heating installation
If you have installed a low loss header in the heating install-ation you should switch off the speed regulation and set thepump output to a fixed value
If required change the setting of the pump speed whichdepends on the operating mode under diagnostics coded14
Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 12 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
0
10
20
30
40
50
0 200 400 600 800 1000
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 15 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
1 2
34
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 18 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
01020304050
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
6070
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 25 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
01020304050
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
6070
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 30 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
01020304050607080
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 A
B 1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
9 Handing the product over to the end user
22 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
83 Setting the bypass valve
CautionRisk of material damage caused by incor-rect setting of the high-efficiency pump
If the pressure at the bypass valve is in-creased (by turning it clockwise) and thepump output is set to less than 100 theproduct may not operate correctly
In this case set the pump output to5 = 100 using diagnostics parameterd14
Conditions d14 is set to 0 = auto
Do not change the factory settings
Conditions d14 is set to 1 - 5
Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
1
Regulate the pressure using the adjusting screw (1)
Position of the adjustingscrew
Notesapplication
Right-hand stop (screwedall the way in)
If the radiators do not heatup sufficiently at the defaultsetting In this case you mustset the pump to the maximumspeed
Mid-position (six anti-clockwise rotations)
Default setting
Five further anti-clockwiserotations starting from themid-position
If noises are produced in theradiators or radiator valves
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
84 Setting the hot water temperature
DangerRisk of death from legionella
Legionella multiply at temperatures below60 degC
Ensure that the end user is familiar withall of the Anti-legionella measures in orderto comply with the applicable regulationsregarding legionella prevention
Set the hot water temperature
Conditions Water hardness gt 357 molmsup3
ndash Hot water temperature le 50
9 Handing the product over to the enduser
When you have finished the installation attach the stickersupplied (in the end users language) to the productcover
Explain to the end user how the safety devices work andwhere they are located
Inform the end user how to handle the product
In particular draw attention to the safety informationwhich the end user must follow
Inform the end user that they must have the productmaintained in accordance with the specified intervals
Instruct the end user about measures taken for routingthe combustion air supply and flue system
10 Inspection and maintenance
101 Using original seals
If you replace components use only the enclosed originalseals additional sealing materials are not required
102 Observing inspection and maintenanceintervals
Adhere to the minimum inspection and maintenance in-tervals The inspection may require maintenance to becarried out earlier depending on the results
Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview(rarr Page 38)
Inspection and maintenance 10
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 23
103 Procuring spare parts
The original components of the product were also certifiedby the manufacturer as part of the declaration of conformityIf you use other non-certified or unauthorised parts duringmaintenance or repair work this may void the conformity ofthe product and it will therefore no longer comply with theapplicable standards
We strongly recommend that you use original spare partsfrom the manufacturer as this guarantees fault-free and safeoperation of the product To receive information about theavailable original spare parts contact the contact addressprovided on the reverse of these instructions
If you require spare parts for maintenance or repairwork use only the spare parts that are permitted for theproduct
104 Checking the CO₂ content
1 Start up the product with the check programme (P01)and set the value
ndash Setting value for the programme P01 100
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
2 Wait until the value that is read is stable
ndash Waiting period for reading a stable value 5 min
1
3 Unscrew the cover from the flue gas analysis point (1)
4 Measure the CO₂ content at the flue gas analysis point(1)
5 Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Checking the CO₂ content
Great Britain
front casing on front casing off
Natural gas
G20
92 plusmn1
◁ The value is OK
The value is not OK you cannot start up theproduct
Set the CO₂ content (rarr Page 23)
105 Setting the CO₂ content
Conditions The CO₂ content must be adjusted
1
A
B
Remove the sticker
Turn the screw (1) to set the CO₂ content (value withfront casing removed)
◁ To increase the CO₂ content Turn anti-clockwise
◁ To decrease the CO₂ content Turn clockwise
Only carry out the adjustment in increments of 18 turnand wait approximately 1 minute after each adjustmentuntil the value has stabilised
Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Setting the CO₂ value
Great Britain
front casing on front casingoff
Natural gas
G20
CO₂ at full load 92 plusmn02
Set for Wobbeindex W₀
1409 kWsdothmsup3
O₂ at full load 45 plusmn18 vol
CO at full load le 250 ppm
COCO₂ le 00027
If the setting is not in the specified adjustment rangeyou must not start up the product
Inform Customer Service
Check whether the air-quality requirements with regardto carbon monoxide are fulfilled
Fit the front panel
10 Inspection and maintenance
24 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
106 Removing the gas-air mixture unit
Note
The gas-air mixture unit consists of three maincomponents
ndash Fan
ndash Gas valve
ndash Burner cover
1 Switch off the product via the main switch
2 Close the gas isolator cock
3 Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
C
AB
1
D
2
4 Remove the screw (1)
5 Push the clip upwards
6 Remove the flue gas pipe (2)
3
4
5
AB
7 Remove the air intake pipe (3)
8 Remove the plugs from the gas valve (4) and from thefan (5)
A
C
D B
6
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (6)
7
7
8
10 Remove the burner seals (7) and the burner (8)
11 Check the burner and the heat exchanger for damageand dirt
12 If necessary clean or replace the components accord-ing to the following sections
13 Install the two new burner seals
107 Cleaning the heat exchanger
1
1 Protect the folded down electronics box against sprayedwater
2 Clean the ribs of the heat exchanger (1) with water
◁ The water runs out into the condensate tray
Inspection and maintenance 10
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 25
108 Checking the burner
1 Search the surface of the burner for possible damage Ifyou see any damage replace the burner
2 Install the two new burner seals
109 Checking the ignition electrode
1
2
3 4 5
1 Disconnect the connection (2) and the earthing cable(1)
2 Remove the fixing screws (3)
3 Carefully remove the electrode from the combustionchamber
4 Check that the electrode ends (4) are undamaged
5 Check the electrode distance
ndash Clearance for the ignition electrodes 35 hellip 45 mm
6 Make sure that the seal (5) is free from damage
If necessary replace the seal
1010 Cleaning the condensate siphon
C
2
3
1
AB
1 Unclip the lower section of the siphon (1) from the up-per section of the siphon (2)
2 Remove the float (3)
3 Flush out the float and lower section of the siphon withwater
4 Fill the lower section of the siphon with water up to 10mm below the upper edge of the condensate drain pipe-work
5 Reinsert the float (3)
Note
Check whether the float is present in thecondensate siphon
6 Clip the lower section of the siphon (1) into the uppersection of the siphon (2)
1011 Installing the gas-air mixture unit
1 Install the burner
2 Install two new burner seals in the burner hood
3 Install the gas-air mixture unit
4 Tighten the screws on the gas-air mixture unit
ndash Ideally to 7 Nm if a torque spanner is available
5 Install the flue pipe
6 Install the air intake pipe
1012 Draining the product
1 Close the service valves of the product
2 Start check programme P05 (rarr Page 15)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
3 Open the drain cock
1013 Checking the admission pressure of theexpansion vessel
1 Measure the pre-charge pressure of the expansion ves-sel at the vessel valve
Conditions Pre-charge pressure lt 0075 MPa (075 bar)
Top up the expansion vessel in accordance with thestatic height of the heating installation ideally with ni-trogen otherwise with air Ensure that the drain valve isopen when topping up
2 If water escapes from the expansion vessels valve youmust replace the expansion vessel (rarr Page 27)
3 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
1014 Completing inspection and maintenancework
1 Check the gas connection pressure (gas flow pressure)(rarr Page 19)
2 Check the CO₂ content
1015 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
11 Troubleshooting
26 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
11 Troubleshooting
111 Rectifying faults
If fault codes (FXX) appear refer to the table in the ap-pendix or use the check programme(s)
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
If several fault codes are generated at the same time theseare displayed alternately followed by the time at which therespective fault occurred
Hold the button down for more than 3 seconds
If you are unable to clear the fault code and it reappearsdespite several fault clearance attempts contact cus-tomer service
112 Calling up the fault memory
The last 10 fault codes are stored in the fault memory (to-gether with the time at which the respective fault occurredand after 24 hours with the number of days)
Hold the button down for more than 7 seconds
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Press the button to exit this menu
113 Deleting the fault memory
1 Delete the fault memory using the diagnostics coded94
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
114 Resetting parameters to factory settings
1 Reset all parameters to the factory settings using thediagnostics code d96
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
115 Preparing the repair work
1 Switch off the product
2 Disconnect the product from the electrical installation
3 Remove the front casing
4 Close the gas stopcock
5 Close the service valves in the heating flow and in theheating return
6 Close the service valve in the cold water pipe
7 Drain the product if you want to replace water-bearingcomponents of the product
8 Ensure that water does not drip on live components(eg the electronics box)
9 Use only new seals and O-rings Do not use any addi-tional sealing materials
116 Replacing defective components
1161 Replacing the burner
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Remove the two burner seals
3 Remove the burner
4 Insert the new burner
5 Insert two new burner seals in the burner cover
6 Install the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 25)
1162 Replacing the gas-air mixture unit
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Install the new gas-air mixture (rarr Page 25)
1163 Replacing the heat exchanger
1 Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
2 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
1 A
B
3 Remove the gas pipe (1)
1
2
3
2 4
A
B
4 Remove the temperature sensor (3)
5 Remove the upper clip (1)
6 Remove the lower clip (4)
7 Remove the supply pipe (2)
Troubleshooting 11
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 27
2
2 3
B
1
A
8 Remove the upper clip (1)
9 Remove the lower clip (3)
10 Remove the return pipe (2)
1
A2
11 Remove the clip underneath the condensate tray (1)
12 Undo the four screws (2)
2
1
B
C
A
13 Remove the ignition electrode (1)
14 Lift the heat exchanger up slightly and remove it to-gether with the condensate tray
15 Remove the ignition transformer (2)
16 Install the new heat exchanger in reverse order
1164 Replacing the pump head
1
2
1 Disconnect the pump cable from the electronics box
2 Undo the four bolts (1)
3 Remove the pump head (2)
4 Replace the O-ring
5 Use four screws to secure the new pump head
6 Connect the pump cable to the electronics box
1165 Replacing the expansion vessel
B
C
1
2
3A
D
1 Undo the nut (3)
2 Remove both screws on the support plate (1)
3 Remove the support plate
4 Pull out the expansion vessel (2) towards the front
5 Insert the new expansion vessel into the product
6 Screw the new expansion vessel to the water connec-tion To do this use a new seal
7 Attach the support plate using both screws
8 Fill and purge the product (rarr Page 17) and if requiredthe heating installation
12 Decommissioning the product
28 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
1166 Replacing the main PCB
C
C
D
B
C
C
D
B
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull all of the plugs out from the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plugs
7 Close the electronics box
1167 Replacing the PCB for the user interface
B
C
C
D
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull the plug out of the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plug
7 Close the electronics box
1168 Replacing the expansion relief valve
1
2
1 Remove the clip (2)
2 Remove the expansion relief valve
3 Fit the new expansion relief valve with a new O-ring
4 Reattach the clip (2)
1169 Replace the pressure sensor
1
2
1 Pull out the plug
2 Remove the clip (1)
3 Remove the pressure sensor (2)
4 Install the new pressure sensor
5 Reattach the clip (1)
117 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
12 Decommissioning the product
Switch off the product
Disconnect the product from the power mains
Close the gas isolator cock
Close the cold water stop cock
13 Customer service
For contact details for our customer service department youcan write to the address that is provided on the back pageor you can visit wwwglow-wormcouk
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 29
Appendix
A Check programmes ndash Overview
Note
Since the programme table is used for various products some programmes may not be visible for the product inquestion
Display Meaning
P01 Burner operation on adjustable heat input
The product operates after ignition with the heat input set between 0 (0 = Pmin) and 100 (100 = Pmax)
The function is active for 15 minutes
P02 Burner operation at ignition load
After ignition the product works at ignition load
The function is active for 15 minutes
P03 The product runs in heating mode with the maximum heat input set using diagnostics code d00
P04 Maximum output function
If there is a hot water request the product runs in hot water handling mode and at maximum heat load
If there is no hot water request the product runs with the heating partial load that is set via diagnostics coded00 and in heating mode
The function is active for 15 minutes
P05 Filling the product
The diverter valve moves to the mid-position The burner and pump switch off (to fill or drain the product)
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is active for 15 minutes
P06 Purging the heating circuit
The diverter valve is moved to the heating position
The function is activated in the heating circuit for 15 minutes
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
P07 Purging the hot water circuit
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
Automatic air ventfunction
Purging the product
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
This function cannot be manually switched off
B Overview of diagnostics codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d00 Heating maximum output ndash ndash kW The maximum heating outputvaries depending on the product
rarr Section Technical data
Automatic Unit automaticallyadjusts the maximum output tothe current system demand
rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d01 Pump overrun in heatingmode
1 60 min 1 5 Adjustable
d02 Maximum burner anti-cycling time in heatingmode
2 60 min 1 20 Adjustable
Appendix
30 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d04 Water temperature in thecylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d05 Determined heating flowset target temperature
Current value ndash ndash Not
adjustable
d06 Hot water set target tem-perature
Current value (Combination unit only) ndash Notadjustable
d07 Set target temperaturefor the domestic hot wa-ter cylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d08 Status of the 230 V ther-mostat
Current value ndash 0 = Room thermostat open (noheat requirement)
1 = Room thermostat closed(heat requirement)
ndash Notadjustable
d09 Heating flow set targettemperature that is seton the eBUS room ther-mostat
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d10 Status of the internalpump in the heating cir-cuit
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d11 Status of the heatingcircuits shunt pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d13 Status of the hot watercircuits circulation pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d14 Operating mode of themodulating pump
0 5 ndash 0 = variable rotational speed(auto)
1 2 3 4 5 = Fixed rotationalspeeds rarr Section Setting thepump output
0 Adjustable
d15 Pump speed Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d16 Status of the 24 V roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Heating off
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d17 Heating control ndash ndash ndash off = Flow temperature
on = Return temperature (ad-justment for underfloor heatingIf you have activated the returntemperature control the auto-matic heating output determina-tion function is not active)
0 Adjustable
d18 Pump overrun operatingmode
1 3 ndash 1 = Continuous (pump runs per-manently)
3 = Eco (intermittent pump modendash for the dissipation of the resid-ual heat after hot water gener-ation at an extremely low heatdemand)
1 Adjustable
d19 Pump operating mode 2stage pump
0 3 ndash 0 = Burner mode stage 2 pumpflowoverrun stage 1
1 = Heating mode and pumpflowoverrun stage 1 hot waterhandling mode stage 2
2 = Automatic heating modepump flowoverrun stage 1 hotwater handling mode stage 2
3 = Stage 2
3 Adjustable
d20 Maximum hot water settarget temperature
50 60 1 60 Adjustable
d21 Status of the warm startfor hot water
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated andavailable
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 31
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d22 Status of the hot waterrequest
Current value ndash off = No current requirement
on = Current requirement
ndash Notadjustable
d23 Status of the heatingdemand
Current value ndash off = Heating off (Summer mode)
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d24 Status of the pressuremonitor
0 1 ndash off = Not switched
on = Switched
ndash Notadjustable
d25 Status of the requirementto reheat the cylinder orfor the hot water warmstart from the eBUS ther-mostat
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
ndash Notadjustable
d27 Function of relay 1(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
1 Adjustable
d28 Function of relay 2(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
2 Adjustable
d31 Automatic filling device 0 2 ndash 0 = Manual
1 = Semi-automatic
2 = Automatic
0 Adjustable
d33 Fan speed target value Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d34 Value for the fan speed Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d35 Position of the divertervalve
Current value ndash 0 = Heating
40 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
100 = Domestic hot water
ndash Notadjustable
d36 Value for the hot waterflow
Current value lmin ndash ndash Notadjustable
d39 Water temperature in thesolar circuit
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d40 Heating flow temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d41 Heating return temperat-ure
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d43 Heating curve 02 4 ndash 01 12 Adjustable
d45 Value for the base pointof the heating curve
15 30 ndash 1 20 Adjustable
d47 Outside temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d50 Correction of the min-imum fan speed
0 3000 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
600 Adjustable
Appendix
32 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d51 Correction of the max-imum fan speed
-2500 0 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
-1000 Adjustable
d58 Solar circuit reheating 0 3 ndash 0 = Boilers Legionella protectionfunction deactivated
3 = Hot water activated (mintarget value 60 degC)
0 Adjustable
d60 Number of blocks by thetemperature limiter
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d61 Number of unsuccessfulignitions
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d62 Night set-back 0 30 ndash 1 0 Adjustable
d64 Average burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d65 Maximum burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d66 Activation of the warmstart function for hot wa-ter
ndash ndash ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
1 Adjustable
d67 Remaining burner anti-cycling time (setting un-der d02)
Current value min ndash ndash Notadjustable
d68 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 1st attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d69 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 2nd attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d70 Operation of the divertervalve
0 2 ndash 0 = Normal operating mode(DHW and heating mode)
1 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
2 = Permanent heating modeposition
0 Adjustable
d71 Maximum heating flowset target temperature
45 80 1 rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d73 Correction of the hot wa-ter warm start temperat-ure
-15 5 K 1 0 Adjustable
d75 Maximum cylinder re-heating time
20 90 min 1 45 Adjustable
d77 Max cylinder reheating ndash ndash kW 1
rarr Section Technical data
ndash Adjustable
d80 Running time in heatingmode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d81 Running time in hot wa-ter handling mode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d82 Number of burner igni-tions in heating mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d83 Number of burner igni-tions in hot water hand-ling mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d84 Maintenance in 0 3000 h Number of hours = Display valuex 10
300 Notadjustable
d85 Increase in the min out-put (heating and hot wa-ter handling mode)
ndash ndash kW 1 ndash Adjustable
d88 Flow rate limit valuefor ignition in hot waterhandling mode
0 1 ndash 0 = 17 lmin (no delay)
1 = 37 lmin (2 s delay)
0 Adjustable
d90 Status of the eBUS roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Not connected
on = Connected
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 33
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d91 Status DCF77 Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d93 Setting the product code 0 99 ndash 1
The Device Specific Number(DSN) can be found on the iden-tification plate
ndash Adjustable
d94 Delete fault list 0 1 ndash off = No
on = Yes
ndash Adjustable
d95 Software versions ndash ndash ndash 1 = Main PCB
2 = Interface PCB
ndash Adjustable
d96 Default setting (reset) ndash ndash ndash 0 = No
1 = Yes
ndash Adjustable
C Status codes ndash Overview
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Status code Meaning
Displays in heating mode
S0 Heating mode No requirement
S01 Heating mode Advance fan operation
S02 Heating mode Pump pre-run
S03 Heating mode Burner ignition
S04 Heating mode Burner on
S05 Heating mode Pumpfan overrun
S06 Heating mode Fan overrun
S07 Heating mode Pump overrun
S08 Heating mode Temporary shutdown after heating procedure
Displays in hot water handling mode
S10 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S11 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S13 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S14 DHW mode Burner on
S15 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S16 DHW mode Fan overrun
S17 DHW mode Pump overrun
Display in Comfort mode with warm start or hot water handling mode with cylinder
S20 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S21 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S22 Hot water handling mode Pump pre-run
S23 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S24 DHW mode Burner on
S25 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S26 DHW mode Fan overrun
S27 DHW mode Pump overrun
S28 Hot water handling mode Temporary shutdown of the burner
Other displays
S30 Room thermostat is blocking heating mode
S31 No heating demand Summer mode eBUS controller waiting period
Appendix
34 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Status code Meaning
S32 Fan waiting time Fan speed outside of the tolerance values
S33 Forced fan operation until the pressure monitor is switched
S34 Frost protection active
S39 Underfloor heating contact open
S41 Water pressure too high
S42 Flue non-return flap closed
S46 Frost protection mode (Comfort) Minimum load
S53 Product in waiting periodoperation block function due to low water pressure (flowreturn spread too large)
S54 Waiting period Low water pressure in the circuit (flowreturn spread too large)
S76 Maintenance message Check the water pressure
S88 Product purging active
S91 Maintenance Demo mode
S96 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S97 Automatic test programme Water pressure sensor heating demands blocked
S98 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S99 Internal automatic test programmes
S108 Purging the combustion chamber fan in operation
S109 Products standby mode activated
D Overview of fault codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F00 Fault Flow temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F01 Fault Return temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F10 Short circuit Flow temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F11 Short circuit Return temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F12 andF91
Short circuit Cylinder temperaturesensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F13 Short circuit Domestic hot water cylindertemperature sensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F20 Safety switch-off Overheating temperat-ure reached
Incorrect earth connection between cable harness and product flow or returnNTC defective (loose connection) stray spark via ignition cable ignition plugor ignition electrode
F22 Safety switch-off Low water pressure inthe boiler
No or insufficient water in the product water pressure sensor de-fective cable to the pump or to the water pressure sensor loosenotconnecteddefective
F23 Safety switch-off Temperature differencetoo great (NTC1NTC2)
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product flow and return NTCsensors connected the wrong way round
F24 Safety switch-off Temperature rise toofast
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product system pressure toolow non-return valve blockedincorrectly installed
F25 Safety switch-off Flue gas temperaturetoo high
Break in plug connection for optional flue gas safety cut-out (STB) break incable harness
F27 Safety switch-off Fault in flame detection Moisture on the electronics electronics (flame monitor) defective gas solen-oid valve leaking
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 35
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F28 Fault Ignition unsuccessful when startingup
Gas meter defective or gas pressure monitor has triggered air in gas gasflow pressure too low thermal isolator device (TAE) has triggered incorrectgas restrictor incorrect spare gas valve fault on the gas valve multiple plugon PCB incorrectly plugged in break in cable harness ignition system (ig-nition transformer ignition cable ignition plug ignition electrode) defectiveionisation current interrupted (cable electrode) incorrect earthing of productelectronics defective
F29 Fault Flame loss Gas supply temporarily stopped flue gas recirculation incorrect earthing ofproduct ignition transformer has spark failure
F32 Fan frost protection function active Fanspeed outside the tolerance values
Plug on fan not correctly plugged in multiple plug on PCB not correctlyplugged in break in cable harness fan blocked Hall sensor defective elec-tronics defective
F49 eBUS fault Voltage too low Short circuit on eBUS eBUS overload or two power supplies with differentpolarities on the eBUS
F61 Fault Gas valve control system Short circuitshort to earth in cable harness for the gas valve gas valvedefective (coils shorted to earth) electronics defective
F62 Fault Gas valve switch-off control Delayed switch-off of gas valve delayed extinguishing of flame signal gasvalve leaking electronics defective
F63 Fault EEPROM Electronics defective
F64 Fault Electronicssensoranalogue-to-digital converter
Flow or return NTC short circuited electronics defective
F65 Fault Electronics temperature too high Electronics overheating due to external influences electronics defective
F67 Value sent back by ASIC is incorrect(flame signal)
Implausible flame signal electronics defective
F68 Fault Unstable flame (analogue input) Air in gas gas flow pressure too low incorrect air ratio incorrect gas re-strictor ionisation flow interruption (cable electrode)
F70 Invalid product code (DSN) Display and PCB replaced at same time and Device Specific Number notreset wrong or missing output range coding resistance
F71 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Flow temperature sensor signalling constant value Flow temperature sensorincorrectly positioned on supply pipe flow temperature sensor defective
F72 Fault Deviation in the water pressuresensorreturn temperature sensor
Flowreturn NTC temperature difference too great rarr flow andor return tem-perature sensor defective
F73 Fault Water pressure sensor not con-nected or has short-circuited
Interruptionshort circuit of water pressure sensor interruptionshort circuitto GND in supply line to water pressure sensor or water pressure sensordefective
F74 Fault Electrical problem in the waterpressure sensor
Line to water pressure sensor has a short circuit to 5 V24 V or internal faultin the water pressure sensor
F75 Fault Pressure sensor Pressure switch defective
F76 The safety cut-out in the primary heatexchanger is defective
Safety cut-out feedback does not match the gas valve feedback
F77 Fault Condensate or smoke No response flue non-return flap defective
F78 Interruption to DHW outlet sensor atexternal controller
UK link box is connected but hot water NTC not bridged
F83 Fault Dry fire When the burner starts the temperature change registered at the flow orreturn temperature sensor is non-existent or too small Insufficient waterin the product the flow or return temperature sensor is not in the correctposition on the pipe
F84 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Values not consistent difference lt -6 K
Flow and return temperature sensors signalling implausible values Flow andreturn temperature sensors have been inverted flow and return temperaturesensors have not been correctly installed
F85 Fault Temperature sensor The flow andor return temperature sensors have been installed on the samepipeincorrect pipe
Temperature sensor not connected or is connected incorrectly
F86 Fault Underfloor heating contact Underfloor heating contact open sensor disconnected or defective
F87 Fault Electrodes Electrodes not connected or they are connected incorrectly short circuit inthe cable harness
F88 Fault Gas valve Gas valve not connected or it is connected incorrectly short circuit in thecable harness
F89 Fault Pump Pump not connected or it is connected incorrectly incorrect pump connec-ted short circuit in the cable harness
Appendix
36 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
Connection No communication between the PCBand the user interface
Electronics defective
E Wiring diagram Pure boiler
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
X21 41
32
eBUS
RT 24V
Burner off
X106
13
41
3
123
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~2
6
7
9
8
1
3
4
5
11
10
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Temperature sensor on the heating flow
4 Temperature sensor on the heating return
5 Fan
6 Gas valve assembly
7 Pressure sensor
8 External ignition transformer
9 Heating pump
10 Ionisation and ignition electrode
11 Main power supply and connection for 230 V control
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 37
F Connection diagram Pure boiler (30 kW)
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
X21LN
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
13
41
3
123
eBUS
Burner off
X106
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~
X12LN
2
7
8
109
1
43
5
6
12 11
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Control system
4 Temperature sensor in the heating flow
5 Temperature sensor in the heating return
6 Fan
7 Gas valve
8 Pressure sensor
9 Ionisation electrode
10 Heating pump
11 Ignition electrode
12 Main power supply
Appendix
38 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
G Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview
The table below lists the manufacturer requirements with respect to minimum inspection and maintenance intervals If na-tional regulations and directives require shorter inspection and maintenance intervals you should observe these instead ofthe intervals listed in the table
No WorkInspection(annual)
Mainten-ance
(must becarried outat regularintervals)
1Check the airflue pipe for leak-tightness and to ensure that it is fastened correctly Make surethat it is not blocked or damaged and has been installed in accordance with the relevant Installa-tion Manual
X X
2Check the general condition of the product Remove dirt from the product and from the vacuumchamber
X X
3Visually inspect the general condition of the heat exchanger In doing so pay particular attentionto signs of corrosion rust and other defects If you notice any damage carry out maintenancework
X X
4Check the gas connection pressure at maximum heat input If the gas connection pressure is notwithin the correct range carry out maintenance work
X X
5Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product and if necessary adjust it Keep a record ofthis
X X
6Disconnect the product from the power mains Check that the electrical plug connections andother connections are seated correctly and correct these if necessary
X X
7 Close the gas isolator cock and the service valves X X
8Drain the product on the water side Check the pre-charge pressure of the expansion vesseland if required top up the expansion vessel (approx 003 MPa03 bar below the system fillingpressure)
X
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit X
10Check the seals in the combustion area If you see any damage replace the seals Replace bothburner seals each time it is opened and accordingly each time maintenance work is carried out
X
11 Clean the heat exchanger X
12 Check the burner for damage and replace it if necessary X
13 Check the condensate siphon in the product clean and fill if necessary X X
14 Install the gas-air mixture unit Caution Replace the seals X
15 Open the gas isolator cock reconnect the product to the power mains and switch the product on X X
16Open the service valves fill the productheating installation to 005-03 MPa05-30 bar (depend-ing on the static height of the heating installation) and start the purging programme PXX
X
17Carry out a test operation of the product and heating installation and if required purge the sys-tem once more
X X
18 Visually inspect the ignition and burner behaviour X X
19 Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product again X
20 Check the product for gas flue gas water and condensate leaks and repair if necessary X X
21 Record the inspectionmaintenance work carried out X X
Note For those appliances which are not part of an annual service agreementpolicy maintenance must be carried out at least every5 years
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 39
H Position of the opening in the airflue pipe
GN
N
MM
A
II
O
H
H
CBLJ
Q Q
Q
Q
Q
K
P
D E
FI
S
R
T
H1 Positioning of the opening of a fan-supported flue gas pipe
Installation siteMinimum dimen-sions
A Directly below an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
B Above an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
C Horizontally to an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
DBelow temperature-sensitive building components eg plastic gutters down pipes or wastewaterpipes
75 mm
E Below eaves 200 mm
F Below balconies or car port roofs 200 mm
G From vertical wastewater pipes or down pipes 150 mm
H From external or internal corners 200 mm
I Above floors roofs or balconies 300 mm
J From a surface facing a terminal 600 mm
K From a terminal facing a terminal 1200 mm
L From an opening in the car port (eg door window) which leads into the dwelling 1200 mm
M Vertical from a terminal on the same wall 1500 mm
N Horizontal from a terminal on the same wall 300 mm
O From the wall on which the terminal has been installed 0 mm
P From a vertical structure on the roof 300 mm
Q Above the roof area 300 mm
R Horizontal from adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
S Above adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
T Below adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 2000 mm
Appendix
40 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
H2 Horizontal terminal positioning
BS 5440-1 recommends that fanned flue chimney terminals should be positioned as follows
a) at least 2 m from an opening in the building directly opposite and
b) so that the products of combustion are not directed to discharge directly across a boundary if the products are likely tocause a nuisance to a neighbour or discharge over a walkway or patio
For IE see current issue of IS 813
For boilers covered within this manual
1) Dimensions D E F and G
These clearances may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler In order to ensure that the con-densate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces the terminal should be extended as shown below
Balconyeaves
Gutter
Adequately secured airflue gas pipe
The flue pipe mustprotrude beyond any overhang
2) Dimension H
This clearance may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler However in order to ensure thatthe condensate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces a clearance of 300 mm is preferred
For 1 and 2 above you can use a flue gas management kit to enable the termination point to be positioned and directed awayfrom the building fabric
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 41
I Commissioning Checklist
copy Heating and Hotwater Industry Council (HHIC)
wwwcentralheatingcouk
Benchmark Commissioning and Servicing SectionIt is a requirement that the boiler is installed and commissioned to the
completed in full
Appendix
42 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
This Commissioning Checklist is to be completed in full by the competent person who commissioned the boiler as a means of demonstrating compliance with the appropriate Building Regulations and then handed to the customer to keep for future reference
GAS BOILER SYSTEM COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST
CONTROLS
Optimum start control
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
ALL SYSTEMS
Yes
Yes
CENTRAL HEATING MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
COMBINATION BOILERS ONLY
Yes
Yes
DOMESTIC HOT WATER MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
Yes Temperature
CONDENSING BOILERS ONLY
Yes
ALL INSTALLATIONS
AND sup2 Ratio
AND sup2 Ratio
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 43
It is recommended that your heating system is serviced regularly and that the appropriate Service Interval Record is completed
Service Provider
SERVICE RECORD
SERVICE 01
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 02
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 03
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 04
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 05
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 06
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 07
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 08
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 09
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 10
AND sup2 AND sup2
Appendix
44 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
PRIOR TO CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO CHECKThe boiler manufacturerrsquos installation instructions should have been followed gas type verified and gas
supply pressurerate checked as required prior to commissioningAs part of the installation process especially where a flue has been fitted by persons other than the boiler installer visually check the integrity of the whole flue system to confirm that all components are correctly assembled fixed and supported Check that manufacturerrsquos max flue lengths have not been
exceeded and all guidance has been followed (eg Gas Safe Technical Bulletin TB008)The flue gas analyser should be of the correct type as specified by BS 7967
Prior to its use the flue gas analyser should have been maintained and calibrated as specified by the manufacturer The installer must have the relevant competence for use of the analyser
Check and zero the analyser IN FRESH AIR as per analyser manufacturerrsquos instructions
NOTETHE AIR GAS RATIO VALVE IS FACTORY
SET AND MUST NOT BE ADJUSTED DURING COMMISSIONING UNLESS THIS ACTION IS RECOMMENDED FOLLOWING CONTACT WITH THE MANUFACTURER
If any such adjustment is recommended and further checking of the boiler is required the
installerservice engineer must be competent to carry out this work and to use the flue gas
analyser accordinglyIf the boiler requires conversion to operate with
a different gas family (eg conversion from natural gas to LPG) separate guidance will be
provided by the boiler manufacturer
CARRY OUT FLUE INTEGRITY CHECK USING ANALYSERInsert analyser probe into air inlet test point and allow readings to stabiliseNOTE - where no air inlet test point is provided then a flue integrity check
with the analyser is not possible The installer should verify that flue integrity has been visually checked in accordance with the ldquoPrior to
CO and combustion ratio checkrdquo box above before proceeding to the ldquoCheck CO and combustion ratio at maximum raterdquo stage below
SET BOILER TO MINIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at minimum rate (to
minimum load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - If manufacturerrsquos instructions do not specify how to set boiler to minimum
rate contact Technical Helpline for advice
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MINIMUM RATEWith boiler still set at minimum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas sampling
point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is not
specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MAX RATEWith boiler still set at maximum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas
sampling point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is
not specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
SET BOILER TO MAXIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at max rate
(full load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - Do not insert analyser probe during this period to avoid
possible ldquofloodingrdquo of sensor
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
BOILER IS OPERATING SATISFACTORILYno further actions required
Ensure test points are capped boiler case is correctly replaced and all other commissioning procedures are completed
Complete Benchmark Checklist recording CO and combustion ratio readings as required
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED
VERIFY FLUE INTEGRITYAnalyser readings indicate that combustion products and inlet air must be mixing Further investigation of
the flue is therefore requiredCheck that flue components are assembled fixed and supported as per boilerflue manufacturerrsquos
instructionsCheck that flue and flue terminal are not obstructed
IsCO less than
335ppmand
COCO2 ratio less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
Check all seals around the appliance burner internal flue seals door and case seals
Rectify where necessary
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED IF
COMMISSIONING CANNOT BE FULLY COMPLETED THE APPLIANCE MUST BE
DISCONNECTED FROM THE GAS SUPPLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GSIUR
NOTE Check and record CO and combustion ratio at both max and min rate before contacting the
manufacturer
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YESYES
YES
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 45
J Pipe lengths for the airflue pipe
J1 Length of the C13 type airflue pipe
Applicability C13 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C13 type airfluepipe
C13 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J2 Length of the C33 type airflue pipe
Applicability C33 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C33 type airfluepipe
C33 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J3 Length of the C43 type airflue pipe
Applicability C43 type airflue pipe
Diameter of theairflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L)
C43 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
Appendix
46 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
K Technical data
Technical data ndash Heating
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 530 lh 655 lh 788 lh 1094 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 353 lh 436 lh 525 lh 729 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
123 lh 153 lh 184 lh 255 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 1102 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 876 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
306 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
Technical data ndash G20 powerloading G20The lowest nominal heat output may be higher than the value in the technical data depending on the design of the systemand the current operating status
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 12 kW 15 kW 18 kW 25 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
48 hellip 130 kW 48 hellip 162 kW 53 hellip 195 kW 65 hellip 270 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
47 hellip 128 kW 47 hellip 159 kW 52 hellip 191 kW 64 hellip 265 kW
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
45 hellip 123 kW 45 hellip 152 kW 50 hellip 183 kW 61 hellip 254 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
44 hellip 150 kW 44 hellip 180 kW 49 hellip 252 kW 60 hellip 300 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
123 kW 153 kW 184 kW 255 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
153 kW 184 kW 257 kW 306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 30 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
76 hellip 324 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
75 hellip 318 kW
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 47
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
72 hellip 305 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
71 hellip 350 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
72 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
357 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
72 kW
Technical data ndash General
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch 34 inch 34 inch 34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h 32 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
13 msup3h 16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0476 msup3h 0480 msup3h 0533 msup3h 0648 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
206 gs 208 gs 231 gs 281 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
55 gs 69 gs 83 gs 115 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
69 gs 83 gs 116 gs 138 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
55 55 60 77
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
55 55 55 55
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
43 48 51 62
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
32 32 34 35
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
71 71 69 68
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
105 105 105 95
Released system types C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996 996 996 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040 1040 1040 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060 1060 1060 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085 1085 1085 1085
NOx class 5 5 5 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm
Appendix
48 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Net weight 31 kg 31 kg 31 kg 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 35 kg 35 kg 35 kg 36 kg
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
38 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
32 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0762 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
330 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
138 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
161 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
82
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
37
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
75
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
104
Released system types C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085
NOx class 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm
Net weight 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 36 kg
Technical data ndash Electrics
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 49
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max electrical power consump-tion
65 W 75 W 66 W 75 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W
Level of protection IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V
Max electrical power consump-tion
60 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W
Level of protection IPX4D
Index
50 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Index
AAirflue pipe installed 5BBurner anti-cycling time 20Bypass valve 22CCE label 8Check programmes 29
Using 15Checking the burner 25Checking the pre-charge pressure of the expansionvessel 25Cleaning the condensate siphon 25Cleaning the heat exchanger 24CO₂ content
Checking 20 23Competent person 4Completing inspection work 25Completing maintenance work 25Condensate discharge pipe 12Condensate siphon
Filling 18Controller 14Corrosion 5DDecommissioning 28Decommissioning the product 28Diagnostics codes
Using 15Documents 7Draining the product 25EElectricity 5Expansion relief valve 28FFault codes 26Fault memory 26Fault messages 26Fault symbol 15Flow rate-pressure curves 21Flue gas route 5Front casing closed 5Frost 5GGas family check 16Gas flow rate 18HHanding over to the end user 22High-efficiency pump 21High-efficiency pump output 21IIdentification plate 7If you smell flue gas 5If you smell gas 4Inspection work 22 38Installation site 5Intended use 4LLeak-tightness 20 25 28
MMains connection 14Maintenance work 22 38Minimum clearance 9PPower supply 14Preparing the repair work 26Preparing repair work 26Pressure sensor 28Pump head 27QQualification 4RRegulations 6Removing the air intake pipe 24Removing the burner 24Removing the flue gas pipe 24Removing the front casing 10Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24Removing the ignition transformer 24Removing the side section 10Replacing the burner 26Replacing the expansion vessel 27Replacing the heat exchanger 26Replacing the main PCB 28Replacing expansion vessel 27Resetting the burner anti-cycling time 21SSafety device 5Schematic drawing 5Setting the burner anti-cycling time 20Spare parts 23Switching on the product 17TTool 6Transport 5Transporting 8Treating the heating water 16UUnloading the box 8Unpacking the product 8User interface replacing the PCB 28Using
Check programmes 15Diagnostics codes 15
VVoltage 5WWall-mounting the product 9Weight 9
0020200964_04
ManufacturerSupplierVaillant Group UK LTD
Nottingham Road ‒ Belper ‒ Derbyshire DE56 1JQ
Telephone 01773 824639 ‒ Technical helpline 0330 100 7679
After sales service 0330 100 3142
wwwglow-wormcouk
0020200964_04 ‒ 16112017
copy These instructions or parts thereof are protected by copyright and may be repro-duced or distributed only with the manufacturers written consent
We reserve the right to make technical changes
Start-up 7
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 19
7102 Checking the gas connection pressure (gasflow pressure)
1
2
1 Ensure that the gas inlet working pressure can beobtained with all other gas appliances in the propertyworking
2 Close the gas stopcock (1)
3 Undo the sealing screw on the test nipple (2)
4 Connect a manometer to the test nipple (2)
5 Open the gas stopcock (1)
6 Start up the product with check programme P01 (sys-tem with eBUS control) or P03 (installation withouteBUS control)
7 In addition ensure that maximum heat can be dissip-ated into the heating system by turning up the roomthermostat
8 With the boiler operating at full load check that the gasinlet working pressure at the reference test point (2)complies with the requirements
Permissible connection pressure
Great Bri-tain
Naturalgas
G20 17 hellip 2 kPa
(170hellip 20 mbar)
9 Should the pressure recorded at the reference test pointin the boiler be lower than indicated check if there isany blockage in the pipework or if the pipework is un-dersized
Conditions Gas flow pressure not in the permissible range
CautionRisk of material damage and operatingfaults caused by incorrect gas connec-tion pressureIf the gas connection pressure lies outsidethe permissible range this can cause oper-ating faults in and damage to the product Do not make any adjustments to the
product Do not start up the product
If you cannot correct the failure notify the gas supplycompany and proceed as follows
End check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down by allowing pump overrunto operate for a minimum of two minutes
Close the gas stopcock
Remove the pressure gauge and retighten the sealingscrew (2) for the measuring nipple
Open the gas stopcock (1)
Check the test nipple for gas tightness
Close the gas stopcock (1)
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
Disconnect the product from the electrical installation
You must not start up the boiler
Conditions Gas flow pressure in the permissible range
End the check programme P01
Allow the boiler to cool down allowing pump overrun tooperate for a minimum of two minutes
Close the gas stopcock (1)
Remove the pressure gauge and retighten the sealingscrew (2) for the measuring nipple
Open the gas stopcock (1)
Check the test nipple for gas tightness
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
Reset boiler controls for normal operation
Record the appliance gas inlet working pressure (kParesp mbar) in the Benchmark gas boiler commissioningchecklist
7103 Checking the leak-tightness of the flue gasinstallation and flue gas recirculation
1 Check the flue gas installation is intact in accordancewith the latest gas safe technical bulletin and informa-tion supplied in the installation instructions
2 For extended flue gas installations check for flue gasrecirculation using the air analysis point
3 Use a flue gas analyser
4 If you discover CO or CO2 in the supply air search forthe leak in the flue gas installation or for signs of fluegas recirculation
5 Eliminate the damage properly
6 Check again whether the supply air contains any CO orCO2
7 If you cannot eliminate the damage do not start up theproduct
7104 Thoroughly flushing the heating installation(hot)
1 Operate the appliance until the boiler and the heatingsystem are up to temperature
2 Check the heating system for leaks
3 Connect a hose to the drain valve located at the lowestposition of the heating system
4 Shut off the boiler open the drain valve and all purgevalves on the radiators and allow the water to flow outof the heating system and the boiler quickly and fully
5 Close the drain valve
6 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
7 Re-fill the system until the system design pressure of01 MPa (10 bar) is attained
8 Adapting the unit to the heating installation
20 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Note
The actual reading on the digital pressuregauge should ideally be 005 MPa (05 bar)plus an additional pressure correspondingto the highest point of the system above thebase of the boiler ndash 10 m head equals an ad-ditional 1 bar reading on the pressure gaugeThe minimum pressure should not be lessthan 01 MPa (1 bar) in any installation Ifthe system is to be treated with an inhibitor itshould be applied at this stage in accordancewith the manufacturerrsquos instructions Furtherinformation can be obtained from SentinelBetz Dearborn Ltd Tel 0151 420 9595 orFernox Alphandash Fry technologies Tel 08708700362
8 Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
7105 Checking the CO₂ content
1 Start up the product with the check programme (P01)and set the value
ndash Setting value for the programme P01 100
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
2 Wait until the value that is read is stable
ndash Waiting period for reading a stable value 5 min
1
3 Unscrew the cover from the flue gas analysis point (1)
4 Measure the CO₂ content at the flue gas analysis point(1)
5 Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Checking the CO₂ content
Great Britain
front casing on front casing off
Natural gas
G20
92 plusmn1
◁ The value is OK
The value is not OK you cannot start up theproduct
Inform Customer Service
711 Checking leak-tightness
Check the gas pipe the heating circuit and the hot watercircuit for leak-tightness
Check that the airflue pipe has been installed correctly
Conditions Room-sealed operation
Check whether the vacuum chamber has been closedtightly
7111 Checking the heating mode
1 Activate the heating mode on the user interface
2 Turn all thermostatic radiator valves on the radiatorsuntil they are fully open
3 Allow the product to operate for at least 15 minutes
4 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
5 Activate the display for the current operating status(rarr Page 15)
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
◁ If the product is working correctly the display showsS04
7112 Checking the hot water generation
1 Activate the hot water handling mode on the userinterface
2 Open a hot water valve completely
3 Activate the display for the current operating status(rarr Page 15)
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
◁ If the product is working correctly the display showsS14
8 Adapting the unit to the heatinginstallation
You can resetchange the system parameters (section Us-ing diagnostics codes)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
81 Burner anti-cycling time
To prevent frequent switching on and off of the burner andthus prevent energy losses an electronic restart lockoutis activated for a specific period each time the burner isswitched off The burner anti-cycling time is only active forthe heating mode Hot water handling mode during a burneranti-cycling time does not affect the time function element
811 Setting the maximum burner anti-cyclingtime
1 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
2 If required adjust the maximum burner anti-cycling timeusing the diagnostics code d02
Adapting the unit to the heating installation 8
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 21
812 Resetting the remaining burner anti-cyclingtime
Hold the button down for more than 3 seconds
◁ is shown in the display
82 Setting the pump output
The product is equipped with a speed-regulated high-effi-ciency pump which adjusts independently to the hydraulicconditions of the heating installation
If you have installed a low loss header in the heating install-ation you should switch off the speed regulation and set thepump output to a fixed value
If required change the setting of the pump speed whichdepends on the operating mode under diagnostics coded14
Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 12 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
0
10
20
30
40
50
0 200 400 600 800 1000
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 15 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
1 2
34
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 18 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
01020304050
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
6070
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 25 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
01020304050
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
6070
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 30 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
01020304050607080
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 A
B 1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
9 Handing the product over to the end user
22 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
83 Setting the bypass valve
CautionRisk of material damage caused by incor-rect setting of the high-efficiency pump
If the pressure at the bypass valve is in-creased (by turning it clockwise) and thepump output is set to less than 100 theproduct may not operate correctly
In this case set the pump output to5 = 100 using diagnostics parameterd14
Conditions d14 is set to 0 = auto
Do not change the factory settings
Conditions d14 is set to 1 - 5
Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
1
Regulate the pressure using the adjusting screw (1)
Position of the adjustingscrew
Notesapplication
Right-hand stop (screwedall the way in)
If the radiators do not heatup sufficiently at the defaultsetting In this case you mustset the pump to the maximumspeed
Mid-position (six anti-clockwise rotations)
Default setting
Five further anti-clockwiserotations starting from themid-position
If noises are produced in theradiators or radiator valves
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
84 Setting the hot water temperature
DangerRisk of death from legionella
Legionella multiply at temperatures below60 degC
Ensure that the end user is familiar withall of the Anti-legionella measures in orderto comply with the applicable regulationsregarding legionella prevention
Set the hot water temperature
Conditions Water hardness gt 357 molmsup3
ndash Hot water temperature le 50
9 Handing the product over to the enduser
When you have finished the installation attach the stickersupplied (in the end users language) to the productcover
Explain to the end user how the safety devices work andwhere they are located
Inform the end user how to handle the product
In particular draw attention to the safety informationwhich the end user must follow
Inform the end user that they must have the productmaintained in accordance with the specified intervals
Instruct the end user about measures taken for routingthe combustion air supply and flue system
10 Inspection and maintenance
101 Using original seals
If you replace components use only the enclosed originalseals additional sealing materials are not required
102 Observing inspection and maintenanceintervals
Adhere to the minimum inspection and maintenance in-tervals The inspection may require maintenance to becarried out earlier depending on the results
Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview(rarr Page 38)
Inspection and maintenance 10
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 23
103 Procuring spare parts
The original components of the product were also certifiedby the manufacturer as part of the declaration of conformityIf you use other non-certified or unauthorised parts duringmaintenance or repair work this may void the conformity ofthe product and it will therefore no longer comply with theapplicable standards
We strongly recommend that you use original spare partsfrom the manufacturer as this guarantees fault-free and safeoperation of the product To receive information about theavailable original spare parts contact the contact addressprovided on the reverse of these instructions
If you require spare parts for maintenance or repairwork use only the spare parts that are permitted for theproduct
104 Checking the CO₂ content
1 Start up the product with the check programme (P01)and set the value
ndash Setting value for the programme P01 100
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
2 Wait until the value that is read is stable
ndash Waiting period for reading a stable value 5 min
1
3 Unscrew the cover from the flue gas analysis point (1)
4 Measure the CO₂ content at the flue gas analysis point(1)
5 Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Checking the CO₂ content
Great Britain
front casing on front casing off
Natural gas
G20
92 plusmn1
◁ The value is OK
The value is not OK you cannot start up theproduct
Set the CO₂ content (rarr Page 23)
105 Setting the CO₂ content
Conditions The CO₂ content must be adjusted
1
A
B
Remove the sticker
Turn the screw (1) to set the CO₂ content (value withfront casing removed)
◁ To increase the CO₂ content Turn anti-clockwise
◁ To decrease the CO₂ content Turn clockwise
Only carry out the adjustment in increments of 18 turnand wait approximately 1 minute after each adjustmentuntil the value has stabilised
Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Setting the CO₂ value
Great Britain
front casing on front casingoff
Natural gas
G20
CO₂ at full load 92 plusmn02
Set for Wobbeindex W₀
1409 kWsdothmsup3
O₂ at full load 45 plusmn18 vol
CO at full load le 250 ppm
COCO₂ le 00027
If the setting is not in the specified adjustment rangeyou must not start up the product
Inform Customer Service
Check whether the air-quality requirements with regardto carbon monoxide are fulfilled
Fit the front panel
10 Inspection and maintenance
24 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
106 Removing the gas-air mixture unit
Note
The gas-air mixture unit consists of three maincomponents
ndash Fan
ndash Gas valve
ndash Burner cover
1 Switch off the product via the main switch
2 Close the gas isolator cock
3 Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
C
AB
1
D
2
4 Remove the screw (1)
5 Push the clip upwards
6 Remove the flue gas pipe (2)
3
4
5
AB
7 Remove the air intake pipe (3)
8 Remove the plugs from the gas valve (4) and from thefan (5)
A
C
D B
6
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (6)
7
7
8
10 Remove the burner seals (7) and the burner (8)
11 Check the burner and the heat exchanger for damageand dirt
12 If necessary clean or replace the components accord-ing to the following sections
13 Install the two new burner seals
107 Cleaning the heat exchanger
1
1 Protect the folded down electronics box against sprayedwater
2 Clean the ribs of the heat exchanger (1) with water
◁ The water runs out into the condensate tray
Inspection and maintenance 10
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 25
108 Checking the burner
1 Search the surface of the burner for possible damage Ifyou see any damage replace the burner
2 Install the two new burner seals
109 Checking the ignition electrode
1
2
3 4 5
1 Disconnect the connection (2) and the earthing cable(1)
2 Remove the fixing screws (3)
3 Carefully remove the electrode from the combustionchamber
4 Check that the electrode ends (4) are undamaged
5 Check the electrode distance
ndash Clearance for the ignition electrodes 35 hellip 45 mm
6 Make sure that the seal (5) is free from damage
If necessary replace the seal
1010 Cleaning the condensate siphon
C
2
3
1
AB
1 Unclip the lower section of the siphon (1) from the up-per section of the siphon (2)
2 Remove the float (3)
3 Flush out the float and lower section of the siphon withwater
4 Fill the lower section of the siphon with water up to 10mm below the upper edge of the condensate drain pipe-work
5 Reinsert the float (3)
Note
Check whether the float is present in thecondensate siphon
6 Clip the lower section of the siphon (1) into the uppersection of the siphon (2)
1011 Installing the gas-air mixture unit
1 Install the burner
2 Install two new burner seals in the burner hood
3 Install the gas-air mixture unit
4 Tighten the screws on the gas-air mixture unit
ndash Ideally to 7 Nm if a torque spanner is available
5 Install the flue pipe
6 Install the air intake pipe
1012 Draining the product
1 Close the service valves of the product
2 Start check programme P05 (rarr Page 15)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
3 Open the drain cock
1013 Checking the admission pressure of theexpansion vessel
1 Measure the pre-charge pressure of the expansion ves-sel at the vessel valve
Conditions Pre-charge pressure lt 0075 MPa (075 bar)
Top up the expansion vessel in accordance with thestatic height of the heating installation ideally with ni-trogen otherwise with air Ensure that the drain valve isopen when topping up
2 If water escapes from the expansion vessels valve youmust replace the expansion vessel (rarr Page 27)
3 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
1014 Completing inspection and maintenancework
1 Check the gas connection pressure (gas flow pressure)(rarr Page 19)
2 Check the CO₂ content
1015 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
11 Troubleshooting
26 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
11 Troubleshooting
111 Rectifying faults
If fault codes (FXX) appear refer to the table in the ap-pendix or use the check programme(s)
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
If several fault codes are generated at the same time theseare displayed alternately followed by the time at which therespective fault occurred
Hold the button down for more than 3 seconds
If you are unable to clear the fault code and it reappearsdespite several fault clearance attempts contact cus-tomer service
112 Calling up the fault memory
The last 10 fault codes are stored in the fault memory (to-gether with the time at which the respective fault occurredand after 24 hours with the number of days)
Hold the button down for more than 7 seconds
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Press the button to exit this menu
113 Deleting the fault memory
1 Delete the fault memory using the diagnostics coded94
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
114 Resetting parameters to factory settings
1 Reset all parameters to the factory settings using thediagnostics code d96
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
115 Preparing the repair work
1 Switch off the product
2 Disconnect the product from the electrical installation
3 Remove the front casing
4 Close the gas stopcock
5 Close the service valves in the heating flow and in theheating return
6 Close the service valve in the cold water pipe
7 Drain the product if you want to replace water-bearingcomponents of the product
8 Ensure that water does not drip on live components(eg the electronics box)
9 Use only new seals and O-rings Do not use any addi-tional sealing materials
116 Replacing defective components
1161 Replacing the burner
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Remove the two burner seals
3 Remove the burner
4 Insert the new burner
5 Insert two new burner seals in the burner cover
6 Install the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 25)
1162 Replacing the gas-air mixture unit
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Install the new gas-air mixture (rarr Page 25)
1163 Replacing the heat exchanger
1 Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
2 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
1 A
B
3 Remove the gas pipe (1)
1
2
3
2 4
A
B
4 Remove the temperature sensor (3)
5 Remove the upper clip (1)
6 Remove the lower clip (4)
7 Remove the supply pipe (2)
Troubleshooting 11
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 27
2
2 3
B
1
A
8 Remove the upper clip (1)
9 Remove the lower clip (3)
10 Remove the return pipe (2)
1
A2
11 Remove the clip underneath the condensate tray (1)
12 Undo the four screws (2)
2
1
B
C
A
13 Remove the ignition electrode (1)
14 Lift the heat exchanger up slightly and remove it to-gether with the condensate tray
15 Remove the ignition transformer (2)
16 Install the new heat exchanger in reverse order
1164 Replacing the pump head
1
2
1 Disconnect the pump cable from the electronics box
2 Undo the four bolts (1)
3 Remove the pump head (2)
4 Replace the O-ring
5 Use four screws to secure the new pump head
6 Connect the pump cable to the electronics box
1165 Replacing the expansion vessel
B
C
1
2
3A
D
1 Undo the nut (3)
2 Remove both screws on the support plate (1)
3 Remove the support plate
4 Pull out the expansion vessel (2) towards the front
5 Insert the new expansion vessel into the product
6 Screw the new expansion vessel to the water connec-tion To do this use a new seal
7 Attach the support plate using both screws
8 Fill and purge the product (rarr Page 17) and if requiredthe heating installation
12 Decommissioning the product
28 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
1166 Replacing the main PCB
C
C
D
B
C
C
D
B
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull all of the plugs out from the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plugs
7 Close the electronics box
1167 Replacing the PCB for the user interface
B
C
C
D
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull the plug out of the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plug
7 Close the electronics box
1168 Replacing the expansion relief valve
1
2
1 Remove the clip (2)
2 Remove the expansion relief valve
3 Fit the new expansion relief valve with a new O-ring
4 Reattach the clip (2)
1169 Replace the pressure sensor
1
2
1 Pull out the plug
2 Remove the clip (1)
3 Remove the pressure sensor (2)
4 Install the new pressure sensor
5 Reattach the clip (1)
117 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
12 Decommissioning the product
Switch off the product
Disconnect the product from the power mains
Close the gas isolator cock
Close the cold water stop cock
13 Customer service
For contact details for our customer service department youcan write to the address that is provided on the back pageor you can visit wwwglow-wormcouk
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 29
Appendix
A Check programmes ndash Overview
Note
Since the programme table is used for various products some programmes may not be visible for the product inquestion
Display Meaning
P01 Burner operation on adjustable heat input
The product operates after ignition with the heat input set between 0 (0 = Pmin) and 100 (100 = Pmax)
The function is active for 15 minutes
P02 Burner operation at ignition load
After ignition the product works at ignition load
The function is active for 15 minutes
P03 The product runs in heating mode with the maximum heat input set using diagnostics code d00
P04 Maximum output function
If there is a hot water request the product runs in hot water handling mode and at maximum heat load
If there is no hot water request the product runs with the heating partial load that is set via diagnostics coded00 and in heating mode
The function is active for 15 minutes
P05 Filling the product
The diverter valve moves to the mid-position The burner and pump switch off (to fill or drain the product)
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is active for 15 minutes
P06 Purging the heating circuit
The diverter valve is moved to the heating position
The function is activated in the heating circuit for 15 minutes
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
P07 Purging the hot water circuit
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
Automatic air ventfunction
Purging the product
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
This function cannot be manually switched off
B Overview of diagnostics codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d00 Heating maximum output ndash ndash kW The maximum heating outputvaries depending on the product
rarr Section Technical data
Automatic Unit automaticallyadjusts the maximum output tothe current system demand
rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d01 Pump overrun in heatingmode
1 60 min 1 5 Adjustable
d02 Maximum burner anti-cycling time in heatingmode
2 60 min 1 20 Adjustable
Appendix
30 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d04 Water temperature in thecylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d05 Determined heating flowset target temperature
Current value ndash ndash Not
adjustable
d06 Hot water set target tem-perature
Current value (Combination unit only) ndash Notadjustable
d07 Set target temperaturefor the domestic hot wa-ter cylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d08 Status of the 230 V ther-mostat
Current value ndash 0 = Room thermostat open (noheat requirement)
1 = Room thermostat closed(heat requirement)
ndash Notadjustable
d09 Heating flow set targettemperature that is seton the eBUS room ther-mostat
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d10 Status of the internalpump in the heating cir-cuit
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d11 Status of the heatingcircuits shunt pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d13 Status of the hot watercircuits circulation pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d14 Operating mode of themodulating pump
0 5 ndash 0 = variable rotational speed(auto)
1 2 3 4 5 = Fixed rotationalspeeds rarr Section Setting thepump output
0 Adjustable
d15 Pump speed Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d16 Status of the 24 V roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Heating off
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d17 Heating control ndash ndash ndash off = Flow temperature
on = Return temperature (ad-justment for underfloor heatingIf you have activated the returntemperature control the auto-matic heating output determina-tion function is not active)
0 Adjustable
d18 Pump overrun operatingmode
1 3 ndash 1 = Continuous (pump runs per-manently)
3 = Eco (intermittent pump modendash for the dissipation of the resid-ual heat after hot water gener-ation at an extremely low heatdemand)
1 Adjustable
d19 Pump operating mode 2stage pump
0 3 ndash 0 = Burner mode stage 2 pumpflowoverrun stage 1
1 = Heating mode and pumpflowoverrun stage 1 hot waterhandling mode stage 2
2 = Automatic heating modepump flowoverrun stage 1 hotwater handling mode stage 2
3 = Stage 2
3 Adjustable
d20 Maximum hot water settarget temperature
50 60 1 60 Adjustable
d21 Status of the warm startfor hot water
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated andavailable
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 31
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d22 Status of the hot waterrequest
Current value ndash off = No current requirement
on = Current requirement
ndash Notadjustable
d23 Status of the heatingdemand
Current value ndash off = Heating off (Summer mode)
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d24 Status of the pressuremonitor
0 1 ndash off = Not switched
on = Switched
ndash Notadjustable
d25 Status of the requirementto reheat the cylinder orfor the hot water warmstart from the eBUS ther-mostat
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
ndash Notadjustable
d27 Function of relay 1(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
1 Adjustable
d28 Function of relay 2(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
2 Adjustable
d31 Automatic filling device 0 2 ndash 0 = Manual
1 = Semi-automatic
2 = Automatic
0 Adjustable
d33 Fan speed target value Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d34 Value for the fan speed Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d35 Position of the divertervalve
Current value ndash 0 = Heating
40 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
100 = Domestic hot water
ndash Notadjustable
d36 Value for the hot waterflow
Current value lmin ndash ndash Notadjustable
d39 Water temperature in thesolar circuit
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d40 Heating flow temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d41 Heating return temperat-ure
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d43 Heating curve 02 4 ndash 01 12 Adjustable
d45 Value for the base pointof the heating curve
15 30 ndash 1 20 Adjustable
d47 Outside temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d50 Correction of the min-imum fan speed
0 3000 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
600 Adjustable
Appendix
32 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d51 Correction of the max-imum fan speed
-2500 0 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
-1000 Adjustable
d58 Solar circuit reheating 0 3 ndash 0 = Boilers Legionella protectionfunction deactivated
3 = Hot water activated (mintarget value 60 degC)
0 Adjustable
d60 Number of blocks by thetemperature limiter
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d61 Number of unsuccessfulignitions
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d62 Night set-back 0 30 ndash 1 0 Adjustable
d64 Average burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d65 Maximum burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d66 Activation of the warmstart function for hot wa-ter
ndash ndash ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
1 Adjustable
d67 Remaining burner anti-cycling time (setting un-der d02)
Current value min ndash ndash Notadjustable
d68 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 1st attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d69 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 2nd attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d70 Operation of the divertervalve
0 2 ndash 0 = Normal operating mode(DHW and heating mode)
1 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
2 = Permanent heating modeposition
0 Adjustable
d71 Maximum heating flowset target temperature
45 80 1 rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d73 Correction of the hot wa-ter warm start temperat-ure
-15 5 K 1 0 Adjustable
d75 Maximum cylinder re-heating time
20 90 min 1 45 Adjustable
d77 Max cylinder reheating ndash ndash kW 1
rarr Section Technical data
ndash Adjustable
d80 Running time in heatingmode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d81 Running time in hot wa-ter handling mode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d82 Number of burner igni-tions in heating mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d83 Number of burner igni-tions in hot water hand-ling mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d84 Maintenance in 0 3000 h Number of hours = Display valuex 10
300 Notadjustable
d85 Increase in the min out-put (heating and hot wa-ter handling mode)
ndash ndash kW 1 ndash Adjustable
d88 Flow rate limit valuefor ignition in hot waterhandling mode
0 1 ndash 0 = 17 lmin (no delay)
1 = 37 lmin (2 s delay)
0 Adjustable
d90 Status of the eBUS roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Not connected
on = Connected
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 33
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d91 Status DCF77 Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d93 Setting the product code 0 99 ndash 1
The Device Specific Number(DSN) can be found on the iden-tification plate
ndash Adjustable
d94 Delete fault list 0 1 ndash off = No
on = Yes
ndash Adjustable
d95 Software versions ndash ndash ndash 1 = Main PCB
2 = Interface PCB
ndash Adjustable
d96 Default setting (reset) ndash ndash ndash 0 = No
1 = Yes
ndash Adjustable
C Status codes ndash Overview
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Status code Meaning
Displays in heating mode
S0 Heating mode No requirement
S01 Heating mode Advance fan operation
S02 Heating mode Pump pre-run
S03 Heating mode Burner ignition
S04 Heating mode Burner on
S05 Heating mode Pumpfan overrun
S06 Heating mode Fan overrun
S07 Heating mode Pump overrun
S08 Heating mode Temporary shutdown after heating procedure
Displays in hot water handling mode
S10 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S11 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S13 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S14 DHW mode Burner on
S15 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S16 DHW mode Fan overrun
S17 DHW mode Pump overrun
Display in Comfort mode with warm start or hot water handling mode with cylinder
S20 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S21 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S22 Hot water handling mode Pump pre-run
S23 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S24 DHW mode Burner on
S25 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S26 DHW mode Fan overrun
S27 DHW mode Pump overrun
S28 Hot water handling mode Temporary shutdown of the burner
Other displays
S30 Room thermostat is blocking heating mode
S31 No heating demand Summer mode eBUS controller waiting period
Appendix
34 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Status code Meaning
S32 Fan waiting time Fan speed outside of the tolerance values
S33 Forced fan operation until the pressure monitor is switched
S34 Frost protection active
S39 Underfloor heating contact open
S41 Water pressure too high
S42 Flue non-return flap closed
S46 Frost protection mode (Comfort) Minimum load
S53 Product in waiting periodoperation block function due to low water pressure (flowreturn spread too large)
S54 Waiting period Low water pressure in the circuit (flowreturn spread too large)
S76 Maintenance message Check the water pressure
S88 Product purging active
S91 Maintenance Demo mode
S96 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S97 Automatic test programme Water pressure sensor heating demands blocked
S98 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S99 Internal automatic test programmes
S108 Purging the combustion chamber fan in operation
S109 Products standby mode activated
D Overview of fault codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F00 Fault Flow temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F01 Fault Return temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F10 Short circuit Flow temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F11 Short circuit Return temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F12 andF91
Short circuit Cylinder temperaturesensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F13 Short circuit Domestic hot water cylindertemperature sensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F20 Safety switch-off Overheating temperat-ure reached
Incorrect earth connection between cable harness and product flow or returnNTC defective (loose connection) stray spark via ignition cable ignition plugor ignition electrode
F22 Safety switch-off Low water pressure inthe boiler
No or insufficient water in the product water pressure sensor de-fective cable to the pump or to the water pressure sensor loosenotconnecteddefective
F23 Safety switch-off Temperature differencetoo great (NTC1NTC2)
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product flow and return NTCsensors connected the wrong way round
F24 Safety switch-off Temperature rise toofast
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product system pressure toolow non-return valve blockedincorrectly installed
F25 Safety switch-off Flue gas temperaturetoo high
Break in plug connection for optional flue gas safety cut-out (STB) break incable harness
F27 Safety switch-off Fault in flame detection Moisture on the electronics electronics (flame monitor) defective gas solen-oid valve leaking
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 35
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F28 Fault Ignition unsuccessful when startingup
Gas meter defective or gas pressure monitor has triggered air in gas gasflow pressure too low thermal isolator device (TAE) has triggered incorrectgas restrictor incorrect spare gas valve fault on the gas valve multiple plugon PCB incorrectly plugged in break in cable harness ignition system (ig-nition transformer ignition cable ignition plug ignition electrode) defectiveionisation current interrupted (cable electrode) incorrect earthing of productelectronics defective
F29 Fault Flame loss Gas supply temporarily stopped flue gas recirculation incorrect earthing ofproduct ignition transformer has spark failure
F32 Fan frost protection function active Fanspeed outside the tolerance values
Plug on fan not correctly plugged in multiple plug on PCB not correctlyplugged in break in cable harness fan blocked Hall sensor defective elec-tronics defective
F49 eBUS fault Voltage too low Short circuit on eBUS eBUS overload or two power supplies with differentpolarities on the eBUS
F61 Fault Gas valve control system Short circuitshort to earth in cable harness for the gas valve gas valvedefective (coils shorted to earth) electronics defective
F62 Fault Gas valve switch-off control Delayed switch-off of gas valve delayed extinguishing of flame signal gasvalve leaking electronics defective
F63 Fault EEPROM Electronics defective
F64 Fault Electronicssensoranalogue-to-digital converter
Flow or return NTC short circuited electronics defective
F65 Fault Electronics temperature too high Electronics overheating due to external influences electronics defective
F67 Value sent back by ASIC is incorrect(flame signal)
Implausible flame signal electronics defective
F68 Fault Unstable flame (analogue input) Air in gas gas flow pressure too low incorrect air ratio incorrect gas re-strictor ionisation flow interruption (cable electrode)
F70 Invalid product code (DSN) Display and PCB replaced at same time and Device Specific Number notreset wrong or missing output range coding resistance
F71 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Flow temperature sensor signalling constant value Flow temperature sensorincorrectly positioned on supply pipe flow temperature sensor defective
F72 Fault Deviation in the water pressuresensorreturn temperature sensor
Flowreturn NTC temperature difference too great rarr flow andor return tem-perature sensor defective
F73 Fault Water pressure sensor not con-nected or has short-circuited
Interruptionshort circuit of water pressure sensor interruptionshort circuitto GND in supply line to water pressure sensor or water pressure sensordefective
F74 Fault Electrical problem in the waterpressure sensor
Line to water pressure sensor has a short circuit to 5 V24 V or internal faultin the water pressure sensor
F75 Fault Pressure sensor Pressure switch defective
F76 The safety cut-out in the primary heatexchanger is defective
Safety cut-out feedback does not match the gas valve feedback
F77 Fault Condensate or smoke No response flue non-return flap defective
F78 Interruption to DHW outlet sensor atexternal controller
UK link box is connected but hot water NTC not bridged
F83 Fault Dry fire When the burner starts the temperature change registered at the flow orreturn temperature sensor is non-existent or too small Insufficient waterin the product the flow or return temperature sensor is not in the correctposition on the pipe
F84 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Values not consistent difference lt -6 K
Flow and return temperature sensors signalling implausible values Flow andreturn temperature sensors have been inverted flow and return temperaturesensors have not been correctly installed
F85 Fault Temperature sensor The flow andor return temperature sensors have been installed on the samepipeincorrect pipe
Temperature sensor not connected or is connected incorrectly
F86 Fault Underfloor heating contact Underfloor heating contact open sensor disconnected or defective
F87 Fault Electrodes Electrodes not connected or they are connected incorrectly short circuit inthe cable harness
F88 Fault Gas valve Gas valve not connected or it is connected incorrectly short circuit in thecable harness
F89 Fault Pump Pump not connected or it is connected incorrectly incorrect pump connec-ted short circuit in the cable harness
Appendix
36 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
Connection No communication between the PCBand the user interface
Electronics defective
E Wiring diagram Pure boiler
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
X21 41
32
eBUS
RT 24V
Burner off
X106
13
41
3
123
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~2
6
7
9
8
1
3
4
5
11
10
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Temperature sensor on the heating flow
4 Temperature sensor on the heating return
5 Fan
6 Gas valve assembly
7 Pressure sensor
8 External ignition transformer
9 Heating pump
10 Ionisation and ignition electrode
11 Main power supply and connection for 230 V control
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 37
F Connection diagram Pure boiler (30 kW)
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
X21LN
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
13
41
3
123
eBUS
Burner off
X106
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~
X12LN
2
7
8
109
1
43
5
6
12 11
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Control system
4 Temperature sensor in the heating flow
5 Temperature sensor in the heating return
6 Fan
7 Gas valve
8 Pressure sensor
9 Ionisation electrode
10 Heating pump
11 Ignition electrode
12 Main power supply
Appendix
38 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
G Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview
The table below lists the manufacturer requirements with respect to minimum inspection and maintenance intervals If na-tional regulations and directives require shorter inspection and maintenance intervals you should observe these instead ofthe intervals listed in the table
No WorkInspection(annual)
Mainten-ance
(must becarried outat regularintervals)
1Check the airflue pipe for leak-tightness and to ensure that it is fastened correctly Make surethat it is not blocked or damaged and has been installed in accordance with the relevant Installa-tion Manual
X X
2Check the general condition of the product Remove dirt from the product and from the vacuumchamber
X X
3Visually inspect the general condition of the heat exchanger In doing so pay particular attentionto signs of corrosion rust and other defects If you notice any damage carry out maintenancework
X X
4Check the gas connection pressure at maximum heat input If the gas connection pressure is notwithin the correct range carry out maintenance work
X X
5Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product and if necessary adjust it Keep a record ofthis
X X
6Disconnect the product from the power mains Check that the electrical plug connections andother connections are seated correctly and correct these if necessary
X X
7 Close the gas isolator cock and the service valves X X
8Drain the product on the water side Check the pre-charge pressure of the expansion vesseland if required top up the expansion vessel (approx 003 MPa03 bar below the system fillingpressure)
X
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit X
10Check the seals in the combustion area If you see any damage replace the seals Replace bothburner seals each time it is opened and accordingly each time maintenance work is carried out
X
11 Clean the heat exchanger X
12 Check the burner for damage and replace it if necessary X
13 Check the condensate siphon in the product clean and fill if necessary X X
14 Install the gas-air mixture unit Caution Replace the seals X
15 Open the gas isolator cock reconnect the product to the power mains and switch the product on X X
16Open the service valves fill the productheating installation to 005-03 MPa05-30 bar (depend-ing on the static height of the heating installation) and start the purging programme PXX
X
17Carry out a test operation of the product and heating installation and if required purge the sys-tem once more
X X
18 Visually inspect the ignition and burner behaviour X X
19 Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product again X
20 Check the product for gas flue gas water and condensate leaks and repair if necessary X X
21 Record the inspectionmaintenance work carried out X X
Note For those appliances which are not part of an annual service agreementpolicy maintenance must be carried out at least every5 years
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 39
H Position of the opening in the airflue pipe
GN
N
MM
A
II
O
H
H
CBLJ
Q Q
Q
Q
Q
K
P
D E
FI
S
R
T
H1 Positioning of the opening of a fan-supported flue gas pipe
Installation siteMinimum dimen-sions
A Directly below an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
B Above an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
C Horizontally to an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
DBelow temperature-sensitive building components eg plastic gutters down pipes or wastewaterpipes
75 mm
E Below eaves 200 mm
F Below balconies or car port roofs 200 mm
G From vertical wastewater pipes or down pipes 150 mm
H From external or internal corners 200 mm
I Above floors roofs or balconies 300 mm
J From a surface facing a terminal 600 mm
K From a terminal facing a terminal 1200 mm
L From an opening in the car port (eg door window) which leads into the dwelling 1200 mm
M Vertical from a terminal on the same wall 1500 mm
N Horizontal from a terminal on the same wall 300 mm
O From the wall on which the terminal has been installed 0 mm
P From a vertical structure on the roof 300 mm
Q Above the roof area 300 mm
R Horizontal from adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
S Above adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
T Below adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 2000 mm
Appendix
40 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
H2 Horizontal terminal positioning
BS 5440-1 recommends that fanned flue chimney terminals should be positioned as follows
a) at least 2 m from an opening in the building directly opposite and
b) so that the products of combustion are not directed to discharge directly across a boundary if the products are likely tocause a nuisance to a neighbour or discharge over a walkway or patio
For IE see current issue of IS 813
For boilers covered within this manual
1) Dimensions D E F and G
These clearances may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler In order to ensure that the con-densate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces the terminal should be extended as shown below
Balconyeaves
Gutter
Adequately secured airflue gas pipe
The flue pipe mustprotrude beyond any overhang
2) Dimension H
This clearance may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler However in order to ensure thatthe condensate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces a clearance of 300 mm is preferred
For 1 and 2 above you can use a flue gas management kit to enable the termination point to be positioned and directed awayfrom the building fabric
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 41
I Commissioning Checklist
copy Heating and Hotwater Industry Council (HHIC)
wwwcentralheatingcouk
Benchmark Commissioning and Servicing SectionIt is a requirement that the boiler is installed and commissioned to the
completed in full
Appendix
42 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
This Commissioning Checklist is to be completed in full by the competent person who commissioned the boiler as a means of demonstrating compliance with the appropriate Building Regulations and then handed to the customer to keep for future reference
GAS BOILER SYSTEM COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST
CONTROLS
Optimum start control
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
ALL SYSTEMS
Yes
Yes
CENTRAL HEATING MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
COMBINATION BOILERS ONLY
Yes
Yes
DOMESTIC HOT WATER MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
Yes Temperature
CONDENSING BOILERS ONLY
Yes
ALL INSTALLATIONS
AND sup2 Ratio
AND sup2 Ratio
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 43
It is recommended that your heating system is serviced regularly and that the appropriate Service Interval Record is completed
Service Provider
SERVICE RECORD
SERVICE 01
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 02
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 03
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 04
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 05
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 06
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 07
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 08
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 09
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 10
AND sup2 AND sup2
Appendix
44 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
PRIOR TO CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO CHECKThe boiler manufacturerrsquos installation instructions should have been followed gas type verified and gas
supply pressurerate checked as required prior to commissioningAs part of the installation process especially where a flue has been fitted by persons other than the boiler installer visually check the integrity of the whole flue system to confirm that all components are correctly assembled fixed and supported Check that manufacturerrsquos max flue lengths have not been
exceeded and all guidance has been followed (eg Gas Safe Technical Bulletin TB008)The flue gas analyser should be of the correct type as specified by BS 7967
Prior to its use the flue gas analyser should have been maintained and calibrated as specified by the manufacturer The installer must have the relevant competence for use of the analyser
Check and zero the analyser IN FRESH AIR as per analyser manufacturerrsquos instructions
NOTETHE AIR GAS RATIO VALVE IS FACTORY
SET AND MUST NOT BE ADJUSTED DURING COMMISSIONING UNLESS THIS ACTION IS RECOMMENDED FOLLOWING CONTACT WITH THE MANUFACTURER
If any such adjustment is recommended and further checking of the boiler is required the
installerservice engineer must be competent to carry out this work and to use the flue gas
analyser accordinglyIf the boiler requires conversion to operate with
a different gas family (eg conversion from natural gas to LPG) separate guidance will be
provided by the boiler manufacturer
CARRY OUT FLUE INTEGRITY CHECK USING ANALYSERInsert analyser probe into air inlet test point and allow readings to stabiliseNOTE - where no air inlet test point is provided then a flue integrity check
with the analyser is not possible The installer should verify that flue integrity has been visually checked in accordance with the ldquoPrior to
CO and combustion ratio checkrdquo box above before proceeding to the ldquoCheck CO and combustion ratio at maximum raterdquo stage below
SET BOILER TO MINIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at minimum rate (to
minimum load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - If manufacturerrsquos instructions do not specify how to set boiler to minimum
rate contact Technical Helpline for advice
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MINIMUM RATEWith boiler still set at minimum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas sampling
point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is not
specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MAX RATEWith boiler still set at maximum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas
sampling point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is
not specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
SET BOILER TO MAXIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at max rate
(full load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - Do not insert analyser probe during this period to avoid
possible ldquofloodingrdquo of sensor
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
BOILER IS OPERATING SATISFACTORILYno further actions required
Ensure test points are capped boiler case is correctly replaced and all other commissioning procedures are completed
Complete Benchmark Checklist recording CO and combustion ratio readings as required
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED
VERIFY FLUE INTEGRITYAnalyser readings indicate that combustion products and inlet air must be mixing Further investigation of
the flue is therefore requiredCheck that flue components are assembled fixed and supported as per boilerflue manufacturerrsquos
instructionsCheck that flue and flue terminal are not obstructed
IsCO less than
335ppmand
COCO2 ratio less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
Check all seals around the appliance burner internal flue seals door and case seals
Rectify where necessary
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED IF
COMMISSIONING CANNOT BE FULLY COMPLETED THE APPLIANCE MUST BE
DISCONNECTED FROM THE GAS SUPPLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GSIUR
NOTE Check and record CO and combustion ratio at both max and min rate before contacting the
manufacturer
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YESYES
YES
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 45
J Pipe lengths for the airflue pipe
J1 Length of the C13 type airflue pipe
Applicability C13 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C13 type airfluepipe
C13 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J2 Length of the C33 type airflue pipe
Applicability C33 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C33 type airfluepipe
C33 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J3 Length of the C43 type airflue pipe
Applicability C43 type airflue pipe
Diameter of theairflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L)
C43 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
Appendix
46 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
K Technical data
Technical data ndash Heating
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 530 lh 655 lh 788 lh 1094 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 353 lh 436 lh 525 lh 729 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
123 lh 153 lh 184 lh 255 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 1102 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 876 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
306 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
Technical data ndash G20 powerloading G20The lowest nominal heat output may be higher than the value in the technical data depending on the design of the systemand the current operating status
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 12 kW 15 kW 18 kW 25 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
48 hellip 130 kW 48 hellip 162 kW 53 hellip 195 kW 65 hellip 270 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
47 hellip 128 kW 47 hellip 159 kW 52 hellip 191 kW 64 hellip 265 kW
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
45 hellip 123 kW 45 hellip 152 kW 50 hellip 183 kW 61 hellip 254 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
44 hellip 150 kW 44 hellip 180 kW 49 hellip 252 kW 60 hellip 300 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
123 kW 153 kW 184 kW 255 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
153 kW 184 kW 257 kW 306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 30 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
76 hellip 324 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
75 hellip 318 kW
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 47
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
72 hellip 305 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
71 hellip 350 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
72 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
357 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
72 kW
Technical data ndash General
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch 34 inch 34 inch 34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h 32 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
13 msup3h 16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0476 msup3h 0480 msup3h 0533 msup3h 0648 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
206 gs 208 gs 231 gs 281 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
55 gs 69 gs 83 gs 115 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
69 gs 83 gs 116 gs 138 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
55 55 60 77
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
55 55 55 55
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
43 48 51 62
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
32 32 34 35
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
71 71 69 68
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
105 105 105 95
Released system types C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996 996 996 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040 1040 1040 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060 1060 1060 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085 1085 1085 1085
NOx class 5 5 5 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm
Appendix
48 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Net weight 31 kg 31 kg 31 kg 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 35 kg 35 kg 35 kg 36 kg
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
38 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
32 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0762 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
330 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
138 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
161 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
82
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
37
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
75
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
104
Released system types C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085
NOx class 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm
Net weight 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 36 kg
Technical data ndash Electrics
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 49
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max electrical power consump-tion
65 W 75 W 66 W 75 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W
Level of protection IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V
Max electrical power consump-tion
60 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W
Level of protection IPX4D
Index
50 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Index
AAirflue pipe installed 5BBurner anti-cycling time 20Bypass valve 22CCE label 8Check programmes 29
Using 15Checking the burner 25Checking the pre-charge pressure of the expansionvessel 25Cleaning the condensate siphon 25Cleaning the heat exchanger 24CO₂ content
Checking 20 23Competent person 4Completing inspection work 25Completing maintenance work 25Condensate discharge pipe 12Condensate siphon
Filling 18Controller 14Corrosion 5DDecommissioning 28Decommissioning the product 28Diagnostics codes
Using 15Documents 7Draining the product 25EElectricity 5Expansion relief valve 28FFault codes 26Fault memory 26Fault messages 26Fault symbol 15Flow rate-pressure curves 21Flue gas route 5Front casing closed 5Frost 5GGas family check 16Gas flow rate 18HHanding over to the end user 22High-efficiency pump 21High-efficiency pump output 21IIdentification plate 7If you smell flue gas 5If you smell gas 4Inspection work 22 38Installation site 5Intended use 4LLeak-tightness 20 25 28
MMains connection 14Maintenance work 22 38Minimum clearance 9PPower supply 14Preparing the repair work 26Preparing repair work 26Pressure sensor 28Pump head 27QQualification 4RRegulations 6Removing the air intake pipe 24Removing the burner 24Removing the flue gas pipe 24Removing the front casing 10Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24Removing the ignition transformer 24Removing the side section 10Replacing the burner 26Replacing the expansion vessel 27Replacing the heat exchanger 26Replacing the main PCB 28Replacing expansion vessel 27Resetting the burner anti-cycling time 21SSafety device 5Schematic drawing 5Setting the burner anti-cycling time 20Spare parts 23Switching on the product 17TTool 6Transport 5Transporting 8Treating the heating water 16UUnloading the box 8Unpacking the product 8User interface replacing the PCB 28Using
Check programmes 15Diagnostics codes 15
VVoltage 5WWall-mounting the product 9Weight 9
0020200964_04
ManufacturerSupplierVaillant Group UK LTD
Nottingham Road ‒ Belper ‒ Derbyshire DE56 1JQ
Telephone 01773 824639 ‒ Technical helpline 0330 100 7679
After sales service 0330 100 3142
wwwglow-wormcouk
0020200964_04 ‒ 16112017
copy These instructions or parts thereof are protected by copyright and may be repro-duced or distributed only with the manufacturers written consent
We reserve the right to make technical changes
8 Adapting the unit to the heating installation
20 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Note
The actual reading on the digital pressuregauge should ideally be 005 MPa (05 bar)plus an additional pressure correspondingto the highest point of the system above thebase of the boiler ndash 10 m head equals an ad-ditional 1 bar reading on the pressure gaugeThe minimum pressure should not be lessthan 01 MPa (1 bar) in any installation Ifthe system is to be treated with an inhibitor itshould be applied at this stage in accordancewith the manufacturerrsquos instructions Furtherinformation can be obtained from SentinelBetz Dearborn Ltd Tel 0151 420 9595 orFernox Alphandash Fry technologies Tel 08708700362
8 Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
7105 Checking the CO₂ content
1 Start up the product with the check programme (P01)and set the value
ndash Setting value for the programme P01 100
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
2 Wait until the value that is read is stable
ndash Waiting period for reading a stable value 5 min
1
3 Unscrew the cover from the flue gas analysis point (1)
4 Measure the CO₂ content at the flue gas analysis point(1)
5 Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Checking the CO₂ content
Great Britain
front casing on front casing off
Natural gas
G20
92 plusmn1
◁ The value is OK
The value is not OK you cannot start up theproduct
Inform Customer Service
711 Checking leak-tightness
Check the gas pipe the heating circuit and the hot watercircuit for leak-tightness
Check that the airflue pipe has been installed correctly
Conditions Room-sealed operation
Check whether the vacuum chamber has been closedtightly
7111 Checking the heating mode
1 Activate the heating mode on the user interface
2 Turn all thermostatic radiator valves on the radiatorsuntil they are fully open
3 Allow the product to operate for at least 15 minutes
4 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
5 Activate the display for the current operating status(rarr Page 15)
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
◁ If the product is working correctly the display showsS04
7112 Checking the hot water generation
1 Activate the hot water handling mode on the userinterface
2 Open a hot water valve completely
3 Activate the display for the current operating status(rarr Page 15)
Status codes ndash Overview (rarr Page 33)
◁ If the product is working correctly the display showsS14
8 Adapting the unit to the heatinginstallation
You can resetchange the system parameters (section Us-ing diagnostics codes)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
81 Burner anti-cycling time
To prevent frequent switching on and off of the burner andthus prevent energy losses an electronic restart lockoutis activated for a specific period each time the burner isswitched off The burner anti-cycling time is only active forthe heating mode Hot water handling mode during a burneranti-cycling time does not affect the time function element
811 Setting the maximum burner anti-cyclingtime
1 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
2 If required adjust the maximum burner anti-cycling timeusing the diagnostics code d02
Adapting the unit to the heating installation 8
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 21
812 Resetting the remaining burner anti-cyclingtime
Hold the button down for more than 3 seconds
◁ is shown in the display
82 Setting the pump output
The product is equipped with a speed-regulated high-effi-ciency pump which adjusts independently to the hydraulicconditions of the heating installation
If you have installed a low loss header in the heating install-ation you should switch off the speed regulation and set thepump output to a fixed value
If required change the setting of the pump speed whichdepends on the operating mode under diagnostics coded14
Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 12 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
0
10
20
30
40
50
0 200 400 600 800 1000
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 15 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
1 2
34
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 18 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
01020304050
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
6070
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 25 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
01020304050
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
6070
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 30 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
01020304050607080
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 A
B 1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
9 Handing the product over to the end user
22 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
83 Setting the bypass valve
CautionRisk of material damage caused by incor-rect setting of the high-efficiency pump
If the pressure at the bypass valve is in-creased (by turning it clockwise) and thepump output is set to less than 100 theproduct may not operate correctly
In this case set the pump output to5 = 100 using diagnostics parameterd14
Conditions d14 is set to 0 = auto
Do not change the factory settings
Conditions d14 is set to 1 - 5
Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
1
Regulate the pressure using the adjusting screw (1)
Position of the adjustingscrew
Notesapplication
Right-hand stop (screwedall the way in)
If the radiators do not heatup sufficiently at the defaultsetting In this case you mustset the pump to the maximumspeed
Mid-position (six anti-clockwise rotations)
Default setting
Five further anti-clockwiserotations starting from themid-position
If noises are produced in theradiators or radiator valves
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
84 Setting the hot water temperature
DangerRisk of death from legionella
Legionella multiply at temperatures below60 degC
Ensure that the end user is familiar withall of the Anti-legionella measures in orderto comply with the applicable regulationsregarding legionella prevention
Set the hot water temperature
Conditions Water hardness gt 357 molmsup3
ndash Hot water temperature le 50
9 Handing the product over to the enduser
When you have finished the installation attach the stickersupplied (in the end users language) to the productcover
Explain to the end user how the safety devices work andwhere they are located
Inform the end user how to handle the product
In particular draw attention to the safety informationwhich the end user must follow
Inform the end user that they must have the productmaintained in accordance with the specified intervals
Instruct the end user about measures taken for routingthe combustion air supply and flue system
10 Inspection and maintenance
101 Using original seals
If you replace components use only the enclosed originalseals additional sealing materials are not required
102 Observing inspection and maintenanceintervals
Adhere to the minimum inspection and maintenance in-tervals The inspection may require maintenance to becarried out earlier depending on the results
Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview(rarr Page 38)
Inspection and maintenance 10
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 23
103 Procuring spare parts
The original components of the product were also certifiedby the manufacturer as part of the declaration of conformityIf you use other non-certified or unauthorised parts duringmaintenance or repair work this may void the conformity ofthe product and it will therefore no longer comply with theapplicable standards
We strongly recommend that you use original spare partsfrom the manufacturer as this guarantees fault-free and safeoperation of the product To receive information about theavailable original spare parts contact the contact addressprovided on the reverse of these instructions
If you require spare parts for maintenance or repairwork use only the spare parts that are permitted for theproduct
104 Checking the CO₂ content
1 Start up the product with the check programme (P01)and set the value
ndash Setting value for the programme P01 100
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
2 Wait until the value that is read is stable
ndash Waiting period for reading a stable value 5 min
1
3 Unscrew the cover from the flue gas analysis point (1)
4 Measure the CO₂ content at the flue gas analysis point(1)
5 Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Checking the CO₂ content
Great Britain
front casing on front casing off
Natural gas
G20
92 plusmn1
◁ The value is OK
The value is not OK you cannot start up theproduct
Set the CO₂ content (rarr Page 23)
105 Setting the CO₂ content
Conditions The CO₂ content must be adjusted
1
A
B
Remove the sticker
Turn the screw (1) to set the CO₂ content (value withfront casing removed)
◁ To increase the CO₂ content Turn anti-clockwise
◁ To decrease the CO₂ content Turn clockwise
Only carry out the adjustment in increments of 18 turnand wait approximately 1 minute after each adjustmentuntil the value has stabilised
Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Setting the CO₂ value
Great Britain
front casing on front casingoff
Natural gas
G20
CO₂ at full load 92 plusmn02
Set for Wobbeindex W₀
1409 kWsdothmsup3
O₂ at full load 45 plusmn18 vol
CO at full load le 250 ppm
COCO₂ le 00027
If the setting is not in the specified adjustment rangeyou must not start up the product
Inform Customer Service
Check whether the air-quality requirements with regardto carbon monoxide are fulfilled
Fit the front panel
10 Inspection and maintenance
24 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
106 Removing the gas-air mixture unit
Note
The gas-air mixture unit consists of three maincomponents
ndash Fan
ndash Gas valve
ndash Burner cover
1 Switch off the product via the main switch
2 Close the gas isolator cock
3 Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
C
AB
1
D
2
4 Remove the screw (1)
5 Push the clip upwards
6 Remove the flue gas pipe (2)
3
4
5
AB
7 Remove the air intake pipe (3)
8 Remove the plugs from the gas valve (4) and from thefan (5)
A
C
D B
6
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (6)
7
7
8
10 Remove the burner seals (7) and the burner (8)
11 Check the burner and the heat exchanger for damageand dirt
12 If necessary clean or replace the components accord-ing to the following sections
13 Install the two new burner seals
107 Cleaning the heat exchanger
1
1 Protect the folded down electronics box against sprayedwater
2 Clean the ribs of the heat exchanger (1) with water
◁ The water runs out into the condensate tray
Inspection and maintenance 10
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 25
108 Checking the burner
1 Search the surface of the burner for possible damage Ifyou see any damage replace the burner
2 Install the two new burner seals
109 Checking the ignition electrode
1
2
3 4 5
1 Disconnect the connection (2) and the earthing cable(1)
2 Remove the fixing screws (3)
3 Carefully remove the electrode from the combustionchamber
4 Check that the electrode ends (4) are undamaged
5 Check the electrode distance
ndash Clearance for the ignition electrodes 35 hellip 45 mm
6 Make sure that the seal (5) is free from damage
If necessary replace the seal
1010 Cleaning the condensate siphon
C
2
3
1
AB
1 Unclip the lower section of the siphon (1) from the up-per section of the siphon (2)
2 Remove the float (3)
3 Flush out the float and lower section of the siphon withwater
4 Fill the lower section of the siphon with water up to 10mm below the upper edge of the condensate drain pipe-work
5 Reinsert the float (3)
Note
Check whether the float is present in thecondensate siphon
6 Clip the lower section of the siphon (1) into the uppersection of the siphon (2)
1011 Installing the gas-air mixture unit
1 Install the burner
2 Install two new burner seals in the burner hood
3 Install the gas-air mixture unit
4 Tighten the screws on the gas-air mixture unit
ndash Ideally to 7 Nm if a torque spanner is available
5 Install the flue pipe
6 Install the air intake pipe
1012 Draining the product
1 Close the service valves of the product
2 Start check programme P05 (rarr Page 15)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
3 Open the drain cock
1013 Checking the admission pressure of theexpansion vessel
1 Measure the pre-charge pressure of the expansion ves-sel at the vessel valve
Conditions Pre-charge pressure lt 0075 MPa (075 bar)
Top up the expansion vessel in accordance with thestatic height of the heating installation ideally with ni-trogen otherwise with air Ensure that the drain valve isopen when topping up
2 If water escapes from the expansion vessels valve youmust replace the expansion vessel (rarr Page 27)
3 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
1014 Completing inspection and maintenancework
1 Check the gas connection pressure (gas flow pressure)(rarr Page 19)
2 Check the CO₂ content
1015 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
11 Troubleshooting
26 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
11 Troubleshooting
111 Rectifying faults
If fault codes (FXX) appear refer to the table in the ap-pendix or use the check programme(s)
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
If several fault codes are generated at the same time theseare displayed alternately followed by the time at which therespective fault occurred
Hold the button down for more than 3 seconds
If you are unable to clear the fault code and it reappearsdespite several fault clearance attempts contact cus-tomer service
112 Calling up the fault memory
The last 10 fault codes are stored in the fault memory (to-gether with the time at which the respective fault occurredand after 24 hours with the number of days)
Hold the button down for more than 7 seconds
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Press the button to exit this menu
113 Deleting the fault memory
1 Delete the fault memory using the diagnostics coded94
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
114 Resetting parameters to factory settings
1 Reset all parameters to the factory settings using thediagnostics code d96
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
115 Preparing the repair work
1 Switch off the product
2 Disconnect the product from the electrical installation
3 Remove the front casing
4 Close the gas stopcock
5 Close the service valves in the heating flow and in theheating return
6 Close the service valve in the cold water pipe
7 Drain the product if you want to replace water-bearingcomponents of the product
8 Ensure that water does not drip on live components(eg the electronics box)
9 Use only new seals and O-rings Do not use any addi-tional sealing materials
116 Replacing defective components
1161 Replacing the burner
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Remove the two burner seals
3 Remove the burner
4 Insert the new burner
5 Insert two new burner seals in the burner cover
6 Install the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 25)
1162 Replacing the gas-air mixture unit
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Install the new gas-air mixture (rarr Page 25)
1163 Replacing the heat exchanger
1 Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
2 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
1 A
B
3 Remove the gas pipe (1)
1
2
3
2 4
A
B
4 Remove the temperature sensor (3)
5 Remove the upper clip (1)
6 Remove the lower clip (4)
7 Remove the supply pipe (2)
Troubleshooting 11
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 27
2
2 3
B
1
A
8 Remove the upper clip (1)
9 Remove the lower clip (3)
10 Remove the return pipe (2)
1
A2
11 Remove the clip underneath the condensate tray (1)
12 Undo the four screws (2)
2
1
B
C
A
13 Remove the ignition electrode (1)
14 Lift the heat exchanger up slightly and remove it to-gether with the condensate tray
15 Remove the ignition transformer (2)
16 Install the new heat exchanger in reverse order
1164 Replacing the pump head
1
2
1 Disconnect the pump cable from the electronics box
2 Undo the four bolts (1)
3 Remove the pump head (2)
4 Replace the O-ring
5 Use four screws to secure the new pump head
6 Connect the pump cable to the electronics box
1165 Replacing the expansion vessel
B
C
1
2
3A
D
1 Undo the nut (3)
2 Remove both screws on the support plate (1)
3 Remove the support plate
4 Pull out the expansion vessel (2) towards the front
5 Insert the new expansion vessel into the product
6 Screw the new expansion vessel to the water connec-tion To do this use a new seal
7 Attach the support plate using both screws
8 Fill and purge the product (rarr Page 17) and if requiredthe heating installation
12 Decommissioning the product
28 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
1166 Replacing the main PCB
C
C
D
B
C
C
D
B
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull all of the plugs out from the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plugs
7 Close the electronics box
1167 Replacing the PCB for the user interface
B
C
C
D
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull the plug out of the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plug
7 Close the electronics box
1168 Replacing the expansion relief valve
1
2
1 Remove the clip (2)
2 Remove the expansion relief valve
3 Fit the new expansion relief valve with a new O-ring
4 Reattach the clip (2)
1169 Replace the pressure sensor
1
2
1 Pull out the plug
2 Remove the clip (1)
3 Remove the pressure sensor (2)
4 Install the new pressure sensor
5 Reattach the clip (1)
117 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
12 Decommissioning the product
Switch off the product
Disconnect the product from the power mains
Close the gas isolator cock
Close the cold water stop cock
13 Customer service
For contact details for our customer service department youcan write to the address that is provided on the back pageor you can visit wwwglow-wormcouk
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 29
Appendix
A Check programmes ndash Overview
Note
Since the programme table is used for various products some programmes may not be visible for the product inquestion
Display Meaning
P01 Burner operation on adjustable heat input
The product operates after ignition with the heat input set between 0 (0 = Pmin) and 100 (100 = Pmax)
The function is active for 15 minutes
P02 Burner operation at ignition load
After ignition the product works at ignition load
The function is active for 15 minutes
P03 The product runs in heating mode with the maximum heat input set using diagnostics code d00
P04 Maximum output function
If there is a hot water request the product runs in hot water handling mode and at maximum heat load
If there is no hot water request the product runs with the heating partial load that is set via diagnostics coded00 and in heating mode
The function is active for 15 minutes
P05 Filling the product
The diverter valve moves to the mid-position The burner and pump switch off (to fill or drain the product)
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is active for 15 minutes
P06 Purging the heating circuit
The diverter valve is moved to the heating position
The function is activated in the heating circuit for 15 minutes
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
P07 Purging the hot water circuit
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
Automatic air ventfunction
Purging the product
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
This function cannot be manually switched off
B Overview of diagnostics codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d00 Heating maximum output ndash ndash kW The maximum heating outputvaries depending on the product
rarr Section Technical data
Automatic Unit automaticallyadjusts the maximum output tothe current system demand
rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d01 Pump overrun in heatingmode
1 60 min 1 5 Adjustable
d02 Maximum burner anti-cycling time in heatingmode
2 60 min 1 20 Adjustable
Appendix
30 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d04 Water temperature in thecylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d05 Determined heating flowset target temperature
Current value ndash ndash Not
adjustable
d06 Hot water set target tem-perature
Current value (Combination unit only) ndash Notadjustable
d07 Set target temperaturefor the domestic hot wa-ter cylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d08 Status of the 230 V ther-mostat
Current value ndash 0 = Room thermostat open (noheat requirement)
1 = Room thermostat closed(heat requirement)
ndash Notadjustable
d09 Heating flow set targettemperature that is seton the eBUS room ther-mostat
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d10 Status of the internalpump in the heating cir-cuit
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d11 Status of the heatingcircuits shunt pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d13 Status of the hot watercircuits circulation pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d14 Operating mode of themodulating pump
0 5 ndash 0 = variable rotational speed(auto)
1 2 3 4 5 = Fixed rotationalspeeds rarr Section Setting thepump output
0 Adjustable
d15 Pump speed Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d16 Status of the 24 V roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Heating off
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d17 Heating control ndash ndash ndash off = Flow temperature
on = Return temperature (ad-justment for underfloor heatingIf you have activated the returntemperature control the auto-matic heating output determina-tion function is not active)
0 Adjustable
d18 Pump overrun operatingmode
1 3 ndash 1 = Continuous (pump runs per-manently)
3 = Eco (intermittent pump modendash for the dissipation of the resid-ual heat after hot water gener-ation at an extremely low heatdemand)
1 Adjustable
d19 Pump operating mode 2stage pump
0 3 ndash 0 = Burner mode stage 2 pumpflowoverrun stage 1
1 = Heating mode and pumpflowoverrun stage 1 hot waterhandling mode stage 2
2 = Automatic heating modepump flowoverrun stage 1 hotwater handling mode stage 2
3 = Stage 2
3 Adjustable
d20 Maximum hot water settarget temperature
50 60 1 60 Adjustable
d21 Status of the warm startfor hot water
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated andavailable
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 31
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d22 Status of the hot waterrequest
Current value ndash off = No current requirement
on = Current requirement
ndash Notadjustable
d23 Status of the heatingdemand
Current value ndash off = Heating off (Summer mode)
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d24 Status of the pressuremonitor
0 1 ndash off = Not switched
on = Switched
ndash Notadjustable
d25 Status of the requirementto reheat the cylinder orfor the hot water warmstart from the eBUS ther-mostat
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
ndash Notadjustable
d27 Function of relay 1(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
1 Adjustable
d28 Function of relay 2(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
2 Adjustable
d31 Automatic filling device 0 2 ndash 0 = Manual
1 = Semi-automatic
2 = Automatic
0 Adjustable
d33 Fan speed target value Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d34 Value for the fan speed Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d35 Position of the divertervalve
Current value ndash 0 = Heating
40 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
100 = Domestic hot water
ndash Notadjustable
d36 Value for the hot waterflow
Current value lmin ndash ndash Notadjustable
d39 Water temperature in thesolar circuit
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d40 Heating flow temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d41 Heating return temperat-ure
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d43 Heating curve 02 4 ndash 01 12 Adjustable
d45 Value for the base pointof the heating curve
15 30 ndash 1 20 Adjustable
d47 Outside temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d50 Correction of the min-imum fan speed
0 3000 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
600 Adjustable
Appendix
32 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d51 Correction of the max-imum fan speed
-2500 0 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
-1000 Adjustable
d58 Solar circuit reheating 0 3 ndash 0 = Boilers Legionella protectionfunction deactivated
3 = Hot water activated (mintarget value 60 degC)
0 Adjustable
d60 Number of blocks by thetemperature limiter
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d61 Number of unsuccessfulignitions
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d62 Night set-back 0 30 ndash 1 0 Adjustable
d64 Average burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d65 Maximum burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d66 Activation of the warmstart function for hot wa-ter
ndash ndash ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
1 Adjustable
d67 Remaining burner anti-cycling time (setting un-der d02)
Current value min ndash ndash Notadjustable
d68 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 1st attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d69 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 2nd attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d70 Operation of the divertervalve
0 2 ndash 0 = Normal operating mode(DHW and heating mode)
1 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
2 = Permanent heating modeposition
0 Adjustable
d71 Maximum heating flowset target temperature
45 80 1 rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d73 Correction of the hot wa-ter warm start temperat-ure
-15 5 K 1 0 Adjustable
d75 Maximum cylinder re-heating time
20 90 min 1 45 Adjustable
d77 Max cylinder reheating ndash ndash kW 1
rarr Section Technical data
ndash Adjustable
d80 Running time in heatingmode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d81 Running time in hot wa-ter handling mode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d82 Number of burner igni-tions in heating mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d83 Number of burner igni-tions in hot water hand-ling mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d84 Maintenance in 0 3000 h Number of hours = Display valuex 10
300 Notadjustable
d85 Increase in the min out-put (heating and hot wa-ter handling mode)
ndash ndash kW 1 ndash Adjustable
d88 Flow rate limit valuefor ignition in hot waterhandling mode
0 1 ndash 0 = 17 lmin (no delay)
1 = 37 lmin (2 s delay)
0 Adjustable
d90 Status of the eBUS roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Not connected
on = Connected
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 33
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d91 Status DCF77 Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d93 Setting the product code 0 99 ndash 1
The Device Specific Number(DSN) can be found on the iden-tification plate
ndash Adjustable
d94 Delete fault list 0 1 ndash off = No
on = Yes
ndash Adjustable
d95 Software versions ndash ndash ndash 1 = Main PCB
2 = Interface PCB
ndash Adjustable
d96 Default setting (reset) ndash ndash ndash 0 = No
1 = Yes
ndash Adjustable
C Status codes ndash Overview
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Status code Meaning
Displays in heating mode
S0 Heating mode No requirement
S01 Heating mode Advance fan operation
S02 Heating mode Pump pre-run
S03 Heating mode Burner ignition
S04 Heating mode Burner on
S05 Heating mode Pumpfan overrun
S06 Heating mode Fan overrun
S07 Heating mode Pump overrun
S08 Heating mode Temporary shutdown after heating procedure
Displays in hot water handling mode
S10 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S11 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S13 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S14 DHW mode Burner on
S15 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S16 DHW mode Fan overrun
S17 DHW mode Pump overrun
Display in Comfort mode with warm start or hot water handling mode with cylinder
S20 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S21 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S22 Hot water handling mode Pump pre-run
S23 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S24 DHW mode Burner on
S25 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S26 DHW mode Fan overrun
S27 DHW mode Pump overrun
S28 Hot water handling mode Temporary shutdown of the burner
Other displays
S30 Room thermostat is blocking heating mode
S31 No heating demand Summer mode eBUS controller waiting period
Appendix
34 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Status code Meaning
S32 Fan waiting time Fan speed outside of the tolerance values
S33 Forced fan operation until the pressure monitor is switched
S34 Frost protection active
S39 Underfloor heating contact open
S41 Water pressure too high
S42 Flue non-return flap closed
S46 Frost protection mode (Comfort) Minimum load
S53 Product in waiting periodoperation block function due to low water pressure (flowreturn spread too large)
S54 Waiting period Low water pressure in the circuit (flowreturn spread too large)
S76 Maintenance message Check the water pressure
S88 Product purging active
S91 Maintenance Demo mode
S96 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S97 Automatic test programme Water pressure sensor heating demands blocked
S98 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S99 Internal automatic test programmes
S108 Purging the combustion chamber fan in operation
S109 Products standby mode activated
D Overview of fault codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F00 Fault Flow temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F01 Fault Return temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F10 Short circuit Flow temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F11 Short circuit Return temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F12 andF91
Short circuit Cylinder temperaturesensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F13 Short circuit Domestic hot water cylindertemperature sensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F20 Safety switch-off Overheating temperat-ure reached
Incorrect earth connection between cable harness and product flow or returnNTC defective (loose connection) stray spark via ignition cable ignition plugor ignition electrode
F22 Safety switch-off Low water pressure inthe boiler
No or insufficient water in the product water pressure sensor de-fective cable to the pump or to the water pressure sensor loosenotconnecteddefective
F23 Safety switch-off Temperature differencetoo great (NTC1NTC2)
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product flow and return NTCsensors connected the wrong way round
F24 Safety switch-off Temperature rise toofast
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product system pressure toolow non-return valve blockedincorrectly installed
F25 Safety switch-off Flue gas temperaturetoo high
Break in plug connection for optional flue gas safety cut-out (STB) break incable harness
F27 Safety switch-off Fault in flame detection Moisture on the electronics electronics (flame monitor) defective gas solen-oid valve leaking
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 35
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F28 Fault Ignition unsuccessful when startingup
Gas meter defective or gas pressure monitor has triggered air in gas gasflow pressure too low thermal isolator device (TAE) has triggered incorrectgas restrictor incorrect spare gas valve fault on the gas valve multiple plugon PCB incorrectly plugged in break in cable harness ignition system (ig-nition transformer ignition cable ignition plug ignition electrode) defectiveionisation current interrupted (cable electrode) incorrect earthing of productelectronics defective
F29 Fault Flame loss Gas supply temporarily stopped flue gas recirculation incorrect earthing ofproduct ignition transformer has spark failure
F32 Fan frost protection function active Fanspeed outside the tolerance values
Plug on fan not correctly plugged in multiple plug on PCB not correctlyplugged in break in cable harness fan blocked Hall sensor defective elec-tronics defective
F49 eBUS fault Voltage too low Short circuit on eBUS eBUS overload or two power supplies with differentpolarities on the eBUS
F61 Fault Gas valve control system Short circuitshort to earth in cable harness for the gas valve gas valvedefective (coils shorted to earth) electronics defective
F62 Fault Gas valve switch-off control Delayed switch-off of gas valve delayed extinguishing of flame signal gasvalve leaking electronics defective
F63 Fault EEPROM Electronics defective
F64 Fault Electronicssensoranalogue-to-digital converter
Flow or return NTC short circuited electronics defective
F65 Fault Electronics temperature too high Electronics overheating due to external influences electronics defective
F67 Value sent back by ASIC is incorrect(flame signal)
Implausible flame signal electronics defective
F68 Fault Unstable flame (analogue input) Air in gas gas flow pressure too low incorrect air ratio incorrect gas re-strictor ionisation flow interruption (cable electrode)
F70 Invalid product code (DSN) Display and PCB replaced at same time and Device Specific Number notreset wrong or missing output range coding resistance
F71 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Flow temperature sensor signalling constant value Flow temperature sensorincorrectly positioned on supply pipe flow temperature sensor defective
F72 Fault Deviation in the water pressuresensorreturn temperature sensor
Flowreturn NTC temperature difference too great rarr flow andor return tem-perature sensor defective
F73 Fault Water pressure sensor not con-nected or has short-circuited
Interruptionshort circuit of water pressure sensor interruptionshort circuitto GND in supply line to water pressure sensor or water pressure sensordefective
F74 Fault Electrical problem in the waterpressure sensor
Line to water pressure sensor has a short circuit to 5 V24 V or internal faultin the water pressure sensor
F75 Fault Pressure sensor Pressure switch defective
F76 The safety cut-out in the primary heatexchanger is defective
Safety cut-out feedback does not match the gas valve feedback
F77 Fault Condensate or smoke No response flue non-return flap defective
F78 Interruption to DHW outlet sensor atexternal controller
UK link box is connected but hot water NTC not bridged
F83 Fault Dry fire When the burner starts the temperature change registered at the flow orreturn temperature sensor is non-existent or too small Insufficient waterin the product the flow or return temperature sensor is not in the correctposition on the pipe
F84 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Values not consistent difference lt -6 K
Flow and return temperature sensors signalling implausible values Flow andreturn temperature sensors have been inverted flow and return temperaturesensors have not been correctly installed
F85 Fault Temperature sensor The flow andor return temperature sensors have been installed on the samepipeincorrect pipe
Temperature sensor not connected or is connected incorrectly
F86 Fault Underfloor heating contact Underfloor heating contact open sensor disconnected or defective
F87 Fault Electrodes Electrodes not connected or they are connected incorrectly short circuit inthe cable harness
F88 Fault Gas valve Gas valve not connected or it is connected incorrectly short circuit in thecable harness
F89 Fault Pump Pump not connected or it is connected incorrectly incorrect pump connec-ted short circuit in the cable harness
Appendix
36 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
Connection No communication between the PCBand the user interface
Electronics defective
E Wiring diagram Pure boiler
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
X21 41
32
eBUS
RT 24V
Burner off
X106
13
41
3
123
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~2
6
7
9
8
1
3
4
5
11
10
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Temperature sensor on the heating flow
4 Temperature sensor on the heating return
5 Fan
6 Gas valve assembly
7 Pressure sensor
8 External ignition transformer
9 Heating pump
10 Ionisation and ignition electrode
11 Main power supply and connection for 230 V control
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 37
F Connection diagram Pure boiler (30 kW)
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
X21LN
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
13
41
3
123
eBUS
Burner off
X106
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~
X12LN
2
7
8
109
1
43
5
6
12 11
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Control system
4 Temperature sensor in the heating flow
5 Temperature sensor in the heating return
6 Fan
7 Gas valve
8 Pressure sensor
9 Ionisation electrode
10 Heating pump
11 Ignition electrode
12 Main power supply
Appendix
38 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
G Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview
The table below lists the manufacturer requirements with respect to minimum inspection and maintenance intervals If na-tional regulations and directives require shorter inspection and maintenance intervals you should observe these instead ofthe intervals listed in the table
No WorkInspection(annual)
Mainten-ance
(must becarried outat regularintervals)
1Check the airflue pipe for leak-tightness and to ensure that it is fastened correctly Make surethat it is not blocked or damaged and has been installed in accordance with the relevant Installa-tion Manual
X X
2Check the general condition of the product Remove dirt from the product and from the vacuumchamber
X X
3Visually inspect the general condition of the heat exchanger In doing so pay particular attentionto signs of corrosion rust and other defects If you notice any damage carry out maintenancework
X X
4Check the gas connection pressure at maximum heat input If the gas connection pressure is notwithin the correct range carry out maintenance work
X X
5Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product and if necessary adjust it Keep a record ofthis
X X
6Disconnect the product from the power mains Check that the electrical plug connections andother connections are seated correctly and correct these if necessary
X X
7 Close the gas isolator cock and the service valves X X
8Drain the product on the water side Check the pre-charge pressure of the expansion vesseland if required top up the expansion vessel (approx 003 MPa03 bar below the system fillingpressure)
X
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit X
10Check the seals in the combustion area If you see any damage replace the seals Replace bothburner seals each time it is opened and accordingly each time maintenance work is carried out
X
11 Clean the heat exchanger X
12 Check the burner for damage and replace it if necessary X
13 Check the condensate siphon in the product clean and fill if necessary X X
14 Install the gas-air mixture unit Caution Replace the seals X
15 Open the gas isolator cock reconnect the product to the power mains and switch the product on X X
16Open the service valves fill the productheating installation to 005-03 MPa05-30 bar (depend-ing on the static height of the heating installation) and start the purging programme PXX
X
17Carry out a test operation of the product and heating installation and if required purge the sys-tem once more
X X
18 Visually inspect the ignition and burner behaviour X X
19 Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product again X
20 Check the product for gas flue gas water and condensate leaks and repair if necessary X X
21 Record the inspectionmaintenance work carried out X X
Note For those appliances which are not part of an annual service agreementpolicy maintenance must be carried out at least every5 years
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 39
H Position of the opening in the airflue pipe
GN
N
MM
A
II
O
H
H
CBLJ
Q Q
Q
Q
Q
K
P
D E
FI
S
R
T
H1 Positioning of the opening of a fan-supported flue gas pipe
Installation siteMinimum dimen-sions
A Directly below an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
B Above an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
C Horizontally to an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
DBelow temperature-sensitive building components eg plastic gutters down pipes or wastewaterpipes
75 mm
E Below eaves 200 mm
F Below balconies or car port roofs 200 mm
G From vertical wastewater pipes or down pipes 150 mm
H From external or internal corners 200 mm
I Above floors roofs or balconies 300 mm
J From a surface facing a terminal 600 mm
K From a terminal facing a terminal 1200 mm
L From an opening in the car port (eg door window) which leads into the dwelling 1200 mm
M Vertical from a terminal on the same wall 1500 mm
N Horizontal from a terminal on the same wall 300 mm
O From the wall on which the terminal has been installed 0 mm
P From a vertical structure on the roof 300 mm
Q Above the roof area 300 mm
R Horizontal from adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
S Above adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
T Below adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 2000 mm
Appendix
40 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
H2 Horizontal terminal positioning
BS 5440-1 recommends that fanned flue chimney terminals should be positioned as follows
a) at least 2 m from an opening in the building directly opposite and
b) so that the products of combustion are not directed to discharge directly across a boundary if the products are likely tocause a nuisance to a neighbour or discharge over a walkway or patio
For IE see current issue of IS 813
For boilers covered within this manual
1) Dimensions D E F and G
These clearances may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler In order to ensure that the con-densate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces the terminal should be extended as shown below
Balconyeaves
Gutter
Adequately secured airflue gas pipe
The flue pipe mustprotrude beyond any overhang
2) Dimension H
This clearance may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler However in order to ensure thatthe condensate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces a clearance of 300 mm is preferred
For 1 and 2 above you can use a flue gas management kit to enable the termination point to be positioned and directed awayfrom the building fabric
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 41
I Commissioning Checklist
copy Heating and Hotwater Industry Council (HHIC)
wwwcentralheatingcouk
Benchmark Commissioning and Servicing SectionIt is a requirement that the boiler is installed and commissioned to the
completed in full
Appendix
42 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
This Commissioning Checklist is to be completed in full by the competent person who commissioned the boiler as a means of demonstrating compliance with the appropriate Building Regulations and then handed to the customer to keep for future reference
GAS BOILER SYSTEM COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST
CONTROLS
Optimum start control
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
ALL SYSTEMS
Yes
Yes
CENTRAL HEATING MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
COMBINATION BOILERS ONLY
Yes
Yes
DOMESTIC HOT WATER MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
Yes Temperature
CONDENSING BOILERS ONLY
Yes
ALL INSTALLATIONS
AND sup2 Ratio
AND sup2 Ratio
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 43
It is recommended that your heating system is serviced regularly and that the appropriate Service Interval Record is completed
Service Provider
SERVICE RECORD
SERVICE 01
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 02
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 03
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 04
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 05
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 06
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 07
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 08
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 09
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 10
AND sup2 AND sup2
Appendix
44 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
PRIOR TO CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO CHECKThe boiler manufacturerrsquos installation instructions should have been followed gas type verified and gas
supply pressurerate checked as required prior to commissioningAs part of the installation process especially where a flue has been fitted by persons other than the boiler installer visually check the integrity of the whole flue system to confirm that all components are correctly assembled fixed and supported Check that manufacturerrsquos max flue lengths have not been
exceeded and all guidance has been followed (eg Gas Safe Technical Bulletin TB008)The flue gas analyser should be of the correct type as specified by BS 7967
Prior to its use the flue gas analyser should have been maintained and calibrated as specified by the manufacturer The installer must have the relevant competence for use of the analyser
Check and zero the analyser IN FRESH AIR as per analyser manufacturerrsquos instructions
NOTETHE AIR GAS RATIO VALVE IS FACTORY
SET AND MUST NOT BE ADJUSTED DURING COMMISSIONING UNLESS THIS ACTION IS RECOMMENDED FOLLOWING CONTACT WITH THE MANUFACTURER
If any such adjustment is recommended and further checking of the boiler is required the
installerservice engineer must be competent to carry out this work and to use the flue gas
analyser accordinglyIf the boiler requires conversion to operate with
a different gas family (eg conversion from natural gas to LPG) separate guidance will be
provided by the boiler manufacturer
CARRY OUT FLUE INTEGRITY CHECK USING ANALYSERInsert analyser probe into air inlet test point and allow readings to stabiliseNOTE - where no air inlet test point is provided then a flue integrity check
with the analyser is not possible The installer should verify that flue integrity has been visually checked in accordance with the ldquoPrior to
CO and combustion ratio checkrdquo box above before proceeding to the ldquoCheck CO and combustion ratio at maximum raterdquo stage below
SET BOILER TO MINIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at minimum rate (to
minimum load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - If manufacturerrsquos instructions do not specify how to set boiler to minimum
rate contact Technical Helpline for advice
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MINIMUM RATEWith boiler still set at minimum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas sampling
point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is not
specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MAX RATEWith boiler still set at maximum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas
sampling point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is
not specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
SET BOILER TO MAXIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at max rate
(full load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - Do not insert analyser probe during this period to avoid
possible ldquofloodingrdquo of sensor
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
BOILER IS OPERATING SATISFACTORILYno further actions required
Ensure test points are capped boiler case is correctly replaced and all other commissioning procedures are completed
Complete Benchmark Checklist recording CO and combustion ratio readings as required
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED
VERIFY FLUE INTEGRITYAnalyser readings indicate that combustion products and inlet air must be mixing Further investigation of
the flue is therefore requiredCheck that flue components are assembled fixed and supported as per boilerflue manufacturerrsquos
instructionsCheck that flue and flue terminal are not obstructed
IsCO less than
335ppmand
COCO2 ratio less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
Check all seals around the appliance burner internal flue seals door and case seals
Rectify where necessary
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED IF
COMMISSIONING CANNOT BE FULLY COMPLETED THE APPLIANCE MUST BE
DISCONNECTED FROM THE GAS SUPPLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GSIUR
NOTE Check and record CO and combustion ratio at both max and min rate before contacting the
manufacturer
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YESYES
YES
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 45
J Pipe lengths for the airflue pipe
J1 Length of the C13 type airflue pipe
Applicability C13 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C13 type airfluepipe
C13 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J2 Length of the C33 type airflue pipe
Applicability C33 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C33 type airfluepipe
C33 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J3 Length of the C43 type airflue pipe
Applicability C43 type airflue pipe
Diameter of theairflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L)
C43 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
Appendix
46 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
K Technical data
Technical data ndash Heating
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 530 lh 655 lh 788 lh 1094 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 353 lh 436 lh 525 lh 729 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
123 lh 153 lh 184 lh 255 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 1102 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 876 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
306 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
Technical data ndash G20 powerloading G20The lowest nominal heat output may be higher than the value in the technical data depending on the design of the systemand the current operating status
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 12 kW 15 kW 18 kW 25 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
48 hellip 130 kW 48 hellip 162 kW 53 hellip 195 kW 65 hellip 270 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
47 hellip 128 kW 47 hellip 159 kW 52 hellip 191 kW 64 hellip 265 kW
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
45 hellip 123 kW 45 hellip 152 kW 50 hellip 183 kW 61 hellip 254 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
44 hellip 150 kW 44 hellip 180 kW 49 hellip 252 kW 60 hellip 300 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
123 kW 153 kW 184 kW 255 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
153 kW 184 kW 257 kW 306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 30 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
76 hellip 324 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
75 hellip 318 kW
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 47
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
72 hellip 305 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
71 hellip 350 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
72 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
357 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
72 kW
Technical data ndash General
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch 34 inch 34 inch 34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h 32 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
13 msup3h 16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0476 msup3h 0480 msup3h 0533 msup3h 0648 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
206 gs 208 gs 231 gs 281 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
55 gs 69 gs 83 gs 115 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
69 gs 83 gs 116 gs 138 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
55 55 60 77
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
55 55 55 55
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
43 48 51 62
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
32 32 34 35
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
71 71 69 68
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
105 105 105 95
Released system types C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996 996 996 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040 1040 1040 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060 1060 1060 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085 1085 1085 1085
NOx class 5 5 5 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm
Appendix
48 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Net weight 31 kg 31 kg 31 kg 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 35 kg 35 kg 35 kg 36 kg
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
38 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
32 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0762 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
330 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
138 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
161 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
82
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
37
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
75
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
104
Released system types C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085
NOx class 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm
Net weight 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 36 kg
Technical data ndash Electrics
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 49
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max electrical power consump-tion
65 W 75 W 66 W 75 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W
Level of protection IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V
Max electrical power consump-tion
60 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W
Level of protection IPX4D
Index
50 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Index
AAirflue pipe installed 5BBurner anti-cycling time 20Bypass valve 22CCE label 8Check programmes 29
Using 15Checking the burner 25Checking the pre-charge pressure of the expansionvessel 25Cleaning the condensate siphon 25Cleaning the heat exchanger 24CO₂ content
Checking 20 23Competent person 4Completing inspection work 25Completing maintenance work 25Condensate discharge pipe 12Condensate siphon
Filling 18Controller 14Corrosion 5DDecommissioning 28Decommissioning the product 28Diagnostics codes
Using 15Documents 7Draining the product 25EElectricity 5Expansion relief valve 28FFault codes 26Fault memory 26Fault messages 26Fault symbol 15Flow rate-pressure curves 21Flue gas route 5Front casing closed 5Frost 5GGas family check 16Gas flow rate 18HHanding over to the end user 22High-efficiency pump 21High-efficiency pump output 21IIdentification plate 7If you smell flue gas 5If you smell gas 4Inspection work 22 38Installation site 5Intended use 4LLeak-tightness 20 25 28
MMains connection 14Maintenance work 22 38Minimum clearance 9PPower supply 14Preparing the repair work 26Preparing repair work 26Pressure sensor 28Pump head 27QQualification 4RRegulations 6Removing the air intake pipe 24Removing the burner 24Removing the flue gas pipe 24Removing the front casing 10Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24Removing the ignition transformer 24Removing the side section 10Replacing the burner 26Replacing the expansion vessel 27Replacing the heat exchanger 26Replacing the main PCB 28Replacing expansion vessel 27Resetting the burner anti-cycling time 21SSafety device 5Schematic drawing 5Setting the burner anti-cycling time 20Spare parts 23Switching on the product 17TTool 6Transport 5Transporting 8Treating the heating water 16UUnloading the box 8Unpacking the product 8User interface replacing the PCB 28Using
Check programmes 15Diagnostics codes 15
VVoltage 5WWall-mounting the product 9Weight 9
0020200964_04
ManufacturerSupplierVaillant Group UK LTD
Nottingham Road ‒ Belper ‒ Derbyshire DE56 1JQ
Telephone 01773 824639 ‒ Technical helpline 0330 100 7679
After sales service 0330 100 3142
wwwglow-wormcouk
0020200964_04 ‒ 16112017
copy These instructions or parts thereof are protected by copyright and may be repro-duced or distributed only with the manufacturers written consent
We reserve the right to make technical changes
Adapting the unit to the heating installation 8
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 21
812 Resetting the remaining burner anti-cyclingtime
Hold the button down for more than 3 seconds
◁ is shown in the display
82 Setting the pump output
The product is equipped with a speed-regulated high-effi-ciency pump which adjusts independently to the hydraulicconditions of the heating installation
If you have installed a low loss header in the heating install-ation you should switch off the speed regulation and set thepump output to a fixed value
If required change the setting of the pump speed whichdepends on the operating mode under diagnostics coded14
Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 12 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
0
10
20
30
40
50
0 200 400 600 800 1000
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 15 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
1 2
34
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 18 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
01020304050
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
6070
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 25 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
A
B
01020304050
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
6070
1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
Flow rate-pressure curves for 30 kW(pressure measured downstream of the valves)
01020304050607080
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 A
B 1 2 3 4
1 Maximum speed (by-pass closed)
2 Maximum speed (de-fault setting for the by-pass)
3 Minimum speed (defaultsetting for the bypass)
9 Handing the product over to the end user
22 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
83 Setting the bypass valve
CautionRisk of material damage caused by incor-rect setting of the high-efficiency pump
If the pressure at the bypass valve is in-creased (by turning it clockwise) and thepump output is set to less than 100 theproduct may not operate correctly
In this case set the pump output to5 = 100 using diagnostics parameterd14
Conditions d14 is set to 0 = auto
Do not change the factory settings
Conditions d14 is set to 1 - 5
Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
1
Regulate the pressure using the adjusting screw (1)
Position of the adjustingscrew
Notesapplication
Right-hand stop (screwedall the way in)
If the radiators do not heatup sufficiently at the defaultsetting In this case you mustset the pump to the maximumspeed
Mid-position (six anti-clockwise rotations)
Default setting
Five further anti-clockwiserotations starting from themid-position
If noises are produced in theradiators or radiator valves
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
84 Setting the hot water temperature
DangerRisk of death from legionella
Legionella multiply at temperatures below60 degC
Ensure that the end user is familiar withall of the Anti-legionella measures in orderto comply with the applicable regulationsregarding legionella prevention
Set the hot water temperature
Conditions Water hardness gt 357 molmsup3
ndash Hot water temperature le 50
9 Handing the product over to the enduser
When you have finished the installation attach the stickersupplied (in the end users language) to the productcover
Explain to the end user how the safety devices work andwhere they are located
Inform the end user how to handle the product
In particular draw attention to the safety informationwhich the end user must follow
Inform the end user that they must have the productmaintained in accordance with the specified intervals
Instruct the end user about measures taken for routingthe combustion air supply and flue system
10 Inspection and maintenance
101 Using original seals
If you replace components use only the enclosed originalseals additional sealing materials are not required
102 Observing inspection and maintenanceintervals
Adhere to the minimum inspection and maintenance in-tervals The inspection may require maintenance to becarried out earlier depending on the results
Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview(rarr Page 38)
Inspection and maintenance 10
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 23
103 Procuring spare parts
The original components of the product were also certifiedby the manufacturer as part of the declaration of conformityIf you use other non-certified or unauthorised parts duringmaintenance or repair work this may void the conformity ofthe product and it will therefore no longer comply with theapplicable standards
We strongly recommend that you use original spare partsfrom the manufacturer as this guarantees fault-free and safeoperation of the product To receive information about theavailable original spare parts contact the contact addressprovided on the reverse of these instructions
If you require spare parts for maintenance or repairwork use only the spare parts that are permitted for theproduct
104 Checking the CO₂ content
1 Start up the product with the check programme (P01)and set the value
ndash Setting value for the programme P01 100
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
2 Wait until the value that is read is stable
ndash Waiting period for reading a stable value 5 min
1
3 Unscrew the cover from the flue gas analysis point (1)
4 Measure the CO₂ content at the flue gas analysis point(1)
5 Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Checking the CO₂ content
Great Britain
front casing on front casing off
Natural gas
G20
92 plusmn1
◁ The value is OK
The value is not OK you cannot start up theproduct
Set the CO₂ content (rarr Page 23)
105 Setting the CO₂ content
Conditions The CO₂ content must be adjusted
1
A
B
Remove the sticker
Turn the screw (1) to set the CO₂ content (value withfront casing removed)
◁ To increase the CO₂ content Turn anti-clockwise
◁ To decrease the CO₂ content Turn clockwise
Only carry out the adjustment in increments of 18 turnand wait approximately 1 minute after each adjustmentuntil the value has stabilised
Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Setting the CO₂ value
Great Britain
front casing on front casingoff
Natural gas
G20
CO₂ at full load 92 plusmn02
Set for Wobbeindex W₀
1409 kWsdothmsup3
O₂ at full load 45 plusmn18 vol
CO at full load le 250 ppm
COCO₂ le 00027
If the setting is not in the specified adjustment rangeyou must not start up the product
Inform Customer Service
Check whether the air-quality requirements with regardto carbon monoxide are fulfilled
Fit the front panel
10 Inspection and maintenance
24 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
106 Removing the gas-air mixture unit
Note
The gas-air mixture unit consists of three maincomponents
ndash Fan
ndash Gas valve
ndash Burner cover
1 Switch off the product via the main switch
2 Close the gas isolator cock
3 Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
C
AB
1
D
2
4 Remove the screw (1)
5 Push the clip upwards
6 Remove the flue gas pipe (2)
3
4
5
AB
7 Remove the air intake pipe (3)
8 Remove the plugs from the gas valve (4) and from thefan (5)
A
C
D B
6
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (6)
7
7
8
10 Remove the burner seals (7) and the burner (8)
11 Check the burner and the heat exchanger for damageand dirt
12 If necessary clean or replace the components accord-ing to the following sections
13 Install the two new burner seals
107 Cleaning the heat exchanger
1
1 Protect the folded down electronics box against sprayedwater
2 Clean the ribs of the heat exchanger (1) with water
◁ The water runs out into the condensate tray
Inspection and maintenance 10
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 25
108 Checking the burner
1 Search the surface of the burner for possible damage Ifyou see any damage replace the burner
2 Install the two new burner seals
109 Checking the ignition electrode
1
2
3 4 5
1 Disconnect the connection (2) and the earthing cable(1)
2 Remove the fixing screws (3)
3 Carefully remove the electrode from the combustionchamber
4 Check that the electrode ends (4) are undamaged
5 Check the electrode distance
ndash Clearance for the ignition electrodes 35 hellip 45 mm
6 Make sure that the seal (5) is free from damage
If necessary replace the seal
1010 Cleaning the condensate siphon
C
2
3
1
AB
1 Unclip the lower section of the siphon (1) from the up-per section of the siphon (2)
2 Remove the float (3)
3 Flush out the float and lower section of the siphon withwater
4 Fill the lower section of the siphon with water up to 10mm below the upper edge of the condensate drain pipe-work
5 Reinsert the float (3)
Note
Check whether the float is present in thecondensate siphon
6 Clip the lower section of the siphon (1) into the uppersection of the siphon (2)
1011 Installing the gas-air mixture unit
1 Install the burner
2 Install two new burner seals in the burner hood
3 Install the gas-air mixture unit
4 Tighten the screws on the gas-air mixture unit
ndash Ideally to 7 Nm if a torque spanner is available
5 Install the flue pipe
6 Install the air intake pipe
1012 Draining the product
1 Close the service valves of the product
2 Start check programme P05 (rarr Page 15)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
3 Open the drain cock
1013 Checking the admission pressure of theexpansion vessel
1 Measure the pre-charge pressure of the expansion ves-sel at the vessel valve
Conditions Pre-charge pressure lt 0075 MPa (075 bar)
Top up the expansion vessel in accordance with thestatic height of the heating installation ideally with ni-trogen otherwise with air Ensure that the drain valve isopen when topping up
2 If water escapes from the expansion vessels valve youmust replace the expansion vessel (rarr Page 27)
3 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
1014 Completing inspection and maintenancework
1 Check the gas connection pressure (gas flow pressure)(rarr Page 19)
2 Check the CO₂ content
1015 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
11 Troubleshooting
26 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
11 Troubleshooting
111 Rectifying faults
If fault codes (FXX) appear refer to the table in the ap-pendix or use the check programme(s)
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
If several fault codes are generated at the same time theseare displayed alternately followed by the time at which therespective fault occurred
Hold the button down for more than 3 seconds
If you are unable to clear the fault code and it reappearsdespite several fault clearance attempts contact cus-tomer service
112 Calling up the fault memory
The last 10 fault codes are stored in the fault memory (to-gether with the time at which the respective fault occurredand after 24 hours with the number of days)
Hold the button down for more than 7 seconds
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Press the button to exit this menu
113 Deleting the fault memory
1 Delete the fault memory using the diagnostics coded94
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
114 Resetting parameters to factory settings
1 Reset all parameters to the factory settings using thediagnostics code d96
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
115 Preparing the repair work
1 Switch off the product
2 Disconnect the product from the electrical installation
3 Remove the front casing
4 Close the gas stopcock
5 Close the service valves in the heating flow and in theheating return
6 Close the service valve in the cold water pipe
7 Drain the product if you want to replace water-bearingcomponents of the product
8 Ensure that water does not drip on live components(eg the electronics box)
9 Use only new seals and O-rings Do not use any addi-tional sealing materials
116 Replacing defective components
1161 Replacing the burner
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Remove the two burner seals
3 Remove the burner
4 Insert the new burner
5 Insert two new burner seals in the burner cover
6 Install the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 25)
1162 Replacing the gas-air mixture unit
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Install the new gas-air mixture (rarr Page 25)
1163 Replacing the heat exchanger
1 Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
2 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
1 A
B
3 Remove the gas pipe (1)
1
2
3
2 4
A
B
4 Remove the temperature sensor (3)
5 Remove the upper clip (1)
6 Remove the lower clip (4)
7 Remove the supply pipe (2)
Troubleshooting 11
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 27
2
2 3
B
1
A
8 Remove the upper clip (1)
9 Remove the lower clip (3)
10 Remove the return pipe (2)
1
A2
11 Remove the clip underneath the condensate tray (1)
12 Undo the four screws (2)
2
1
B
C
A
13 Remove the ignition electrode (1)
14 Lift the heat exchanger up slightly and remove it to-gether with the condensate tray
15 Remove the ignition transformer (2)
16 Install the new heat exchanger in reverse order
1164 Replacing the pump head
1
2
1 Disconnect the pump cable from the electronics box
2 Undo the four bolts (1)
3 Remove the pump head (2)
4 Replace the O-ring
5 Use four screws to secure the new pump head
6 Connect the pump cable to the electronics box
1165 Replacing the expansion vessel
B
C
1
2
3A
D
1 Undo the nut (3)
2 Remove both screws on the support plate (1)
3 Remove the support plate
4 Pull out the expansion vessel (2) towards the front
5 Insert the new expansion vessel into the product
6 Screw the new expansion vessel to the water connec-tion To do this use a new seal
7 Attach the support plate using both screws
8 Fill and purge the product (rarr Page 17) and if requiredthe heating installation
12 Decommissioning the product
28 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
1166 Replacing the main PCB
C
C
D
B
C
C
D
B
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull all of the plugs out from the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plugs
7 Close the electronics box
1167 Replacing the PCB for the user interface
B
C
C
D
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull the plug out of the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plug
7 Close the electronics box
1168 Replacing the expansion relief valve
1
2
1 Remove the clip (2)
2 Remove the expansion relief valve
3 Fit the new expansion relief valve with a new O-ring
4 Reattach the clip (2)
1169 Replace the pressure sensor
1
2
1 Pull out the plug
2 Remove the clip (1)
3 Remove the pressure sensor (2)
4 Install the new pressure sensor
5 Reattach the clip (1)
117 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
12 Decommissioning the product
Switch off the product
Disconnect the product from the power mains
Close the gas isolator cock
Close the cold water stop cock
13 Customer service
For contact details for our customer service department youcan write to the address that is provided on the back pageor you can visit wwwglow-wormcouk
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 29
Appendix
A Check programmes ndash Overview
Note
Since the programme table is used for various products some programmes may not be visible for the product inquestion
Display Meaning
P01 Burner operation on adjustable heat input
The product operates after ignition with the heat input set between 0 (0 = Pmin) and 100 (100 = Pmax)
The function is active for 15 minutes
P02 Burner operation at ignition load
After ignition the product works at ignition load
The function is active for 15 minutes
P03 The product runs in heating mode with the maximum heat input set using diagnostics code d00
P04 Maximum output function
If there is a hot water request the product runs in hot water handling mode and at maximum heat load
If there is no hot water request the product runs with the heating partial load that is set via diagnostics coded00 and in heating mode
The function is active for 15 minutes
P05 Filling the product
The diverter valve moves to the mid-position The burner and pump switch off (to fill or drain the product)
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is active for 15 minutes
P06 Purging the heating circuit
The diverter valve is moved to the heating position
The function is activated in the heating circuit for 15 minutes
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
P07 Purging the hot water circuit
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
Automatic air ventfunction
Purging the product
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
This function cannot be manually switched off
B Overview of diagnostics codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d00 Heating maximum output ndash ndash kW The maximum heating outputvaries depending on the product
rarr Section Technical data
Automatic Unit automaticallyadjusts the maximum output tothe current system demand
rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d01 Pump overrun in heatingmode
1 60 min 1 5 Adjustable
d02 Maximum burner anti-cycling time in heatingmode
2 60 min 1 20 Adjustable
Appendix
30 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d04 Water temperature in thecylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d05 Determined heating flowset target temperature
Current value ndash ndash Not
adjustable
d06 Hot water set target tem-perature
Current value (Combination unit only) ndash Notadjustable
d07 Set target temperaturefor the domestic hot wa-ter cylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d08 Status of the 230 V ther-mostat
Current value ndash 0 = Room thermostat open (noheat requirement)
1 = Room thermostat closed(heat requirement)
ndash Notadjustable
d09 Heating flow set targettemperature that is seton the eBUS room ther-mostat
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d10 Status of the internalpump in the heating cir-cuit
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d11 Status of the heatingcircuits shunt pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d13 Status of the hot watercircuits circulation pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d14 Operating mode of themodulating pump
0 5 ndash 0 = variable rotational speed(auto)
1 2 3 4 5 = Fixed rotationalspeeds rarr Section Setting thepump output
0 Adjustable
d15 Pump speed Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d16 Status of the 24 V roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Heating off
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d17 Heating control ndash ndash ndash off = Flow temperature
on = Return temperature (ad-justment for underfloor heatingIf you have activated the returntemperature control the auto-matic heating output determina-tion function is not active)
0 Adjustable
d18 Pump overrun operatingmode
1 3 ndash 1 = Continuous (pump runs per-manently)
3 = Eco (intermittent pump modendash for the dissipation of the resid-ual heat after hot water gener-ation at an extremely low heatdemand)
1 Adjustable
d19 Pump operating mode 2stage pump
0 3 ndash 0 = Burner mode stage 2 pumpflowoverrun stage 1
1 = Heating mode and pumpflowoverrun stage 1 hot waterhandling mode stage 2
2 = Automatic heating modepump flowoverrun stage 1 hotwater handling mode stage 2
3 = Stage 2
3 Adjustable
d20 Maximum hot water settarget temperature
50 60 1 60 Adjustable
d21 Status of the warm startfor hot water
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated andavailable
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 31
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d22 Status of the hot waterrequest
Current value ndash off = No current requirement
on = Current requirement
ndash Notadjustable
d23 Status of the heatingdemand
Current value ndash off = Heating off (Summer mode)
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d24 Status of the pressuremonitor
0 1 ndash off = Not switched
on = Switched
ndash Notadjustable
d25 Status of the requirementto reheat the cylinder orfor the hot water warmstart from the eBUS ther-mostat
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
ndash Notadjustable
d27 Function of relay 1(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
1 Adjustable
d28 Function of relay 2(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
2 Adjustable
d31 Automatic filling device 0 2 ndash 0 = Manual
1 = Semi-automatic
2 = Automatic
0 Adjustable
d33 Fan speed target value Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d34 Value for the fan speed Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d35 Position of the divertervalve
Current value ndash 0 = Heating
40 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
100 = Domestic hot water
ndash Notadjustable
d36 Value for the hot waterflow
Current value lmin ndash ndash Notadjustable
d39 Water temperature in thesolar circuit
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d40 Heating flow temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d41 Heating return temperat-ure
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d43 Heating curve 02 4 ndash 01 12 Adjustable
d45 Value for the base pointof the heating curve
15 30 ndash 1 20 Adjustable
d47 Outside temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d50 Correction of the min-imum fan speed
0 3000 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
600 Adjustable
Appendix
32 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d51 Correction of the max-imum fan speed
-2500 0 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
-1000 Adjustable
d58 Solar circuit reheating 0 3 ndash 0 = Boilers Legionella protectionfunction deactivated
3 = Hot water activated (mintarget value 60 degC)
0 Adjustable
d60 Number of blocks by thetemperature limiter
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d61 Number of unsuccessfulignitions
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d62 Night set-back 0 30 ndash 1 0 Adjustable
d64 Average burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d65 Maximum burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d66 Activation of the warmstart function for hot wa-ter
ndash ndash ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
1 Adjustable
d67 Remaining burner anti-cycling time (setting un-der d02)
Current value min ndash ndash Notadjustable
d68 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 1st attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d69 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 2nd attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d70 Operation of the divertervalve
0 2 ndash 0 = Normal operating mode(DHW and heating mode)
1 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
2 = Permanent heating modeposition
0 Adjustable
d71 Maximum heating flowset target temperature
45 80 1 rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d73 Correction of the hot wa-ter warm start temperat-ure
-15 5 K 1 0 Adjustable
d75 Maximum cylinder re-heating time
20 90 min 1 45 Adjustable
d77 Max cylinder reheating ndash ndash kW 1
rarr Section Technical data
ndash Adjustable
d80 Running time in heatingmode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d81 Running time in hot wa-ter handling mode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d82 Number of burner igni-tions in heating mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d83 Number of burner igni-tions in hot water hand-ling mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d84 Maintenance in 0 3000 h Number of hours = Display valuex 10
300 Notadjustable
d85 Increase in the min out-put (heating and hot wa-ter handling mode)
ndash ndash kW 1 ndash Adjustable
d88 Flow rate limit valuefor ignition in hot waterhandling mode
0 1 ndash 0 = 17 lmin (no delay)
1 = 37 lmin (2 s delay)
0 Adjustable
d90 Status of the eBUS roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Not connected
on = Connected
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 33
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d91 Status DCF77 Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d93 Setting the product code 0 99 ndash 1
The Device Specific Number(DSN) can be found on the iden-tification plate
ndash Adjustable
d94 Delete fault list 0 1 ndash off = No
on = Yes
ndash Adjustable
d95 Software versions ndash ndash ndash 1 = Main PCB
2 = Interface PCB
ndash Adjustable
d96 Default setting (reset) ndash ndash ndash 0 = No
1 = Yes
ndash Adjustable
C Status codes ndash Overview
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Status code Meaning
Displays in heating mode
S0 Heating mode No requirement
S01 Heating mode Advance fan operation
S02 Heating mode Pump pre-run
S03 Heating mode Burner ignition
S04 Heating mode Burner on
S05 Heating mode Pumpfan overrun
S06 Heating mode Fan overrun
S07 Heating mode Pump overrun
S08 Heating mode Temporary shutdown after heating procedure
Displays in hot water handling mode
S10 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S11 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S13 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S14 DHW mode Burner on
S15 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S16 DHW mode Fan overrun
S17 DHW mode Pump overrun
Display in Comfort mode with warm start or hot water handling mode with cylinder
S20 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S21 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S22 Hot water handling mode Pump pre-run
S23 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S24 DHW mode Burner on
S25 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S26 DHW mode Fan overrun
S27 DHW mode Pump overrun
S28 Hot water handling mode Temporary shutdown of the burner
Other displays
S30 Room thermostat is blocking heating mode
S31 No heating demand Summer mode eBUS controller waiting period
Appendix
34 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Status code Meaning
S32 Fan waiting time Fan speed outside of the tolerance values
S33 Forced fan operation until the pressure monitor is switched
S34 Frost protection active
S39 Underfloor heating contact open
S41 Water pressure too high
S42 Flue non-return flap closed
S46 Frost protection mode (Comfort) Minimum load
S53 Product in waiting periodoperation block function due to low water pressure (flowreturn spread too large)
S54 Waiting period Low water pressure in the circuit (flowreturn spread too large)
S76 Maintenance message Check the water pressure
S88 Product purging active
S91 Maintenance Demo mode
S96 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S97 Automatic test programme Water pressure sensor heating demands blocked
S98 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S99 Internal automatic test programmes
S108 Purging the combustion chamber fan in operation
S109 Products standby mode activated
D Overview of fault codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F00 Fault Flow temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F01 Fault Return temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F10 Short circuit Flow temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F11 Short circuit Return temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F12 andF91
Short circuit Cylinder temperaturesensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F13 Short circuit Domestic hot water cylindertemperature sensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F20 Safety switch-off Overheating temperat-ure reached
Incorrect earth connection between cable harness and product flow or returnNTC defective (loose connection) stray spark via ignition cable ignition plugor ignition electrode
F22 Safety switch-off Low water pressure inthe boiler
No or insufficient water in the product water pressure sensor de-fective cable to the pump or to the water pressure sensor loosenotconnecteddefective
F23 Safety switch-off Temperature differencetoo great (NTC1NTC2)
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product flow and return NTCsensors connected the wrong way round
F24 Safety switch-off Temperature rise toofast
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product system pressure toolow non-return valve blockedincorrectly installed
F25 Safety switch-off Flue gas temperaturetoo high
Break in plug connection for optional flue gas safety cut-out (STB) break incable harness
F27 Safety switch-off Fault in flame detection Moisture on the electronics electronics (flame monitor) defective gas solen-oid valve leaking
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 35
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F28 Fault Ignition unsuccessful when startingup
Gas meter defective or gas pressure monitor has triggered air in gas gasflow pressure too low thermal isolator device (TAE) has triggered incorrectgas restrictor incorrect spare gas valve fault on the gas valve multiple plugon PCB incorrectly plugged in break in cable harness ignition system (ig-nition transformer ignition cable ignition plug ignition electrode) defectiveionisation current interrupted (cable electrode) incorrect earthing of productelectronics defective
F29 Fault Flame loss Gas supply temporarily stopped flue gas recirculation incorrect earthing ofproduct ignition transformer has spark failure
F32 Fan frost protection function active Fanspeed outside the tolerance values
Plug on fan not correctly plugged in multiple plug on PCB not correctlyplugged in break in cable harness fan blocked Hall sensor defective elec-tronics defective
F49 eBUS fault Voltage too low Short circuit on eBUS eBUS overload or two power supplies with differentpolarities on the eBUS
F61 Fault Gas valve control system Short circuitshort to earth in cable harness for the gas valve gas valvedefective (coils shorted to earth) electronics defective
F62 Fault Gas valve switch-off control Delayed switch-off of gas valve delayed extinguishing of flame signal gasvalve leaking electronics defective
F63 Fault EEPROM Electronics defective
F64 Fault Electronicssensoranalogue-to-digital converter
Flow or return NTC short circuited electronics defective
F65 Fault Electronics temperature too high Electronics overheating due to external influences electronics defective
F67 Value sent back by ASIC is incorrect(flame signal)
Implausible flame signal electronics defective
F68 Fault Unstable flame (analogue input) Air in gas gas flow pressure too low incorrect air ratio incorrect gas re-strictor ionisation flow interruption (cable electrode)
F70 Invalid product code (DSN) Display and PCB replaced at same time and Device Specific Number notreset wrong or missing output range coding resistance
F71 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Flow temperature sensor signalling constant value Flow temperature sensorincorrectly positioned on supply pipe flow temperature sensor defective
F72 Fault Deviation in the water pressuresensorreturn temperature sensor
Flowreturn NTC temperature difference too great rarr flow andor return tem-perature sensor defective
F73 Fault Water pressure sensor not con-nected or has short-circuited
Interruptionshort circuit of water pressure sensor interruptionshort circuitto GND in supply line to water pressure sensor or water pressure sensordefective
F74 Fault Electrical problem in the waterpressure sensor
Line to water pressure sensor has a short circuit to 5 V24 V or internal faultin the water pressure sensor
F75 Fault Pressure sensor Pressure switch defective
F76 The safety cut-out in the primary heatexchanger is defective
Safety cut-out feedback does not match the gas valve feedback
F77 Fault Condensate or smoke No response flue non-return flap defective
F78 Interruption to DHW outlet sensor atexternal controller
UK link box is connected but hot water NTC not bridged
F83 Fault Dry fire When the burner starts the temperature change registered at the flow orreturn temperature sensor is non-existent or too small Insufficient waterin the product the flow or return temperature sensor is not in the correctposition on the pipe
F84 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Values not consistent difference lt -6 K
Flow and return temperature sensors signalling implausible values Flow andreturn temperature sensors have been inverted flow and return temperaturesensors have not been correctly installed
F85 Fault Temperature sensor The flow andor return temperature sensors have been installed on the samepipeincorrect pipe
Temperature sensor not connected or is connected incorrectly
F86 Fault Underfloor heating contact Underfloor heating contact open sensor disconnected or defective
F87 Fault Electrodes Electrodes not connected or they are connected incorrectly short circuit inthe cable harness
F88 Fault Gas valve Gas valve not connected or it is connected incorrectly short circuit in thecable harness
F89 Fault Pump Pump not connected or it is connected incorrectly incorrect pump connec-ted short circuit in the cable harness
Appendix
36 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
Connection No communication between the PCBand the user interface
Electronics defective
E Wiring diagram Pure boiler
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
X21 41
32
eBUS
RT 24V
Burner off
X106
13
41
3
123
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~2
6
7
9
8
1
3
4
5
11
10
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Temperature sensor on the heating flow
4 Temperature sensor on the heating return
5 Fan
6 Gas valve assembly
7 Pressure sensor
8 External ignition transformer
9 Heating pump
10 Ionisation and ignition electrode
11 Main power supply and connection for 230 V control
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 37
F Connection diagram Pure boiler (30 kW)
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
X21LN
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
13
41
3
123
eBUS
Burner off
X106
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~
X12LN
2
7
8
109
1
43
5
6
12 11
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Control system
4 Temperature sensor in the heating flow
5 Temperature sensor in the heating return
6 Fan
7 Gas valve
8 Pressure sensor
9 Ionisation electrode
10 Heating pump
11 Ignition electrode
12 Main power supply
Appendix
38 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
G Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview
The table below lists the manufacturer requirements with respect to minimum inspection and maintenance intervals If na-tional regulations and directives require shorter inspection and maintenance intervals you should observe these instead ofthe intervals listed in the table
No WorkInspection(annual)
Mainten-ance
(must becarried outat regularintervals)
1Check the airflue pipe for leak-tightness and to ensure that it is fastened correctly Make surethat it is not blocked or damaged and has been installed in accordance with the relevant Installa-tion Manual
X X
2Check the general condition of the product Remove dirt from the product and from the vacuumchamber
X X
3Visually inspect the general condition of the heat exchanger In doing so pay particular attentionto signs of corrosion rust and other defects If you notice any damage carry out maintenancework
X X
4Check the gas connection pressure at maximum heat input If the gas connection pressure is notwithin the correct range carry out maintenance work
X X
5Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product and if necessary adjust it Keep a record ofthis
X X
6Disconnect the product from the power mains Check that the electrical plug connections andother connections are seated correctly and correct these if necessary
X X
7 Close the gas isolator cock and the service valves X X
8Drain the product on the water side Check the pre-charge pressure of the expansion vesseland if required top up the expansion vessel (approx 003 MPa03 bar below the system fillingpressure)
X
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit X
10Check the seals in the combustion area If you see any damage replace the seals Replace bothburner seals each time it is opened and accordingly each time maintenance work is carried out
X
11 Clean the heat exchanger X
12 Check the burner for damage and replace it if necessary X
13 Check the condensate siphon in the product clean and fill if necessary X X
14 Install the gas-air mixture unit Caution Replace the seals X
15 Open the gas isolator cock reconnect the product to the power mains and switch the product on X X
16Open the service valves fill the productheating installation to 005-03 MPa05-30 bar (depend-ing on the static height of the heating installation) and start the purging programme PXX
X
17Carry out a test operation of the product and heating installation and if required purge the sys-tem once more
X X
18 Visually inspect the ignition and burner behaviour X X
19 Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product again X
20 Check the product for gas flue gas water and condensate leaks and repair if necessary X X
21 Record the inspectionmaintenance work carried out X X
Note For those appliances which are not part of an annual service agreementpolicy maintenance must be carried out at least every5 years
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 39
H Position of the opening in the airflue pipe
GN
N
MM
A
II
O
H
H
CBLJ
Q Q
Q
Q
Q
K
P
D E
FI
S
R
T
H1 Positioning of the opening of a fan-supported flue gas pipe
Installation siteMinimum dimen-sions
A Directly below an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
B Above an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
C Horizontally to an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
DBelow temperature-sensitive building components eg plastic gutters down pipes or wastewaterpipes
75 mm
E Below eaves 200 mm
F Below balconies or car port roofs 200 mm
G From vertical wastewater pipes or down pipes 150 mm
H From external or internal corners 200 mm
I Above floors roofs or balconies 300 mm
J From a surface facing a terminal 600 mm
K From a terminal facing a terminal 1200 mm
L From an opening in the car port (eg door window) which leads into the dwelling 1200 mm
M Vertical from a terminal on the same wall 1500 mm
N Horizontal from a terminal on the same wall 300 mm
O From the wall on which the terminal has been installed 0 mm
P From a vertical structure on the roof 300 mm
Q Above the roof area 300 mm
R Horizontal from adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
S Above adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
T Below adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 2000 mm
Appendix
40 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
H2 Horizontal terminal positioning
BS 5440-1 recommends that fanned flue chimney terminals should be positioned as follows
a) at least 2 m from an opening in the building directly opposite and
b) so that the products of combustion are not directed to discharge directly across a boundary if the products are likely tocause a nuisance to a neighbour or discharge over a walkway or patio
For IE see current issue of IS 813
For boilers covered within this manual
1) Dimensions D E F and G
These clearances may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler In order to ensure that the con-densate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces the terminal should be extended as shown below
Balconyeaves
Gutter
Adequately secured airflue gas pipe
The flue pipe mustprotrude beyond any overhang
2) Dimension H
This clearance may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler However in order to ensure thatthe condensate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces a clearance of 300 mm is preferred
For 1 and 2 above you can use a flue gas management kit to enable the termination point to be positioned and directed awayfrom the building fabric
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 41
I Commissioning Checklist
copy Heating and Hotwater Industry Council (HHIC)
wwwcentralheatingcouk
Benchmark Commissioning and Servicing SectionIt is a requirement that the boiler is installed and commissioned to the
completed in full
Appendix
42 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
This Commissioning Checklist is to be completed in full by the competent person who commissioned the boiler as a means of demonstrating compliance with the appropriate Building Regulations and then handed to the customer to keep for future reference
GAS BOILER SYSTEM COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST
CONTROLS
Optimum start control
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
ALL SYSTEMS
Yes
Yes
CENTRAL HEATING MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
COMBINATION BOILERS ONLY
Yes
Yes
DOMESTIC HOT WATER MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
Yes Temperature
CONDENSING BOILERS ONLY
Yes
ALL INSTALLATIONS
AND sup2 Ratio
AND sup2 Ratio
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 43
It is recommended that your heating system is serviced regularly and that the appropriate Service Interval Record is completed
Service Provider
SERVICE RECORD
SERVICE 01
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 02
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 03
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 04
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 05
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 06
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 07
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 08
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 09
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 10
AND sup2 AND sup2
Appendix
44 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
PRIOR TO CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO CHECKThe boiler manufacturerrsquos installation instructions should have been followed gas type verified and gas
supply pressurerate checked as required prior to commissioningAs part of the installation process especially where a flue has been fitted by persons other than the boiler installer visually check the integrity of the whole flue system to confirm that all components are correctly assembled fixed and supported Check that manufacturerrsquos max flue lengths have not been
exceeded and all guidance has been followed (eg Gas Safe Technical Bulletin TB008)The flue gas analyser should be of the correct type as specified by BS 7967
Prior to its use the flue gas analyser should have been maintained and calibrated as specified by the manufacturer The installer must have the relevant competence for use of the analyser
Check and zero the analyser IN FRESH AIR as per analyser manufacturerrsquos instructions
NOTETHE AIR GAS RATIO VALVE IS FACTORY
SET AND MUST NOT BE ADJUSTED DURING COMMISSIONING UNLESS THIS ACTION IS RECOMMENDED FOLLOWING CONTACT WITH THE MANUFACTURER
If any such adjustment is recommended and further checking of the boiler is required the
installerservice engineer must be competent to carry out this work and to use the flue gas
analyser accordinglyIf the boiler requires conversion to operate with
a different gas family (eg conversion from natural gas to LPG) separate guidance will be
provided by the boiler manufacturer
CARRY OUT FLUE INTEGRITY CHECK USING ANALYSERInsert analyser probe into air inlet test point and allow readings to stabiliseNOTE - where no air inlet test point is provided then a flue integrity check
with the analyser is not possible The installer should verify that flue integrity has been visually checked in accordance with the ldquoPrior to
CO and combustion ratio checkrdquo box above before proceeding to the ldquoCheck CO and combustion ratio at maximum raterdquo stage below
SET BOILER TO MINIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at minimum rate (to
minimum load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - If manufacturerrsquos instructions do not specify how to set boiler to minimum
rate contact Technical Helpline for advice
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MINIMUM RATEWith boiler still set at minimum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas sampling
point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is not
specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MAX RATEWith boiler still set at maximum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas
sampling point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is
not specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
SET BOILER TO MAXIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at max rate
(full load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - Do not insert analyser probe during this period to avoid
possible ldquofloodingrdquo of sensor
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
BOILER IS OPERATING SATISFACTORILYno further actions required
Ensure test points are capped boiler case is correctly replaced and all other commissioning procedures are completed
Complete Benchmark Checklist recording CO and combustion ratio readings as required
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED
VERIFY FLUE INTEGRITYAnalyser readings indicate that combustion products and inlet air must be mixing Further investigation of
the flue is therefore requiredCheck that flue components are assembled fixed and supported as per boilerflue manufacturerrsquos
instructionsCheck that flue and flue terminal are not obstructed
IsCO less than
335ppmand
COCO2 ratio less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
Check all seals around the appliance burner internal flue seals door and case seals
Rectify where necessary
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED IF
COMMISSIONING CANNOT BE FULLY COMPLETED THE APPLIANCE MUST BE
DISCONNECTED FROM THE GAS SUPPLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GSIUR
NOTE Check and record CO and combustion ratio at both max and min rate before contacting the
manufacturer
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YESYES
YES
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 45
J Pipe lengths for the airflue pipe
J1 Length of the C13 type airflue pipe
Applicability C13 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C13 type airfluepipe
C13 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J2 Length of the C33 type airflue pipe
Applicability C33 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C33 type airfluepipe
C33 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J3 Length of the C43 type airflue pipe
Applicability C43 type airflue pipe
Diameter of theairflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L)
C43 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
Appendix
46 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
K Technical data
Technical data ndash Heating
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 530 lh 655 lh 788 lh 1094 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 353 lh 436 lh 525 lh 729 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
123 lh 153 lh 184 lh 255 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 1102 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 876 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
306 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
Technical data ndash G20 powerloading G20The lowest nominal heat output may be higher than the value in the technical data depending on the design of the systemand the current operating status
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 12 kW 15 kW 18 kW 25 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
48 hellip 130 kW 48 hellip 162 kW 53 hellip 195 kW 65 hellip 270 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
47 hellip 128 kW 47 hellip 159 kW 52 hellip 191 kW 64 hellip 265 kW
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
45 hellip 123 kW 45 hellip 152 kW 50 hellip 183 kW 61 hellip 254 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
44 hellip 150 kW 44 hellip 180 kW 49 hellip 252 kW 60 hellip 300 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
123 kW 153 kW 184 kW 255 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
153 kW 184 kW 257 kW 306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 30 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
76 hellip 324 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
75 hellip 318 kW
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 47
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
72 hellip 305 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
71 hellip 350 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
72 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
357 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
72 kW
Technical data ndash General
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch 34 inch 34 inch 34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h 32 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
13 msup3h 16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0476 msup3h 0480 msup3h 0533 msup3h 0648 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
206 gs 208 gs 231 gs 281 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
55 gs 69 gs 83 gs 115 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
69 gs 83 gs 116 gs 138 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
55 55 60 77
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
55 55 55 55
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
43 48 51 62
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
32 32 34 35
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
71 71 69 68
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
105 105 105 95
Released system types C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996 996 996 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040 1040 1040 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060 1060 1060 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085 1085 1085 1085
NOx class 5 5 5 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm
Appendix
48 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Net weight 31 kg 31 kg 31 kg 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 35 kg 35 kg 35 kg 36 kg
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
38 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
32 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0762 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
330 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
138 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
161 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
82
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
37
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
75
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
104
Released system types C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085
NOx class 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm
Net weight 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 36 kg
Technical data ndash Electrics
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 49
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max electrical power consump-tion
65 W 75 W 66 W 75 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W
Level of protection IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V
Max electrical power consump-tion
60 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W
Level of protection IPX4D
Index
50 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Index
AAirflue pipe installed 5BBurner anti-cycling time 20Bypass valve 22CCE label 8Check programmes 29
Using 15Checking the burner 25Checking the pre-charge pressure of the expansionvessel 25Cleaning the condensate siphon 25Cleaning the heat exchanger 24CO₂ content
Checking 20 23Competent person 4Completing inspection work 25Completing maintenance work 25Condensate discharge pipe 12Condensate siphon
Filling 18Controller 14Corrosion 5DDecommissioning 28Decommissioning the product 28Diagnostics codes
Using 15Documents 7Draining the product 25EElectricity 5Expansion relief valve 28FFault codes 26Fault memory 26Fault messages 26Fault symbol 15Flow rate-pressure curves 21Flue gas route 5Front casing closed 5Frost 5GGas family check 16Gas flow rate 18HHanding over to the end user 22High-efficiency pump 21High-efficiency pump output 21IIdentification plate 7If you smell flue gas 5If you smell gas 4Inspection work 22 38Installation site 5Intended use 4LLeak-tightness 20 25 28
MMains connection 14Maintenance work 22 38Minimum clearance 9PPower supply 14Preparing the repair work 26Preparing repair work 26Pressure sensor 28Pump head 27QQualification 4RRegulations 6Removing the air intake pipe 24Removing the burner 24Removing the flue gas pipe 24Removing the front casing 10Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24Removing the ignition transformer 24Removing the side section 10Replacing the burner 26Replacing the expansion vessel 27Replacing the heat exchanger 26Replacing the main PCB 28Replacing expansion vessel 27Resetting the burner anti-cycling time 21SSafety device 5Schematic drawing 5Setting the burner anti-cycling time 20Spare parts 23Switching on the product 17TTool 6Transport 5Transporting 8Treating the heating water 16UUnloading the box 8Unpacking the product 8User interface replacing the PCB 28Using
Check programmes 15Diagnostics codes 15
VVoltage 5WWall-mounting the product 9Weight 9
0020200964_04
ManufacturerSupplierVaillant Group UK LTD
Nottingham Road ‒ Belper ‒ Derbyshire DE56 1JQ
Telephone 01773 824639 ‒ Technical helpline 0330 100 7679
After sales service 0330 100 3142
wwwglow-wormcouk
0020200964_04 ‒ 16112017
copy These instructions or parts thereof are protected by copyright and may be repro-duced or distributed only with the manufacturers written consent
We reserve the right to make technical changes
9 Handing the product over to the end user
22 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
4 Flow rate at maximumoutput (ΔT = 20K)
A Throughput in circuit(lh)
B Available pressure(kPa)
83 Setting the bypass valve
CautionRisk of material damage caused by incor-rect setting of the high-efficiency pump
If the pressure at the bypass valve is in-creased (by turning it clockwise) and thepump output is set to less than 100 theproduct may not operate correctly
In this case set the pump output to5 = 100 using diagnostics parameterd14
Conditions d14 is set to 0 = auto
Do not change the factory settings
Conditions d14 is set to 1 - 5
Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
1
Regulate the pressure using the adjusting screw (1)
Position of the adjustingscrew
Notesapplication
Right-hand stop (screwedall the way in)
If the radiators do not heatup sufficiently at the defaultsetting In this case you mustset the pump to the maximumspeed
Mid-position (six anti-clockwise rotations)
Default setting
Five further anti-clockwiserotations starting from themid-position
If noises are produced in theradiators or radiator valves
Install the front casing (rarr Page 10)
84 Setting the hot water temperature
DangerRisk of death from legionella
Legionella multiply at temperatures below60 degC
Ensure that the end user is familiar withall of the Anti-legionella measures in orderto comply with the applicable regulationsregarding legionella prevention
Set the hot water temperature
Conditions Water hardness gt 357 molmsup3
ndash Hot water temperature le 50
9 Handing the product over to the enduser
When you have finished the installation attach the stickersupplied (in the end users language) to the productcover
Explain to the end user how the safety devices work andwhere they are located
Inform the end user how to handle the product
In particular draw attention to the safety informationwhich the end user must follow
Inform the end user that they must have the productmaintained in accordance with the specified intervals
Instruct the end user about measures taken for routingthe combustion air supply and flue system
10 Inspection and maintenance
101 Using original seals
If you replace components use only the enclosed originalseals additional sealing materials are not required
102 Observing inspection and maintenanceintervals
Adhere to the minimum inspection and maintenance in-tervals The inspection may require maintenance to becarried out earlier depending on the results
Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview(rarr Page 38)
Inspection and maintenance 10
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 23
103 Procuring spare parts
The original components of the product were also certifiedby the manufacturer as part of the declaration of conformityIf you use other non-certified or unauthorised parts duringmaintenance or repair work this may void the conformity ofthe product and it will therefore no longer comply with theapplicable standards
We strongly recommend that you use original spare partsfrom the manufacturer as this guarantees fault-free and safeoperation of the product To receive information about theavailable original spare parts contact the contact addressprovided on the reverse of these instructions
If you require spare parts for maintenance or repairwork use only the spare parts that are permitted for theproduct
104 Checking the CO₂ content
1 Start up the product with the check programme (P01)and set the value
ndash Setting value for the programme P01 100
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
2 Wait until the value that is read is stable
ndash Waiting period for reading a stable value 5 min
1
3 Unscrew the cover from the flue gas analysis point (1)
4 Measure the CO₂ content at the flue gas analysis point(1)
5 Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Checking the CO₂ content
Great Britain
front casing on front casing off
Natural gas
G20
92 plusmn1
◁ The value is OK
The value is not OK you cannot start up theproduct
Set the CO₂ content (rarr Page 23)
105 Setting the CO₂ content
Conditions The CO₂ content must be adjusted
1
A
B
Remove the sticker
Turn the screw (1) to set the CO₂ content (value withfront casing removed)
◁ To increase the CO₂ content Turn anti-clockwise
◁ To decrease the CO₂ content Turn clockwise
Only carry out the adjustment in increments of 18 turnand wait approximately 1 minute after each adjustmentuntil the value has stabilised
Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Setting the CO₂ value
Great Britain
front casing on front casingoff
Natural gas
G20
CO₂ at full load 92 plusmn02
Set for Wobbeindex W₀
1409 kWsdothmsup3
O₂ at full load 45 plusmn18 vol
CO at full load le 250 ppm
COCO₂ le 00027
If the setting is not in the specified adjustment rangeyou must not start up the product
Inform Customer Service
Check whether the air-quality requirements with regardto carbon monoxide are fulfilled
Fit the front panel
10 Inspection and maintenance
24 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
106 Removing the gas-air mixture unit
Note
The gas-air mixture unit consists of three maincomponents
ndash Fan
ndash Gas valve
ndash Burner cover
1 Switch off the product via the main switch
2 Close the gas isolator cock
3 Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
C
AB
1
D
2
4 Remove the screw (1)
5 Push the clip upwards
6 Remove the flue gas pipe (2)
3
4
5
AB
7 Remove the air intake pipe (3)
8 Remove the plugs from the gas valve (4) and from thefan (5)
A
C
D B
6
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (6)
7
7
8
10 Remove the burner seals (7) and the burner (8)
11 Check the burner and the heat exchanger for damageand dirt
12 If necessary clean or replace the components accord-ing to the following sections
13 Install the two new burner seals
107 Cleaning the heat exchanger
1
1 Protect the folded down electronics box against sprayedwater
2 Clean the ribs of the heat exchanger (1) with water
◁ The water runs out into the condensate tray
Inspection and maintenance 10
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 25
108 Checking the burner
1 Search the surface of the burner for possible damage Ifyou see any damage replace the burner
2 Install the two new burner seals
109 Checking the ignition electrode
1
2
3 4 5
1 Disconnect the connection (2) and the earthing cable(1)
2 Remove the fixing screws (3)
3 Carefully remove the electrode from the combustionchamber
4 Check that the electrode ends (4) are undamaged
5 Check the electrode distance
ndash Clearance for the ignition electrodes 35 hellip 45 mm
6 Make sure that the seal (5) is free from damage
If necessary replace the seal
1010 Cleaning the condensate siphon
C
2
3
1
AB
1 Unclip the lower section of the siphon (1) from the up-per section of the siphon (2)
2 Remove the float (3)
3 Flush out the float and lower section of the siphon withwater
4 Fill the lower section of the siphon with water up to 10mm below the upper edge of the condensate drain pipe-work
5 Reinsert the float (3)
Note
Check whether the float is present in thecondensate siphon
6 Clip the lower section of the siphon (1) into the uppersection of the siphon (2)
1011 Installing the gas-air mixture unit
1 Install the burner
2 Install two new burner seals in the burner hood
3 Install the gas-air mixture unit
4 Tighten the screws on the gas-air mixture unit
ndash Ideally to 7 Nm if a torque spanner is available
5 Install the flue pipe
6 Install the air intake pipe
1012 Draining the product
1 Close the service valves of the product
2 Start check programme P05 (rarr Page 15)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
3 Open the drain cock
1013 Checking the admission pressure of theexpansion vessel
1 Measure the pre-charge pressure of the expansion ves-sel at the vessel valve
Conditions Pre-charge pressure lt 0075 MPa (075 bar)
Top up the expansion vessel in accordance with thestatic height of the heating installation ideally with ni-trogen otherwise with air Ensure that the drain valve isopen when topping up
2 If water escapes from the expansion vessels valve youmust replace the expansion vessel (rarr Page 27)
3 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
1014 Completing inspection and maintenancework
1 Check the gas connection pressure (gas flow pressure)(rarr Page 19)
2 Check the CO₂ content
1015 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
11 Troubleshooting
26 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
11 Troubleshooting
111 Rectifying faults
If fault codes (FXX) appear refer to the table in the ap-pendix or use the check programme(s)
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
If several fault codes are generated at the same time theseare displayed alternately followed by the time at which therespective fault occurred
Hold the button down for more than 3 seconds
If you are unable to clear the fault code and it reappearsdespite several fault clearance attempts contact cus-tomer service
112 Calling up the fault memory
The last 10 fault codes are stored in the fault memory (to-gether with the time at which the respective fault occurredand after 24 hours with the number of days)
Hold the button down for more than 7 seconds
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Press the button to exit this menu
113 Deleting the fault memory
1 Delete the fault memory using the diagnostics coded94
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
114 Resetting parameters to factory settings
1 Reset all parameters to the factory settings using thediagnostics code d96
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
115 Preparing the repair work
1 Switch off the product
2 Disconnect the product from the electrical installation
3 Remove the front casing
4 Close the gas stopcock
5 Close the service valves in the heating flow and in theheating return
6 Close the service valve in the cold water pipe
7 Drain the product if you want to replace water-bearingcomponents of the product
8 Ensure that water does not drip on live components(eg the electronics box)
9 Use only new seals and O-rings Do not use any addi-tional sealing materials
116 Replacing defective components
1161 Replacing the burner
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Remove the two burner seals
3 Remove the burner
4 Insert the new burner
5 Insert two new burner seals in the burner cover
6 Install the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 25)
1162 Replacing the gas-air mixture unit
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Install the new gas-air mixture (rarr Page 25)
1163 Replacing the heat exchanger
1 Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
2 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
1 A
B
3 Remove the gas pipe (1)
1
2
3
2 4
A
B
4 Remove the temperature sensor (3)
5 Remove the upper clip (1)
6 Remove the lower clip (4)
7 Remove the supply pipe (2)
Troubleshooting 11
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 27
2
2 3
B
1
A
8 Remove the upper clip (1)
9 Remove the lower clip (3)
10 Remove the return pipe (2)
1
A2
11 Remove the clip underneath the condensate tray (1)
12 Undo the four screws (2)
2
1
B
C
A
13 Remove the ignition electrode (1)
14 Lift the heat exchanger up slightly and remove it to-gether with the condensate tray
15 Remove the ignition transformer (2)
16 Install the new heat exchanger in reverse order
1164 Replacing the pump head
1
2
1 Disconnect the pump cable from the electronics box
2 Undo the four bolts (1)
3 Remove the pump head (2)
4 Replace the O-ring
5 Use four screws to secure the new pump head
6 Connect the pump cable to the electronics box
1165 Replacing the expansion vessel
B
C
1
2
3A
D
1 Undo the nut (3)
2 Remove both screws on the support plate (1)
3 Remove the support plate
4 Pull out the expansion vessel (2) towards the front
5 Insert the new expansion vessel into the product
6 Screw the new expansion vessel to the water connec-tion To do this use a new seal
7 Attach the support plate using both screws
8 Fill and purge the product (rarr Page 17) and if requiredthe heating installation
12 Decommissioning the product
28 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
1166 Replacing the main PCB
C
C
D
B
C
C
D
B
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull all of the plugs out from the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plugs
7 Close the electronics box
1167 Replacing the PCB for the user interface
B
C
C
D
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull the plug out of the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plug
7 Close the electronics box
1168 Replacing the expansion relief valve
1
2
1 Remove the clip (2)
2 Remove the expansion relief valve
3 Fit the new expansion relief valve with a new O-ring
4 Reattach the clip (2)
1169 Replace the pressure sensor
1
2
1 Pull out the plug
2 Remove the clip (1)
3 Remove the pressure sensor (2)
4 Install the new pressure sensor
5 Reattach the clip (1)
117 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
12 Decommissioning the product
Switch off the product
Disconnect the product from the power mains
Close the gas isolator cock
Close the cold water stop cock
13 Customer service
For contact details for our customer service department youcan write to the address that is provided on the back pageor you can visit wwwglow-wormcouk
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 29
Appendix
A Check programmes ndash Overview
Note
Since the programme table is used for various products some programmes may not be visible for the product inquestion
Display Meaning
P01 Burner operation on adjustable heat input
The product operates after ignition with the heat input set between 0 (0 = Pmin) and 100 (100 = Pmax)
The function is active for 15 minutes
P02 Burner operation at ignition load
After ignition the product works at ignition load
The function is active for 15 minutes
P03 The product runs in heating mode with the maximum heat input set using diagnostics code d00
P04 Maximum output function
If there is a hot water request the product runs in hot water handling mode and at maximum heat load
If there is no hot water request the product runs with the heating partial load that is set via diagnostics coded00 and in heating mode
The function is active for 15 minutes
P05 Filling the product
The diverter valve moves to the mid-position The burner and pump switch off (to fill or drain the product)
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is active for 15 minutes
P06 Purging the heating circuit
The diverter valve is moved to the heating position
The function is activated in the heating circuit for 15 minutes
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
P07 Purging the hot water circuit
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
Automatic air ventfunction
Purging the product
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
This function cannot be manually switched off
B Overview of diagnostics codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d00 Heating maximum output ndash ndash kW The maximum heating outputvaries depending on the product
rarr Section Technical data
Automatic Unit automaticallyadjusts the maximum output tothe current system demand
rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d01 Pump overrun in heatingmode
1 60 min 1 5 Adjustable
d02 Maximum burner anti-cycling time in heatingmode
2 60 min 1 20 Adjustable
Appendix
30 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d04 Water temperature in thecylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d05 Determined heating flowset target temperature
Current value ndash ndash Not
adjustable
d06 Hot water set target tem-perature
Current value (Combination unit only) ndash Notadjustable
d07 Set target temperaturefor the domestic hot wa-ter cylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d08 Status of the 230 V ther-mostat
Current value ndash 0 = Room thermostat open (noheat requirement)
1 = Room thermostat closed(heat requirement)
ndash Notadjustable
d09 Heating flow set targettemperature that is seton the eBUS room ther-mostat
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d10 Status of the internalpump in the heating cir-cuit
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d11 Status of the heatingcircuits shunt pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d13 Status of the hot watercircuits circulation pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d14 Operating mode of themodulating pump
0 5 ndash 0 = variable rotational speed(auto)
1 2 3 4 5 = Fixed rotationalspeeds rarr Section Setting thepump output
0 Adjustable
d15 Pump speed Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d16 Status of the 24 V roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Heating off
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d17 Heating control ndash ndash ndash off = Flow temperature
on = Return temperature (ad-justment for underfloor heatingIf you have activated the returntemperature control the auto-matic heating output determina-tion function is not active)
0 Adjustable
d18 Pump overrun operatingmode
1 3 ndash 1 = Continuous (pump runs per-manently)
3 = Eco (intermittent pump modendash for the dissipation of the resid-ual heat after hot water gener-ation at an extremely low heatdemand)
1 Adjustable
d19 Pump operating mode 2stage pump
0 3 ndash 0 = Burner mode stage 2 pumpflowoverrun stage 1
1 = Heating mode and pumpflowoverrun stage 1 hot waterhandling mode stage 2
2 = Automatic heating modepump flowoverrun stage 1 hotwater handling mode stage 2
3 = Stage 2
3 Adjustable
d20 Maximum hot water settarget temperature
50 60 1 60 Adjustable
d21 Status of the warm startfor hot water
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated andavailable
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 31
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d22 Status of the hot waterrequest
Current value ndash off = No current requirement
on = Current requirement
ndash Notadjustable
d23 Status of the heatingdemand
Current value ndash off = Heating off (Summer mode)
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d24 Status of the pressuremonitor
0 1 ndash off = Not switched
on = Switched
ndash Notadjustable
d25 Status of the requirementto reheat the cylinder orfor the hot water warmstart from the eBUS ther-mostat
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
ndash Notadjustable
d27 Function of relay 1(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
1 Adjustable
d28 Function of relay 2(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
2 Adjustable
d31 Automatic filling device 0 2 ndash 0 = Manual
1 = Semi-automatic
2 = Automatic
0 Adjustable
d33 Fan speed target value Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d34 Value for the fan speed Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d35 Position of the divertervalve
Current value ndash 0 = Heating
40 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
100 = Domestic hot water
ndash Notadjustable
d36 Value for the hot waterflow
Current value lmin ndash ndash Notadjustable
d39 Water temperature in thesolar circuit
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d40 Heating flow temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d41 Heating return temperat-ure
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d43 Heating curve 02 4 ndash 01 12 Adjustable
d45 Value for the base pointof the heating curve
15 30 ndash 1 20 Adjustable
d47 Outside temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d50 Correction of the min-imum fan speed
0 3000 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
600 Adjustable
Appendix
32 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d51 Correction of the max-imum fan speed
-2500 0 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
-1000 Adjustable
d58 Solar circuit reheating 0 3 ndash 0 = Boilers Legionella protectionfunction deactivated
3 = Hot water activated (mintarget value 60 degC)
0 Adjustable
d60 Number of blocks by thetemperature limiter
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d61 Number of unsuccessfulignitions
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d62 Night set-back 0 30 ndash 1 0 Adjustable
d64 Average burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d65 Maximum burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d66 Activation of the warmstart function for hot wa-ter
ndash ndash ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
1 Adjustable
d67 Remaining burner anti-cycling time (setting un-der d02)
Current value min ndash ndash Notadjustable
d68 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 1st attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d69 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 2nd attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d70 Operation of the divertervalve
0 2 ndash 0 = Normal operating mode(DHW and heating mode)
1 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
2 = Permanent heating modeposition
0 Adjustable
d71 Maximum heating flowset target temperature
45 80 1 rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d73 Correction of the hot wa-ter warm start temperat-ure
-15 5 K 1 0 Adjustable
d75 Maximum cylinder re-heating time
20 90 min 1 45 Adjustable
d77 Max cylinder reheating ndash ndash kW 1
rarr Section Technical data
ndash Adjustable
d80 Running time in heatingmode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d81 Running time in hot wa-ter handling mode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d82 Number of burner igni-tions in heating mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d83 Number of burner igni-tions in hot water hand-ling mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d84 Maintenance in 0 3000 h Number of hours = Display valuex 10
300 Notadjustable
d85 Increase in the min out-put (heating and hot wa-ter handling mode)
ndash ndash kW 1 ndash Adjustable
d88 Flow rate limit valuefor ignition in hot waterhandling mode
0 1 ndash 0 = 17 lmin (no delay)
1 = 37 lmin (2 s delay)
0 Adjustable
d90 Status of the eBUS roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Not connected
on = Connected
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 33
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d91 Status DCF77 Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d93 Setting the product code 0 99 ndash 1
The Device Specific Number(DSN) can be found on the iden-tification plate
ndash Adjustable
d94 Delete fault list 0 1 ndash off = No
on = Yes
ndash Adjustable
d95 Software versions ndash ndash ndash 1 = Main PCB
2 = Interface PCB
ndash Adjustable
d96 Default setting (reset) ndash ndash ndash 0 = No
1 = Yes
ndash Adjustable
C Status codes ndash Overview
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Status code Meaning
Displays in heating mode
S0 Heating mode No requirement
S01 Heating mode Advance fan operation
S02 Heating mode Pump pre-run
S03 Heating mode Burner ignition
S04 Heating mode Burner on
S05 Heating mode Pumpfan overrun
S06 Heating mode Fan overrun
S07 Heating mode Pump overrun
S08 Heating mode Temporary shutdown after heating procedure
Displays in hot water handling mode
S10 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S11 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S13 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S14 DHW mode Burner on
S15 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S16 DHW mode Fan overrun
S17 DHW mode Pump overrun
Display in Comfort mode with warm start or hot water handling mode with cylinder
S20 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S21 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S22 Hot water handling mode Pump pre-run
S23 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S24 DHW mode Burner on
S25 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S26 DHW mode Fan overrun
S27 DHW mode Pump overrun
S28 Hot water handling mode Temporary shutdown of the burner
Other displays
S30 Room thermostat is blocking heating mode
S31 No heating demand Summer mode eBUS controller waiting period
Appendix
34 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Status code Meaning
S32 Fan waiting time Fan speed outside of the tolerance values
S33 Forced fan operation until the pressure monitor is switched
S34 Frost protection active
S39 Underfloor heating contact open
S41 Water pressure too high
S42 Flue non-return flap closed
S46 Frost protection mode (Comfort) Minimum load
S53 Product in waiting periodoperation block function due to low water pressure (flowreturn spread too large)
S54 Waiting period Low water pressure in the circuit (flowreturn spread too large)
S76 Maintenance message Check the water pressure
S88 Product purging active
S91 Maintenance Demo mode
S96 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S97 Automatic test programme Water pressure sensor heating demands blocked
S98 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S99 Internal automatic test programmes
S108 Purging the combustion chamber fan in operation
S109 Products standby mode activated
D Overview of fault codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F00 Fault Flow temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F01 Fault Return temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F10 Short circuit Flow temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F11 Short circuit Return temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F12 andF91
Short circuit Cylinder temperaturesensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F13 Short circuit Domestic hot water cylindertemperature sensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F20 Safety switch-off Overheating temperat-ure reached
Incorrect earth connection between cable harness and product flow or returnNTC defective (loose connection) stray spark via ignition cable ignition plugor ignition electrode
F22 Safety switch-off Low water pressure inthe boiler
No or insufficient water in the product water pressure sensor de-fective cable to the pump or to the water pressure sensor loosenotconnecteddefective
F23 Safety switch-off Temperature differencetoo great (NTC1NTC2)
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product flow and return NTCsensors connected the wrong way round
F24 Safety switch-off Temperature rise toofast
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product system pressure toolow non-return valve blockedincorrectly installed
F25 Safety switch-off Flue gas temperaturetoo high
Break in plug connection for optional flue gas safety cut-out (STB) break incable harness
F27 Safety switch-off Fault in flame detection Moisture on the electronics electronics (flame monitor) defective gas solen-oid valve leaking
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 35
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F28 Fault Ignition unsuccessful when startingup
Gas meter defective or gas pressure monitor has triggered air in gas gasflow pressure too low thermal isolator device (TAE) has triggered incorrectgas restrictor incorrect spare gas valve fault on the gas valve multiple plugon PCB incorrectly plugged in break in cable harness ignition system (ig-nition transformer ignition cable ignition plug ignition electrode) defectiveionisation current interrupted (cable electrode) incorrect earthing of productelectronics defective
F29 Fault Flame loss Gas supply temporarily stopped flue gas recirculation incorrect earthing ofproduct ignition transformer has spark failure
F32 Fan frost protection function active Fanspeed outside the tolerance values
Plug on fan not correctly plugged in multiple plug on PCB not correctlyplugged in break in cable harness fan blocked Hall sensor defective elec-tronics defective
F49 eBUS fault Voltage too low Short circuit on eBUS eBUS overload or two power supplies with differentpolarities on the eBUS
F61 Fault Gas valve control system Short circuitshort to earth in cable harness for the gas valve gas valvedefective (coils shorted to earth) electronics defective
F62 Fault Gas valve switch-off control Delayed switch-off of gas valve delayed extinguishing of flame signal gasvalve leaking electronics defective
F63 Fault EEPROM Electronics defective
F64 Fault Electronicssensoranalogue-to-digital converter
Flow or return NTC short circuited electronics defective
F65 Fault Electronics temperature too high Electronics overheating due to external influences electronics defective
F67 Value sent back by ASIC is incorrect(flame signal)
Implausible flame signal electronics defective
F68 Fault Unstable flame (analogue input) Air in gas gas flow pressure too low incorrect air ratio incorrect gas re-strictor ionisation flow interruption (cable electrode)
F70 Invalid product code (DSN) Display and PCB replaced at same time and Device Specific Number notreset wrong or missing output range coding resistance
F71 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Flow temperature sensor signalling constant value Flow temperature sensorincorrectly positioned on supply pipe flow temperature sensor defective
F72 Fault Deviation in the water pressuresensorreturn temperature sensor
Flowreturn NTC temperature difference too great rarr flow andor return tem-perature sensor defective
F73 Fault Water pressure sensor not con-nected or has short-circuited
Interruptionshort circuit of water pressure sensor interruptionshort circuitto GND in supply line to water pressure sensor or water pressure sensordefective
F74 Fault Electrical problem in the waterpressure sensor
Line to water pressure sensor has a short circuit to 5 V24 V or internal faultin the water pressure sensor
F75 Fault Pressure sensor Pressure switch defective
F76 The safety cut-out in the primary heatexchanger is defective
Safety cut-out feedback does not match the gas valve feedback
F77 Fault Condensate or smoke No response flue non-return flap defective
F78 Interruption to DHW outlet sensor atexternal controller
UK link box is connected but hot water NTC not bridged
F83 Fault Dry fire When the burner starts the temperature change registered at the flow orreturn temperature sensor is non-existent or too small Insufficient waterin the product the flow or return temperature sensor is not in the correctposition on the pipe
F84 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Values not consistent difference lt -6 K
Flow and return temperature sensors signalling implausible values Flow andreturn temperature sensors have been inverted flow and return temperaturesensors have not been correctly installed
F85 Fault Temperature sensor The flow andor return temperature sensors have been installed on the samepipeincorrect pipe
Temperature sensor not connected or is connected incorrectly
F86 Fault Underfloor heating contact Underfloor heating contact open sensor disconnected or defective
F87 Fault Electrodes Electrodes not connected or they are connected incorrectly short circuit inthe cable harness
F88 Fault Gas valve Gas valve not connected or it is connected incorrectly short circuit in thecable harness
F89 Fault Pump Pump not connected or it is connected incorrectly incorrect pump connec-ted short circuit in the cable harness
Appendix
36 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
Connection No communication between the PCBand the user interface
Electronics defective
E Wiring diagram Pure boiler
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
X21 41
32
eBUS
RT 24V
Burner off
X106
13
41
3
123
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~2
6
7
9
8
1
3
4
5
11
10
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Temperature sensor on the heating flow
4 Temperature sensor on the heating return
5 Fan
6 Gas valve assembly
7 Pressure sensor
8 External ignition transformer
9 Heating pump
10 Ionisation and ignition electrode
11 Main power supply and connection for 230 V control
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 37
F Connection diagram Pure boiler (30 kW)
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
X21LN
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
13
41
3
123
eBUS
Burner off
X106
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~
X12LN
2
7
8
109
1
43
5
6
12 11
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Control system
4 Temperature sensor in the heating flow
5 Temperature sensor in the heating return
6 Fan
7 Gas valve
8 Pressure sensor
9 Ionisation electrode
10 Heating pump
11 Ignition electrode
12 Main power supply
Appendix
38 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
G Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview
The table below lists the manufacturer requirements with respect to minimum inspection and maintenance intervals If na-tional regulations and directives require shorter inspection and maintenance intervals you should observe these instead ofthe intervals listed in the table
No WorkInspection(annual)
Mainten-ance
(must becarried outat regularintervals)
1Check the airflue pipe for leak-tightness and to ensure that it is fastened correctly Make surethat it is not blocked or damaged and has been installed in accordance with the relevant Installa-tion Manual
X X
2Check the general condition of the product Remove dirt from the product and from the vacuumchamber
X X
3Visually inspect the general condition of the heat exchanger In doing so pay particular attentionto signs of corrosion rust and other defects If you notice any damage carry out maintenancework
X X
4Check the gas connection pressure at maximum heat input If the gas connection pressure is notwithin the correct range carry out maintenance work
X X
5Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product and if necessary adjust it Keep a record ofthis
X X
6Disconnect the product from the power mains Check that the electrical plug connections andother connections are seated correctly and correct these if necessary
X X
7 Close the gas isolator cock and the service valves X X
8Drain the product on the water side Check the pre-charge pressure of the expansion vesseland if required top up the expansion vessel (approx 003 MPa03 bar below the system fillingpressure)
X
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit X
10Check the seals in the combustion area If you see any damage replace the seals Replace bothburner seals each time it is opened and accordingly each time maintenance work is carried out
X
11 Clean the heat exchanger X
12 Check the burner for damage and replace it if necessary X
13 Check the condensate siphon in the product clean and fill if necessary X X
14 Install the gas-air mixture unit Caution Replace the seals X
15 Open the gas isolator cock reconnect the product to the power mains and switch the product on X X
16Open the service valves fill the productheating installation to 005-03 MPa05-30 bar (depend-ing on the static height of the heating installation) and start the purging programme PXX
X
17Carry out a test operation of the product and heating installation and if required purge the sys-tem once more
X X
18 Visually inspect the ignition and burner behaviour X X
19 Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product again X
20 Check the product for gas flue gas water and condensate leaks and repair if necessary X X
21 Record the inspectionmaintenance work carried out X X
Note For those appliances which are not part of an annual service agreementpolicy maintenance must be carried out at least every5 years
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 39
H Position of the opening in the airflue pipe
GN
N
MM
A
II
O
H
H
CBLJ
Q Q
Q
Q
Q
K
P
D E
FI
S
R
T
H1 Positioning of the opening of a fan-supported flue gas pipe
Installation siteMinimum dimen-sions
A Directly below an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
B Above an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
C Horizontally to an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
DBelow temperature-sensitive building components eg plastic gutters down pipes or wastewaterpipes
75 mm
E Below eaves 200 mm
F Below balconies or car port roofs 200 mm
G From vertical wastewater pipes or down pipes 150 mm
H From external or internal corners 200 mm
I Above floors roofs or balconies 300 mm
J From a surface facing a terminal 600 mm
K From a terminal facing a terminal 1200 mm
L From an opening in the car port (eg door window) which leads into the dwelling 1200 mm
M Vertical from a terminal on the same wall 1500 mm
N Horizontal from a terminal on the same wall 300 mm
O From the wall on which the terminal has been installed 0 mm
P From a vertical structure on the roof 300 mm
Q Above the roof area 300 mm
R Horizontal from adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
S Above adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
T Below adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 2000 mm
Appendix
40 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
H2 Horizontal terminal positioning
BS 5440-1 recommends that fanned flue chimney terminals should be positioned as follows
a) at least 2 m from an opening in the building directly opposite and
b) so that the products of combustion are not directed to discharge directly across a boundary if the products are likely tocause a nuisance to a neighbour or discharge over a walkway or patio
For IE see current issue of IS 813
For boilers covered within this manual
1) Dimensions D E F and G
These clearances may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler In order to ensure that the con-densate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces the terminal should be extended as shown below
Balconyeaves
Gutter
Adequately secured airflue gas pipe
The flue pipe mustprotrude beyond any overhang
2) Dimension H
This clearance may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler However in order to ensure thatthe condensate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces a clearance of 300 mm is preferred
For 1 and 2 above you can use a flue gas management kit to enable the termination point to be positioned and directed awayfrom the building fabric
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 41
I Commissioning Checklist
copy Heating and Hotwater Industry Council (HHIC)
wwwcentralheatingcouk
Benchmark Commissioning and Servicing SectionIt is a requirement that the boiler is installed and commissioned to the
completed in full
Appendix
42 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
This Commissioning Checklist is to be completed in full by the competent person who commissioned the boiler as a means of demonstrating compliance with the appropriate Building Regulations and then handed to the customer to keep for future reference
GAS BOILER SYSTEM COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST
CONTROLS
Optimum start control
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
ALL SYSTEMS
Yes
Yes
CENTRAL HEATING MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
COMBINATION BOILERS ONLY
Yes
Yes
DOMESTIC HOT WATER MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
Yes Temperature
CONDENSING BOILERS ONLY
Yes
ALL INSTALLATIONS
AND sup2 Ratio
AND sup2 Ratio
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 43
It is recommended that your heating system is serviced regularly and that the appropriate Service Interval Record is completed
Service Provider
SERVICE RECORD
SERVICE 01
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 02
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 03
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 04
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 05
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 06
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 07
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 08
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 09
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 10
AND sup2 AND sup2
Appendix
44 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
PRIOR TO CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO CHECKThe boiler manufacturerrsquos installation instructions should have been followed gas type verified and gas
supply pressurerate checked as required prior to commissioningAs part of the installation process especially where a flue has been fitted by persons other than the boiler installer visually check the integrity of the whole flue system to confirm that all components are correctly assembled fixed and supported Check that manufacturerrsquos max flue lengths have not been
exceeded and all guidance has been followed (eg Gas Safe Technical Bulletin TB008)The flue gas analyser should be of the correct type as specified by BS 7967
Prior to its use the flue gas analyser should have been maintained and calibrated as specified by the manufacturer The installer must have the relevant competence for use of the analyser
Check and zero the analyser IN FRESH AIR as per analyser manufacturerrsquos instructions
NOTETHE AIR GAS RATIO VALVE IS FACTORY
SET AND MUST NOT BE ADJUSTED DURING COMMISSIONING UNLESS THIS ACTION IS RECOMMENDED FOLLOWING CONTACT WITH THE MANUFACTURER
If any such adjustment is recommended and further checking of the boiler is required the
installerservice engineer must be competent to carry out this work and to use the flue gas
analyser accordinglyIf the boiler requires conversion to operate with
a different gas family (eg conversion from natural gas to LPG) separate guidance will be
provided by the boiler manufacturer
CARRY OUT FLUE INTEGRITY CHECK USING ANALYSERInsert analyser probe into air inlet test point and allow readings to stabiliseNOTE - where no air inlet test point is provided then a flue integrity check
with the analyser is not possible The installer should verify that flue integrity has been visually checked in accordance with the ldquoPrior to
CO and combustion ratio checkrdquo box above before proceeding to the ldquoCheck CO and combustion ratio at maximum raterdquo stage below
SET BOILER TO MINIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at minimum rate (to
minimum load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - If manufacturerrsquos instructions do not specify how to set boiler to minimum
rate contact Technical Helpline for advice
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MINIMUM RATEWith boiler still set at minimum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas sampling
point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is not
specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MAX RATEWith boiler still set at maximum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas
sampling point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is
not specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
SET BOILER TO MAXIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at max rate
(full load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - Do not insert analyser probe during this period to avoid
possible ldquofloodingrdquo of sensor
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
BOILER IS OPERATING SATISFACTORILYno further actions required
Ensure test points are capped boiler case is correctly replaced and all other commissioning procedures are completed
Complete Benchmark Checklist recording CO and combustion ratio readings as required
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED
VERIFY FLUE INTEGRITYAnalyser readings indicate that combustion products and inlet air must be mixing Further investigation of
the flue is therefore requiredCheck that flue components are assembled fixed and supported as per boilerflue manufacturerrsquos
instructionsCheck that flue and flue terminal are not obstructed
IsCO less than
335ppmand
COCO2 ratio less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
Check all seals around the appliance burner internal flue seals door and case seals
Rectify where necessary
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED IF
COMMISSIONING CANNOT BE FULLY COMPLETED THE APPLIANCE MUST BE
DISCONNECTED FROM THE GAS SUPPLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GSIUR
NOTE Check and record CO and combustion ratio at both max and min rate before contacting the
manufacturer
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YESYES
YES
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 45
J Pipe lengths for the airflue pipe
J1 Length of the C13 type airflue pipe
Applicability C13 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C13 type airfluepipe
C13 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J2 Length of the C33 type airflue pipe
Applicability C33 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C33 type airfluepipe
C33 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J3 Length of the C43 type airflue pipe
Applicability C43 type airflue pipe
Diameter of theairflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L)
C43 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
Appendix
46 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
K Technical data
Technical data ndash Heating
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 530 lh 655 lh 788 lh 1094 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 353 lh 436 lh 525 lh 729 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
123 lh 153 lh 184 lh 255 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 1102 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 876 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
306 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
Technical data ndash G20 powerloading G20The lowest nominal heat output may be higher than the value in the technical data depending on the design of the systemand the current operating status
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 12 kW 15 kW 18 kW 25 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
48 hellip 130 kW 48 hellip 162 kW 53 hellip 195 kW 65 hellip 270 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
47 hellip 128 kW 47 hellip 159 kW 52 hellip 191 kW 64 hellip 265 kW
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
45 hellip 123 kW 45 hellip 152 kW 50 hellip 183 kW 61 hellip 254 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
44 hellip 150 kW 44 hellip 180 kW 49 hellip 252 kW 60 hellip 300 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
123 kW 153 kW 184 kW 255 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
153 kW 184 kW 257 kW 306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 30 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
76 hellip 324 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
75 hellip 318 kW
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 47
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
72 hellip 305 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
71 hellip 350 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
72 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
357 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
72 kW
Technical data ndash General
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch 34 inch 34 inch 34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h 32 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
13 msup3h 16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0476 msup3h 0480 msup3h 0533 msup3h 0648 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
206 gs 208 gs 231 gs 281 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
55 gs 69 gs 83 gs 115 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
69 gs 83 gs 116 gs 138 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
55 55 60 77
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
55 55 55 55
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
43 48 51 62
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
32 32 34 35
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
71 71 69 68
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
105 105 105 95
Released system types C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996 996 996 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040 1040 1040 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060 1060 1060 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085 1085 1085 1085
NOx class 5 5 5 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm
Appendix
48 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Net weight 31 kg 31 kg 31 kg 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 35 kg 35 kg 35 kg 36 kg
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
38 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
32 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0762 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
330 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
138 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
161 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
82
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
37
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
75
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
104
Released system types C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085
NOx class 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm
Net weight 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 36 kg
Technical data ndash Electrics
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 49
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max electrical power consump-tion
65 W 75 W 66 W 75 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W
Level of protection IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V
Max electrical power consump-tion
60 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W
Level of protection IPX4D
Index
50 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Index
AAirflue pipe installed 5BBurner anti-cycling time 20Bypass valve 22CCE label 8Check programmes 29
Using 15Checking the burner 25Checking the pre-charge pressure of the expansionvessel 25Cleaning the condensate siphon 25Cleaning the heat exchanger 24CO₂ content
Checking 20 23Competent person 4Completing inspection work 25Completing maintenance work 25Condensate discharge pipe 12Condensate siphon
Filling 18Controller 14Corrosion 5DDecommissioning 28Decommissioning the product 28Diagnostics codes
Using 15Documents 7Draining the product 25EElectricity 5Expansion relief valve 28FFault codes 26Fault memory 26Fault messages 26Fault symbol 15Flow rate-pressure curves 21Flue gas route 5Front casing closed 5Frost 5GGas family check 16Gas flow rate 18HHanding over to the end user 22High-efficiency pump 21High-efficiency pump output 21IIdentification plate 7If you smell flue gas 5If you smell gas 4Inspection work 22 38Installation site 5Intended use 4LLeak-tightness 20 25 28
MMains connection 14Maintenance work 22 38Minimum clearance 9PPower supply 14Preparing the repair work 26Preparing repair work 26Pressure sensor 28Pump head 27QQualification 4RRegulations 6Removing the air intake pipe 24Removing the burner 24Removing the flue gas pipe 24Removing the front casing 10Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24Removing the ignition transformer 24Removing the side section 10Replacing the burner 26Replacing the expansion vessel 27Replacing the heat exchanger 26Replacing the main PCB 28Replacing expansion vessel 27Resetting the burner anti-cycling time 21SSafety device 5Schematic drawing 5Setting the burner anti-cycling time 20Spare parts 23Switching on the product 17TTool 6Transport 5Transporting 8Treating the heating water 16UUnloading the box 8Unpacking the product 8User interface replacing the PCB 28Using
Check programmes 15Diagnostics codes 15
VVoltage 5WWall-mounting the product 9Weight 9
0020200964_04
ManufacturerSupplierVaillant Group UK LTD
Nottingham Road ‒ Belper ‒ Derbyshire DE56 1JQ
Telephone 01773 824639 ‒ Technical helpline 0330 100 7679
After sales service 0330 100 3142
wwwglow-wormcouk
0020200964_04 ‒ 16112017
copy These instructions or parts thereof are protected by copyright and may be repro-duced or distributed only with the manufacturers written consent
We reserve the right to make technical changes
Inspection and maintenance 10
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 23
103 Procuring spare parts
The original components of the product were also certifiedby the manufacturer as part of the declaration of conformityIf you use other non-certified or unauthorised parts duringmaintenance or repair work this may void the conformity ofthe product and it will therefore no longer comply with theapplicable standards
We strongly recommend that you use original spare partsfrom the manufacturer as this guarantees fault-free and safeoperation of the product To receive information about theavailable original spare parts contact the contact addressprovided on the reverse of these instructions
If you require spare parts for maintenance or repairwork use only the spare parts that are permitted for theproduct
104 Checking the CO₂ content
1 Start up the product with the check programme (P01)and set the value
ndash Setting value for the programme P01 100
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
2 Wait until the value that is read is stable
ndash Waiting period for reading a stable value 5 min
1
3 Unscrew the cover from the flue gas analysis point (1)
4 Measure the CO₂ content at the flue gas analysis point(1)
5 Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Checking the CO₂ content
Great Britain
front casing on front casing off
Natural gas
G20
92 plusmn1
◁ The value is OK
The value is not OK you cannot start up theproduct
Set the CO₂ content (rarr Page 23)
105 Setting the CO₂ content
Conditions The CO₂ content must be adjusted
1
A
B
Remove the sticker
Turn the screw (1) to set the CO₂ content (value withfront casing removed)
◁ To increase the CO₂ content Turn anti-clockwise
◁ To decrease the CO₂ content Turn clockwise
Only carry out the adjustment in increments of 18 turnand wait approximately 1 minute after each adjustmentuntil the value has stabilised
Compare the measured value with the correspondingvalue in the table
Setting the CO₂ value
Great Britain
front casing on front casingoff
Natural gas
G20
CO₂ at full load 92 plusmn02
Set for Wobbeindex W₀
1409 kWsdothmsup3
O₂ at full load 45 plusmn18 vol
CO at full load le 250 ppm
COCO₂ le 00027
If the setting is not in the specified adjustment rangeyou must not start up the product
Inform Customer Service
Check whether the air-quality requirements with regardto carbon monoxide are fulfilled
Fit the front panel
10 Inspection and maintenance
24 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
106 Removing the gas-air mixture unit
Note
The gas-air mixture unit consists of three maincomponents
ndash Fan
ndash Gas valve
ndash Burner cover
1 Switch off the product via the main switch
2 Close the gas isolator cock
3 Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
C
AB
1
D
2
4 Remove the screw (1)
5 Push the clip upwards
6 Remove the flue gas pipe (2)
3
4
5
AB
7 Remove the air intake pipe (3)
8 Remove the plugs from the gas valve (4) and from thefan (5)
A
C
D B
6
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (6)
7
7
8
10 Remove the burner seals (7) and the burner (8)
11 Check the burner and the heat exchanger for damageand dirt
12 If necessary clean or replace the components accord-ing to the following sections
13 Install the two new burner seals
107 Cleaning the heat exchanger
1
1 Protect the folded down electronics box against sprayedwater
2 Clean the ribs of the heat exchanger (1) with water
◁ The water runs out into the condensate tray
Inspection and maintenance 10
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 25
108 Checking the burner
1 Search the surface of the burner for possible damage Ifyou see any damage replace the burner
2 Install the two new burner seals
109 Checking the ignition electrode
1
2
3 4 5
1 Disconnect the connection (2) and the earthing cable(1)
2 Remove the fixing screws (3)
3 Carefully remove the electrode from the combustionchamber
4 Check that the electrode ends (4) are undamaged
5 Check the electrode distance
ndash Clearance for the ignition electrodes 35 hellip 45 mm
6 Make sure that the seal (5) is free from damage
If necessary replace the seal
1010 Cleaning the condensate siphon
C
2
3
1
AB
1 Unclip the lower section of the siphon (1) from the up-per section of the siphon (2)
2 Remove the float (3)
3 Flush out the float and lower section of the siphon withwater
4 Fill the lower section of the siphon with water up to 10mm below the upper edge of the condensate drain pipe-work
5 Reinsert the float (3)
Note
Check whether the float is present in thecondensate siphon
6 Clip the lower section of the siphon (1) into the uppersection of the siphon (2)
1011 Installing the gas-air mixture unit
1 Install the burner
2 Install two new burner seals in the burner hood
3 Install the gas-air mixture unit
4 Tighten the screws on the gas-air mixture unit
ndash Ideally to 7 Nm if a torque spanner is available
5 Install the flue pipe
6 Install the air intake pipe
1012 Draining the product
1 Close the service valves of the product
2 Start check programme P05 (rarr Page 15)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
3 Open the drain cock
1013 Checking the admission pressure of theexpansion vessel
1 Measure the pre-charge pressure of the expansion ves-sel at the vessel valve
Conditions Pre-charge pressure lt 0075 MPa (075 bar)
Top up the expansion vessel in accordance with thestatic height of the heating installation ideally with ni-trogen otherwise with air Ensure that the drain valve isopen when topping up
2 If water escapes from the expansion vessels valve youmust replace the expansion vessel (rarr Page 27)
3 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
1014 Completing inspection and maintenancework
1 Check the gas connection pressure (gas flow pressure)(rarr Page 19)
2 Check the CO₂ content
1015 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
11 Troubleshooting
26 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
11 Troubleshooting
111 Rectifying faults
If fault codes (FXX) appear refer to the table in the ap-pendix or use the check programme(s)
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
If several fault codes are generated at the same time theseare displayed alternately followed by the time at which therespective fault occurred
Hold the button down for more than 3 seconds
If you are unable to clear the fault code and it reappearsdespite several fault clearance attempts contact cus-tomer service
112 Calling up the fault memory
The last 10 fault codes are stored in the fault memory (to-gether with the time at which the respective fault occurredand after 24 hours with the number of days)
Hold the button down for more than 7 seconds
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Press the button to exit this menu
113 Deleting the fault memory
1 Delete the fault memory using the diagnostics coded94
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
114 Resetting parameters to factory settings
1 Reset all parameters to the factory settings using thediagnostics code d96
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
115 Preparing the repair work
1 Switch off the product
2 Disconnect the product from the electrical installation
3 Remove the front casing
4 Close the gas stopcock
5 Close the service valves in the heating flow and in theheating return
6 Close the service valve in the cold water pipe
7 Drain the product if you want to replace water-bearingcomponents of the product
8 Ensure that water does not drip on live components(eg the electronics box)
9 Use only new seals and O-rings Do not use any addi-tional sealing materials
116 Replacing defective components
1161 Replacing the burner
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Remove the two burner seals
3 Remove the burner
4 Insert the new burner
5 Insert two new burner seals in the burner cover
6 Install the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 25)
1162 Replacing the gas-air mixture unit
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Install the new gas-air mixture (rarr Page 25)
1163 Replacing the heat exchanger
1 Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
2 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
1 A
B
3 Remove the gas pipe (1)
1
2
3
2 4
A
B
4 Remove the temperature sensor (3)
5 Remove the upper clip (1)
6 Remove the lower clip (4)
7 Remove the supply pipe (2)
Troubleshooting 11
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 27
2
2 3
B
1
A
8 Remove the upper clip (1)
9 Remove the lower clip (3)
10 Remove the return pipe (2)
1
A2
11 Remove the clip underneath the condensate tray (1)
12 Undo the four screws (2)
2
1
B
C
A
13 Remove the ignition electrode (1)
14 Lift the heat exchanger up slightly and remove it to-gether with the condensate tray
15 Remove the ignition transformer (2)
16 Install the new heat exchanger in reverse order
1164 Replacing the pump head
1
2
1 Disconnect the pump cable from the electronics box
2 Undo the four bolts (1)
3 Remove the pump head (2)
4 Replace the O-ring
5 Use four screws to secure the new pump head
6 Connect the pump cable to the electronics box
1165 Replacing the expansion vessel
B
C
1
2
3A
D
1 Undo the nut (3)
2 Remove both screws on the support plate (1)
3 Remove the support plate
4 Pull out the expansion vessel (2) towards the front
5 Insert the new expansion vessel into the product
6 Screw the new expansion vessel to the water connec-tion To do this use a new seal
7 Attach the support plate using both screws
8 Fill and purge the product (rarr Page 17) and if requiredthe heating installation
12 Decommissioning the product
28 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
1166 Replacing the main PCB
C
C
D
B
C
C
D
B
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull all of the plugs out from the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plugs
7 Close the electronics box
1167 Replacing the PCB for the user interface
B
C
C
D
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull the plug out of the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plug
7 Close the electronics box
1168 Replacing the expansion relief valve
1
2
1 Remove the clip (2)
2 Remove the expansion relief valve
3 Fit the new expansion relief valve with a new O-ring
4 Reattach the clip (2)
1169 Replace the pressure sensor
1
2
1 Pull out the plug
2 Remove the clip (1)
3 Remove the pressure sensor (2)
4 Install the new pressure sensor
5 Reattach the clip (1)
117 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
12 Decommissioning the product
Switch off the product
Disconnect the product from the power mains
Close the gas isolator cock
Close the cold water stop cock
13 Customer service
For contact details for our customer service department youcan write to the address that is provided on the back pageor you can visit wwwglow-wormcouk
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 29
Appendix
A Check programmes ndash Overview
Note
Since the programme table is used for various products some programmes may not be visible for the product inquestion
Display Meaning
P01 Burner operation on adjustable heat input
The product operates after ignition with the heat input set between 0 (0 = Pmin) and 100 (100 = Pmax)
The function is active for 15 minutes
P02 Burner operation at ignition load
After ignition the product works at ignition load
The function is active for 15 minutes
P03 The product runs in heating mode with the maximum heat input set using diagnostics code d00
P04 Maximum output function
If there is a hot water request the product runs in hot water handling mode and at maximum heat load
If there is no hot water request the product runs with the heating partial load that is set via diagnostics coded00 and in heating mode
The function is active for 15 minutes
P05 Filling the product
The diverter valve moves to the mid-position The burner and pump switch off (to fill or drain the product)
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is active for 15 minutes
P06 Purging the heating circuit
The diverter valve is moved to the heating position
The function is activated in the heating circuit for 15 minutes
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
P07 Purging the hot water circuit
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
Automatic air ventfunction
Purging the product
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
This function cannot be manually switched off
B Overview of diagnostics codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d00 Heating maximum output ndash ndash kW The maximum heating outputvaries depending on the product
rarr Section Technical data
Automatic Unit automaticallyadjusts the maximum output tothe current system demand
rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d01 Pump overrun in heatingmode
1 60 min 1 5 Adjustable
d02 Maximum burner anti-cycling time in heatingmode
2 60 min 1 20 Adjustable
Appendix
30 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d04 Water temperature in thecylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d05 Determined heating flowset target temperature
Current value ndash ndash Not
adjustable
d06 Hot water set target tem-perature
Current value (Combination unit only) ndash Notadjustable
d07 Set target temperaturefor the domestic hot wa-ter cylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d08 Status of the 230 V ther-mostat
Current value ndash 0 = Room thermostat open (noheat requirement)
1 = Room thermostat closed(heat requirement)
ndash Notadjustable
d09 Heating flow set targettemperature that is seton the eBUS room ther-mostat
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d10 Status of the internalpump in the heating cir-cuit
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d11 Status of the heatingcircuits shunt pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d13 Status of the hot watercircuits circulation pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d14 Operating mode of themodulating pump
0 5 ndash 0 = variable rotational speed(auto)
1 2 3 4 5 = Fixed rotationalspeeds rarr Section Setting thepump output
0 Adjustable
d15 Pump speed Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d16 Status of the 24 V roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Heating off
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d17 Heating control ndash ndash ndash off = Flow temperature
on = Return temperature (ad-justment for underfloor heatingIf you have activated the returntemperature control the auto-matic heating output determina-tion function is not active)
0 Adjustable
d18 Pump overrun operatingmode
1 3 ndash 1 = Continuous (pump runs per-manently)
3 = Eco (intermittent pump modendash for the dissipation of the resid-ual heat after hot water gener-ation at an extremely low heatdemand)
1 Adjustable
d19 Pump operating mode 2stage pump
0 3 ndash 0 = Burner mode stage 2 pumpflowoverrun stage 1
1 = Heating mode and pumpflowoverrun stage 1 hot waterhandling mode stage 2
2 = Automatic heating modepump flowoverrun stage 1 hotwater handling mode stage 2
3 = Stage 2
3 Adjustable
d20 Maximum hot water settarget temperature
50 60 1 60 Adjustable
d21 Status of the warm startfor hot water
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated andavailable
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 31
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d22 Status of the hot waterrequest
Current value ndash off = No current requirement
on = Current requirement
ndash Notadjustable
d23 Status of the heatingdemand
Current value ndash off = Heating off (Summer mode)
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d24 Status of the pressuremonitor
0 1 ndash off = Not switched
on = Switched
ndash Notadjustable
d25 Status of the requirementto reheat the cylinder orfor the hot water warmstart from the eBUS ther-mostat
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
ndash Notadjustable
d27 Function of relay 1(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
1 Adjustable
d28 Function of relay 2(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
2 Adjustable
d31 Automatic filling device 0 2 ndash 0 = Manual
1 = Semi-automatic
2 = Automatic
0 Adjustable
d33 Fan speed target value Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d34 Value for the fan speed Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d35 Position of the divertervalve
Current value ndash 0 = Heating
40 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
100 = Domestic hot water
ndash Notadjustable
d36 Value for the hot waterflow
Current value lmin ndash ndash Notadjustable
d39 Water temperature in thesolar circuit
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d40 Heating flow temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d41 Heating return temperat-ure
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d43 Heating curve 02 4 ndash 01 12 Adjustable
d45 Value for the base pointof the heating curve
15 30 ndash 1 20 Adjustable
d47 Outside temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d50 Correction of the min-imum fan speed
0 3000 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
600 Adjustable
Appendix
32 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d51 Correction of the max-imum fan speed
-2500 0 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
-1000 Adjustable
d58 Solar circuit reheating 0 3 ndash 0 = Boilers Legionella protectionfunction deactivated
3 = Hot water activated (mintarget value 60 degC)
0 Adjustable
d60 Number of blocks by thetemperature limiter
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d61 Number of unsuccessfulignitions
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d62 Night set-back 0 30 ndash 1 0 Adjustable
d64 Average burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d65 Maximum burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d66 Activation of the warmstart function for hot wa-ter
ndash ndash ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
1 Adjustable
d67 Remaining burner anti-cycling time (setting un-der d02)
Current value min ndash ndash Notadjustable
d68 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 1st attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d69 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 2nd attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d70 Operation of the divertervalve
0 2 ndash 0 = Normal operating mode(DHW and heating mode)
1 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
2 = Permanent heating modeposition
0 Adjustable
d71 Maximum heating flowset target temperature
45 80 1 rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d73 Correction of the hot wa-ter warm start temperat-ure
-15 5 K 1 0 Adjustable
d75 Maximum cylinder re-heating time
20 90 min 1 45 Adjustable
d77 Max cylinder reheating ndash ndash kW 1
rarr Section Technical data
ndash Adjustable
d80 Running time in heatingmode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d81 Running time in hot wa-ter handling mode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d82 Number of burner igni-tions in heating mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d83 Number of burner igni-tions in hot water hand-ling mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d84 Maintenance in 0 3000 h Number of hours = Display valuex 10
300 Notadjustable
d85 Increase in the min out-put (heating and hot wa-ter handling mode)
ndash ndash kW 1 ndash Adjustable
d88 Flow rate limit valuefor ignition in hot waterhandling mode
0 1 ndash 0 = 17 lmin (no delay)
1 = 37 lmin (2 s delay)
0 Adjustable
d90 Status of the eBUS roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Not connected
on = Connected
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 33
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d91 Status DCF77 Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d93 Setting the product code 0 99 ndash 1
The Device Specific Number(DSN) can be found on the iden-tification plate
ndash Adjustable
d94 Delete fault list 0 1 ndash off = No
on = Yes
ndash Adjustable
d95 Software versions ndash ndash ndash 1 = Main PCB
2 = Interface PCB
ndash Adjustable
d96 Default setting (reset) ndash ndash ndash 0 = No
1 = Yes
ndash Adjustable
C Status codes ndash Overview
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Status code Meaning
Displays in heating mode
S0 Heating mode No requirement
S01 Heating mode Advance fan operation
S02 Heating mode Pump pre-run
S03 Heating mode Burner ignition
S04 Heating mode Burner on
S05 Heating mode Pumpfan overrun
S06 Heating mode Fan overrun
S07 Heating mode Pump overrun
S08 Heating mode Temporary shutdown after heating procedure
Displays in hot water handling mode
S10 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S11 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S13 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S14 DHW mode Burner on
S15 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S16 DHW mode Fan overrun
S17 DHW mode Pump overrun
Display in Comfort mode with warm start or hot water handling mode with cylinder
S20 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S21 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S22 Hot water handling mode Pump pre-run
S23 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S24 DHW mode Burner on
S25 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S26 DHW mode Fan overrun
S27 DHW mode Pump overrun
S28 Hot water handling mode Temporary shutdown of the burner
Other displays
S30 Room thermostat is blocking heating mode
S31 No heating demand Summer mode eBUS controller waiting period
Appendix
34 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Status code Meaning
S32 Fan waiting time Fan speed outside of the tolerance values
S33 Forced fan operation until the pressure monitor is switched
S34 Frost protection active
S39 Underfloor heating contact open
S41 Water pressure too high
S42 Flue non-return flap closed
S46 Frost protection mode (Comfort) Minimum load
S53 Product in waiting periodoperation block function due to low water pressure (flowreturn spread too large)
S54 Waiting period Low water pressure in the circuit (flowreturn spread too large)
S76 Maintenance message Check the water pressure
S88 Product purging active
S91 Maintenance Demo mode
S96 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S97 Automatic test programme Water pressure sensor heating demands blocked
S98 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S99 Internal automatic test programmes
S108 Purging the combustion chamber fan in operation
S109 Products standby mode activated
D Overview of fault codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F00 Fault Flow temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F01 Fault Return temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F10 Short circuit Flow temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F11 Short circuit Return temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F12 andF91
Short circuit Cylinder temperaturesensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F13 Short circuit Domestic hot water cylindertemperature sensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F20 Safety switch-off Overheating temperat-ure reached
Incorrect earth connection between cable harness and product flow or returnNTC defective (loose connection) stray spark via ignition cable ignition plugor ignition electrode
F22 Safety switch-off Low water pressure inthe boiler
No or insufficient water in the product water pressure sensor de-fective cable to the pump or to the water pressure sensor loosenotconnecteddefective
F23 Safety switch-off Temperature differencetoo great (NTC1NTC2)
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product flow and return NTCsensors connected the wrong way round
F24 Safety switch-off Temperature rise toofast
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product system pressure toolow non-return valve blockedincorrectly installed
F25 Safety switch-off Flue gas temperaturetoo high
Break in plug connection for optional flue gas safety cut-out (STB) break incable harness
F27 Safety switch-off Fault in flame detection Moisture on the electronics electronics (flame monitor) defective gas solen-oid valve leaking
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 35
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F28 Fault Ignition unsuccessful when startingup
Gas meter defective or gas pressure monitor has triggered air in gas gasflow pressure too low thermal isolator device (TAE) has triggered incorrectgas restrictor incorrect spare gas valve fault on the gas valve multiple plugon PCB incorrectly plugged in break in cable harness ignition system (ig-nition transformer ignition cable ignition plug ignition electrode) defectiveionisation current interrupted (cable electrode) incorrect earthing of productelectronics defective
F29 Fault Flame loss Gas supply temporarily stopped flue gas recirculation incorrect earthing ofproduct ignition transformer has spark failure
F32 Fan frost protection function active Fanspeed outside the tolerance values
Plug on fan not correctly plugged in multiple plug on PCB not correctlyplugged in break in cable harness fan blocked Hall sensor defective elec-tronics defective
F49 eBUS fault Voltage too low Short circuit on eBUS eBUS overload or two power supplies with differentpolarities on the eBUS
F61 Fault Gas valve control system Short circuitshort to earth in cable harness for the gas valve gas valvedefective (coils shorted to earth) electronics defective
F62 Fault Gas valve switch-off control Delayed switch-off of gas valve delayed extinguishing of flame signal gasvalve leaking electronics defective
F63 Fault EEPROM Electronics defective
F64 Fault Electronicssensoranalogue-to-digital converter
Flow or return NTC short circuited electronics defective
F65 Fault Electronics temperature too high Electronics overheating due to external influences electronics defective
F67 Value sent back by ASIC is incorrect(flame signal)
Implausible flame signal electronics defective
F68 Fault Unstable flame (analogue input) Air in gas gas flow pressure too low incorrect air ratio incorrect gas re-strictor ionisation flow interruption (cable electrode)
F70 Invalid product code (DSN) Display and PCB replaced at same time and Device Specific Number notreset wrong or missing output range coding resistance
F71 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Flow temperature sensor signalling constant value Flow temperature sensorincorrectly positioned on supply pipe flow temperature sensor defective
F72 Fault Deviation in the water pressuresensorreturn temperature sensor
Flowreturn NTC temperature difference too great rarr flow andor return tem-perature sensor defective
F73 Fault Water pressure sensor not con-nected or has short-circuited
Interruptionshort circuit of water pressure sensor interruptionshort circuitto GND in supply line to water pressure sensor or water pressure sensordefective
F74 Fault Electrical problem in the waterpressure sensor
Line to water pressure sensor has a short circuit to 5 V24 V or internal faultin the water pressure sensor
F75 Fault Pressure sensor Pressure switch defective
F76 The safety cut-out in the primary heatexchanger is defective
Safety cut-out feedback does not match the gas valve feedback
F77 Fault Condensate or smoke No response flue non-return flap defective
F78 Interruption to DHW outlet sensor atexternal controller
UK link box is connected but hot water NTC not bridged
F83 Fault Dry fire When the burner starts the temperature change registered at the flow orreturn temperature sensor is non-existent or too small Insufficient waterin the product the flow or return temperature sensor is not in the correctposition on the pipe
F84 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Values not consistent difference lt -6 K
Flow and return temperature sensors signalling implausible values Flow andreturn temperature sensors have been inverted flow and return temperaturesensors have not been correctly installed
F85 Fault Temperature sensor The flow andor return temperature sensors have been installed on the samepipeincorrect pipe
Temperature sensor not connected or is connected incorrectly
F86 Fault Underfloor heating contact Underfloor heating contact open sensor disconnected or defective
F87 Fault Electrodes Electrodes not connected or they are connected incorrectly short circuit inthe cable harness
F88 Fault Gas valve Gas valve not connected or it is connected incorrectly short circuit in thecable harness
F89 Fault Pump Pump not connected or it is connected incorrectly incorrect pump connec-ted short circuit in the cable harness
Appendix
36 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
Connection No communication between the PCBand the user interface
Electronics defective
E Wiring diagram Pure boiler
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
X21 41
32
eBUS
RT 24V
Burner off
X106
13
41
3
123
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~2
6
7
9
8
1
3
4
5
11
10
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Temperature sensor on the heating flow
4 Temperature sensor on the heating return
5 Fan
6 Gas valve assembly
7 Pressure sensor
8 External ignition transformer
9 Heating pump
10 Ionisation and ignition electrode
11 Main power supply and connection for 230 V control
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 37
F Connection diagram Pure boiler (30 kW)
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
X21LN
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
13
41
3
123
eBUS
Burner off
X106
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~
X12LN
2
7
8
109
1
43
5
6
12 11
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Control system
4 Temperature sensor in the heating flow
5 Temperature sensor in the heating return
6 Fan
7 Gas valve
8 Pressure sensor
9 Ionisation electrode
10 Heating pump
11 Ignition electrode
12 Main power supply
Appendix
38 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
G Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview
The table below lists the manufacturer requirements with respect to minimum inspection and maintenance intervals If na-tional regulations and directives require shorter inspection and maintenance intervals you should observe these instead ofthe intervals listed in the table
No WorkInspection(annual)
Mainten-ance
(must becarried outat regularintervals)
1Check the airflue pipe for leak-tightness and to ensure that it is fastened correctly Make surethat it is not blocked or damaged and has been installed in accordance with the relevant Installa-tion Manual
X X
2Check the general condition of the product Remove dirt from the product and from the vacuumchamber
X X
3Visually inspect the general condition of the heat exchanger In doing so pay particular attentionto signs of corrosion rust and other defects If you notice any damage carry out maintenancework
X X
4Check the gas connection pressure at maximum heat input If the gas connection pressure is notwithin the correct range carry out maintenance work
X X
5Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product and if necessary adjust it Keep a record ofthis
X X
6Disconnect the product from the power mains Check that the electrical plug connections andother connections are seated correctly and correct these if necessary
X X
7 Close the gas isolator cock and the service valves X X
8Drain the product on the water side Check the pre-charge pressure of the expansion vesseland if required top up the expansion vessel (approx 003 MPa03 bar below the system fillingpressure)
X
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit X
10Check the seals in the combustion area If you see any damage replace the seals Replace bothburner seals each time it is opened and accordingly each time maintenance work is carried out
X
11 Clean the heat exchanger X
12 Check the burner for damage and replace it if necessary X
13 Check the condensate siphon in the product clean and fill if necessary X X
14 Install the gas-air mixture unit Caution Replace the seals X
15 Open the gas isolator cock reconnect the product to the power mains and switch the product on X X
16Open the service valves fill the productheating installation to 005-03 MPa05-30 bar (depend-ing on the static height of the heating installation) and start the purging programme PXX
X
17Carry out a test operation of the product and heating installation and if required purge the sys-tem once more
X X
18 Visually inspect the ignition and burner behaviour X X
19 Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product again X
20 Check the product for gas flue gas water and condensate leaks and repair if necessary X X
21 Record the inspectionmaintenance work carried out X X
Note For those appliances which are not part of an annual service agreementpolicy maintenance must be carried out at least every5 years
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 39
H Position of the opening in the airflue pipe
GN
N
MM
A
II
O
H
H
CBLJ
Q Q
Q
Q
Q
K
P
D E
FI
S
R
T
H1 Positioning of the opening of a fan-supported flue gas pipe
Installation siteMinimum dimen-sions
A Directly below an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
B Above an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
C Horizontally to an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
DBelow temperature-sensitive building components eg plastic gutters down pipes or wastewaterpipes
75 mm
E Below eaves 200 mm
F Below balconies or car port roofs 200 mm
G From vertical wastewater pipes or down pipes 150 mm
H From external or internal corners 200 mm
I Above floors roofs or balconies 300 mm
J From a surface facing a terminal 600 mm
K From a terminal facing a terminal 1200 mm
L From an opening in the car port (eg door window) which leads into the dwelling 1200 mm
M Vertical from a terminal on the same wall 1500 mm
N Horizontal from a terminal on the same wall 300 mm
O From the wall on which the terminal has been installed 0 mm
P From a vertical structure on the roof 300 mm
Q Above the roof area 300 mm
R Horizontal from adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
S Above adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
T Below adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 2000 mm
Appendix
40 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
H2 Horizontal terminal positioning
BS 5440-1 recommends that fanned flue chimney terminals should be positioned as follows
a) at least 2 m from an opening in the building directly opposite and
b) so that the products of combustion are not directed to discharge directly across a boundary if the products are likely tocause a nuisance to a neighbour or discharge over a walkway or patio
For IE see current issue of IS 813
For boilers covered within this manual
1) Dimensions D E F and G
These clearances may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler In order to ensure that the con-densate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces the terminal should be extended as shown below
Balconyeaves
Gutter
Adequately secured airflue gas pipe
The flue pipe mustprotrude beyond any overhang
2) Dimension H
This clearance may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler However in order to ensure thatthe condensate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces a clearance of 300 mm is preferred
For 1 and 2 above you can use a flue gas management kit to enable the termination point to be positioned and directed awayfrom the building fabric
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 41
I Commissioning Checklist
copy Heating and Hotwater Industry Council (HHIC)
wwwcentralheatingcouk
Benchmark Commissioning and Servicing SectionIt is a requirement that the boiler is installed and commissioned to the
completed in full
Appendix
42 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
This Commissioning Checklist is to be completed in full by the competent person who commissioned the boiler as a means of demonstrating compliance with the appropriate Building Regulations and then handed to the customer to keep for future reference
GAS BOILER SYSTEM COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST
CONTROLS
Optimum start control
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
ALL SYSTEMS
Yes
Yes
CENTRAL HEATING MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
COMBINATION BOILERS ONLY
Yes
Yes
DOMESTIC HOT WATER MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
Yes Temperature
CONDENSING BOILERS ONLY
Yes
ALL INSTALLATIONS
AND sup2 Ratio
AND sup2 Ratio
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 43
It is recommended that your heating system is serviced regularly and that the appropriate Service Interval Record is completed
Service Provider
SERVICE RECORD
SERVICE 01
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 02
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 03
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 04
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 05
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 06
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 07
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 08
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 09
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 10
AND sup2 AND sup2
Appendix
44 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
PRIOR TO CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO CHECKThe boiler manufacturerrsquos installation instructions should have been followed gas type verified and gas
supply pressurerate checked as required prior to commissioningAs part of the installation process especially where a flue has been fitted by persons other than the boiler installer visually check the integrity of the whole flue system to confirm that all components are correctly assembled fixed and supported Check that manufacturerrsquos max flue lengths have not been
exceeded and all guidance has been followed (eg Gas Safe Technical Bulletin TB008)The flue gas analyser should be of the correct type as specified by BS 7967
Prior to its use the flue gas analyser should have been maintained and calibrated as specified by the manufacturer The installer must have the relevant competence for use of the analyser
Check and zero the analyser IN FRESH AIR as per analyser manufacturerrsquos instructions
NOTETHE AIR GAS RATIO VALVE IS FACTORY
SET AND MUST NOT BE ADJUSTED DURING COMMISSIONING UNLESS THIS ACTION IS RECOMMENDED FOLLOWING CONTACT WITH THE MANUFACTURER
If any such adjustment is recommended and further checking of the boiler is required the
installerservice engineer must be competent to carry out this work and to use the flue gas
analyser accordinglyIf the boiler requires conversion to operate with
a different gas family (eg conversion from natural gas to LPG) separate guidance will be
provided by the boiler manufacturer
CARRY OUT FLUE INTEGRITY CHECK USING ANALYSERInsert analyser probe into air inlet test point and allow readings to stabiliseNOTE - where no air inlet test point is provided then a flue integrity check
with the analyser is not possible The installer should verify that flue integrity has been visually checked in accordance with the ldquoPrior to
CO and combustion ratio checkrdquo box above before proceeding to the ldquoCheck CO and combustion ratio at maximum raterdquo stage below
SET BOILER TO MINIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at minimum rate (to
minimum load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - If manufacturerrsquos instructions do not specify how to set boiler to minimum
rate contact Technical Helpline for advice
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MINIMUM RATEWith boiler still set at minimum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas sampling
point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is not
specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MAX RATEWith boiler still set at maximum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas
sampling point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is
not specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
SET BOILER TO MAXIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at max rate
(full load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - Do not insert analyser probe during this period to avoid
possible ldquofloodingrdquo of sensor
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
BOILER IS OPERATING SATISFACTORILYno further actions required
Ensure test points are capped boiler case is correctly replaced and all other commissioning procedures are completed
Complete Benchmark Checklist recording CO and combustion ratio readings as required
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED
VERIFY FLUE INTEGRITYAnalyser readings indicate that combustion products and inlet air must be mixing Further investigation of
the flue is therefore requiredCheck that flue components are assembled fixed and supported as per boilerflue manufacturerrsquos
instructionsCheck that flue and flue terminal are not obstructed
IsCO less than
335ppmand
COCO2 ratio less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
Check all seals around the appliance burner internal flue seals door and case seals
Rectify where necessary
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED IF
COMMISSIONING CANNOT BE FULLY COMPLETED THE APPLIANCE MUST BE
DISCONNECTED FROM THE GAS SUPPLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GSIUR
NOTE Check and record CO and combustion ratio at both max and min rate before contacting the
manufacturer
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YESYES
YES
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 45
J Pipe lengths for the airflue pipe
J1 Length of the C13 type airflue pipe
Applicability C13 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C13 type airfluepipe
C13 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J2 Length of the C33 type airflue pipe
Applicability C33 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C33 type airfluepipe
C33 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J3 Length of the C43 type airflue pipe
Applicability C43 type airflue pipe
Diameter of theairflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L)
C43 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
Appendix
46 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
K Technical data
Technical data ndash Heating
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 530 lh 655 lh 788 lh 1094 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 353 lh 436 lh 525 lh 729 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
123 lh 153 lh 184 lh 255 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 1102 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 876 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
306 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
Technical data ndash G20 powerloading G20The lowest nominal heat output may be higher than the value in the technical data depending on the design of the systemand the current operating status
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 12 kW 15 kW 18 kW 25 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
48 hellip 130 kW 48 hellip 162 kW 53 hellip 195 kW 65 hellip 270 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
47 hellip 128 kW 47 hellip 159 kW 52 hellip 191 kW 64 hellip 265 kW
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
45 hellip 123 kW 45 hellip 152 kW 50 hellip 183 kW 61 hellip 254 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
44 hellip 150 kW 44 hellip 180 kW 49 hellip 252 kW 60 hellip 300 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
123 kW 153 kW 184 kW 255 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
153 kW 184 kW 257 kW 306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 30 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
76 hellip 324 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
75 hellip 318 kW
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 47
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
72 hellip 305 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
71 hellip 350 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
72 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
357 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
72 kW
Technical data ndash General
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch 34 inch 34 inch 34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h 32 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
13 msup3h 16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0476 msup3h 0480 msup3h 0533 msup3h 0648 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
206 gs 208 gs 231 gs 281 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
55 gs 69 gs 83 gs 115 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
69 gs 83 gs 116 gs 138 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
55 55 60 77
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
55 55 55 55
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
43 48 51 62
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
32 32 34 35
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
71 71 69 68
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
105 105 105 95
Released system types C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996 996 996 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040 1040 1040 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060 1060 1060 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085 1085 1085 1085
NOx class 5 5 5 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm
Appendix
48 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Net weight 31 kg 31 kg 31 kg 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 35 kg 35 kg 35 kg 36 kg
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
38 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
32 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0762 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
330 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
138 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
161 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
82
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
37
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
75
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
104
Released system types C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085
NOx class 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm
Net weight 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 36 kg
Technical data ndash Electrics
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 49
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max electrical power consump-tion
65 W 75 W 66 W 75 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W
Level of protection IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V
Max electrical power consump-tion
60 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W
Level of protection IPX4D
Index
50 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Index
AAirflue pipe installed 5BBurner anti-cycling time 20Bypass valve 22CCE label 8Check programmes 29
Using 15Checking the burner 25Checking the pre-charge pressure of the expansionvessel 25Cleaning the condensate siphon 25Cleaning the heat exchanger 24CO₂ content
Checking 20 23Competent person 4Completing inspection work 25Completing maintenance work 25Condensate discharge pipe 12Condensate siphon
Filling 18Controller 14Corrosion 5DDecommissioning 28Decommissioning the product 28Diagnostics codes
Using 15Documents 7Draining the product 25EElectricity 5Expansion relief valve 28FFault codes 26Fault memory 26Fault messages 26Fault symbol 15Flow rate-pressure curves 21Flue gas route 5Front casing closed 5Frost 5GGas family check 16Gas flow rate 18HHanding over to the end user 22High-efficiency pump 21High-efficiency pump output 21IIdentification plate 7If you smell flue gas 5If you smell gas 4Inspection work 22 38Installation site 5Intended use 4LLeak-tightness 20 25 28
MMains connection 14Maintenance work 22 38Minimum clearance 9PPower supply 14Preparing the repair work 26Preparing repair work 26Pressure sensor 28Pump head 27QQualification 4RRegulations 6Removing the air intake pipe 24Removing the burner 24Removing the flue gas pipe 24Removing the front casing 10Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24Removing the ignition transformer 24Removing the side section 10Replacing the burner 26Replacing the expansion vessel 27Replacing the heat exchanger 26Replacing the main PCB 28Replacing expansion vessel 27Resetting the burner anti-cycling time 21SSafety device 5Schematic drawing 5Setting the burner anti-cycling time 20Spare parts 23Switching on the product 17TTool 6Transport 5Transporting 8Treating the heating water 16UUnloading the box 8Unpacking the product 8User interface replacing the PCB 28Using
Check programmes 15Diagnostics codes 15
VVoltage 5WWall-mounting the product 9Weight 9
0020200964_04
ManufacturerSupplierVaillant Group UK LTD
Nottingham Road ‒ Belper ‒ Derbyshire DE56 1JQ
Telephone 01773 824639 ‒ Technical helpline 0330 100 7679
After sales service 0330 100 3142
wwwglow-wormcouk
0020200964_04 ‒ 16112017
copy These instructions or parts thereof are protected by copyright and may be repro-duced or distributed only with the manufacturers written consent
We reserve the right to make technical changes
10 Inspection and maintenance
24 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
106 Removing the gas-air mixture unit
Note
The gas-air mixture unit consists of three maincomponents
ndash Fan
ndash Gas valve
ndash Burner cover
1 Switch off the product via the main switch
2 Close the gas isolator cock
3 Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
C
AB
1
D
2
4 Remove the screw (1)
5 Push the clip upwards
6 Remove the flue gas pipe (2)
3
4
5
AB
7 Remove the air intake pipe (3)
8 Remove the plugs from the gas valve (4) and from thefan (5)
A
C
D B
6
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (6)
7
7
8
10 Remove the burner seals (7) and the burner (8)
11 Check the burner and the heat exchanger for damageand dirt
12 If necessary clean or replace the components accord-ing to the following sections
13 Install the two new burner seals
107 Cleaning the heat exchanger
1
1 Protect the folded down electronics box against sprayedwater
2 Clean the ribs of the heat exchanger (1) with water
◁ The water runs out into the condensate tray
Inspection and maintenance 10
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 25
108 Checking the burner
1 Search the surface of the burner for possible damage Ifyou see any damage replace the burner
2 Install the two new burner seals
109 Checking the ignition electrode
1
2
3 4 5
1 Disconnect the connection (2) and the earthing cable(1)
2 Remove the fixing screws (3)
3 Carefully remove the electrode from the combustionchamber
4 Check that the electrode ends (4) are undamaged
5 Check the electrode distance
ndash Clearance for the ignition electrodes 35 hellip 45 mm
6 Make sure that the seal (5) is free from damage
If necessary replace the seal
1010 Cleaning the condensate siphon
C
2
3
1
AB
1 Unclip the lower section of the siphon (1) from the up-per section of the siphon (2)
2 Remove the float (3)
3 Flush out the float and lower section of the siphon withwater
4 Fill the lower section of the siphon with water up to 10mm below the upper edge of the condensate drain pipe-work
5 Reinsert the float (3)
Note
Check whether the float is present in thecondensate siphon
6 Clip the lower section of the siphon (1) into the uppersection of the siphon (2)
1011 Installing the gas-air mixture unit
1 Install the burner
2 Install two new burner seals in the burner hood
3 Install the gas-air mixture unit
4 Tighten the screws on the gas-air mixture unit
ndash Ideally to 7 Nm if a torque spanner is available
5 Install the flue pipe
6 Install the air intake pipe
1012 Draining the product
1 Close the service valves of the product
2 Start check programme P05 (rarr Page 15)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
3 Open the drain cock
1013 Checking the admission pressure of theexpansion vessel
1 Measure the pre-charge pressure of the expansion ves-sel at the vessel valve
Conditions Pre-charge pressure lt 0075 MPa (075 bar)
Top up the expansion vessel in accordance with thestatic height of the heating installation ideally with ni-trogen otherwise with air Ensure that the drain valve isopen when topping up
2 If water escapes from the expansion vessels valve youmust replace the expansion vessel (rarr Page 27)
3 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
1014 Completing inspection and maintenancework
1 Check the gas connection pressure (gas flow pressure)(rarr Page 19)
2 Check the CO₂ content
1015 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
11 Troubleshooting
26 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
11 Troubleshooting
111 Rectifying faults
If fault codes (FXX) appear refer to the table in the ap-pendix or use the check programme(s)
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
If several fault codes are generated at the same time theseare displayed alternately followed by the time at which therespective fault occurred
Hold the button down for more than 3 seconds
If you are unable to clear the fault code and it reappearsdespite several fault clearance attempts contact cus-tomer service
112 Calling up the fault memory
The last 10 fault codes are stored in the fault memory (to-gether with the time at which the respective fault occurredand after 24 hours with the number of days)
Hold the button down for more than 7 seconds
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Press the button to exit this menu
113 Deleting the fault memory
1 Delete the fault memory using the diagnostics coded94
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
114 Resetting parameters to factory settings
1 Reset all parameters to the factory settings using thediagnostics code d96
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
115 Preparing the repair work
1 Switch off the product
2 Disconnect the product from the electrical installation
3 Remove the front casing
4 Close the gas stopcock
5 Close the service valves in the heating flow and in theheating return
6 Close the service valve in the cold water pipe
7 Drain the product if you want to replace water-bearingcomponents of the product
8 Ensure that water does not drip on live components(eg the electronics box)
9 Use only new seals and O-rings Do not use any addi-tional sealing materials
116 Replacing defective components
1161 Replacing the burner
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Remove the two burner seals
3 Remove the burner
4 Insert the new burner
5 Insert two new burner seals in the burner cover
6 Install the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 25)
1162 Replacing the gas-air mixture unit
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Install the new gas-air mixture (rarr Page 25)
1163 Replacing the heat exchanger
1 Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
2 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
1 A
B
3 Remove the gas pipe (1)
1
2
3
2 4
A
B
4 Remove the temperature sensor (3)
5 Remove the upper clip (1)
6 Remove the lower clip (4)
7 Remove the supply pipe (2)
Troubleshooting 11
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 27
2
2 3
B
1
A
8 Remove the upper clip (1)
9 Remove the lower clip (3)
10 Remove the return pipe (2)
1
A2
11 Remove the clip underneath the condensate tray (1)
12 Undo the four screws (2)
2
1
B
C
A
13 Remove the ignition electrode (1)
14 Lift the heat exchanger up slightly and remove it to-gether with the condensate tray
15 Remove the ignition transformer (2)
16 Install the new heat exchanger in reverse order
1164 Replacing the pump head
1
2
1 Disconnect the pump cable from the electronics box
2 Undo the four bolts (1)
3 Remove the pump head (2)
4 Replace the O-ring
5 Use four screws to secure the new pump head
6 Connect the pump cable to the electronics box
1165 Replacing the expansion vessel
B
C
1
2
3A
D
1 Undo the nut (3)
2 Remove both screws on the support plate (1)
3 Remove the support plate
4 Pull out the expansion vessel (2) towards the front
5 Insert the new expansion vessel into the product
6 Screw the new expansion vessel to the water connec-tion To do this use a new seal
7 Attach the support plate using both screws
8 Fill and purge the product (rarr Page 17) and if requiredthe heating installation
12 Decommissioning the product
28 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
1166 Replacing the main PCB
C
C
D
B
C
C
D
B
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull all of the plugs out from the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plugs
7 Close the electronics box
1167 Replacing the PCB for the user interface
B
C
C
D
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull the plug out of the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plug
7 Close the electronics box
1168 Replacing the expansion relief valve
1
2
1 Remove the clip (2)
2 Remove the expansion relief valve
3 Fit the new expansion relief valve with a new O-ring
4 Reattach the clip (2)
1169 Replace the pressure sensor
1
2
1 Pull out the plug
2 Remove the clip (1)
3 Remove the pressure sensor (2)
4 Install the new pressure sensor
5 Reattach the clip (1)
117 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
12 Decommissioning the product
Switch off the product
Disconnect the product from the power mains
Close the gas isolator cock
Close the cold water stop cock
13 Customer service
For contact details for our customer service department youcan write to the address that is provided on the back pageor you can visit wwwglow-wormcouk
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 29
Appendix
A Check programmes ndash Overview
Note
Since the programme table is used for various products some programmes may not be visible for the product inquestion
Display Meaning
P01 Burner operation on adjustable heat input
The product operates after ignition with the heat input set between 0 (0 = Pmin) and 100 (100 = Pmax)
The function is active for 15 minutes
P02 Burner operation at ignition load
After ignition the product works at ignition load
The function is active for 15 minutes
P03 The product runs in heating mode with the maximum heat input set using diagnostics code d00
P04 Maximum output function
If there is a hot water request the product runs in hot water handling mode and at maximum heat load
If there is no hot water request the product runs with the heating partial load that is set via diagnostics coded00 and in heating mode
The function is active for 15 minutes
P05 Filling the product
The diverter valve moves to the mid-position The burner and pump switch off (to fill or drain the product)
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is active for 15 minutes
P06 Purging the heating circuit
The diverter valve is moved to the heating position
The function is activated in the heating circuit for 15 minutes
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
P07 Purging the hot water circuit
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
Automatic air ventfunction
Purging the product
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
This function cannot be manually switched off
B Overview of diagnostics codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d00 Heating maximum output ndash ndash kW The maximum heating outputvaries depending on the product
rarr Section Technical data
Automatic Unit automaticallyadjusts the maximum output tothe current system demand
rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d01 Pump overrun in heatingmode
1 60 min 1 5 Adjustable
d02 Maximum burner anti-cycling time in heatingmode
2 60 min 1 20 Adjustable
Appendix
30 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d04 Water temperature in thecylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d05 Determined heating flowset target temperature
Current value ndash ndash Not
adjustable
d06 Hot water set target tem-perature
Current value (Combination unit only) ndash Notadjustable
d07 Set target temperaturefor the domestic hot wa-ter cylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d08 Status of the 230 V ther-mostat
Current value ndash 0 = Room thermostat open (noheat requirement)
1 = Room thermostat closed(heat requirement)
ndash Notadjustable
d09 Heating flow set targettemperature that is seton the eBUS room ther-mostat
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d10 Status of the internalpump in the heating cir-cuit
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d11 Status of the heatingcircuits shunt pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d13 Status of the hot watercircuits circulation pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d14 Operating mode of themodulating pump
0 5 ndash 0 = variable rotational speed(auto)
1 2 3 4 5 = Fixed rotationalspeeds rarr Section Setting thepump output
0 Adjustable
d15 Pump speed Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d16 Status of the 24 V roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Heating off
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d17 Heating control ndash ndash ndash off = Flow temperature
on = Return temperature (ad-justment for underfloor heatingIf you have activated the returntemperature control the auto-matic heating output determina-tion function is not active)
0 Adjustable
d18 Pump overrun operatingmode
1 3 ndash 1 = Continuous (pump runs per-manently)
3 = Eco (intermittent pump modendash for the dissipation of the resid-ual heat after hot water gener-ation at an extremely low heatdemand)
1 Adjustable
d19 Pump operating mode 2stage pump
0 3 ndash 0 = Burner mode stage 2 pumpflowoverrun stage 1
1 = Heating mode and pumpflowoverrun stage 1 hot waterhandling mode stage 2
2 = Automatic heating modepump flowoverrun stage 1 hotwater handling mode stage 2
3 = Stage 2
3 Adjustable
d20 Maximum hot water settarget temperature
50 60 1 60 Adjustable
d21 Status of the warm startfor hot water
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated andavailable
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 31
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d22 Status of the hot waterrequest
Current value ndash off = No current requirement
on = Current requirement
ndash Notadjustable
d23 Status of the heatingdemand
Current value ndash off = Heating off (Summer mode)
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d24 Status of the pressuremonitor
0 1 ndash off = Not switched
on = Switched
ndash Notadjustable
d25 Status of the requirementto reheat the cylinder orfor the hot water warmstart from the eBUS ther-mostat
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
ndash Notadjustable
d27 Function of relay 1(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
1 Adjustable
d28 Function of relay 2(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
2 Adjustable
d31 Automatic filling device 0 2 ndash 0 = Manual
1 = Semi-automatic
2 = Automatic
0 Adjustable
d33 Fan speed target value Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d34 Value for the fan speed Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d35 Position of the divertervalve
Current value ndash 0 = Heating
40 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
100 = Domestic hot water
ndash Notadjustable
d36 Value for the hot waterflow
Current value lmin ndash ndash Notadjustable
d39 Water temperature in thesolar circuit
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d40 Heating flow temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d41 Heating return temperat-ure
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d43 Heating curve 02 4 ndash 01 12 Adjustable
d45 Value for the base pointof the heating curve
15 30 ndash 1 20 Adjustable
d47 Outside temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d50 Correction of the min-imum fan speed
0 3000 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
600 Adjustable
Appendix
32 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d51 Correction of the max-imum fan speed
-2500 0 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
-1000 Adjustable
d58 Solar circuit reheating 0 3 ndash 0 = Boilers Legionella protectionfunction deactivated
3 = Hot water activated (mintarget value 60 degC)
0 Adjustable
d60 Number of blocks by thetemperature limiter
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d61 Number of unsuccessfulignitions
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d62 Night set-back 0 30 ndash 1 0 Adjustable
d64 Average burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d65 Maximum burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d66 Activation of the warmstart function for hot wa-ter
ndash ndash ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
1 Adjustable
d67 Remaining burner anti-cycling time (setting un-der d02)
Current value min ndash ndash Notadjustable
d68 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 1st attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d69 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 2nd attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d70 Operation of the divertervalve
0 2 ndash 0 = Normal operating mode(DHW and heating mode)
1 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
2 = Permanent heating modeposition
0 Adjustable
d71 Maximum heating flowset target temperature
45 80 1 rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d73 Correction of the hot wa-ter warm start temperat-ure
-15 5 K 1 0 Adjustable
d75 Maximum cylinder re-heating time
20 90 min 1 45 Adjustable
d77 Max cylinder reheating ndash ndash kW 1
rarr Section Technical data
ndash Adjustable
d80 Running time in heatingmode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d81 Running time in hot wa-ter handling mode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d82 Number of burner igni-tions in heating mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d83 Number of burner igni-tions in hot water hand-ling mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d84 Maintenance in 0 3000 h Number of hours = Display valuex 10
300 Notadjustable
d85 Increase in the min out-put (heating and hot wa-ter handling mode)
ndash ndash kW 1 ndash Adjustable
d88 Flow rate limit valuefor ignition in hot waterhandling mode
0 1 ndash 0 = 17 lmin (no delay)
1 = 37 lmin (2 s delay)
0 Adjustable
d90 Status of the eBUS roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Not connected
on = Connected
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 33
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d91 Status DCF77 Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d93 Setting the product code 0 99 ndash 1
The Device Specific Number(DSN) can be found on the iden-tification plate
ndash Adjustable
d94 Delete fault list 0 1 ndash off = No
on = Yes
ndash Adjustable
d95 Software versions ndash ndash ndash 1 = Main PCB
2 = Interface PCB
ndash Adjustable
d96 Default setting (reset) ndash ndash ndash 0 = No
1 = Yes
ndash Adjustable
C Status codes ndash Overview
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Status code Meaning
Displays in heating mode
S0 Heating mode No requirement
S01 Heating mode Advance fan operation
S02 Heating mode Pump pre-run
S03 Heating mode Burner ignition
S04 Heating mode Burner on
S05 Heating mode Pumpfan overrun
S06 Heating mode Fan overrun
S07 Heating mode Pump overrun
S08 Heating mode Temporary shutdown after heating procedure
Displays in hot water handling mode
S10 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S11 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S13 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S14 DHW mode Burner on
S15 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S16 DHW mode Fan overrun
S17 DHW mode Pump overrun
Display in Comfort mode with warm start or hot water handling mode with cylinder
S20 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S21 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S22 Hot water handling mode Pump pre-run
S23 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S24 DHW mode Burner on
S25 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S26 DHW mode Fan overrun
S27 DHW mode Pump overrun
S28 Hot water handling mode Temporary shutdown of the burner
Other displays
S30 Room thermostat is blocking heating mode
S31 No heating demand Summer mode eBUS controller waiting period
Appendix
34 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Status code Meaning
S32 Fan waiting time Fan speed outside of the tolerance values
S33 Forced fan operation until the pressure monitor is switched
S34 Frost protection active
S39 Underfloor heating contact open
S41 Water pressure too high
S42 Flue non-return flap closed
S46 Frost protection mode (Comfort) Minimum load
S53 Product in waiting periodoperation block function due to low water pressure (flowreturn spread too large)
S54 Waiting period Low water pressure in the circuit (flowreturn spread too large)
S76 Maintenance message Check the water pressure
S88 Product purging active
S91 Maintenance Demo mode
S96 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S97 Automatic test programme Water pressure sensor heating demands blocked
S98 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S99 Internal automatic test programmes
S108 Purging the combustion chamber fan in operation
S109 Products standby mode activated
D Overview of fault codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F00 Fault Flow temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F01 Fault Return temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F10 Short circuit Flow temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F11 Short circuit Return temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F12 andF91
Short circuit Cylinder temperaturesensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F13 Short circuit Domestic hot water cylindertemperature sensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F20 Safety switch-off Overheating temperat-ure reached
Incorrect earth connection between cable harness and product flow or returnNTC defective (loose connection) stray spark via ignition cable ignition plugor ignition electrode
F22 Safety switch-off Low water pressure inthe boiler
No or insufficient water in the product water pressure sensor de-fective cable to the pump or to the water pressure sensor loosenotconnecteddefective
F23 Safety switch-off Temperature differencetoo great (NTC1NTC2)
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product flow and return NTCsensors connected the wrong way round
F24 Safety switch-off Temperature rise toofast
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product system pressure toolow non-return valve blockedincorrectly installed
F25 Safety switch-off Flue gas temperaturetoo high
Break in plug connection for optional flue gas safety cut-out (STB) break incable harness
F27 Safety switch-off Fault in flame detection Moisture on the electronics electronics (flame monitor) defective gas solen-oid valve leaking
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 35
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F28 Fault Ignition unsuccessful when startingup
Gas meter defective or gas pressure monitor has triggered air in gas gasflow pressure too low thermal isolator device (TAE) has triggered incorrectgas restrictor incorrect spare gas valve fault on the gas valve multiple plugon PCB incorrectly plugged in break in cable harness ignition system (ig-nition transformer ignition cable ignition plug ignition electrode) defectiveionisation current interrupted (cable electrode) incorrect earthing of productelectronics defective
F29 Fault Flame loss Gas supply temporarily stopped flue gas recirculation incorrect earthing ofproduct ignition transformer has spark failure
F32 Fan frost protection function active Fanspeed outside the tolerance values
Plug on fan not correctly plugged in multiple plug on PCB not correctlyplugged in break in cable harness fan blocked Hall sensor defective elec-tronics defective
F49 eBUS fault Voltage too low Short circuit on eBUS eBUS overload or two power supplies with differentpolarities on the eBUS
F61 Fault Gas valve control system Short circuitshort to earth in cable harness for the gas valve gas valvedefective (coils shorted to earth) electronics defective
F62 Fault Gas valve switch-off control Delayed switch-off of gas valve delayed extinguishing of flame signal gasvalve leaking electronics defective
F63 Fault EEPROM Electronics defective
F64 Fault Electronicssensoranalogue-to-digital converter
Flow or return NTC short circuited electronics defective
F65 Fault Electronics temperature too high Electronics overheating due to external influences electronics defective
F67 Value sent back by ASIC is incorrect(flame signal)
Implausible flame signal electronics defective
F68 Fault Unstable flame (analogue input) Air in gas gas flow pressure too low incorrect air ratio incorrect gas re-strictor ionisation flow interruption (cable electrode)
F70 Invalid product code (DSN) Display and PCB replaced at same time and Device Specific Number notreset wrong or missing output range coding resistance
F71 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Flow temperature sensor signalling constant value Flow temperature sensorincorrectly positioned on supply pipe flow temperature sensor defective
F72 Fault Deviation in the water pressuresensorreturn temperature sensor
Flowreturn NTC temperature difference too great rarr flow andor return tem-perature sensor defective
F73 Fault Water pressure sensor not con-nected or has short-circuited
Interruptionshort circuit of water pressure sensor interruptionshort circuitto GND in supply line to water pressure sensor or water pressure sensordefective
F74 Fault Electrical problem in the waterpressure sensor
Line to water pressure sensor has a short circuit to 5 V24 V or internal faultin the water pressure sensor
F75 Fault Pressure sensor Pressure switch defective
F76 The safety cut-out in the primary heatexchanger is defective
Safety cut-out feedback does not match the gas valve feedback
F77 Fault Condensate or smoke No response flue non-return flap defective
F78 Interruption to DHW outlet sensor atexternal controller
UK link box is connected but hot water NTC not bridged
F83 Fault Dry fire When the burner starts the temperature change registered at the flow orreturn temperature sensor is non-existent or too small Insufficient waterin the product the flow or return temperature sensor is not in the correctposition on the pipe
F84 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Values not consistent difference lt -6 K
Flow and return temperature sensors signalling implausible values Flow andreturn temperature sensors have been inverted flow and return temperaturesensors have not been correctly installed
F85 Fault Temperature sensor The flow andor return temperature sensors have been installed on the samepipeincorrect pipe
Temperature sensor not connected or is connected incorrectly
F86 Fault Underfloor heating contact Underfloor heating contact open sensor disconnected or defective
F87 Fault Electrodes Electrodes not connected or they are connected incorrectly short circuit inthe cable harness
F88 Fault Gas valve Gas valve not connected or it is connected incorrectly short circuit in thecable harness
F89 Fault Pump Pump not connected or it is connected incorrectly incorrect pump connec-ted short circuit in the cable harness
Appendix
36 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
Connection No communication between the PCBand the user interface
Electronics defective
E Wiring diagram Pure boiler
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
X21 41
32
eBUS
RT 24V
Burner off
X106
13
41
3
123
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~2
6
7
9
8
1
3
4
5
11
10
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Temperature sensor on the heating flow
4 Temperature sensor on the heating return
5 Fan
6 Gas valve assembly
7 Pressure sensor
8 External ignition transformer
9 Heating pump
10 Ionisation and ignition electrode
11 Main power supply and connection for 230 V control
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 37
F Connection diagram Pure boiler (30 kW)
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
X21LN
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
13
41
3
123
eBUS
Burner off
X106
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~
X12LN
2
7
8
109
1
43
5
6
12 11
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Control system
4 Temperature sensor in the heating flow
5 Temperature sensor in the heating return
6 Fan
7 Gas valve
8 Pressure sensor
9 Ionisation electrode
10 Heating pump
11 Ignition electrode
12 Main power supply
Appendix
38 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
G Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview
The table below lists the manufacturer requirements with respect to minimum inspection and maintenance intervals If na-tional regulations and directives require shorter inspection and maintenance intervals you should observe these instead ofthe intervals listed in the table
No WorkInspection(annual)
Mainten-ance
(must becarried outat regularintervals)
1Check the airflue pipe for leak-tightness and to ensure that it is fastened correctly Make surethat it is not blocked or damaged and has been installed in accordance with the relevant Installa-tion Manual
X X
2Check the general condition of the product Remove dirt from the product and from the vacuumchamber
X X
3Visually inspect the general condition of the heat exchanger In doing so pay particular attentionto signs of corrosion rust and other defects If you notice any damage carry out maintenancework
X X
4Check the gas connection pressure at maximum heat input If the gas connection pressure is notwithin the correct range carry out maintenance work
X X
5Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product and if necessary adjust it Keep a record ofthis
X X
6Disconnect the product from the power mains Check that the electrical plug connections andother connections are seated correctly and correct these if necessary
X X
7 Close the gas isolator cock and the service valves X X
8Drain the product on the water side Check the pre-charge pressure of the expansion vesseland if required top up the expansion vessel (approx 003 MPa03 bar below the system fillingpressure)
X
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit X
10Check the seals in the combustion area If you see any damage replace the seals Replace bothburner seals each time it is opened and accordingly each time maintenance work is carried out
X
11 Clean the heat exchanger X
12 Check the burner for damage and replace it if necessary X
13 Check the condensate siphon in the product clean and fill if necessary X X
14 Install the gas-air mixture unit Caution Replace the seals X
15 Open the gas isolator cock reconnect the product to the power mains and switch the product on X X
16Open the service valves fill the productheating installation to 005-03 MPa05-30 bar (depend-ing on the static height of the heating installation) and start the purging programme PXX
X
17Carry out a test operation of the product and heating installation and if required purge the sys-tem once more
X X
18 Visually inspect the ignition and burner behaviour X X
19 Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product again X
20 Check the product for gas flue gas water and condensate leaks and repair if necessary X X
21 Record the inspectionmaintenance work carried out X X
Note For those appliances which are not part of an annual service agreementpolicy maintenance must be carried out at least every5 years
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 39
H Position of the opening in the airflue pipe
GN
N
MM
A
II
O
H
H
CBLJ
Q Q
Q
Q
Q
K
P
D E
FI
S
R
T
H1 Positioning of the opening of a fan-supported flue gas pipe
Installation siteMinimum dimen-sions
A Directly below an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
B Above an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
C Horizontally to an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
DBelow temperature-sensitive building components eg plastic gutters down pipes or wastewaterpipes
75 mm
E Below eaves 200 mm
F Below balconies or car port roofs 200 mm
G From vertical wastewater pipes or down pipes 150 mm
H From external or internal corners 200 mm
I Above floors roofs or balconies 300 mm
J From a surface facing a terminal 600 mm
K From a terminal facing a terminal 1200 mm
L From an opening in the car port (eg door window) which leads into the dwelling 1200 mm
M Vertical from a terminal on the same wall 1500 mm
N Horizontal from a terminal on the same wall 300 mm
O From the wall on which the terminal has been installed 0 mm
P From a vertical structure on the roof 300 mm
Q Above the roof area 300 mm
R Horizontal from adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
S Above adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
T Below adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 2000 mm
Appendix
40 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
H2 Horizontal terminal positioning
BS 5440-1 recommends that fanned flue chimney terminals should be positioned as follows
a) at least 2 m from an opening in the building directly opposite and
b) so that the products of combustion are not directed to discharge directly across a boundary if the products are likely tocause a nuisance to a neighbour or discharge over a walkway or patio
For IE see current issue of IS 813
For boilers covered within this manual
1) Dimensions D E F and G
These clearances may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler In order to ensure that the con-densate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces the terminal should be extended as shown below
Balconyeaves
Gutter
Adequately secured airflue gas pipe
The flue pipe mustprotrude beyond any overhang
2) Dimension H
This clearance may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler However in order to ensure thatthe condensate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces a clearance of 300 mm is preferred
For 1 and 2 above you can use a flue gas management kit to enable the termination point to be positioned and directed awayfrom the building fabric
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 41
I Commissioning Checklist
copy Heating and Hotwater Industry Council (HHIC)
wwwcentralheatingcouk
Benchmark Commissioning and Servicing SectionIt is a requirement that the boiler is installed and commissioned to the
completed in full
Appendix
42 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
This Commissioning Checklist is to be completed in full by the competent person who commissioned the boiler as a means of demonstrating compliance with the appropriate Building Regulations and then handed to the customer to keep for future reference
GAS BOILER SYSTEM COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST
CONTROLS
Optimum start control
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
ALL SYSTEMS
Yes
Yes
CENTRAL HEATING MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
COMBINATION BOILERS ONLY
Yes
Yes
DOMESTIC HOT WATER MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
Yes Temperature
CONDENSING BOILERS ONLY
Yes
ALL INSTALLATIONS
AND sup2 Ratio
AND sup2 Ratio
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 43
It is recommended that your heating system is serviced regularly and that the appropriate Service Interval Record is completed
Service Provider
SERVICE RECORD
SERVICE 01
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 02
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 03
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 04
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 05
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 06
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 07
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 08
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 09
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 10
AND sup2 AND sup2
Appendix
44 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
PRIOR TO CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO CHECKThe boiler manufacturerrsquos installation instructions should have been followed gas type verified and gas
supply pressurerate checked as required prior to commissioningAs part of the installation process especially where a flue has been fitted by persons other than the boiler installer visually check the integrity of the whole flue system to confirm that all components are correctly assembled fixed and supported Check that manufacturerrsquos max flue lengths have not been
exceeded and all guidance has been followed (eg Gas Safe Technical Bulletin TB008)The flue gas analyser should be of the correct type as specified by BS 7967
Prior to its use the flue gas analyser should have been maintained and calibrated as specified by the manufacturer The installer must have the relevant competence for use of the analyser
Check and zero the analyser IN FRESH AIR as per analyser manufacturerrsquos instructions
NOTETHE AIR GAS RATIO VALVE IS FACTORY
SET AND MUST NOT BE ADJUSTED DURING COMMISSIONING UNLESS THIS ACTION IS RECOMMENDED FOLLOWING CONTACT WITH THE MANUFACTURER
If any such adjustment is recommended and further checking of the boiler is required the
installerservice engineer must be competent to carry out this work and to use the flue gas
analyser accordinglyIf the boiler requires conversion to operate with
a different gas family (eg conversion from natural gas to LPG) separate guidance will be
provided by the boiler manufacturer
CARRY OUT FLUE INTEGRITY CHECK USING ANALYSERInsert analyser probe into air inlet test point and allow readings to stabiliseNOTE - where no air inlet test point is provided then a flue integrity check
with the analyser is not possible The installer should verify that flue integrity has been visually checked in accordance with the ldquoPrior to
CO and combustion ratio checkrdquo box above before proceeding to the ldquoCheck CO and combustion ratio at maximum raterdquo stage below
SET BOILER TO MINIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at minimum rate (to
minimum load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - If manufacturerrsquos instructions do not specify how to set boiler to minimum
rate contact Technical Helpline for advice
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MINIMUM RATEWith boiler still set at minimum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas sampling
point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is not
specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MAX RATEWith boiler still set at maximum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas
sampling point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is
not specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
SET BOILER TO MAXIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at max rate
(full load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - Do not insert analyser probe during this period to avoid
possible ldquofloodingrdquo of sensor
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
BOILER IS OPERATING SATISFACTORILYno further actions required
Ensure test points are capped boiler case is correctly replaced and all other commissioning procedures are completed
Complete Benchmark Checklist recording CO and combustion ratio readings as required
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED
VERIFY FLUE INTEGRITYAnalyser readings indicate that combustion products and inlet air must be mixing Further investigation of
the flue is therefore requiredCheck that flue components are assembled fixed and supported as per boilerflue manufacturerrsquos
instructionsCheck that flue and flue terminal are not obstructed
IsCO less than
335ppmand
COCO2 ratio less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
Check all seals around the appliance burner internal flue seals door and case seals
Rectify where necessary
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED IF
COMMISSIONING CANNOT BE FULLY COMPLETED THE APPLIANCE MUST BE
DISCONNECTED FROM THE GAS SUPPLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GSIUR
NOTE Check and record CO and combustion ratio at both max and min rate before contacting the
manufacturer
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YESYES
YES
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 45
J Pipe lengths for the airflue pipe
J1 Length of the C13 type airflue pipe
Applicability C13 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C13 type airfluepipe
C13 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J2 Length of the C33 type airflue pipe
Applicability C33 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C33 type airfluepipe
C33 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J3 Length of the C43 type airflue pipe
Applicability C43 type airflue pipe
Diameter of theairflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L)
C43 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
Appendix
46 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
K Technical data
Technical data ndash Heating
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 530 lh 655 lh 788 lh 1094 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 353 lh 436 lh 525 lh 729 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
123 lh 153 lh 184 lh 255 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 1102 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 876 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
306 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
Technical data ndash G20 powerloading G20The lowest nominal heat output may be higher than the value in the technical data depending on the design of the systemand the current operating status
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 12 kW 15 kW 18 kW 25 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
48 hellip 130 kW 48 hellip 162 kW 53 hellip 195 kW 65 hellip 270 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
47 hellip 128 kW 47 hellip 159 kW 52 hellip 191 kW 64 hellip 265 kW
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
45 hellip 123 kW 45 hellip 152 kW 50 hellip 183 kW 61 hellip 254 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
44 hellip 150 kW 44 hellip 180 kW 49 hellip 252 kW 60 hellip 300 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
123 kW 153 kW 184 kW 255 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
153 kW 184 kW 257 kW 306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 30 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
76 hellip 324 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
75 hellip 318 kW
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 47
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
72 hellip 305 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
71 hellip 350 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
72 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
357 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
72 kW
Technical data ndash General
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch 34 inch 34 inch 34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h 32 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
13 msup3h 16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0476 msup3h 0480 msup3h 0533 msup3h 0648 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
206 gs 208 gs 231 gs 281 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
55 gs 69 gs 83 gs 115 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
69 gs 83 gs 116 gs 138 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
55 55 60 77
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
55 55 55 55
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
43 48 51 62
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
32 32 34 35
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
71 71 69 68
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
105 105 105 95
Released system types C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996 996 996 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040 1040 1040 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060 1060 1060 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085 1085 1085 1085
NOx class 5 5 5 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm
Appendix
48 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Net weight 31 kg 31 kg 31 kg 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 35 kg 35 kg 35 kg 36 kg
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
38 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
32 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0762 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
330 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
138 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
161 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
82
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
37
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
75
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
104
Released system types C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085
NOx class 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm
Net weight 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 36 kg
Technical data ndash Electrics
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 49
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max electrical power consump-tion
65 W 75 W 66 W 75 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W
Level of protection IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V
Max electrical power consump-tion
60 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W
Level of protection IPX4D
Index
50 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Index
AAirflue pipe installed 5BBurner anti-cycling time 20Bypass valve 22CCE label 8Check programmes 29
Using 15Checking the burner 25Checking the pre-charge pressure of the expansionvessel 25Cleaning the condensate siphon 25Cleaning the heat exchanger 24CO₂ content
Checking 20 23Competent person 4Completing inspection work 25Completing maintenance work 25Condensate discharge pipe 12Condensate siphon
Filling 18Controller 14Corrosion 5DDecommissioning 28Decommissioning the product 28Diagnostics codes
Using 15Documents 7Draining the product 25EElectricity 5Expansion relief valve 28FFault codes 26Fault memory 26Fault messages 26Fault symbol 15Flow rate-pressure curves 21Flue gas route 5Front casing closed 5Frost 5GGas family check 16Gas flow rate 18HHanding over to the end user 22High-efficiency pump 21High-efficiency pump output 21IIdentification plate 7If you smell flue gas 5If you smell gas 4Inspection work 22 38Installation site 5Intended use 4LLeak-tightness 20 25 28
MMains connection 14Maintenance work 22 38Minimum clearance 9PPower supply 14Preparing the repair work 26Preparing repair work 26Pressure sensor 28Pump head 27QQualification 4RRegulations 6Removing the air intake pipe 24Removing the burner 24Removing the flue gas pipe 24Removing the front casing 10Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24Removing the ignition transformer 24Removing the side section 10Replacing the burner 26Replacing the expansion vessel 27Replacing the heat exchanger 26Replacing the main PCB 28Replacing expansion vessel 27Resetting the burner anti-cycling time 21SSafety device 5Schematic drawing 5Setting the burner anti-cycling time 20Spare parts 23Switching on the product 17TTool 6Transport 5Transporting 8Treating the heating water 16UUnloading the box 8Unpacking the product 8User interface replacing the PCB 28Using
Check programmes 15Diagnostics codes 15
VVoltage 5WWall-mounting the product 9Weight 9
0020200964_04
ManufacturerSupplierVaillant Group UK LTD
Nottingham Road ‒ Belper ‒ Derbyshire DE56 1JQ
Telephone 01773 824639 ‒ Technical helpline 0330 100 7679
After sales service 0330 100 3142
wwwglow-wormcouk
0020200964_04 ‒ 16112017
copy These instructions or parts thereof are protected by copyright and may be repro-duced or distributed only with the manufacturers written consent
We reserve the right to make technical changes
Inspection and maintenance 10
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 25
108 Checking the burner
1 Search the surface of the burner for possible damage Ifyou see any damage replace the burner
2 Install the two new burner seals
109 Checking the ignition electrode
1
2
3 4 5
1 Disconnect the connection (2) and the earthing cable(1)
2 Remove the fixing screws (3)
3 Carefully remove the electrode from the combustionchamber
4 Check that the electrode ends (4) are undamaged
5 Check the electrode distance
ndash Clearance for the ignition electrodes 35 hellip 45 mm
6 Make sure that the seal (5) is free from damage
If necessary replace the seal
1010 Cleaning the condensate siphon
C
2
3
1
AB
1 Unclip the lower section of the siphon (1) from the up-per section of the siphon (2)
2 Remove the float (3)
3 Flush out the float and lower section of the siphon withwater
4 Fill the lower section of the siphon with water up to 10mm below the upper edge of the condensate drain pipe-work
5 Reinsert the float (3)
Note
Check whether the float is present in thecondensate siphon
6 Clip the lower section of the siphon (1) into the uppersection of the siphon (2)
1011 Installing the gas-air mixture unit
1 Install the burner
2 Install two new burner seals in the burner hood
3 Install the gas-air mixture unit
4 Tighten the screws on the gas-air mixture unit
ndash Ideally to 7 Nm if a torque spanner is available
5 Install the flue pipe
6 Install the air intake pipe
1012 Draining the product
1 Close the service valves of the product
2 Start check programme P05 (rarr Page 15)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
3 Open the drain cock
1013 Checking the admission pressure of theexpansion vessel
1 Measure the pre-charge pressure of the expansion ves-sel at the vessel valve
Conditions Pre-charge pressure lt 0075 MPa (075 bar)
Top up the expansion vessel in accordance with thestatic height of the heating installation ideally with ni-trogen otherwise with air Ensure that the drain valve isopen when topping up
2 If water escapes from the expansion vessels valve youmust replace the expansion vessel (rarr Page 27)
3 Fill and purge the heating installation (rarr Page 17)
1014 Completing inspection and maintenancework
1 Check the gas connection pressure (gas flow pressure)(rarr Page 19)
2 Check the CO₂ content
1015 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
11 Troubleshooting
26 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
11 Troubleshooting
111 Rectifying faults
If fault codes (FXX) appear refer to the table in the ap-pendix or use the check programme(s)
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
If several fault codes are generated at the same time theseare displayed alternately followed by the time at which therespective fault occurred
Hold the button down for more than 3 seconds
If you are unable to clear the fault code and it reappearsdespite several fault clearance attempts contact cus-tomer service
112 Calling up the fault memory
The last 10 fault codes are stored in the fault memory (to-gether with the time at which the respective fault occurredand after 24 hours with the number of days)
Hold the button down for more than 7 seconds
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Press the button to exit this menu
113 Deleting the fault memory
1 Delete the fault memory using the diagnostics coded94
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
114 Resetting parameters to factory settings
1 Reset all parameters to the factory settings using thediagnostics code d96
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
115 Preparing the repair work
1 Switch off the product
2 Disconnect the product from the electrical installation
3 Remove the front casing
4 Close the gas stopcock
5 Close the service valves in the heating flow and in theheating return
6 Close the service valve in the cold water pipe
7 Drain the product if you want to replace water-bearingcomponents of the product
8 Ensure that water does not drip on live components(eg the electronics box)
9 Use only new seals and O-rings Do not use any addi-tional sealing materials
116 Replacing defective components
1161 Replacing the burner
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Remove the two burner seals
3 Remove the burner
4 Insert the new burner
5 Insert two new burner seals in the burner cover
6 Install the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 25)
1162 Replacing the gas-air mixture unit
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Install the new gas-air mixture (rarr Page 25)
1163 Replacing the heat exchanger
1 Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
2 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
1 A
B
3 Remove the gas pipe (1)
1
2
3
2 4
A
B
4 Remove the temperature sensor (3)
5 Remove the upper clip (1)
6 Remove the lower clip (4)
7 Remove the supply pipe (2)
Troubleshooting 11
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 27
2
2 3
B
1
A
8 Remove the upper clip (1)
9 Remove the lower clip (3)
10 Remove the return pipe (2)
1
A2
11 Remove the clip underneath the condensate tray (1)
12 Undo the four screws (2)
2
1
B
C
A
13 Remove the ignition electrode (1)
14 Lift the heat exchanger up slightly and remove it to-gether with the condensate tray
15 Remove the ignition transformer (2)
16 Install the new heat exchanger in reverse order
1164 Replacing the pump head
1
2
1 Disconnect the pump cable from the electronics box
2 Undo the four bolts (1)
3 Remove the pump head (2)
4 Replace the O-ring
5 Use four screws to secure the new pump head
6 Connect the pump cable to the electronics box
1165 Replacing the expansion vessel
B
C
1
2
3A
D
1 Undo the nut (3)
2 Remove both screws on the support plate (1)
3 Remove the support plate
4 Pull out the expansion vessel (2) towards the front
5 Insert the new expansion vessel into the product
6 Screw the new expansion vessel to the water connec-tion To do this use a new seal
7 Attach the support plate using both screws
8 Fill and purge the product (rarr Page 17) and if requiredthe heating installation
12 Decommissioning the product
28 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
1166 Replacing the main PCB
C
C
D
B
C
C
D
B
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull all of the plugs out from the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plugs
7 Close the electronics box
1167 Replacing the PCB for the user interface
B
C
C
D
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull the plug out of the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plug
7 Close the electronics box
1168 Replacing the expansion relief valve
1
2
1 Remove the clip (2)
2 Remove the expansion relief valve
3 Fit the new expansion relief valve with a new O-ring
4 Reattach the clip (2)
1169 Replace the pressure sensor
1
2
1 Pull out the plug
2 Remove the clip (1)
3 Remove the pressure sensor (2)
4 Install the new pressure sensor
5 Reattach the clip (1)
117 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
12 Decommissioning the product
Switch off the product
Disconnect the product from the power mains
Close the gas isolator cock
Close the cold water stop cock
13 Customer service
For contact details for our customer service department youcan write to the address that is provided on the back pageor you can visit wwwglow-wormcouk
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 29
Appendix
A Check programmes ndash Overview
Note
Since the programme table is used for various products some programmes may not be visible for the product inquestion
Display Meaning
P01 Burner operation on adjustable heat input
The product operates after ignition with the heat input set between 0 (0 = Pmin) and 100 (100 = Pmax)
The function is active for 15 minutes
P02 Burner operation at ignition load
After ignition the product works at ignition load
The function is active for 15 minutes
P03 The product runs in heating mode with the maximum heat input set using diagnostics code d00
P04 Maximum output function
If there is a hot water request the product runs in hot water handling mode and at maximum heat load
If there is no hot water request the product runs with the heating partial load that is set via diagnostics coded00 and in heating mode
The function is active for 15 minutes
P05 Filling the product
The diverter valve moves to the mid-position The burner and pump switch off (to fill or drain the product)
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is active for 15 minutes
P06 Purging the heating circuit
The diverter valve is moved to the heating position
The function is activated in the heating circuit for 15 minutes
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
P07 Purging the hot water circuit
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
Automatic air ventfunction
Purging the product
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
This function cannot be manually switched off
B Overview of diagnostics codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d00 Heating maximum output ndash ndash kW The maximum heating outputvaries depending on the product
rarr Section Technical data
Automatic Unit automaticallyadjusts the maximum output tothe current system demand
rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d01 Pump overrun in heatingmode
1 60 min 1 5 Adjustable
d02 Maximum burner anti-cycling time in heatingmode
2 60 min 1 20 Adjustable
Appendix
30 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d04 Water temperature in thecylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d05 Determined heating flowset target temperature
Current value ndash ndash Not
adjustable
d06 Hot water set target tem-perature
Current value (Combination unit only) ndash Notadjustable
d07 Set target temperaturefor the domestic hot wa-ter cylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d08 Status of the 230 V ther-mostat
Current value ndash 0 = Room thermostat open (noheat requirement)
1 = Room thermostat closed(heat requirement)
ndash Notadjustable
d09 Heating flow set targettemperature that is seton the eBUS room ther-mostat
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d10 Status of the internalpump in the heating cir-cuit
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d11 Status of the heatingcircuits shunt pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d13 Status of the hot watercircuits circulation pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d14 Operating mode of themodulating pump
0 5 ndash 0 = variable rotational speed(auto)
1 2 3 4 5 = Fixed rotationalspeeds rarr Section Setting thepump output
0 Adjustable
d15 Pump speed Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d16 Status of the 24 V roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Heating off
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d17 Heating control ndash ndash ndash off = Flow temperature
on = Return temperature (ad-justment for underfloor heatingIf you have activated the returntemperature control the auto-matic heating output determina-tion function is not active)
0 Adjustable
d18 Pump overrun operatingmode
1 3 ndash 1 = Continuous (pump runs per-manently)
3 = Eco (intermittent pump modendash for the dissipation of the resid-ual heat after hot water gener-ation at an extremely low heatdemand)
1 Adjustable
d19 Pump operating mode 2stage pump
0 3 ndash 0 = Burner mode stage 2 pumpflowoverrun stage 1
1 = Heating mode and pumpflowoverrun stage 1 hot waterhandling mode stage 2
2 = Automatic heating modepump flowoverrun stage 1 hotwater handling mode stage 2
3 = Stage 2
3 Adjustable
d20 Maximum hot water settarget temperature
50 60 1 60 Adjustable
d21 Status of the warm startfor hot water
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated andavailable
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 31
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d22 Status of the hot waterrequest
Current value ndash off = No current requirement
on = Current requirement
ndash Notadjustable
d23 Status of the heatingdemand
Current value ndash off = Heating off (Summer mode)
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d24 Status of the pressuremonitor
0 1 ndash off = Not switched
on = Switched
ndash Notadjustable
d25 Status of the requirementto reheat the cylinder orfor the hot water warmstart from the eBUS ther-mostat
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
ndash Notadjustable
d27 Function of relay 1(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
1 Adjustable
d28 Function of relay 2(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
2 Adjustable
d31 Automatic filling device 0 2 ndash 0 = Manual
1 = Semi-automatic
2 = Automatic
0 Adjustable
d33 Fan speed target value Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d34 Value for the fan speed Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d35 Position of the divertervalve
Current value ndash 0 = Heating
40 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
100 = Domestic hot water
ndash Notadjustable
d36 Value for the hot waterflow
Current value lmin ndash ndash Notadjustable
d39 Water temperature in thesolar circuit
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d40 Heating flow temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d41 Heating return temperat-ure
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d43 Heating curve 02 4 ndash 01 12 Adjustable
d45 Value for the base pointof the heating curve
15 30 ndash 1 20 Adjustable
d47 Outside temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d50 Correction of the min-imum fan speed
0 3000 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
600 Adjustable
Appendix
32 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d51 Correction of the max-imum fan speed
-2500 0 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
-1000 Adjustable
d58 Solar circuit reheating 0 3 ndash 0 = Boilers Legionella protectionfunction deactivated
3 = Hot water activated (mintarget value 60 degC)
0 Adjustable
d60 Number of blocks by thetemperature limiter
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d61 Number of unsuccessfulignitions
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d62 Night set-back 0 30 ndash 1 0 Adjustable
d64 Average burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d65 Maximum burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d66 Activation of the warmstart function for hot wa-ter
ndash ndash ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
1 Adjustable
d67 Remaining burner anti-cycling time (setting un-der d02)
Current value min ndash ndash Notadjustable
d68 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 1st attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d69 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 2nd attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d70 Operation of the divertervalve
0 2 ndash 0 = Normal operating mode(DHW and heating mode)
1 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
2 = Permanent heating modeposition
0 Adjustable
d71 Maximum heating flowset target temperature
45 80 1 rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d73 Correction of the hot wa-ter warm start temperat-ure
-15 5 K 1 0 Adjustable
d75 Maximum cylinder re-heating time
20 90 min 1 45 Adjustable
d77 Max cylinder reheating ndash ndash kW 1
rarr Section Technical data
ndash Adjustable
d80 Running time in heatingmode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d81 Running time in hot wa-ter handling mode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d82 Number of burner igni-tions in heating mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d83 Number of burner igni-tions in hot water hand-ling mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d84 Maintenance in 0 3000 h Number of hours = Display valuex 10
300 Notadjustable
d85 Increase in the min out-put (heating and hot wa-ter handling mode)
ndash ndash kW 1 ndash Adjustable
d88 Flow rate limit valuefor ignition in hot waterhandling mode
0 1 ndash 0 = 17 lmin (no delay)
1 = 37 lmin (2 s delay)
0 Adjustable
d90 Status of the eBUS roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Not connected
on = Connected
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 33
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d91 Status DCF77 Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d93 Setting the product code 0 99 ndash 1
The Device Specific Number(DSN) can be found on the iden-tification plate
ndash Adjustable
d94 Delete fault list 0 1 ndash off = No
on = Yes
ndash Adjustable
d95 Software versions ndash ndash ndash 1 = Main PCB
2 = Interface PCB
ndash Adjustable
d96 Default setting (reset) ndash ndash ndash 0 = No
1 = Yes
ndash Adjustable
C Status codes ndash Overview
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Status code Meaning
Displays in heating mode
S0 Heating mode No requirement
S01 Heating mode Advance fan operation
S02 Heating mode Pump pre-run
S03 Heating mode Burner ignition
S04 Heating mode Burner on
S05 Heating mode Pumpfan overrun
S06 Heating mode Fan overrun
S07 Heating mode Pump overrun
S08 Heating mode Temporary shutdown after heating procedure
Displays in hot water handling mode
S10 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S11 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S13 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S14 DHW mode Burner on
S15 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S16 DHW mode Fan overrun
S17 DHW mode Pump overrun
Display in Comfort mode with warm start or hot water handling mode with cylinder
S20 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S21 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S22 Hot water handling mode Pump pre-run
S23 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S24 DHW mode Burner on
S25 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S26 DHW mode Fan overrun
S27 DHW mode Pump overrun
S28 Hot water handling mode Temporary shutdown of the burner
Other displays
S30 Room thermostat is blocking heating mode
S31 No heating demand Summer mode eBUS controller waiting period
Appendix
34 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Status code Meaning
S32 Fan waiting time Fan speed outside of the tolerance values
S33 Forced fan operation until the pressure monitor is switched
S34 Frost protection active
S39 Underfloor heating contact open
S41 Water pressure too high
S42 Flue non-return flap closed
S46 Frost protection mode (Comfort) Minimum load
S53 Product in waiting periodoperation block function due to low water pressure (flowreturn spread too large)
S54 Waiting period Low water pressure in the circuit (flowreturn spread too large)
S76 Maintenance message Check the water pressure
S88 Product purging active
S91 Maintenance Demo mode
S96 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S97 Automatic test programme Water pressure sensor heating demands blocked
S98 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S99 Internal automatic test programmes
S108 Purging the combustion chamber fan in operation
S109 Products standby mode activated
D Overview of fault codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F00 Fault Flow temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F01 Fault Return temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F10 Short circuit Flow temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F11 Short circuit Return temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F12 andF91
Short circuit Cylinder temperaturesensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F13 Short circuit Domestic hot water cylindertemperature sensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F20 Safety switch-off Overheating temperat-ure reached
Incorrect earth connection between cable harness and product flow or returnNTC defective (loose connection) stray spark via ignition cable ignition plugor ignition electrode
F22 Safety switch-off Low water pressure inthe boiler
No or insufficient water in the product water pressure sensor de-fective cable to the pump or to the water pressure sensor loosenotconnecteddefective
F23 Safety switch-off Temperature differencetoo great (NTC1NTC2)
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product flow and return NTCsensors connected the wrong way round
F24 Safety switch-off Temperature rise toofast
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product system pressure toolow non-return valve blockedincorrectly installed
F25 Safety switch-off Flue gas temperaturetoo high
Break in plug connection for optional flue gas safety cut-out (STB) break incable harness
F27 Safety switch-off Fault in flame detection Moisture on the electronics electronics (flame monitor) defective gas solen-oid valve leaking
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 35
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F28 Fault Ignition unsuccessful when startingup
Gas meter defective or gas pressure monitor has triggered air in gas gasflow pressure too low thermal isolator device (TAE) has triggered incorrectgas restrictor incorrect spare gas valve fault on the gas valve multiple plugon PCB incorrectly plugged in break in cable harness ignition system (ig-nition transformer ignition cable ignition plug ignition electrode) defectiveionisation current interrupted (cable electrode) incorrect earthing of productelectronics defective
F29 Fault Flame loss Gas supply temporarily stopped flue gas recirculation incorrect earthing ofproduct ignition transformer has spark failure
F32 Fan frost protection function active Fanspeed outside the tolerance values
Plug on fan not correctly plugged in multiple plug on PCB not correctlyplugged in break in cable harness fan blocked Hall sensor defective elec-tronics defective
F49 eBUS fault Voltage too low Short circuit on eBUS eBUS overload or two power supplies with differentpolarities on the eBUS
F61 Fault Gas valve control system Short circuitshort to earth in cable harness for the gas valve gas valvedefective (coils shorted to earth) electronics defective
F62 Fault Gas valve switch-off control Delayed switch-off of gas valve delayed extinguishing of flame signal gasvalve leaking electronics defective
F63 Fault EEPROM Electronics defective
F64 Fault Electronicssensoranalogue-to-digital converter
Flow or return NTC short circuited electronics defective
F65 Fault Electronics temperature too high Electronics overheating due to external influences electronics defective
F67 Value sent back by ASIC is incorrect(flame signal)
Implausible flame signal electronics defective
F68 Fault Unstable flame (analogue input) Air in gas gas flow pressure too low incorrect air ratio incorrect gas re-strictor ionisation flow interruption (cable electrode)
F70 Invalid product code (DSN) Display and PCB replaced at same time and Device Specific Number notreset wrong or missing output range coding resistance
F71 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Flow temperature sensor signalling constant value Flow temperature sensorincorrectly positioned on supply pipe flow temperature sensor defective
F72 Fault Deviation in the water pressuresensorreturn temperature sensor
Flowreturn NTC temperature difference too great rarr flow andor return tem-perature sensor defective
F73 Fault Water pressure sensor not con-nected or has short-circuited
Interruptionshort circuit of water pressure sensor interruptionshort circuitto GND in supply line to water pressure sensor or water pressure sensordefective
F74 Fault Electrical problem in the waterpressure sensor
Line to water pressure sensor has a short circuit to 5 V24 V or internal faultin the water pressure sensor
F75 Fault Pressure sensor Pressure switch defective
F76 The safety cut-out in the primary heatexchanger is defective
Safety cut-out feedback does not match the gas valve feedback
F77 Fault Condensate or smoke No response flue non-return flap defective
F78 Interruption to DHW outlet sensor atexternal controller
UK link box is connected but hot water NTC not bridged
F83 Fault Dry fire When the burner starts the temperature change registered at the flow orreturn temperature sensor is non-existent or too small Insufficient waterin the product the flow or return temperature sensor is not in the correctposition on the pipe
F84 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Values not consistent difference lt -6 K
Flow and return temperature sensors signalling implausible values Flow andreturn temperature sensors have been inverted flow and return temperaturesensors have not been correctly installed
F85 Fault Temperature sensor The flow andor return temperature sensors have been installed on the samepipeincorrect pipe
Temperature sensor not connected or is connected incorrectly
F86 Fault Underfloor heating contact Underfloor heating contact open sensor disconnected or defective
F87 Fault Electrodes Electrodes not connected or they are connected incorrectly short circuit inthe cable harness
F88 Fault Gas valve Gas valve not connected or it is connected incorrectly short circuit in thecable harness
F89 Fault Pump Pump not connected or it is connected incorrectly incorrect pump connec-ted short circuit in the cable harness
Appendix
36 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
Connection No communication between the PCBand the user interface
Electronics defective
E Wiring diagram Pure boiler
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
X21 41
32
eBUS
RT 24V
Burner off
X106
13
41
3
123
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~2
6
7
9
8
1
3
4
5
11
10
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Temperature sensor on the heating flow
4 Temperature sensor on the heating return
5 Fan
6 Gas valve assembly
7 Pressure sensor
8 External ignition transformer
9 Heating pump
10 Ionisation and ignition electrode
11 Main power supply and connection for 230 V control
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 37
F Connection diagram Pure boiler (30 kW)
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
X21LN
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
13
41
3
123
eBUS
Burner off
X106
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~
X12LN
2
7
8
109
1
43
5
6
12 11
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Control system
4 Temperature sensor in the heating flow
5 Temperature sensor in the heating return
6 Fan
7 Gas valve
8 Pressure sensor
9 Ionisation electrode
10 Heating pump
11 Ignition electrode
12 Main power supply
Appendix
38 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
G Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview
The table below lists the manufacturer requirements with respect to minimum inspection and maintenance intervals If na-tional regulations and directives require shorter inspection and maintenance intervals you should observe these instead ofthe intervals listed in the table
No WorkInspection(annual)
Mainten-ance
(must becarried outat regularintervals)
1Check the airflue pipe for leak-tightness and to ensure that it is fastened correctly Make surethat it is not blocked or damaged and has been installed in accordance with the relevant Installa-tion Manual
X X
2Check the general condition of the product Remove dirt from the product and from the vacuumchamber
X X
3Visually inspect the general condition of the heat exchanger In doing so pay particular attentionto signs of corrosion rust and other defects If you notice any damage carry out maintenancework
X X
4Check the gas connection pressure at maximum heat input If the gas connection pressure is notwithin the correct range carry out maintenance work
X X
5Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product and if necessary adjust it Keep a record ofthis
X X
6Disconnect the product from the power mains Check that the electrical plug connections andother connections are seated correctly and correct these if necessary
X X
7 Close the gas isolator cock and the service valves X X
8Drain the product on the water side Check the pre-charge pressure of the expansion vesseland if required top up the expansion vessel (approx 003 MPa03 bar below the system fillingpressure)
X
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit X
10Check the seals in the combustion area If you see any damage replace the seals Replace bothburner seals each time it is opened and accordingly each time maintenance work is carried out
X
11 Clean the heat exchanger X
12 Check the burner for damage and replace it if necessary X
13 Check the condensate siphon in the product clean and fill if necessary X X
14 Install the gas-air mixture unit Caution Replace the seals X
15 Open the gas isolator cock reconnect the product to the power mains and switch the product on X X
16Open the service valves fill the productheating installation to 005-03 MPa05-30 bar (depend-ing on the static height of the heating installation) and start the purging programme PXX
X
17Carry out a test operation of the product and heating installation and if required purge the sys-tem once more
X X
18 Visually inspect the ignition and burner behaviour X X
19 Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product again X
20 Check the product for gas flue gas water and condensate leaks and repair if necessary X X
21 Record the inspectionmaintenance work carried out X X
Note For those appliances which are not part of an annual service agreementpolicy maintenance must be carried out at least every5 years
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 39
H Position of the opening in the airflue pipe
GN
N
MM
A
II
O
H
H
CBLJ
Q Q
Q
Q
Q
K
P
D E
FI
S
R
T
H1 Positioning of the opening of a fan-supported flue gas pipe
Installation siteMinimum dimen-sions
A Directly below an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
B Above an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
C Horizontally to an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
DBelow temperature-sensitive building components eg plastic gutters down pipes or wastewaterpipes
75 mm
E Below eaves 200 mm
F Below balconies or car port roofs 200 mm
G From vertical wastewater pipes or down pipes 150 mm
H From external or internal corners 200 mm
I Above floors roofs or balconies 300 mm
J From a surface facing a terminal 600 mm
K From a terminal facing a terminal 1200 mm
L From an opening in the car port (eg door window) which leads into the dwelling 1200 mm
M Vertical from a terminal on the same wall 1500 mm
N Horizontal from a terminal on the same wall 300 mm
O From the wall on which the terminal has been installed 0 mm
P From a vertical structure on the roof 300 mm
Q Above the roof area 300 mm
R Horizontal from adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
S Above adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
T Below adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 2000 mm
Appendix
40 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
H2 Horizontal terminal positioning
BS 5440-1 recommends that fanned flue chimney terminals should be positioned as follows
a) at least 2 m from an opening in the building directly opposite and
b) so that the products of combustion are not directed to discharge directly across a boundary if the products are likely tocause a nuisance to a neighbour or discharge over a walkway or patio
For IE see current issue of IS 813
For boilers covered within this manual
1) Dimensions D E F and G
These clearances may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler In order to ensure that the con-densate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces the terminal should be extended as shown below
Balconyeaves
Gutter
Adequately secured airflue gas pipe
The flue pipe mustprotrude beyond any overhang
2) Dimension H
This clearance may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler However in order to ensure thatthe condensate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces a clearance of 300 mm is preferred
For 1 and 2 above you can use a flue gas management kit to enable the termination point to be positioned and directed awayfrom the building fabric
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 41
I Commissioning Checklist
copy Heating and Hotwater Industry Council (HHIC)
wwwcentralheatingcouk
Benchmark Commissioning and Servicing SectionIt is a requirement that the boiler is installed and commissioned to the
completed in full
Appendix
42 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
This Commissioning Checklist is to be completed in full by the competent person who commissioned the boiler as a means of demonstrating compliance with the appropriate Building Regulations and then handed to the customer to keep for future reference
GAS BOILER SYSTEM COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST
CONTROLS
Optimum start control
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
ALL SYSTEMS
Yes
Yes
CENTRAL HEATING MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
COMBINATION BOILERS ONLY
Yes
Yes
DOMESTIC HOT WATER MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
Yes Temperature
CONDENSING BOILERS ONLY
Yes
ALL INSTALLATIONS
AND sup2 Ratio
AND sup2 Ratio
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 43
It is recommended that your heating system is serviced regularly and that the appropriate Service Interval Record is completed
Service Provider
SERVICE RECORD
SERVICE 01
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 02
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 03
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 04
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 05
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 06
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 07
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 08
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 09
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 10
AND sup2 AND sup2
Appendix
44 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
PRIOR TO CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO CHECKThe boiler manufacturerrsquos installation instructions should have been followed gas type verified and gas
supply pressurerate checked as required prior to commissioningAs part of the installation process especially where a flue has been fitted by persons other than the boiler installer visually check the integrity of the whole flue system to confirm that all components are correctly assembled fixed and supported Check that manufacturerrsquos max flue lengths have not been
exceeded and all guidance has been followed (eg Gas Safe Technical Bulletin TB008)The flue gas analyser should be of the correct type as specified by BS 7967
Prior to its use the flue gas analyser should have been maintained and calibrated as specified by the manufacturer The installer must have the relevant competence for use of the analyser
Check and zero the analyser IN FRESH AIR as per analyser manufacturerrsquos instructions
NOTETHE AIR GAS RATIO VALVE IS FACTORY
SET AND MUST NOT BE ADJUSTED DURING COMMISSIONING UNLESS THIS ACTION IS RECOMMENDED FOLLOWING CONTACT WITH THE MANUFACTURER
If any such adjustment is recommended and further checking of the boiler is required the
installerservice engineer must be competent to carry out this work and to use the flue gas
analyser accordinglyIf the boiler requires conversion to operate with
a different gas family (eg conversion from natural gas to LPG) separate guidance will be
provided by the boiler manufacturer
CARRY OUT FLUE INTEGRITY CHECK USING ANALYSERInsert analyser probe into air inlet test point and allow readings to stabiliseNOTE - where no air inlet test point is provided then a flue integrity check
with the analyser is not possible The installer should verify that flue integrity has been visually checked in accordance with the ldquoPrior to
CO and combustion ratio checkrdquo box above before proceeding to the ldquoCheck CO and combustion ratio at maximum raterdquo stage below
SET BOILER TO MINIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at minimum rate (to
minimum load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - If manufacturerrsquos instructions do not specify how to set boiler to minimum
rate contact Technical Helpline for advice
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MINIMUM RATEWith boiler still set at minimum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas sampling
point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is not
specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MAX RATEWith boiler still set at maximum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas
sampling point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is
not specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
SET BOILER TO MAXIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at max rate
(full load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - Do not insert analyser probe during this period to avoid
possible ldquofloodingrdquo of sensor
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
BOILER IS OPERATING SATISFACTORILYno further actions required
Ensure test points are capped boiler case is correctly replaced and all other commissioning procedures are completed
Complete Benchmark Checklist recording CO and combustion ratio readings as required
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED
VERIFY FLUE INTEGRITYAnalyser readings indicate that combustion products and inlet air must be mixing Further investigation of
the flue is therefore requiredCheck that flue components are assembled fixed and supported as per boilerflue manufacturerrsquos
instructionsCheck that flue and flue terminal are not obstructed
IsCO less than
335ppmand
COCO2 ratio less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
Check all seals around the appliance burner internal flue seals door and case seals
Rectify where necessary
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED IF
COMMISSIONING CANNOT BE FULLY COMPLETED THE APPLIANCE MUST BE
DISCONNECTED FROM THE GAS SUPPLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GSIUR
NOTE Check and record CO and combustion ratio at both max and min rate before contacting the
manufacturer
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YESYES
YES
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 45
J Pipe lengths for the airflue pipe
J1 Length of the C13 type airflue pipe
Applicability C13 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C13 type airfluepipe
C13 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J2 Length of the C33 type airflue pipe
Applicability C33 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C33 type airfluepipe
C33 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J3 Length of the C43 type airflue pipe
Applicability C43 type airflue pipe
Diameter of theairflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L)
C43 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
Appendix
46 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
K Technical data
Technical data ndash Heating
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 530 lh 655 lh 788 lh 1094 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 353 lh 436 lh 525 lh 729 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
123 lh 153 lh 184 lh 255 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 1102 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 876 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
306 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
Technical data ndash G20 powerloading G20The lowest nominal heat output may be higher than the value in the technical data depending on the design of the systemand the current operating status
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 12 kW 15 kW 18 kW 25 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
48 hellip 130 kW 48 hellip 162 kW 53 hellip 195 kW 65 hellip 270 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
47 hellip 128 kW 47 hellip 159 kW 52 hellip 191 kW 64 hellip 265 kW
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
45 hellip 123 kW 45 hellip 152 kW 50 hellip 183 kW 61 hellip 254 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
44 hellip 150 kW 44 hellip 180 kW 49 hellip 252 kW 60 hellip 300 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
123 kW 153 kW 184 kW 255 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
153 kW 184 kW 257 kW 306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 30 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
76 hellip 324 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
75 hellip 318 kW
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 47
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
72 hellip 305 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
71 hellip 350 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
72 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
357 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
72 kW
Technical data ndash General
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch 34 inch 34 inch 34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h 32 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
13 msup3h 16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0476 msup3h 0480 msup3h 0533 msup3h 0648 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
206 gs 208 gs 231 gs 281 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
55 gs 69 gs 83 gs 115 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
69 gs 83 gs 116 gs 138 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
55 55 60 77
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
55 55 55 55
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
43 48 51 62
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
32 32 34 35
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
71 71 69 68
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
105 105 105 95
Released system types C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996 996 996 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040 1040 1040 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060 1060 1060 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085 1085 1085 1085
NOx class 5 5 5 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm
Appendix
48 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Net weight 31 kg 31 kg 31 kg 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 35 kg 35 kg 35 kg 36 kg
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
38 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
32 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0762 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
330 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
138 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
161 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
82
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
37
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
75
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
104
Released system types C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085
NOx class 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm
Net weight 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 36 kg
Technical data ndash Electrics
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 49
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max electrical power consump-tion
65 W 75 W 66 W 75 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W
Level of protection IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V
Max electrical power consump-tion
60 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W
Level of protection IPX4D
Index
50 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Index
AAirflue pipe installed 5BBurner anti-cycling time 20Bypass valve 22CCE label 8Check programmes 29
Using 15Checking the burner 25Checking the pre-charge pressure of the expansionvessel 25Cleaning the condensate siphon 25Cleaning the heat exchanger 24CO₂ content
Checking 20 23Competent person 4Completing inspection work 25Completing maintenance work 25Condensate discharge pipe 12Condensate siphon
Filling 18Controller 14Corrosion 5DDecommissioning 28Decommissioning the product 28Diagnostics codes
Using 15Documents 7Draining the product 25EElectricity 5Expansion relief valve 28FFault codes 26Fault memory 26Fault messages 26Fault symbol 15Flow rate-pressure curves 21Flue gas route 5Front casing closed 5Frost 5GGas family check 16Gas flow rate 18HHanding over to the end user 22High-efficiency pump 21High-efficiency pump output 21IIdentification plate 7If you smell flue gas 5If you smell gas 4Inspection work 22 38Installation site 5Intended use 4LLeak-tightness 20 25 28
MMains connection 14Maintenance work 22 38Minimum clearance 9PPower supply 14Preparing the repair work 26Preparing repair work 26Pressure sensor 28Pump head 27QQualification 4RRegulations 6Removing the air intake pipe 24Removing the burner 24Removing the flue gas pipe 24Removing the front casing 10Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24Removing the ignition transformer 24Removing the side section 10Replacing the burner 26Replacing the expansion vessel 27Replacing the heat exchanger 26Replacing the main PCB 28Replacing expansion vessel 27Resetting the burner anti-cycling time 21SSafety device 5Schematic drawing 5Setting the burner anti-cycling time 20Spare parts 23Switching on the product 17TTool 6Transport 5Transporting 8Treating the heating water 16UUnloading the box 8Unpacking the product 8User interface replacing the PCB 28Using
Check programmes 15Diagnostics codes 15
VVoltage 5WWall-mounting the product 9Weight 9
0020200964_04
ManufacturerSupplierVaillant Group UK LTD
Nottingham Road ‒ Belper ‒ Derbyshire DE56 1JQ
Telephone 01773 824639 ‒ Technical helpline 0330 100 7679
After sales service 0330 100 3142
wwwglow-wormcouk
0020200964_04 ‒ 16112017
copy These instructions or parts thereof are protected by copyright and may be repro-duced or distributed only with the manufacturers written consent
We reserve the right to make technical changes
11 Troubleshooting
26 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
11 Troubleshooting
111 Rectifying faults
If fault codes (FXX) appear refer to the table in the ap-pendix or use the check programme(s)
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Check programmes ndash Overview (rarr Page 29)
If several fault codes are generated at the same time theseare displayed alternately followed by the time at which therespective fault occurred
Hold the button down for more than 3 seconds
If you are unable to clear the fault code and it reappearsdespite several fault clearance attempts contact cus-tomer service
112 Calling up the fault memory
The last 10 fault codes are stored in the fault memory (to-gether with the time at which the respective fault occurredand after 24 hours with the number of days)
Hold the button down for more than 7 seconds
Overview of fault codes (rarr Page 34)
Press the button to exit this menu
113 Deleting the fault memory
1 Delete the fault memory using the diagnostics coded94
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
114 Resetting parameters to factory settings
1 Reset all parameters to the factory settings using thediagnostics code d96
2 Set the diagnostics code (rarr Page 15)
Overview of diagnostics codes (rarr Page 29)
115 Preparing the repair work
1 Switch off the product
2 Disconnect the product from the electrical installation
3 Remove the front casing
4 Close the gas stopcock
5 Close the service valves in the heating flow and in theheating return
6 Close the service valve in the cold water pipe
7 Drain the product if you want to replace water-bearingcomponents of the product
8 Ensure that water does not drip on live components(eg the electronics box)
9 Use only new seals and O-rings Do not use any addi-tional sealing materials
116 Replacing defective components
1161 Replacing the burner
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Remove the two burner seals
3 Remove the burner
4 Insert the new burner
5 Insert two new burner seals in the burner cover
6 Install the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 25)
1162 Replacing the gas-air mixture unit
1 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
2 Install the new gas-air mixture (rarr Page 25)
1163 Replacing the heat exchanger
1 Remove the front casing (rarr Page 10)
2 Remove the gas-air mixture unit (rarr Page 24)
1 A
B
3 Remove the gas pipe (1)
1
2
3
2 4
A
B
4 Remove the temperature sensor (3)
5 Remove the upper clip (1)
6 Remove the lower clip (4)
7 Remove the supply pipe (2)
Troubleshooting 11
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 27
2
2 3
B
1
A
8 Remove the upper clip (1)
9 Remove the lower clip (3)
10 Remove the return pipe (2)
1
A2
11 Remove the clip underneath the condensate tray (1)
12 Undo the four screws (2)
2
1
B
C
A
13 Remove the ignition electrode (1)
14 Lift the heat exchanger up slightly and remove it to-gether with the condensate tray
15 Remove the ignition transformer (2)
16 Install the new heat exchanger in reverse order
1164 Replacing the pump head
1
2
1 Disconnect the pump cable from the electronics box
2 Undo the four bolts (1)
3 Remove the pump head (2)
4 Replace the O-ring
5 Use four screws to secure the new pump head
6 Connect the pump cable to the electronics box
1165 Replacing the expansion vessel
B
C
1
2
3A
D
1 Undo the nut (3)
2 Remove both screws on the support plate (1)
3 Remove the support plate
4 Pull out the expansion vessel (2) towards the front
5 Insert the new expansion vessel into the product
6 Screw the new expansion vessel to the water connec-tion To do this use a new seal
7 Attach the support plate using both screws
8 Fill and purge the product (rarr Page 17) and if requiredthe heating installation
12 Decommissioning the product
28 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
1166 Replacing the main PCB
C
C
D
B
C
C
D
B
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull all of the plugs out from the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plugs
7 Close the electronics box
1167 Replacing the PCB for the user interface
B
C
C
D
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull the plug out of the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plug
7 Close the electronics box
1168 Replacing the expansion relief valve
1
2
1 Remove the clip (2)
2 Remove the expansion relief valve
3 Fit the new expansion relief valve with a new O-ring
4 Reattach the clip (2)
1169 Replace the pressure sensor
1
2
1 Pull out the plug
2 Remove the clip (1)
3 Remove the pressure sensor (2)
4 Install the new pressure sensor
5 Reattach the clip (1)
117 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
12 Decommissioning the product
Switch off the product
Disconnect the product from the power mains
Close the gas isolator cock
Close the cold water stop cock
13 Customer service
For contact details for our customer service department youcan write to the address that is provided on the back pageor you can visit wwwglow-wormcouk
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 29
Appendix
A Check programmes ndash Overview
Note
Since the programme table is used for various products some programmes may not be visible for the product inquestion
Display Meaning
P01 Burner operation on adjustable heat input
The product operates after ignition with the heat input set between 0 (0 = Pmin) and 100 (100 = Pmax)
The function is active for 15 minutes
P02 Burner operation at ignition load
After ignition the product works at ignition load
The function is active for 15 minutes
P03 The product runs in heating mode with the maximum heat input set using diagnostics code d00
P04 Maximum output function
If there is a hot water request the product runs in hot water handling mode and at maximum heat load
If there is no hot water request the product runs with the heating partial load that is set via diagnostics coded00 and in heating mode
The function is active for 15 minutes
P05 Filling the product
The diverter valve moves to the mid-position The burner and pump switch off (to fill or drain the product)
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is active for 15 minutes
P06 Purging the heating circuit
The diverter valve is moved to the heating position
The function is activated in the heating circuit for 15 minutes
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
P07 Purging the hot water circuit
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
Automatic air ventfunction
Purging the product
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
This function cannot be manually switched off
B Overview of diagnostics codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d00 Heating maximum output ndash ndash kW The maximum heating outputvaries depending on the product
rarr Section Technical data
Automatic Unit automaticallyadjusts the maximum output tothe current system demand
rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d01 Pump overrun in heatingmode
1 60 min 1 5 Adjustable
d02 Maximum burner anti-cycling time in heatingmode
2 60 min 1 20 Adjustable
Appendix
30 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d04 Water temperature in thecylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d05 Determined heating flowset target temperature
Current value ndash ndash Not
adjustable
d06 Hot water set target tem-perature
Current value (Combination unit only) ndash Notadjustable
d07 Set target temperaturefor the domestic hot wa-ter cylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d08 Status of the 230 V ther-mostat
Current value ndash 0 = Room thermostat open (noheat requirement)
1 = Room thermostat closed(heat requirement)
ndash Notadjustable
d09 Heating flow set targettemperature that is seton the eBUS room ther-mostat
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d10 Status of the internalpump in the heating cir-cuit
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d11 Status of the heatingcircuits shunt pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d13 Status of the hot watercircuits circulation pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d14 Operating mode of themodulating pump
0 5 ndash 0 = variable rotational speed(auto)
1 2 3 4 5 = Fixed rotationalspeeds rarr Section Setting thepump output
0 Adjustable
d15 Pump speed Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d16 Status of the 24 V roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Heating off
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d17 Heating control ndash ndash ndash off = Flow temperature
on = Return temperature (ad-justment for underfloor heatingIf you have activated the returntemperature control the auto-matic heating output determina-tion function is not active)
0 Adjustable
d18 Pump overrun operatingmode
1 3 ndash 1 = Continuous (pump runs per-manently)
3 = Eco (intermittent pump modendash for the dissipation of the resid-ual heat after hot water gener-ation at an extremely low heatdemand)
1 Adjustable
d19 Pump operating mode 2stage pump
0 3 ndash 0 = Burner mode stage 2 pumpflowoverrun stage 1
1 = Heating mode and pumpflowoverrun stage 1 hot waterhandling mode stage 2
2 = Automatic heating modepump flowoverrun stage 1 hotwater handling mode stage 2
3 = Stage 2
3 Adjustable
d20 Maximum hot water settarget temperature
50 60 1 60 Adjustable
d21 Status of the warm startfor hot water
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated andavailable
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 31
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d22 Status of the hot waterrequest
Current value ndash off = No current requirement
on = Current requirement
ndash Notadjustable
d23 Status of the heatingdemand
Current value ndash off = Heating off (Summer mode)
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d24 Status of the pressuremonitor
0 1 ndash off = Not switched
on = Switched
ndash Notadjustable
d25 Status of the requirementto reheat the cylinder orfor the hot water warmstart from the eBUS ther-mostat
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
ndash Notadjustable
d27 Function of relay 1(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
1 Adjustable
d28 Function of relay 2(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
2 Adjustable
d31 Automatic filling device 0 2 ndash 0 = Manual
1 = Semi-automatic
2 = Automatic
0 Adjustable
d33 Fan speed target value Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d34 Value for the fan speed Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d35 Position of the divertervalve
Current value ndash 0 = Heating
40 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
100 = Domestic hot water
ndash Notadjustable
d36 Value for the hot waterflow
Current value lmin ndash ndash Notadjustable
d39 Water temperature in thesolar circuit
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d40 Heating flow temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d41 Heating return temperat-ure
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d43 Heating curve 02 4 ndash 01 12 Adjustable
d45 Value for the base pointof the heating curve
15 30 ndash 1 20 Adjustable
d47 Outside temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d50 Correction of the min-imum fan speed
0 3000 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
600 Adjustable
Appendix
32 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d51 Correction of the max-imum fan speed
-2500 0 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
-1000 Adjustable
d58 Solar circuit reheating 0 3 ndash 0 = Boilers Legionella protectionfunction deactivated
3 = Hot water activated (mintarget value 60 degC)
0 Adjustable
d60 Number of blocks by thetemperature limiter
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d61 Number of unsuccessfulignitions
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d62 Night set-back 0 30 ndash 1 0 Adjustable
d64 Average burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d65 Maximum burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d66 Activation of the warmstart function for hot wa-ter
ndash ndash ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
1 Adjustable
d67 Remaining burner anti-cycling time (setting un-der d02)
Current value min ndash ndash Notadjustable
d68 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 1st attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d69 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 2nd attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d70 Operation of the divertervalve
0 2 ndash 0 = Normal operating mode(DHW and heating mode)
1 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
2 = Permanent heating modeposition
0 Adjustable
d71 Maximum heating flowset target temperature
45 80 1 rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d73 Correction of the hot wa-ter warm start temperat-ure
-15 5 K 1 0 Adjustable
d75 Maximum cylinder re-heating time
20 90 min 1 45 Adjustable
d77 Max cylinder reheating ndash ndash kW 1
rarr Section Technical data
ndash Adjustable
d80 Running time in heatingmode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d81 Running time in hot wa-ter handling mode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d82 Number of burner igni-tions in heating mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d83 Number of burner igni-tions in hot water hand-ling mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d84 Maintenance in 0 3000 h Number of hours = Display valuex 10
300 Notadjustable
d85 Increase in the min out-put (heating and hot wa-ter handling mode)
ndash ndash kW 1 ndash Adjustable
d88 Flow rate limit valuefor ignition in hot waterhandling mode
0 1 ndash 0 = 17 lmin (no delay)
1 = 37 lmin (2 s delay)
0 Adjustable
d90 Status of the eBUS roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Not connected
on = Connected
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 33
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d91 Status DCF77 Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d93 Setting the product code 0 99 ndash 1
The Device Specific Number(DSN) can be found on the iden-tification plate
ndash Adjustable
d94 Delete fault list 0 1 ndash off = No
on = Yes
ndash Adjustable
d95 Software versions ndash ndash ndash 1 = Main PCB
2 = Interface PCB
ndash Adjustable
d96 Default setting (reset) ndash ndash ndash 0 = No
1 = Yes
ndash Adjustable
C Status codes ndash Overview
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Status code Meaning
Displays in heating mode
S0 Heating mode No requirement
S01 Heating mode Advance fan operation
S02 Heating mode Pump pre-run
S03 Heating mode Burner ignition
S04 Heating mode Burner on
S05 Heating mode Pumpfan overrun
S06 Heating mode Fan overrun
S07 Heating mode Pump overrun
S08 Heating mode Temporary shutdown after heating procedure
Displays in hot water handling mode
S10 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S11 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S13 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S14 DHW mode Burner on
S15 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S16 DHW mode Fan overrun
S17 DHW mode Pump overrun
Display in Comfort mode with warm start or hot water handling mode with cylinder
S20 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S21 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S22 Hot water handling mode Pump pre-run
S23 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S24 DHW mode Burner on
S25 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S26 DHW mode Fan overrun
S27 DHW mode Pump overrun
S28 Hot water handling mode Temporary shutdown of the burner
Other displays
S30 Room thermostat is blocking heating mode
S31 No heating demand Summer mode eBUS controller waiting period
Appendix
34 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Status code Meaning
S32 Fan waiting time Fan speed outside of the tolerance values
S33 Forced fan operation until the pressure monitor is switched
S34 Frost protection active
S39 Underfloor heating contact open
S41 Water pressure too high
S42 Flue non-return flap closed
S46 Frost protection mode (Comfort) Minimum load
S53 Product in waiting periodoperation block function due to low water pressure (flowreturn spread too large)
S54 Waiting period Low water pressure in the circuit (flowreturn spread too large)
S76 Maintenance message Check the water pressure
S88 Product purging active
S91 Maintenance Demo mode
S96 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S97 Automatic test programme Water pressure sensor heating demands blocked
S98 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S99 Internal automatic test programmes
S108 Purging the combustion chamber fan in operation
S109 Products standby mode activated
D Overview of fault codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F00 Fault Flow temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F01 Fault Return temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F10 Short circuit Flow temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F11 Short circuit Return temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F12 andF91
Short circuit Cylinder temperaturesensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F13 Short circuit Domestic hot water cylindertemperature sensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F20 Safety switch-off Overheating temperat-ure reached
Incorrect earth connection between cable harness and product flow or returnNTC defective (loose connection) stray spark via ignition cable ignition plugor ignition electrode
F22 Safety switch-off Low water pressure inthe boiler
No or insufficient water in the product water pressure sensor de-fective cable to the pump or to the water pressure sensor loosenotconnecteddefective
F23 Safety switch-off Temperature differencetoo great (NTC1NTC2)
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product flow and return NTCsensors connected the wrong way round
F24 Safety switch-off Temperature rise toofast
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product system pressure toolow non-return valve blockedincorrectly installed
F25 Safety switch-off Flue gas temperaturetoo high
Break in plug connection for optional flue gas safety cut-out (STB) break incable harness
F27 Safety switch-off Fault in flame detection Moisture on the electronics electronics (flame monitor) defective gas solen-oid valve leaking
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 35
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F28 Fault Ignition unsuccessful when startingup
Gas meter defective or gas pressure monitor has triggered air in gas gasflow pressure too low thermal isolator device (TAE) has triggered incorrectgas restrictor incorrect spare gas valve fault on the gas valve multiple plugon PCB incorrectly plugged in break in cable harness ignition system (ig-nition transformer ignition cable ignition plug ignition electrode) defectiveionisation current interrupted (cable electrode) incorrect earthing of productelectronics defective
F29 Fault Flame loss Gas supply temporarily stopped flue gas recirculation incorrect earthing ofproduct ignition transformer has spark failure
F32 Fan frost protection function active Fanspeed outside the tolerance values
Plug on fan not correctly plugged in multiple plug on PCB not correctlyplugged in break in cable harness fan blocked Hall sensor defective elec-tronics defective
F49 eBUS fault Voltage too low Short circuit on eBUS eBUS overload or two power supplies with differentpolarities on the eBUS
F61 Fault Gas valve control system Short circuitshort to earth in cable harness for the gas valve gas valvedefective (coils shorted to earth) electronics defective
F62 Fault Gas valve switch-off control Delayed switch-off of gas valve delayed extinguishing of flame signal gasvalve leaking electronics defective
F63 Fault EEPROM Electronics defective
F64 Fault Electronicssensoranalogue-to-digital converter
Flow or return NTC short circuited electronics defective
F65 Fault Electronics temperature too high Electronics overheating due to external influences electronics defective
F67 Value sent back by ASIC is incorrect(flame signal)
Implausible flame signal electronics defective
F68 Fault Unstable flame (analogue input) Air in gas gas flow pressure too low incorrect air ratio incorrect gas re-strictor ionisation flow interruption (cable electrode)
F70 Invalid product code (DSN) Display and PCB replaced at same time and Device Specific Number notreset wrong or missing output range coding resistance
F71 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Flow temperature sensor signalling constant value Flow temperature sensorincorrectly positioned on supply pipe flow temperature sensor defective
F72 Fault Deviation in the water pressuresensorreturn temperature sensor
Flowreturn NTC temperature difference too great rarr flow andor return tem-perature sensor defective
F73 Fault Water pressure sensor not con-nected or has short-circuited
Interruptionshort circuit of water pressure sensor interruptionshort circuitto GND in supply line to water pressure sensor or water pressure sensordefective
F74 Fault Electrical problem in the waterpressure sensor
Line to water pressure sensor has a short circuit to 5 V24 V or internal faultin the water pressure sensor
F75 Fault Pressure sensor Pressure switch defective
F76 The safety cut-out in the primary heatexchanger is defective
Safety cut-out feedback does not match the gas valve feedback
F77 Fault Condensate or smoke No response flue non-return flap defective
F78 Interruption to DHW outlet sensor atexternal controller
UK link box is connected but hot water NTC not bridged
F83 Fault Dry fire When the burner starts the temperature change registered at the flow orreturn temperature sensor is non-existent or too small Insufficient waterin the product the flow or return temperature sensor is not in the correctposition on the pipe
F84 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Values not consistent difference lt -6 K
Flow and return temperature sensors signalling implausible values Flow andreturn temperature sensors have been inverted flow and return temperaturesensors have not been correctly installed
F85 Fault Temperature sensor The flow andor return temperature sensors have been installed on the samepipeincorrect pipe
Temperature sensor not connected or is connected incorrectly
F86 Fault Underfloor heating contact Underfloor heating contact open sensor disconnected or defective
F87 Fault Electrodes Electrodes not connected or they are connected incorrectly short circuit inthe cable harness
F88 Fault Gas valve Gas valve not connected or it is connected incorrectly short circuit in thecable harness
F89 Fault Pump Pump not connected or it is connected incorrectly incorrect pump connec-ted short circuit in the cable harness
Appendix
36 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
Connection No communication between the PCBand the user interface
Electronics defective
E Wiring diagram Pure boiler
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
X21 41
32
eBUS
RT 24V
Burner off
X106
13
41
3
123
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~2
6
7
9
8
1
3
4
5
11
10
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Temperature sensor on the heating flow
4 Temperature sensor on the heating return
5 Fan
6 Gas valve assembly
7 Pressure sensor
8 External ignition transformer
9 Heating pump
10 Ionisation and ignition electrode
11 Main power supply and connection for 230 V control
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 37
F Connection diagram Pure boiler (30 kW)
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
X21LN
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
13
41
3
123
eBUS
Burner off
X106
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~
X12LN
2
7
8
109
1
43
5
6
12 11
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Control system
4 Temperature sensor in the heating flow
5 Temperature sensor in the heating return
6 Fan
7 Gas valve
8 Pressure sensor
9 Ionisation electrode
10 Heating pump
11 Ignition electrode
12 Main power supply
Appendix
38 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
G Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview
The table below lists the manufacturer requirements with respect to minimum inspection and maintenance intervals If na-tional regulations and directives require shorter inspection and maintenance intervals you should observe these instead ofthe intervals listed in the table
No WorkInspection(annual)
Mainten-ance
(must becarried outat regularintervals)
1Check the airflue pipe for leak-tightness and to ensure that it is fastened correctly Make surethat it is not blocked or damaged and has been installed in accordance with the relevant Installa-tion Manual
X X
2Check the general condition of the product Remove dirt from the product and from the vacuumchamber
X X
3Visually inspect the general condition of the heat exchanger In doing so pay particular attentionto signs of corrosion rust and other defects If you notice any damage carry out maintenancework
X X
4Check the gas connection pressure at maximum heat input If the gas connection pressure is notwithin the correct range carry out maintenance work
X X
5Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product and if necessary adjust it Keep a record ofthis
X X
6Disconnect the product from the power mains Check that the electrical plug connections andother connections are seated correctly and correct these if necessary
X X
7 Close the gas isolator cock and the service valves X X
8Drain the product on the water side Check the pre-charge pressure of the expansion vesseland if required top up the expansion vessel (approx 003 MPa03 bar below the system fillingpressure)
X
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit X
10Check the seals in the combustion area If you see any damage replace the seals Replace bothburner seals each time it is opened and accordingly each time maintenance work is carried out
X
11 Clean the heat exchanger X
12 Check the burner for damage and replace it if necessary X
13 Check the condensate siphon in the product clean and fill if necessary X X
14 Install the gas-air mixture unit Caution Replace the seals X
15 Open the gas isolator cock reconnect the product to the power mains and switch the product on X X
16Open the service valves fill the productheating installation to 005-03 MPa05-30 bar (depend-ing on the static height of the heating installation) and start the purging programme PXX
X
17Carry out a test operation of the product and heating installation and if required purge the sys-tem once more
X X
18 Visually inspect the ignition and burner behaviour X X
19 Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product again X
20 Check the product for gas flue gas water and condensate leaks and repair if necessary X X
21 Record the inspectionmaintenance work carried out X X
Note For those appliances which are not part of an annual service agreementpolicy maintenance must be carried out at least every5 years
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 39
H Position of the opening in the airflue pipe
GN
N
MM
A
II
O
H
H
CBLJ
Q Q
Q
Q
Q
K
P
D E
FI
S
R
T
H1 Positioning of the opening of a fan-supported flue gas pipe
Installation siteMinimum dimen-sions
A Directly below an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
B Above an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
C Horizontally to an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
DBelow temperature-sensitive building components eg plastic gutters down pipes or wastewaterpipes
75 mm
E Below eaves 200 mm
F Below balconies or car port roofs 200 mm
G From vertical wastewater pipes or down pipes 150 mm
H From external or internal corners 200 mm
I Above floors roofs or balconies 300 mm
J From a surface facing a terminal 600 mm
K From a terminal facing a terminal 1200 mm
L From an opening in the car port (eg door window) which leads into the dwelling 1200 mm
M Vertical from a terminal on the same wall 1500 mm
N Horizontal from a terminal on the same wall 300 mm
O From the wall on which the terminal has been installed 0 mm
P From a vertical structure on the roof 300 mm
Q Above the roof area 300 mm
R Horizontal from adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
S Above adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
T Below adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 2000 mm
Appendix
40 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
H2 Horizontal terminal positioning
BS 5440-1 recommends that fanned flue chimney terminals should be positioned as follows
a) at least 2 m from an opening in the building directly opposite and
b) so that the products of combustion are not directed to discharge directly across a boundary if the products are likely tocause a nuisance to a neighbour or discharge over a walkway or patio
For IE see current issue of IS 813
For boilers covered within this manual
1) Dimensions D E F and G
These clearances may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler In order to ensure that the con-densate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces the terminal should be extended as shown below
Balconyeaves
Gutter
Adequately secured airflue gas pipe
The flue pipe mustprotrude beyond any overhang
2) Dimension H
This clearance may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler However in order to ensure thatthe condensate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces a clearance of 300 mm is preferred
For 1 and 2 above you can use a flue gas management kit to enable the termination point to be positioned and directed awayfrom the building fabric
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 41
I Commissioning Checklist
copy Heating and Hotwater Industry Council (HHIC)
wwwcentralheatingcouk
Benchmark Commissioning and Servicing SectionIt is a requirement that the boiler is installed and commissioned to the
completed in full
Appendix
42 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
This Commissioning Checklist is to be completed in full by the competent person who commissioned the boiler as a means of demonstrating compliance with the appropriate Building Regulations and then handed to the customer to keep for future reference
GAS BOILER SYSTEM COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST
CONTROLS
Optimum start control
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
ALL SYSTEMS
Yes
Yes
CENTRAL HEATING MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
COMBINATION BOILERS ONLY
Yes
Yes
DOMESTIC HOT WATER MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
Yes Temperature
CONDENSING BOILERS ONLY
Yes
ALL INSTALLATIONS
AND sup2 Ratio
AND sup2 Ratio
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 43
It is recommended that your heating system is serviced regularly and that the appropriate Service Interval Record is completed
Service Provider
SERVICE RECORD
SERVICE 01
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 02
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 03
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 04
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 05
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 06
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 07
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 08
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 09
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 10
AND sup2 AND sup2
Appendix
44 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
PRIOR TO CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO CHECKThe boiler manufacturerrsquos installation instructions should have been followed gas type verified and gas
supply pressurerate checked as required prior to commissioningAs part of the installation process especially where a flue has been fitted by persons other than the boiler installer visually check the integrity of the whole flue system to confirm that all components are correctly assembled fixed and supported Check that manufacturerrsquos max flue lengths have not been
exceeded and all guidance has been followed (eg Gas Safe Technical Bulletin TB008)The flue gas analyser should be of the correct type as specified by BS 7967
Prior to its use the flue gas analyser should have been maintained and calibrated as specified by the manufacturer The installer must have the relevant competence for use of the analyser
Check and zero the analyser IN FRESH AIR as per analyser manufacturerrsquos instructions
NOTETHE AIR GAS RATIO VALVE IS FACTORY
SET AND MUST NOT BE ADJUSTED DURING COMMISSIONING UNLESS THIS ACTION IS RECOMMENDED FOLLOWING CONTACT WITH THE MANUFACTURER
If any such adjustment is recommended and further checking of the boiler is required the
installerservice engineer must be competent to carry out this work and to use the flue gas
analyser accordinglyIf the boiler requires conversion to operate with
a different gas family (eg conversion from natural gas to LPG) separate guidance will be
provided by the boiler manufacturer
CARRY OUT FLUE INTEGRITY CHECK USING ANALYSERInsert analyser probe into air inlet test point and allow readings to stabiliseNOTE - where no air inlet test point is provided then a flue integrity check
with the analyser is not possible The installer should verify that flue integrity has been visually checked in accordance with the ldquoPrior to
CO and combustion ratio checkrdquo box above before proceeding to the ldquoCheck CO and combustion ratio at maximum raterdquo stage below
SET BOILER TO MINIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at minimum rate (to
minimum load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - If manufacturerrsquos instructions do not specify how to set boiler to minimum
rate contact Technical Helpline for advice
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MINIMUM RATEWith boiler still set at minimum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas sampling
point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is not
specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MAX RATEWith boiler still set at maximum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas
sampling point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is
not specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
SET BOILER TO MAXIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at max rate
(full load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - Do not insert analyser probe during this period to avoid
possible ldquofloodingrdquo of sensor
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
BOILER IS OPERATING SATISFACTORILYno further actions required
Ensure test points are capped boiler case is correctly replaced and all other commissioning procedures are completed
Complete Benchmark Checklist recording CO and combustion ratio readings as required
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED
VERIFY FLUE INTEGRITYAnalyser readings indicate that combustion products and inlet air must be mixing Further investigation of
the flue is therefore requiredCheck that flue components are assembled fixed and supported as per boilerflue manufacturerrsquos
instructionsCheck that flue and flue terminal are not obstructed
IsCO less than
335ppmand
COCO2 ratio less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
Check all seals around the appliance burner internal flue seals door and case seals
Rectify where necessary
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED IF
COMMISSIONING CANNOT BE FULLY COMPLETED THE APPLIANCE MUST BE
DISCONNECTED FROM THE GAS SUPPLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GSIUR
NOTE Check and record CO and combustion ratio at both max and min rate before contacting the
manufacturer
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YESYES
YES
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 45
J Pipe lengths for the airflue pipe
J1 Length of the C13 type airflue pipe
Applicability C13 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C13 type airfluepipe
C13 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J2 Length of the C33 type airflue pipe
Applicability C33 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C33 type airfluepipe
C33 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J3 Length of the C43 type airflue pipe
Applicability C43 type airflue pipe
Diameter of theairflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L)
C43 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
Appendix
46 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
K Technical data
Technical data ndash Heating
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 530 lh 655 lh 788 lh 1094 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 353 lh 436 lh 525 lh 729 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
123 lh 153 lh 184 lh 255 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 1102 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 876 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
306 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
Technical data ndash G20 powerloading G20The lowest nominal heat output may be higher than the value in the technical data depending on the design of the systemand the current operating status
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 12 kW 15 kW 18 kW 25 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
48 hellip 130 kW 48 hellip 162 kW 53 hellip 195 kW 65 hellip 270 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
47 hellip 128 kW 47 hellip 159 kW 52 hellip 191 kW 64 hellip 265 kW
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
45 hellip 123 kW 45 hellip 152 kW 50 hellip 183 kW 61 hellip 254 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
44 hellip 150 kW 44 hellip 180 kW 49 hellip 252 kW 60 hellip 300 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
123 kW 153 kW 184 kW 255 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
153 kW 184 kW 257 kW 306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 30 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
76 hellip 324 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
75 hellip 318 kW
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 47
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
72 hellip 305 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
71 hellip 350 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
72 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
357 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
72 kW
Technical data ndash General
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch 34 inch 34 inch 34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h 32 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
13 msup3h 16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0476 msup3h 0480 msup3h 0533 msup3h 0648 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
206 gs 208 gs 231 gs 281 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
55 gs 69 gs 83 gs 115 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
69 gs 83 gs 116 gs 138 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
55 55 60 77
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
55 55 55 55
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
43 48 51 62
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
32 32 34 35
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
71 71 69 68
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
105 105 105 95
Released system types C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996 996 996 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040 1040 1040 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060 1060 1060 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085 1085 1085 1085
NOx class 5 5 5 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm
Appendix
48 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Net weight 31 kg 31 kg 31 kg 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 35 kg 35 kg 35 kg 36 kg
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
38 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
32 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0762 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
330 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
138 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
161 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
82
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
37
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
75
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
104
Released system types C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085
NOx class 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm
Net weight 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 36 kg
Technical data ndash Electrics
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 49
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max electrical power consump-tion
65 W 75 W 66 W 75 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W
Level of protection IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V
Max electrical power consump-tion
60 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W
Level of protection IPX4D
Index
50 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Index
AAirflue pipe installed 5BBurner anti-cycling time 20Bypass valve 22CCE label 8Check programmes 29
Using 15Checking the burner 25Checking the pre-charge pressure of the expansionvessel 25Cleaning the condensate siphon 25Cleaning the heat exchanger 24CO₂ content
Checking 20 23Competent person 4Completing inspection work 25Completing maintenance work 25Condensate discharge pipe 12Condensate siphon
Filling 18Controller 14Corrosion 5DDecommissioning 28Decommissioning the product 28Diagnostics codes
Using 15Documents 7Draining the product 25EElectricity 5Expansion relief valve 28FFault codes 26Fault memory 26Fault messages 26Fault symbol 15Flow rate-pressure curves 21Flue gas route 5Front casing closed 5Frost 5GGas family check 16Gas flow rate 18HHanding over to the end user 22High-efficiency pump 21High-efficiency pump output 21IIdentification plate 7If you smell flue gas 5If you smell gas 4Inspection work 22 38Installation site 5Intended use 4LLeak-tightness 20 25 28
MMains connection 14Maintenance work 22 38Minimum clearance 9PPower supply 14Preparing the repair work 26Preparing repair work 26Pressure sensor 28Pump head 27QQualification 4RRegulations 6Removing the air intake pipe 24Removing the burner 24Removing the flue gas pipe 24Removing the front casing 10Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24Removing the ignition transformer 24Removing the side section 10Replacing the burner 26Replacing the expansion vessel 27Replacing the heat exchanger 26Replacing the main PCB 28Replacing expansion vessel 27Resetting the burner anti-cycling time 21SSafety device 5Schematic drawing 5Setting the burner anti-cycling time 20Spare parts 23Switching on the product 17TTool 6Transport 5Transporting 8Treating the heating water 16UUnloading the box 8Unpacking the product 8User interface replacing the PCB 28Using
Check programmes 15Diagnostics codes 15
VVoltage 5WWall-mounting the product 9Weight 9
0020200964_04
ManufacturerSupplierVaillant Group UK LTD
Nottingham Road ‒ Belper ‒ Derbyshire DE56 1JQ
Telephone 01773 824639 ‒ Technical helpline 0330 100 7679
After sales service 0330 100 3142
wwwglow-wormcouk
0020200964_04 ‒ 16112017
copy These instructions or parts thereof are protected by copyright and may be repro-duced or distributed only with the manufacturers written consent
We reserve the right to make technical changes
Troubleshooting 11
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 27
2
2 3
B
1
A
8 Remove the upper clip (1)
9 Remove the lower clip (3)
10 Remove the return pipe (2)
1
A2
11 Remove the clip underneath the condensate tray (1)
12 Undo the four screws (2)
2
1
B
C
A
13 Remove the ignition electrode (1)
14 Lift the heat exchanger up slightly and remove it to-gether with the condensate tray
15 Remove the ignition transformer (2)
16 Install the new heat exchanger in reverse order
1164 Replacing the pump head
1
2
1 Disconnect the pump cable from the electronics box
2 Undo the four bolts (1)
3 Remove the pump head (2)
4 Replace the O-ring
5 Use four screws to secure the new pump head
6 Connect the pump cable to the electronics box
1165 Replacing the expansion vessel
B
C
1
2
3A
D
1 Undo the nut (3)
2 Remove both screws on the support plate (1)
3 Remove the support plate
4 Pull out the expansion vessel (2) towards the front
5 Insert the new expansion vessel into the product
6 Screw the new expansion vessel to the water connec-tion To do this use a new seal
7 Attach the support plate using both screws
8 Fill and purge the product (rarr Page 17) and if requiredthe heating installation
12 Decommissioning the product
28 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
1166 Replacing the main PCB
C
C
D
B
C
C
D
B
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull all of the plugs out from the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plugs
7 Close the electronics box
1167 Replacing the PCB for the user interface
B
C
C
D
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull the plug out of the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plug
7 Close the electronics box
1168 Replacing the expansion relief valve
1
2
1 Remove the clip (2)
2 Remove the expansion relief valve
3 Fit the new expansion relief valve with a new O-ring
4 Reattach the clip (2)
1169 Replace the pressure sensor
1
2
1 Pull out the plug
2 Remove the clip (1)
3 Remove the pressure sensor (2)
4 Install the new pressure sensor
5 Reattach the clip (1)
117 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
12 Decommissioning the product
Switch off the product
Disconnect the product from the power mains
Close the gas isolator cock
Close the cold water stop cock
13 Customer service
For contact details for our customer service department youcan write to the address that is provided on the back pageor you can visit wwwglow-wormcouk
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 29
Appendix
A Check programmes ndash Overview
Note
Since the programme table is used for various products some programmes may not be visible for the product inquestion
Display Meaning
P01 Burner operation on adjustable heat input
The product operates after ignition with the heat input set between 0 (0 = Pmin) and 100 (100 = Pmax)
The function is active for 15 minutes
P02 Burner operation at ignition load
After ignition the product works at ignition load
The function is active for 15 minutes
P03 The product runs in heating mode with the maximum heat input set using diagnostics code d00
P04 Maximum output function
If there is a hot water request the product runs in hot water handling mode and at maximum heat load
If there is no hot water request the product runs with the heating partial load that is set via diagnostics coded00 and in heating mode
The function is active for 15 minutes
P05 Filling the product
The diverter valve moves to the mid-position The burner and pump switch off (to fill or drain the product)
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is active for 15 minutes
P06 Purging the heating circuit
The diverter valve is moved to the heating position
The function is activated in the heating circuit for 15 minutes
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
P07 Purging the hot water circuit
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
Automatic air ventfunction
Purging the product
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
This function cannot be manually switched off
B Overview of diagnostics codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d00 Heating maximum output ndash ndash kW The maximum heating outputvaries depending on the product
rarr Section Technical data
Automatic Unit automaticallyadjusts the maximum output tothe current system demand
rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d01 Pump overrun in heatingmode
1 60 min 1 5 Adjustable
d02 Maximum burner anti-cycling time in heatingmode
2 60 min 1 20 Adjustable
Appendix
30 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d04 Water temperature in thecylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d05 Determined heating flowset target temperature
Current value ndash ndash Not
adjustable
d06 Hot water set target tem-perature
Current value (Combination unit only) ndash Notadjustable
d07 Set target temperaturefor the domestic hot wa-ter cylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d08 Status of the 230 V ther-mostat
Current value ndash 0 = Room thermostat open (noheat requirement)
1 = Room thermostat closed(heat requirement)
ndash Notadjustable
d09 Heating flow set targettemperature that is seton the eBUS room ther-mostat
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d10 Status of the internalpump in the heating cir-cuit
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d11 Status of the heatingcircuits shunt pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d13 Status of the hot watercircuits circulation pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d14 Operating mode of themodulating pump
0 5 ndash 0 = variable rotational speed(auto)
1 2 3 4 5 = Fixed rotationalspeeds rarr Section Setting thepump output
0 Adjustable
d15 Pump speed Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d16 Status of the 24 V roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Heating off
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d17 Heating control ndash ndash ndash off = Flow temperature
on = Return temperature (ad-justment for underfloor heatingIf you have activated the returntemperature control the auto-matic heating output determina-tion function is not active)
0 Adjustable
d18 Pump overrun operatingmode
1 3 ndash 1 = Continuous (pump runs per-manently)
3 = Eco (intermittent pump modendash for the dissipation of the resid-ual heat after hot water gener-ation at an extremely low heatdemand)
1 Adjustable
d19 Pump operating mode 2stage pump
0 3 ndash 0 = Burner mode stage 2 pumpflowoverrun stage 1
1 = Heating mode and pumpflowoverrun stage 1 hot waterhandling mode stage 2
2 = Automatic heating modepump flowoverrun stage 1 hotwater handling mode stage 2
3 = Stage 2
3 Adjustable
d20 Maximum hot water settarget temperature
50 60 1 60 Adjustable
d21 Status of the warm startfor hot water
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated andavailable
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 31
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d22 Status of the hot waterrequest
Current value ndash off = No current requirement
on = Current requirement
ndash Notadjustable
d23 Status of the heatingdemand
Current value ndash off = Heating off (Summer mode)
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d24 Status of the pressuremonitor
0 1 ndash off = Not switched
on = Switched
ndash Notadjustable
d25 Status of the requirementto reheat the cylinder orfor the hot water warmstart from the eBUS ther-mostat
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
ndash Notadjustable
d27 Function of relay 1(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
1 Adjustable
d28 Function of relay 2(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
2 Adjustable
d31 Automatic filling device 0 2 ndash 0 = Manual
1 = Semi-automatic
2 = Automatic
0 Adjustable
d33 Fan speed target value Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d34 Value for the fan speed Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d35 Position of the divertervalve
Current value ndash 0 = Heating
40 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
100 = Domestic hot water
ndash Notadjustable
d36 Value for the hot waterflow
Current value lmin ndash ndash Notadjustable
d39 Water temperature in thesolar circuit
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d40 Heating flow temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d41 Heating return temperat-ure
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d43 Heating curve 02 4 ndash 01 12 Adjustable
d45 Value for the base pointof the heating curve
15 30 ndash 1 20 Adjustable
d47 Outside temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d50 Correction of the min-imum fan speed
0 3000 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
600 Adjustable
Appendix
32 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d51 Correction of the max-imum fan speed
-2500 0 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
-1000 Adjustable
d58 Solar circuit reheating 0 3 ndash 0 = Boilers Legionella protectionfunction deactivated
3 = Hot water activated (mintarget value 60 degC)
0 Adjustable
d60 Number of blocks by thetemperature limiter
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d61 Number of unsuccessfulignitions
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d62 Night set-back 0 30 ndash 1 0 Adjustable
d64 Average burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d65 Maximum burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d66 Activation of the warmstart function for hot wa-ter
ndash ndash ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
1 Adjustable
d67 Remaining burner anti-cycling time (setting un-der d02)
Current value min ndash ndash Notadjustable
d68 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 1st attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d69 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 2nd attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d70 Operation of the divertervalve
0 2 ndash 0 = Normal operating mode(DHW and heating mode)
1 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
2 = Permanent heating modeposition
0 Adjustable
d71 Maximum heating flowset target temperature
45 80 1 rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d73 Correction of the hot wa-ter warm start temperat-ure
-15 5 K 1 0 Adjustable
d75 Maximum cylinder re-heating time
20 90 min 1 45 Adjustable
d77 Max cylinder reheating ndash ndash kW 1
rarr Section Technical data
ndash Adjustable
d80 Running time in heatingmode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d81 Running time in hot wa-ter handling mode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d82 Number of burner igni-tions in heating mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d83 Number of burner igni-tions in hot water hand-ling mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d84 Maintenance in 0 3000 h Number of hours = Display valuex 10
300 Notadjustable
d85 Increase in the min out-put (heating and hot wa-ter handling mode)
ndash ndash kW 1 ndash Adjustable
d88 Flow rate limit valuefor ignition in hot waterhandling mode
0 1 ndash 0 = 17 lmin (no delay)
1 = 37 lmin (2 s delay)
0 Adjustable
d90 Status of the eBUS roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Not connected
on = Connected
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 33
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d91 Status DCF77 Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d93 Setting the product code 0 99 ndash 1
The Device Specific Number(DSN) can be found on the iden-tification plate
ndash Adjustable
d94 Delete fault list 0 1 ndash off = No
on = Yes
ndash Adjustable
d95 Software versions ndash ndash ndash 1 = Main PCB
2 = Interface PCB
ndash Adjustable
d96 Default setting (reset) ndash ndash ndash 0 = No
1 = Yes
ndash Adjustable
C Status codes ndash Overview
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Status code Meaning
Displays in heating mode
S0 Heating mode No requirement
S01 Heating mode Advance fan operation
S02 Heating mode Pump pre-run
S03 Heating mode Burner ignition
S04 Heating mode Burner on
S05 Heating mode Pumpfan overrun
S06 Heating mode Fan overrun
S07 Heating mode Pump overrun
S08 Heating mode Temporary shutdown after heating procedure
Displays in hot water handling mode
S10 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S11 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S13 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S14 DHW mode Burner on
S15 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S16 DHW mode Fan overrun
S17 DHW mode Pump overrun
Display in Comfort mode with warm start or hot water handling mode with cylinder
S20 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S21 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S22 Hot water handling mode Pump pre-run
S23 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S24 DHW mode Burner on
S25 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S26 DHW mode Fan overrun
S27 DHW mode Pump overrun
S28 Hot water handling mode Temporary shutdown of the burner
Other displays
S30 Room thermostat is blocking heating mode
S31 No heating demand Summer mode eBUS controller waiting period
Appendix
34 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Status code Meaning
S32 Fan waiting time Fan speed outside of the tolerance values
S33 Forced fan operation until the pressure monitor is switched
S34 Frost protection active
S39 Underfloor heating contact open
S41 Water pressure too high
S42 Flue non-return flap closed
S46 Frost protection mode (Comfort) Minimum load
S53 Product in waiting periodoperation block function due to low water pressure (flowreturn spread too large)
S54 Waiting period Low water pressure in the circuit (flowreturn spread too large)
S76 Maintenance message Check the water pressure
S88 Product purging active
S91 Maintenance Demo mode
S96 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S97 Automatic test programme Water pressure sensor heating demands blocked
S98 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S99 Internal automatic test programmes
S108 Purging the combustion chamber fan in operation
S109 Products standby mode activated
D Overview of fault codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F00 Fault Flow temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F01 Fault Return temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F10 Short circuit Flow temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F11 Short circuit Return temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F12 andF91
Short circuit Cylinder temperaturesensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F13 Short circuit Domestic hot water cylindertemperature sensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F20 Safety switch-off Overheating temperat-ure reached
Incorrect earth connection between cable harness and product flow or returnNTC defective (loose connection) stray spark via ignition cable ignition plugor ignition electrode
F22 Safety switch-off Low water pressure inthe boiler
No or insufficient water in the product water pressure sensor de-fective cable to the pump or to the water pressure sensor loosenotconnecteddefective
F23 Safety switch-off Temperature differencetoo great (NTC1NTC2)
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product flow and return NTCsensors connected the wrong way round
F24 Safety switch-off Temperature rise toofast
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product system pressure toolow non-return valve blockedincorrectly installed
F25 Safety switch-off Flue gas temperaturetoo high
Break in plug connection for optional flue gas safety cut-out (STB) break incable harness
F27 Safety switch-off Fault in flame detection Moisture on the electronics electronics (flame monitor) defective gas solen-oid valve leaking
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 35
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F28 Fault Ignition unsuccessful when startingup
Gas meter defective or gas pressure monitor has triggered air in gas gasflow pressure too low thermal isolator device (TAE) has triggered incorrectgas restrictor incorrect spare gas valve fault on the gas valve multiple plugon PCB incorrectly plugged in break in cable harness ignition system (ig-nition transformer ignition cable ignition plug ignition electrode) defectiveionisation current interrupted (cable electrode) incorrect earthing of productelectronics defective
F29 Fault Flame loss Gas supply temporarily stopped flue gas recirculation incorrect earthing ofproduct ignition transformer has spark failure
F32 Fan frost protection function active Fanspeed outside the tolerance values
Plug on fan not correctly plugged in multiple plug on PCB not correctlyplugged in break in cable harness fan blocked Hall sensor defective elec-tronics defective
F49 eBUS fault Voltage too low Short circuit on eBUS eBUS overload or two power supplies with differentpolarities on the eBUS
F61 Fault Gas valve control system Short circuitshort to earth in cable harness for the gas valve gas valvedefective (coils shorted to earth) electronics defective
F62 Fault Gas valve switch-off control Delayed switch-off of gas valve delayed extinguishing of flame signal gasvalve leaking electronics defective
F63 Fault EEPROM Electronics defective
F64 Fault Electronicssensoranalogue-to-digital converter
Flow or return NTC short circuited electronics defective
F65 Fault Electronics temperature too high Electronics overheating due to external influences electronics defective
F67 Value sent back by ASIC is incorrect(flame signal)
Implausible flame signal electronics defective
F68 Fault Unstable flame (analogue input) Air in gas gas flow pressure too low incorrect air ratio incorrect gas re-strictor ionisation flow interruption (cable electrode)
F70 Invalid product code (DSN) Display and PCB replaced at same time and Device Specific Number notreset wrong or missing output range coding resistance
F71 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Flow temperature sensor signalling constant value Flow temperature sensorincorrectly positioned on supply pipe flow temperature sensor defective
F72 Fault Deviation in the water pressuresensorreturn temperature sensor
Flowreturn NTC temperature difference too great rarr flow andor return tem-perature sensor defective
F73 Fault Water pressure sensor not con-nected or has short-circuited
Interruptionshort circuit of water pressure sensor interruptionshort circuitto GND in supply line to water pressure sensor or water pressure sensordefective
F74 Fault Electrical problem in the waterpressure sensor
Line to water pressure sensor has a short circuit to 5 V24 V or internal faultin the water pressure sensor
F75 Fault Pressure sensor Pressure switch defective
F76 The safety cut-out in the primary heatexchanger is defective
Safety cut-out feedback does not match the gas valve feedback
F77 Fault Condensate or smoke No response flue non-return flap defective
F78 Interruption to DHW outlet sensor atexternal controller
UK link box is connected but hot water NTC not bridged
F83 Fault Dry fire When the burner starts the temperature change registered at the flow orreturn temperature sensor is non-existent or too small Insufficient waterin the product the flow or return temperature sensor is not in the correctposition on the pipe
F84 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Values not consistent difference lt -6 K
Flow and return temperature sensors signalling implausible values Flow andreturn temperature sensors have been inverted flow and return temperaturesensors have not been correctly installed
F85 Fault Temperature sensor The flow andor return temperature sensors have been installed on the samepipeincorrect pipe
Temperature sensor not connected or is connected incorrectly
F86 Fault Underfloor heating contact Underfloor heating contact open sensor disconnected or defective
F87 Fault Electrodes Electrodes not connected or they are connected incorrectly short circuit inthe cable harness
F88 Fault Gas valve Gas valve not connected or it is connected incorrectly short circuit in thecable harness
F89 Fault Pump Pump not connected or it is connected incorrectly incorrect pump connec-ted short circuit in the cable harness
Appendix
36 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
Connection No communication between the PCBand the user interface
Electronics defective
E Wiring diagram Pure boiler
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
X21 41
32
eBUS
RT 24V
Burner off
X106
13
41
3
123
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~2
6
7
9
8
1
3
4
5
11
10
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Temperature sensor on the heating flow
4 Temperature sensor on the heating return
5 Fan
6 Gas valve assembly
7 Pressure sensor
8 External ignition transformer
9 Heating pump
10 Ionisation and ignition electrode
11 Main power supply and connection for 230 V control
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 37
F Connection diagram Pure boiler (30 kW)
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
X21LN
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
13
41
3
123
eBUS
Burner off
X106
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~
X12LN
2
7
8
109
1
43
5
6
12 11
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Control system
4 Temperature sensor in the heating flow
5 Temperature sensor in the heating return
6 Fan
7 Gas valve
8 Pressure sensor
9 Ionisation electrode
10 Heating pump
11 Ignition electrode
12 Main power supply
Appendix
38 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
G Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview
The table below lists the manufacturer requirements with respect to minimum inspection and maintenance intervals If na-tional regulations and directives require shorter inspection and maintenance intervals you should observe these instead ofthe intervals listed in the table
No WorkInspection(annual)
Mainten-ance
(must becarried outat regularintervals)
1Check the airflue pipe for leak-tightness and to ensure that it is fastened correctly Make surethat it is not blocked or damaged and has been installed in accordance with the relevant Installa-tion Manual
X X
2Check the general condition of the product Remove dirt from the product and from the vacuumchamber
X X
3Visually inspect the general condition of the heat exchanger In doing so pay particular attentionto signs of corrosion rust and other defects If you notice any damage carry out maintenancework
X X
4Check the gas connection pressure at maximum heat input If the gas connection pressure is notwithin the correct range carry out maintenance work
X X
5Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product and if necessary adjust it Keep a record ofthis
X X
6Disconnect the product from the power mains Check that the electrical plug connections andother connections are seated correctly and correct these if necessary
X X
7 Close the gas isolator cock and the service valves X X
8Drain the product on the water side Check the pre-charge pressure of the expansion vesseland if required top up the expansion vessel (approx 003 MPa03 bar below the system fillingpressure)
X
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit X
10Check the seals in the combustion area If you see any damage replace the seals Replace bothburner seals each time it is opened and accordingly each time maintenance work is carried out
X
11 Clean the heat exchanger X
12 Check the burner for damage and replace it if necessary X
13 Check the condensate siphon in the product clean and fill if necessary X X
14 Install the gas-air mixture unit Caution Replace the seals X
15 Open the gas isolator cock reconnect the product to the power mains and switch the product on X X
16Open the service valves fill the productheating installation to 005-03 MPa05-30 bar (depend-ing on the static height of the heating installation) and start the purging programme PXX
X
17Carry out a test operation of the product and heating installation and if required purge the sys-tem once more
X X
18 Visually inspect the ignition and burner behaviour X X
19 Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product again X
20 Check the product for gas flue gas water and condensate leaks and repair if necessary X X
21 Record the inspectionmaintenance work carried out X X
Note For those appliances which are not part of an annual service agreementpolicy maintenance must be carried out at least every5 years
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 39
H Position of the opening in the airflue pipe
GN
N
MM
A
II
O
H
H
CBLJ
Q Q
Q
Q
Q
K
P
D E
FI
S
R
T
H1 Positioning of the opening of a fan-supported flue gas pipe
Installation siteMinimum dimen-sions
A Directly below an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
B Above an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
C Horizontally to an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
DBelow temperature-sensitive building components eg plastic gutters down pipes or wastewaterpipes
75 mm
E Below eaves 200 mm
F Below balconies or car port roofs 200 mm
G From vertical wastewater pipes or down pipes 150 mm
H From external or internal corners 200 mm
I Above floors roofs or balconies 300 mm
J From a surface facing a terminal 600 mm
K From a terminal facing a terminal 1200 mm
L From an opening in the car port (eg door window) which leads into the dwelling 1200 mm
M Vertical from a terminal on the same wall 1500 mm
N Horizontal from a terminal on the same wall 300 mm
O From the wall on which the terminal has been installed 0 mm
P From a vertical structure on the roof 300 mm
Q Above the roof area 300 mm
R Horizontal from adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
S Above adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
T Below adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 2000 mm
Appendix
40 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
H2 Horizontal terminal positioning
BS 5440-1 recommends that fanned flue chimney terminals should be positioned as follows
a) at least 2 m from an opening in the building directly opposite and
b) so that the products of combustion are not directed to discharge directly across a boundary if the products are likely tocause a nuisance to a neighbour or discharge over a walkway or patio
For IE see current issue of IS 813
For boilers covered within this manual
1) Dimensions D E F and G
These clearances may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler In order to ensure that the con-densate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces the terminal should be extended as shown below
Balconyeaves
Gutter
Adequately secured airflue gas pipe
The flue pipe mustprotrude beyond any overhang
2) Dimension H
This clearance may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler However in order to ensure thatthe condensate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces a clearance of 300 mm is preferred
For 1 and 2 above you can use a flue gas management kit to enable the termination point to be positioned and directed awayfrom the building fabric
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 41
I Commissioning Checklist
copy Heating and Hotwater Industry Council (HHIC)
wwwcentralheatingcouk
Benchmark Commissioning and Servicing SectionIt is a requirement that the boiler is installed and commissioned to the
completed in full
Appendix
42 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
This Commissioning Checklist is to be completed in full by the competent person who commissioned the boiler as a means of demonstrating compliance with the appropriate Building Regulations and then handed to the customer to keep for future reference
GAS BOILER SYSTEM COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST
CONTROLS
Optimum start control
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
ALL SYSTEMS
Yes
Yes
CENTRAL HEATING MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
COMBINATION BOILERS ONLY
Yes
Yes
DOMESTIC HOT WATER MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
Yes Temperature
CONDENSING BOILERS ONLY
Yes
ALL INSTALLATIONS
AND sup2 Ratio
AND sup2 Ratio
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 43
It is recommended that your heating system is serviced regularly and that the appropriate Service Interval Record is completed
Service Provider
SERVICE RECORD
SERVICE 01
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 02
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 03
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 04
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 05
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 06
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 07
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 08
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 09
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 10
AND sup2 AND sup2
Appendix
44 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
PRIOR TO CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO CHECKThe boiler manufacturerrsquos installation instructions should have been followed gas type verified and gas
supply pressurerate checked as required prior to commissioningAs part of the installation process especially where a flue has been fitted by persons other than the boiler installer visually check the integrity of the whole flue system to confirm that all components are correctly assembled fixed and supported Check that manufacturerrsquos max flue lengths have not been
exceeded and all guidance has been followed (eg Gas Safe Technical Bulletin TB008)The flue gas analyser should be of the correct type as specified by BS 7967
Prior to its use the flue gas analyser should have been maintained and calibrated as specified by the manufacturer The installer must have the relevant competence for use of the analyser
Check and zero the analyser IN FRESH AIR as per analyser manufacturerrsquos instructions
NOTETHE AIR GAS RATIO VALVE IS FACTORY
SET AND MUST NOT BE ADJUSTED DURING COMMISSIONING UNLESS THIS ACTION IS RECOMMENDED FOLLOWING CONTACT WITH THE MANUFACTURER
If any such adjustment is recommended and further checking of the boiler is required the
installerservice engineer must be competent to carry out this work and to use the flue gas
analyser accordinglyIf the boiler requires conversion to operate with
a different gas family (eg conversion from natural gas to LPG) separate guidance will be
provided by the boiler manufacturer
CARRY OUT FLUE INTEGRITY CHECK USING ANALYSERInsert analyser probe into air inlet test point and allow readings to stabiliseNOTE - where no air inlet test point is provided then a flue integrity check
with the analyser is not possible The installer should verify that flue integrity has been visually checked in accordance with the ldquoPrior to
CO and combustion ratio checkrdquo box above before proceeding to the ldquoCheck CO and combustion ratio at maximum raterdquo stage below
SET BOILER TO MINIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at minimum rate (to
minimum load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - If manufacturerrsquos instructions do not specify how to set boiler to minimum
rate contact Technical Helpline for advice
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MINIMUM RATEWith boiler still set at minimum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas sampling
point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is not
specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MAX RATEWith boiler still set at maximum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas
sampling point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is
not specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
SET BOILER TO MAXIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at max rate
(full load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - Do not insert analyser probe during this period to avoid
possible ldquofloodingrdquo of sensor
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
BOILER IS OPERATING SATISFACTORILYno further actions required
Ensure test points are capped boiler case is correctly replaced and all other commissioning procedures are completed
Complete Benchmark Checklist recording CO and combustion ratio readings as required
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED
VERIFY FLUE INTEGRITYAnalyser readings indicate that combustion products and inlet air must be mixing Further investigation of
the flue is therefore requiredCheck that flue components are assembled fixed and supported as per boilerflue manufacturerrsquos
instructionsCheck that flue and flue terminal are not obstructed
IsCO less than
335ppmand
COCO2 ratio less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
Check all seals around the appliance burner internal flue seals door and case seals
Rectify where necessary
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED IF
COMMISSIONING CANNOT BE FULLY COMPLETED THE APPLIANCE MUST BE
DISCONNECTED FROM THE GAS SUPPLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GSIUR
NOTE Check and record CO and combustion ratio at both max and min rate before contacting the
manufacturer
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YESYES
YES
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 45
J Pipe lengths for the airflue pipe
J1 Length of the C13 type airflue pipe
Applicability C13 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C13 type airfluepipe
C13 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J2 Length of the C33 type airflue pipe
Applicability C33 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C33 type airfluepipe
C33 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J3 Length of the C43 type airflue pipe
Applicability C43 type airflue pipe
Diameter of theairflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L)
C43 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
Appendix
46 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
K Technical data
Technical data ndash Heating
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 530 lh 655 lh 788 lh 1094 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 353 lh 436 lh 525 lh 729 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
123 lh 153 lh 184 lh 255 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 1102 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 876 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
306 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
Technical data ndash G20 powerloading G20The lowest nominal heat output may be higher than the value in the technical data depending on the design of the systemand the current operating status
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 12 kW 15 kW 18 kW 25 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
48 hellip 130 kW 48 hellip 162 kW 53 hellip 195 kW 65 hellip 270 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
47 hellip 128 kW 47 hellip 159 kW 52 hellip 191 kW 64 hellip 265 kW
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
45 hellip 123 kW 45 hellip 152 kW 50 hellip 183 kW 61 hellip 254 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
44 hellip 150 kW 44 hellip 180 kW 49 hellip 252 kW 60 hellip 300 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
123 kW 153 kW 184 kW 255 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
153 kW 184 kW 257 kW 306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 30 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
76 hellip 324 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
75 hellip 318 kW
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 47
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
72 hellip 305 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
71 hellip 350 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
72 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
357 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
72 kW
Technical data ndash General
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch 34 inch 34 inch 34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h 32 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
13 msup3h 16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0476 msup3h 0480 msup3h 0533 msup3h 0648 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
206 gs 208 gs 231 gs 281 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
55 gs 69 gs 83 gs 115 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
69 gs 83 gs 116 gs 138 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
55 55 60 77
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
55 55 55 55
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
43 48 51 62
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
32 32 34 35
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
71 71 69 68
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
105 105 105 95
Released system types C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996 996 996 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040 1040 1040 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060 1060 1060 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085 1085 1085 1085
NOx class 5 5 5 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm
Appendix
48 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Net weight 31 kg 31 kg 31 kg 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 35 kg 35 kg 35 kg 36 kg
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
38 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
32 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0762 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
330 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
138 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
161 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
82
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
37
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
75
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
104
Released system types C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085
NOx class 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm
Net weight 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 36 kg
Technical data ndash Electrics
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 49
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max electrical power consump-tion
65 W 75 W 66 W 75 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W
Level of protection IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V
Max electrical power consump-tion
60 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W
Level of protection IPX4D
Index
50 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Index
AAirflue pipe installed 5BBurner anti-cycling time 20Bypass valve 22CCE label 8Check programmes 29
Using 15Checking the burner 25Checking the pre-charge pressure of the expansionvessel 25Cleaning the condensate siphon 25Cleaning the heat exchanger 24CO₂ content
Checking 20 23Competent person 4Completing inspection work 25Completing maintenance work 25Condensate discharge pipe 12Condensate siphon
Filling 18Controller 14Corrosion 5DDecommissioning 28Decommissioning the product 28Diagnostics codes
Using 15Documents 7Draining the product 25EElectricity 5Expansion relief valve 28FFault codes 26Fault memory 26Fault messages 26Fault symbol 15Flow rate-pressure curves 21Flue gas route 5Front casing closed 5Frost 5GGas family check 16Gas flow rate 18HHanding over to the end user 22High-efficiency pump 21High-efficiency pump output 21IIdentification plate 7If you smell flue gas 5If you smell gas 4Inspection work 22 38Installation site 5Intended use 4LLeak-tightness 20 25 28
MMains connection 14Maintenance work 22 38Minimum clearance 9PPower supply 14Preparing the repair work 26Preparing repair work 26Pressure sensor 28Pump head 27QQualification 4RRegulations 6Removing the air intake pipe 24Removing the burner 24Removing the flue gas pipe 24Removing the front casing 10Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24Removing the ignition transformer 24Removing the side section 10Replacing the burner 26Replacing the expansion vessel 27Replacing the heat exchanger 26Replacing the main PCB 28Replacing expansion vessel 27Resetting the burner anti-cycling time 21SSafety device 5Schematic drawing 5Setting the burner anti-cycling time 20Spare parts 23Switching on the product 17TTool 6Transport 5Transporting 8Treating the heating water 16UUnloading the box 8Unpacking the product 8User interface replacing the PCB 28Using
Check programmes 15Diagnostics codes 15
VVoltage 5WWall-mounting the product 9Weight 9
0020200964_04
ManufacturerSupplierVaillant Group UK LTD
Nottingham Road ‒ Belper ‒ Derbyshire DE56 1JQ
Telephone 01773 824639 ‒ Technical helpline 0330 100 7679
After sales service 0330 100 3142
wwwglow-wormcouk
0020200964_04 ‒ 16112017
copy These instructions or parts thereof are protected by copyright and may be repro-duced or distributed only with the manufacturers written consent
We reserve the right to make technical changes
12 Decommissioning the product
28 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
1166 Replacing the main PCB
C
C
D
B
C
C
D
B
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull all of the plugs out from the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plugs
7 Close the electronics box
1167 Replacing the PCB for the user interface
B
C
C
D
A
A
1 Open the electronics box (rarr Page 13)
2 Pull the plug out of the PCB
3 Undo the clips on the PCB
4 Remove the PCB
5 Install the new PCB in such a way that it clicks into thegroove at the bottom and into the clip at the top
6 Plug in the PCB plug
7 Close the electronics box
1168 Replacing the expansion relief valve
1
2
1 Remove the clip (2)
2 Remove the expansion relief valve
3 Fit the new expansion relief valve with a new O-ring
4 Reattach the clip (2)
1169 Replace the pressure sensor
1
2
1 Pull out the plug
2 Remove the clip (1)
3 Remove the pressure sensor (2)
4 Install the new pressure sensor
5 Reattach the clip (1)
117 Checking the product for leak-tightness
Check that the product is leak-tight (rarr Page 20)
12 Decommissioning the product
Switch off the product
Disconnect the product from the power mains
Close the gas isolator cock
Close the cold water stop cock
13 Customer service
For contact details for our customer service department youcan write to the address that is provided on the back pageor you can visit wwwglow-wormcouk
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 29
Appendix
A Check programmes ndash Overview
Note
Since the programme table is used for various products some programmes may not be visible for the product inquestion
Display Meaning
P01 Burner operation on adjustable heat input
The product operates after ignition with the heat input set between 0 (0 = Pmin) and 100 (100 = Pmax)
The function is active for 15 minutes
P02 Burner operation at ignition load
After ignition the product works at ignition load
The function is active for 15 minutes
P03 The product runs in heating mode with the maximum heat input set using diagnostics code d00
P04 Maximum output function
If there is a hot water request the product runs in hot water handling mode and at maximum heat load
If there is no hot water request the product runs with the heating partial load that is set via diagnostics coded00 and in heating mode
The function is active for 15 minutes
P05 Filling the product
The diverter valve moves to the mid-position The burner and pump switch off (to fill or drain the product)
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is active for 15 minutes
P06 Purging the heating circuit
The diverter valve is moved to the heating position
The function is activated in the heating circuit for 15 minutes
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
P07 Purging the hot water circuit
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
Automatic air ventfunction
Purging the product
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
This function cannot be manually switched off
B Overview of diagnostics codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d00 Heating maximum output ndash ndash kW The maximum heating outputvaries depending on the product
rarr Section Technical data
Automatic Unit automaticallyadjusts the maximum output tothe current system demand
rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d01 Pump overrun in heatingmode
1 60 min 1 5 Adjustable
d02 Maximum burner anti-cycling time in heatingmode
2 60 min 1 20 Adjustable
Appendix
30 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d04 Water temperature in thecylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d05 Determined heating flowset target temperature
Current value ndash ndash Not
adjustable
d06 Hot water set target tem-perature
Current value (Combination unit only) ndash Notadjustable
d07 Set target temperaturefor the domestic hot wa-ter cylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d08 Status of the 230 V ther-mostat
Current value ndash 0 = Room thermostat open (noheat requirement)
1 = Room thermostat closed(heat requirement)
ndash Notadjustable
d09 Heating flow set targettemperature that is seton the eBUS room ther-mostat
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d10 Status of the internalpump in the heating cir-cuit
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d11 Status of the heatingcircuits shunt pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d13 Status of the hot watercircuits circulation pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d14 Operating mode of themodulating pump
0 5 ndash 0 = variable rotational speed(auto)
1 2 3 4 5 = Fixed rotationalspeeds rarr Section Setting thepump output
0 Adjustable
d15 Pump speed Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d16 Status of the 24 V roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Heating off
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d17 Heating control ndash ndash ndash off = Flow temperature
on = Return temperature (ad-justment for underfloor heatingIf you have activated the returntemperature control the auto-matic heating output determina-tion function is not active)
0 Adjustable
d18 Pump overrun operatingmode
1 3 ndash 1 = Continuous (pump runs per-manently)
3 = Eco (intermittent pump modendash for the dissipation of the resid-ual heat after hot water gener-ation at an extremely low heatdemand)
1 Adjustable
d19 Pump operating mode 2stage pump
0 3 ndash 0 = Burner mode stage 2 pumpflowoverrun stage 1
1 = Heating mode and pumpflowoverrun stage 1 hot waterhandling mode stage 2
2 = Automatic heating modepump flowoverrun stage 1 hotwater handling mode stage 2
3 = Stage 2
3 Adjustable
d20 Maximum hot water settarget temperature
50 60 1 60 Adjustable
d21 Status of the warm startfor hot water
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated andavailable
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 31
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d22 Status of the hot waterrequest
Current value ndash off = No current requirement
on = Current requirement
ndash Notadjustable
d23 Status of the heatingdemand
Current value ndash off = Heating off (Summer mode)
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d24 Status of the pressuremonitor
0 1 ndash off = Not switched
on = Switched
ndash Notadjustable
d25 Status of the requirementto reheat the cylinder orfor the hot water warmstart from the eBUS ther-mostat
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
ndash Notadjustable
d27 Function of relay 1(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
1 Adjustable
d28 Function of relay 2(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
2 Adjustable
d31 Automatic filling device 0 2 ndash 0 = Manual
1 = Semi-automatic
2 = Automatic
0 Adjustable
d33 Fan speed target value Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d34 Value for the fan speed Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d35 Position of the divertervalve
Current value ndash 0 = Heating
40 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
100 = Domestic hot water
ndash Notadjustable
d36 Value for the hot waterflow
Current value lmin ndash ndash Notadjustable
d39 Water temperature in thesolar circuit
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d40 Heating flow temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d41 Heating return temperat-ure
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d43 Heating curve 02 4 ndash 01 12 Adjustable
d45 Value for the base pointof the heating curve
15 30 ndash 1 20 Adjustable
d47 Outside temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d50 Correction of the min-imum fan speed
0 3000 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
600 Adjustable
Appendix
32 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d51 Correction of the max-imum fan speed
-2500 0 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
-1000 Adjustable
d58 Solar circuit reheating 0 3 ndash 0 = Boilers Legionella protectionfunction deactivated
3 = Hot water activated (mintarget value 60 degC)
0 Adjustable
d60 Number of blocks by thetemperature limiter
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d61 Number of unsuccessfulignitions
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d62 Night set-back 0 30 ndash 1 0 Adjustable
d64 Average burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d65 Maximum burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d66 Activation of the warmstart function for hot wa-ter
ndash ndash ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
1 Adjustable
d67 Remaining burner anti-cycling time (setting un-der d02)
Current value min ndash ndash Notadjustable
d68 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 1st attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d69 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 2nd attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d70 Operation of the divertervalve
0 2 ndash 0 = Normal operating mode(DHW and heating mode)
1 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
2 = Permanent heating modeposition
0 Adjustable
d71 Maximum heating flowset target temperature
45 80 1 rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d73 Correction of the hot wa-ter warm start temperat-ure
-15 5 K 1 0 Adjustable
d75 Maximum cylinder re-heating time
20 90 min 1 45 Adjustable
d77 Max cylinder reheating ndash ndash kW 1
rarr Section Technical data
ndash Adjustable
d80 Running time in heatingmode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d81 Running time in hot wa-ter handling mode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d82 Number of burner igni-tions in heating mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d83 Number of burner igni-tions in hot water hand-ling mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d84 Maintenance in 0 3000 h Number of hours = Display valuex 10
300 Notadjustable
d85 Increase in the min out-put (heating and hot wa-ter handling mode)
ndash ndash kW 1 ndash Adjustable
d88 Flow rate limit valuefor ignition in hot waterhandling mode
0 1 ndash 0 = 17 lmin (no delay)
1 = 37 lmin (2 s delay)
0 Adjustable
d90 Status of the eBUS roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Not connected
on = Connected
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 33
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d91 Status DCF77 Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d93 Setting the product code 0 99 ndash 1
The Device Specific Number(DSN) can be found on the iden-tification plate
ndash Adjustable
d94 Delete fault list 0 1 ndash off = No
on = Yes
ndash Adjustable
d95 Software versions ndash ndash ndash 1 = Main PCB
2 = Interface PCB
ndash Adjustable
d96 Default setting (reset) ndash ndash ndash 0 = No
1 = Yes
ndash Adjustable
C Status codes ndash Overview
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Status code Meaning
Displays in heating mode
S0 Heating mode No requirement
S01 Heating mode Advance fan operation
S02 Heating mode Pump pre-run
S03 Heating mode Burner ignition
S04 Heating mode Burner on
S05 Heating mode Pumpfan overrun
S06 Heating mode Fan overrun
S07 Heating mode Pump overrun
S08 Heating mode Temporary shutdown after heating procedure
Displays in hot water handling mode
S10 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S11 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S13 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S14 DHW mode Burner on
S15 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S16 DHW mode Fan overrun
S17 DHW mode Pump overrun
Display in Comfort mode with warm start or hot water handling mode with cylinder
S20 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S21 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S22 Hot water handling mode Pump pre-run
S23 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S24 DHW mode Burner on
S25 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S26 DHW mode Fan overrun
S27 DHW mode Pump overrun
S28 Hot water handling mode Temporary shutdown of the burner
Other displays
S30 Room thermostat is blocking heating mode
S31 No heating demand Summer mode eBUS controller waiting period
Appendix
34 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Status code Meaning
S32 Fan waiting time Fan speed outside of the tolerance values
S33 Forced fan operation until the pressure monitor is switched
S34 Frost protection active
S39 Underfloor heating contact open
S41 Water pressure too high
S42 Flue non-return flap closed
S46 Frost protection mode (Comfort) Minimum load
S53 Product in waiting periodoperation block function due to low water pressure (flowreturn spread too large)
S54 Waiting period Low water pressure in the circuit (flowreturn spread too large)
S76 Maintenance message Check the water pressure
S88 Product purging active
S91 Maintenance Demo mode
S96 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S97 Automatic test programme Water pressure sensor heating demands blocked
S98 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S99 Internal automatic test programmes
S108 Purging the combustion chamber fan in operation
S109 Products standby mode activated
D Overview of fault codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F00 Fault Flow temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F01 Fault Return temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F10 Short circuit Flow temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F11 Short circuit Return temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F12 andF91
Short circuit Cylinder temperaturesensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F13 Short circuit Domestic hot water cylindertemperature sensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F20 Safety switch-off Overheating temperat-ure reached
Incorrect earth connection between cable harness and product flow or returnNTC defective (loose connection) stray spark via ignition cable ignition plugor ignition electrode
F22 Safety switch-off Low water pressure inthe boiler
No or insufficient water in the product water pressure sensor de-fective cable to the pump or to the water pressure sensor loosenotconnecteddefective
F23 Safety switch-off Temperature differencetoo great (NTC1NTC2)
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product flow and return NTCsensors connected the wrong way round
F24 Safety switch-off Temperature rise toofast
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product system pressure toolow non-return valve blockedincorrectly installed
F25 Safety switch-off Flue gas temperaturetoo high
Break in plug connection for optional flue gas safety cut-out (STB) break incable harness
F27 Safety switch-off Fault in flame detection Moisture on the electronics electronics (flame monitor) defective gas solen-oid valve leaking
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 35
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F28 Fault Ignition unsuccessful when startingup
Gas meter defective or gas pressure monitor has triggered air in gas gasflow pressure too low thermal isolator device (TAE) has triggered incorrectgas restrictor incorrect spare gas valve fault on the gas valve multiple plugon PCB incorrectly plugged in break in cable harness ignition system (ig-nition transformer ignition cable ignition plug ignition electrode) defectiveionisation current interrupted (cable electrode) incorrect earthing of productelectronics defective
F29 Fault Flame loss Gas supply temporarily stopped flue gas recirculation incorrect earthing ofproduct ignition transformer has spark failure
F32 Fan frost protection function active Fanspeed outside the tolerance values
Plug on fan not correctly plugged in multiple plug on PCB not correctlyplugged in break in cable harness fan blocked Hall sensor defective elec-tronics defective
F49 eBUS fault Voltage too low Short circuit on eBUS eBUS overload or two power supplies with differentpolarities on the eBUS
F61 Fault Gas valve control system Short circuitshort to earth in cable harness for the gas valve gas valvedefective (coils shorted to earth) electronics defective
F62 Fault Gas valve switch-off control Delayed switch-off of gas valve delayed extinguishing of flame signal gasvalve leaking electronics defective
F63 Fault EEPROM Electronics defective
F64 Fault Electronicssensoranalogue-to-digital converter
Flow or return NTC short circuited electronics defective
F65 Fault Electronics temperature too high Electronics overheating due to external influences electronics defective
F67 Value sent back by ASIC is incorrect(flame signal)
Implausible flame signal electronics defective
F68 Fault Unstable flame (analogue input) Air in gas gas flow pressure too low incorrect air ratio incorrect gas re-strictor ionisation flow interruption (cable electrode)
F70 Invalid product code (DSN) Display and PCB replaced at same time and Device Specific Number notreset wrong or missing output range coding resistance
F71 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Flow temperature sensor signalling constant value Flow temperature sensorincorrectly positioned on supply pipe flow temperature sensor defective
F72 Fault Deviation in the water pressuresensorreturn temperature sensor
Flowreturn NTC temperature difference too great rarr flow andor return tem-perature sensor defective
F73 Fault Water pressure sensor not con-nected or has short-circuited
Interruptionshort circuit of water pressure sensor interruptionshort circuitto GND in supply line to water pressure sensor or water pressure sensordefective
F74 Fault Electrical problem in the waterpressure sensor
Line to water pressure sensor has a short circuit to 5 V24 V or internal faultin the water pressure sensor
F75 Fault Pressure sensor Pressure switch defective
F76 The safety cut-out in the primary heatexchanger is defective
Safety cut-out feedback does not match the gas valve feedback
F77 Fault Condensate or smoke No response flue non-return flap defective
F78 Interruption to DHW outlet sensor atexternal controller
UK link box is connected but hot water NTC not bridged
F83 Fault Dry fire When the burner starts the temperature change registered at the flow orreturn temperature sensor is non-existent or too small Insufficient waterin the product the flow or return temperature sensor is not in the correctposition on the pipe
F84 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Values not consistent difference lt -6 K
Flow and return temperature sensors signalling implausible values Flow andreturn temperature sensors have been inverted flow and return temperaturesensors have not been correctly installed
F85 Fault Temperature sensor The flow andor return temperature sensors have been installed on the samepipeincorrect pipe
Temperature sensor not connected or is connected incorrectly
F86 Fault Underfloor heating contact Underfloor heating contact open sensor disconnected or defective
F87 Fault Electrodes Electrodes not connected or they are connected incorrectly short circuit inthe cable harness
F88 Fault Gas valve Gas valve not connected or it is connected incorrectly short circuit in thecable harness
F89 Fault Pump Pump not connected or it is connected incorrectly incorrect pump connec-ted short circuit in the cable harness
Appendix
36 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
Connection No communication between the PCBand the user interface
Electronics defective
E Wiring diagram Pure boiler
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
X21 41
32
eBUS
RT 24V
Burner off
X106
13
41
3
123
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~2
6
7
9
8
1
3
4
5
11
10
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Temperature sensor on the heating flow
4 Temperature sensor on the heating return
5 Fan
6 Gas valve assembly
7 Pressure sensor
8 External ignition transformer
9 Heating pump
10 Ionisation and ignition electrode
11 Main power supply and connection for 230 V control
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 37
F Connection diagram Pure boiler (30 kW)
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
X21LN
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
13
41
3
123
eBUS
Burner off
X106
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~
X12LN
2
7
8
109
1
43
5
6
12 11
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Control system
4 Temperature sensor in the heating flow
5 Temperature sensor in the heating return
6 Fan
7 Gas valve
8 Pressure sensor
9 Ionisation electrode
10 Heating pump
11 Ignition electrode
12 Main power supply
Appendix
38 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
G Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview
The table below lists the manufacturer requirements with respect to minimum inspection and maintenance intervals If na-tional regulations and directives require shorter inspection and maintenance intervals you should observe these instead ofthe intervals listed in the table
No WorkInspection(annual)
Mainten-ance
(must becarried outat regularintervals)
1Check the airflue pipe for leak-tightness and to ensure that it is fastened correctly Make surethat it is not blocked or damaged and has been installed in accordance with the relevant Installa-tion Manual
X X
2Check the general condition of the product Remove dirt from the product and from the vacuumchamber
X X
3Visually inspect the general condition of the heat exchanger In doing so pay particular attentionto signs of corrosion rust and other defects If you notice any damage carry out maintenancework
X X
4Check the gas connection pressure at maximum heat input If the gas connection pressure is notwithin the correct range carry out maintenance work
X X
5Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product and if necessary adjust it Keep a record ofthis
X X
6Disconnect the product from the power mains Check that the electrical plug connections andother connections are seated correctly and correct these if necessary
X X
7 Close the gas isolator cock and the service valves X X
8Drain the product on the water side Check the pre-charge pressure of the expansion vesseland if required top up the expansion vessel (approx 003 MPa03 bar below the system fillingpressure)
X
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit X
10Check the seals in the combustion area If you see any damage replace the seals Replace bothburner seals each time it is opened and accordingly each time maintenance work is carried out
X
11 Clean the heat exchanger X
12 Check the burner for damage and replace it if necessary X
13 Check the condensate siphon in the product clean and fill if necessary X X
14 Install the gas-air mixture unit Caution Replace the seals X
15 Open the gas isolator cock reconnect the product to the power mains and switch the product on X X
16Open the service valves fill the productheating installation to 005-03 MPa05-30 bar (depend-ing on the static height of the heating installation) and start the purging programme PXX
X
17Carry out a test operation of the product and heating installation and if required purge the sys-tem once more
X X
18 Visually inspect the ignition and burner behaviour X X
19 Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product again X
20 Check the product for gas flue gas water and condensate leaks and repair if necessary X X
21 Record the inspectionmaintenance work carried out X X
Note For those appliances which are not part of an annual service agreementpolicy maintenance must be carried out at least every5 years
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 39
H Position of the opening in the airflue pipe
GN
N
MM
A
II
O
H
H
CBLJ
Q Q
Q
Q
Q
K
P
D E
FI
S
R
T
H1 Positioning of the opening of a fan-supported flue gas pipe
Installation siteMinimum dimen-sions
A Directly below an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
B Above an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
C Horizontally to an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
DBelow temperature-sensitive building components eg plastic gutters down pipes or wastewaterpipes
75 mm
E Below eaves 200 mm
F Below balconies or car port roofs 200 mm
G From vertical wastewater pipes or down pipes 150 mm
H From external or internal corners 200 mm
I Above floors roofs or balconies 300 mm
J From a surface facing a terminal 600 mm
K From a terminal facing a terminal 1200 mm
L From an opening in the car port (eg door window) which leads into the dwelling 1200 mm
M Vertical from a terminal on the same wall 1500 mm
N Horizontal from a terminal on the same wall 300 mm
O From the wall on which the terminal has been installed 0 mm
P From a vertical structure on the roof 300 mm
Q Above the roof area 300 mm
R Horizontal from adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
S Above adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
T Below adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 2000 mm
Appendix
40 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
H2 Horizontal terminal positioning
BS 5440-1 recommends that fanned flue chimney terminals should be positioned as follows
a) at least 2 m from an opening in the building directly opposite and
b) so that the products of combustion are not directed to discharge directly across a boundary if the products are likely tocause a nuisance to a neighbour or discharge over a walkway or patio
For IE see current issue of IS 813
For boilers covered within this manual
1) Dimensions D E F and G
These clearances may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler In order to ensure that the con-densate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces the terminal should be extended as shown below
Balconyeaves
Gutter
Adequately secured airflue gas pipe
The flue pipe mustprotrude beyond any overhang
2) Dimension H
This clearance may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler However in order to ensure thatthe condensate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces a clearance of 300 mm is preferred
For 1 and 2 above you can use a flue gas management kit to enable the termination point to be positioned and directed awayfrom the building fabric
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 41
I Commissioning Checklist
copy Heating and Hotwater Industry Council (HHIC)
wwwcentralheatingcouk
Benchmark Commissioning and Servicing SectionIt is a requirement that the boiler is installed and commissioned to the
completed in full
Appendix
42 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
This Commissioning Checklist is to be completed in full by the competent person who commissioned the boiler as a means of demonstrating compliance with the appropriate Building Regulations and then handed to the customer to keep for future reference
GAS BOILER SYSTEM COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST
CONTROLS
Optimum start control
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
ALL SYSTEMS
Yes
Yes
CENTRAL HEATING MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
COMBINATION BOILERS ONLY
Yes
Yes
DOMESTIC HOT WATER MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
Yes Temperature
CONDENSING BOILERS ONLY
Yes
ALL INSTALLATIONS
AND sup2 Ratio
AND sup2 Ratio
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 43
It is recommended that your heating system is serviced regularly and that the appropriate Service Interval Record is completed
Service Provider
SERVICE RECORD
SERVICE 01
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 02
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 03
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 04
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 05
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 06
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 07
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 08
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 09
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 10
AND sup2 AND sup2
Appendix
44 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
PRIOR TO CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO CHECKThe boiler manufacturerrsquos installation instructions should have been followed gas type verified and gas
supply pressurerate checked as required prior to commissioningAs part of the installation process especially where a flue has been fitted by persons other than the boiler installer visually check the integrity of the whole flue system to confirm that all components are correctly assembled fixed and supported Check that manufacturerrsquos max flue lengths have not been
exceeded and all guidance has been followed (eg Gas Safe Technical Bulletin TB008)The flue gas analyser should be of the correct type as specified by BS 7967
Prior to its use the flue gas analyser should have been maintained and calibrated as specified by the manufacturer The installer must have the relevant competence for use of the analyser
Check and zero the analyser IN FRESH AIR as per analyser manufacturerrsquos instructions
NOTETHE AIR GAS RATIO VALVE IS FACTORY
SET AND MUST NOT BE ADJUSTED DURING COMMISSIONING UNLESS THIS ACTION IS RECOMMENDED FOLLOWING CONTACT WITH THE MANUFACTURER
If any such adjustment is recommended and further checking of the boiler is required the
installerservice engineer must be competent to carry out this work and to use the flue gas
analyser accordinglyIf the boiler requires conversion to operate with
a different gas family (eg conversion from natural gas to LPG) separate guidance will be
provided by the boiler manufacturer
CARRY OUT FLUE INTEGRITY CHECK USING ANALYSERInsert analyser probe into air inlet test point and allow readings to stabiliseNOTE - where no air inlet test point is provided then a flue integrity check
with the analyser is not possible The installer should verify that flue integrity has been visually checked in accordance with the ldquoPrior to
CO and combustion ratio checkrdquo box above before proceeding to the ldquoCheck CO and combustion ratio at maximum raterdquo stage below
SET BOILER TO MINIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at minimum rate (to
minimum load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - If manufacturerrsquos instructions do not specify how to set boiler to minimum
rate contact Technical Helpline for advice
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MINIMUM RATEWith boiler still set at minimum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas sampling
point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is not
specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MAX RATEWith boiler still set at maximum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas
sampling point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is
not specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
SET BOILER TO MAXIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at max rate
(full load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - Do not insert analyser probe during this period to avoid
possible ldquofloodingrdquo of sensor
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
BOILER IS OPERATING SATISFACTORILYno further actions required
Ensure test points are capped boiler case is correctly replaced and all other commissioning procedures are completed
Complete Benchmark Checklist recording CO and combustion ratio readings as required
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED
VERIFY FLUE INTEGRITYAnalyser readings indicate that combustion products and inlet air must be mixing Further investigation of
the flue is therefore requiredCheck that flue components are assembled fixed and supported as per boilerflue manufacturerrsquos
instructionsCheck that flue and flue terminal are not obstructed
IsCO less than
335ppmand
COCO2 ratio less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
Check all seals around the appliance burner internal flue seals door and case seals
Rectify where necessary
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED IF
COMMISSIONING CANNOT BE FULLY COMPLETED THE APPLIANCE MUST BE
DISCONNECTED FROM THE GAS SUPPLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GSIUR
NOTE Check and record CO and combustion ratio at both max and min rate before contacting the
manufacturer
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YESYES
YES
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 45
J Pipe lengths for the airflue pipe
J1 Length of the C13 type airflue pipe
Applicability C13 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C13 type airfluepipe
C13 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J2 Length of the C33 type airflue pipe
Applicability C33 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C33 type airfluepipe
C33 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J3 Length of the C43 type airflue pipe
Applicability C43 type airflue pipe
Diameter of theairflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L)
C43 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
Appendix
46 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
K Technical data
Technical data ndash Heating
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 530 lh 655 lh 788 lh 1094 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 353 lh 436 lh 525 lh 729 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
123 lh 153 lh 184 lh 255 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 1102 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 876 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
306 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
Technical data ndash G20 powerloading G20The lowest nominal heat output may be higher than the value in the technical data depending on the design of the systemand the current operating status
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 12 kW 15 kW 18 kW 25 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
48 hellip 130 kW 48 hellip 162 kW 53 hellip 195 kW 65 hellip 270 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
47 hellip 128 kW 47 hellip 159 kW 52 hellip 191 kW 64 hellip 265 kW
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
45 hellip 123 kW 45 hellip 152 kW 50 hellip 183 kW 61 hellip 254 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
44 hellip 150 kW 44 hellip 180 kW 49 hellip 252 kW 60 hellip 300 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
123 kW 153 kW 184 kW 255 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
153 kW 184 kW 257 kW 306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 30 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
76 hellip 324 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
75 hellip 318 kW
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 47
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
72 hellip 305 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
71 hellip 350 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
72 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
357 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
72 kW
Technical data ndash General
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch 34 inch 34 inch 34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h 32 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
13 msup3h 16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0476 msup3h 0480 msup3h 0533 msup3h 0648 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
206 gs 208 gs 231 gs 281 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
55 gs 69 gs 83 gs 115 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
69 gs 83 gs 116 gs 138 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
55 55 60 77
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
55 55 55 55
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
43 48 51 62
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
32 32 34 35
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
71 71 69 68
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
105 105 105 95
Released system types C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996 996 996 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040 1040 1040 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060 1060 1060 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085 1085 1085 1085
NOx class 5 5 5 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm
Appendix
48 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Net weight 31 kg 31 kg 31 kg 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 35 kg 35 kg 35 kg 36 kg
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
38 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
32 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0762 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
330 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
138 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
161 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
82
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
37
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
75
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
104
Released system types C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085
NOx class 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm
Net weight 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 36 kg
Technical data ndash Electrics
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 49
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max electrical power consump-tion
65 W 75 W 66 W 75 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W
Level of protection IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V
Max electrical power consump-tion
60 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W
Level of protection IPX4D
Index
50 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Index
AAirflue pipe installed 5BBurner anti-cycling time 20Bypass valve 22CCE label 8Check programmes 29
Using 15Checking the burner 25Checking the pre-charge pressure of the expansionvessel 25Cleaning the condensate siphon 25Cleaning the heat exchanger 24CO₂ content
Checking 20 23Competent person 4Completing inspection work 25Completing maintenance work 25Condensate discharge pipe 12Condensate siphon
Filling 18Controller 14Corrosion 5DDecommissioning 28Decommissioning the product 28Diagnostics codes
Using 15Documents 7Draining the product 25EElectricity 5Expansion relief valve 28FFault codes 26Fault memory 26Fault messages 26Fault symbol 15Flow rate-pressure curves 21Flue gas route 5Front casing closed 5Frost 5GGas family check 16Gas flow rate 18HHanding over to the end user 22High-efficiency pump 21High-efficiency pump output 21IIdentification plate 7If you smell flue gas 5If you smell gas 4Inspection work 22 38Installation site 5Intended use 4LLeak-tightness 20 25 28
MMains connection 14Maintenance work 22 38Minimum clearance 9PPower supply 14Preparing the repair work 26Preparing repair work 26Pressure sensor 28Pump head 27QQualification 4RRegulations 6Removing the air intake pipe 24Removing the burner 24Removing the flue gas pipe 24Removing the front casing 10Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24Removing the ignition transformer 24Removing the side section 10Replacing the burner 26Replacing the expansion vessel 27Replacing the heat exchanger 26Replacing the main PCB 28Replacing expansion vessel 27Resetting the burner anti-cycling time 21SSafety device 5Schematic drawing 5Setting the burner anti-cycling time 20Spare parts 23Switching on the product 17TTool 6Transport 5Transporting 8Treating the heating water 16UUnloading the box 8Unpacking the product 8User interface replacing the PCB 28Using
Check programmes 15Diagnostics codes 15
VVoltage 5WWall-mounting the product 9Weight 9
0020200964_04
ManufacturerSupplierVaillant Group UK LTD
Nottingham Road ‒ Belper ‒ Derbyshire DE56 1JQ
Telephone 01773 824639 ‒ Technical helpline 0330 100 7679
After sales service 0330 100 3142
wwwglow-wormcouk
0020200964_04 ‒ 16112017
copy These instructions or parts thereof are protected by copyright and may be repro-duced or distributed only with the manufacturers written consent
We reserve the right to make technical changes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 29
Appendix
A Check programmes ndash Overview
Note
Since the programme table is used for various products some programmes may not be visible for the product inquestion
Display Meaning
P01 Burner operation on adjustable heat input
The product operates after ignition with the heat input set between 0 (0 = Pmin) and 100 (100 = Pmax)
The function is active for 15 minutes
P02 Burner operation at ignition load
After ignition the product works at ignition load
The function is active for 15 minutes
P03 The product runs in heating mode with the maximum heat input set using diagnostics code d00
P04 Maximum output function
If there is a hot water request the product runs in hot water handling mode and at maximum heat load
If there is no hot water request the product runs with the heating partial load that is set via diagnostics coded00 and in heating mode
The function is active for 15 minutes
P05 Filling the product
The diverter valve moves to the mid-position The burner and pump switch off (to fill or drain the product)
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is active for 15 minutes
P06 Purging the heating circuit
The diverter valve is moved to the heating position
The function is activated in the heating circuit for 15 minutes
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
P07 Purging the hot water circuit
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
The pump runs and stops at regular intervals
If required this function can be manually switched off
Automatic air ventfunction
Purging the product
If the pressure is lower than 003 MPa (03 bar) and then is above 005 MPa (05 bar) for longer than 15seconds the automatic purging function is activated
The function is activated in the small hot water circuit for 4 minutes and then in the heating circuit for 1 minute
This function cannot be manually switched off
B Overview of diagnostics codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d00 Heating maximum output ndash ndash kW The maximum heating outputvaries depending on the product
rarr Section Technical data
Automatic Unit automaticallyadjusts the maximum output tothe current system demand
rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d01 Pump overrun in heatingmode
1 60 min 1 5 Adjustable
d02 Maximum burner anti-cycling time in heatingmode
2 60 min 1 20 Adjustable
Appendix
30 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d04 Water temperature in thecylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d05 Determined heating flowset target temperature
Current value ndash ndash Not
adjustable
d06 Hot water set target tem-perature
Current value (Combination unit only) ndash Notadjustable
d07 Set target temperaturefor the domestic hot wa-ter cylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d08 Status of the 230 V ther-mostat
Current value ndash 0 = Room thermostat open (noheat requirement)
1 = Room thermostat closed(heat requirement)
ndash Notadjustable
d09 Heating flow set targettemperature that is seton the eBUS room ther-mostat
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d10 Status of the internalpump in the heating cir-cuit
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d11 Status of the heatingcircuits shunt pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d13 Status of the hot watercircuits circulation pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d14 Operating mode of themodulating pump
0 5 ndash 0 = variable rotational speed(auto)
1 2 3 4 5 = Fixed rotationalspeeds rarr Section Setting thepump output
0 Adjustable
d15 Pump speed Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d16 Status of the 24 V roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Heating off
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d17 Heating control ndash ndash ndash off = Flow temperature
on = Return temperature (ad-justment for underfloor heatingIf you have activated the returntemperature control the auto-matic heating output determina-tion function is not active)
0 Adjustable
d18 Pump overrun operatingmode
1 3 ndash 1 = Continuous (pump runs per-manently)
3 = Eco (intermittent pump modendash for the dissipation of the resid-ual heat after hot water gener-ation at an extremely low heatdemand)
1 Adjustable
d19 Pump operating mode 2stage pump
0 3 ndash 0 = Burner mode stage 2 pumpflowoverrun stage 1
1 = Heating mode and pumpflowoverrun stage 1 hot waterhandling mode stage 2
2 = Automatic heating modepump flowoverrun stage 1 hotwater handling mode stage 2
3 = Stage 2
3 Adjustable
d20 Maximum hot water settarget temperature
50 60 1 60 Adjustable
d21 Status of the warm startfor hot water
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated andavailable
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 31
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d22 Status of the hot waterrequest
Current value ndash off = No current requirement
on = Current requirement
ndash Notadjustable
d23 Status of the heatingdemand
Current value ndash off = Heating off (Summer mode)
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d24 Status of the pressuremonitor
0 1 ndash off = Not switched
on = Switched
ndash Notadjustable
d25 Status of the requirementto reheat the cylinder orfor the hot water warmstart from the eBUS ther-mostat
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
ndash Notadjustable
d27 Function of relay 1(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
1 Adjustable
d28 Function of relay 2(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
2 Adjustable
d31 Automatic filling device 0 2 ndash 0 = Manual
1 = Semi-automatic
2 = Automatic
0 Adjustable
d33 Fan speed target value Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d34 Value for the fan speed Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d35 Position of the divertervalve
Current value ndash 0 = Heating
40 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
100 = Domestic hot water
ndash Notadjustable
d36 Value for the hot waterflow
Current value lmin ndash ndash Notadjustable
d39 Water temperature in thesolar circuit
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d40 Heating flow temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d41 Heating return temperat-ure
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d43 Heating curve 02 4 ndash 01 12 Adjustable
d45 Value for the base pointof the heating curve
15 30 ndash 1 20 Adjustable
d47 Outside temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d50 Correction of the min-imum fan speed
0 3000 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
600 Adjustable
Appendix
32 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d51 Correction of the max-imum fan speed
-2500 0 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
-1000 Adjustable
d58 Solar circuit reheating 0 3 ndash 0 = Boilers Legionella protectionfunction deactivated
3 = Hot water activated (mintarget value 60 degC)
0 Adjustable
d60 Number of blocks by thetemperature limiter
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d61 Number of unsuccessfulignitions
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d62 Night set-back 0 30 ndash 1 0 Adjustable
d64 Average burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d65 Maximum burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d66 Activation of the warmstart function for hot wa-ter
ndash ndash ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
1 Adjustable
d67 Remaining burner anti-cycling time (setting un-der d02)
Current value min ndash ndash Notadjustable
d68 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 1st attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d69 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 2nd attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d70 Operation of the divertervalve
0 2 ndash 0 = Normal operating mode(DHW and heating mode)
1 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
2 = Permanent heating modeposition
0 Adjustable
d71 Maximum heating flowset target temperature
45 80 1 rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d73 Correction of the hot wa-ter warm start temperat-ure
-15 5 K 1 0 Adjustable
d75 Maximum cylinder re-heating time
20 90 min 1 45 Adjustable
d77 Max cylinder reheating ndash ndash kW 1
rarr Section Technical data
ndash Adjustable
d80 Running time in heatingmode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d81 Running time in hot wa-ter handling mode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d82 Number of burner igni-tions in heating mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d83 Number of burner igni-tions in hot water hand-ling mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d84 Maintenance in 0 3000 h Number of hours = Display valuex 10
300 Notadjustable
d85 Increase in the min out-put (heating and hot wa-ter handling mode)
ndash ndash kW 1 ndash Adjustable
d88 Flow rate limit valuefor ignition in hot waterhandling mode
0 1 ndash 0 = 17 lmin (no delay)
1 = 37 lmin (2 s delay)
0 Adjustable
d90 Status of the eBUS roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Not connected
on = Connected
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 33
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d91 Status DCF77 Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d93 Setting the product code 0 99 ndash 1
The Device Specific Number(DSN) can be found on the iden-tification plate
ndash Adjustable
d94 Delete fault list 0 1 ndash off = No
on = Yes
ndash Adjustable
d95 Software versions ndash ndash ndash 1 = Main PCB
2 = Interface PCB
ndash Adjustable
d96 Default setting (reset) ndash ndash ndash 0 = No
1 = Yes
ndash Adjustable
C Status codes ndash Overview
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Status code Meaning
Displays in heating mode
S0 Heating mode No requirement
S01 Heating mode Advance fan operation
S02 Heating mode Pump pre-run
S03 Heating mode Burner ignition
S04 Heating mode Burner on
S05 Heating mode Pumpfan overrun
S06 Heating mode Fan overrun
S07 Heating mode Pump overrun
S08 Heating mode Temporary shutdown after heating procedure
Displays in hot water handling mode
S10 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S11 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S13 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S14 DHW mode Burner on
S15 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S16 DHW mode Fan overrun
S17 DHW mode Pump overrun
Display in Comfort mode with warm start or hot water handling mode with cylinder
S20 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S21 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S22 Hot water handling mode Pump pre-run
S23 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S24 DHW mode Burner on
S25 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S26 DHW mode Fan overrun
S27 DHW mode Pump overrun
S28 Hot water handling mode Temporary shutdown of the burner
Other displays
S30 Room thermostat is blocking heating mode
S31 No heating demand Summer mode eBUS controller waiting period
Appendix
34 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Status code Meaning
S32 Fan waiting time Fan speed outside of the tolerance values
S33 Forced fan operation until the pressure monitor is switched
S34 Frost protection active
S39 Underfloor heating contact open
S41 Water pressure too high
S42 Flue non-return flap closed
S46 Frost protection mode (Comfort) Minimum load
S53 Product in waiting periodoperation block function due to low water pressure (flowreturn spread too large)
S54 Waiting period Low water pressure in the circuit (flowreturn spread too large)
S76 Maintenance message Check the water pressure
S88 Product purging active
S91 Maintenance Demo mode
S96 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S97 Automatic test programme Water pressure sensor heating demands blocked
S98 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S99 Internal automatic test programmes
S108 Purging the combustion chamber fan in operation
S109 Products standby mode activated
D Overview of fault codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F00 Fault Flow temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F01 Fault Return temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F10 Short circuit Flow temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F11 Short circuit Return temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F12 andF91
Short circuit Cylinder temperaturesensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F13 Short circuit Domestic hot water cylindertemperature sensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F20 Safety switch-off Overheating temperat-ure reached
Incorrect earth connection between cable harness and product flow or returnNTC defective (loose connection) stray spark via ignition cable ignition plugor ignition electrode
F22 Safety switch-off Low water pressure inthe boiler
No or insufficient water in the product water pressure sensor de-fective cable to the pump or to the water pressure sensor loosenotconnecteddefective
F23 Safety switch-off Temperature differencetoo great (NTC1NTC2)
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product flow and return NTCsensors connected the wrong way round
F24 Safety switch-off Temperature rise toofast
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product system pressure toolow non-return valve blockedincorrectly installed
F25 Safety switch-off Flue gas temperaturetoo high
Break in plug connection for optional flue gas safety cut-out (STB) break incable harness
F27 Safety switch-off Fault in flame detection Moisture on the electronics electronics (flame monitor) defective gas solen-oid valve leaking
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 35
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F28 Fault Ignition unsuccessful when startingup
Gas meter defective or gas pressure monitor has triggered air in gas gasflow pressure too low thermal isolator device (TAE) has triggered incorrectgas restrictor incorrect spare gas valve fault on the gas valve multiple plugon PCB incorrectly plugged in break in cable harness ignition system (ig-nition transformer ignition cable ignition plug ignition electrode) defectiveionisation current interrupted (cable electrode) incorrect earthing of productelectronics defective
F29 Fault Flame loss Gas supply temporarily stopped flue gas recirculation incorrect earthing ofproduct ignition transformer has spark failure
F32 Fan frost protection function active Fanspeed outside the tolerance values
Plug on fan not correctly plugged in multiple plug on PCB not correctlyplugged in break in cable harness fan blocked Hall sensor defective elec-tronics defective
F49 eBUS fault Voltage too low Short circuit on eBUS eBUS overload or two power supplies with differentpolarities on the eBUS
F61 Fault Gas valve control system Short circuitshort to earth in cable harness for the gas valve gas valvedefective (coils shorted to earth) electronics defective
F62 Fault Gas valve switch-off control Delayed switch-off of gas valve delayed extinguishing of flame signal gasvalve leaking electronics defective
F63 Fault EEPROM Electronics defective
F64 Fault Electronicssensoranalogue-to-digital converter
Flow or return NTC short circuited electronics defective
F65 Fault Electronics temperature too high Electronics overheating due to external influences electronics defective
F67 Value sent back by ASIC is incorrect(flame signal)
Implausible flame signal electronics defective
F68 Fault Unstable flame (analogue input) Air in gas gas flow pressure too low incorrect air ratio incorrect gas re-strictor ionisation flow interruption (cable electrode)
F70 Invalid product code (DSN) Display and PCB replaced at same time and Device Specific Number notreset wrong or missing output range coding resistance
F71 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Flow temperature sensor signalling constant value Flow temperature sensorincorrectly positioned on supply pipe flow temperature sensor defective
F72 Fault Deviation in the water pressuresensorreturn temperature sensor
Flowreturn NTC temperature difference too great rarr flow andor return tem-perature sensor defective
F73 Fault Water pressure sensor not con-nected or has short-circuited
Interruptionshort circuit of water pressure sensor interruptionshort circuitto GND in supply line to water pressure sensor or water pressure sensordefective
F74 Fault Electrical problem in the waterpressure sensor
Line to water pressure sensor has a short circuit to 5 V24 V or internal faultin the water pressure sensor
F75 Fault Pressure sensor Pressure switch defective
F76 The safety cut-out in the primary heatexchanger is defective
Safety cut-out feedback does not match the gas valve feedback
F77 Fault Condensate or smoke No response flue non-return flap defective
F78 Interruption to DHW outlet sensor atexternal controller
UK link box is connected but hot water NTC not bridged
F83 Fault Dry fire When the burner starts the temperature change registered at the flow orreturn temperature sensor is non-existent or too small Insufficient waterin the product the flow or return temperature sensor is not in the correctposition on the pipe
F84 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Values not consistent difference lt -6 K
Flow and return temperature sensors signalling implausible values Flow andreturn temperature sensors have been inverted flow and return temperaturesensors have not been correctly installed
F85 Fault Temperature sensor The flow andor return temperature sensors have been installed on the samepipeincorrect pipe
Temperature sensor not connected or is connected incorrectly
F86 Fault Underfloor heating contact Underfloor heating contact open sensor disconnected or defective
F87 Fault Electrodes Electrodes not connected or they are connected incorrectly short circuit inthe cable harness
F88 Fault Gas valve Gas valve not connected or it is connected incorrectly short circuit in thecable harness
F89 Fault Pump Pump not connected or it is connected incorrectly incorrect pump connec-ted short circuit in the cable harness
Appendix
36 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
Connection No communication between the PCBand the user interface
Electronics defective
E Wiring diagram Pure boiler
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
X21 41
32
eBUS
RT 24V
Burner off
X106
13
41
3
123
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~2
6
7
9
8
1
3
4
5
11
10
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Temperature sensor on the heating flow
4 Temperature sensor on the heating return
5 Fan
6 Gas valve assembly
7 Pressure sensor
8 External ignition transformer
9 Heating pump
10 Ionisation and ignition electrode
11 Main power supply and connection for 230 V control
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 37
F Connection diagram Pure boiler (30 kW)
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
X21LN
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
13
41
3
123
eBUS
Burner off
X106
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~
X12LN
2
7
8
109
1
43
5
6
12 11
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Control system
4 Temperature sensor in the heating flow
5 Temperature sensor in the heating return
6 Fan
7 Gas valve
8 Pressure sensor
9 Ionisation electrode
10 Heating pump
11 Ignition electrode
12 Main power supply
Appendix
38 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
G Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview
The table below lists the manufacturer requirements with respect to minimum inspection and maintenance intervals If na-tional regulations and directives require shorter inspection and maintenance intervals you should observe these instead ofthe intervals listed in the table
No WorkInspection(annual)
Mainten-ance
(must becarried outat regularintervals)
1Check the airflue pipe for leak-tightness and to ensure that it is fastened correctly Make surethat it is not blocked or damaged and has been installed in accordance with the relevant Installa-tion Manual
X X
2Check the general condition of the product Remove dirt from the product and from the vacuumchamber
X X
3Visually inspect the general condition of the heat exchanger In doing so pay particular attentionto signs of corrosion rust and other defects If you notice any damage carry out maintenancework
X X
4Check the gas connection pressure at maximum heat input If the gas connection pressure is notwithin the correct range carry out maintenance work
X X
5Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product and if necessary adjust it Keep a record ofthis
X X
6Disconnect the product from the power mains Check that the electrical plug connections andother connections are seated correctly and correct these if necessary
X X
7 Close the gas isolator cock and the service valves X X
8Drain the product on the water side Check the pre-charge pressure of the expansion vesseland if required top up the expansion vessel (approx 003 MPa03 bar below the system fillingpressure)
X
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit X
10Check the seals in the combustion area If you see any damage replace the seals Replace bothburner seals each time it is opened and accordingly each time maintenance work is carried out
X
11 Clean the heat exchanger X
12 Check the burner for damage and replace it if necessary X
13 Check the condensate siphon in the product clean and fill if necessary X X
14 Install the gas-air mixture unit Caution Replace the seals X
15 Open the gas isolator cock reconnect the product to the power mains and switch the product on X X
16Open the service valves fill the productheating installation to 005-03 MPa05-30 bar (depend-ing on the static height of the heating installation) and start the purging programme PXX
X
17Carry out a test operation of the product and heating installation and if required purge the sys-tem once more
X X
18 Visually inspect the ignition and burner behaviour X X
19 Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product again X
20 Check the product for gas flue gas water and condensate leaks and repair if necessary X X
21 Record the inspectionmaintenance work carried out X X
Note For those appliances which are not part of an annual service agreementpolicy maintenance must be carried out at least every5 years
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 39
H Position of the opening in the airflue pipe
GN
N
MM
A
II
O
H
H
CBLJ
Q Q
Q
Q
Q
K
P
D E
FI
S
R
T
H1 Positioning of the opening of a fan-supported flue gas pipe
Installation siteMinimum dimen-sions
A Directly below an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
B Above an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
C Horizontally to an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
DBelow temperature-sensitive building components eg plastic gutters down pipes or wastewaterpipes
75 mm
E Below eaves 200 mm
F Below balconies or car port roofs 200 mm
G From vertical wastewater pipes or down pipes 150 mm
H From external or internal corners 200 mm
I Above floors roofs or balconies 300 mm
J From a surface facing a terminal 600 mm
K From a terminal facing a terminal 1200 mm
L From an opening in the car port (eg door window) which leads into the dwelling 1200 mm
M Vertical from a terminal on the same wall 1500 mm
N Horizontal from a terminal on the same wall 300 mm
O From the wall on which the terminal has been installed 0 mm
P From a vertical structure on the roof 300 mm
Q Above the roof area 300 mm
R Horizontal from adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
S Above adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
T Below adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 2000 mm
Appendix
40 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
H2 Horizontal terminal positioning
BS 5440-1 recommends that fanned flue chimney terminals should be positioned as follows
a) at least 2 m from an opening in the building directly opposite and
b) so that the products of combustion are not directed to discharge directly across a boundary if the products are likely tocause a nuisance to a neighbour or discharge over a walkway or patio
For IE see current issue of IS 813
For boilers covered within this manual
1) Dimensions D E F and G
These clearances may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler In order to ensure that the con-densate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces the terminal should be extended as shown below
Balconyeaves
Gutter
Adequately secured airflue gas pipe
The flue pipe mustprotrude beyond any overhang
2) Dimension H
This clearance may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler However in order to ensure thatthe condensate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces a clearance of 300 mm is preferred
For 1 and 2 above you can use a flue gas management kit to enable the termination point to be positioned and directed awayfrom the building fabric
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 41
I Commissioning Checklist
copy Heating and Hotwater Industry Council (HHIC)
wwwcentralheatingcouk
Benchmark Commissioning and Servicing SectionIt is a requirement that the boiler is installed and commissioned to the
completed in full
Appendix
42 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
This Commissioning Checklist is to be completed in full by the competent person who commissioned the boiler as a means of demonstrating compliance with the appropriate Building Regulations and then handed to the customer to keep for future reference
GAS BOILER SYSTEM COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST
CONTROLS
Optimum start control
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
ALL SYSTEMS
Yes
Yes
CENTRAL HEATING MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
COMBINATION BOILERS ONLY
Yes
Yes
DOMESTIC HOT WATER MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
Yes Temperature
CONDENSING BOILERS ONLY
Yes
ALL INSTALLATIONS
AND sup2 Ratio
AND sup2 Ratio
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 43
It is recommended that your heating system is serviced regularly and that the appropriate Service Interval Record is completed
Service Provider
SERVICE RECORD
SERVICE 01
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 02
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 03
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 04
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 05
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 06
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 07
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 08
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 09
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 10
AND sup2 AND sup2
Appendix
44 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
PRIOR TO CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO CHECKThe boiler manufacturerrsquos installation instructions should have been followed gas type verified and gas
supply pressurerate checked as required prior to commissioningAs part of the installation process especially where a flue has been fitted by persons other than the boiler installer visually check the integrity of the whole flue system to confirm that all components are correctly assembled fixed and supported Check that manufacturerrsquos max flue lengths have not been
exceeded and all guidance has been followed (eg Gas Safe Technical Bulletin TB008)The flue gas analyser should be of the correct type as specified by BS 7967
Prior to its use the flue gas analyser should have been maintained and calibrated as specified by the manufacturer The installer must have the relevant competence for use of the analyser
Check and zero the analyser IN FRESH AIR as per analyser manufacturerrsquos instructions
NOTETHE AIR GAS RATIO VALVE IS FACTORY
SET AND MUST NOT BE ADJUSTED DURING COMMISSIONING UNLESS THIS ACTION IS RECOMMENDED FOLLOWING CONTACT WITH THE MANUFACTURER
If any such adjustment is recommended and further checking of the boiler is required the
installerservice engineer must be competent to carry out this work and to use the flue gas
analyser accordinglyIf the boiler requires conversion to operate with
a different gas family (eg conversion from natural gas to LPG) separate guidance will be
provided by the boiler manufacturer
CARRY OUT FLUE INTEGRITY CHECK USING ANALYSERInsert analyser probe into air inlet test point and allow readings to stabiliseNOTE - where no air inlet test point is provided then a flue integrity check
with the analyser is not possible The installer should verify that flue integrity has been visually checked in accordance with the ldquoPrior to
CO and combustion ratio checkrdquo box above before proceeding to the ldquoCheck CO and combustion ratio at maximum raterdquo stage below
SET BOILER TO MINIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at minimum rate (to
minimum load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - If manufacturerrsquos instructions do not specify how to set boiler to minimum
rate contact Technical Helpline for advice
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MINIMUM RATEWith boiler still set at minimum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas sampling
point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is not
specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MAX RATEWith boiler still set at maximum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas
sampling point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is
not specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
SET BOILER TO MAXIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at max rate
(full load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - Do not insert analyser probe during this period to avoid
possible ldquofloodingrdquo of sensor
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
BOILER IS OPERATING SATISFACTORILYno further actions required
Ensure test points are capped boiler case is correctly replaced and all other commissioning procedures are completed
Complete Benchmark Checklist recording CO and combustion ratio readings as required
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED
VERIFY FLUE INTEGRITYAnalyser readings indicate that combustion products and inlet air must be mixing Further investigation of
the flue is therefore requiredCheck that flue components are assembled fixed and supported as per boilerflue manufacturerrsquos
instructionsCheck that flue and flue terminal are not obstructed
IsCO less than
335ppmand
COCO2 ratio less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
Check all seals around the appliance burner internal flue seals door and case seals
Rectify where necessary
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED IF
COMMISSIONING CANNOT BE FULLY COMPLETED THE APPLIANCE MUST BE
DISCONNECTED FROM THE GAS SUPPLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GSIUR
NOTE Check and record CO and combustion ratio at both max and min rate before contacting the
manufacturer
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YESYES
YES
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 45
J Pipe lengths for the airflue pipe
J1 Length of the C13 type airflue pipe
Applicability C13 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C13 type airfluepipe
C13 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J2 Length of the C33 type airflue pipe
Applicability C33 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C33 type airfluepipe
C33 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J3 Length of the C43 type airflue pipe
Applicability C43 type airflue pipe
Diameter of theairflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L)
C43 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
Appendix
46 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
K Technical data
Technical data ndash Heating
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 530 lh 655 lh 788 lh 1094 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 353 lh 436 lh 525 lh 729 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
123 lh 153 lh 184 lh 255 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 1102 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 876 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
306 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
Technical data ndash G20 powerloading G20The lowest nominal heat output may be higher than the value in the technical data depending on the design of the systemand the current operating status
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 12 kW 15 kW 18 kW 25 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
48 hellip 130 kW 48 hellip 162 kW 53 hellip 195 kW 65 hellip 270 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
47 hellip 128 kW 47 hellip 159 kW 52 hellip 191 kW 64 hellip 265 kW
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
45 hellip 123 kW 45 hellip 152 kW 50 hellip 183 kW 61 hellip 254 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
44 hellip 150 kW 44 hellip 180 kW 49 hellip 252 kW 60 hellip 300 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
123 kW 153 kW 184 kW 255 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
153 kW 184 kW 257 kW 306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 30 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
76 hellip 324 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
75 hellip 318 kW
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 47
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
72 hellip 305 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
71 hellip 350 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
72 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
357 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
72 kW
Technical data ndash General
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch 34 inch 34 inch 34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h 32 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
13 msup3h 16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0476 msup3h 0480 msup3h 0533 msup3h 0648 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
206 gs 208 gs 231 gs 281 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
55 gs 69 gs 83 gs 115 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
69 gs 83 gs 116 gs 138 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
55 55 60 77
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
55 55 55 55
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
43 48 51 62
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
32 32 34 35
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
71 71 69 68
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
105 105 105 95
Released system types C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996 996 996 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040 1040 1040 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060 1060 1060 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085 1085 1085 1085
NOx class 5 5 5 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm
Appendix
48 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Net weight 31 kg 31 kg 31 kg 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 35 kg 35 kg 35 kg 36 kg
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
38 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
32 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0762 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
330 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
138 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
161 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
82
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
37
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
75
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
104
Released system types C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085
NOx class 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm
Net weight 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 36 kg
Technical data ndash Electrics
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 49
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max electrical power consump-tion
65 W 75 W 66 W 75 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W
Level of protection IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V
Max electrical power consump-tion
60 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W
Level of protection IPX4D
Index
50 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Index
AAirflue pipe installed 5BBurner anti-cycling time 20Bypass valve 22CCE label 8Check programmes 29
Using 15Checking the burner 25Checking the pre-charge pressure of the expansionvessel 25Cleaning the condensate siphon 25Cleaning the heat exchanger 24CO₂ content
Checking 20 23Competent person 4Completing inspection work 25Completing maintenance work 25Condensate discharge pipe 12Condensate siphon
Filling 18Controller 14Corrosion 5DDecommissioning 28Decommissioning the product 28Diagnostics codes
Using 15Documents 7Draining the product 25EElectricity 5Expansion relief valve 28FFault codes 26Fault memory 26Fault messages 26Fault symbol 15Flow rate-pressure curves 21Flue gas route 5Front casing closed 5Frost 5GGas family check 16Gas flow rate 18HHanding over to the end user 22High-efficiency pump 21High-efficiency pump output 21IIdentification plate 7If you smell flue gas 5If you smell gas 4Inspection work 22 38Installation site 5Intended use 4LLeak-tightness 20 25 28
MMains connection 14Maintenance work 22 38Minimum clearance 9PPower supply 14Preparing the repair work 26Preparing repair work 26Pressure sensor 28Pump head 27QQualification 4RRegulations 6Removing the air intake pipe 24Removing the burner 24Removing the flue gas pipe 24Removing the front casing 10Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24Removing the ignition transformer 24Removing the side section 10Replacing the burner 26Replacing the expansion vessel 27Replacing the heat exchanger 26Replacing the main PCB 28Replacing expansion vessel 27Resetting the burner anti-cycling time 21SSafety device 5Schematic drawing 5Setting the burner anti-cycling time 20Spare parts 23Switching on the product 17TTool 6Transport 5Transporting 8Treating the heating water 16UUnloading the box 8Unpacking the product 8User interface replacing the PCB 28Using
Check programmes 15Diagnostics codes 15
VVoltage 5WWall-mounting the product 9Weight 9
0020200964_04
ManufacturerSupplierVaillant Group UK LTD
Nottingham Road ‒ Belper ‒ Derbyshire DE56 1JQ
Telephone 01773 824639 ‒ Technical helpline 0330 100 7679
After sales service 0330 100 3142
wwwglow-wormcouk
0020200964_04 ‒ 16112017
copy These instructions or parts thereof are protected by copyright and may be repro-duced or distributed only with the manufacturers written consent
We reserve the right to make technical changes
Appendix
30 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d04 Water temperature in thecylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d05 Determined heating flowset target temperature
Current value ndash ndash Not
adjustable
d06 Hot water set target tem-perature
Current value (Combination unit only) ndash Notadjustable
d07 Set target temperaturefor the domestic hot wa-ter cylinder
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d08 Status of the 230 V ther-mostat
Current value ndash 0 = Room thermostat open (noheat requirement)
1 = Room thermostat closed(heat requirement)
ndash Notadjustable
d09 Heating flow set targettemperature that is seton the eBUS room ther-mostat
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d10 Status of the internalpump in the heating cir-cuit
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d11 Status of the heatingcircuits shunt pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d13 Status of the hot watercircuits circulation pump
Current value ndash off on ndash Notadjustable
d14 Operating mode of themodulating pump
0 5 ndash 0 = variable rotational speed(auto)
1 2 3 4 5 = Fixed rotationalspeeds rarr Section Setting thepump output
0 Adjustable
d15 Pump speed Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d16 Status of the 24 V roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Heating off
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d17 Heating control ndash ndash ndash off = Flow temperature
on = Return temperature (ad-justment for underfloor heatingIf you have activated the returntemperature control the auto-matic heating output determina-tion function is not active)
0 Adjustable
d18 Pump overrun operatingmode
1 3 ndash 1 = Continuous (pump runs per-manently)
3 = Eco (intermittent pump modendash for the dissipation of the resid-ual heat after hot water gener-ation at an extremely low heatdemand)
1 Adjustable
d19 Pump operating mode 2stage pump
0 3 ndash 0 = Burner mode stage 2 pumpflowoverrun stage 1
1 = Heating mode and pumpflowoverrun stage 1 hot waterhandling mode stage 2
2 = Automatic heating modepump flowoverrun stage 1 hotwater handling mode stage 2
3 = Stage 2
3 Adjustable
d20 Maximum hot water settarget temperature
50 60 1 60 Adjustable
d21 Status of the warm startfor hot water
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated andavailable
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 31
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d22 Status of the hot waterrequest
Current value ndash off = No current requirement
on = Current requirement
ndash Notadjustable
d23 Status of the heatingdemand
Current value ndash off = Heating off (Summer mode)
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d24 Status of the pressuremonitor
0 1 ndash off = Not switched
on = Switched
ndash Notadjustable
d25 Status of the requirementto reheat the cylinder orfor the hot water warmstart from the eBUS ther-mostat
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
ndash Notadjustable
d27 Function of relay 1(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
1 Adjustable
d28 Function of relay 2(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
2 Adjustable
d31 Automatic filling device 0 2 ndash 0 = Manual
1 = Semi-automatic
2 = Automatic
0 Adjustable
d33 Fan speed target value Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d34 Value for the fan speed Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d35 Position of the divertervalve
Current value ndash 0 = Heating
40 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
100 = Domestic hot water
ndash Notadjustable
d36 Value for the hot waterflow
Current value lmin ndash ndash Notadjustable
d39 Water temperature in thesolar circuit
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d40 Heating flow temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d41 Heating return temperat-ure
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d43 Heating curve 02 4 ndash 01 12 Adjustable
d45 Value for the base pointof the heating curve
15 30 ndash 1 20 Adjustable
d47 Outside temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d50 Correction of the min-imum fan speed
0 3000 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
600 Adjustable
Appendix
32 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d51 Correction of the max-imum fan speed
-2500 0 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
-1000 Adjustable
d58 Solar circuit reheating 0 3 ndash 0 = Boilers Legionella protectionfunction deactivated
3 = Hot water activated (mintarget value 60 degC)
0 Adjustable
d60 Number of blocks by thetemperature limiter
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d61 Number of unsuccessfulignitions
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d62 Night set-back 0 30 ndash 1 0 Adjustable
d64 Average burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d65 Maximum burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d66 Activation of the warmstart function for hot wa-ter
ndash ndash ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
1 Adjustable
d67 Remaining burner anti-cycling time (setting un-der d02)
Current value min ndash ndash Notadjustable
d68 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 1st attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d69 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 2nd attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d70 Operation of the divertervalve
0 2 ndash 0 = Normal operating mode(DHW and heating mode)
1 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
2 = Permanent heating modeposition
0 Adjustable
d71 Maximum heating flowset target temperature
45 80 1 rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d73 Correction of the hot wa-ter warm start temperat-ure
-15 5 K 1 0 Adjustable
d75 Maximum cylinder re-heating time
20 90 min 1 45 Adjustable
d77 Max cylinder reheating ndash ndash kW 1
rarr Section Technical data
ndash Adjustable
d80 Running time in heatingmode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d81 Running time in hot wa-ter handling mode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d82 Number of burner igni-tions in heating mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d83 Number of burner igni-tions in hot water hand-ling mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d84 Maintenance in 0 3000 h Number of hours = Display valuex 10
300 Notadjustable
d85 Increase in the min out-put (heating and hot wa-ter handling mode)
ndash ndash kW 1 ndash Adjustable
d88 Flow rate limit valuefor ignition in hot waterhandling mode
0 1 ndash 0 = 17 lmin (no delay)
1 = 37 lmin (2 s delay)
0 Adjustable
d90 Status of the eBUS roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Not connected
on = Connected
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 33
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d91 Status DCF77 Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d93 Setting the product code 0 99 ndash 1
The Device Specific Number(DSN) can be found on the iden-tification plate
ndash Adjustable
d94 Delete fault list 0 1 ndash off = No
on = Yes
ndash Adjustable
d95 Software versions ndash ndash ndash 1 = Main PCB
2 = Interface PCB
ndash Adjustable
d96 Default setting (reset) ndash ndash ndash 0 = No
1 = Yes
ndash Adjustable
C Status codes ndash Overview
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Status code Meaning
Displays in heating mode
S0 Heating mode No requirement
S01 Heating mode Advance fan operation
S02 Heating mode Pump pre-run
S03 Heating mode Burner ignition
S04 Heating mode Burner on
S05 Heating mode Pumpfan overrun
S06 Heating mode Fan overrun
S07 Heating mode Pump overrun
S08 Heating mode Temporary shutdown after heating procedure
Displays in hot water handling mode
S10 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S11 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S13 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S14 DHW mode Burner on
S15 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S16 DHW mode Fan overrun
S17 DHW mode Pump overrun
Display in Comfort mode with warm start or hot water handling mode with cylinder
S20 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S21 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S22 Hot water handling mode Pump pre-run
S23 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S24 DHW mode Burner on
S25 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S26 DHW mode Fan overrun
S27 DHW mode Pump overrun
S28 Hot water handling mode Temporary shutdown of the burner
Other displays
S30 Room thermostat is blocking heating mode
S31 No heating demand Summer mode eBUS controller waiting period
Appendix
34 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Status code Meaning
S32 Fan waiting time Fan speed outside of the tolerance values
S33 Forced fan operation until the pressure monitor is switched
S34 Frost protection active
S39 Underfloor heating contact open
S41 Water pressure too high
S42 Flue non-return flap closed
S46 Frost protection mode (Comfort) Minimum load
S53 Product in waiting periodoperation block function due to low water pressure (flowreturn spread too large)
S54 Waiting period Low water pressure in the circuit (flowreturn spread too large)
S76 Maintenance message Check the water pressure
S88 Product purging active
S91 Maintenance Demo mode
S96 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S97 Automatic test programme Water pressure sensor heating demands blocked
S98 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S99 Internal automatic test programmes
S108 Purging the combustion chamber fan in operation
S109 Products standby mode activated
D Overview of fault codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F00 Fault Flow temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F01 Fault Return temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F10 Short circuit Flow temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F11 Short circuit Return temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F12 andF91
Short circuit Cylinder temperaturesensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F13 Short circuit Domestic hot water cylindertemperature sensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F20 Safety switch-off Overheating temperat-ure reached
Incorrect earth connection between cable harness and product flow or returnNTC defective (loose connection) stray spark via ignition cable ignition plugor ignition electrode
F22 Safety switch-off Low water pressure inthe boiler
No or insufficient water in the product water pressure sensor de-fective cable to the pump or to the water pressure sensor loosenotconnecteddefective
F23 Safety switch-off Temperature differencetoo great (NTC1NTC2)
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product flow and return NTCsensors connected the wrong way round
F24 Safety switch-off Temperature rise toofast
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product system pressure toolow non-return valve blockedincorrectly installed
F25 Safety switch-off Flue gas temperaturetoo high
Break in plug connection for optional flue gas safety cut-out (STB) break incable harness
F27 Safety switch-off Fault in flame detection Moisture on the electronics electronics (flame monitor) defective gas solen-oid valve leaking
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 35
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F28 Fault Ignition unsuccessful when startingup
Gas meter defective or gas pressure monitor has triggered air in gas gasflow pressure too low thermal isolator device (TAE) has triggered incorrectgas restrictor incorrect spare gas valve fault on the gas valve multiple plugon PCB incorrectly plugged in break in cable harness ignition system (ig-nition transformer ignition cable ignition plug ignition electrode) defectiveionisation current interrupted (cable electrode) incorrect earthing of productelectronics defective
F29 Fault Flame loss Gas supply temporarily stopped flue gas recirculation incorrect earthing ofproduct ignition transformer has spark failure
F32 Fan frost protection function active Fanspeed outside the tolerance values
Plug on fan not correctly plugged in multiple plug on PCB not correctlyplugged in break in cable harness fan blocked Hall sensor defective elec-tronics defective
F49 eBUS fault Voltage too low Short circuit on eBUS eBUS overload or two power supplies with differentpolarities on the eBUS
F61 Fault Gas valve control system Short circuitshort to earth in cable harness for the gas valve gas valvedefective (coils shorted to earth) electronics defective
F62 Fault Gas valve switch-off control Delayed switch-off of gas valve delayed extinguishing of flame signal gasvalve leaking electronics defective
F63 Fault EEPROM Electronics defective
F64 Fault Electronicssensoranalogue-to-digital converter
Flow or return NTC short circuited electronics defective
F65 Fault Electronics temperature too high Electronics overheating due to external influences electronics defective
F67 Value sent back by ASIC is incorrect(flame signal)
Implausible flame signal electronics defective
F68 Fault Unstable flame (analogue input) Air in gas gas flow pressure too low incorrect air ratio incorrect gas re-strictor ionisation flow interruption (cable electrode)
F70 Invalid product code (DSN) Display and PCB replaced at same time and Device Specific Number notreset wrong or missing output range coding resistance
F71 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Flow temperature sensor signalling constant value Flow temperature sensorincorrectly positioned on supply pipe flow temperature sensor defective
F72 Fault Deviation in the water pressuresensorreturn temperature sensor
Flowreturn NTC temperature difference too great rarr flow andor return tem-perature sensor defective
F73 Fault Water pressure sensor not con-nected or has short-circuited
Interruptionshort circuit of water pressure sensor interruptionshort circuitto GND in supply line to water pressure sensor or water pressure sensordefective
F74 Fault Electrical problem in the waterpressure sensor
Line to water pressure sensor has a short circuit to 5 V24 V or internal faultin the water pressure sensor
F75 Fault Pressure sensor Pressure switch defective
F76 The safety cut-out in the primary heatexchanger is defective
Safety cut-out feedback does not match the gas valve feedback
F77 Fault Condensate or smoke No response flue non-return flap defective
F78 Interruption to DHW outlet sensor atexternal controller
UK link box is connected but hot water NTC not bridged
F83 Fault Dry fire When the burner starts the temperature change registered at the flow orreturn temperature sensor is non-existent or too small Insufficient waterin the product the flow or return temperature sensor is not in the correctposition on the pipe
F84 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Values not consistent difference lt -6 K
Flow and return temperature sensors signalling implausible values Flow andreturn temperature sensors have been inverted flow and return temperaturesensors have not been correctly installed
F85 Fault Temperature sensor The flow andor return temperature sensors have been installed on the samepipeincorrect pipe
Temperature sensor not connected or is connected incorrectly
F86 Fault Underfloor heating contact Underfloor heating contact open sensor disconnected or defective
F87 Fault Electrodes Electrodes not connected or they are connected incorrectly short circuit inthe cable harness
F88 Fault Gas valve Gas valve not connected or it is connected incorrectly short circuit in thecable harness
F89 Fault Pump Pump not connected or it is connected incorrectly incorrect pump connec-ted short circuit in the cable harness
Appendix
36 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
Connection No communication between the PCBand the user interface
Electronics defective
E Wiring diagram Pure boiler
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
X21 41
32
eBUS
RT 24V
Burner off
X106
13
41
3
123
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~2
6
7
9
8
1
3
4
5
11
10
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Temperature sensor on the heating flow
4 Temperature sensor on the heating return
5 Fan
6 Gas valve assembly
7 Pressure sensor
8 External ignition transformer
9 Heating pump
10 Ionisation and ignition electrode
11 Main power supply and connection for 230 V control
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 37
F Connection diagram Pure boiler (30 kW)
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
X21LN
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
13
41
3
123
eBUS
Burner off
X106
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~
X12LN
2
7
8
109
1
43
5
6
12 11
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Control system
4 Temperature sensor in the heating flow
5 Temperature sensor in the heating return
6 Fan
7 Gas valve
8 Pressure sensor
9 Ionisation electrode
10 Heating pump
11 Ignition electrode
12 Main power supply
Appendix
38 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
G Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview
The table below lists the manufacturer requirements with respect to minimum inspection and maintenance intervals If na-tional regulations and directives require shorter inspection and maintenance intervals you should observe these instead ofthe intervals listed in the table
No WorkInspection(annual)
Mainten-ance
(must becarried outat regularintervals)
1Check the airflue pipe for leak-tightness and to ensure that it is fastened correctly Make surethat it is not blocked or damaged and has been installed in accordance with the relevant Installa-tion Manual
X X
2Check the general condition of the product Remove dirt from the product and from the vacuumchamber
X X
3Visually inspect the general condition of the heat exchanger In doing so pay particular attentionto signs of corrosion rust and other defects If you notice any damage carry out maintenancework
X X
4Check the gas connection pressure at maximum heat input If the gas connection pressure is notwithin the correct range carry out maintenance work
X X
5Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product and if necessary adjust it Keep a record ofthis
X X
6Disconnect the product from the power mains Check that the electrical plug connections andother connections are seated correctly and correct these if necessary
X X
7 Close the gas isolator cock and the service valves X X
8Drain the product on the water side Check the pre-charge pressure of the expansion vesseland if required top up the expansion vessel (approx 003 MPa03 bar below the system fillingpressure)
X
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit X
10Check the seals in the combustion area If you see any damage replace the seals Replace bothburner seals each time it is opened and accordingly each time maintenance work is carried out
X
11 Clean the heat exchanger X
12 Check the burner for damage and replace it if necessary X
13 Check the condensate siphon in the product clean and fill if necessary X X
14 Install the gas-air mixture unit Caution Replace the seals X
15 Open the gas isolator cock reconnect the product to the power mains and switch the product on X X
16Open the service valves fill the productheating installation to 005-03 MPa05-30 bar (depend-ing on the static height of the heating installation) and start the purging programme PXX
X
17Carry out a test operation of the product and heating installation and if required purge the sys-tem once more
X X
18 Visually inspect the ignition and burner behaviour X X
19 Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product again X
20 Check the product for gas flue gas water and condensate leaks and repair if necessary X X
21 Record the inspectionmaintenance work carried out X X
Note For those appliances which are not part of an annual service agreementpolicy maintenance must be carried out at least every5 years
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 39
H Position of the opening in the airflue pipe
GN
N
MM
A
II
O
H
H
CBLJ
Q Q
Q
Q
Q
K
P
D E
FI
S
R
T
H1 Positioning of the opening of a fan-supported flue gas pipe
Installation siteMinimum dimen-sions
A Directly below an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
B Above an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
C Horizontally to an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
DBelow temperature-sensitive building components eg plastic gutters down pipes or wastewaterpipes
75 mm
E Below eaves 200 mm
F Below balconies or car port roofs 200 mm
G From vertical wastewater pipes or down pipes 150 mm
H From external or internal corners 200 mm
I Above floors roofs or balconies 300 mm
J From a surface facing a terminal 600 mm
K From a terminal facing a terminal 1200 mm
L From an opening in the car port (eg door window) which leads into the dwelling 1200 mm
M Vertical from a terminal on the same wall 1500 mm
N Horizontal from a terminal on the same wall 300 mm
O From the wall on which the terminal has been installed 0 mm
P From a vertical structure on the roof 300 mm
Q Above the roof area 300 mm
R Horizontal from adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
S Above adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
T Below adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 2000 mm
Appendix
40 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
H2 Horizontal terminal positioning
BS 5440-1 recommends that fanned flue chimney terminals should be positioned as follows
a) at least 2 m from an opening in the building directly opposite and
b) so that the products of combustion are not directed to discharge directly across a boundary if the products are likely tocause a nuisance to a neighbour or discharge over a walkway or patio
For IE see current issue of IS 813
For boilers covered within this manual
1) Dimensions D E F and G
These clearances may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler In order to ensure that the con-densate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces the terminal should be extended as shown below
Balconyeaves
Gutter
Adequately secured airflue gas pipe
The flue pipe mustprotrude beyond any overhang
2) Dimension H
This clearance may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler However in order to ensure thatthe condensate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces a clearance of 300 mm is preferred
For 1 and 2 above you can use a flue gas management kit to enable the termination point to be positioned and directed awayfrom the building fabric
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 41
I Commissioning Checklist
copy Heating and Hotwater Industry Council (HHIC)
wwwcentralheatingcouk
Benchmark Commissioning and Servicing SectionIt is a requirement that the boiler is installed and commissioned to the
completed in full
Appendix
42 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
This Commissioning Checklist is to be completed in full by the competent person who commissioned the boiler as a means of demonstrating compliance with the appropriate Building Regulations and then handed to the customer to keep for future reference
GAS BOILER SYSTEM COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST
CONTROLS
Optimum start control
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
ALL SYSTEMS
Yes
Yes
CENTRAL HEATING MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
COMBINATION BOILERS ONLY
Yes
Yes
DOMESTIC HOT WATER MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
Yes Temperature
CONDENSING BOILERS ONLY
Yes
ALL INSTALLATIONS
AND sup2 Ratio
AND sup2 Ratio
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 43
It is recommended that your heating system is serviced regularly and that the appropriate Service Interval Record is completed
Service Provider
SERVICE RECORD
SERVICE 01
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 02
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 03
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 04
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 05
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 06
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 07
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 08
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 09
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 10
AND sup2 AND sup2
Appendix
44 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
PRIOR TO CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO CHECKThe boiler manufacturerrsquos installation instructions should have been followed gas type verified and gas
supply pressurerate checked as required prior to commissioningAs part of the installation process especially where a flue has been fitted by persons other than the boiler installer visually check the integrity of the whole flue system to confirm that all components are correctly assembled fixed and supported Check that manufacturerrsquos max flue lengths have not been
exceeded and all guidance has been followed (eg Gas Safe Technical Bulletin TB008)The flue gas analyser should be of the correct type as specified by BS 7967
Prior to its use the flue gas analyser should have been maintained and calibrated as specified by the manufacturer The installer must have the relevant competence for use of the analyser
Check and zero the analyser IN FRESH AIR as per analyser manufacturerrsquos instructions
NOTETHE AIR GAS RATIO VALVE IS FACTORY
SET AND MUST NOT BE ADJUSTED DURING COMMISSIONING UNLESS THIS ACTION IS RECOMMENDED FOLLOWING CONTACT WITH THE MANUFACTURER
If any such adjustment is recommended and further checking of the boiler is required the
installerservice engineer must be competent to carry out this work and to use the flue gas
analyser accordinglyIf the boiler requires conversion to operate with
a different gas family (eg conversion from natural gas to LPG) separate guidance will be
provided by the boiler manufacturer
CARRY OUT FLUE INTEGRITY CHECK USING ANALYSERInsert analyser probe into air inlet test point and allow readings to stabiliseNOTE - where no air inlet test point is provided then a flue integrity check
with the analyser is not possible The installer should verify that flue integrity has been visually checked in accordance with the ldquoPrior to
CO and combustion ratio checkrdquo box above before proceeding to the ldquoCheck CO and combustion ratio at maximum raterdquo stage below
SET BOILER TO MINIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at minimum rate (to
minimum load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - If manufacturerrsquos instructions do not specify how to set boiler to minimum
rate contact Technical Helpline for advice
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MINIMUM RATEWith boiler still set at minimum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas sampling
point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is not
specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MAX RATEWith boiler still set at maximum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas
sampling point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is
not specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
SET BOILER TO MAXIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at max rate
(full load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - Do not insert analyser probe during this period to avoid
possible ldquofloodingrdquo of sensor
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
BOILER IS OPERATING SATISFACTORILYno further actions required
Ensure test points are capped boiler case is correctly replaced and all other commissioning procedures are completed
Complete Benchmark Checklist recording CO and combustion ratio readings as required
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED
VERIFY FLUE INTEGRITYAnalyser readings indicate that combustion products and inlet air must be mixing Further investigation of
the flue is therefore requiredCheck that flue components are assembled fixed and supported as per boilerflue manufacturerrsquos
instructionsCheck that flue and flue terminal are not obstructed
IsCO less than
335ppmand
COCO2 ratio less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
Check all seals around the appliance burner internal flue seals door and case seals
Rectify where necessary
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED IF
COMMISSIONING CANNOT BE FULLY COMPLETED THE APPLIANCE MUST BE
DISCONNECTED FROM THE GAS SUPPLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GSIUR
NOTE Check and record CO and combustion ratio at both max and min rate before contacting the
manufacturer
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YESYES
YES
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 45
J Pipe lengths for the airflue pipe
J1 Length of the C13 type airflue pipe
Applicability C13 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C13 type airfluepipe
C13 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J2 Length of the C33 type airflue pipe
Applicability C33 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C33 type airfluepipe
C33 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J3 Length of the C43 type airflue pipe
Applicability C43 type airflue pipe
Diameter of theairflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L)
C43 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
Appendix
46 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
K Technical data
Technical data ndash Heating
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 530 lh 655 lh 788 lh 1094 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 353 lh 436 lh 525 lh 729 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
123 lh 153 lh 184 lh 255 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 1102 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 876 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
306 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
Technical data ndash G20 powerloading G20The lowest nominal heat output may be higher than the value in the technical data depending on the design of the systemand the current operating status
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 12 kW 15 kW 18 kW 25 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
48 hellip 130 kW 48 hellip 162 kW 53 hellip 195 kW 65 hellip 270 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
47 hellip 128 kW 47 hellip 159 kW 52 hellip 191 kW 64 hellip 265 kW
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
45 hellip 123 kW 45 hellip 152 kW 50 hellip 183 kW 61 hellip 254 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
44 hellip 150 kW 44 hellip 180 kW 49 hellip 252 kW 60 hellip 300 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
123 kW 153 kW 184 kW 255 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
153 kW 184 kW 257 kW 306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 30 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
76 hellip 324 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
75 hellip 318 kW
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 47
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
72 hellip 305 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
71 hellip 350 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
72 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
357 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
72 kW
Technical data ndash General
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch 34 inch 34 inch 34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h 32 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
13 msup3h 16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0476 msup3h 0480 msup3h 0533 msup3h 0648 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
206 gs 208 gs 231 gs 281 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
55 gs 69 gs 83 gs 115 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
69 gs 83 gs 116 gs 138 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
55 55 60 77
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
55 55 55 55
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
43 48 51 62
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
32 32 34 35
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
71 71 69 68
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
105 105 105 95
Released system types C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996 996 996 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040 1040 1040 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060 1060 1060 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085 1085 1085 1085
NOx class 5 5 5 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm
Appendix
48 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Net weight 31 kg 31 kg 31 kg 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 35 kg 35 kg 35 kg 36 kg
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
38 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
32 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0762 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
330 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
138 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
161 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
82
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
37
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
75
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
104
Released system types C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085
NOx class 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm
Net weight 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 36 kg
Technical data ndash Electrics
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 49
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max electrical power consump-tion
65 W 75 W 66 W 75 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W
Level of protection IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V
Max electrical power consump-tion
60 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W
Level of protection IPX4D
Index
50 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Index
AAirflue pipe installed 5BBurner anti-cycling time 20Bypass valve 22CCE label 8Check programmes 29
Using 15Checking the burner 25Checking the pre-charge pressure of the expansionvessel 25Cleaning the condensate siphon 25Cleaning the heat exchanger 24CO₂ content
Checking 20 23Competent person 4Completing inspection work 25Completing maintenance work 25Condensate discharge pipe 12Condensate siphon
Filling 18Controller 14Corrosion 5DDecommissioning 28Decommissioning the product 28Diagnostics codes
Using 15Documents 7Draining the product 25EElectricity 5Expansion relief valve 28FFault codes 26Fault memory 26Fault messages 26Fault symbol 15Flow rate-pressure curves 21Flue gas route 5Front casing closed 5Frost 5GGas family check 16Gas flow rate 18HHanding over to the end user 22High-efficiency pump 21High-efficiency pump output 21IIdentification plate 7If you smell flue gas 5If you smell gas 4Inspection work 22 38Installation site 5Intended use 4LLeak-tightness 20 25 28
MMains connection 14Maintenance work 22 38Minimum clearance 9PPower supply 14Preparing the repair work 26Preparing repair work 26Pressure sensor 28Pump head 27QQualification 4RRegulations 6Removing the air intake pipe 24Removing the burner 24Removing the flue gas pipe 24Removing the front casing 10Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24Removing the ignition transformer 24Removing the side section 10Replacing the burner 26Replacing the expansion vessel 27Replacing the heat exchanger 26Replacing the main PCB 28Replacing expansion vessel 27Resetting the burner anti-cycling time 21SSafety device 5Schematic drawing 5Setting the burner anti-cycling time 20Spare parts 23Switching on the product 17TTool 6Transport 5Transporting 8Treating the heating water 16UUnloading the box 8Unpacking the product 8User interface replacing the PCB 28Using
Check programmes 15Diagnostics codes 15
VVoltage 5WWall-mounting the product 9Weight 9
0020200964_04
ManufacturerSupplierVaillant Group UK LTD
Nottingham Road ‒ Belper ‒ Derbyshire DE56 1JQ
Telephone 01773 824639 ‒ Technical helpline 0330 100 7679
After sales service 0330 100 3142
wwwglow-wormcouk
0020200964_04 ‒ 16112017
copy These instructions or parts thereof are protected by copyright and may be repro-duced or distributed only with the manufacturers written consent
We reserve the right to make technical changes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 31
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d22 Status of the hot waterrequest
Current value ndash off = No current requirement
on = Current requirement
ndash Notadjustable
d23 Status of the heatingdemand
Current value ndash off = Heating off (Summer mode)
on = Heating on
ndash Notadjustable
d24 Status of the pressuremonitor
0 1 ndash off = Not switched
on = Switched
ndash Notadjustable
d25 Status of the requirementto reheat the cylinder orfor the hot water warmstart from the eBUS ther-mostat
Current value ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
ndash Notadjustable
d27 Function of relay 1(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
1 Adjustable
d28 Function of relay 2(multi-functional module)
1 10 ndash 1 = Circulation pump
2 = External pump
3 = Cylinder charging pump
4 = Extractor hood
5 = External solenoid valve
6 = Fault display
7 = Solar pump (omitted)
8 = eBUS remote control
9 = Legionella protection pump
10 = Solar valve
2 Adjustable
d31 Automatic filling device 0 2 ndash 0 = Manual
1 = Semi-automatic
2 = Automatic
0 Adjustable
d33 Fan speed target value Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d34 Value for the fan speed Current value rpm Fan speed = Display value x 100 ndash Notadjustable
d35 Position of the divertervalve
Current value ndash 0 = Heating
40 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
100 = Domestic hot water
ndash Notadjustable
d36 Value for the hot waterflow
Current value lmin ndash ndash Notadjustable
d39 Water temperature in thesolar circuit
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d40 Heating flow temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d41 Heating return temperat-ure
Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d43 Heating curve 02 4 ndash 01 12 Adjustable
d45 Value for the base pointof the heating curve
15 30 ndash 1 20 Adjustable
d47 Outside temperature Current value ndash ndash Notadjustable
d50 Correction of the min-imum fan speed
0 3000 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
600 Adjustable
Appendix
32 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d51 Correction of the max-imum fan speed
-2500 0 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
-1000 Adjustable
d58 Solar circuit reheating 0 3 ndash 0 = Boilers Legionella protectionfunction deactivated
3 = Hot water activated (mintarget value 60 degC)
0 Adjustable
d60 Number of blocks by thetemperature limiter
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d61 Number of unsuccessfulignitions
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d62 Night set-back 0 30 ndash 1 0 Adjustable
d64 Average burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d65 Maximum burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d66 Activation of the warmstart function for hot wa-ter
ndash ndash ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
1 Adjustable
d67 Remaining burner anti-cycling time (setting un-der d02)
Current value min ndash ndash Notadjustable
d68 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 1st attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d69 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 2nd attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d70 Operation of the divertervalve
0 2 ndash 0 = Normal operating mode(DHW and heating mode)
1 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
2 = Permanent heating modeposition
0 Adjustable
d71 Maximum heating flowset target temperature
45 80 1 rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d73 Correction of the hot wa-ter warm start temperat-ure
-15 5 K 1 0 Adjustable
d75 Maximum cylinder re-heating time
20 90 min 1 45 Adjustable
d77 Max cylinder reheating ndash ndash kW 1
rarr Section Technical data
ndash Adjustable
d80 Running time in heatingmode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d81 Running time in hot wa-ter handling mode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d82 Number of burner igni-tions in heating mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d83 Number of burner igni-tions in hot water hand-ling mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d84 Maintenance in 0 3000 h Number of hours = Display valuex 10
300 Notadjustable
d85 Increase in the min out-put (heating and hot wa-ter handling mode)
ndash ndash kW 1 ndash Adjustable
d88 Flow rate limit valuefor ignition in hot waterhandling mode
0 1 ndash 0 = 17 lmin (no delay)
1 = 37 lmin (2 s delay)
0 Adjustable
d90 Status of the eBUS roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Not connected
on = Connected
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 33
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d91 Status DCF77 Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d93 Setting the product code 0 99 ndash 1
The Device Specific Number(DSN) can be found on the iden-tification plate
ndash Adjustable
d94 Delete fault list 0 1 ndash off = No
on = Yes
ndash Adjustable
d95 Software versions ndash ndash ndash 1 = Main PCB
2 = Interface PCB
ndash Adjustable
d96 Default setting (reset) ndash ndash ndash 0 = No
1 = Yes
ndash Adjustable
C Status codes ndash Overview
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Status code Meaning
Displays in heating mode
S0 Heating mode No requirement
S01 Heating mode Advance fan operation
S02 Heating mode Pump pre-run
S03 Heating mode Burner ignition
S04 Heating mode Burner on
S05 Heating mode Pumpfan overrun
S06 Heating mode Fan overrun
S07 Heating mode Pump overrun
S08 Heating mode Temporary shutdown after heating procedure
Displays in hot water handling mode
S10 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S11 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S13 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S14 DHW mode Burner on
S15 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S16 DHW mode Fan overrun
S17 DHW mode Pump overrun
Display in Comfort mode with warm start or hot water handling mode with cylinder
S20 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S21 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S22 Hot water handling mode Pump pre-run
S23 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S24 DHW mode Burner on
S25 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S26 DHW mode Fan overrun
S27 DHW mode Pump overrun
S28 Hot water handling mode Temporary shutdown of the burner
Other displays
S30 Room thermostat is blocking heating mode
S31 No heating demand Summer mode eBUS controller waiting period
Appendix
34 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Status code Meaning
S32 Fan waiting time Fan speed outside of the tolerance values
S33 Forced fan operation until the pressure monitor is switched
S34 Frost protection active
S39 Underfloor heating contact open
S41 Water pressure too high
S42 Flue non-return flap closed
S46 Frost protection mode (Comfort) Minimum load
S53 Product in waiting periodoperation block function due to low water pressure (flowreturn spread too large)
S54 Waiting period Low water pressure in the circuit (flowreturn spread too large)
S76 Maintenance message Check the water pressure
S88 Product purging active
S91 Maintenance Demo mode
S96 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S97 Automatic test programme Water pressure sensor heating demands blocked
S98 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S99 Internal automatic test programmes
S108 Purging the combustion chamber fan in operation
S109 Products standby mode activated
D Overview of fault codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F00 Fault Flow temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F01 Fault Return temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F10 Short circuit Flow temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F11 Short circuit Return temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F12 andF91
Short circuit Cylinder temperaturesensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F13 Short circuit Domestic hot water cylindertemperature sensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F20 Safety switch-off Overheating temperat-ure reached
Incorrect earth connection between cable harness and product flow or returnNTC defective (loose connection) stray spark via ignition cable ignition plugor ignition electrode
F22 Safety switch-off Low water pressure inthe boiler
No or insufficient water in the product water pressure sensor de-fective cable to the pump or to the water pressure sensor loosenotconnecteddefective
F23 Safety switch-off Temperature differencetoo great (NTC1NTC2)
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product flow and return NTCsensors connected the wrong way round
F24 Safety switch-off Temperature rise toofast
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product system pressure toolow non-return valve blockedincorrectly installed
F25 Safety switch-off Flue gas temperaturetoo high
Break in plug connection for optional flue gas safety cut-out (STB) break incable harness
F27 Safety switch-off Fault in flame detection Moisture on the electronics electronics (flame monitor) defective gas solen-oid valve leaking
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 35
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F28 Fault Ignition unsuccessful when startingup
Gas meter defective or gas pressure monitor has triggered air in gas gasflow pressure too low thermal isolator device (TAE) has triggered incorrectgas restrictor incorrect spare gas valve fault on the gas valve multiple plugon PCB incorrectly plugged in break in cable harness ignition system (ig-nition transformer ignition cable ignition plug ignition electrode) defectiveionisation current interrupted (cable electrode) incorrect earthing of productelectronics defective
F29 Fault Flame loss Gas supply temporarily stopped flue gas recirculation incorrect earthing ofproduct ignition transformer has spark failure
F32 Fan frost protection function active Fanspeed outside the tolerance values
Plug on fan not correctly plugged in multiple plug on PCB not correctlyplugged in break in cable harness fan blocked Hall sensor defective elec-tronics defective
F49 eBUS fault Voltage too low Short circuit on eBUS eBUS overload or two power supplies with differentpolarities on the eBUS
F61 Fault Gas valve control system Short circuitshort to earth in cable harness for the gas valve gas valvedefective (coils shorted to earth) electronics defective
F62 Fault Gas valve switch-off control Delayed switch-off of gas valve delayed extinguishing of flame signal gasvalve leaking electronics defective
F63 Fault EEPROM Electronics defective
F64 Fault Electronicssensoranalogue-to-digital converter
Flow or return NTC short circuited electronics defective
F65 Fault Electronics temperature too high Electronics overheating due to external influences electronics defective
F67 Value sent back by ASIC is incorrect(flame signal)
Implausible flame signal electronics defective
F68 Fault Unstable flame (analogue input) Air in gas gas flow pressure too low incorrect air ratio incorrect gas re-strictor ionisation flow interruption (cable electrode)
F70 Invalid product code (DSN) Display and PCB replaced at same time and Device Specific Number notreset wrong or missing output range coding resistance
F71 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Flow temperature sensor signalling constant value Flow temperature sensorincorrectly positioned on supply pipe flow temperature sensor defective
F72 Fault Deviation in the water pressuresensorreturn temperature sensor
Flowreturn NTC temperature difference too great rarr flow andor return tem-perature sensor defective
F73 Fault Water pressure sensor not con-nected or has short-circuited
Interruptionshort circuit of water pressure sensor interruptionshort circuitto GND in supply line to water pressure sensor or water pressure sensordefective
F74 Fault Electrical problem in the waterpressure sensor
Line to water pressure sensor has a short circuit to 5 V24 V or internal faultin the water pressure sensor
F75 Fault Pressure sensor Pressure switch defective
F76 The safety cut-out in the primary heatexchanger is defective
Safety cut-out feedback does not match the gas valve feedback
F77 Fault Condensate or smoke No response flue non-return flap defective
F78 Interruption to DHW outlet sensor atexternal controller
UK link box is connected but hot water NTC not bridged
F83 Fault Dry fire When the burner starts the temperature change registered at the flow orreturn temperature sensor is non-existent or too small Insufficient waterin the product the flow or return temperature sensor is not in the correctposition on the pipe
F84 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Values not consistent difference lt -6 K
Flow and return temperature sensors signalling implausible values Flow andreturn temperature sensors have been inverted flow and return temperaturesensors have not been correctly installed
F85 Fault Temperature sensor The flow andor return temperature sensors have been installed on the samepipeincorrect pipe
Temperature sensor not connected or is connected incorrectly
F86 Fault Underfloor heating contact Underfloor heating contact open sensor disconnected or defective
F87 Fault Electrodes Electrodes not connected or they are connected incorrectly short circuit inthe cable harness
F88 Fault Gas valve Gas valve not connected or it is connected incorrectly short circuit in thecable harness
F89 Fault Pump Pump not connected or it is connected incorrectly incorrect pump connec-ted short circuit in the cable harness
Appendix
36 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
Connection No communication between the PCBand the user interface
Electronics defective
E Wiring diagram Pure boiler
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
X21 41
32
eBUS
RT 24V
Burner off
X106
13
41
3
123
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~2
6
7
9
8
1
3
4
5
11
10
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Temperature sensor on the heating flow
4 Temperature sensor on the heating return
5 Fan
6 Gas valve assembly
7 Pressure sensor
8 External ignition transformer
9 Heating pump
10 Ionisation and ignition electrode
11 Main power supply and connection for 230 V control
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 37
F Connection diagram Pure boiler (30 kW)
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
X21LN
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
13
41
3
123
eBUS
Burner off
X106
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~
X12LN
2
7
8
109
1
43
5
6
12 11
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Control system
4 Temperature sensor in the heating flow
5 Temperature sensor in the heating return
6 Fan
7 Gas valve
8 Pressure sensor
9 Ionisation electrode
10 Heating pump
11 Ignition electrode
12 Main power supply
Appendix
38 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
G Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview
The table below lists the manufacturer requirements with respect to minimum inspection and maintenance intervals If na-tional regulations and directives require shorter inspection and maintenance intervals you should observe these instead ofthe intervals listed in the table
No WorkInspection(annual)
Mainten-ance
(must becarried outat regularintervals)
1Check the airflue pipe for leak-tightness and to ensure that it is fastened correctly Make surethat it is not blocked or damaged and has been installed in accordance with the relevant Installa-tion Manual
X X
2Check the general condition of the product Remove dirt from the product and from the vacuumchamber
X X
3Visually inspect the general condition of the heat exchanger In doing so pay particular attentionto signs of corrosion rust and other defects If you notice any damage carry out maintenancework
X X
4Check the gas connection pressure at maximum heat input If the gas connection pressure is notwithin the correct range carry out maintenance work
X X
5Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product and if necessary adjust it Keep a record ofthis
X X
6Disconnect the product from the power mains Check that the electrical plug connections andother connections are seated correctly and correct these if necessary
X X
7 Close the gas isolator cock and the service valves X X
8Drain the product on the water side Check the pre-charge pressure of the expansion vesseland if required top up the expansion vessel (approx 003 MPa03 bar below the system fillingpressure)
X
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit X
10Check the seals in the combustion area If you see any damage replace the seals Replace bothburner seals each time it is opened and accordingly each time maintenance work is carried out
X
11 Clean the heat exchanger X
12 Check the burner for damage and replace it if necessary X
13 Check the condensate siphon in the product clean and fill if necessary X X
14 Install the gas-air mixture unit Caution Replace the seals X
15 Open the gas isolator cock reconnect the product to the power mains and switch the product on X X
16Open the service valves fill the productheating installation to 005-03 MPa05-30 bar (depend-ing on the static height of the heating installation) and start the purging programme PXX
X
17Carry out a test operation of the product and heating installation and if required purge the sys-tem once more
X X
18 Visually inspect the ignition and burner behaviour X X
19 Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product again X
20 Check the product for gas flue gas water and condensate leaks and repair if necessary X X
21 Record the inspectionmaintenance work carried out X X
Note For those appliances which are not part of an annual service agreementpolicy maintenance must be carried out at least every5 years
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 39
H Position of the opening in the airflue pipe
GN
N
MM
A
II
O
H
H
CBLJ
Q Q
Q
Q
Q
K
P
D E
FI
S
R
T
H1 Positioning of the opening of a fan-supported flue gas pipe
Installation siteMinimum dimen-sions
A Directly below an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
B Above an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
C Horizontally to an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
DBelow temperature-sensitive building components eg plastic gutters down pipes or wastewaterpipes
75 mm
E Below eaves 200 mm
F Below balconies or car port roofs 200 mm
G From vertical wastewater pipes or down pipes 150 mm
H From external or internal corners 200 mm
I Above floors roofs or balconies 300 mm
J From a surface facing a terminal 600 mm
K From a terminal facing a terminal 1200 mm
L From an opening in the car port (eg door window) which leads into the dwelling 1200 mm
M Vertical from a terminal on the same wall 1500 mm
N Horizontal from a terminal on the same wall 300 mm
O From the wall on which the terminal has been installed 0 mm
P From a vertical structure on the roof 300 mm
Q Above the roof area 300 mm
R Horizontal from adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
S Above adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
T Below adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 2000 mm
Appendix
40 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
H2 Horizontal terminal positioning
BS 5440-1 recommends that fanned flue chimney terminals should be positioned as follows
a) at least 2 m from an opening in the building directly opposite and
b) so that the products of combustion are not directed to discharge directly across a boundary if the products are likely tocause a nuisance to a neighbour or discharge over a walkway or patio
For IE see current issue of IS 813
For boilers covered within this manual
1) Dimensions D E F and G
These clearances may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler In order to ensure that the con-densate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces the terminal should be extended as shown below
Balconyeaves
Gutter
Adequately secured airflue gas pipe
The flue pipe mustprotrude beyond any overhang
2) Dimension H
This clearance may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler However in order to ensure thatthe condensate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces a clearance of 300 mm is preferred
For 1 and 2 above you can use a flue gas management kit to enable the termination point to be positioned and directed awayfrom the building fabric
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 41
I Commissioning Checklist
copy Heating and Hotwater Industry Council (HHIC)
wwwcentralheatingcouk
Benchmark Commissioning and Servicing SectionIt is a requirement that the boiler is installed and commissioned to the
completed in full
Appendix
42 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
This Commissioning Checklist is to be completed in full by the competent person who commissioned the boiler as a means of demonstrating compliance with the appropriate Building Regulations and then handed to the customer to keep for future reference
GAS BOILER SYSTEM COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST
CONTROLS
Optimum start control
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
ALL SYSTEMS
Yes
Yes
CENTRAL HEATING MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
COMBINATION BOILERS ONLY
Yes
Yes
DOMESTIC HOT WATER MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
Yes Temperature
CONDENSING BOILERS ONLY
Yes
ALL INSTALLATIONS
AND sup2 Ratio
AND sup2 Ratio
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 43
It is recommended that your heating system is serviced regularly and that the appropriate Service Interval Record is completed
Service Provider
SERVICE RECORD
SERVICE 01
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 02
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 03
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 04
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 05
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 06
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 07
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 08
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 09
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 10
AND sup2 AND sup2
Appendix
44 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
PRIOR TO CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO CHECKThe boiler manufacturerrsquos installation instructions should have been followed gas type verified and gas
supply pressurerate checked as required prior to commissioningAs part of the installation process especially where a flue has been fitted by persons other than the boiler installer visually check the integrity of the whole flue system to confirm that all components are correctly assembled fixed and supported Check that manufacturerrsquos max flue lengths have not been
exceeded and all guidance has been followed (eg Gas Safe Technical Bulletin TB008)The flue gas analyser should be of the correct type as specified by BS 7967
Prior to its use the flue gas analyser should have been maintained and calibrated as specified by the manufacturer The installer must have the relevant competence for use of the analyser
Check and zero the analyser IN FRESH AIR as per analyser manufacturerrsquos instructions
NOTETHE AIR GAS RATIO VALVE IS FACTORY
SET AND MUST NOT BE ADJUSTED DURING COMMISSIONING UNLESS THIS ACTION IS RECOMMENDED FOLLOWING CONTACT WITH THE MANUFACTURER
If any such adjustment is recommended and further checking of the boiler is required the
installerservice engineer must be competent to carry out this work and to use the flue gas
analyser accordinglyIf the boiler requires conversion to operate with
a different gas family (eg conversion from natural gas to LPG) separate guidance will be
provided by the boiler manufacturer
CARRY OUT FLUE INTEGRITY CHECK USING ANALYSERInsert analyser probe into air inlet test point and allow readings to stabiliseNOTE - where no air inlet test point is provided then a flue integrity check
with the analyser is not possible The installer should verify that flue integrity has been visually checked in accordance with the ldquoPrior to
CO and combustion ratio checkrdquo box above before proceeding to the ldquoCheck CO and combustion ratio at maximum raterdquo stage below
SET BOILER TO MINIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at minimum rate (to
minimum load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - If manufacturerrsquos instructions do not specify how to set boiler to minimum
rate contact Technical Helpline for advice
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MINIMUM RATEWith boiler still set at minimum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas sampling
point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is not
specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MAX RATEWith boiler still set at maximum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas
sampling point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is
not specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
SET BOILER TO MAXIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at max rate
(full load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - Do not insert analyser probe during this period to avoid
possible ldquofloodingrdquo of sensor
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
BOILER IS OPERATING SATISFACTORILYno further actions required
Ensure test points are capped boiler case is correctly replaced and all other commissioning procedures are completed
Complete Benchmark Checklist recording CO and combustion ratio readings as required
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED
VERIFY FLUE INTEGRITYAnalyser readings indicate that combustion products and inlet air must be mixing Further investigation of
the flue is therefore requiredCheck that flue components are assembled fixed and supported as per boilerflue manufacturerrsquos
instructionsCheck that flue and flue terminal are not obstructed
IsCO less than
335ppmand
COCO2 ratio less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
Check all seals around the appliance burner internal flue seals door and case seals
Rectify where necessary
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED IF
COMMISSIONING CANNOT BE FULLY COMPLETED THE APPLIANCE MUST BE
DISCONNECTED FROM THE GAS SUPPLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GSIUR
NOTE Check and record CO and combustion ratio at both max and min rate before contacting the
manufacturer
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YESYES
YES
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 45
J Pipe lengths for the airflue pipe
J1 Length of the C13 type airflue pipe
Applicability C13 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C13 type airfluepipe
C13 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J2 Length of the C33 type airflue pipe
Applicability C33 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C33 type airfluepipe
C33 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J3 Length of the C43 type airflue pipe
Applicability C43 type airflue pipe
Diameter of theairflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L)
C43 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
Appendix
46 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
K Technical data
Technical data ndash Heating
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 530 lh 655 lh 788 lh 1094 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 353 lh 436 lh 525 lh 729 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
123 lh 153 lh 184 lh 255 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 1102 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 876 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
306 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
Technical data ndash G20 powerloading G20The lowest nominal heat output may be higher than the value in the technical data depending on the design of the systemand the current operating status
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 12 kW 15 kW 18 kW 25 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
48 hellip 130 kW 48 hellip 162 kW 53 hellip 195 kW 65 hellip 270 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
47 hellip 128 kW 47 hellip 159 kW 52 hellip 191 kW 64 hellip 265 kW
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
45 hellip 123 kW 45 hellip 152 kW 50 hellip 183 kW 61 hellip 254 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
44 hellip 150 kW 44 hellip 180 kW 49 hellip 252 kW 60 hellip 300 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
123 kW 153 kW 184 kW 255 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
153 kW 184 kW 257 kW 306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 30 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
76 hellip 324 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
75 hellip 318 kW
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 47
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
72 hellip 305 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
71 hellip 350 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
72 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
357 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
72 kW
Technical data ndash General
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch 34 inch 34 inch 34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h 32 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
13 msup3h 16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0476 msup3h 0480 msup3h 0533 msup3h 0648 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
206 gs 208 gs 231 gs 281 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
55 gs 69 gs 83 gs 115 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
69 gs 83 gs 116 gs 138 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
55 55 60 77
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
55 55 55 55
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
43 48 51 62
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
32 32 34 35
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
71 71 69 68
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
105 105 105 95
Released system types C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996 996 996 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040 1040 1040 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060 1060 1060 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085 1085 1085 1085
NOx class 5 5 5 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm
Appendix
48 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Net weight 31 kg 31 kg 31 kg 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 35 kg 35 kg 35 kg 36 kg
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
38 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
32 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0762 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
330 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
138 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
161 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
82
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
37
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
75
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
104
Released system types C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085
NOx class 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm
Net weight 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 36 kg
Technical data ndash Electrics
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 49
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max electrical power consump-tion
65 W 75 W 66 W 75 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W
Level of protection IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V
Max electrical power consump-tion
60 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W
Level of protection IPX4D
Index
50 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Index
AAirflue pipe installed 5BBurner anti-cycling time 20Bypass valve 22CCE label 8Check programmes 29
Using 15Checking the burner 25Checking the pre-charge pressure of the expansionvessel 25Cleaning the condensate siphon 25Cleaning the heat exchanger 24CO₂ content
Checking 20 23Competent person 4Completing inspection work 25Completing maintenance work 25Condensate discharge pipe 12Condensate siphon
Filling 18Controller 14Corrosion 5DDecommissioning 28Decommissioning the product 28Diagnostics codes
Using 15Documents 7Draining the product 25EElectricity 5Expansion relief valve 28FFault codes 26Fault memory 26Fault messages 26Fault symbol 15Flow rate-pressure curves 21Flue gas route 5Front casing closed 5Frost 5GGas family check 16Gas flow rate 18HHanding over to the end user 22High-efficiency pump 21High-efficiency pump output 21IIdentification plate 7If you smell flue gas 5If you smell gas 4Inspection work 22 38Installation site 5Intended use 4LLeak-tightness 20 25 28
MMains connection 14Maintenance work 22 38Minimum clearance 9PPower supply 14Preparing the repair work 26Preparing repair work 26Pressure sensor 28Pump head 27QQualification 4RRegulations 6Removing the air intake pipe 24Removing the burner 24Removing the flue gas pipe 24Removing the front casing 10Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24Removing the ignition transformer 24Removing the side section 10Replacing the burner 26Replacing the expansion vessel 27Replacing the heat exchanger 26Replacing the main PCB 28Replacing expansion vessel 27Resetting the burner anti-cycling time 21SSafety device 5Schematic drawing 5Setting the burner anti-cycling time 20Spare parts 23Switching on the product 17TTool 6Transport 5Transporting 8Treating the heating water 16UUnloading the box 8Unpacking the product 8User interface replacing the PCB 28Using
Check programmes 15Diagnostics codes 15
VVoltage 5WWall-mounting the product 9Weight 9
0020200964_04
ManufacturerSupplierVaillant Group UK LTD
Nottingham Road ‒ Belper ‒ Derbyshire DE56 1JQ
Telephone 01773 824639 ‒ Technical helpline 0330 100 7679
After sales service 0330 100 3142
wwwglow-wormcouk
0020200964_04 ‒ 16112017
copy These instructions or parts thereof are protected by copyright and may be repro-duced or distributed only with the manufacturers written consent
We reserve the right to make technical changes
Appendix
32 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d51 Correction of the max-imum fan speed
-2500 0 rpm 1
Fan speed = Display value x 10
-1000 Adjustable
d58 Solar circuit reheating 0 3 ndash 0 = Boilers Legionella protectionfunction deactivated
3 = Hot water activated (mintarget value 60 degC)
0 Adjustable
d60 Number of blocks by thetemperature limiter
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d61 Number of unsuccessfulignitions
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d62 Night set-back 0 30 ndash 1 0 Adjustable
d64 Average burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d65 Maximum burner ignitiontime
Current value s ndash ndash Notadjustable
d66 Activation of the warmstart function for hot wa-ter
ndash ndash ndash off = Function deactivated
on = Function activated
1 Adjustable
d67 Remaining burner anti-cycling time (setting un-der d02)
Current value min ndash ndash Notadjustable
d68 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 1st attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d69 Number of unsuccessfulignitions at 2nd attempt
Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d70 Operation of the divertervalve
0 2 ndash 0 = Normal operating mode(DHW and heating mode)
1 = Mid-position (parallel opera-tion)
2 = Permanent heating modeposition
0 Adjustable
d71 Maximum heating flowset target temperature
45 80 1 rarr SectionTechnical
data
Adjustable
d73 Correction of the hot wa-ter warm start temperat-ure
-15 5 K 1 0 Adjustable
d75 Maximum cylinder re-heating time
20 90 min 1 45 Adjustable
d77 Max cylinder reheating ndash ndash kW 1
rarr Section Technical data
ndash Adjustable
d80 Running time in heatingmode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d81 Running time in hot wa-ter handling mode
Current value h Running time = Display value x100
ndash Notadjustable
d82 Number of burner igni-tions in heating mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d83 Number of burner igni-tions in hot water hand-ling mode
Current value ndash Number of ignitions = Displayvalue x 100
ndash Notadjustable
d84 Maintenance in 0 3000 h Number of hours = Display valuex 10
300 Notadjustable
d85 Increase in the min out-put (heating and hot wa-ter handling mode)
ndash ndash kW 1 ndash Adjustable
d88 Flow rate limit valuefor ignition in hot waterhandling mode
0 1 ndash 0 = 17 lmin (no delay)
1 = 37 lmin (2 s delay)
0 Adjustable
d90 Status of the eBUS roomthermostat
Current value ndash off = Not connected
on = Connected
ndash Notadjustable
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 33
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d91 Status DCF77 Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d93 Setting the product code 0 99 ndash 1
The Device Specific Number(DSN) can be found on the iden-tification plate
ndash Adjustable
d94 Delete fault list 0 1 ndash off = No
on = Yes
ndash Adjustable
d95 Software versions ndash ndash ndash 1 = Main PCB
2 = Interface PCB
ndash Adjustable
d96 Default setting (reset) ndash ndash ndash 0 = No
1 = Yes
ndash Adjustable
C Status codes ndash Overview
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Status code Meaning
Displays in heating mode
S0 Heating mode No requirement
S01 Heating mode Advance fan operation
S02 Heating mode Pump pre-run
S03 Heating mode Burner ignition
S04 Heating mode Burner on
S05 Heating mode Pumpfan overrun
S06 Heating mode Fan overrun
S07 Heating mode Pump overrun
S08 Heating mode Temporary shutdown after heating procedure
Displays in hot water handling mode
S10 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S11 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S13 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S14 DHW mode Burner on
S15 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S16 DHW mode Fan overrun
S17 DHW mode Pump overrun
Display in Comfort mode with warm start or hot water handling mode with cylinder
S20 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S21 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S22 Hot water handling mode Pump pre-run
S23 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S24 DHW mode Burner on
S25 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S26 DHW mode Fan overrun
S27 DHW mode Pump overrun
S28 Hot water handling mode Temporary shutdown of the burner
Other displays
S30 Room thermostat is blocking heating mode
S31 No heating demand Summer mode eBUS controller waiting period
Appendix
34 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Status code Meaning
S32 Fan waiting time Fan speed outside of the tolerance values
S33 Forced fan operation until the pressure monitor is switched
S34 Frost protection active
S39 Underfloor heating contact open
S41 Water pressure too high
S42 Flue non-return flap closed
S46 Frost protection mode (Comfort) Minimum load
S53 Product in waiting periodoperation block function due to low water pressure (flowreturn spread too large)
S54 Waiting period Low water pressure in the circuit (flowreturn spread too large)
S76 Maintenance message Check the water pressure
S88 Product purging active
S91 Maintenance Demo mode
S96 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S97 Automatic test programme Water pressure sensor heating demands blocked
S98 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S99 Internal automatic test programmes
S108 Purging the combustion chamber fan in operation
S109 Products standby mode activated
D Overview of fault codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F00 Fault Flow temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F01 Fault Return temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F10 Short circuit Flow temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F11 Short circuit Return temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F12 andF91
Short circuit Cylinder temperaturesensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F13 Short circuit Domestic hot water cylindertemperature sensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F20 Safety switch-off Overheating temperat-ure reached
Incorrect earth connection between cable harness and product flow or returnNTC defective (loose connection) stray spark via ignition cable ignition plugor ignition electrode
F22 Safety switch-off Low water pressure inthe boiler
No or insufficient water in the product water pressure sensor de-fective cable to the pump or to the water pressure sensor loosenotconnecteddefective
F23 Safety switch-off Temperature differencetoo great (NTC1NTC2)
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product flow and return NTCsensors connected the wrong way round
F24 Safety switch-off Temperature rise toofast
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product system pressure toolow non-return valve blockedincorrectly installed
F25 Safety switch-off Flue gas temperaturetoo high
Break in plug connection for optional flue gas safety cut-out (STB) break incable harness
F27 Safety switch-off Fault in flame detection Moisture on the electronics electronics (flame monitor) defective gas solen-oid valve leaking
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 35
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F28 Fault Ignition unsuccessful when startingup
Gas meter defective or gas pressure monitor has triggered air in gas gasflow pressure too low thermal isolator device (TAE) has triggered incorrectgas restrictor incorrect spare gas valve fault on the gas valve multiple plugon PCB incorrectly plugged in break in cable harness ignition system (ig-nition transformer ignition cable ignition plug ignition electrode) defectiveionisation current interrupted (cable electrode) incorrect earthing of productelectronics defective
F29 Fault Flame loss Gas supply temporarily stopped flue gas recirculation incorrect earthing ofproduct ignition transformer has spark failure
F32 Fan frost protection function active Fanspeed outside the tolerance values
Plug on fan not correctly plugged in multiple plug on PCB not correctlyplugged in break in cable harness fan blocked Hall sensor defective elec-tronics defective
F49 eBUS fault Voltage too low Short circuit on eBUS eBUS overload or two power supplies with differentpolarities on the eBUS
F61 Fault Gas valve control system Short circuitshort to earth in cable harness for the gas valve gas valvedefective (coils shorted to earth) electronics defective
F62 Fault Gas valve switch-off control Delayed switch-off of gas valve delayed extinguishing of flame signal gasvalve leaking electronics defective
F63 Fault EEPROM Electronics defective
F64 Fault Electronicssensoranalogue-to-digital converter
Flow or return NTC short circuited electronics defective
F65 Fault Electronics temperature too high Electronics overheating due to external influences electronics defective
F67 Value sent back by ASIC is incorrect(flame signal)
Implausible flame signal electronics defective
F68 Fault Unstable flame (analogue input) Air in gas gas flow pressure too low incorrect air ratio incorrect gas re-strictor ionisation flow interruption (cable electrode)
F70 Invalid product code (DSN) Display and PCB replaced at same time and Device Specific Number notreset wrong or missing output range coding resistance
F71 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Flow temperature sensor signalling constant value Flow temperature sensorincorrectly positioned on supply pipe flow temperature sensor defective
F72 Fault Deviation in the water pressuresensorreturn temperature sensor
Flowreturn NTC temperature difference too great rarr flow andor return tem-perature sensor defective
F73 Fault Water pressure sensor not con-nected or has short-circuited
Interruptionshort circuit of water pressure sensor interruptionshort circuitto GND in supply line to water pressure sensor or water pressure sensordefective
F74 Fault Electrical problem in the waterpressure sensor
Line to water pressure sensor has a short circuit to 5 V24 V or internal faultin the water pressure sensor
F75 Fault Pressure sensor Pressure switch defective
F76 The safety cut-out in the primary heatexchanger is defective
Safety cut-out feedback does not match the gas valve feedback
F77 Fault Condensate or smoke No response flue non-return flap defective
F78 Interruption to DHW outlet sensor atexternal controller
UK link box is connected but hot water NTC not bridged
F83 Fault Dry fire When the burner starts the temperature change registered at the flow orreturn temperature sensor is non-existent or too small Insufficient waterin the product the flow or return temperature sensor is not in the correctposition on the pipe
F84 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Values not consistent difference lt -6 K
Flow and return temperature sensors signalling implausible values Flow andreturn temperature sensors have been inverted flow and return temperaturesensors have not been correctly installed
F85 Fault Temperature sensor The flow andor return temperature sensors have been installed on the samepipeincorrect pipe
Temperature sensor not connected or is connected incorrectly
F86 Fault Underfloor heating contact Underfloor heating contact open sensor disconnected or defective
F87 Fault Electrodes Electrodes not connected or they are connected incorrectly short circuit inthe cable harness
F88 Fault Gas valve Gas valve not connected or it is connected incorrectly short circuit in thecable harness
F89 Fault Pump Pump not connected or it is connected incorrectly incorrect pump connec-ted short circuit in the cable harness
Appendix
36 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
Connection No communication between the PCBand the user interface
Electronics defective
E Wiring diagram Pure boiler
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
X21 41
32
eBUS
RT 24V
Burner off
X106
13
41
3
123
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~2
6
7
9
8
1
3
4
5
11
10
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Temperature sensor on the heating flow
4 Temperature sensor on the heating return
5 Fan
6 Gas valve assembly
7 Pressure sensor
8 External ignition transformer
9 Heating pump
10 Ionisation and ignition electrode
11 Main power supply and connection for 230 V control
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 37
F Connection diagram Pure boiler (30 kW)
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
X21LN
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
13
41
3
123
eBUS
Burner off
X106
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~
X12LN
2
7
8
109
1
43
5
6
12 11
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Control system
4 Temperature sensor in the heating flow
5 Temperature sensor in the heating return
6 Fan
7 Gas valve
8 Pressure sensor
9 Ionisation electrode
10 Heating pump
11 Ignition electrode
12 Main power supply
Appendix
38 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
G Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview
The table below lists the manufacturer requirements with respect to minimum inspection and maintenance intervals If na-tional regulations and directives require shorter inspection and maintenance intervals you should observe these instead ofthe intervals listed in the table
No WorkInspection(annual)
Mainten-ance
(must becarried outat regularintervals)
1Check the airflue pipe for leak-tightness and to ensure that it is fastened correctly Make surethat it is not blocked or damaged and has been installed in accordance with the relevant Installa-tion Manual
X X
2Check the general condition of the product Remove dirt from the product and from the vacuumchamber
X X
3Visually inspect the general condition of the heat exchanger In doing so pay particular attentionto signs of corrosion rust and other defects If you notice any damage carry out maintenancework
X X
4Check the gas connection pressure at maximum heat input If the gas connection pressure is notwithin the correct range carry out maintenance work
X X
5Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product and if necessary adjust it Keep a record ofthis
X X
6Disconnect the product from the power mains Check that the electrical plug connections andother connections are seated correctly and correct these if necessary
X X
7 Close the gas isolator cock and the service valves X X
8Drain the product on the water side Check the pre-charge pressure of the expansion vesseland if required top up the expansion vessel (approx 003 MPa03 bar below the system fillingpressure)
X
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit X
10Check the seals in the combustion area If you see any damage replace the seals Replace bothburner seals each time it is opened and accordingly each time maintenance work is carried out
X
11 Clean the heat exchanger X
12 Check the burner for damage and replace it if necessary X
13 Check the condensate siphon in the product clean and fill if necessary X X
14 Install the gas-air mixture unit Caution Replace the seals X
15 Open the gas isolator cock reconnect the product to the power mains and switch the product on X X
16Open the service valves fill the productheating installation to 005-03 MPa05-30 bar (depend-ing on the static height of the heating installation) and start the purging programme PXX
X
17Carry out a test operation of the product and heating installation and if required purge the sys-tem once more
X X
18 Visually inspect the ignition and burner behaviour X X
19 Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product again X
20 Check the product for gas flue gas water and condensate leaks and repair if necessary X X
21 Record the inspectionmaintenance work carried out X X
Note For those appliances which are not part of an annual service agreementpolicy maintenance must be carried out at least every5 years
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 39
H Position of the opening in the airflue pipe
GN
N
MM
A
II
O
H
H
CBLJ
Q Q
Q
Q
Q
K
P
D E
FI
S
R
T
H1 Positioning of the opening of a fan-supported flue gas pipe
Installation siteMinimum dimen-sions
A Directly below an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
B Above an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
C Horizontally to an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
DBelow temperature-sensitive building components eg plastic gutters down pipes or wastewaterpipes
75 mm
E Below eaves 200 mm
F Below balconies or car port roofs 200 mm
G From vertical wastewater pipes or down pipes 150 mm
H From external or internal corners 200 mm
I Above floors roofs or balconies 300 mm
J From a surface facing a terminal 600 mm
K From a terminal facing a terminal 1200 mm
L From an opening in the car port (eg door window) which leads into the dwelling 1200 mm
M Vertical from a terminal on the same wall 1500 mm
N Horizontal from a terminal on the same wall 300 mm
O From the wall on which the terminal has been installed 0 mm
P From a vertical structure on the roof 300 mm
Q Above the roof area 300 mm
R Horizontal from adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
S Above adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
T Below adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 2000 mm
Appendix
40 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
H2 Horizontal terminal positioning
BS 5440-1 recommends that fanned flue chimney terminals should be positioned as follows
a) at least 2 m from an opening in the building directly opposite and
b) so that the products of combustion are not directed to discharge directly across a boundary if the products are likely tocause a nuisance to a neighbour or discharge over a walkway or patio
For IE see current issue of IS 813
For boilers covered within this manual
1) Dimensions D E F and G
These clearances may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler In order to ensure that the con-densate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces the terminal should be extended as shown below
Balconyeaves
Gutter
Adequately secured airflue gas pipe
The flue pipe mustprotrude beyond any overhang
2) Dimension H
This clearance may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler However in order to ensure thatthe condensate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces a clearance of 300 mm is preferred
For 1 and 2 above you can use a flue gas management kit to enable the termination point to be positioned and directed awayfrom the building fabric
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 41
I Commissioning Checklist
copy Heating and Hotwater Industry Council (HHIC)
wwwcentralheatingcouk
Benchmark Commissioning and Servicing SectionIt is a requirement that the boiler is installed and commissioned to the
completed in full
Appendix
42 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
This Commissioning Checklist is to be completed in full by the competent person who commissioned the boiler as a means of demonstrating compliance with the appropriate Building Regulations and then handed to the customer to keep for future reference
GAS BOILER SYSTEM COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST
CONTROLS
Optimum start control
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
ALL SYSTEMS
Yes
Yes
CENTRAL HEATING MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
COMBINATION BOILERS ONLY
Yes
Yes
DOMESTIC HOT WATER MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
Yes Temperature
CONDENSING BOILERS ONLY
Yes
ALL INSTALLATIONS
AND sup2 Ratio
AND sup2 Ratio
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 43
It is recommended that your heating system is serviced regularly and that the appropriate Service Interval Record is completed
Service Provider
SERVICE RECORD
SERVICE 01
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 02
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 03
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 04
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 05
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 06
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 07
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 08
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 09
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 10
AND sup2 AND sup2
Appendix
44 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
PRIOR TO CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO CHECKThe boiler manufacturerrsquos installation instructions should have been followed gas type verified and gas
supply pressurerate checked as required prior to commissioningAs part of the installation process especially where a flue has been fitted by persons other than the boiler installer visually check the integrity of the whole flue system to confirm that all components are correctly assembled fixed and supported Check that manufacturerrsquos max flue lengths have not been
exceeded and all guidance has been followed (eg Gas Safe Technical Bulletin TB008)The flue gas analyser should be of the correct type as specified by BS 7967
Prior to its use the flue gas analyser should have been maintained and calibrated as specified by the manufacturer The installer must have the relevant competence for use of the analyser
Check and zero the analyser IN FRESH AIR as per analyser manufacturerrsquos instructions
NOTETHE AIR GAS RATIO VALVE IS FACTORY
SET AND MUST NOT BE ADJUSTED DURING COMMISSIONING UNLESS THIS ACTION IS RECOMMENDED FOLLOWING CONTACT WITH THE MANUFACTURER
If any such adjustment is recommended and further checking of the boiler is required the
installerservice engineer must be competent to carry out this work and to use the flue gas
analyser accordinglyIf the boiler requires conversion to operate with
a different gas family (eg conversion from natural gas to LPG) separate guidance will be
provided by the boiler manufacturer
CARRY OUT FLUE INTEGRITY CHECK USING ANALYSERInsert analyser probe into air inlet test point and allow readings to stabiliseNOTE - where no air inlet test point is provided then a flue integrity check
with the analyser is not possible The installer should verify that flue integrity has been visually checked in accordance with the ldquoPrior to
CO and combustion ratio checkrdquo box above before proceeding to the ldquoCheck CO and combustion ratio at maximum raterdquo stage below
SET BOILER TO MINIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at minimum rate (to
minimum load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - If manufacturerrsquos instructions do not specify how to set boiler to minimum
rate contact Technical Helpline for advice
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MINIMUM RATEWith boiler still set at minimum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas sampling
point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is not
specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MAX RATEWith boiler still set at maximum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas
sampling point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is
not specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
SET BOILER TO MAXIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at max rate
(full load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - Do not insert analyser probe during this period to avoid
possible ldquofloodingrdquo of sensor
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
BOILER IS OPERATING SATISFACTORILYno further actions required
Ensure test points are capped boiler case is correctly replaced and all other commissioning procedures are completed
Complete Benchmark Checklist recording CO and combustion ratio readings as required
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED
VERIFY FLUE INTEGRITYAnalyser readings indicate that combustion products and inlet air must be mixing Further investigation of
the flue is therefore requiredCheck that flue components are assembled fixed and supported as per boilerflue manufacturerrsquos
instructionsCheck that flue and flue terminal are not obstructed
IsCO less than
335ppmand
COCO2 ratio less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
Check all seals around the appliance burner internal flue seals door and case seals
Rectify where necessary
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED IF
COMMISSIONING CANNOT BE FULLY COMPLETED THE APPLIANCE MUST BE
DISCONNECTED FROM THE GAS SUPPLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GSIUR
NOTE Check and record CO and combustion ratio at both max and min rate before contacting the
manufacturer
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YESYES
YES
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 45
J Pipe lengths for the airflue pipe
J1 Length of the C13 type airflue pipe
Applicability C13 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C13 type airfluepipe
C13 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J2 Length of the C33 type airflue pipe
Applicability C33 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C33 type airfluepipe
C33 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J3 Length of the C43 type airflue pipe
Applicability C43 type airflue pipe
Diameter of theairflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L)
C43 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
Appendix
46 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
K Technical data
Technical data ndash Heating
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 530 lh 655 lh 788 lh 1094 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 353 lh 436 lh 525 lh 729 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
123 lh 153 lh 184 lh 255 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 1102 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 876 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
306 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
Technical data ndash G20 powerloading G20The lowest nominal heat output may be higher than the value in the technical data depending on the design of the systemand the current operating status
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 12 kW 15 kW 18 kW 25 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
48 hellip 130 kW 48 hellip 162 kW 53 hellip 195 kW 65 hellip 270 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
47 hellip 128 kW 47 hellip 159 kW 52 hellip 191 kW 64 hellip 265 kW
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
45 hellip 123 kW 45 hellip 152 kW 50 hellip 183 kW 61 hellip 254 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
44 hellip 150 kW 44 hellip 180 kW 49 hellip 252 kW 60 hellip 300 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
123 kW 153 kW 184 kW 255 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
153 kW 184 kW 257 kW 306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 30 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
76 hellip 324 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
75 hellip 318 kW
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 47
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
72 hellip 305 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
71 hellip 350 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
72 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
357 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
72 kW
Technical data ndash General
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch 34 inch 34 inch 34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h 32 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
13 msup3h 16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0476 msup3h 0480 msup3h 0533 msup3h 0648 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
206 gs 208 gs 231 gs 281 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
55 gs 69 gs 83 gs 115 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
69 gs 83 gs 116 gs 138 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
55 55 60 77
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
55 55 55 55
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
43 48 51 62
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
32 32 34 35
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
71 71 69 68
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
105 105 105 95
Released system types C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996 996 996 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040 1040 1040 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060 1060 1060 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085 1085 1085 1085
NOx class 5 5 5 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm
Appendix
48 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Net weight 31 kg 31 kg 31 kg 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 35 kg 35 kg 35 kg 36 kg
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
38 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
32 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0762 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
330 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
138 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
161 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
82
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
37
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
75
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
104
Released system types C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085
NOx class 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm
Net weight 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 36 kg
Technical data ndash Electrics
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 49
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max electrical power consump-tion
65 W 75 W 66 W 75 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W
Level of protection IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V
Max electrical power consump-tion
60 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W
Level of protection IPX4D
Index
50 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Index
AAirflue pipe installed 5BBurner anti-cycling time 20Bypass valve 22CCE label 8Check programmes 29
Using 15Checking the burner 25Checking the pre-charge pressure of the expansionvessel 25Cleaning the condensate siphon 25Cleaning the heat exchanger 24CO₂ content
Checking 20 23Competent person 4Completing inspection work 25Completing maintenance work 25Condensate discharge pipe 12Condensate siphon
Filling 18Controller 14Corrosion 5DDecommissioning 28Decommissioning the product 28Diagnostics codes
Using 15Documents 7Draining the product 25EElectricity 5Expansion relief valve 28FFault codes 26Fault memory 26Fault messages 26Fault symbol 15Flow rate-pressure curves 21Flue gas route 5Front casing closed 5Frost 5GGas family check 16Gas flow rate 18HHanding over to the end user 22High-efficiency pump 21High-efficiency pump output 21IIdentification plate 7If you smell flue gas 5If you smell gas 4Inspection work 22 38Installation site 5Intended use 4LLeak-tightness 20 25 28
MMains connection 14Maintenance work 22 38Minimum clearance 9PPower supply 14Preparing the repair work 26Preparing repair work 26Pressure sensor 28Pump head 27QQualification 4RRegulations 6Removing the air intake pipe 24Removing the burner 24Removing the flue gas pipe 24Removing the front casing 10Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24Removing the ignition transformer 24Removing the side section 10Replacing the burner 26Replacing the expansion vessel 27Replacing the heat exchanger 26Replacing the main PCB 28Replacing expansion vessel 27Resetting the burner anti-cycling time 21SSafety device 5Schematic drawing 5Setting the burner anti-cycling time 20Spare parts 23Switching on the product 17TTool 6Transport 5Transporting 8Treating the heating water 16UUnloading the box 8Unpacking the product 8User interface replacing the PCB 28Using
Check programmes 15Diagnostics codes 15
VVoltage 5WWall-mounting the product 9Weight 9
0020200964_04
ManufacturerSupplierVaillant Group UK LTD
Nottingham Road ‒ Belper ‒ Derbyshire DE56 1JQ
Telephone 01773 824639 ‒ Technical helpline 0330 100 7679
After sales service 0330 100 3142
wwwglow-wormcouk
0020200964_04 ‒ 16112017
copy These instructions or parts thereof are protected by copyright and may be repro-duced or distributed only with the manufacturers written consent
We reserve the right to make technical changes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 33
Dia-gnosticscode
ParameterValues
Unit Increment select explanationDefault set-ting
Own settingMin Max
d91 Status DCF77 Current value ndash ndash ndash Notadjustable
d93 Setting the product code 0 99 ndash 1
The Device Specific Number(DSN) can be found on the iden-tification plate
ndash Adjustable
d94 Delete fault list 0 1 ndash off = No
on = Yes
ndash Adjustable
d95 Software versions ndash ndash ndash 1 = Main PCB
2 = Interface PCB
ndash Adjustable
d96 Default setting (reset) ndash ndash ndash 0 = No
1 = Yes
ndash Adjustable
C Status codes ndash Overview
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Status code Meaning
Displays in heating mode
S0 Heating mode No requirement
S01 Heating mode Advance fan operation
S02 Heating mode Pump pre-run
S03 Heating mode Burner ignition
S04 Heating mode Burner on
S05 Heating mode Pumpfan overrun
S06 Heating mode Fan overrun
S07 Heating mode Pump overrun
S08 Heating mode Temporary shutdown after heating procedure
Displays in hot water handling mode
S10 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S11 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S13 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S14 DHW mode Burner on
S15 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S16 DHW mode Fan overrun
S17 DHW mode Pump overrun
Display in Comfort mode with warm start or hot water handling mode with cylinder
S20 Hot water handling mode Requirement
S21 Hot water handling mode Advance fan operation
S22 Hot water handling mode Pump pre-run
S23 Hot water handling mode Burner ignition
S24 DHW mode Burner on
S25 DHW mode Pumpfan overrun
S26 DHW mode Fan overrun
S27 DHW mode Pump overrun
S28 Hot water handling mode Temporary shutdown of the burner
Other displays
S30 Room thermostat is blocking heating mode
S31 No heating demand Summer mode eBUS controller waiting period
Appendix
34 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Status code Meaning
S32 Fan waiting time Fan speed outside of the tolerance values
S33 Forced fan operation until the pressure monitor is switched
S34 Frost protection active
S39 Underfloor heating contact open
S41 Water pressure too high
S42 Flue non-return flap closed
S46 Frost protection mode (Comfort) Minimum load
S53 Product in waiting periodoperation block function due to low water pressure (flowreturn spread too large)
S54 Waiting period Low water pressure in the circuit (flowreturn spread too large)
S76 Maintenance message Check the water pressure
S88 Product purging active
S91 Maintenance Demo mode
S96 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S97 Automatic test programme Water pressure sensor heating demands blocked
S98 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S99 Internal automatic test programmes
S108 Purging the combustion chamber fan in operation
S109 Products standby mode activated
D Overview of fault codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F00 Fault Flow temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F01 Fault Return temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F10 Short circuit Flow temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F11 Short circuit Return temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F12 andF91
Short circuit Cylinder temperaturesensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F13 Short circuit Domestic hot water cylindertemperature sensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F20 Safety switch-off Overheating temperat-ure reached
Incorrect earth connection between cable harness and product flow or returnNTC defective (loose connection) stray spark via ignition cable ignition plugor ignition electrode
F22 Safety switch-off Low water pressure inthe boiler
No or insufficient water in the product water pressure sensor de-fective cable to the pump or to the water pressure sensor loosenotconnecteddefective
F23 Safety switch-off Temperature differencetoo great (NTC1NTC2)
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product flow and return NTCsensors connected the wrong way round
F24 Safety switch-off Temperature rise toofast
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product system pressure toolow non-return valve blockedincorrectly installed
F25 Safety switch-off Flue gas temperaturetoo high
Break in plug connection for optional flue gas safety cut-out (STB) break incable harness
F27 Safety switch-off Fault in flame detection Moisture on the electronics electronics (flame monitor) defective gas solen-oid valve leaking
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 35
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F28 Fault Ignition unsuccessful when startingup
Gas meter defective or gas pressure monitor has triggered air in gas gasflow pressure too low thermal isolator device (TAE) has triggered incorrectgas restrictor incorrect spare gas valve fault on the gas valve multiple plugon PCB incorrectly plugged in break in cable harness ignition system (ig-nition transformer ignition cable ignition plug ignition electrode) defectiveionisation current interrupted (cable electrode) incorrect earthing of productelectronics defective
F29 Fault Flame loss Gas supply temporarily stopped flue gas recirculation incorrect earthing ofproduct ignition transformer has spark failure
F32 Fan frost protection function active Fanspeed outside the tolerance values
Plug on fan not correctly plugged in multiple plug on PCB not correctlyplugged in break in cable harness fan blocked Hall sensor defective elec-tronics defective
F49 eBUS fault Voltage too low Short circuit on eBUS eBUS overload or two power supplies with differentpolarities on the eBUS
F61 Fault Gas valve control system Short circuitshort to earth in cable harness for the gas valve gas valvedefective (coils shorted to earth) electronics defective
F62 Fault Gas valve switch-off control Delayed switch-off of gas valve delayed extinguishing of flame signal gasvalve leaking electronics defective
F63 Fault EEPROM Electronics defective
F64 Fault Electronicssensoranalogue-to-digital converter
Flow or return NTC short circuited electronics defective
F65 Fault Electronics temperature too high Electronics overheating due to external influences electronics defective
F67 Value sent back by ASIC is incorrect(flame signal)
Implausible flame signal electronics defective
F68 Fault Unstable flame (analogue input) Air in gas gas flow pressure too low incorrect air ratio incorrect gas re-strictor ionisation flow interruption (cable electrode)
F70 Invalid product code (DSN) Display and PCB replaced at same time and Device Specific Number notreset wrong or missing output range coding resistance
F71 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Flow temperature sensor signalling constant value Flow temperature sensorincorrectly positioned on supply pipe flow temperature sensor defective
F72 Fault Deviation in the water pressuresensorreturn temperature sensor
Flowreturn NTC temperature difference too great rarr flow andor return tem-perature sensor defective
F73 Fault Water pressure sensor not con-nected or has short-circuited
Interruptionshort circuit of water pressure sensor interruptionshort circuitto GND in supply line to water pressure sensor or water pressure sensordefective
F74 Fault Electrical problem in the waterpressure sensor
Line to water pressure sensor has a short circuit to 5 V24 V or internal faultin the water pressure sensor
F75 Fault Pressure sensor Pressure switch defective
F76 The safety cut-out in the primary heatexchanger is defective
Safety cut-out feedback does not match the gas valve feedback
F77 Fault Condensate or smoke No response flue non-return flap defective
F78 Interruption to DHW outlet sensor atexternal controller
UK link box is connected but hot water NTC not bridged
F83 Fault Dry fire When the burner starts the temperature change registered at the flow orreturn temperature sensor is non-existent or too small Insufficient waterin the product the flow or return temperature sensor is not in the correctposition on the pipe
F84 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Values not consistent difference lt -6 K
Flow and return temperature sensors signalling implausible values Flow andreturn temperature sensors have been inverted flow and return temperaturesensors have not been correctly installed
F85 Fault Temperature sensor The flow andor return temperature sensors have been installed on the samepipeincorrect pipe
Temperature sensor not connected or is connected incorrectly
F86 Fault Underfloor heating contact Underfloor heating contact open sensor disconnected or defective
F87 Fault Electrodes Electrodes not connected or they are connected incorrectly short circuit inthe cable harness
F88 Fault Gas valve Gas valve not connected or it is connected incorrectly short circuit in thecable harness
F89 Fault Pump Pump not connected or it is connected incorrectly incorrect pump connec-ted short circuit in the cable harness
Appendix
36 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
Connection No communication between the PCBand the user interface
Electronics defective
E Wiring diagram Pure boiler
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
X21 41
32
eBUS
RT 24V
Burner off
X106
13
41
3
123
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~2
6
7
9
8
1
3
4
5
11
10
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Temperature sensor on the heating flow
4 Temperature sensor on the heating return
5 Fan
6 Gas valve assembly
7 Pressure sensor
8 External ignition transformer
9 Heating pump
10 Ionisation and ignition electrode
11 Main power supply and connection for 230 V control
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 37
F Connection diagram Pure boiler (30 kW)
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
X21LN
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
13
41
3
123
eBUS
Burner off
X106
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~
X12LN
2
7
8
109
1
43
5
6
12 11
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Control system
4 Temperature sensor in the heating flow
5 Temperature sensor in the heating return
6 Fan
7 Gas valve
8 Pressure sensor
9 Ionisation electrode
10 Heating pump
11 Ignition electrode
12 Main power supply
Appendix
38 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
G Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview
The table below lists the manufacturer requirements with respect to minimum inspection and maintenance intervals If na-tional regulations and directives require shorter inspection and maintenance intervals you should observe these instead ofthe intervals listed in the table
No WorkInspection(annual)
Mainten-ance
(must becarried outat regularintervals)
1Check the airflue pipe for leak-tightness and to ensure that it is fastened correctly Make surethat it is not blocked or damaged and has been installed in accordance with the relevant Installa-tion Manual
X X
2Check the general condition of the product Remove dirt from the product and from the vacuumchamber
X X
3Visually inspect the general condition of the heat exchanger In doing so pay particular attentionto signs of corrosion rust and other defects If you notice any damage carry out maintenancework
X X
4Check the gas connection pressure at maximum heat input If the gas connection pressure is notwithin the correct range carry out maintenance work
X X
5Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product and if necessary adjust it Keep a record ofthis
X X
6Disconnect the product from the power mains Check that the electrical plug connections andother connections are seated correctly and correct these if necessary
X X
7 Close the gas isolator cock and the service valves X X
8Drain the product on the water side Check the pre-charge pressure of the expansion vesseland if required top up the expansion vessel (approx 003 MPa03 bar below the system fillingpressure)
X
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit X
10Check the seals in the combustion area If you see any damage replace the seals Replace bothburner seals each time it is opened and accordingly each time maintenance work is carried out
X
11 Clean the heat exchanger X
12 Check the burner for damage and replace it if necessary X
13 Check the condensate siphon in the product clean and fill if necessary X X
14 Install the gas-air mixture unit Caution Replace the seals X
15 Open the gas isolator cock reconnect the product to the power mains and switch the product on X X
16Open the service valves fill the productheating installation to 005-03 MPa05-30 bar (depend-ing on the static height of the heating installation) and start the purging programme PXX
X
17Carry out a test operation of the product and heating installation and if required purge the sys-tem once more
X X
18 Visually inspect the ignition and burner behaviour X X
19 Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product again X
20 Check the product for gas flue gas water and condensate leaks and repair if necessary X X
21 Record the inspectionmaintenance work carried out X X
Note For those appliances which are not part of an annual service agreementpolicy maintenance must be carried out at least every5 years
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 39
H Position of the opening in the airflue pipe
GN
N
MM
A
II
O
H
H
CBLJ
Q Q
Q
Q
Q
K
P
D E
FI
S
R
T
H1 Positioning of the opening of a fan-supported flue gas pipe
Installation siteMinimum dimen-sions
A Directly below an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
B Above an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
C Horizontally to an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
DBelow temperature-sensitive building components eg plastic gutters down pipes or wastewaterpipes
75 mm
E Below eaves 200 mm
F Below balconies or car port roofs 200 mm
G From vertical wastewater pipes or down pipes 150 mm
H From external or internal corners 200 mm
I Above floors roofs or balconies 300 mm
J From a surface facing a terminal 600 mm
K From a terminal facing a terminal 1200 mm
L From an opening in the car port (eg door window) which leads into the dwelling 1200 mm
M Vertical from a terminal on the same wall 1500 mm
N Horizontal from a terminal on the same wall 300 mm
O From the wall on which the terminal has been installed 0 mm
P From a vertical structure on the roof 300 mm
Q Above the roof area 300 mm
R Horizontal from adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
S Above adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
T Below adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 2000 mm
Appendix
40 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
H2 Horizontal terminal positioning
BS 5440-1 recommends that fanned flue chimney terminals should be positioned as follows
a) at least 2 m from an opening in the building directly opposite and
b) so that the products of combustion are not directed to discharge directly across a boundary if the products are likely tocause a nuisance to a neighbour or discharge over a walkway or patio
For IE see current issue of IS 813
For boilers covered within this manual
1) Dimensions D E F and G
These clearances may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler In order to ensure that the con-densate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces the terminal should be extended as shown below
Balconyeaves
Gutter
Adequately secured airflue gas pipe
The flue pipe mustprotrude beyond any overhang
2) Dimension H
This clearance may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler However in order to ensure thatthe condensate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces a clearance of 300 mm is preferred
For 1 and 2 above you can use a flue gas management kit to enable the termination point to be positioned and directed awayfrom the building fabric
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 41
I Commissioning Checklist
copy Heating and Hotwater Industry Council (HHIC)
wwwcentralheatingcouk
Benchmark Commissioning and Servicing SectionIt is a requirement that the boiler is installed and commissioned to the
completed in full
Appendix
42 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
This Commissioning Checklist is to be completed in full by the competent person who commissioned the boiler as a means of demonstrating compliance with the appropriate Building Regulations and then handed to the customer to keep for future reference
GAS BOILER SYSTEM COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST
CONTROLS
Optimum start control
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
ALL SYSTEMS
Yes
Yes
CENTRAL HEATING MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
COMBINATION BOILERS ONLY
Yes
Yes
DOMESTIC HOT WATER MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
Yes Temperature
CONDENSING BOILERS ONLY
Yes
ALL INSTALLATIONS
AND sup2 Ratio
AND sup2 Ratio
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 43
It is recommended that your heating system is serviced regularly and that the appropriate Service Interval Record is completed
Service Provider
SERVICE RECORD
SERVICE 01
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 02
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 03
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 04
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 05
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 06
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 07
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 08
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 09
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 10
AND sup2 AND sup2
Appendix
44 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
PRIOR TO CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO CHECKThe boiler manufacturerrsquos installation instructions should have been followed gas type verified and gas
supply pressurerate checked as required prior to commissioningAs part of the installation process especially where a flue has been fitted by persons other than the boiler installer visually check the integrity of the whole flue system to confirm that all components are correctly assembled fixed and supported Check that manufacturerrsquos max flue lengths have not been
exceeded and all guidance has been followed (eg Gas Safe Technical Bulletin TB008)The flue gas analyser should be of the correct type as specified by BS 7967
Prior to its use the flue gas analyser should have been maintained and calibrated as specified by the manufacturer The installer must have the relevant competence for use of the analyser
Check and zero the analyser IN FRESH AIR as per analyser manufacturerrsquos instructions
NOTETHE AIR GAS RATIO VALVE IS FACTORY
SET AND MUST NOT BE ADJUSTED DURING COMMISSIONING UNLESS THIS ACTION IS RECOMMENDED FOLLOWING CONTACT WITH THE MANUFACTURER
If any such adjustment is recommended and further checking of the boiler is required the
installerservice engineer must be competent to carry out this work and to use the flue gas
analyser accordinglyIf the boiler requires conversion to operate with
a different gas family (eg conversion from natural gas to LPG) separate guidance will be
provided by the boiler manufacturer
CARRY OUT FLUE INTEGRITY CHECK USING ANALYSERInsert analyser probe into air inlet test point and allow readings to stabiliseNOTE - where no air inlet test point is provided then a flue integrity check
with the analyser is not possible The installer should verify that flue integrity has been visually checked in accordance with the ldquoPrior to
CO and combustion ratio checkrdquo box above before proceeding to the ldquoCheck CO and combustion ratio at maximum raterdquo stage below
SET BOILER TO MINIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at minimum rate (to
minimum load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - If manufacturerrsquos instructions do not specify how to set boiler to minimum
rate contact Technical Helpline for advice
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MINIMUM RATEWith boiler still set at minimum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas sampling
point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is not
specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MAX RATEWith boiler still set at maximum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas
sampling point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is
not specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
SET BOILER TO MAXIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at max rate
(full load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - Do not insert analyser probe during this period to avoid
possible ldquofloodingrdquo of sensor
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
BOILER IS OPERATING SATISFACTORILYno further actions required
Ensure test points are capped boiler case is correctly replaced and all other commissioning procedures are completed
Complete Benchmark Checklist recording CO and combustion ratio readings as required
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED
VERIFY FLUE INTEGRITYAnalyser readings indicate that combustion products and inlet air must be mixing Further investigation of
the flue is therefore requiredCheck that flue components are assembled fixed and supported as per boilerflue manufacturerrsquos
instructionsCheck that flue and flue terminal are not obstructed
IsCO less than
335ppmand
COCO2 ratio less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
Check all seals around the appliance burner internal flue seals door and case seals
Rectify where necessary
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED IF
COMMISSIONING CANNOT BE FULLY COMPLETED THE APPLIANCE MUST BE
DISCONNECTED FROM THE GAS SUPPLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GSIUR
NOTE Check and record CO and combustion ratio at both max and min rate before contacting the
manufacturer
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YESYES
YES
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 45
J Pipe lengths for the airflue pipe
J1 Length of the C13 type airflue pipe
Applicability C13 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C13 type airfluepipe
C13 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J2 Length of the C33 type airflue pipe
Applicability C33 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C33 type airfluepipe
C33 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J3 Length of the C43 type airflue pipe
Applicability C43 type airflue pipe
Diameter of theairflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L)
C43 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
Appendix
46 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
K Technical data
Technical data ndash Heating
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 530 lh 655 lh 788 lh 1094 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 353 lh 436 lh 525 lh 729 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
123 lh 153 lh 184 lh 255 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 1102 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 876 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
306 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
Technical data ndash G20 powerloading G20The lowest nominal heat output may be higher than the value in the technical data depending on the design of the systemand the current operating status
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 12 kW 15 kW 18 kW 25 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
48 hellip 130 kW 48 hellip 162 kW 53 hellip 195 kW 65 hellip 270 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
47 hellip 128 kW 47 hellip 159 kW 52 hellip 191 kW 64 hellip 265 kW
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
45 hellip 123 kW 45 hellip 152 kW 50 hellip 183 kW 61 hellip 254 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
44 hellip 150 kW 44 hellip 180 kW 49 hellip 252 kW 60 hellip 300 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
123 kW 153 kW 184 kW 255 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
153 kW 184 kW 257 kW 306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 30 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
76 hellip 324 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
75 hellip 318 kW
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 47
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
72 hellip 305 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
71 hellip 350 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
72 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
357 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
72 kW
Technical data ndash General
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch 34 inch 34 inch 34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h 32 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
13 msup3h 16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0476 msup3h 0480 msup3h 0533 msup3h 0648 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
206 gs 208 gs 231 gs 281 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
55 gs 69 gs 83 gs 115 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
69 gs 83 gs 116 gs 138 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
55 55 60 77
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
55 55 55 55
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
43 48 51 62
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
32 32 34 35
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
71 71 69 68
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
105 105 105 95
Released system types C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996 996 996 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040 1040 1040 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060 1060 1060 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085 1085 1085 1085
NOx class 5 5 5 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm
Appendix
48 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Net weight 31 kg 31 kg 31 kg 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 35 kg 35 kg 35 kg 36 kg
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
38 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
32 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0762 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
330 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
138 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
161 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
82
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
37
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
75
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
104
Released system types C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085
NOx class 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm
Net weight 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 36 kg
Technical data ndash Electrics
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 49
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max electrical power consump-tion
65 W 75 W 66 W 75 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W
Level of protection IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V
Max electrical power consump-tion
60 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W
Level of protection IPX4D
Index
50 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Index
AAirflue pipe installed 5BBurner anti-cycling time 20Bypass valve 22CCE label 8Check programmes 29
Using 15Checking the burner 25Checking the pre-charge pressure of the expansionvessel 25Cleaning the condensate siphon 25Cleaning the heat exchanger 24CO₂ content
Checking 20 23Competent person 4Completing inspection work 25Completing maintenance work 25Condensate discharge pipe 12Condensate siphon
Filling 18Controller 14Corrosion 5DDecommissioning 28Decommissioning the product 28Diagnostics codes
Using 15Documents 7Draining the product 25EElectricity 5Expansion relief valve 28FFault codes 26Fault memory 26Fault messages 26Fault symbol 15Flow rate-pressure curves 21Flue gas route 5Front casing closed 5Frost 5GGas family check 16Gas flow rate 18HHanding over to the end user 22High-efficiency pump 21High-efficiency pump output 21IIdentification plate 7If you smell flue gas 5If you smell gas 4Inspection work 22 38Installation site 5Intended use 4LLeak-tightness 20 25 28
MMains connection 14Maintenance work 22 38Minimum clearance 9PPower supply 14Preparing the repair work 26Preparing repair work 26Pressure sensor 28Pump head 27QQualification 4RRegulations 6Removing the air intake pipe 24Removing the burner 24Removing the flue gas pipe 24Removing the front casing 10Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24Removing the ignition transformer 24Removing the side section 10Replacing the burner 26Replacing the expansion vessel 27Replacing the heat exchanger 26Replacing the main PCB 28Replacing expansion vessel 27Resetting the burner anti-cycling time 21SSafety device 5Schematic drawing 5Setting the burner anti-cycling time 20Spare parts 23Switching on the product 17TTool 6Transport 5Transporting 8Treating the heating water 16UUnloading the box 8Unpacking the product 8User interface replacing the PCB 28Using
Check programmes 15Diagnostics codes 15
VVoltage 5WWall-mounting the product 9Weight 9
0020200964_04
ManufacturerSupplierVaillant Group UK LTD
Nottingham Road ‒ Belper ‒ Derbyshire DE56 1JQ
Telephone 01773 824639 ‒ Technical helpline 0330 100 7679
After sales service 0330 100 3142
wwwglow-wormcouk
0020200964_04 ‒ 16112017
copy These instructions or parts thereof are protected by copyright and may be repro-duced or distributed only with the manufacturers written consent
We reserve the right to make technical changes
Appendix
34 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Status code Meaning
S32 Fan waiting time Fan speed outside of the tolerance values
S33 Forced fan operation until the pressure monitor is switched
S34 Frost protection active
S39 Underfloor heating contact open
S41 Water pressure too high
S42 Flue non-return flap closed
S46 Frost protection mode (Comfort) Minimum load
S53 Product in waiting periodoperation block function due to low water pressure (flowreturn spread too large)
S54 Waiting period Low water pressure in the circuit (flowreturn spread too large)
S76 Maintenance message Check the water pressure
S88 Product purging active
S91 Maintenance Demo mode
S96 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S97 Automatic test programme Water pressure sensor heating demands blocked
S98 Automatic test programme Return temperature sensor heating demands blocked
S99 Internal automatic test programmes
S108 Purging the combustion chamber fan in operation
S109 Products standby mode activated
D Overview of fault codes
Note
Since the code table is used for various products some codes may not be visible for the product in question
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F00 Fault Flow temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F01 Fault Return temperature sensor NTC plug not plugged in or has come loose multiple plug on the PCB notplugged in correctly interruption in cable harness NTC sensor defective
F10 Short circuit Flow temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F11 Short circuit Return temperature sensor NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F12 andF91
Short circuit Cylinder temperaturesensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F13 Short circuit Domestic hot water cylindertemperature sensor
NTC sensor defective short circuit in the cable harness cablecasing
F20 Safety switch-off Overheating temperat-ure reached
Incorrect earth connection between cable harness and product flow or returnNTC defective (loose connection) stray spark via ignition cable ignition plugor ignition electrode
F22 Safety switch-off Low water pressure inthe boiler
No or insufficient water in the product water pressure sensor de-fective cable to the pump or to the water pressure sensor loosenotconnecteddefective
F23 Safety switch-off Temperature differencetoo great (NTC1NTC2)
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product flow and return NTCsensors connected the wrong way round
F24 Safety switch-off Temperature rise toofast
Pump blocked insufficient pump output air in product system pressure toolow non-return valve blockedincorrectly installed
F25 Safety switch-off Flue gas temperaturetoo high
Break in plug connection for optional flue gas safety cut-out (STB) break incable harness
F27 Safety switch-off Fault in flame detection Moisture on the electronics electronics (flame monitor) defective gas solen-oid valve leaking
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 35
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F28 Fault Ignition unsuccessful when startingup
Gas meter defective or gas pressure monitor has triggered air in gas gasflow pressure too low thermal isolator device (TAE) has triggered incorrectgas restrictor incorrect spare gas valve fault on the gas valve multiple plugon PCB incorrectly plugged in break in cable harness ignition system (ig-nition transformer ignition cable ignition plug ignition electrode) defectiveionisation current interrupted (cable electrode) incorrect earthing of productelectronics defective
F29 Fault Flame loss Gas supply temporarily stopped flue gas recirculation incorrect earthing ofproduct ignition transformer has spark failure
F32 Fan frost protection function active Fanspeed outside the tolerance values
Plug on fan not correctly plugged in multiple plug on PCB not correctlyplugged in break in cable harness fan blocked Hall sensor defective elec-tronics defective
F49 eBUS fault Voltage too low Short circuit on eBUS eBUS overload or two power supplies with differentpolarities on the eBUS
F61 Fault Gas valve control system Short circuitshort to earth in cable harness for the gas valve gas valvedefective (coils shorted to earth) electronics defective
F62 Fault Gas valve switch-off control Delayed switch-off of gas valve delayed extinguishing of flame signal gasvalve leaking electronics defective
F63 Fault EEPROM Electronics defective
F64 Fault Electronicssensoranalogue-to-digital converter
Flow or return NTC short circuited electronics defective
F65 Fault Electronics temperature too high Electronics overheating due to external influences electronics defective
F67 Value sent back by ASIC is incorrect(flame signal)
Implausible flame signal electronics defective
F68 Fault Unstable flame (analogue input) Air in gas gas flow pressure too low incorrect air ratio incorrect gas re-strictor ionisation flow interruption (cable electrode)
F70 Invalid product code (DSN) Display and PCB replaced at same time and Device Specific Number notreset wrong or missing output range coding resistance
F71 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Flow temperature sensor signalling constant value Flow temperature sensorincorrectly positioned on supply pipe flow temperature sensor defective
F72 Fault Deviation in the water pressuresensorreturn temperature sensor
Flowreturn NTC temperature difference too great rarr flow andor return tem-perature sensor defective
F73 Fault Water pressure sensor not con-nected or has short-circuited
Interruptionshort circuit of water pressure sensor interruptionshort circuitto GND in supply line to water pressure sensor or water pressure sensordefective
F74 Fault Electrical problem in the waterpressure sensor
Line to water pressure sensor has a short circuit to 5 V24 V or internal faultin the water pressure sensor
F75 Fault Pressure sensor Pressure switch defective
F76 The safety cut-out in the primary heatexchanger is defective
Safety cut-out feedback does not match the gas valve feedback
F77 Fault Condensate or smoke No response flue non-return flap defective
F78 Interruption to DHW outlet sensor atexternal controller
UK link box is connected but hot water NTC not bridged
F83 Fault Dry fire When the burner starts the temperature change registered at the flow orreturn temperature sensor is non-existent or too small Insufficient waterin the product the flow or return temperature sensor is not in the correctposition on the pipe
F84 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Values not consistent difference lt -6 K
Flow and return temperature sensors signalling implausible values Flow andreturn temperature sensors have been inverted flow and return temperaturesensors have not been correctly installed
F85 Fault Temperature sensor The flow andor return temperature sensors have been installed on the samepipeincorrect pipe
Temperature sensor not connected or is connected incorrectly
F86 Fault Underfloor heating contact Underfloor heating contact open sensor disconnected or defective
F87 Fault Electrodes Electrodes not connected or they are connected incorrectly short circuit inthe cable harness
F88 Fault Gas valve Gas valve not connected or it is connected incorrectly short circuit in thecable harness
F89 Fault Pump Pump not connected or it is connected incorrectly incorrect pump connec-ted short circuit in the cable harness
Appendix
36 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
Connection No communication between the PCBand the user interface
Electronics defective
E Wiring diagram Pure boiler
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
X21 41
32
eBUS
RT 24V
Burner off
X106
13
41
3
123
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~2
6
7
9
8
1
3
4
5
11
10
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Temperature sensor on the heating flow
4 Temperature sensor on the heating return
5 Fan
6 Gas valve assembly
7 Pressure sensor
8 External ignition transformer
9 Heating pump
10 Ionisation and ignition electrode
11 Main power supply and connection for 230 V control
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 37
F Connection diagram Pure boiler (30 kW)
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
X21LN
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
13
41
3
123
eBUS
Burner off
X106
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~
X12LN
2
7
8
109
1
43
5
6
12 11
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Control system
4 Temperature sensor in the heating flow
5 Temperature sensor in the heating return
6 Fan
7 Gas valve
8 Pressure sensor
9 Ionisation electrode
10 Heating pump
11 Ignition electrode
12 Main power supply
Appendix
38 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
G Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview
The table below lists the manufacturer requirements with respect to minimum inspection and maintenance intervals If na-tional regulations and directives require shorter inspection and maintenance intervals you should observe these instead ofthe intervals listed in the table
No WorkInspection(annual)
Mainten-ance
(must becarried outat regularintervals)
1Check the airflue pipe for leak-tightness and to ensure that it is fastened correctly Make surethat it is not blocked or damaged and has been installed in accordance with the relevant Installa-tion Manual
X X
2Check the general condition of the product Remove dirt from the product and from the vacuumchamber
X X
3Visually inspect the general condition of the heat exchanger In doing so pay particular attentionto signs of corrosion rust and other defects If you notice any damage carry out maintenancework
X X
4Check the gas connection pressure at maximum heat input If the gas connection pressure is notwithin the correct range carry out maintenance work
X X
5Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product and if necessary adjust it Keep a record ofthis
X X
6Disconnect the product from the power mains Check that the electrical plug connections andother connections are seated correctly and correct these if necessary
X X
7 Close the gas isolator cock and the service valves X X
8Drain the product on the water side Check the pre-charge pressure of the expansion vesseland if required top up the expansion vessel (approx 003 MPa03 bar below the system fillingpressure)
X
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit X
10Check the seals in the combustion area If you see any damage replace the seals Replace bothburner seals each time it is opened and accordingly each time maintenance work is carried out
X
11 Clean the heat exchanger X
12 Check the burner for damage and replace it if necessary X
13 Check the condensate siphon in the product clean and fill if necessary X X
14 Install the gas-air mixture unit Caution Replace the seals X
15 Open the gas isolator cock reconnect the product to the power mains and switch the product on X X
16Open the service valves fill the productheating installation to 005-03 MPa05-30 bar (depend-ing on the static height of the heating installation) and start the purging programme PXX
X
17Carry out a test operation of the product and heating installation and if required purge the sys-tem once more
X X
18 Visually inspect the ignition and burner behaviour X X
19 Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product again X
20 Check the product for gas flue gas water and condensate leaks and repair if necessary X X
21 Record the inspectionmaintenance work carried out X X
Note For those appliances which are not part of an annual service agreementpolicy maintenance must be carried out at least every5 years
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 39
H Position of the opening in the airflue pipe
GN
N
MM
A
II
O
H
H
CBLJ
Q Q
Q
Q
Q
K
P
D E
FI
S
R
T
H1 Positioning of the opening of a fan-supported flue gas pipe
Installation siteMinimum dimen-sions
A Directly below an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
B Above an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
C Horizontally to an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
DBelow temperature-sensitive building components eg plastic gutters down pipes or wastewaterpipes
75 mm
E Below eaves 200 mm
F Below balconies or car port roofs 200 mm
G From vertical wastewater pipes or down pipes 150 mm
H From external or internal corners 200 mm
I Above floors roofs or balconies 300 mm
J From a surface facing a terminal 600 mm
K From a terminal facing a terminal 1200 mm
L From an opening in the car port (eg door window) which leads into the dwelling 1200 mm
M Vertical from a terminal on the same wall 1500 mm
N Horizontal from a terminal on the same wall 300 mm
O From the wall on which the terminal has been installed 0 mm
P From a vertical structure on the roof 300 mm
Q Above the roof area 300 mm
R Horizontal from adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
S Above adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
T Below adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 2000 mm
Appendix
40 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
H2 Horizontal terminal positioning
BS 5440-1 recommends that fanned flue chimney terminals should be positioned as follows
a) at least 2 m from an opening in the building directly opposite and
b) so that the products of combustion are not directed to discharge directly across a boundary if the products are likely tocause a nuisance to a neighbour or discharge over a walkway or patio
For IE see current issue of IS 813
For boilers covered within this manual
1) Dimensions D E F and G
These clearances may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler In order to ensure that the con-densate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces the terminal should be extended as shown below
Balconyeaves
Gutter
Adequately secured airflue gas pipe
The flue pipe mustprotrude beyond any overhang
2) Dimension H
This clearance may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler However in order to ensure thatthe condensate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces a clearance of 300 mm is preferred
For 1 and 2 above you can use a flue gas management kit to enable the termination point to be positioned and directed awayfrom the building fabric
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 41
I Commissioning Checklist
copy Heating and Hotwater Industry Council (HHIC)
wwwcentralheatingcouk
Benchmark Commissioning and Servicing SectionIt is a requirement that the boiler is installed and commissioned to the
completed in full
Appendix
42 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
This Commissioning Checklist is to be completed in full by the competent person who commissioned the boiler as a means of demonstrating compliance with the appropriate Building Regulations and then handed to the customer to keep for future reference
GAS BOILER SYSTEM COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST
CONTROLS
Optimum start control
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
ALL SYSTEMS
Yes
Yes
CENTRAL HEATING MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
COMBINATION BOILERS ONLY
Yes
Yes
DOMESTIC HOT WATER MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
Yes Temperature
CONDENSING BOILERS ONLY
Yes
ALL INSTALLATIONS
AND sup2 Ratio
AND sup2 Ratio
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 43
It is recommended that your heating system is serviced regularly and that the appropriate Service Interval Record is completed
Service Provider
SERVICE RECORD
SERVICE 01
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 02
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 03
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 04
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 05
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 06
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 07
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 08
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 09
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 10
AND sup2 AND sup2
Appendix
44 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
PRIOR TO CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO CHECKThe boiler manufacturerrsquos installation instructions should have been followed gas type verified and gas
supply pressurerate checked as required prior to commissioningAs part of the installation process especially where a flue has been fitted by persons other than the boiler installer visually check the integrity of the whole flue system to confirm that all components are correctly assembled fixed and supported Check that manufacturerrsquos max flue lengths have not been
exceeded and all guidance has been followed (eg Gas Safe Technical Bulletin TB008)The flue gas analyser should be of the correct type as specified by BS 7967
Prior to its use the flue gas analyser should have been maintained and calibrated as specified by the manufacturer The installer must have the relevant competence for use of the analyser
Check and zero the analyser IN FRESH AIR as per analyser manufacturerrsquos instructions
NOTETHE AIR GAS RATIO VALVE IS FACTORY
SET AND MUST NOT BE ADJUSTED DURING COMMISSIONING UNLESS THIS ACTION IS RECOMMENDED FOLLOWING CONTACT WITH THE MANUFACTURER
If any such adjustment is recommended and further checking of the boiler is required the
installerservice engineer must be competent to carry out this work and to use the flue gas
analyser accordinglyIf the boiler requires conversion to operate with
a different gas family (eg conversion from natural gas to LPG) separate guidance will be
provided by the boiler manufacturer
CARRY OUT FLUE INTEGRITY CHECK USING ANALYSERInsert analyser probe into air inlet test point and allow readings to stabiliseNOTE - where no air inlet test point is provided then a flue integrity check
with the analyser is not possible The installer should verify that flue integrity has been visually checked in accordance with the ldquoPrior to
CO and combustion ratio checkrdquo box above before proceeding to the ldquoCheck CO and combustion ratio at maximum raterdquo stage below
SET BOILER TO MINIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at minimum rate (to
minimum load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - If manufacturerrsquos instructions do not specify how to set boiler to minimum
rate contact Technical Helpline for advice
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MINIMUM RATEWith boiler still set at minimum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas sampling
point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is not
specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MAX RATEWith boiler still set at maximum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas
sampling point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is
not specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
SET BOILER TO MAXIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at max rate
(full load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - Do not insert analyser probe during this period to avoid
possible ldquofloodingrdquo of sensor
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
BOILER IS OPERATING SATISFACTORILYno further actions required
Ensure test points are capped boiler case is correctly replaced and all other commissioning procedures are completed
Complete Benchmark Checklist recording CO and combustion ratio readings as required
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED
VERIFY FLUE INTEGRITYAnalyser readings indicate that combustion products and inlet air must be mixing Further investigation of
the flue is therefore requiredCheck that flue components are assembled fixed and supported as per boilerflue manufacturerrsquos
instructionsCheck that flue and flue terminal are not obstructed
IsCO less than
335ppmand
COCO2 ratio less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
Check all seals around the appliance burner internal flue seals door and case seals
Rectify where necessary
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED IF
COMMISSIONING CANNOT BE FULLY COMPLETED THE APPLIANCE MUST BE
DISCONNECTED FROM THE GAS SUPPLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GSIUR
NOTE Check and record CO and combustion ratio at both max and min rate before contacting the
manufacturer
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YESYES
YES
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 45
J Pipe lengths for the airflue pipe
J1 Length of the C13 type airflue pipe
Applicability C13 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C13 type airfluepipe
C13 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J2 Length of the C33 type airflue pipe
Applicability C33 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C33 type airfluepipe
C33 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J3 Length of the C43 type airflue pipe
Applicability C43 type airflue pipe
Diameter of theairflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L)
C43 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
Appendix
46 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
K Technical data
Technical data ndash Heating
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 530 lh 655 lh 788 lh 1094 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 353 lh 436 lh 525 lh 729 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
123 lh 153 lh 184 lh 255 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 1102 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 876 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
306 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
Technical data ndash G20 powerloading G20The lowest nominal heat output may be higher than the value in the technical data depending on the design of the systemand the current operating status
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 12 kW 15 kW 18 kW 25 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
48 hellip 130 kW 48 hellip 162 kW 53 hellip 195 kW 65 hellip 270 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
47 hellip 128 kW 47 hellip 159 kW 52 hellip 191 kW 64 hellip 265 kW
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
45 hellip 123 kW 45 hellip 152 kW 50 hellip 183 kW 61 hellip 254 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
44 hellip 150 kW 44 hellip 180 kW 49 hellip 252 kW 60 hellip 300 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
123 kW 153 kW 184 kW 255 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
153 kW 184 kW 257 kW 306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 30 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
76 hellip 324 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
75 hellip 318 kW
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 47
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
72 hellip 305 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
71 hellip 350 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
72 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
357 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
72 kW
Technical data ndash General
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch 34 inch 34 inch 34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h 32 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
13 msup3h 16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0476 msup3h 0480 msup3h 0533 msup3h 0648 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
206 gs 208 gs 231 gs 281 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
55 gs 69 gs 83 gs 115 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
69 gs 83 gs 116 gs 138 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
55 55 60 77
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
55 55 55 55
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
43 48 51 62
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
32 32 34 35
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
71 71 69 68
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
105 105 105 95
Released system types C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996 996 996 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040 1040 1040 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060 1060 1060 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085 1085 1085 1085
NOx class 5 5 5 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm
Appendix
48 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Net weight 31 kg 31 kg 31 kg 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 35 kg 35 kg 35 kg 36 kg
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
38 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
32 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0762 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
330 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
138 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
161 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
82
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
37
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
75
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
104
Released system types C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085
NOx class 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm
Net weight 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 36 kg
Technical data ndash Electrics
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 49
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max electrical power consump-tion
65 W 75 W 66 W 75 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W
Level of protection IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V
Max electrical power consump-tion
60 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W
Level of protection IPX4D
Index
50 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Index
AAirflue pipe installed 5BBurner anti-cycling time 20Bypass valve 22CCE label 8Check programmes 29
Using 15Checking the burner 25Checking the pre-charge pressure of the expansionvessel 25Cleaning the condensate siphon 25Cleaning the heat exchanger 24CO₂ content
Checking 20 23Competent person 4Completing inspection work 25Completing maintenance work 25Condensate discharge pipe 12Condensate siphon
Filling 18Controller 14Corrosion 5DDecommissioning 28Decommissioning the product 28Diagnostics codes
Using 15Documents 7Draining the product 25EElectricity 5Expansion relief valve 28FFault codes 26Fault memory 26Fault messages 26Fault symbol 15Flow rate-pressure curves 21Flue gas route 5Front casing closed 5Frost 5GGas family check 16Gas flow rate 18HHanding over to the end user 22High-efficiency pump 21High-efficiency pump output 21IIdentification plate 7If you smell flue gas 5If you smell gas 4Inspection work 22 38Installation site 5Intended use 4LLeak-tightness 20 25 28
MMains connection 14Maintenance work 22 38Minimum clearance 9PPower supply 14Preparing the repair work 26Preparing repair work 26Pressure sensor 28Pump head 27QQualification 4RRegulations 6Removing the air intake pipe 24Removing the burner 24Removing the flue gas pipe 24Removing the front casing 10Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24Removing the ignition transformer 24Removing the side section 10Replacing the burner 26Replacing the expansion vessel 27Replacing the heat exchanger 26Replacing the main PCB 28Replacing expansion vessel 27Resetting the burner anti-cycling time 21SSafety device 5Schematic drawing 5Setting the burner anti-cycling time 20Spare parts 23Switching on the product 17TTool 6Transport 5Transporting 8Treating the heating water 16UUnloading the box 8Unpacking the product 8User interface replacing the PCB 28Using
Check programmes 15Diagnostics codes 15
VVoltage 5WWall-mounting the product 9Weight 9
0020200964_04
ManufacturerSupplierVaillant Group UK LTD
Nottingham Road ‒ Belper ‒ Derbyshire DE56 1JQ
Telephone 01773 824639 ‒ Technical helpline 0330 100 7679
After sales service 0330 100 3142
wwwglow-wormcouk
0020200964_04 ‒ 16112017
copy These instructions or parts thereof are protected by copyright and may be repro-duced or distributed only with the manufacturers written consent
We reserve the right to make technical changes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 35
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
F28 Fault Ignition unsuccessful when startingup
Gas meter defective or gas pressure monitor has triggered air in gas gasflow pressure too low thermal isolator device (TAE) has triggered incorrectgas restrictor incorrect spare gas valve fault on the gas valve multiple plugon PCB incorrectly plugged in break in cable harness ignition system (ig-nition transformer ignition cable ignition plug ignition electrode) defectiveionisation current interrupted (cable electrode) incorrect earthing of productelectronics defective
F29 Fault Flame loss Gas supply temporarily stopped flue gas recirculation incorrect earthing ofproduct ignition transformer has spark failure
F32 Fan frost protection function active Fanspeed outside the tolerance values
Plug on fan not correctly plugged in multiple plug on PCB not correctlyplugged in break in cable harness fan blocked Hall sensor defective elec-tronics defective
F49 eBUS fault Voltage too low Short circuit on eBUS eBUS overload or two power supplies with differentpolarities on the eBUS
F61 Fault Gas valve control system Short circuitshort to earth in cable harness for the gas valve gas valvedefective (coils shorted to earth) electronics defective
F62 Fault Gas valve switch-off control Delayed switch-off of gas valve delayed extinguishing of flame signal gasvalve leaking electronics defective
F63 Fault EEPROM Electronics defective
F64 Fault Electronicssensoranalogue-to-digital converter
Flow or return NTC short circuited electronics defective
F65 Fault Electronics temperature too high Electronics overheating due to external influences electronics defective
F67 Value sent back by ASIC is incorrect(flame signal)
Implausible flame signal electronics defective
F68 Fault Unstable flame (analogue input) Air in gas gas flow pressure too low incorrect air ratio incorrect gas re-strictor ionisation flow interruption (cable electrode)
F70 Invalid product code (DSN) Display and PCB replaced at same time and Device Specific Number notreset wrong or missing output range coding resistance
F71 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Flow temperature sensor signalling constant value Flow temperature sensorincorrectly positioned on supply pipe flow temperature sensor defective
F72 Fault Deviation in the water pressuresensorreturn temperature sensor
Flowreturn NTC temperature difference too great rarr flow andor return tem-perature sensor defective
F73 Fault Water pressure sensor not con-nected or has short-circuited
Interruptionshort circuit of water pressure sensor interruptionshort circuitto GND in supply line to water pressure sensor or water pressure sensordefective
F74 Fault Electrical problem in the waterpressure sensor
Line to water pressure sensor has a short circuit to 5 V24 V or internal faultin the water pressure sensor
F75 Fault Pressure sensor Pressure switch defective
F76 The safety cut-out in the primary heatexchanger is defective
Safety cut-out feedback does not match the gas valve feedback
F77 Fault Condensate or smoke No response flue non-return flap defective
F78 Interruption to DHW outlet sensor atexternal controller
UK link box is connected but hot water NTC not bridged
F83 Fault Dry fire When the burner starts the temperature change registered at the flow orreturn temperature sensor is non-existent or too small Insufficient waterin the product the flow or return temperature sensor is not in the correctposition on the pipe
F84 Fault Flowreturn temperature sensor Values not consistent difference lt -6 K
Flow and return temperature sensors signalling implausible values Flow andreturn temperature sensors have been inverted flow and return temperaturesensors have not been correctly installed
F85 Fault Temperature sensor The flow andor return temperature sensors have been installed on the samepipeincorrect pipe
Temperature sensor not connected or is connected incorrectly
F86 Fault Underfloor heating contact Underfloor heating contact open sensor disconnected or defective
F87 Fault Electrodes Electrodes not connected or they are connected incorrectly short circuit inthe cable harness
F88 Fault Gas valve Gas valve not connected or it is connected incorrectly short circuit in thecable harness
F89 Fault Pump Pump not connected or it is connected incorrectly incorrect pump connec-ted short circuit in the cable harness
Appendix
36 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
Connection No communication between the PCBand the user interface
Electronics defective
E Wiring diagram Pure boiler
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
X21 41
32
eBUS
RT 24V
Burner off
X106
13
41
3
123
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~2
6
7
9
8
1
3
4
5
11
10
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Temperature sensor on the heating flow
4 Temperature sensor on the heating return
5 Fan
6 Gas valve assembly
7 Pressure sensor
8 External ignition transformer
9 Heating pump
10 Ionisation and ignition electrode
11 Main power supply and connection for 230 V control
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 37
F Connection diagram Pure boiler (30 kW)
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
X21LN
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
13
41
3
123
eBUS
Burner off
X106
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~
X12LN
2
7
8
109
1
43
5
6
12 11
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Control system
4 Temperature sensor in the heating flow
5 Temperature sensor in the heating return
6 Fan
7 Gas valve
8 Pressure sensor
9 Ionisation electrode
10 Heating pump
11 Ignition electrode
12 Main power supply
Appendix
38 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
G Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview
The table below lists the manufacturer requirements with respect to minimum inspection and maintenance intervals If na-tional regulations and directives require shorter inspection and maintenance intervals you should observe these instead ofthe intervals listed in the table
No WorkInspection(annual)
Mainten-ance
(must becarried outat regularintervals)
1Check the airflue pipe for leak-tightness and to ensure that it is fastened correctly Make surethat it is not blocked or damaged and has been installed in accordance with the relevant Installa-tion Manual
X X
2Check the general condition of the product Remove dirt from the product and from the vacuumchamber
X X
3Visually inspect the general condition of the heat exchanger In doing so pay particular attentionto signs of corrosion rust and other defects If you notice any damage carry out maintenancework
X X
4Check the gas connection pressure at maximum heat input If the gas connection pressure is notwithin the correct range carry out maintenance work
X X
5Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product and if necessary adjust it Keep a record ofthis
X X
6Disconnect the product from the power mains Check that the electrical plug connections andother connections are seated correctly and correct these if necessary
X X
7 Close the gas isolator cock and the service valves X X
8Drain the product on the water side Check the pre-charge pressure of the expansion vesseland if required top up the expansion vessel (approx 003 MPa03 bar below the system fillingpressure)
X
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit X
10Check the seals in the combustion area If you see any damage replace the seals Replace bothburner seals each time it is opened and accordingly each time maintenance work is carried out
X
11 Clean the heat exchanger X
12 Check the burner for damage and replace it if necessary X
13 Check the condensate siphon in the product clean and fill if necessary X X
14 Install the gas-air mixture unit Caution Replace the seals X
15 Open the gas isolator cock reconnect the product to the power mains and switch the product on X X
16Open the service valves fill the productheating installation to 005-03 MPa05-30 bar (depend-ing on the static height of the heating installation) and start the purging programme PXX
X
17Carry out a test operation of the product and heating installation and if required purge the sys-tem once more
X X
18 Visually inspect the ignition and burner behaviour X X
19 Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product again X
20 Check the product for gas flue gas water and condensate leaks and repair if necessary X X
21 Record the inspectionmaintenance work carried out X X
Note For those appliances which are not part of an annual service agreementpolicy maintenance must be carried out at least every5 years
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 39
H Position of the opening in the airflue pipe
GN
N
MM
A
II
O
H
H
CBLJ
Q Q
Q
Q
Q
K
P
D E
FI
S
R
T
H1 Positioning of the opening of a fan-supported flue gas pipe
Installation siteMinimum dimen-sions
A Directly below an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
B Above an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
C Horizontally to an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
DBelow temperature-sensitive building components eg plastic gutters down pipes or wastewaterpipes
75 mm
E Below eaves 200 mm
F Below balconies or car port roofs 200 mm
G From vertical wastewater pipes or down pipes 150 mm
H From external or internal corners 200 mm
I Above floors roofs or balconies 300 mm
J From a surface facing a terminal 600 mm
K From a terminal facing a terminal 1200 mm
L From an opening in the car port (eg door window) which leads into the dwelling 1200 mm
M Vertical from a terminal on the same wall 1500 mm
N Horizontal from a terminal on the same wall 300 mm
O From the wall on which the terminal has been installed 0 mm
P From a vertical structure on the roof 300 mm
Q Above the roof area 300 mm
R Horizontal from adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
S Above adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
T Below adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 2000 mm
Appendix
40 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
H2 Horizontal terminal positioning
BS 5440-1 recommends that fanned flue chimney terminals should be positioned as follows
a) at least 2 m from an opening in the building directly opposite and
b) so that the products of combustion are not directed to discharge directly across a boundary if the products are likely tocause a nuisance to a neighbour or discharge over a walkway or patio
For IE see current issue of IS 813
For boilers covered within this manual
1) Dimensions D E F and G
These clearances may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler In order to ensure that the con-densate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces the terminal should be extended as shown below
Balconyeaves
Gutter
Adequately secured airflue gas pipe
The flue pipe mustprotrude beyond any overhang
2) Dimension H
This clearance may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler However in order to ensure thatthe condensate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces a clearance of 300 mm is preferred
For 1 and 2 above you can use a flue gas management kit to enable the termination point to be positioned and directed awayfrom the building fabric
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 41
I Commissioning Checklist
copy Heating and Hotwater Industry Council (HHIC)
wwwcentralheatingcouk
Benchmark Commissioning and Servicing SectionIt is a requirement that the boiler is installed and commissioned to the
completed in full
Appendix
42 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
This Commissioning Checklist is to be completed in full by the competent person who commissioned the boiler as a means of demonstrating compliance with the appropriate Building Regulations and then handed to the customer to keep for future reference
GAS BOILER SYSTEM COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST
CONTROLS
Optimum start control
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
ALL SYSTEMS
Yes
Yes
CENTRAL HEATING MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
COMBINATION BOILERS ONLY
Yes
Yes
DOMESTIC HOT WATER MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
Yes Temperature
CONDENSING BOILERS ONLY
Yes
ALL INSTALLATIONS
AND sup2 Ratio
AND sup2 Ratio
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 43
It is recommended that your heating system is serviced regularly and that the appropriate Service Interval Record is completed
Service Provider
SERVICE RECORD
SERVICE 01
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 02
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 03
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 04
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 05
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 06
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 07
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 08
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 09
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 10
AND sup2 AND sup2
Appendix
44 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
PRIOR TO CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO CHECKThe boiler manufacturerrsquos installation instructions should have been followed gas type verified and gas
supply pressurerate checked as required prior to commissioningAs part of the installation process especially where a flue has been fitted by persons other than the boiler installer visually check the integrity of the whole flue system to confirm that all components are correctly assembled fixed and supported Check that manufacturerrsquos max flue lengths have not been
exceeded and all guidance has been followed (eg Gas Safe Technical Bulletin TB008)The flue gas analyser should be of the correct type as specified by BS 7967
Prior to its use the flue gas analyser should have been maintained and calibrated as specified by the manufacturer The installer must have the relevant competence for use of the analyser
Check and zero the analyser IN FRESH AIR as per analyser manufacturerrsquos instructions
NOTETHE AIR GAS RATIO VALVE IS FACTORY
SET AND MUST NOT BE ADJUSTED DURING COMMISSIONING UNLESS THIS ACTION IS RECOMMENDED FOLLOWING CONTACT WITH THE MANUFACTURER
If any such adjustment is recommended and further checking of the boiler is required the
installerservice engineer must be competent to carry out this work and to use the flue gas
analyser accordinglyIf the boiler requires conversion to operate with
a different gas family (eg conversion from natural gas to LPG) separate guidance will be
provided by the boiler manufacturer
CARRY OUT FLUE INTEGRITY CHECK USING ANALYSERInsert analyser probe into air inlet test point and allow readings to stabiliseNOTE - where no air inlet test point is provided then a flue integrity check
with the analyser is not possible The installer should verify that flue integrity has been visually checked in accordance with the ldquoPrior to
CO and combustion ratio checkrdquo box above before proceeding to the ldquoCheck CO and combustion ratio at maximum raterdquo stage below
SET BOILER TO MINIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at minimum rate (to
minimum load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - If manufacturerrsquos instructions do not specify how to set boiler to minimum
rate contact Technical Helpline for advice
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MINIMUM RATEWith boiler still set at minimum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas sampling
point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is not
specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MAX RATEWith boiler still set at maximum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas
sampling point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is
not specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
SET BOILER TO MAXIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at max rate
(full load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - Do not insert analyser probe during this period to avoid
possible ldquofloodingrdquo of sensor
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
BOILER IS OPERATING SATISFACTORILYno further actions required
Ensure test points are capped boiler case is correctly replaced and all other commissioning procedures are completed
Complete Benchmark Checklist recording CO and combustion ratio readings as required
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED
VERIFY FLUE INTEGRITYAnalyser readings indicate that combustion products and inlet air must be mixing Further investigation of
the flue is therefore requiredCheck that flue components are assembled fixed and supported as per boilerflue manufacturerrsquos
instructionsCheck that flue and flue terminal are not obstructed
IsCO less than
335ppmand
COCO2 ratio less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
Check all seals around the appliance burner internal flue seals door and case seals
Rectify where necessary
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED IF
COMMISSIONING CANNOT BE FULLY COMPLETED THE APPLIANCE MUST BE
DISCONNECTED FROM THE GAS SUPPLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GSIUR
NOTE Check and record CO and combustion ratio at both max and min rate before contacting the
manufacturer
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YESYES
YES
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 45
J Pipe lengths for the airflue pipe
J1 Length of the C13 type airflue pipe
Applicability C13 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C13 type airfluepipe
C13 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J2 Length of the C33 type airflue pipe
Applicability C33 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C33 type airfluepipe
C33 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J3 Length of the C43 type airflue pipe
Applicability C43 type airflue pipe
Diameter of theairflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L)
C43 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
Appendix
46 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
K Technical data
Technical data ndash Heating
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 530 lh 655 lh 788 lh 1094 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 353 lh 436 lh 525 lh 729 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
123 lh 153 lh 184 lh 255 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 1102 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 876 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
306 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
Technical data ndash G20 powerloading G20The lowest nominal heat output may be higher than the value in the technical data depending on the design of the systemand the current operating status
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 12 kW 15 kW 18 kW 25 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
48 hellip 130 kW 48 hellip 162 kW 53 hellip 195 kW 65 hellip 270 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
47 hellip 128 kW 47 hellip 159 kW 52 hellip 191 kW 64 hellip 265 kW
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
45 hellip 123 kW 45 hellip 152 kW 50 hellip 183 kW 61 hellip 254 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
44 hellip 150 kW 44 hellip 180 kW 49 hellip 252 kW 60 hellip 300 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
123 kW 153 kW 184 kW 255 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
153 kW 184 kW 257 kW 306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 30 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
76 hellip 324 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
75 hellip 318 kW
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 47
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
72 hellip 305 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
71 hellip 350 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
72 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
357 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
72 kW
Technical data ndash General
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch 34 inch 34 inch 34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h 32 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
13 msup3h 16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0476 msup3h 0480 msup3h 0533 msup3h 0648 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
206 gs 208 gs 231 gs 281 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
55 gs 69 gs 83 gs 115 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
69 gs 83 gs 116 gs 138 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
55 55 60 77
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
55 55 55 55
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
43 48 51 62
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
32 32 34 35
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
71 71 69 68
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
105 105 105 95
Released system types C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996 996 996 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040 1040 1040 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060 1060 1060 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085 1085 1085 1085
NOx class 5 5 5 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm
Appendix
48 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Net weight 31 kg 31 kg 31 kg 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 35 kg 35 kg 35 kg 36 kg
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
38 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
32 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0762 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
330 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
138 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
161 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
82
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
37
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
75
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
104
Released system types C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085
NOx class 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm
Net weight 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 36 kg
Technical data ndash Electrics
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 49
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max electrical power consump-tion
65 W 75 W 66 W 75 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W
Level of protection IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V
Max electrical power consump-tion
60 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W
Level of protection IPX4D
Index
50 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Index
AAirflue pipe installed 5BBurner anti-cycling time 20Bypass valve 22CCE label 8Check programmes 29
Using 15Checking the burner 25Checking the pre-charge pressure of the expansionvessel 25Cleaning the condensate siphon 25Cleaning the heat exchanger 24CO₂ content
Checking 20 23Competent person 4Completing inspection work 25Completing maintenance work 25Condensate discharge pipe 12Condensate siphon
Filling 18Controller 14Corrosion 5DDecommissioning 28Decommissioning the product 28Diagnostics codes
Using 15Documents 7Draining the product 25EElectricity 5Expansion relief valve 28FFault codes 26Fault memory 26Fault messages 26Fault symbol 15Flow rate-pressure curves 21Flue gas route 5Front casing closed 5Frost 5GGas family check 16Gas flow rate 18HHanding over to the end user 22High-efficiency pump 21High-efficiency pump output 21IIdentification plate 7If you smell flue gas 5If you smell gas 4Inspection work 22 38Installation site 5Intended use 4LLeak-tightness 20 25 28
MMains connection 14Maintenance work 22 38Minimum clearance 9PPower supply 14Preparing the repair work 26Preparing repair work 26Pressure sensor 28Pump head 27QQualification 4RRegulations 6Removing the air intake pipe 24Removing the burner 24Removing the flue gas pipe 24Removing the front casing 10Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24Removing the ignition transformer 24Removing the side section 10Replacing the burner 26Replacing the expansion vessel 27Replacing the heat exchanger 26Replacing the main PCB 28Replacing expansion vessel 27Resetting the burner anti-cycling time 21SSafety device 5Schematic drawing 5Setting the burner anti-cycling time 20Spare parts 23Switching on the product 17TTool 6Transport 5Transporting 8Treating the heating water 16UUnloading the box 8Unpacking the product 8User interface replacing the PCB 28Using
Check programmes 15Diagnostics codes 15
VVoltage 5WWall-mounting the product 9Weight 9
0020200964_04
ManufacturerSupplierVaillant Group UK LTD
Nottingham Road ‒ Belper ‒ Derbyshire DE56 1JQ
Telephone 01773 824639 ‒ Technical helpline 0330 100 7679
After sales service 0330 100 3142
wwwglow-wormcouk
0020200964_04 ‒ 16112017
copy These instructions or parts thereof are protected by copyright and may be repro-duced or distributed only with the manufacturers written consent
We reserve the right to make technical changes
Appendix
36 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Fault code Meaning Possible cause
Connection No communication between the PCBand the user interface
Electronics defective
E Wiring diagram Pure boiler
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
X21 41
32
eBUS
RT 24V
Burner off
X106
13
41
3
123
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~2
6
7
9
8
1
3
4
5
11
10
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Temperature sensor on the heating flow
4 Temperature sensor on the heating return
5 Fan
6 Gas valve assembly
7 Pressure sensor
8 External ignition transformer
9 Heating pump
10 Ionisation and ignition electrode
11 Main power supply and connection for 230 V control
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 37
F Connection diagram Pure boiler (30 kW)
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
X21LN
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
13
41
3
123
eBUS
Burner off
X106
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~
X12LN
2
7
8
109
1
43
5
6
12 11
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Control system
4 Temperature sensor in the heating flow
5 Temperature sensor in the heating return
6 Fan
7 Gas valve
8 Pressure sensor
9 Ionisation electrode
10 Heating pump
11 Ignition electrode
12 Main power supply
Appendix
38 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
G Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview
The table below lists the manufacturer requirements with respect to minimum inspection and maintenance intervals If na-tional regulations and directives require shorter inspection and maintenance intervals you should observe these instead ofthe intervals listed in the table
No WorkInspection(annual)
Mainten-ance
(must becarried outat regularintervals)
1Check the airflue pipe for leak-tightness and to ensure that it is fastened correctly Make surethat it is not blocked or damaged and has been installed in accordance with the relevant Installa-tion Manual
X X
2Check the general condition of the product Remove dirt from the product and from the vacuumchamber
X X
3Visually inspect the general condition of the heat exchanger In doing so pay particular attentionto signs of corrosion rust and other defects If you notice any damage carry out maintenancework
X X
4Check the gas connection pressure at maximum heat input If the gas connection pressure is notwithin the correct range carry out maintenance work
X X
5Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product and if necessary adjust it Keep a record ofthis
X X
6Disconnect the product from the power mains Check that the electrical plug connections andother connections are seated correctly and correct these if necessary
X X
7 Close the gas isolator cock and the service valves X X
8Drain the product on the water side Check the pre-charge pressure of the expansion vesseland if required top up the expansion vessel (approx 003 MPa03 bar below the system fillingpressure)
X
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit X
10Check the seals in the combustion area If you see any damage replace the seals Replace bothburner seals each time it is opened and accordingly each time maintenance work is carried out
X
11 Clean the heat exchanger X
12 Check the burner for damage and replace it if necessary X
13 Check the condensate siphon in the product clean and fill if necessary X X
14 Install the gas-air mixture unit Caution Replace the seals X
15 Open the gas isolator cock reconnect the product to the power mains and switch the product on X X
16Open the service valves fill the productheating installation to 005-03 MPa05-30 bar (depend-ing on the static height of the heating installation) and start the purging programme PXX
X
17Carry out a test operation of the product and heating installation and if required purge the sys-tem once more
X X
18 Visually inspect the ignition and burner behaviour X X
19 Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product again X
20 Check the product for gas flue gas water and condensate leaks and repair if necessary X X
21 Record the inspectionmaintenance work carried out X X
Note For those appliances which are not part of an annual service agreementpolicy maintenance must be carried out at least every5 years
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 39
H Position of the opening in the airflue pipe
GN
N
MM
A
II
O
H
H
CBLJ
Q Q
Q
Q
Q
K
P
D E
FI
S
R
T
H1 Positioning of the opening of a fan-supported flue gas pipe
Installation siteMinimum dimen-sions
A Directly below an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
B Above an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
C Horizontally to an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
DBelow temperature-sensitive building components eg plastic gutters down pipes or wastewaterpipes
75 mm
E Below eaves 200 mm
F Below balconies or car port roofs 200 mm
G From vertical wastewater pipes or down pipes 150 mm
H From external or internal corners 200 mm
I Above floors roofs or balconies 300 mm
J From a surface facing a terminal 600 mm
K From a terminal facing a terminal 1200 mm
L From an opening in the car port (eg door window) which leads into the dwelling 1200 mm
M Vertical from a terminal on the same wall 1500 mm
N Horizontal from a terminal on the same wall 300 mm
O From the wall on which the terminal has been installed 0 mm
P From a vertical structure on the roof 300 mm
Q Above the roof area 300 mm
R Horizontal from adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
S Above adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
T Below adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 2000 mm
Appendix
40 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
H2 Horizontal terminal positioning
BS 5440-1 recommends that fanned flue chimney terminals should be positioned as follows
a) at least 2 m from an opening in the building directly opposite and
b) so that the products of combustion are not directed to discharge directly across a boundary if the products are likely tocause a nuisance to a neighbour or discharge over a walkway or patio
For IE see current issue of IS 813
For boilers covered within this manual
1) Dimensions D E F and G
These clearances may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler In order to ensure that the con-densate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces the terminal should be extended as shown below
Balconyeaves
Gutter
Adequately secured airflue gas pipe
The flue pipe mustprotrude beyond any overhang
2) Dimension H
This clearance may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler However in order to ensure thatthe condensate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces a clearance of 300 mm is preferred
For 1 and 2 above you can use a flue gas management kit to enable the termination point to be positioned and directed awayfrom the building fabric
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 41
I Commissioning Checklist
copy Heating and Hotwater Industry Council (HHIC)
wwwcentralheatingcouk
Benchmark Commissioning and Servicing SectionIt is a requirement that the boiler is installed and commissioned to the
completed in full
Appendix
42 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
This Commissioning Checklist is to be completed in full by the competent person who commissioned the boiler as a means of demonstrating compliance with the appropriate Building Regulations and then handed to the customer to keep for future reference
GAS BOILER SYSTEM COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST
CONTROLS
Optimum start control
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
ALL SYSTEMS
Yes
Yes
CENTRAL HEATING MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
COMBINATION BOILERS ONLY
Yes
Yes
DOMESTIC HOT WATER MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
Yes Temperature
CONDENSING BOILERS ONLY
Yes
ALL INSTALLATIONS
AND sup2 Ratio
AND sup2 Ratio
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 43
It is recommended that your heating system is serviced regularly and that the appropriate Service Interval Record is completed
Service Provider
SERVICE RECORD
SERVICE 01
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 02
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 03
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 04
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 05
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 06
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 07
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 08
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 09
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 10
AND sup2 AND sup2
Appendix
44 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
PRIOR TO CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO CHECKThe boiler manufacturerrsquos installation instructions should have been followed gas type verified and gas
supply pressurerate checked as required prior to commissioningAs part of the installation process especially where a flue has been fitted by persons other than the boiler installer visually check the integrity of the whole flue system to confirm that all components are correctly assembled fixed and supported Check that manufacturerrsquos max flue lengths have not been
exceeded and all guidance has been followed (eg Gas Safe Technical Bulletin TB008)The flue gas analyser should be of the correct type as specified by BS 7967
Prior to its use the flue gas analyser should have been maintained and calibrated as specified by the manufacturer The installer must have the relevant competence for use of the analyser
Check and zero the analyser IN FRESH AIR as per analyser manufacturerrsquos instructions
NOTETHE AIR GAS RATIO VALVE IS FACTORY
SET AND MUST NOT BE ADJUSTED DURING COMMISSIONING UNLESS THIS ACTION IS RECOMMENDED FOLLOWING CONTACT WITH THE MANUFACTURER
If any such adjustment is recommended and further checking of the boiler is required the
installerservice engineer must be competent to carry out this work and to use the flue gas
analyser accordinglyIf the boiler requires conversion to operate with
a different gas family (eg conversion from natural gas to LPG) separate guidance will be
provided by the boiler manufacturer
CARRY OUT FLUE INTEGRITY CHECK USING ANALYSERInsert analyser probe into air inlet test point and allow readings to stabiliseNOTE - where no air inlet test point is provided then a flue integrity check
with the analyser is not possible The installer should verify that flue integrity has been visually checked in accordance with the ldquoPrior to
CO and combustion ratio checkrdquo box above before proceeding to the ldquoCheck CO and combustion ratio at maximum raterdquo stage below
SET BOILER TO MINIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at minimum rate (to
minimum load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - If manufacturerrsquos instructions do not specify how to set boiler to minimum
rate contact Technical Helpline for advice
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MINIMUM RATEWith boiler still set at minimum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas sampling
point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is not
specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MAX RATEWith boiler still set at maximum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas
sampling point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is
not specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
SET BOILER TO MAXIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at max rate
(full load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - Do not insert analyser probe during this period to avoid
possible ldquofloodingrdquo of sensor
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
BOILER IS OPERATING SATISFACTORILYno further actions required
Ensure test points are capped boiler case is correctly replaced and all other commissioning procedures are completed
Complete Benchmark Checklist recording CO and combustion ratio readings as required
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED
VERIFY FLUE INTEGRITYAnalyser readings indicate that combustion products and inlet air must be mixing Further investigation of
the flue is therefore requiredCheck that flue components are assembled fixed and supported as per boilerflue manufacturerrsquos
instructionsCheck that flue and flue terminal are not obstructed
IsCO less than
335ppmand
COCO2 ratio less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
Check all seals around the appliance burner internal flue seals door and case seals
Rectify where necessary
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED IF
COMMISSIONING CANNOT BE FULLY COMPLETED THE APPLIANCE MUST BE
DISCONNECTED FROM THE GAS SUPPLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GSIUR
NOTE Check and record CO and combustion ratio at both max and min rate before contacting the
manufacturer
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YESYES
YES
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 45
J Pipe lengths for the airflue pipe
J1 Length of the C13 type airflue pipe
Applicability C13 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C13 type airfluepipe
C13 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J2 Length of the C33 type airflue pipe
Applicability C33 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C33 type airfluepipe
C33 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J3 Length of the C43 type airflue pipe
Applicability C43 type airflue pipe
Diameter of theairflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L)
C43 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
Appendix
46 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
K Technical data
Technical data ndash Heating
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 530 lh 655 lh 788 lh 1094 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 353 lh 436 lh 525 lh 729 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
123 lh 153 lh 184 lh 255 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 1102 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 876 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
306 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
Technical data ndash G20 powerloading G20The lowest nominal heat output may be higher than the value in the technical data depending on the design of the systemand the current operating status
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 12 kW 15 kW 18 kW 25 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
48 hellip 130 kW 48 hellip 162 kW 53 hellip 195 kW 65 hellip 270 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
47 hellip 128 kW 47 hellip 159 kW 52 hellip 191 kW 64 hellip 265 kW
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
45 hellip 123 kW 45 hellip 152 kW 50 hellip 183 kW 61 hellip 254 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
44 hellip 150 kW 44 hellip 180 kW 49 hellip 252 kW 60 hellip 300 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
123 kW 153 kW 184 kW 255 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
153 kW 184 kW 257 kW 306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 30 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
76 hellip 324 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
75 hellip 318 kW
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 47
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
72 hellip 305 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
71 hellip 350 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
72 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
357 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
72 kW
Technical data ndash General
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch 34 inch 34 inch 34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h 32 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
13 msup3h 16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0476 msup3h 0480 msup3h 0533 msup3h 0648 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
206 gs 208 gs 231 gs 281 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
55 gs 69 gs 83 gs 115 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
69 gs 83 gs 116 gs 138 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
55 55 60 77
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
55 55 55 55
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
43 48 51 62
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
32 32 34 35
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
71 71 69 68
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
105 105 105 95
Released system types C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996 996 996 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040 1040 1040 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060 1060 1060 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085 1085 1085 1085
NOx class 5 5 5 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm
Appendix
48 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Net weight 31 kg 31 kg 31 kg 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 35 kg 35 kg 35 kg 36 kg
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
38 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
32 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0762 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
330 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
138 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
161 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
82
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
37
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
75
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
104
Released system types C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085
NOx class 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm
Net weight 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 36 kg
Technical data ndash Electrics
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 49
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max electrical power consump-tion
65 W 75 W 66 W 75 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W
Level of protection IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V
Max electrical power consump-tion
60 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W
Level of protection IPX4D
Index
50 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Index
AAirflue pipe installed 5BBurner anti-cycling time 20Bypass valve 22CCE label 8Check programmes 29
Using 15Checking the burner 25Checking the pre-charge pressure of the expansionvessel 25Cleaning the condensate siphon 25Cleaning the heat exchanger 24CO₂ content
Checking 20 23Competent person 4Completing inspection work 25Completing maintenance work 25Condensate discharge pipe 12Condensate siphon
Filling 18Controller 14Corrosion 5DDecommissioning 28Decommissioning the product 28Diagnostics codes
Using 15Documents 7Draining the product 25EElectricity 5Expansion relief valve 28FFault codes 26Fault memory 26Fault messages 26Fault symbol 15Flow rate-pressure curves 21Flue gas route 5Front casing closed 5Frost 5GGas family check 16Gas flow rate 18HHanding over to the end user 22High-efficiency pump 21High-efficiency pump output 21IIdentification plate 7If you smell flue gas 5If you smell gas 4Inspection work 22 38Installation site 5Intended use 4LLeak-tightness 20 25 28
MMains connection 14Maintenance work 22 38Minimum clearance 9PPower supply 14Preparing the repair work 26Preparing repair work 26Pressure sensor 28Pump head 27QQualification 4RRegulations 6Removing the air intake pipe 24Removing the burner 24Removing the flue gas pipe 24Removing the front casing 10Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24Removing the ignition transformer 24Removing the side section 10Replacing the burner 26Replacing the expansion vessel 27Replacing the heat exchanger 26Replacing the main PCB 28Replacing expansion vessel 27Resetting the burner anti-cycling time 21SSafety device 5Schematic drawing 5Setting the burner anti-cycling time 20Spare parts 23Switching on the product 17TTool 6Transport 5Transporting 8Treating the heating water 16UUnloading the box 8Unpacking the product 8User interface replacing the PCB 28Using
Check programmes 15Diagnostics codes 15
VVoltage 5WWall-mounting the product 9Weight 9
0020200964_04
ManufacturerSupplierVaillant Group UK LTD
Nottingham Road ‒ Belper ‒ Derbyshire DE56 1JQ
Telephone 01773 824639 ‒ Technical helpline 0330 100 7679
After sales service 0330 100 3142
wwwglow-wormcouk
0020200964_04 ‒ 16112017
copy These instructions or parts thereof are protected by copyright and may be repro-duced or distributed only with the manufacturers written consent
We reserve the right to make technical changes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 37
F Connection diagram Pure boiler (30 kW)
X2
X14LN
191020
1624
1113
14
187
178
X51
X51
X20
16
19
3154
5
1011
6
13
X51
X20
X40 X51
X30
X2
X21
X41
X22
X14L
N
ndash +24V=RT BUS
Burneroff
RT230Vac
X1
FUS
X106X32
X90
X12
X35
X21LN
RT 230Vac
NL
X1
13
41
3
123
eBUS
Burner off
X106
M
5421
21
21
N
L
L
24V230V~
24V
230V
~
X12LN
2
7
8
109
1
43
5
6
12 11
1 Main PCB
2 Interface PCB
3 Control system
4 Temperature sensor in the heating flow
5 Temperature sensor in the heating return
6 Fan
7 Gas valve
8 Pressure sensor
9 Ionisation electrode
10 Heating pump
11 Ignition electrode
12 Main power supply
Appendix
38 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
G Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview
The table below lists the manufacturer requirements with respect to minimum inspection and maintenance intervals If na-tional regulations and directives require shorter inspection and maintenance intervals you should observe these instead ofthe intervals listed in the table
No WorkInspection(annual)
Mainten-ance
(must becarried outat regularintervals)
1Check the airflue pipe for leak-tightness and to ensure that it is fastened correctly Make surethat it is not blocked or damaged and has been installed in accordance with the relevant Installa-tion Manual
X X
2Check the general condition of the product Remove dirt from the product and from the vacuumchamber
X X
3Visually inspect the general condition of the heat exchanger In doing so pay particular attentionto signs of corrosion rust and other defects If you notice any damage carry out maintenancework
X X
4Check the gas connection pressure at maximum heat input If the gas connection pressure is notwithin the correct range carry out maintenance work
X X
5Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product and if necessary adjust it Keep a record ofthis
X X
6Disconnect the product from the power mains Check that the electrical plug connections andother connections are seated correctly and correct these if necessary
X X
7 Close the gas isolator cock and the service valves X X
8Drain the product on the water side Check the pre-charge pressure of the expansion vesseland if required top up the expansion vessel (approx 003 MPa03 bar below the system fillingpressure)
X
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit X
10Check the seals in the combustion area If you see any damage replace the seals Replace bothburner seals each time it is opened and accordingly each time maintenance work is carried out
X
11 Clean the heat exchanger X
12 Check the burner for damage and replace it if necessary X
13 Check the condensate siphon in the product clean and fill if necessary X X
14 Install the gas-air mixture unit Caution Replace the seals X
15 Open the gas isolator cock reconnect the product to the power mains and switch the product on X X
16Open the service valves fill the productheating installation to 005-03 MPa05-30 bar (depend-ing on the static height of the heating installation) and start the purging programme PXX
X
17Carry out a test operation of the product and heating installation and if required purge the sys-tem once more
X X
18 Visually inspect the ignition and burner behaviour X X
19 Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product again X
20 Check the product for gas flue gas water and condensate leaks and repair if necessary X X
21 Record the inspectionmaintenance work carried out X X
Note For those appliances which are not part of an annual service agreementpolicy maintenance must be carried out at least every5 years
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 39
H Position of the opening in the airflue pipe
GN
N
MM
A
II
O
H
H
CBLJ
Q Q
Q
Q
Q
K
P
D E
FI
S
R
T
H1 Positioning of the opening of a fan-supported flue gas pipe
Installation siteMinimum dimen-sions
A Directly below an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
B Above an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
C Horizontally to an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
DBelow temperature-sensitive building components eg plastic gutters down pipes or wastewaterpipes
75 mm
E Below eaves 200 mm
F Below balconies or car port roofs 200 mm
G From vertical wastewater pipes or down pipes 150 mm
H From external or internal corners 200 mm
I Above floors roofs or balconies 300 mm
J From a surface facing a terminal 600 mm
K From a terminal facing a terminal 1200 mm
L From an opening in the car port (eg door window) which leads into the dwelling 1200 mm
M Vertical from a terminal on the same wall 1500 mm
N Horizontal from a terminal on the same wall 300 mm
O From the wall on which the terminal has been installed 0 mm
P From a vertical structure on the roof 300 mm
Q Above the roof area 300 mm
R Horizontal from adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
S Above adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
T Below adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 2000 mm
Appendix
40 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
H2 Horizontal terminal positioning
BS 5440-1 recommends that fanned flue chimney terminals should be positioned as follows
a) at least 2 m from an opening in the building directly opposite and
b) so that the products of combustion are not directed to discharge directly across a boundary if the products are likely tocause a nuisance to a neighbour or discharge over a walkway or patio
For IE see current issue of IS 813
For boilers covered within this manual
1) Dimensions D E F and G
These clearances may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler In order to ensure that the con-densate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces the terminal should be extended as shown below
Balconyeaves
Gutter
Adequately secured airflue gas pipe
The flue pipe mustprotrude beyond any overhang
2) Dimension H
This clearance may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler However in order to ensure thatthe condensate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces a clearance of 300 mm is preferred
For 1 and 2 above you can use a flue gas management kit to enable the termination point to be positioned and directed awayfrom the building fabric
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 41
I Commissioning Checklist
copy Heating and Hotwater Industry Council (HHIC)
wwwcentralheatingcouk
Benchmark Commissioning and Servicing SectionIt is a requirement that the boiler is installed and commissioned to the
completed in full
Appendix
42 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
This Commissioning Checklist is to be completed in full by the competent person who commissioned the boiler as a means of demonstrating compliance with the appropriate Building Regulations and then handed to the customer to keep for future reference
GAS BOILER SYSTEM COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST
CONTROLS
Optimum start control
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
ALL SYSTEMS
Yes
Yes
CENTRAL HEATING MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
COMBINATION BOILERS ONLY
Yes
Yes
DOMESTIC HOT WATER MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
Yes Temperature
CONDENSING BOILERS ONLY
Yes
ALL INSTALLATIONS
AND sup2 Ratio
AND sup2 Ratio
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 43
It is recommended that your heating system is serviced regularly and that the appropriate Service Interval Record is completed
Service Provider
SERVICE RECORD
SERVICE 01
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 02
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 03
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 04
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 05
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 06
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 07
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 08
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 09
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 10
AND sup2 AND sup2
Appendix
44 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
PRIOR TO CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO CHECKThe boiler manufacturerrsquos installation instructions should have been followed gas type verified and gas
supply pressurerate checked as required prior to commissioningAs part of the installation process especially where a flue has been fitted by persons other than the boiler installer visually check the integrity of the whole flue system to confirm that all components are correctly assembled fixed and supported Check that manufacturerrsquos max flue lengths have not been
exceeded and all guidance has been followed (eg Gas Safe Technical Bulletin TB008)The flue gas analyser should be of the correct type as specified by BS 7967
Prior to its use the flue gas analyser should have been maintained and calibrated as specified by the manufacturer The installer must have the relevant competence for use of the analyser
Check and zero the analyser IN FRESH AIR as per analyser manufacturerrsquos instructions
NOTETHE AIR GAS RATIO VALVE IS FACTORY
SET AND MUST NOT BE ADJUSTED DURING COMMISSIONING UNLESS THIS ACTION IS RECOMMENDED FOLLOWING CONTACT WITH THE MANUFACTURER
If any such adjustment is recommended and further checking of the boiler is required the
installerservice engineer must be competent to carry out this work and to use the flue gas
analyser accordinglyIf the boiler requires conversion to operate with
a different gas family (eg conversion from natural gas to LPG) separate guidance will be
provided by the boiler manufacturer
CARRY OUT FLUE INTEGRITY CHECK USING ANALYSERInsert analyser probe into air inlet test point and allow readings to stabiliseNOTE - where no air inlet test point is provided then a flue integrity check
with the analyser is not possible The installer should verify that flue integrity has been visually checked in accordance with the ldquoPrior to
CO and combustion ratio checkrdquo box above before proceeding to the ldquoCheck CO and combustion ratio at maximum raterdquo stage below
SET BOILER TO MINIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at minimum rate (to
minimum load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - If manufacturerrsquos instructions do not specify how to set boiler to minimum
rate contact Technical Helpline for advice
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MINIMUM RATEWith boiler still set at minimum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas sampling
point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is not
specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MAX RATEWith boiler still set at maximum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas
sampling point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is
not specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
SET BOILER TO MAXIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at max rate
(full load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - Do not insert analyser probe during this period to avoid
possible ldquofloodingrdquo of sensor
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
BOILER IS OPERATING SATISFACTORILYno further actions required
Ensure test points are capped boiler case is correctly replaced and all other commissioning procedures are completed
Complete Benchmark Checklist recording CO and combustion ratio readings as required
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED
VERIFY FLUE INTEGRITYAnalyser readings indicate that combustion products and inlet air must be mixing Further investigation of
the flue is therefore requiredCheck that flue components are assembled fixed and supported as per boilerflue manufacturerrsquos
instructionsCheck that flue and flue terminal are not obstructed
IsCO less than
335ppmand
COCO2 ratio less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
Check all seals around the appliance burner internal flue seals door and case seals
Rectify where necessary
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED IF
COMMISSIONING CANNOT BE FULLY COMPLETED THE APPLIANCE MUST BE
DISCONNECTED FROM THE GAS SUPPLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GSIUR
NOTE Check and record CO and combustion ratio at both max and min rate before contacting the
manufacturer
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YESYES
YES
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 45
J Pipe lengths for the airflue pipe
J1 Length of the C13 type airflue pipe
Applicability C13 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C13 type airfluepipe
C13 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J2 Length of the C33 type airflue pipe
Applicability C33 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C33 type airfluepipe
C33 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J3 Length of the C43 type airflue pipe
Applicability C43 type airflue pipe
Diameter of theairflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L)
C43 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
Appendix
46 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
K Technical data
Technical data ndash Heating
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 530 lh 655 lh 788 lh 1094 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 353 lh 436 lh 525 lh 729 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
123 lh 153 lh 184 lh 255 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 1102 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 876 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
306 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
Technical data ndash G20 powerloading G20The lowest nominal heat output may be higher than the value in the technical data depending on the design of the systemand the current operating status
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 12 kW 15 kW 18 kW 25 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
48 hellip 130 kW 48 hellip 162 kW 53 hellip 195 kW 65 hellip 270 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
47 hellip 128 kW 47 hellip 159 kW 52 hellip 191 kW 64 hellip 265 kW
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
45 hellip 123 kW 45 hellip 152 kW 50 hellip 183 kW 61 hellip 254 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
44 hellip 150 kW 44 hellip 180 kW 49 hellip 252 kW 60 hellip 300 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
123 kW 153 kW 184 kW 255 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
153 kW 184 kW 257 kW 306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 30 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
76 hellip 324 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
75 hellip 318 kW
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 47
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
72 hellip 305 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
71 hellip 350 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
72 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
357 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
72 kW
Technical data ndash General
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch 34 inch 34 inch 34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h 32 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
13 msup3h 16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0476 msup3h 0480 msup3h 0533 msup3h 0648 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
206 gs 208 gs 231 gs 281 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
55 gs 69 gs 83 gs 115 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
69 gs 83 gs 116 gs 138 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
55 55 60 77
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
55 55 55 55
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
43 48 51 62
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
32 32 34 35
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
71 71 69 68
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
105 105 105 95
Released system types C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996 996 996 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040 1040 1040 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060 1060 1060 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085 1085 1085 1085
NOx class 5 5 5 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm
Appendix
48 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Net weight 31 kg 31 kg 31 kg 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 35 kg 35 kg 35 kg 36 kg
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
38 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
32 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0762 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
330 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
138 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
161 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
82
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
37
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
75
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
104
Released system types C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085
NOx class 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm
Net weight 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 36 kg
Technical data ndash Electrics
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 49
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max electrical power consump-tion
65 W 75 W 66 W 75 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W
Level of protection IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V
Max electrical power consump-tion
60 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W
Level of protection IPX4D
Index
50 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Index
AAirflue pipe installed 5BBurner anti-cycling time 20Bypass valve 22CCE label 8Check programmes 29
Using 15Checking the burner 25Checking the pre-charge pressure of the expansionvessel 25Cleaning the condensate siphon 25Cleaning the heat exchanger 24CO₂ content
Checking 20 23Competent person 4Completing inspection work 25Completing maintenance work 25Condensate discharge pipe 12Condensate siphon
Filling 18Controller 14Corrosion 5DDecommissioning 28Decommissioning the product 28Diagnostics codes
Using 15Documents 7Draining the product 25EElectricity 5Expansion relief valve 28FFault codes 26Fault memory 26Fault messages 26Fault symbol 15Flow rate-pressure curves 21Flue gas route 5Front casing closed 5Frost 5GGas family check 16Gas flow rate 18HHanding over to the end user 22High-efficiency pump 21High-efficiency pump output 21IIdentification plate 7If you smell flue gas 5If you smell gas 4Inspection work 22 38Installation site 5Intended use 4LLeak-tightness 20 25 28
MMains connection 14Maintenance work 22 38Minimum clearance 9PPower supply 14Preparing the repair work 26Preparing repair work 26Pressure sensor 28Pump head 27QQualification 4RRegulations 6Removing the air intake pipe 24Removing the burner 24Removing the flue gas pipe 24Removing the front casing 10Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24Removing the ignition transformer 24Removing the side section 10Replacing the burner 26Replacing the expansion vessel 27Replacing the heat exchanger 26Replacing the main PCB 28Replacing expansion vessel 27Resetting the burner anti-cycling time 21SSafety device 5Schematic drawing 5Setting the burner anti-cycling time 20Spare parts 23Switching on the product 17TTool 6Transport 5Transporting 8Treating the heating water 16UUnloading the box 8Unpacking the product 8User interface replacing the PCB 28Using
Check programmes 15Diagnostics codes 15
VVoltage 5WWall-mounting the product 9Weight 9
0020200964_04
ManufacturerSupplierVaillant Group UK LTD
Nottingham Road ‒ Belper ‒ Derbyshire DE56 1JQ
Telephone 01773 824639 ‒ Technical helpline 0330 100 7679
After sales service 0330 100 3142
wwwglow-wormcouk
0020200964_04 ‒ 16112017
copy These instructions or parts thereof are protected by copyright and may be repro-duced or distributed only with the manufacturers written consent
We reserve the right to make technical changes
Appendix
38 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
G Inspection and maintenance work ndash Overview
The table below lists the manufacturer requirements with respect to minimum inspection and maintenance intervals If na-tional regulations and directives require shorter inspection and maintenance intervals you should observe these instead ofthe intervals listed in the table
No WorkInspection(annual)
Mainten-ance
(must becarried outat regularintervals)
1Check the airflue pipe for leak-tightness and to ensure that it is fastened correctly Make surethat it is not blocked or damaged and has been installed in accordance with the relevant Installa-tion Manual
X X
2Check the general condition of the product Remove dirt from the product and from the vacuumchamber
X X
3Visually inspect the general condition of the heat exchanger In doing so pay particular attentionto signs of corrosion rust and other defects If you notice any damage carry out maintenancework
X X
4Check the gas connection pressure at maximum heat input If the gas connection pressure is notwithin the correct range carry out maintenance work
X X
5Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product and if necessary adjust it Keep a record ofthis
X X
6Disconnect the product from the power mains Check that the electrical plug connections andother connections are seated correctly and correct these if necessary
X X
7 Close the gas isolator cock and the service valves X X
8Drain the product on the water side Check the pre-charge pressure of the expansion vesseland if required top up the expansion vessel (approx 003 MPa03 bar below the system fillingpressure)
X
9 Remove the gas-air mixture unit X
10Check the seals in the combustion area If you see any damage replace the seals Replace bothburner seals each time it is opened and accordingly each time maintenance work is carried out
X
11 Clean the heat exchanger X
12 Check the burner for damage and replace it if necessary X
13 Check the condensate siphon in the product clean and fill if necessary X X
14 Install the gas-air mixture unit Caution Replace the seals X
15 Open the gas isolator cock reconnect the product to the power mains and switch the product on X X
16Open the service valves fill the productheating installation to 005-03 MPa05-30 bar (depend-ing on the static height of the heating installation) and start the purging programme PXX
X
17Carry out a test operation of the product and heating installation and if required purge the sys-tem once more
X X
18 Visually inspect the ignition and burner behaviour X X
19 Check the CO₂ content (the air ratio) of the product again X
20 Check the product for gas flue gas water and condensate leaks and repair if necessary X X
21 Record the inspectionmaintenance work carried out X X
Note For those appliances which are not part of an annual service agreementpolicy maintenance must be carried out at least every5 years
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 39
H Position of the opening in the airflue pipe
GN
N
MM
A
II
O
H
H
CBLJ
Q Q
Q
Q
Q
K
P
D E
FI
S
R
T
H1 Positioning of the opening of a fan-supported flue gas pipe
Installation siteMinimum dimen-sions
A Directly below an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
B Above an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
C Horizontally to an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
DBelow temperature-sensitive building components eg plastic gutters down pipes or wastewaterpipes
75 mm
E Below eaves 200 mm
F Below balconies or car port roofs 200 mm
G From vertical wastewater pipes or down pipes 150 mm
H From external or internal corners 200 mm
I Above floors roofs or balconies 300 mm
J From a surface facing a terminal 600 mm
K From a terminal facing a terminal 1200 mm
L From an opening in the car port (eg door window) which leads into the dwelling 1200 mm
M Vertical from a terminal on the same wall 1500 mm
N Horizontal from a terminal on the same wall 300 mm
O From the wall on which the terminal has been installed 0 mm
P From a vertical structure on the roof 300 mm
Q Above the roof area 300 mm
R Horizontal from adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
S Above adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
T Below adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 2000 mm
Appendix
40 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
H2 Horizontal terminal positioning
BS 5440-1 recommends that fanned flue chimney terminals should be positioned as follows
a) at least 2 m from an opening in the building directly opposite and
b) so that the products of combustion are not directed to discharge directly across a boundary if the products are likely tocause a nuisance to a neighbour or discharge over a walkway or patio
For IE see current issue of IS 813
For boilers covered within this manual
1) Dimensions D E F and G
These clearances may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler In order to ensure that the con-densate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces the terminal should be extended as shown below
Balconyeaves
Gutter
Adequately secured airflue gas pipe
The flue pipe mustprotrude beyond any overhang
2) Dimension H
This clearance may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler However in order to ensure thatthe condensate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces a clearance of 300 mm is preferred
For 1 and 2 above you can use a flue gas management kit to enable the termination point to be positioned and directed awayfrom the building fabric
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 41
I Commissioning Checklist
copy Heating and Hotwater Industry Council (HHIC)
wwwcentralheatingcouk
Benchmark Commissioning and Servicing SectionIt is a requirement that the boiler is installed and commissioned to the
completed in full
Appendix
42 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
This Commissioning Checklist is to be completed in full by the competent person who commissioned the boiler as a means of demonstrating compliance with the appropriate Building Regulations and then handed to the customer to keep for future reference
GAS BOILER SYSTEM COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST
CONTROLS
Optimum start control
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
ALL SYSTEMS
Yes
Yes
CENTRAL HEATING MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
COMBINATION BOILERS ONLY
Yes
Yes
DOMESTIC HOT WATER MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
Yes Temperature
CONDENSING BOILERS ONLY
Yes
ALL INSTALLATIONS
AND sup2 Ratio
AND sup2 Ratio
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 43
It is recommended that your heating system is serviced regularly and that the appropriate Service Interval Record is completed
Service Provider
SERVICE RECORD
SERVICE 01
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 02
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 03
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 04
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 05
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 06
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 07
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 08
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 09
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 10
AND sup2 AND sup2
Appendix
44 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
PRIOR TO CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO CHECKThe boiler manufacturerrsquos installation instructions should have been followed gas type verified and gas
supply pressurerate checked as required prior to commissioningAs part of the installation process especially where a flue has been fitted by persons other than the boiler installer visually check the integrity of the whole flue system to confirm that all components are correctly assembled fixed and supported Check that manufacturerrsquos max flue lengths have not been
exceeded and all guidance has been followed (eg Gas Safe Technical Bulletin TB008)The flue gas analyser should be of the correct type as specified by BS 7967
Prior to its use the flue gas analyser should have been maintained and calibrated as specified by the manufacturer The installer must have the relevant competence for use of the analyser
Check and zero the analyser IN FRESH AIR as per analyser manufacturerrsquos instructions
NOTETHE AIR GAS RATIO VALVE IS FACTORY
SET AND MUST NOT BE ADJUSTED DURING COMMISSIONING UNLESS THIS ACTION IS RECOMMENDED FOLLOWING CONTACT WITH THE MANUFACTURER
If any such adjustment is recommended and further checking of the boiler is required the
installerservice engineer must be competent to carry out this work and to use the flue gas
analyser accordinglyIf the boiler requires conversion to operate with
a different gas family (eg conversion from natural gas to LPG) separate guidance will be
provided by the boiler manufacturer
CARRY OUT FLUE INTEGRITY CHECK USING ANALYSERInsert analyser probe into air inlet test point and allow readings to stabiliseNOTE - where no air inlet test point is provided then a flue integrity check
with the analyser is not possible The installer should verify that flue integrity has been visually checked in accordance with the ldquoPrior to
CO and combustion ratio checkrdquo box above before proceeding to the ldquoCheck CO and combustion ratio at maximum raterdquo stage below
SET BOILER TO MINIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at minimum rate (to
minimum load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - If manufacturerrsquos instructions do not specify how to set boiler to minimum
rate contact Technical Helpline for advice
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MINIMUM RATEWith boiler still set at minimum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas sampling
point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is not
specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MAX RATEWith boiler still set at maximum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas
sampling point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is
not specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
SET BOILER TO MAXIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at max rate
(full load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - Do not insert analyser probe during this period to avoid
possible ldquofloodingrdquo of sensor
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
BOILER IS OPERATING SATISFACTORILYno further actions required
Ensure test points are capped boiler case is correctly replaced and all other commissioning procedures are completed
Complete Benchmark Checklist recording CO and combustion ratio readings as required
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED
VERIFY FLUE INTEGRITYAnalyser readings indicate that combustion products and inlet air must be mixing Further investigation of
the flue is therefore requiredCheck that flue components are assembled fixed and supported as per boilerflue manufacturerrsquos
instructionsCheck that flue and flue terminal are not obstructed
IsCO less than
335ppmand
COCO2 ratio less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
Check all seals around the appliance burner internal flue seals door and case seals
Rectify where necessary
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED IF
COMMISSIONING CANNOT BE FULLY COMPLETED THE APPLIANCE MUST BE
DISCONNECTED FROM THE GAS SUPPLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GSIUR
NOTE Check and record CO and combustion ratio at both max and min rate before contacting the
manufacturer
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YESYES
YES
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 45
J Pipe lengths for the airflue pipe
J1 Length of the C13 type airflue pipe
Applicability C13 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C13 type airfluepipe
C13 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J2 Length of the C33 type airflue pipe
Applicability C33 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C33 type airfluepipe
C33 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J3 Length of the C43 type airflue pipe
Applicability C43 type airflue pipe
Diameter of theairflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L)
C43 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
Appendix
46 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
K Technical data
Technical data ndash Heating
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 530 lh 655 lh 788 lh 1094 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 353 lh 436 lh 525 lh 729 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
123 lh 153 lh 184 lh 255 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 1102 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 876 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
306 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
Technical data ndash G20 powerloading G20The lowest nominal heat output may be higher than the value in the technical data depending on the design of the systemand the current operating status
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 12 kW 15 kW 18 kW 25 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
48 hellip 130 kW 48 hellip 162 kW 53 hellip 195 kW 65 hellip 270 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
47 hellip 128 kW 47 hellip 159 kW 52 hellip 191 kW 64 hellip 265 kW
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
45 hellip 123 kW 45 hellip 152 kW 50 hellip 183 kW 61 hellip 254 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
44 hellip 150 kW 44 hellip 180 kW 49 hellip 252 kW 60 hellip 300 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
123 kW 153 kW 184 kW 255 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
153 kW 184 kW 257 kW 306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 30 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
76 hellip 324 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
75 hellip 318 kW
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 47
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
72 hellip 305 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
71 hellip 350 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
72 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
357 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
72 kW
Technical data ndash General
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch 34 inch 34 inch 34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h 32 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
13 msup3h 16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0476 msup3h 0480 msup3h 0533 msup3h 0648 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
206 gs 208 gs 231 gs 281 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
55 gs 69 gs 83 gs 115 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
69 gs 83 gs 116 gs 138 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
55 55 60 77
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
55 55 55 55
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
43 48 51 62
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
32 32 34 35
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
71 71 69 68
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
105 105 105 95
Released system types C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996 996 996 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040 1040 1040 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060 1060 1060 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085 1085 1085 1085
NOx class 5 5 5 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm
Appendix
48 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Net weight 31 kg 31 kg 31 kg 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 35 kg 35 kg 35 kg 36 kg
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
38 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
32 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0762 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
330 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
138 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
161 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
82
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
37
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
75
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
104
Released system types C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085
NOx class 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm
Net weight 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 36 kg
Technical data ndash Electrics
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 49
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max electrical power consump-tion
65 W 75 W 66 W 75 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W
Level of protection IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V
Max electrical power consump-tion
60 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W
Level of protection IPX4D
Index
50 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Index
AAirflue pipe installed 5BBurner anti-cycling time 20Bypass valve 22CCE label 8Check programmes 29
Using 15Checking the burner 25Checking the pre-charge pressure of the expansionvessel 25Cleaning the condensate siphon 25Cleaning the heat exchanger 24CO₂ content
Checking 20 23Competent person 4Completing inspection work 25Completing maintenance work 25Condensate discharge pipe 12Condensate siphon
Filling 18Controller 14Corrosion 5DDecommissioning 28Decommissioning the product 28Diagnostics codes
Using 15Documents 7Draining the product 25EElectricity 5Expansion relief valve 28FFault codes 26Fault memory 26Fault messages 26Fault symbol 15Flow rate-pressure curves 21Flue gas route 5Front casing closed 5Frost 5GGas family check 16Gas flow rate 18HHanding over to the end user 22High-efficiency pump 21High-efficiency pump output 21IIdentification plate 7If you smell flue gas 5If you smell gas 4Inspection work 22 38Installation site 5Intended use 4LLeak-tightness 20 25 28
MMains connection 14Maintenance work 22 38Minimum clearance 9PPower supply 14Preparing the repair work 26Preparing repair work 26Pressure sensor 28Pump head 27QQualification 4RRegulations 6Removing the air intake pipe 24Removing the burner 24Removing the flue gas pipe 24Removing the front casing 10Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24Removing the ignition transformer 24Removing the side section 10Replacing the burner 26Replacing the expansion vessel 27Replacing the heat exchanger 26Replacing the main PCB 28Replacing expansion vessel 27Resetting the burner anti-cycling time 21SSafety device 5Schematic drawing 5Setting the burner anti-cycling time 20Spare parts 23Switching on the product 17TTool 6Transport 5Transporting 8Treating the heating water 16UUnloading the box 8Unpacking the product 8User interface replacing the PCB 28Using
Check programmes 15Diagnostics codes 15
VVoltage 5WWall-mounting the product 9Weight 9
0020200964_04
ManufacturerSupplierVaillant Group UK LTD
Nottingham Road ‒ Belper ‒ Derbyshire DE56 1JQ
Telephone 01773 824639 ‒ Technical helpline 0330 100 7679
After sales service 0330 100 3142
wwwglow-wormcouk
0020200964_04 ‒ 16112017
copy These instructions or parts thereof are protected by copyright and may be repro-duced or distributed only with the manufacturers written consent
We reserve the right to make technical changes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 39
H Position of the opening in the airflue pipe
GN
N
MM
A
II
O
H
H
CBLJ
Q Q
Q
Q
Q
K
P
D E
FI
S
R
T
H1 Positioning of the opening of a fan-supported flue gas pipe
Installation siteMinimum dimen-sions
A Directly below an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
B Above an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
C Horizontally to an opening air bricks opening windows etc that can be opened 300 mm
DBelow temperature-sensitive building components eg plastic gutters down pipes or wastewaterpipes
75 mm
E Below eaves 200 mm
F Below balconies or car port roofs 200 mm
G From vertical wastewater pipes or down pipes 150 mm
H From external or internal corners 200 mm
I Above floors roofs or balconies 300 mm
J From a surface facing a terminal 600 mm
K From a terminal facing a terminal 1200 mm
L From an opening in the car port (eg door window) which leads into the dwelling 1200 mm
M Vertical from a terminal on the same wall 1500 mm
N Horizontal from a terminal on the same wall 300 mm
O From the wall on which the terminal has been installed 0 mm
P From a vertical structure on the roof 300 mm
Q Above the roof area 300 mm
R Horizontal from adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
S Above adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 600 mm
T Below adjacent windows on pitched or flat roofs 2000 mm
Appendix
40 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
H2 Horizontal terminal positioning
BS 5440-1 recommends that fanned flue chimney terminals should be positioned as follows
a) at least 2 m from an opening in the building directly opposite and
b) so that the products of combustion are not directed to discharge directly across a boundary if the products are likely tocause a nuisance to a neighbour or discharge over a walkway or patio
For IE see current issue of IS 813
For boilers covered within this manual
1) Dimensions D E F and G
These clearances may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler In order to ensure that the con-densate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces the terminal should be extended as shown below
Balconyeaves
Gutter
Adequately secured airflue gas pipe
The flue pipe mustprotrude beyond any overhang
2) Dimension H
This clearance may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler However in order to ensure thatthe condensate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces a clearance of 300 mm is preferred
For 1 and 2 above you can use a flue gas management kit to enable the termination point to be positioned and directed awayfrom the building fabric
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 41
I Commissioning Checklist
copy Heating and Hotwater Industry Council (HHIC)
wwwcentralheatingcouk
Benchmark Commissioning and Servicing SectionIt is a requirement that the boiler is installed and commissioned to the
completed in full
Appendix
42 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
This Commissioning Checklist is to be completed in full by the competent person who commissioned the boiler as a means of demonstrating compliance with the appropriate Building Regulations and then handed to the customer to keep for future reference
GAS BOILER SYSTEM COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST
CONTROLS
Optimum start control
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
ALL SYSTEMS
Yes
Yes
CENTRAL HEATING MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
COMBINATION BOILERS ONLY
Yes
Yes
DOMESTIC HOT WATER MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
Yes Temperature
CONDENSING BOILERS ONLY
Yes
ALL INSTALLATIONS
AND sup2 Ratio
AND sup2 Ratio
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 43
It is recommended that your heating system is serviced regularly and that the appropriate Service Interval Record is completed
Service Provider
SERVICE RECORD
SERVICE 01
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 02
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 03
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 04
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 05
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 06
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 07
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 08
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 09
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 10
AND sup2 AND sup2
Appendix
44 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
PRIOR TO CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO CHECKThe boiler manufacturerrsquos installation instructions should have been followed gas type verified and gas
supply pressurerate checked as required prior to commissioningAs part of the installation process especially where a flue has been fitted by persons other than the boiler installer visually check the integrity of the whole flue system to confirm that all components are correctly assembled fixed and supported Check that manufacturerrsquos max flue lengths have not been
exceeded and all guidance has been followed (eg Gas Safe Technical Bulletin TB008)The flue gas analyser should be of the correct type as specified by BS 7967
Prior to its use the flue gas analyser should have been maintained and calibrated as specified by the manufacturer The installer must have the relevant competence for use of the analyser
Check and zero the analyser IN FRESH AIR as per analyser manufacturerrsquos instructions
NOTETHE AIR GAS RATIO VALVE IS FACTORY
SET AND MUST NOT BE ADJUSTED DURING COMMISSIONING UNLESS THIS ACTION IS RECOMMENDED FOLLOWING CONTACT WITH THE MANUFACTURER
If any such adjustment is recommended and further checking of the boiler is required the
installerservice engineer must be competent to carry out this work and to use the flue gas
analyser accordinglyIf the boiler requires conversion to operate with
a different gas family (eg conversion from natural gas to LPG) separate guidance will be
provided by the boiler manufacturer
CARRY OUT FLUE INTEGRITY CHECK USING ANALYSERInsert analyser probe into air inlet test point and allow readings to stabiliseNOTE - where no air inlet test point is provided then a flue integrity check
with the analyser is not possible The installer should verify that flue integrity has been visually checked in accordance with the ldquoPrior to
CO and combustion ratio checkrdquo box above before proceeding to the ldquoCheck CO and combustion ratio at maximum raterdquo stage below
SET BOILER TO MINIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at minimum rate (to
minimum load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - If manufacturerrsquos instructions do not specify how to set boiler to minimum
rate contact Technical Helpline for advice
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MINIMUM RATEWith boiler still set at minimum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas sampling
point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is not
specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MAX RATEWith boiler still set at maximum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas
sampling point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is
not specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
SET BOILER TO MAXIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at max rate
(full load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - Do not insert analyser probe during this period to avoid
possible ldquofloodingrdquo of sensor
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
BOILER IS OPERATING SATISFACTORILYno further actions required
Ensure test points are capped boiler case is correctly replaced and all other commissioning procedures are completed
Complete Benchmark Checklist recording CO and combustion ratio readings as required
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED
VERIFY FLUE INTEGRITYAnalyser readings indicate that combustion products and inlet air must be mixing Further investigation of
the flue is therefore requiredCheck that flue components are assembled fixed and supported as per boilerflue manufacturerrsquos
instructionsCheck that flue and flue terminal are not obstructed
IsCO less than
335ppmand
COCO2 ratio less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
Check all seals around the appliance burner internal flue seals door and case seals
Rectify where necessary
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED IF
COMMISSIONING CANNOT BE FULLY COMPLETED THE APPLIANCE MUST BE
DISCONNECTED FROM THE GAS SUPPLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GSIUR
NOTE Check and record CO and combustion ratio at both max and min rate before contacting the
manufacturer
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YESYES
YES
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 45
J Pipe lengths for the airflue pipe
J1 Length of the C13 type airflue pipe
Applicability C13 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C13 type airfluepipe
C13 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J2 Length of the C33 type airflue pipe
Applicability C33 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C33 type airfluepipe
C33 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J3 Length of the C43 type airflue pipe
Applicability C43 type airflue pipe
Diameter of theairflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L)
C43 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
Appendix
46 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
K Technical data
Technical data ndash Heating
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 530 lh 655 lh 788 lh 1094 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 353 lh 436 lh 525 lh 729 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
123 lh 153 lh 184 lh 255 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 1102 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 876 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
306 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
Technical data ndash G20 powerloading G20The lowest nominal heat output may be higher than the value in the technical data depending on the design of the systemand the current operating status
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 12 kW 15 kW 18 kW 25 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
48 hellip 130 kW 48 hellip 162 kW 53 hellip 195 kW 65 hellip 270 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
47 hellip 128 kW 47 hellip 159 kW 52 hellip 191 kW 64 hellip 265 kW
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
45 hellip 123 kW 45 hellip 152 kW 50 hellip 183 kW 61 hellip 254 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
44 hellip 150 kW 44 hellip 180 kW 49 hellip 252 kW 60 hellip 300 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
123 kW 153 kW 184 kW 255 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
153 kW 184 kW 257 kW 306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 30 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
76 hellip 324 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
75 hellip 318 kW
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 47
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
72 hellip 305 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
71 hellip 350 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
72 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
357 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
72 kW
Technical data ndash General
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch 34 inch 34 inch 34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h 32 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
13 msup3h 16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0476 msup3h 0480 msup3h 0533 msup3h 0648 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
206 gs 208 gs 231 gs 281 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
55 gs 69 gs 83 gs 115 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
69 gs 83 gs 116 gs 138 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
55 55 60 77
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
55 55 55 55
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
43 48 51 62
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
32 32 34 35
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
71 71 69 68
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
105 105 105 95
Released system types C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996 996 996 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040 1040 1040 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060 1060 1060 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085 1085 1085 1085
NOx class 5 5 5 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm
Appendix
48 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Net weight 31 kg 31 kg 31 kg 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 35 kg 35 kg 35 kg 36 kg
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
38 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
32 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0762 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
330 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
138 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
161 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
82
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
37
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
75
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
104
Released system types C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085
NOx class 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm
Net weight 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 36 kg
Technical data ndash Electrics
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 49
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max electrical power consump-tion
65 W 75 W 66 W 75 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W
Level of protection IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V
Max electrical power consump-tion
60 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W
Level of protection IPX4D
Index
50 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Index
AAirflue pipe installed 5BBurner anti-cycling time 20Bypass valve 22CCE label 8Check programmes 29
Using 15Checking the burner 25Checking the pre-charge pressure of the expansionvessel 25Cleaning the condensate siphon 25Cleaning the heat exchanger 24CO₂ content
Checking 20 23Competent person 4Completing inspection work 25Completing maintenance work 25Condensate discharge pipe 12Condensate siphon
Filling 18Controller 14Corrosion 5DDecommissioning 28Decommissioning the product 28Diagnostics codes
Using 15Documents 7Draining the product 25EElectricity 5Expansion relief valve 28FFault codes 26Fault memory 26Fault messages 26Fault symbol 15Flow rate-pressure curves 21Flue gas route 5Front casing closed 5Frost 5GGas family check 16Gas flow rate 18HHanding over to the end user 22High-efficiency pump 21High-efficiency pump output 21IIdentification plate 7If you smell flue gas 5If you smell gas 4Inspection work 22 38Installation site 5Intended use 4LLeak-tightness 20 25 28
MMains connection 14Maintenance work 22 38Minimum clearance 9PPower supply 14Preparing the repair work 26Preparing repair work 26Pressure sensor 28Pump head 27QQualification 4RRegulations 6Removing the air intake pipe 24Removing the burner 24Removing the flue gas pipe 24Removing the front casing 10Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24Removing the ignition transformer 24Removing the side section 10Replacing the burner 26Replacing the expansion vessel 27Replacing the heat exchanger 26Replacing the main PCB 28Replacing expansion vessel 27Resetting the burner anti-cycling time 21SSafety device 5Schematic drawing 5Setting the burner anti-cycling time 20Spare parts 23Switching on the product 17TTool 6Transport 5Transporting 8Treating the heating water 16UUnloading the box 8Unpacking the product 8User interface replacing the PCB 28Using
Check programmes 15Diagnostics codes 15
VVoltage 5WWall-mounting the product 9Weight 9
0020200964_04
ManufacturerSupplierVaillant Group UK LTD
Nottingham Road ‒ Belper ‒ Derbyshire DE56 1JQ
Telephone 01773 824639 ‒ Technical helpline 0330 100 7679
After sales service 0330 100 3142
wwwglow-wormcouk
0020200964_04 ‒ 16112017
copy These instructions or parts thereof are protected by copyright and may be repro-duced or distributed only with the manufacturers written consent
We reserve the right to make technical changes
Appendix
40 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
H2 Horizontal terminal positioning
BS 5440-1 recommends that fanned flue chimney terminals should be positioned as follows
a) at least 2 m from an opening in the building directly opposite and
b) so that the products of combustion are not directed to discharge directly across a boundary if the products are likely tocause a nuisance to a neighbour or discharge over a walkway or patio
For IE see current issue of IS 813
For boilers covered within this manual
1) Dimensions D E F and G
These clearances may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler In order to ensure that the con-densate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces the terminal should be extended as shown below
Balconyeaves
Gutter
Adequately secured airflue gas pipe
The flue pipe mustprotrude beyond any overhang
2) Dimension H
This clearance may be reduced to 25 mm without affecting the performance of the boiler However in order to ensure thatthe condensate plume does not affect adjacent surfaces a clearance of 300 mm is preferred
For 1 and 2 above you can use a flue gas management kit to enable the termination point to be positioned and directed awayfrom the building fabric
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 41
I Commissioning Checklist
copy Heating and Hotwater Industry Council (HHIC)
wwwcentralheatingcouk
Benchmark Commissioning and Servicing SectionIt is a requirement that the boiler is installed and commissioned to the
completed in full
Appendix
42 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
This Commissioning Checklist is to be completed in full by the competent person who commissioned the boiler as a means of demonstrating compliance with the appropriate Building Regulations and then handed to the customer to keep for future reference
GAS BOILER SYSTEM COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST
CONTROLS
Optimum start control
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
ALL SYSTEMS
Yes
Yes
CENTRAL HEATING MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
COMBINATION BOILERS ONLY
Yes
Yes
DOMESTIC HOT WATER MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
Yes Temperature
CONDENSING BOILERS ONLY
Yes
ALL INSTALLATIONS
AND sup2 Ratio
AND sup2 Ratio
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 43
It is recommended that your heating system is serviced regularly and that the appropriate Service Interval Record is completed
Service Provider
SERVICE RECORD
SERVICE 01
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 02
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 03
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 04
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 05
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 06
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 07
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 08
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 09
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 10
AND sup2 AND sup2
Appendix
44 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
PRIOR TO CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO CHECKThe boiler manufacturerrsquos installation instructions should have been followed gas type verified and gas
supply pressurerate checked as required prior to commissioningAs part of the installation process especially where a flue has been fitted by persons other than the boiler installer visually check the integrity of the whole flue system to confirm that all components are correctly assembled fixed and supported Check that manufacturerrsquos max flue lengths have not been
exceeded and all guidance has been followed (eg Gas Safe Technical Bulletin TB008)The flue gas analyser should be of the correct type as specified by BS 7967
Prior to its use the flue gas analyser should have been maintained and calibrated as specified by the manufacturer The installer must have the relevant competence for use of the analyser
Check and zero the analyser IN FRESH AIR as per analyser manufacturerrsquos instructions
NOTETHE AIR GAS RATIO VALVE IS FACTORY
SET AND MUST NOT BE ADJUSTED DURING COMMISSIONING UNLESS THIS ACTION IS RECOMMENDED FOLLOWING CONTACT WITH THE MANUFACTURER
If any such adjustment is recommended and further checking of the boiler is required the
installerservice engineer must be competent to carry out this work and to use the flue gas
analyser accordinglyIf the boiler requires conversion to operate with
a different gas family (eg conversion from natural gas to LPG) separate guidance will be
provided by the boiler manufacturer
CARRY OUT FLUE INTEGRITY CHECK USING ANALYSERInsert analyser probe into air inlet test point and allow readings to stabiliseNOTE - where no air inlet test point is provided then a flue integrity check
with the analyser is not possible The installer should verify that flue integrity has been visually checked in accordance with the ldquoPrior to
CO and combustion ratio checkrdquo box above before proceeding to the ldquoCheck CO and combustion ratio at maximum raterdquo stage below
SET BOILER TO MINIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at minimum rate (to
minimum load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - If manufacturerrsquos instructions do not specify how to set boiler to minimum
rate contact Technical Helpline for advice
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MINIMUM RATEWith boiler still set at minimum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas sampling
point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is not
specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MAX RATEWith boiler still set at maximum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas
sampling point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is
not specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
SET BOILER TO MAXIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at max rate
(full load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - Do not insert analyser probe during this period to avoid
possible ldquofloodingrdquo of sensor
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
BOILER IS OPERATING SATISFACTORILYno further actions required
Ensure test points are capped boiler case is correctly replaced and all other commissioning procedures are completed
Complete Benchmark Checklist recording CO and combustion ratio readings as required
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED
VERIFY FLUE INTEGRITYAnalyser readings indicate that combustion products and inlet air must be mixing Further investigation of
the flue is therefore requiredCheck that flue components are assembled fixed and supported as per boilerflue manufacturerrsquos
instructionsCheck that flue and flue terminal are not obstructed
IsCO less than
335ppmand
COCO2 ratio less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
Check all seals around the appliance burner internal flue seals door and case seals
Rectify where necessary
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED IF
COMMISSIONING CANNOT BE FULLY COMPLETED THE APPLIANCE MUST BE
DISCONNECTED FROM THE GAS SUPPLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GSIUR
NOTE Check and record CO and combustion ratio at both max and min rate before contacting the
manufacturer
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YESYES
YES
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 45
J Pipe lengths for the airflue pipe
J1 Length of the C13 type airflue pipe
Applicability C13 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C13 type airfluepipe
C13 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J2 Length of the C33 type airflue pipe
Applicability C33 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C33 type airfluepipe
C33 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J3 Length of the C43 type airflue pipe
Applicability C43 type airflue pipe
Diameter of theairflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L)
C43 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
Appendix
46 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
K Technical data
Technical data ndash Heating
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 530 lh 655 lh 788 lh 1094 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 353 lh 436 lh 525 lh 729 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
123 lh 153 lh 184 lh 255 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 1102 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 876 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
306 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
Technical data ndash G20 powerloading G20The lowest nominal heat output may be higher than the value in the technical data depending on the design of the systemand the current operating status
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 12 kW 15 kW 18 kW 25 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
48 hellip 130 kW 48 hellip 162 kW 53 hellip 195 kW 65 hellip 270 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
47 hellip 128 kW 47 hellip 159 kW 52 hellip 191 kW 64 hellip 265 kW
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
45 hellip 123 kW 45 hellip 152 kW 50 hellip 183 kW 61 hellip 254 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
44 hellip 150 kW 44 hellip 180 kW 49 hellip 252 kW 60 hellip 300 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
123 kW 153 kW 184 kW 255 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
153 kW 184 kW 257 kW 306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 30 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
76 hellip 324 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
75 hellip 318 kW
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 47
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
72 hellip 305 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
71 hellip 350 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
72 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
357 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
72 kW
Technical data ndash General
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch 34 inch 34 inch 34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h 32 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
13 msup3h 16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0476 msup3h 0480 msup3h 0533 msup3h 0648 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
206 gs 208 gs 231 gs 281 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
55 gs 69 gs 83 gs 115 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
69 gs 83 gs 116 gs 138 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
55 55 60 77
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
55 55 55 55
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
43 48 51 62
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
32 32 34 35
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
71 71 69 68
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
105 105 105 95
Released system types C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996 996 996 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040 1040 1040 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060 1060 1060 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085 1085 1085 1085
NOx class 5 5 5 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm
Appendix
48 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Net weight 31 kg 31 kg 31 kg 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 35 kg 35 kg 35 kg 36 kg
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
38 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
32 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0762 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
330 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
138 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
161 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
82
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
37
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
75
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
104
Released system types C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085
NOx class 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm
Net weight 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 36 kg
Technical data ndash Electrics
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 49
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max electrical power consump-tion
65 W 75 W 66 W 75 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W
Level of protection IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V
Max electrical power consump-tion
60 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W
Level of protection IPX4D
Index
50 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Index
AAirflue pipe installed 5BBurner anti-cycling time 20Bypass valve 22CCE label 8Check programmes 29
Using 15Checking the burner 25Checking the pre-charge pressure of the expansionvessel 25Cleaning the condensate siphon 25Cleaning the heat exchanger 24CO₂ content
Checking 20 23Competent person 4Completing inspection work 25Completing maintenance work 25Condensate discharge pipe 12Condensate siphon
Filling 18Controller 14Corrosion 5DDecommissioning 28Decommissioning the product 28Diagnostics codes
Using 15Documents 7Draining the product 25EElectricity 5Expansion relief valve 28FFault codes 26Fault memory 26Fault messages 26Fault symbol 15Flow rate-pressure curves 21Flue gas route 5Front casing closed 5Frost 5GGas family check 16Gas flow rate 18HHanding over to the end user 22High-efficiency pump 21High-efficiency pump output 21IIdentification plate 7If you smell flue gas 5If you smell gas 4Inspection work 22 38Installation site 5Intended use 4LLeak-tightness 20 25 28
MMains connection 14Maintenance work 22 38Minimum clearance 9PPower supply 14Preparing the repair work 26Preparing repair work 26Pressure sensor 28Pump head 27QQualification 4RRegulations 6Removing the air intake pipe 24Removing the burner 24Removing the flue gas pipe 24Removing the front casing 10Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24Removing the ignition transformer 24Removing the side section 10Replacing the burner 26Replacing the expansion vessel 27Replacing the heat exchanger 26Replacing the main PCB 28Replacing expansion vessel 27Resetting the burner anti-cycling time 21SSafety device 5Schematic drawing 5Setting the burner anti-cycling time 20Spare parts 23Switching on the product 17TTool 6Transport 5Transporting 8Treating the heating water 16UUnloading the box 8Unpacking the product 8User interface replacing the PCB 28Using
Check programmes 15Diagnostics codes 15
VVoltage 5WWall-mounting the product 9Weight 9
0020200964_04
ManufacturerSupplierVaillant Group UK LTD
Nottingham Road ‒ Belper ‒ Derbyshire DE56 1JQ
Telephone 01773 824639 ‒ Technical helpline 0330 100 7679
After sales service 0330 100 3142
wwwglow-wormcouk
0020200964_04 ‒ 16112017
copy These instructions or parts thereof are protected by copyright and may be repro-duced or distributed only with the manufacturers written consent
We reserve the right to make technical changes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 41
I Commissioning Checklist
copy Heating and Hotwater Industry Council (HHIC)
wwwcentralheatingcouk
Benchmark Commissioning and Servicing SectionIt is a requirement that the boiler is installed and commissioned to the
completed in full
Appendix
42 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
This Commissioning Checklist is to be completed in full by the competent person who commissioned the boiler as a means of demonstrating compliance with the appropriate Building Regulations and then handed to the customer to keep for future reference
GAS BOILER SYSTEM COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST
CONTROLS
Optimum start control
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
ALL SYSTEMS
Yes
Yes
CENTRAL HEATING MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
COMBINATION BOILERS ONLY
Yes
Yes
DOMESTIC HOT WATER MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
Yes Temperature
CONDENSING BOILERS ONLY
Yes
ALL INSTALLATIONS
AND sup2 Ratio
AND sup2 Ratio
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 43
It is recommended that your heating system is serviced regularly and that the appropriate Service Interval Record is completed
Service Provider
SERVICE RECORD
SERVICE 01
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 02
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 03
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 04
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 05
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 06
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 07
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 08
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 09
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 10
AND sup2 AND sup2
Appendix
44 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
PRIOR TO CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO CHECKThe boiler manufacturerrsquos installation instructions should have been followed gas type verified and gas
supply pressurerate checked as required prior to commissioningAs part of the installation process especially where a flue has been fitted by persons other than the boiler installer visually check the integrity of the whole flue system to confirm that all components are correctly assembled fixed and supported Check that manufacturerrsquos max flue lengths have not been
exceeded and all guidance has been followed (eg Gas Safe Technical Bulletin TB008)The flue gas analyser should be of the correct type as specified by BS 7967
Prior to its use the flue gas analyser should have been maintained and calibrated as specified by the manufacturer The installer must have the relevant competence for use of the analyser
Check and zero the analyser IN FRESH AIR as per analyser manufacturerrsquos instructions
NOTETHE AIR GAS RATIO VALVE IS FACTORY
SET AND MUST NOT BE ADJUSTED DURING COMMISSIONING UNLESS THIS ACTION IS RECOMMENDED FOLLOWING CONTACT WITH THE MANUFACTURER
If any such adjustment is recommended and further checking of the boiler is required the
installerservice engineer must be competent to carry out this work and to use the flue gas
analyser accordinglyIf the boiler requires conversion to operate with
a different gas family (eg conversion from natural gas to LPG) separate guidance will be
provided by the boiler manufacturer
CARRY OUT FLUE INTEGRITY CHECK USING ANALYSERInsert analyser probe into air inlet test point and allow readings to stabiliseNOTE - where no air inlet test point is provided then a flue integrity check
with the analyser is not possible The installer should verify that flue integrity has been visually checked in accordance with the ldquoPrior to
CO and combustion ratio checkrdquo box above before proceeding to the ldquoCheck CO and combustion ratio at maximum raterdquo stage below
SET BOILER TO MINIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at minimum rate (to
minimum load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - If manufacturerrsquos instructions do not specify how to set boiler to minimum
rate contact Technical Helpline for advice
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MINIMUM RATEWith boiler still set at minimum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas sampling
point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is not
specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MAX RATEWith boiler still set at maximum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas
sampling point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is
not specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
SET BOILER TO MAXIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at max rate
(full load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - Do not insert analyser probe during this period to avoid
possible ldquofloodingrdquo of sensor
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
BOILER IS OPERATING SATISFACTORILYno further actions required
Ensure test points are capped boiler case is correctly replaced and all other commissioning procedures are completed
Complete Benchmark Checklist recording CO and combustion ratio readings as required
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED
VERIFY FLUE INTEGRITYAnalyser readings indicate that combustion products and inlet air must be mixing Further investigation of
the flue is therefore requiredCheck that flue components are assembled fixed and supported as per boilerflue manufacturerrsquos
instructionsCheck that flue and flue terminal are not obstructed
IsCO less than
335ppmand
COCO2 ratio less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
Check all seals around the appliance burner internal flue seals door and case seals
Rectify where necessary
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED IF
COMMISSIONING CANNOT BE FULLY COMPLETED THE APPLIANCE MUST BE
DISCONNECTED FROM THE GAS SUPPLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GSIUR
NOTE Check and record CO and combustion ratio at both max and min rate before contacting the
manufacturer
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YESYES
YES
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 45
J Pipe lengths for the airflue pipe
J1 Length of the C13 type airflue pipe
Applicability C13 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C13 type airfluepipe
C13 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J2 Length of the C33 type airflue pipe
Applicability C33 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C33 type airfluepipe
C33 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J3 Length of the C43 type airflue pipe
Applicability C43 type airflue pipe
Diameter of theairflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L)
C43 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
Appendix
46 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
K Technical data
Technical data ndash Heating
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 530 lh 655 lh 788 lh 1094 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 353 lh 436 lh 525 lh 729 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
123 lh 153 lh 184 lh 255 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 1102 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 876 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
306 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
Technical data ndash G20 powerloading G20The lowest nominal heat output may be higher than the value in the technical data depending on the design of the systemand the current operating status
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 12 kW 15 kW 18 kW 25 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
48 hellip 130 kW 48 hellip 162 kW 53 hellip 195 kW 65 hellip 270 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
47 hellip 128 kW 47 hellip 159 kW 52 hellip 191 kW 64 hellip 265 kW
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
45 hellip 123 kW 45 hellip 152 kW 50 hellip 183 kW 61 hellip 254 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
44 hellip 150 kW 44 hellip 180 kW 49 hellip 252 kW 60 hellip 300 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
123 kW 153 kW 184 kW 255 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
153 kW 184 kW 257 kW 306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 30 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
76 hellip 324 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
75 hellip 318 kW
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 47
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
72 hellip 305 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
71 hellip 350 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
72 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
357 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
72 kW
Technical data ndash General
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch 34 inch 34 inch 34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h 32 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
13 msup3h 16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0476 msup3h 0480 msup3h 0533 msup3h 0648 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
206 gs 208 gs 231 gs 281 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
55 gs 69 gs 83 gs 115 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
69 gs 83 gs 116 gs 138 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
55 55 60 77
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
55 55 55 55
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
43 48 51 62
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
32 32 34 35
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
71 71 69 68
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
105 105 105 95
Released system types C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996 996 996 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040 1040 1040 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060 1060 1060 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085 1085 1085 1085
NOx class 5 5 5 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm
Appendix
48 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Net weight 31 kg 31 kg 31 kg 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 35 kg 35 kg 35 kg 36 kg
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
38 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
32 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0762 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
330 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
138 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
161 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
82
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
37
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
75
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
104
Released system types C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085
NOx class 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm
Net weight 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 36 kg
Technical data ndash Electrics
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 49
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max electrical power consump-tion
65 W 75 W 66 W 75 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W
Level of protection IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V
Max electrical power consump-tion
60 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W
Level of protection IPX4D
Index
50 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Index
AAirflue pipe installed 5BBurner anti-cycling time 20Bypass valve 22CCE label 8Check programmes 29
Using 15Checking the burner 25Checking the pre-charge pressure of the expansionvessel 25Cleaning the condensate siphon 25Cleaning the heat exchanger 24CO₂ content
Checking 20 23Competent person 4Completing inspection work 25Completing maintenance work 25Condensate discharge pipe 12Condensate siphon
Filling 18Controller 14Corrosion 5DDecommissioning 28Decommissioning the product 28Diagnostics codes
Using 15Documents 7Draining the product 25EElectricity 5Expansion relief valve 28FFault codes 26Fault memory 26Fault messages 26Fault symbol 15Flow rate-pressure curves 21Flue gas route 5Front casing closed 5Frost 5GGas family check 16Gas flow rate 18HHanding over to the end user 22High-efficiency pump 21High-efficiency pump output 21IIdentification plate 7If you smell flue gas 5If you smell gas 4Inspection work 22 38Installation site 5Intended use 4LLeak-tightness 20 25 28
MMains connection 14Maintenance work 22 38Minimum clearance 9PPower supply 14Preparing the repair work 26Preparing repair work 26Pressure sensor 28Pump head 27QQualification 4RRegulations 6Removing the air intake pipe 24Removing the burner 24Removing the flue gas pipe 24Removing the front casing 10Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24Removing the ignition transformer 24Removing the side section 10Replacing the burner 26Replacing the expansion vessel 27Replacing the heat exchanger 26Replacing the main PCB 28Replacing expansion vessel 27Resetting the burner anti-cycling time 21SSafety device 5Schematic drawing 5Setting the burner anti-cycling time 20Spare parts 23Switching on the product 17TTool 6Transport 5Transporting 8Treating the heating water 16UUnloading the box 8Unpacking the product 8User interface replacing the PCB 28Using
Check programmes 15Diagnostics codes 15
VVoltage 5WWall-mounting the product 9Weight 9
0020200964_04
ManufacturerSupplierVaillant Group UK LTD
Nottingham Road ‒ Belper ‒ Derbyshire DE56 1JQ
Telephone 01773 824639 ‒ Technical helpline 0330 100 7679
After sales service 0330 100 3142
wwwglow-wormcouk
0020200964_04 ‒ 16112017
copy These instructions or parts thereof are protected by copyright and may be repro-duced or distributed only with the manufacturers written consent
We reserve the right to make technical changes
Appendix
42 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
This Commissioning Checklist is to be completed in full by the competent person who commissioned the boiler as a means of demonstrating compliance with the appropriate Building Regulations and then handed to the customer to keep for future reference
GAS BOILER SYSTEM COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST
CONTROLS
Optimum start control
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
Fitted
ALL SYSTEMS
Yes
Yes
CENTRAL HEATING MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
COMBINATION BOILERS ONLY
Yes
Yes
DOMESTIC HOT WATER MODE
OR
mbar OR mbar
Yes Temperature
CONDENSING BOILERS ONLY
Yes
ALL INSTALLATIONS
AND sup2 Ratio
AND sup2 Ratio
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 43
It is recommended that your heating system is serviced regularly and that the appropriate Service Interval Record is completed
Service Provider
SERVICE RECORD
SERVICE 01
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 02
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 03
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 04
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 05
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 06
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 07
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 08
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 09
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 10
AND sup2 AND sup2
Appendix
44 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
PRIOR TO CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO CHECKThe boiler manufacturerrsquos installation instructions should have been followed gas type verified and gas
supply pressurerate checked as required prior to commissioningAs part of the installation process especially where a flue has been fitted by persons other than the boiler installer visually check the integrity of the whole flue system to confirm that all components are correctly assembled fixed and supported Check that manufacturerrsquos max flue lengths have not been
exceeded and all guidance has been followed (eg Gas Safe Technical Bulletin TB008)The flue gas analyser should be of the correct type as specified by BS 7967
Prior to its use the flue gas analyser should have been maintained and calibrated as specified by the manufacturer The installer must have the relevant competence for use of the analyser
Check and zero the analyser IN FRESH AIR as per analyser manufacturerrsquos instructions
NOTETHE AIR GAS RATIO VALVE IS FACTORY
SET AND MUST NOT BE ADJUSTED DURING COMMISSIONING UNLESS THIS ACTION IS RECOMMENDED FOLLOWING CONTACT WITH THE MANUFACTURER
If any such adjustment is recommended and further checking of the boiler is required the
installerservice engineer must be competent to carry out this work and to use the flue gas
analyser accordinglyIf the boiler requires conversion to operate with
a different gas family (eg conversion from natural gas to LPG) separate guidance will be
provided by the boiler manufacturer
CARRY OUT FLUE INTEGRITY CHECK USING ANALYSERInsert analyser probe into air inlet test point and allow readings to stabiliseNOTE - where no air inlet test point is provided then a flue integrity check
with the analyser is not possible The installer should verify that flue integrity has been visually checked in accordance with the ldquoPrior to
CO and combustion ratio checkrdquo box above before proceeding to the ldquoCheck CO and combustion ratio at maximum raterdquo stage below
SET BOILER TO MINIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at minimum rate (to
minimum load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - If manufacturerrsquos instructions do not specify how to set boiler to minimum
rate contact Technical Helpline for advice
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MINIMUM RATEWith boiler still set at minimum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas sampling
point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is not
specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MAX RATEWith boiler still set at maximum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas
sampling point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is
not specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
SET BOILER TO MAXIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at max rate
(full load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - Do not insert analyser probe during this period to avoid
possible ldquofloodingrdquo of sensor
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
BOILER IS OPERATING SATISFACTORILYno further actions required
Ensure test points are capped boiler case is correctly replaced and all other commissioning procedures are completed
Complete Benchmark Checklist recording CO and combustion ratio readings as required
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED
VERIFY FLUE INTEGRITYAnalyser readings indicate that combustion products and inlet air must be mixing Further investigation of
the flue is therefore requiredCheck that flue components are assembled fixed and supported as per boilerflue manufacturerrsquos
instructionsCheck that flue and flue terminal are not obstructed
IsCO less than
335ppmand
COCO2 ratio less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
Check all seals around the appliance burner internal flue seals door and case seals
Rectify where necessary
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED IF
COMMISSIONING CANNOT BE FULLY COMPLETED THE APPLIANCE MUST BE
DISCONNECTED FROM THE GAS SUPPLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GSIUR
NOTE Check and record CO and combustion ratio at both max and min rate before contacting the
manufacturer
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YESYES
YES
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 45
J Pipe lengths for the airflue pipe
J1 Length of the C13 type airflue pipe
Applicability C13 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C13 type airfluepipe
C13 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J2 Length of the C33 type airflue pipe
Applicability C33 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C33 type airfluepipe
C33 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J3 Length of the C43 type airflue pipe
Applicability C43 type airflue pipe
Diameter of theairflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L)
C43 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
Appendix
46 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
K Technical data
Technical data ndash Heating
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 530 lh 655 lh 788 lh 1094 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 353 lh 436 lh 525 lh 729 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
123 lh 153 lh 184 lh 255 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 1102 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 876 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
306 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
Technical data ndash G20 powerloading G20The lowest nominal heat output may be higher than the value in the technical data depending on the design of the systemand the current operating status
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 12 kW 15 kW 18 kW 25 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
48 hellip 130 kW 48 hellip 162 kW 53 hellip 195 kW 65 hellip 270 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
47 hellip 128 kW 47 hellip 159 kW 52 hellip 191 kW 64 hellip 265 kW
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
45 hellip 123 kW 45 hellip 152 kW 50 hellip 183 kW 61 hellip 254 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
44 hellip 150 kW 44 hellip 180 kW 49 hellip 252 kW 60 hellip 300 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
123 kW 153 kW 184 kW 255 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
153 kW 184 kW 257 kW 306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 30 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
76 hellip 324 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
75 hellip 318 kW
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 47
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
72 hellip 305 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
71 hellip 350 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
72 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
357 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
72 kW
Technical data ndash General
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch 34 inch 34 inch 34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h 32 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
13 msup3h 16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0476 msup3h 0480 msup3h 0533 msup3h 0648 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
206 gs 208 gs 231 gs 281 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
55 gs 69 gs 83 gs 115 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
69 gs 83 gs 116 gs 138 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
55 55 60 77
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
55 55 55 55
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
43 48 51 62
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
32 32 34 35
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
71 71 69 68
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
105 105 105 95
Released system types C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996 996 996 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040 1040 1040 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060 1060 1060 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085 1085 1085 1085
NOx class 5 5 5 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm
Appendix
48 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Net weight 31 kg 31 kg 31 kg 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 35 kg 35 kg 35 kg 36 kg
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
38 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
32 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0762 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
330 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
138 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
161 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
82
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
37
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
75
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
104
Released system types C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085
NOx class 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm
Net weight 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 36 kg
Technical data ndash Electrics
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 49
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max electrical power consump-tion
65 W 75 W 66 W 75 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W
Level of protection IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V
Max electrical power consump-tion
60 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W
Level of protection IPX4D
Index
50 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Index
AAirflue pipe installed 5BBurner anti-cycling time 20Bypass valve 22CCE label 8Check programmes 29
Using 15Checking the burner 25Checking the pre-charge pressure of the expansionvessel 25Cleaning the condensate siphon 25Cleaning the heat exchanger 24CO₂ content
Checking 20 23Competent person 4Completing inspection work 25Completing maintenance work 25Condensate discharge pipe 12Condensate siphon
Filling 18Controller 14Corrosion 5DDecommissioning 28Decommissioning the product 28Diagnostics codes
Using 15Documents 7Draining the product 25EElectricity 5Expansion relief valve 28FFault codes 26Fault memory 26Fault messages 26Fault symbol 15Flow rate-pressure curves 21Flue gas route 5Front casing closed 5Frost 5GGas family check 16Gas flow rate 18HHanding over to the end user 22High-efficiency pump 21High-efficiency pump output 21IIdentification plate 7If you smell flue gas 5If you smell gas 4Inspection work 22 38Installation site 5Intended use 4LLeak-tightness 20 25 28
MMains connection 14Maintenance work 22 38Minimum clearance 9PPower supply 14Preparing the repair work 26Preparing repair work 26Pressure sensor 28Pump head 27QQualification 4RRegulations 6Removing the air intake pipe 24Removing the burner 24Removing the flue gas pipe 24Removing the front casing 10Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24Removing the ignition transformer 24Removing the side section 10Replacing the burner 26Replacing the expansion vessel 27Replacing the heat exchanger 26Replacing the main PCB 28Replacing expansion vessel 27Resetting the burner anti-cycling time 21SSafety device 5Schematic drawing 5Setting the burner anti-cycling time 20Spare parts 23Switching on the product 17TTool 6Transport 5Transporting 8Treating the heating water 16UUnloading the box 8Unpacking the product 8User interface replacing the PCB 28Using
Check programmes 15Diagnostics codes 15
VVoltage 5WWall-mounting the product 9Weight 9
0020200964_04
ManufacturerSupplierVaillant Group UK LTD
Nottingham Road ‒ Belper ‒ Derbyshire DE56 1JQ
Telephone 01773 824639 ‒ Technical helpline 0330 100 7679
After sales service 0330 100 3142
wwwglow-wormcouk
0020200964_04 ‒ 16112017
copy These instructions or parts thereof are protected by copyright and may be repro-duced or distributed only with the manufacturers written consent
We reserve the right to make technical changes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 43
It is recommended that your heating system is serviced regularly and that the appropriate Service Interval Record is completed
Service Provider
SERVICE RECORD
SERVICE 01
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 02
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 03
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 04
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 05
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 06
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 07
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 08
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 09
AND sup2 AND sup2
SERVICE 10
AND sup2 AND sup2
Appendix
44 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
PRIOR TO CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO CHECKThe boiler manufacturerrsquos installation instructions should have been followed gas type verified and gas
supply pressurerate checked as required prior to commissioningAs part of the installation process especially where a flue has been fitted by persons other than the boiler installer visually check the integrity of the whole flue system to confirm that all components are correctly assembled fixed and supported Check that manufacturerrsquos max flue lengths have not been
exceeded and all guidance has been followed (eg Gas Safe Technical Bulletin TB008)The flue gas analyser should be of the correct type as specified by BS 7967
Prior to its use the flue gas analyser should have been maintained and calibrated as specified by the manufacturer The installer must have the relevant competence for use of the analyser
Check and zero the analyser IN FRESH AIR as per analyser manufacturerrsquos instructions
NOTETHE AIR GAS RATIO VALVE IS FACTORY
SET AND MUST NOT BE ADJUSTED DURING COMMISSIONING UNLESS THIS ACTION IS RECOMMENDED FOLLOWING CONTACT WITH THE MANUFACTURER
If any such adjustment is recommended and further checking of the boiler is required the
installerservice engineer must be competent to carry out this work and to use the flue gas
analyser accordinglyIf the boiler requires conversion to operate with
a different gas family (eg conversion from natural gas to LPG) separate guidance will be
provided by the boiler manufacturer
CARRY OUT FLUE INTEGRITY CHECK USING ANALYSERInsert analyser probe into air inlet test point and allow readings to stabiliseNOTE - where no air inlet test point is provided then a flue integrity check
with the analyser is not possible The installer should verify that flue integrity has been visually checked in accordance with the ldquoPrior to
CO and combustion ratio checkrdquo box above before proceeding to the ldquoCheck CO and combustion ratio at maximum raterdquo stage below
SET BOILER TO MINIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at minimum rate (to
minimum load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - If manufacturerrsquos instructions do not specify how to set boiler to minimum
rate contact Technical Helpline for advice
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MINIMUM RATEWith boiler still set at minimum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas sampling
point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is not
specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MAX RATEWith boiler still set at maximum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas
sampling point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is
not specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
SET BOILER TO MAXIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at max rate
(full load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - Do not insert analyser probe during this period to avoid
possible ldquofloodingrdquo of sensor
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
BOILER IS OPERATING SATISFACTORILYno further actions required
Ensure test points are capped boiler case is correctly replaced and all other commissioning procedures are completed
Complete Benchmark Checklist recording CO and combustion ratio readings as required
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED
VERIFY FLUE INTEGRITYAnalyser readings indicate that combustion products and inlet air must be mixing Further investigation of
the flue is therefore requiredCheck that flue components are assembled fixed and supported as per boilerflue manufacturerrsquos
instructionsCheck that flue and flue terminal are not obstructed
IsCO less than
335ppmand
COCO2 ratio less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
Check all seals around the appliance burner internal flue seals door and case seals
Rectify where necessary
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED IF
COMMISSIONING CANNOT BE FULLY COMPLETED THE APPLIANCE MUST BE
DISCONNECTED FROM THE GAS SUPPLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GSIUR
NOTE Check and record CO and combustion ratio at both max and min rate before contacting the
manufacturer
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YESYES
YES
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 45
J Pipe lengths for the airflue pipe
J1 Length of the C13 type airflue pipe
Applicability C13 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C13 type airfluepipe
C13 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J2 Length of the C33 type airflue pipe
Applicability C33 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C33 type airfluepipe
C33 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J3 Length of the C43 type airflue pipe
Applicability C43 type airflue pipe
Diameter of theairflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L)
C43 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
Appendix
46 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
K Technical data
Technical data ndash Heating
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 530 lh 655 lh 788 lh 1094 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 353 lh 436 lh 525 lh 729 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
123 lh 153 lh 184 lh 255 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 1102 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 876 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
306 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
Technical data ndash G20 powerloading G20The lowest nominal heat output may be higher than the value in the technical data depending on the design of the systemand the current operating status
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 12 kW 15 kW 18 kW 25 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
48 hellip 130 kW 48 hellip 162 kW 53 hellip 195 kW 65 hellip 270 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
47 hellip 128 kW 47 hellip 159 kW 52 hellip 191 kW 64 hellip 265 kW
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
45 hellip 123 kW 45 hellip 152 kW 50 hellip 183 kW 61 hellip 254 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
44 hellip 150 kW 44 hellip 180 kW 49 hellip 252 kW 60 hellip 300 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
123 kW 153 kW 184 kW 255 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
153 kW 184 kW 257 kW 306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 30 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
76 hellip 324 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
75 hellip 318 kW
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 47
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
72 hellip 305 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
71 hellip 350 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
72 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
357 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
72 kW
Technical data ndash General
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch 34 inch 34 inch 34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h 32 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
13 msup3h 16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0476 msup3h 0480 msup3h 0533 msup3h 0648 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
206 gs 208 gs 231 gs 281 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
55 gs 69 gs 83 gs 115 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
69 gs 83 gs 116 gs 138 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
55 55 60 77
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
55 55 55 55
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
43 48 51 62
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
32 32 34 35
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
71 71 69 68
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
105 105 105 95
Released system types C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996 996 996 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040 1040 1040 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060 1060 1060 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085 1085 1085 1085
NOx class 5 5 5 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm
Appendix
48 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Net weight 31 kg 31 kg 31 kg 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 35 kg 35 kg 35 kg 36 kg
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
38 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
32 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0762 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
330 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
138 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
161 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
82
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
37
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
75
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
104
Released system types C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085
NOx class 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm
Net weight 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 36 kg
Technical data ndash Electrics
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 49
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max electrical power consump-tion
65 W 75 W 66 W 75 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W
Level of protection IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V
Max electrical power consump-tion
60 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W
Level of protection IPX4D
Index
50 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Index
AAirflue pipe installed 5BBurner anti-cycling time 20Bypass valve 22CCE label 8Check programmes 29
Using 15Checking the burner 25Checking the pre-charge pressure of the expansionvessel 25Cleaning the condensate siphon 25Cleaning the heat exchanger 24CO₂ content
Checking 20 23Competent person 4Completing inspection work 25Completing maintenance work 25Condensate discharge pipe 12Condensate siphon
Filling 18Controller 14Corrosion 5DDecommissioning 28Decommissioning the product 28Diagnostics codes
Using 15Documents 7Draining the product 25EElectricity 5Expansion relief valve 28FFault codes 26Fault memory 26Fault messages 26Fault symbol 15Flow rate-pressure curves 21Flue gas route 5Front casing closed 5Frost 5GGas family check 16Gas flow rate 18HHanding over to the end user 22High-efficiency pump 21High-efficiency pump output 21IIdentification plate 7If you smell flue gas 5If you smell gas 4Inspection work 22 38Installation site 5Intended use 4LLeak-tightness 20 25 28
MMains connection 14Maintenance work 22 38Minimum clearance 9PPower supply 14Preparing the repair work 26Preparing repair work 26Pressure sensor 28Pump head 27QQualification 4RRegulations 6Removing the air intake pipe 24Removing the burner 24Removing the flue gas pipe 24Removing the front casing 10Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24Removing the ignition transformer 24Removing the side section 10Replacing the burner 26Replacing the expansion vessel 27Replacing the heat exchanger 26Replacing the main PCB 28Replacing expansion vessel 27Resetting the burner anti-cycling time 21SSafety device 5Schematic drawing 5Setting the burner anti-cycling time 20Spare parts 23Switching on the product 17TTool 6Transport 5Transporting 8Treating the heating water 16UUnloading the box 8Unpacking the product 8User interface replacing the PCB 28Using
Check programmes 15Diagnostics codes 15
VVoltage 5WWall-mounting the product 9Weight 9
0020200964_04
ManufacturerSupplierVaillant Group UK LTD
Nottingham Road ‒ Belper ‒ Derbyshire DE56 1JQ
Telephone 01773 824639 ‒ Technical helpline 0330 100 7679
After sales service 0330 100 3142
wwwglow-wormcouk
0020200964_04 ‒ 16112017
copy These instructions or parts thereof are protected by copyright and may be repro-duced or distributed only with the manufacturers written consent
We reserve the right to make technical changes
Appendix
44 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
PRIOR TO CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO CHECKThe boiler manufacturerrsquos installation instructions should have been followed gas type verified and gas
supply pressurerate checked as required prior to commissioningAs part of the installation process especially where a flue has been fitted by persons other than the boiler installer visually check the integrity of the whole flue system to confirm that all components are correctly assembled fixed and supported Check that manufacturerrsquos max flue lengths have not been
exceeded and all guidance has been followed (eg Gas Safe Technical Bulletin TB008)The flue gas analyser should be of the correct type as specified by BS 7967
Prior to its use the flue gas analyser should have been maintained and calibrated as specified by the manufacturer The installer must have the relevant competence for use of the analyser
Check and zero the analyser IN FRESH AIR as per analyser manufacturerrsquos instructions
NOTETHE AIR GAS RATIO VALVE IS FACTORY
SET AND MUST NOT BE ADJUSTED DURING COMMISSIONING UNLESS THIS ACTION IS RECOMMENDED FOLLOWING CONTACT WITH THE MANUFACTURER
If any such adjustment is recommended and further checking of the boiler is required the
installerservice engineer must be competent to carry out this work and to use the flue gas
analyser accordinglyIf the boiler requires conversion to operate with
a different gas family (eg conversion from natural gas to LPG) separate guidance will be
provided by the boiler manufacturer
CARRY OUT FLUE INTEGRITY CHECK USING ANALYSERInsert analyser probe into air inlet test point and allow readings to stabiliseNOTE - where no air inlet test point is provided then a flue integrity check
with the analyser is not possible The installer should verify that flue integrity has been visually checked in accordance with the ldquoPrior to
CO and combustion ratio checkrdquo box above before proceeding to the ldquoCheck CO and combustion ratio at maximum raterdquo stage below
SET BOILER TO MINIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at minimum rate (to
minimum load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - If manufacturerrsquos instructions do not specify how to set boiler to minimum
rate contact Technical Helpline for advice
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MINIMUM RATEWith boiler still set at minimum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas sampling
point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is not
specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
CHECK CO AND COMBUSTION RATIO AT MAX RATEWith boiler still set at maximum rate insert analyser probe into flue gas
sampling point Allow readings to stabilise before recordingNOTE - If no flue gas sampling point is present and the correct procedure is
not specified in the manual consult boiler manufacturer for guidance
SET BOILER TO MAXIMUM RATEIn accordance with boiler instructions set boiler to operate at max rate
(full load condition) Allow sufficient time for combustion to stabiliseNOTE - Do not insert analyser probe during this period to avoid
possible ldquofloodingrdquo of sensor
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
IsCO less than 350ppm andCOCO2 ratio
less than 0004
BOILER IS OPERATING SATISFACTORILYno further actions required
Ensure test points are capped boiler case is correctly replaced and all other commissioning procedures are completed
Complete Benchmark Checklist recording CO and combustion ratio readings as required
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED
VERIFY FLUE INTEGRITYAnalyser readings indicate that combustion products and inlet air must be mixing Further investigation of
the flue is therefore requiredCheck that flue components are assembled fixed and supported as per boilerflue manufacturerrsquos
instructionsCheck that flue and flue terminal are not obstructed
IsCO less than
335ppmand
COCO2 ratio less than 0004
IsO2 206
andCO2 lt 02
Check all seals around the appliance burner internal flue seals door and case seals
Rectify where necessary
TURN OFF APPLIANCE AND CALL MANUFACTURERrsquoS TECHNICAL HELPLINE
FOR ADVICETHE APPLIANCE MUST NOT BE
COMMISSIONED UNTIL PROBLEMS ARE IDENTIFIED AND RESOLVED IF
COMMISSIONING CANNOT BE FULLY COMPLETED THE APPLIANCE MUST BE
DISCONNECTED FROM THE GAS SUPPLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GSIUR
NOTE Check and record CO and combustion ratio at both max and min rate before contacting the
manufacturer
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YESYES
YES
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 45
J Pipe lengths for the airflue pipe
J1 Length of the C13 type airflue pipe
Applicability C13 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C13 type airfluepipe
C13 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J2 Length of the C33 type airflue pipe
Applicability C33 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C33 type airfluepipe
C33 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J3 Length of the C43 type airflue pipe
Applicability C43 type airflue pipe
Diameter of theairflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L)
C43 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
Appendix
46 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
K Technical data
Technical data ndash Heating
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 530 lh 655 lh 788 lh 1094 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 353 lh 436 lh 525 lh 729 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
123 lh 153 lh 184 lh 255 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 1102 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 876 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
306 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
Technical data ndash G20 powerloading G20The lowest nominal heat output may be higher than the value in the technical data depending on the design of the systemand the current operating status
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 12 kW 15 kW 18 kW 25 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
48 hellip 130 kW 48 hellip 162 kW 53 hellip 195 kW 65 hellip 270 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
47 hellip 128 kW 47 hellip 159 kW 52 hellip 191 kW 64 hellip 265 kW
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
45 hellip 123 kW 45 hellip 152 kW 50 hellip 183 kW 61 hellip 254 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
44 hellip 150 kW 44 hellip 180 kW 49 hellip 252 kW 60 hellip 300 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
123 kW 153 kW 184 kW 255 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
153 kW 184 kW 257 kW 306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 30 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
76 hellip 324 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
75 hellip 318 kW
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 47
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
72 hellip 305 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
71 hellip 350 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
72 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
357 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
72 kW
Technical data ndash General
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch 34 inch 34 inch 34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h 32 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
13 msup3h 16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0476 msup3h 0480 msup3h 0533 msup3h 0648 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
206 gs 208 gs 231 gs 281 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
55 gs 69 gs 83 gs 115 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
69 gs 83 gs 116 gs 138 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
55 55 60 77
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
55 55 55 55
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
43 48 51 62
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
32 32 34 35
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
71 71 69 68
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
105 105 105 95
Released system types C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996 996 996 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040 1040 1040 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060 1060 1060 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085 1085 1085 1085
NOx class 5 5 5 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm
Appendix
48 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Net weight 31 kg 31 kg 31 kg 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 35 kg 35 kg 35 kg 36 kg
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
38 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
32 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0762 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
330 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
138 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
161 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
82
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
37
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
75
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
104
Released system types C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085
NOx class 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm
Net weight 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 36 kg
Technical data ndash Electrics
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 49
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max electrical power consump-tion
65 W 75 W 66 W 75 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W
Level of protection IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V
Max electrical power consump-tion
60 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W
Level of protection IPX4D
Index
50 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Index
AAirflue pipe installed 5BBurner anti-cycling time 20Bypass valve 22CCE label 8Check programmes 29
Using 15Checking the burner 25Checking the pre-charge pressure of the expansionvessel 25Cleaning the condensate siphon 25Cleaning the heat exchanger 24CO₂ content
Checking 20 23Competent person 4Completing inspection work 25Completing maintenance work 25Condensate discharge pipe 12Condensate siphon
Filling 18Controller 14Corrosion 5DDecommissioning 28Decommissioning the product 28Diagnostics codes
Using 15Documents 7Draining the product 25EElectricity 5Expansion relief valve 28FFault codes 26Fault memory 26Fault messages 26Fault symbol 15Flow rate-pressure curves 21Flue gas route 5Front casing closed 5Frost 5GGas family check 16Gas flow rate 18HHanding over to the end user 22High-efficiency pump 21High-efficiency pump output 21IIdentification plate 7If you smell flue gas 5If you smell gas 4Inspection work 22 38Installation site 5Intended use 4LLeak-tightness 20 25 28
MMains connection 14Maintenance work 22 38Minimum clearance 9PPower supply 14Preparing the repair work 26Preparing repair work 26Pressure sensor 28Pump head 27QQualification 4RRegulations 6Removing the air intake pipe 24Removing the burner 24Removing the flue gas pipe 24Removing the front casing 10Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24Removing the ignition transformer 24Removing the side section 10Replacing the burner 26Replacing the expansion vessel 27Replacing the heat exchanger 26Replacing the main PCB 28Replacing expansion vessel 27Resetting the burner anti-cycling time 21SSafety device 5Schematic drawing 5Setting the burner anti-cycling time 20Spare parts 23Switching on the product 17TTool 6Transport 5Transporting 8Treating the heating water 16UUnloading the box 8Unpacking the product 8User interface replacing the PCB 28Using
Check programmes 15Diagnostics codes 15
VVoltage 5WWall-mounting the product 9Weight 9
0020200964_04
ManufacturerSupplierVaillant Group UK LTD
Nottingham Road ‒ Belper ‒ Derbyshire DE56 1JQ
Telephone 01773 824639 ‒ Technical helpline 0330 100 7679
After sales service 0330 100 3142
wwwglow-wormcouk
0020200964_04 ‒ 16112017
copy These instructions or parts thereof are protected by copyright and may be repro-duced or distributed only with the manufacturers written consent
We reserve the right to make technical changes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 45
J Pipe lengths for the airflue pipe
J1 Length of the C13 type airflue pipe
Applicability C13 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C13 type airfluepipe
C13 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J2 Length of the C33 type airflue pipe
Applicability C33 type airflue pipe
Diameter of the airflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L) Dia 80125 (L)
C33 type airfluepipe
C33 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 10 m le 25 m
J3 Length of the C43 type airflue pipe
Applicability C43 type airflue pipe
Diameter of theairflue pipe
Dia 60100 (L)
C43 type airfluepipe
ENERGY 12s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 15s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 18s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 25s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
ENERGY 30s -A(H-GB)
le 5 m
Appendix
46 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
K Technical data
Technical data ndash Heating
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 530 lh 655 lh 788 lh 1094 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 353 lh 436 lh 525 lh 729 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
123 lh 153 lh 184 lh 255 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 1102 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 876 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
306 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
Technical data ndash G20 powerloading G20The lowest nominal heat output may be higher than the value in the technical data depending on the design of the systemand the current operating status
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 12 kW 15 kW 18 kW 25 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
48 hellip 130 kW 48 hellip 162 kW 53 hellip 195 kW 65 hellip 270 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
47 hellip 128 kW 47 hellip 159 kW 52 hellip 191 kW 64 hellip 265 kW
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
45 hellip 123 kW 45 hellip 152 kW 50 hellip 183 kW 61 hellip 254 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
44 hellip 150 kW 44 hellip 180 kW 49 hellip 252 kW 60 hellip 300 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
123 kW 153 kW 184 kW 255 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
153 kW 184 kW 257 kW 306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 30 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
76 hellip 324 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
75 hellip 318 kW
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 47
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
72 hellip 305 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
71 hellip 350 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
72 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
357 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
72 kW
Technical data ndash General
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch 34 inch 34 inch 34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h 32 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
13 msup3h 16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0476 msup3h 0480 msup3h 0533 msup3h 0648 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
206 gs 208 gs 231 gs 281 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
55 gs 69 gs 83 gs 115 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
69 gs 83 gs 116 gs 138 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
55 55 60 77
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
55 55 55 55
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
43 48 51 62
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
32 32 34 35
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
71 71 69 68
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
105 105 105 95
Released system types C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996 996 996 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040 1040 1040 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060 1060 1060 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085 1085 1085 1085
NOx class 5 5 5 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm
Appendix
48 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Net weight 31 kg 31 kg 31 kg 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 35 kg 35 kg 35 kg 36 kg
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
38 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
32 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0762 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
330 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
138 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
161 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
82
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
37
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
75
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
104
Released system types C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085
NOx class 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm
Net weight 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 36 kg
Technical data ndash Electrics
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 49
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max electrical power consump-tion
65 W 75 W 66 W 75 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W
Level of protection IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V
Max electrical power consump-tion
60 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W
Level of protection IPX4D
Index
50 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Index
AAirflue pipe installed 5BBurner anti-cycling time 20Bypass valve 22CCE label 8Check programmes 29
Using 15Checking the burner 25Checking the pre-charge pressure of the expansionvessel 25Cleaning the condensate siphon 25Cleaning the heat exchanger 24CO₂ content
Checking 20 23Competent person 4Completing inspection work 25Completing maintenance work 25Condensate discharge pipe 12Condensate siphon
Filling 18Controller 14Corrosion 5DDecommissioning 28Decommissioning the product 28Diagnostics codes
Using 15Documents 7Draining the product 25EElectricity 5Expansion relief valve 28FFault codes 26Fault memory 26Fault messages 26Fault symbol 15Flow rate-pressure curves 21Flue gas route 5Front casing closed 5Frost 5GGas family check 16Gas flow rate 18HHanding over to the end user 22High-efficiency pump 21High-efficiency pump output 21IIdentification plate 7If you smell flue gas 5If you smell gas 4Inspection work 22 38Installation site 5Intended use 4LLeak-tightness 20 25 28
MMains connection 14Maintenance work 22 38Minimum clearance 9PPower supply 14Preparing the repair work 26Preparing repair work 26Pressure sensor 28Pump head 27QQualification 4RRegulations 6Removing the air intake pipe 24Removing the burner 24Removing the flue gas pipe 24Removing the front casing 10Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24Removing the ignition transformer 24Removing the side section 10Replacing the burner 26Replacing the expansion vessel 27Replacing the heat exchanger 26Replacing the main PCB 28Replacing expansion vessel 27Resetting the burner anti-cycling time 21SSafety device 5Schematic drawing 5Setting the burner anti-cycling time 20Spare parts 23Switching on the product 17TTool 6Transport 5Transporting 8Treating the heating water 16UUnloading the box 8Unpacking the product 8User interface replacing the PCB 28Using
Check programmes 15Diagnostics codes 15
VVoltage 5WWall-mounting the product 9Weight 9
0020200964_04
ManufacturerSupplierVaillant Group UK LTD
Nottingham Road ‒ Belper ‒ Derbyshire DE56 1JQ
Telephone 01773 824639 ‒ Technical helpline 0330 100 7679
After sales service 0330 100 3142
wwwglow-wormcouk
0020200964_04 ‒ 16112017
copy These instructions or parts thereof are protected by copyright and may be repro-duced or distributed only with the manufacturers written consent
We reserve the right to make technical changes
Appendix
46 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
K Technical data
Technical data ndash Heating
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80 10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 530 lh 655 lh 788 lh 1094 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 353 lh 436 lh 525 lh 729 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
123 lh 153 lh 184 lh 255 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Max flow temperature adjustmentrange (default setting 75 degC)
10 hellip 80
Maximum permissible pressure 03 MPa
(30 bar)
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 20 K) 1102 lh
Nominal water flow (ΔT = 30 K) 876 lh
Approximate value for thecondensate volume (pH valuebetween 35 and 40) at 5030 degC
306 lh
ΔP heating at nominal flow (ΔT =20 K)
0025 MPa
(0250 bar)
Technical data ndash G20 powerloading G20The lowest nominal heat output may be higher than the value in the technical data depending on the design of the systemand the current operating status
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 12 kW 15 kW 18 kW 25 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
48 hellip 130 kW 48 hellip 162 kW 53 hellip 195 kW 65 hellip 270 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
47 hellip 128 kW 47 hellip 159 kW 52 hellip 191 kW 64 hellip 265 kW
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
45 hellip 123 kW 45 hellip 152 kW 50 hellip 183 kW 61 hellip 254 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
44 hellip 150 kW 44 hellip 180 kW 49 hellip 252 kW 60 hellip 300 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
123 kW 153 kW 184 kW 255 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
153 kW 184 kW 257 kW 306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
45 kW 45 kW 50 kW 61 kW
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Maximum heat output 30 kW
Effective output range (P)at 4030 degC
76 hellip 324 kW
Effective output range (P)at 5030 degC
75 hellip 318 kW
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 47
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
72 hellip 305 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
71 hellip 350 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
72 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
357 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
72 kW
Technical data ndash General
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch 34 inch 34 inch 34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h 32 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
13 msup3h 16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0476 msup3h 0480 msup3h 0533 msup3h 0648 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
206 gs 208 gs 231 gs 281 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
55 gs 69 gs 83 gs 115 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
69 gs 83 gs 116 gs 138 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
55 55 60 77
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
55 55 55 55
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
43 48 51 62
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
32 32 34 35
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
71 71 69 68
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
105 105 105 95
Released system types C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996 996 996 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040 1040 1040 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060 1060 1060 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085 1085 1085 1085
NOx class 5 5 5 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm
Appendix
48 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Net weight 31 kg 31 kg 31 kg 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 35 kg 35 kg 35 kg 36 kg
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
38 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
32 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0762 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
330 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
138 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
161 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
82
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
37
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
75
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
104
Released system types C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085
NOx class 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm
Net weight 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 36 kg
Technical data ndash Electrics
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 49
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max electrical power consump-tion
65 W 75 W 66 W 75 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W
Level of protection IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V
Max electrical power consump-tion
60 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W
Level of protection IPX4D
Index
50 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Index
AAirflue pipe installed 5BBurner anti-cycling time 20Bypass valve 22CCE label 8Check programmes 29
Using 15Checking the burner 25Checking the pre-charge pressure of the expansionvessel 25Cleaning the condensate siphon 25Cleaning the heat exchanger 24CO₂ content
Checking 20 23Competent person 4Completing inspection work 25Completing maintenance work 25Condensate discharge pipe 12Condensate siphon
Filling 18Controller 14Corrosion 5DDecommissioning 28Decommissioning the product 28Diagnostics codes
Using 15Documents 7Draining the product 25EElectricity 5Expansion relief valve 28FFault codes 26Fault memory 26Fault messages 26Fault symbol 15Flow rate-pressure curves 21Flue gas route 5Front casing closed 5Frost 5GGas family check 16Gas flow rate 18HHanding over to the end user 22High-efficiency pump 21High-efficiency pump output 21IIdentification plate 7If you smell flue gas 5If you smell gas 4Inspection work 22 38Installation site 5Intended use 4LLeak-tightness 20 25 28
MMains connection 14Maintenance work 22 38Minimum clearance 9PPower supply 14Preparing the repair work 26Preparing repair work 26Pressure sensor 28Pump head 27QQualification 4RRegulations 6Removing the air intake pipe 24Removing the burner 24Removing the flue gas pipe 24Removing the front casing 10Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24Removing the ignition transformer 24Removing the side section 10Replacing the burner 26Replacing the expansion vessel 27Replacing the heat exchanger 26Replacing the main PCB 28Replacing expansion vessel 27Resetting the burner anti-cycling time 21SSafety device 5Schematic drawing 5Setting the burner anti-cycling time 20Spare parts 23Switching on the product 17TTool 6Transport 5Transporting 8Treating the heating water 16UUnloading the box 8Unpacking the product 8User interface replacing the PCB 28Using
Check programmes 15Diagnostics codes 15
VVoltage 5WWall-mounting the product 9Weight 9
0020200964_04
ManufacturerSupplierVaillant Group UK LTD
Nottingham Road ‒ Belper ‒ Derbyshire DE56 1JQ
Telephone 01773 824639 ‒ Technical helpline 0330 100 7679
After sales service 0330 100 3142
wwwglow-wormcouk
0020200964_04 ‒ 16112017
copy These instructions or parts thereof are protected by copyright and may be repro-duced or distributed only with the manufacturers written consent
We reserve the right to make technical changes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 47
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Effective output range (P)at 8060 degC
72 hellip 305 kW
Domestic hot water heatoutput (P)
71 hellip 350 kW
Maximum heat input ndashheating (Q max)
306 kW
Minimum heat input ndash heat-ing (Q min)
72 kW
Maximum heat input ndash hotwater (Q max)
357 kW
Minimum heat input ndash hotwater (Q min)
72 kW
Technical data ndash General
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch 34 inch 34 inch 34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h 32 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
13 msup3h 16 msup3h 19 msup3h 27 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0476 msup3h 0480 msup3h 0533 msup3h 0648 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646 CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
206 gs 208 gs 231 gs 281 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
55 gs 69 gs 83 gs 115 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
69 gs 83 gs 116 gs 138 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
55 55 60 77
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
55 55 55 55
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
43 48 51 62
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
32 32 34 35
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
71 71 69 68
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
105 105 105 95
Released system types C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43 C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996 996 996 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040 1040 1040 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060 1060 1060 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085 1085 1085 1085
NOx class 5 5 5 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm 700 mm
Appendix
48 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Net weight 31 kg 31 kg 31 kg 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 35 kg 35 kg 35 kg 36 kg
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
38 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
32 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0762 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
330 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
138 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
161 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
82
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
37
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
75
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
104
Released system types C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085
NOx class 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm
Net weight 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 36 kg
Technical data ndash Electrics
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 49
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max electrical power consump-tion
65 W 75 W 66 W 75 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W
Level of protection IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V
Max electrical power consump-tion
60 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W
Level of protection IPX4D
Index
50 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Index
AAirflue pipe installed 5BBurner anti-cycling time 20Bypass valve 22CCE label 8Check programmes 29
Using 15Checking the burner 25Checking the pre-charge pressure of the expansionvessel 25Cleaning the condensate siphon 25Cleaning the heat exchanger 24CO₂ content
Checking 20 23Competent person 4Completing inspection work 25Completing maintenance work 25Condensate discharge pipe 12Condensate siphon
Filling 18Controller 14Corrosion 5DDecommissioning 28Decommissioning the product 28Diagnostics codes
Using 15Documents 7Draining the product 25EElectricity 5Expansion relief valve 28FFault codes 26Fault memory 26Fault messages 26Fault symbol 15Flow rate-pressure curves 21Flue gas route 5Front casing closed 5Frost 5GGas family check 16Gas flow rate 18HHanding over to the end user 22High-efficiency pump 21High-efficiency pump output 21IIdentification plate 7If you smell flue gas 5If you smell gas 4Inspection work 22 38Installation site 5Intended use 4LLeak-tightness 20 25 28
MMains connection 14Maintenance work 22 38Minimum clearance 9PPower supply 14Preparing the repair work 26Preparing repair work 26Pressure sensor 28Pump head 27QQualification 4RRegulations 6Removing the air intake pipe 24Removing the burner 24Removing the flue gas pipe 24Removing the front casing 10Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24Removing the ignition transformer 24Removing the side section 10Replacing the burner 26Replacing the expansion vessel 27Replacing the heat exchanger 26Replacing the main PCB 28Replacing expansion vessel 27Resetting the burner anti-cycling time 21SSafety device 5Schematic drawing 5Setting the burner anti-cycling time 20Spare parts 23Switching on the product 17TTool 6Transport 5Transporting 8Treating the heating water 16UUnloading the box 8Unpacking the product 8User interface replacing the PCB 28Using
Check programmes 15Diagnostics codes 15
VVoltage 5WWall-mounting the product 9Weight 9
0020200964_04
ManufacturerSupplierVaillant Group UK LTD
Nottingham Road ‒ Belper ‒ Derbyshire DE56 1JQ
Telephone 01773 824639 ‒ Technical helpline 0330 100 7679
After sales service 0330 100 3142
wwwglow-wormcouk
0020200964_04 ‒ 16112017
copy These instructions or parts thereof are protected by copyright and may be repro-duced or distributed only with the manufacturers written consent
We reserve the right to make technical changes
Appendix
48 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Net weight 31 kg 31 kg 31 kg 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 35 kg 35 kg 35 kg 36 kg
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Diameter of the gas pipe 12 inch
Diameter of the heating connec-tions
34 inch
Expansion relief valve connector(min)
15 mm
Condensate drain pipework (min) 215 mm
G20 gas supply pressure 20 kPa
(200 mbar)
Gas flow at P max ndash hot water(G20)
38 msup3h
Gas flow at P max ndash heating mode(G20)
32 msup3h
Gas flow at P min (G20) 0762 msup3h
CE number (PIN) CE-0063CP3646
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P min
330 gs
Flue gas mass rate in heatingmode at P max
138 gs
Flue gas mass rate in hot waterhandling mode at P max
161 gs
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P max
82
Flue gas temperature (80 degC60 degC)at P min
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P max
56
Flue gas temperature (50 degC30 degC)at P min
37
Flue gas temperature in hot waterhandling mode
75
Flue gas temperature when over-heating
104
Released system types C13 C33 C43
Nominal efficiency at 8060 degC 996
Nominal efficiency at 5030 degC 1040
Nominal efficiency at 4030 degC 1060
Nominal efficiency in partial loadoperation (30) at 4030 degC
1085
NOx class 5
Product dimensions width 390 mm
Product dimensions depth 280 mm
Product dimensions height 700 mm
Net weight 32 kg
Weight when filled with water 36 kg
Technical data ndash Electrics
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V T22A 250V
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 49
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max electrical power consump-tion
65 W 75 W 66 W 75 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W
Level of protection IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V
Max electrical power consump-tion
60 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W
Level of protection IPX4D
Index
50 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Index
AAirflue pipe installed 5BBurner anti-cycling time 20Bypass valve 22CCE label 8Check programmes 29
Using 15Checking the burner 25Checking the pre-charge pressure of the expansionvessel 25Cleaning the condensate siphon 25Cleaning the heat exchanger 24CO₂ content
Checking 20 23Competent person 4Completing inspection work 25Completing maintenance work 25Condensate discharge pipe 12Condensate siphon
Filling 18Controller 14Corrosion 5DDecommissioning 28Decommissioning the product 28Diagnostics codes
Using 15Documents 7Draining the product 25EElectricity 5Expansion relief valve 28FFault codes 26Fault memory 26Fault messages 26Fault symbol 15Flow rate-pressure curves 21Flue gas route 5Front casing closed 5Frost 5GGas family check 16Gas flow rate 18HHanding over to the end user 22High-efficiency pump 21High-efficiency pump output 21IIdentification plate 7If you smell flue gas 5If you smell gas 4Inspection work 22 38Installation site 5Intended use 4LLeak-tightness 20 25 28
MMains connection 14Maintenance work 22 38Minimum clearance 9PPower supply 14Preparing the repair work 26Preparing repair work 26Pressure sensor 28Pump head 27QQualification 4RRegulations 6Removing the air intake pipe 24Removing the burner 24Removing the flue gas pipe 24Removing the front casing 10Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24Removing the ignition transformer 24Removing the side section 10Replacing the burner 26Replacing the expansion vessel 27Replacing the heat exchanger 26Replacing the main PCB 28Replacing expansion vessel 27Resetting the burner anti-cycling time 21SSafety device 5Schematic drawing 5Setting the burner anti-cycling time 20Spare parts 23Switching on the product 17TTool 6Transport 5Transporting 8Treating the heating water 16UUnloading the box 8Unpacking the product 8User interface replacing the PCB 28Using
Check programmes 15Diagnostics codes 15
VVoltage 5WWall-mounting the product 9Weight 9
0020200964_04
ManufacturerSupplierVaillant Group UK LTD
Nottingham Road ‒ Belper ‒ Derbyshire DE56 1JQ
Telephone 01773 824639 ‒ Technical helpline 0330 100 7679
After sales service 0330 100 3142
wwwglow-wormcouk
0020200964_04 ‒ 16112017
copy These instructions or parts thereof are protected by copyright and may be repro-duced or distributed only with the manufacturers written consent
We reserve the right to make technical changes
Appendix
0020200964_04 ENERGY Installation and maintenance instructions 49
ENERGY 12s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 15s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 18s -A (H-GB)
ENERGY 25s -A (H-GB)
Max electrical power consump-tion
65 W 75 W 66 W 75 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W
Level of protection IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D IPX4D
ENERGY 30s -A (H-GB)
Electric connection 230 V 50 Hz
Built-in fuse (slow-blow) T22A 250V
Max electrical power consump-tion
60 W
Standby electrical power con-sumption
2 W
Level of protection IPX4D
Index
50 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Index
AAirflue pipe installed 5BBurner anti-cycling time 20Bypass valve 22CCE label 8Check programmes 29
Using 15Checking the burner 25Checking the pre-charge pressure of the expansionvessel 25Cleaning the condensate siphon 25Cleaning the heat exchanger 24CO₂ content
Checking 20 23Competent person 4Completing inspection work 25Completing maintenance work 25Condensate discharge pipe 12Condensate siphon
Filling 18Controller 14Corrosion 5DDecommissioning 28Decommissioning the product 28Diagnostics codes
Using 15Documents 7Draining the product 25EElectricity 5Expansion relief valve 28FFault codes 26Fault memory 26Fault messages 26Fault symbol 15Flow rate-pressure curves 21Flue gas route 5Front casing closed 5Frost 5GGas family check 16Gas flow rate 18HHanding over to the end user 22High-efficiency pump 21High-efficiency pump output 21IIdentification plate 7If you smell flue gas 5If you smell gas 4Inspection work 22 38Installation site 5Intended use 4LLeak-tightness 20 25 28
MMains connection 14Maintenance work 22 38Minimum clearance 9PPower supply 14Preparing the repair work 26Preparing repair work 26Pressure sensor 28Pump head 27QQualification 4RRegulations 6Removing the air intake pipe 24Removing the burner 24Removing the flue gas pipe 24Removing the front casing 10Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24Removing the ignition transformer 24Removing the side section 10Replacing the burner 26Replacing the expansion vessel 27Replacing the heat exchanger 26Replacing the main PCB 28Replacing expansion vessel 27Resetting the burner anti-cycling time 21SSafety device 5Schematic drawing 5Setting the burner anti-cycling time 20Spare parts 23Switching on the product 17TTool 6Transport 5Transporting 8Treating the heating water 16UUnloading the box 8Unpacking the product 8User interface replacing the PCB 28Using
Check programmes 15Diagnostics codes 15
VVoltage 5WWall-mounting the product 9Weight 9
0020200964_04
ManufacturerSupplierVaillant Group UK LTD
Nottingham Road ‒ Belper ‒ Derbyshire DE56 1JQ
Telephone 01773 824639 ‒ Technical helpline 0330 100 7679
After sales service 0330 100 3142
wwwglow-wormcouk
0020200964_04 ‒ 16112017
copy These instructions or parts thereof are protected by copyright and may be repro-duced or distributed only with the manufacturers written consent
We reserve the right to make technical changes
Index
50 Installation and maintenance instructions ENERGY 0020200964_04
Index
AAirflue pipe installed 5BBurner anti-cycling time 20Bypass valve 22CCE label 8Check programmes 29
Using 15Checking the burner 25Checking the pre-charge pressure of the expansionvessel 25Cleaning the condensate siphon 25Cleaning the heat exchanger 24CO₂ content
Checking 20 23Competent person 4Completing inspection work 25Completing maintenance work 25Condensate discharge pipe 12Condensate siphon
Filling 18Controller 14Corrosion 5DDecommissioning 28Decommissioning the product 28Diagnostics codes
Using 15Documents 7Draining the product 25EElectricity 5Expansion relief valve 28FFault codes 26Fault memory 26Fault messages 26Fault symbol 15Flow rate-pressure curves 21Flue gas route 5Front casing closed 5Frost 5GGas family check 16Gas flow rate 18HHanding over to the end user 22High-efficiency pump 21High-efficiency pump output 21IIdentification plate 7If you smell flue gas 5If you smell gas 4Inspection work 22 38Installation site 5Intended use 4LLeak-tightness 20 25 28
MMains connection 14Maintenance work 22 38Minimum clearance 9PPower supply 14Preparing the repair work 26Preparing repair work 26Pressure sensor 28Pump head 27QQualification 4RRegulations 6Removing the air intake pipe 24Removing the burner 24Removing the flue gas pipe 24Removing the front casing 10Removing the gas-air mixture unit 24Removing the ignition transformer 24Removing the side section 10Replacing the burner 26Replacing the expansion vessel 27Replacing the heat exchanger 26Replacing the main PCB 28Replacing expansion vessel 27Resetting the burner anti-cycling time 21SSafety device 5Schematic drawing 5Setting the burner anti-cycling time 20Spare parts 23Switching on the product 17TTool 6Transport 5Transporting 8Treating the heating water 16UUnloading the box 8Unpacking the product 8User interface replacing the PCB 28Using
Check programmes 15Diagnostics codes 15
VVoltage 5WWall-mounting the product 9Weight 9
0020200964_04
ManufacturerSupplierVaillant Group UK LTD
Nottingham Road ‒ Belper ‒ Derbyshire DE56 1JQ
Telephone 01773 824639 ‒ Technical helpline 0330 100 7679
After sales service 0330 100 3142
wwwglow-wormcouk
0020200964_04 ‒ 16112017
copy These instructions or parts thereof are protected by copyright and may be repro-duced or distributed only with the manufacturers written consent
We reserve the right to make technical changes
0020200964_04
ManufacturerSupplierVaillant Group UK LTD
Nottingham Road ‒ Belper ‒ Derbyshire DE56 1JQ
Telephone 01773 824639 ‒ Technical helpline 0330 100 7679
After sales service 0330 100 3142
wwwglow-wormcouk
0020200964_04 ‒ 16112017
copy These instructions or parts thereof are protected by copyright and may be repro-duced or distributed only with the manufacturers written consent
We reserve the right to make technical changes